Catalogue and technical manual 2022/2023 www.blum.com
Your shortcut to the Internet
We have linked our catalogue with our online world, making comprehensive and up-to-date product information available for you to use at any time. You are just one step away from the product page in the catalogue to our E-SERVICES. You can use the web codes to go straight to the respective product in the Product Configurator. This ensures that you will quickly and easily receive planning information and checked parts lists for your direct order from the distributor, as well as so much more. You will find short URLs and QR codes for our products in the catalogue. These will take you directly to our detailed digital information, e.g. the Design Selector, information about assembly, removal and adjustment, application videos and/or the Machinery Directive.
②
① ③
① Enter or click the web code Enter the web code in the Blum Product Configurator or click the web code in the PDF.
② Configure fitting Using the web codes, the most important filters are already pre-set in the Product Configurator – you can configure the complete application in just a few clicks.
③ Display the parts list When complete, you receive a finished parts list and can transmit it to the web shop of a selected distributor in just one click.
Web code
Short URL
QR code
Enter the web codes into the Blum Product Configurator and you will receive information about the available product range, assembly and marketing along with the parts list.
The short web address makes it easier for you to access further product information, such as installation instructions that you can print out, brochures and technical data.
Directly access information about assembly and indepth content about Blum products via the QR code – even when on-site with the customer.
Example Help with planning and ordering
Example Application video
Short URL www.blum.com/planningtools
Short URL www.blum.com/gmSum
Short URL www.blum.com/configurator Example
Web code DQBQ2M
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Lift systems
Lift systems
Overview AVENTOS HF – bi-fold lift system AVENTOS HS – up and over lift system AVENTOS HL – lift up AVENTOS HK top – stay lift AVENTOS HK-S – stay lift AVENTOS HK-XS – stay lift
Standard | SERVO-DRIVE Standard | SERVO-DRIVE Standard | SERVO-DRIVE Standard | SERVO-DRIVE | TIP-ON Standard | TIP-ON Standard | TIP-ON
Hinge systems
Hinge systems
Overview CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges BLUMOTION for doors TIP-ON for doors MODUL – hinges
Box systems
Box systems
Overview LEGRABOX TIP-ON BLUMOTION for LEGRABOX TIP-ON for LEGRABOX MERIVOBOX TIP-ON BLUMOTION for MERIVOBOX TANDEMBOX antaro
Tool-free CLIP assembly
Slide-on assembly
189 TANDEMBOX plus 190 TIP-ON BLUMOTION for TANDEMBOX 244 SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | 250 TANDEMBOX 256 METABOX 296 302
Runner systems
Runner systems
Overview MOVENTO TIP-ON BLUMOTION for MOVENTO TIP-ON for MOVENTO TANDEM SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM
Inner dividing systems
Overview AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX AMBIA-LINE kitchen accessories ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX ORGA-LINE kitchen accessories
Motion technologies
Overview SERVO-DRIVE single applications
Further products E-SERVICES and assembly devices Information
SPACE STEP CABLOXX EXPANDO T
E-SERVICES and assembly devices
Overview General Information Information about lift systems Information about hinge systems Information about box and runner systems Blum’s subsidiaries, representatives and contacts Part No. Index
358 390
559 562
Further products
Information
348 350
527 528 538 540 554
Motion technologies
Overview E-SERVICES Drilling and insertion machines Assembly devices Templates
69 70 156 170 174
415 416 434 440 446 492
Inner dividing systems
Overview Cabinet applications Locking systems Fixing systems Wall hanging bracket Cabinet connectors
15 18 30 36 42 52 58
MINIPRESS top | MINIPRESS BOXFIX
573 574 582 584 586 587
591 592 604 644 650
699 700 704 706 712 720 728
What we do for you
What’s your next project?
No matter what your vision is: Blum has you covered. Whether it’s a kitchen, bathroom, living room or bedroom – we have the products to take your projects to the next level. In order to keep this so, we always think a few steps ahead as to which applications you will need in the future and what support will make your job easier. You will find all products and information about our services for your project’s success in our catalogue and technical manual. Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
1
Ideas from Blum for a higher quality of living No matter if you’re in a house or an apartment, whether
it is big or small – we have inspiring cabinet solutions for a variety of different living areas. In addition, we provide
you with practical information around ergonomics, storage space maximisation, top quality motion and design.
At blum-inspirations.com, you will find everything you need for implementing these furniture ideas, such as
appropriate services. We would be happy to tell you more – just get in touch!
SPACE STEP
This plinth solution enables ergonomic access to high levels in all living areas. REVEGO
Pocket systems allow you to quickly open up functional spaces when you need them, and close them off again when they are not in use.
2
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Blum Inspirations
SPACE TWIN
This narrow cabinet opens up space for made-tomeasure solutions, even in unexpected places.
SPACE TOWER
This spacious larder unit offers
convenient access to all storage items. Design
Innovative fittings support your
design ideas and enable you to
implement the latest furniture trends.
Ergonomics
Wall cabinet fronts equipped with lift systems are better than hinged doors because they lift up and out of the way, providing full freedom of movement.
Reference pages Discover more ideas, the right services for implementation and inspiring sales stories Short URL www.blum.com/i362 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
3
Turn your inspiration into a reality: myLEGRABOX
4
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
myLEGRABOX
LEGRABOX pure/free
The basis: LEGRABOX pure and LEGRABOX free offer a selection of superior matt colours and a premium look in anti-fingerprint stainless steel.
LEGRABOX special edition
The special collection: Incredible drawer side looks based on the new colour, Carbon black matt and
stunning material mixes with anti-fingerprint stainless steel, a special 3D Carbon look or a Noble rust textured finish.
LEGRABOX individual
The ultimate in customisation: design to your heart’s
content. Mix colours and materials, use printing, laser texturing and embossing options to add customised
designs and create unique furniture that delights your customers.
Reference pages myLEGRABOX
Whatever your inspiration – we have the right design solution to turn the box system into your LEGRABOX. Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
230
Short URL www.blum.com/i357 5
MERIVOBOX
Let’s create – the box platform for your ideas 6
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
MERIVOBOX
Platform
It takes just a few components to create your
own extensive range. And you can make furniture
manufacturing even more efficient at the same time. Diverse and yet simple. Design
MERIVOBOX boasts straight lines and a striking look. Create your own diverse and unmistakable range of
furniture! Modern minimalism meets distinctive design. MERIVOBOX modular with gallery
Functionality
The newly developed cabinet profile concept delivers extremely smooth running action and high load
bearing capacity. Coupled with a feather-light glide and enhanced stability. Assembly
No matter which model you opt for, assembly is always
simple and adjustment always the same. It is extremely easy to achieve precise results.
MERIVOBOX modular with BOXCOVER
MERIVOBOX modular with BOXCAP
Reference pages MERIVOBOX
256
Short URL www.blum.com/i355 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
7
Runner systems
Quality steel for your design ideas in wood
8
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Runner systems
MOVENTO – the sophisticated runner system
Our MOVENTO runner impresses with its stability and high load bearing capacity – now up to 70 kg. That’s
why this runner system is ideal for kitchen pull-outs for heavy items such as pots and pans.
TANDEM – the versatile runner system
TANDEM is a concealed runner system and the versatile solution for your design in wood. The
extremely wide range of options offers great design
flexibility. Choose from a broad selection of nominal
lengths, various types of extension and load bearing
classes as well as optional motion technologies for soft and effortless opening and closing.
TANDEM single extension with integrated TIP-ON The TANDEM single extension is available with
integrated TIP-ON. This motion technology not only
offers your customers greater convenience, but it also saves you time and energy. TIP-ON is integrated in
the runner profile so you can provide your customers
with an opening support system without any additional
work needed for assembly. All you need is a one-piece synchronisation linkage for assembly.
Reference pages Runner systems
414
Short URL www.blum.com/i359 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
9
E-SERVICES & assembly devices Good services are there when you need them. As a reliable partner, we offer you services and practical assembly
devices that complement our products and support you along every step of your manufacturing process. We will help you transform your ideas into fine furniture.
Marketing
Concept | Planning | Quotation
Design
Ordering
We provide you with our
Plan, configure and save
Our Cabinet and Product
You can transmit the parts
and much more in different
online. Easily create
with support when designing
to the web shops of selected
images, videos, brochures languages and formats
– online in our Marketing Media Library.
your projects effortlessly
up-to-date parts lists for your customer quotes.
Configurators provide you
cabinets and selecting the right fittings. You receive
lists from our configurators
distributors via an interface.
CAD data that can then be used in your design software.
10
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
E-SERVICES and assembly devices
Manufacturing
Delivery | Assembly
After sales service
Digitally transfer your
Our EASY ASSEMBLY app
We provide personal
configurators to MINIPRESS
know about the assembly
contact at Blum will be
planning results from the with EASYSTICK. Using
assembly devices such as
templates, etc. you can finish your project quickly and precisely.
contains all you need to
and adjustment of fittings, including videos.
after-sale support. Your happy to answer any
questions you might have about our products and services.
Reference pages E-SERVICES
592
Short URL www.blum.com/i361 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
11
We believe that ideas can move the world. We offer innovative fittings, inspiring furniture concepts and appropriate services so that you can turn your creative ideas into reality. We are driven by your needs, international trends and our shared vision of a better quality of living. Let us work together to create moving ideas.
12
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
moving ideas
Quality of living
Product range
We would like you to enjoy greater
Everything from a single source: our
convenience and functionality when using furniture.
Inspiration We monitor global trends and strive to
keep up with today’s and tomorrow’s trends.
Innovation We stay in motion. Curiosity and
create the solutions of tomorrow. We
pioneering spirit drive us to develop
Services
Quality
We support your daily operations with
We continuously strive to improve our
like to share our insights with you.
customised services tailored to your processes.
Trust
new products and services for you.
products, services and ourselves.
Julius Blum started our journey in 1952
We take responsibility for partnerships,
with horseshoe studs. Today we supply
environment.
120 countries.
our employees, society and the
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
wide range of products allows you to
innovative fittings to customers in over
13
1
Lift systems
AVENTOS lift systems deliver enhanced convenience to wall cabinets. Even wide fronts open with ease, hold in any position desired and close softly and effortlessly with soft-close BLUMOTION.
SERVO-DRIVE, the electrical motion support system for AVENTOS HF, HS, HL and HK top
14
▬ Quick, easy assembly and removal due to CLIP technology ▬ Easy, 3-dimensional front adjustment ▬ Perfectly balanced – fronts remain in any desired position ▬ No protruding parts
TIP-ON, the mechanical opening support system for AVENTOS HK top, HK-S and HK-XS
▬ Optimised ergonomic handle position ▬ BLUMOTION – soft and effortless closing action ▬ With SERVO-DRIVE, the electrical motion support system for wall cabinets ▬ With TIP-ON, the mechanical opening support system for stay lifts
The symmetrical lift mechanism of AVENTOS HK-XS can be used on one or two sides
AVENTOS lift systems offer many opportunities for creating cabinets that are even more individual – in all areas of the home
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
AVENTOS HF – bi-fold lift system AVENTOS HF – bi-fold lift system Overview Standard | SERVO-DRIVE Accessories
Lift systems
Lift systems 〉 Overview
18 19 20 28
Symbolic image
AVENTOS HS – up and over lift system AVENTOS HS – up and over lift system Overview Standard | SERVO-DRIVE
30 31 32
Symbolic image
AVENTOS HL – lift up AVENTOS HL – lift up Overview Standard | SERVO-DRIVE
36 37 38
Symbolic image
AVENTOS HK top – stay lift AVENTOS HK top – stay lift Overview Standard | SERVO-DRIVE TIP-ON Accessories
42 43 44 48 51
AVENTOS HK-S – stay lift AVENTOS HK-S – stay lift Overview Standard TIP-ON Accessories
52 53 54 54 57
AVENTOS HK-XS – stay lift AVENTOS HK-XS – stay lift Overview Standard TIP-ON Accessories
58 59 60 60 65
AVENTOS – mitred and rebated applications AVENTOS – mitred and rebated applications
16
Symbolic image
Symbolic image
Symbolic image
Symbolic image
Accessories
Symbolic image
Screws Centre bit Door buffer Screwdriver Cross slot bit
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
66 66 66 67 67
15
Lift systems
Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS – mitred and rebated applications
An inspiring range of lift systems
The mesmerising motion of AVENTOS lift systems is also available for wall cabinets with mitres or rebates. Only minor positional adjustments need be made to standard fittings.
Mitred applications
The new applications allow you to translate creative design ideas into action. Wall cabinets with lift systems are particularly convenient because fronts glide up and out of the user’s way, providing freedom of movement.
AVENTOS wall cabinet fronts also hold in any position desired when open and are therefore always within easy reach for closing. Extra convenience is provided by the SERVO-DRIVE or TIP-ON opening support systems.
Rebated applications
Reference pages AVENTOS – mitred and rebated applications Short URL www.blum.com/mitresrebates 16
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Mitred applications
Rebated applications
AVENTOS HF – bi-fold lift system
AVENTOS HF – bi-fold lift system
AVENTOS HS – up and over lift system
AVENTOS HS – up and over lift system
AVENTOS HL – lift up
AVENTOS HL – lift up
AVENTOS HK top – stay lift
AVENTOS HK top – stay lift
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Lift systems
Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS – mitred and rebated applications
17
Lift systems
Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HF – bi-fold lift system
Lift system for large bi-fold fronts The AVENTOS HF has a two-part front that folds together in the centre when opening. The bi-fold lift system is ideal for higher wall cabinets with large fronts because the handle remains easy to reach in any position. AVENTOS HF can also be used with fronts of different heights. ▬ Soft and effortless closing thanks to BLUMOTION ▬ Easy to open ▬ Holds in any position ▬ Provides excellent access to the cabinet interior ▬ Small range, huge application variety ▬ Easy assembly and adjustment ▬ Stability, even with wide fronts ▬ Excellent durability ▬ Free positioning of handles ▬ No protruding parts ▬ Optional: SERVO-DRIVE for AVENTOS, the electrical motion support system for wall cabinets Enhanced opening and closing ease
Lift systems open effortlessly with AVENTOS HF. Even heavy fronts only require light operating forces. The variable stop ensures that fronts always remain in the desired position
Thanks to integrated BLUMOTION, both heavy and light fronts close softly and effortlessly
The cover cap is available in silk white, light grey and dark grey
Includes a finger safety feature The CLIP top centre hinge with innovative technology ensures finger safety
Similar shelves possible Depending on the height of the cabinet, 2 identical shelves can be used
Other advantages that will inspire both you and your customers
Excellent durability The core element of the lift mechanism is a robust spring package. The result: excellent durability
18
No protruding parts Removable telescopic arm – an advantage for furniture manufacturing and kitchen installation
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Lift systems
Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HF – bi-fold lift system 〉 Overview
Applications Standard | SERVO-DRIVE Wooden fronts and wide alu frames
Web code Page
Symbolic image
DQD8YM
20
DQD9NY
24
Narrow alu frames
Symbolic image
Accessories
Opening angle stop Hinge set Mounting plates Hinge arm cover cap Screws Centre bit Symbolic image Assembly, removal and adjustment Assembly, removal and adjustment
Symbolic image
Short URL www.blum.com/a110
21 Door buffer 28 Screwdriver 144 Cross slot bit 151 66 66 Machine directive Detailed information on the Machine Directive
66 67 67
701
Short URL www.blum.com/sd/guideline
Pictograph Item available on request
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
19
Lift systems
Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HF – bi-fold lift system 〉 Standard | SERVO-DRIVE
Web code DQD8YM
Wooden fronts and wide alu frames ▬ Ideal for wall cabinets with bi-fold fronts ▬ Cabinet height KH 480–1040 mm ▬ Cabinet width KB up to 1800 mm ▬ Soft and effortless closing thanks to BLUMOTION ▬ Light operating forces ▬ Variable stop ▬ Tool-free assembly ▬ 3-dimensional adjustment of both fronts ▬ Simple, infinitely variable lift mechanism ▬ Centre hinge with finger safety feature
Power factor LF Cabinet height KH (mm) x combined weight of top and bottom fronts FG including handle (kg)
Theoret. cabinet height TKH Upper front height FHo (mm) x 2 + gaps
We recommend the more powerful lift mechanism for overlapping areas.
Standard SERVO-DRIVE Order information 1 Lift mechanism set Power factor LF 2600–5500 (1 pc LF 960–2650) 5350–10150 9000–17250 (3 pc LF 13500–25900)
Part no. 20F2200.05 20F2500.05 20F2800.05
Composed of: 1 2 x Lift mechanism (symmetrical) – 8 x Chipboard screws Ø 4 x 35 mm
2
Telescopic arm set Cabinet height KH (mm) 480–570 560–710 700–900 760–1040
¹
Composed of: 2 2 x Telescopic arm (symmetrical) ¹ Theoretical cabinet height TKH for asymmetrical fronts
3
Cover cap set Colour SW | HGR | TGR
Material Nylon
Part no. 20F8020
Composed of: 3a 1 x Cover cap left 3b 1 x Cover cap right 3c 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo IN-G
3
7
Cover cap set for SERVO-DRIVE Colour Material SW | HGR | TGR Nylon
Part no. 21F8020
Composed of: 3a 1 x SERVO-DRIVE cover cap left 3b 1 x Cover cap right 3c 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo IN-G 3d 2 x SERVO-DRIVE switch 3e 6 x Blum distance bumper, Ø 5 mm
4 Mounting plate for telescopic arm Recommendation Fixing method Spacing (mm) Screw-on 0 EXPANDO 0 Knock-in 0
Part no. 20F3200.01 20F3500.01 20F3800.01 20F3900.01
¹
Part no. 175H3100 177H3100E 177H3100
All horizontal steel mounting plates with 0 mm spacing possible ¹ Use 2 chipboard screws (609.1x00) per side for wooden fronts ¹ Use 2 counter sunk self tapping screws (660.0950) per side for wide alu frames
6
SERVO-DRIVE set Colour R7037
Material Nylon
Composed of: 6a 1 x Drive unit 6b 1 x SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable, 1500 mm 6c 1 x Connecting node 6d 2 x Cable end protector For three lift mechanisms or more, we recommend two synchronised drive units
20
Part no. 21FA000
24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit Language package Part no. Language package A Z10NE030A F B Z10NE030B G C Z10NE030C H D Z10NE030D J E Z10NE030E
Part no. Z10NE030F Z10NE030G Z10NE030H Z10NE030J
Incl. operating and installation instructions Without flex Language package – operating and installation instructions A DE | EN | FR | IT | NL F BG | ET | LT | LV | RO | RU B DA | EN | FI | NO | SV G EN | ES | FR C EL | EN | HR | SL | SR | TR H EN | ZH D EN | ES | FR | IT | PT J JA E CS | HU | PL | SK Language descriptions as per ISO-639
8
Power supply unit housing Colour Material WGR Nylon
Part no. Z10NG120
For 24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit
9
Flex Market AR UK CH DK Europe Europe IN IL
Length 2 m, incl. plug ¹ Without plug
¹
Part no. Market Z10M200A JP Z10M200B AU Z10M200C CL Z10M200D CN Z10M200E BR Z10M200E.OS TW Z10M200H US | CA Z10M200I ZA
Part no. Z10M200J Z10M200K Z10M200L Z10M200N Z10M200S.01 Z10M200T Z10M200U Z10M200Z
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Web code DQD8YM
Wooden fronts and wide alu frames Order information Alternative to 7 | 8 | 9 – 12 W SERVO-DRIVE plug-in power supply unit Only suitable for one drive unit LanNetwork guage adapter package
E E E E E
Network adapter E
B
A B C D E
LanNetwork Part no. adapter guage package
☎ Z10NA30EAF E ☎ Z10NA30EBF B ☎ Z10NA30ECF K ☎ Z10NA30EDF U ☎ Z10NA30EEF
K
F A D G
Part no. ☎ Z10NA30EFF ☎ Z10NA30BAF ☎ Z10NA30KDF ☎ Z10NA30UGF ¹
U
Composed of: – 1 x 12 W SERVO-DRIVE plug-in power supply unit Incl. cable, 1120 mm (with SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable extendible to max. 2000 mm) Other combinations available upon request ¹ See the Information chapter for a detailed market list
10
CLIP top 120° hinge Boss INSERTA Screw-on
Spring Unsprung Unsprung
²
Part no. 70T5590BTL 70T5550.TL
Boss overlay TO (fixed dimension) 11 mm 3 hinges at cabinet width KB 1200 mm and/or starting from 12 kg front weight FG 4 hinges at cabinet width KB 1800 mm and/or starting from 20 kg front weight FG ² Use chipboard screws (609.1x00) for wooden fronts ² Use counter sunk self tapping screws (660.0950) for wide alu frames
Alternative to 10 10 CLIP top 120° special hinge for larger front overlay Boss Spring INSERTA Unsprung Screw-on Unsprung ²
Part no. 72T5590BTL 72T5550.TL
Boss overlay TO (fixed dimension) 13 mm 3 hinges at cabinet width KB 1200 mm and/or starting from 12 kg front weight FG 4 hinges at cabinet width KB 1800 mm and/or starting from 20 kg front weight FG ² Use chipboard screws (609.1x00) for wooden fronts ² Use counter sunk self tapping screws (660.0950) for wide alu frames
11 Mounting plate for CLIP top 120° hinge Recommendation Fixing method Spacing (mm) Screw-on 0 EXPANDO 0 Knock-in 0
²
Standard mounting plates, spacing depends on the upper front overlay FAo ² Use chipboard screws (609.1x00) for wooden fronts ² Use counter sunk self tapping screws (660.0950) for wide alu frames
12
CLIP top centre hinge Boss EXPANDO Screw-on
Spring Unsprung Unsprung
²
3 hinges at cabinet width KB 1200 mm and/or starting from 12 kg front weight FG 4 hinges at cabinet width KB 1800 mm and/or starting from 20 kg front weight FG ² Use chipboard screws (609.1x00) for wooden fronts ² Use counter sunk self tapping screws (660.0950) for wide alu frames
Reference pages Overview – AVENTOS HF Accessories – hinge set Mounting plates Accessories – general Planning – symmetrical Planning – asymmetrical Planning – Blum distance bumper Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
19 28 144 66 22 23 29
Part no. 175H3100 177H3100E 177H3100
13 Mounting plate for CLIP top-centre hinge Recommendation Fixing method Spacing (mm) Screw-on 0 EXPANDO 0 Knock-in 0
²
Part no. 175H3100 177H3100E 177H3100
Standard mounting plates with 0 mm spacing Only use cruciform mounting plates for wide aluminium frames under a 57 mm frame frieze width ² Use chipboard screws (609.1x00) for wooden fronts ² Use counter sunk self tapping screws (660.0950) for wide alu frames
Accessories – Opening angle stop Opening angle 104° 83° –
Colour TGR R7037
Part no. 20F7051 20F7011
SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable and cable end protector Colour Length (m) Part no. S 8 Z10K800AE
Composed of: 6b 1 x SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable 6d 5 x Cable end protector For cutting to size Can be used as a SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable
–
Connecting node and cable end protector Colour Material S Nylon
Composed of: 6c 1 x Connecting node 6d 2 x Cable end protector Tool-free assembly
–
Cable holder Colour W
Material Nylon
Light grey Silk white Dark grey RAL 7037 dust grey
Colour WGR S W IN-G
Part no. Z10K0009
E.g. for fixing the SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable Colour HGR SW TGR R7037
Part no. Z10V100E.01
White grey Black White In-mould brushed stainless steel
Part no. 78Z553ET 78Z5500T
SERVO-DRIVE switch SERVO-DRIVE uno – market list Overview – assembly devices Reference values for front weight FG (kg) Machine directive More technical details
29 Assembly, removal and adjustment 718 591 704 Short URL 701 www.blum.com/a110 698
21
Lift systems
Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HF – bi-fold lift system 〉 Standard | SERVO-DRIVE
Lift systems
Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HF – bi-fold lift system 〉 Standard | SERVO-DRIVE
Web code DQD8YM
Wooden fronts and wide alu frames Planning Symmetrical Drilling position
Y
Space requirement
Cabinet height KH (mm) H (mm) 480–549 KH x 0.3 – 28 550–1040 KH x 0.3 – 57 4 x chipboard screws Ø 4 x 35 mm Drilling for SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable, left only * Drilling depth 5 mm ** Alternative drilling
KH
Front assembly
CLIP top 120° hinge
o FH
Opening angle stop Without 104° 83° FHo Upper front height
Cabinet height
Y (mm) FHo x 0.44 + 38 FHo x 0.24 + 34 0
FAo
CLIP top centre hinge
TB F FAo ()
22
TB F *
Drilling distance TB 68 45
0
3
6
Screw-on
Drilling distance Gap Upper front overlay CLIP top 120° special hinge
5
6
7
8
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
3
4
5
Drilling distance Min. gap 1.5 mm 37 mm for cruciform mounting plates (37/32)
Drilling distance TB
Front overlay FA (mm)
3
6
4
5
3
6
4
5
6
MD
175H5400 | 177H5400E
MD
Cabinet height KH X (mm) (mm) 177H3100 | 177H3100E | 177H3100E10 | 177H5100 | 175H3100 | 175H4100 480–549 70 550–1040 47 SFA Front overlay of the side panel
Horizontal gap F (mm) between fronts 3
0
6
3
4
5
5
4
6
3
6
9 3 4 5 6 MD Mounting plate spacing (mm) With the CLIP top 120° special hinge, the front overlay FA is always 2 mm larger
9 MD
INSERTA | EXPANDO
Hinge boss dimensions
Mounting plate spacing (mm)
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Web code DQD8YM
Wooden fronts and wide alu frames Planning Asymmetrical Drilling position
Y
Space requirement
o FH
TKH = FHo (mm) x 2 + gaps TKH Theoretical cabinet height FHo Upper front height FHu Lower front height
Opening angle stop Y (mm) Without FHo x 0.44 + 38 104° FHo x 0.24 + 34 83° 0 FHo Upper front height The larger front must be at the top!
Front assembly
CLIP top 120° hinge
CLIP top centre hinge
FAo
Theoret. cabinet height TKH H (mm) (mm) 480–549 TKH x 0.3 – 28 550–1040 TKH x 0.3 – 57 4 x chipboard screws Ø 4 x 35 mm Drilling for SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable, left only * Drilling depth 5 mm ** Alternative drilling
Screw-on
175H5400 | 177H5400E
TB F FAo ()
Drilling distance Gap Upper front overlay CLIP top 120° special hinge
TB F *
Drilling distance TB FHo / 2 + 68 FHo / 2 + 45
0
3
6
5
6
7
8
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
3
4
5
Drilling distance Min. gap 1.5 mm 37 mm for cruciform mounting plates (37/32)
Drilling distance TB
Front overlay FA (mm)
3
6
4
5
3
6
4
5
6
MD
X (mm) 177H3100 | 177H3100E | 177H3100E10 | 177H5100 | 175H3100 | 175H4100 480–549 FHo / 2 + 70 550–1040 FHo / 2 + 47 FHo Upper front height FHu Lower front height FAu Bottom front overlay SFA Front overlay of the side panel
MD
Theoret. cabinet height TKH (mm)
Horizontal gap F (mm) between fronts 3
0
6
3
4
5
5
4
6
3
6
9 3 4 5 6 MD Mounting plate spacing (mm) With the CLIP top 120° special hinge, the front overlay FA is always 2 mm larger
9 MD
INSERTA | EXPANDO
Reference pages Overview – AVENTOS HF Ordering information – wooden fronts and wide alu frames Planning – Blum distance bumper SERVO-DRIVE switch Machine directive Assembly, removal and adjustment
Mounting plate spacing (mm)
19 20 29 29 701
Short URL www.blum.com/a110
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
23
Lift systems
Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HF – bi-fold lift system 〉 Standard | SERVO-DRIVE
Lift systems
Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HF – bi-fold lift system 〉 Standard | SERVO-DRIVE
Web code DQD9NY
Narrow alu frames ▬ Ideal for wall cabinets with bi-fold fronts ▬ Cabinet height KH 480–1040 mm ▬ Cabinet width KB up to 1800 mm ▬ Soft and effortless closing thanks to BLUMOTION ▬ Light operating forces ▬ Variable stop ▬ Tool-free assembly ▬ 3-dimensional adjustment of both fronts ▬ Simple, infinitely variable lift mechanism ▬ Centre hinge with finger safety feature
Power factor LF Cabinet height KH (mm) x combined weight of top and bottom fronts FG including handle (kg)
Theoret. cabinet height TKH Upper front height FHo (mm) x 2 + gaps
We recommend the more powerful lift mechanism for overlapping areas.
Standard SERVO-DRIVE Order information 1 Lift mechanism set Power factor LF 2600–5500 (1 pc LF 960–2650) 5350–10150 9000–17250
Part no. 20F2200.05 20F2500.05 20F2800.05
Composed of: 1 2 x Lift mechanism (symmetrical) – 8 x Chipboard screws Ø 4 x 35 mm
2
Telescopic arm set Cabinet height KH (mm) 480–570 560–710 700–900 760–1040
¹
Composed of: 2 2 x Telescopic arm (symmetrical) ¹ Theoretical cabinet height TKH for asymmetrical fronts
3
Cover cap set Colour SW | HGR | TGR
Material Nylon
Composed of: 3a 1 x Cover cap left 3b 1 x Cover cap right 3c 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo IN-G
3
Cover cap set for SERVO-DRIVE Colour Material SW | HGR | TGR Nylon
Composed of: 3a 1 x SERVO-DRIVE cover cap left 3b 1 x Cover cap right 3c 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo IN-G 3d 2 x SERVO-DRIVE switch 3e 6 x Blum distance bumper, Ø 5 mm
4
6
Part no. 20F3200.01 20F3500.01 20F3800.01 20F3900.01
Part no. 20F8020 7
Part no. 21F8020
CLIP adapter plate for telescopic arms Version Spacing (mm) Left | right 0
Part no. 175H5B00
SERVO-DRIVE set Colour R7037
Part no. 21FA000
Material Nylon
Composed of: 6a 1 x Drive unit 6b 1 x SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable, 1500 mm 6c 1 x Connecting node 6d 2 x Cable end protector
24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit Language package Part no. Language package A Z10NE030A F B Z10NE030B G C Z10NE030C H D Z10NE030D J E Z10NE030E
Incl. operating and installation instructions Without flex Language package – operating and installation instructions A DE | EN | FR | IT | NL F BG | ET | LT | LV | RO | RU B DA | EN | FI | NO | SV G EN | ES | FR C EL | EN | HR | SL | SR | TR H EN | ZH D EN | ES | FR | IT | PT J JA E CS | HU | PL | SK Language descriptions as per ISO-639
8
Power supply unit housing Colour Material WGR Nylon
Part no. Z10NG120
For 24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit
9
Flex Market AR UK CH DK Europe Europe IN IL
Length 2 m, incl. plug ¹ Without plug
24
Part no. Z10NE030F Z10NE030G Z10NE030H Z10NE030J
¹
Part no. Market Z10M200A JP Z10M200B AU Z10M200C CL Z10M200D CN Z10M200E BR Z10M200E.OS TW Z10M200H US | CA Z10M200I ZA
Part no. Z10M200J Z10M200K Z10M200L Z10M200N Z10M200S.01 Z10M200T Z10M200U Z10M200Z
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Web code DQD9NY
Narrow alu frames Order information Alternative to 7 | 8 | 9 – 12 W SERVO-DRIVE plug-in power supply unit Only suitable for one drive unit LanNetwork guage adapter package
E E E E E
Network adapter E
B
A B C D E
LanNetwork Part no. adapter guage package
☎ Z10NA30EAF E ☎ Z10NA30EBF B ☎ Z10NA30ECF K ☎ Z10NA30EDF U ☎ Z10NA30EEF
K
F A D G
Part no. ☎ Z10NA30EFF ☎ Z10NA30BAF ☎ Z10NA30KDF ☎ Z10NA30UGF ¹
U
Composed of: – 1 x 12 W SERVO-DRIVE plug-in power supply unit Incl. cable, 1120 mm (with SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable extendible to max. 2000 mm) Other combinations available upon request ¹ See the Information chapter for a detailed market list
10
CLIP top 120° aluminium frame door hinge Boss Spring Screw-on Unsprung
3 hinges at cabinet width KB 1200 mm and/or starting from 12 kg front weight FG 4 hinges at cabinet width KB 1800 mm and/or starting from 20 kg front weight FG Boss fixing screws are included
11 Mounting plate for CLIP top 120° hinge Recommendation Fixing method Spacing (mm) Screw-on 0 EXPANDO 0 Knock-in 0
²
Part no. 72T550A.TL
Accessories – Opening angle stop Opening angle 104° 83° –
Colour TGR R7037
Part no. 20F7051 20F7011
SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable and cable end protector Colour Length (m) Part no. S 8 Z10K800AE
Composed of: 6b 1 x SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable 6d 5 x Cable end protector For cutting to size Can be used as a SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable
–
Connecting node and cable end protector Colour Material S Nylon
Composed of: 6c 1 x Connecting node 6d 2 x Cable end protector Tool-free assembly
–
Cable holder Colour W
Material Nylon
Light grey Silk white Dark grey RAL 7037 dust grey
Colour WGR S W IN-G
Part no. Z10K0009
E.g. for fixing the SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable
Part no. 175H3100 177H3100E 177H3100
Colour HGR SW TGR R7037
Part no. Z10V100E.01
White grey Black White In-mould brushed stainless steel
Standard mounting plates, spacing depends on the top gap F ² Use 2 counter sunk self tapping screws (660.0950) per side for narrow alu frames
12
CLIP top aluminium centre hinge Boss Spring Screw-on Unsprung
Part no. 78Z550AT
CLIP adapter plate for centre hinges Version Spacing (mm) Symmetrical 0
Part no. 175H5A00
3 hinges at cabinet width KB 1200 mm and/or starting from 12 kg front weight FG 4 hinges at cabinet width KB 1800 mm and/or starting from 20 kg front weight FG Use 2 counter sunk self tapping screws (660.0950) per side for narrow alu frames
13
Boss fixing screws are included
Reference pages Overview – AVENTOS HF Accessories – hinge set Mounting plates Accessories – general Planning – symmetrical Planning – asymmetrical Planning – Blum distance bumper Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
19 28 144 66 26 27 29
SERVO-DRIVE switch SERVO-DRIVE uno – market list Overview – assembly devices Reference values for front weight FG (kg) Machine directive More technical details
29 Assembly, removal and adjustment 718 591 704 Short URL 701 www.blum.com/a110 698
25
Lift systems
Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HF – bi-fold lift system 〉 Standard | SERVO-DRIVE
Lift systems
Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HF – bi-fold lift system 〉 Standard | SERVO-DRIVE
Web code DQD9NY
Narrow alu frames Planning Symmetrical Drilling position
Y
Space requirement
Cabinet height KH (mm) H (mm) 480–549 KH x 0.3 – 28 550–1040 KH x 0.3 – 57 4 x chipboard screws Ø 4 x 35 mm Drilling for SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable, left only * Drilling depth 5 mm ** Alternative drilling
KH
Front assembly
CLIP top 120° aluminium frame door hinge
Cabinet height KH (mm) 480–549 550–1040
X (mm) 54 31
Cabinet height
Opening angle stop Without 104° 83° FHo Upper front height
o FH
Y (mm) FHo x 0.44 + 38 FHo x 0.24 + 34 0
CLIP top aluminium centre hinge
F Min. gap 1.5 mm The gap F needs to be adjusted for frame thicknesses over 20.5 mm
Screw-on (hinge | adapter plate)
*
26
When changing material thickness, adjust the assembly dimensions accordingly
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Web code DQD9NY
Narrow alu frames
Space requirement
Y
Planning Asymmetrical Drilling position
o FH
Theoret. cabinet height TKH H (mm) (mm) 480–549 TKH x 0.3 – 28 550–1040 TKH x 0.3 – 57 4 x chipboard screws Ø 4 x 35 mm Drilling for SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable, left only * Drilling depth 5 mm ** Alternative drilling
TKH = FHo (mm) x 2 + gaps TKH Theoretical cabinet height FHo Upper front height FHu Lower front height
Opening angle stop Y (mm) Without FHo x 0.44 + 38 104° FHo x 0.24 + 34 83° 0 FHo Upper front height The larger front must be at the top!
Front assembly
CLIP top 120° aluminium frame door hinge
CLIP top aluminium centre hinge
Theoret. cabinet height TKH X (mm) (mm) 480–549 FHo / 2 + 54 550–1040 FHo / 2 + 31 FHo Upper front height FHu Lower front height FAu Bottom front overlay
F Min. gap 1.5 mm The gap F needs to be adjusted for frame thicknesses over 20.5 mm
Screw-on (hinge | adapter plate)
Reference pages Overview – AVENTOS HF Ordering information – narrow alu frames Planning – Blum distance bumper SERVO-DRIVE switch Machine directive Assembly, removal and adjustment
19 24 29 29 701
Short URL www.blum.com/a110
*
When changing material thickness, adjust the assembly dimensions accordingly
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
27
Lift systems
Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HF – bi-fold lift system 〉 Standard | SERVO-DRIVE
Lift systems
Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HF – bi-fold lift system 〉 Accessories
Hinge set – wooden fronts ▬ Hinge set
Order information Fixing method INSERTA | Knock-in | EXPANDO
Part no. ☎ 78Z5530T11
Order information Fixing method Screw-on
Part no. ¹ ☎ 78Z5500T12
Composed of: 2x CLIP top 120° hinge unsprung 70T5590BTL 2x CLIP top centre hinge unsprung 78Z5530T 6x Horizontal cam mounting plate 177H3100
Hinge set – wooden fronts and wide aluminium frames ▬ Hinge set
Composed of: 2x CLIP top 120° hinge unsprung 70T5550.TL 2x CLIP top centre hinge unsprung 78Z5500T 6x Horizontal cam mounting plate 175H3100 For wide alu frames, an additional cruciform mounting plate is required for the CLIP top centre hinge ¹ Use chipboard screws (609.1x00) for wooden fronts ¹
Use counter sunk self tapping screws (660.0950) for wide alu frames
Hinge set – narrow aluminium frames ▬ Hinge set
Order information Fixing method Screw-on
Part no. ☎ 78Z550AT11
Composed of: 2x CLIP top 120° aluminium frame hinge unsprung 72T550A.TL 2x CLIP top alu centre hinge unsprung 78Z550AT 2x Horizontal cam mounting plate 175H5400 2x CLIP adapter plate symmetrical 175H5A00 2x CLIP adapter plate left/right 175H5B00
28
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Lift systems
Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HF – bi-fold lift system 〉 Planning
Planning Blum distance bumper (SERVO-DRIVE application only)
Recommendation for aluminium frames Take into account drilling for the Blum distance bumper in the cabinet side A trial application must be carried out when fixing to the front
Insert Blum distance bumper (do not glue)
*
From cabinet bottom edge for fronts that protrude below
SERVO-DRIVE switch
Reference pages Overview – AVENTOS HF Ordering information – wooden fronts and wide alu frames Ordering information – narrow alu frames Overview – assembly devices Machine directive More technical details
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
19 Assembly, removal and adjustment 20 24 Short URL 591 www.blum.com/a110 701 698
29
Lift systems
Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HS – up and over lift system
The up and over lift system for a smooth glide Wall cabinet fronts equipped with AVENTOS HS swing up and over the cabinet, making it ideal for large fronts. The up and over lift system is also the perfect choice for cabinets with cornices. ▬ Soft and effortless closing thanks to BLUMOTION ▬ Easy to open ▬ Holds in any position ▬ Provides excellent access to the cabinet interior ▬ Suitable for wall cabinets with cornice or crown moulding ▬ Small range, huge application variety ▬ Easy assembly and adjustment ▬ Stability, even with wide fronts ▬ Excellent durability ▬ No protruding parts ▬ Optional: SERVO-DRIVE for AVENTOS, the electrical motion support system for wall cabinets
Ease of use and design options
AVENTOS HS provides ease of use that inspires. Even heavy fronts are easy to open thanks to the light operating forces
Thanks to SERVO-DRIVE, wall cabinet fronts open at a single touch. The press of a switch is all you need for a soft close
AVENTOS HS can be used with EXPANDO T for thin fronts measuring 8 mm or more
The cover cap is available in silk white, light grey and dark grey
Other advantages that will inspire both you and your customers
Excellent durability The core element of the lift mechanism is a robust spring package. The result: excellent durability
30
Cornice and crown moulding No protruding parts You can easily combine cabinets with cornice or crown moulding with Removable lever arm – an advantage for furniture manufacturing and AVENTOS HS. This provides more design freedom for furniture planning kitchen installation
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Applications Standard | SERVO-DRIVE Wooden fronts, wide and narrow alu frames
Web code Page
Symbolic image
DQDADA
Accessories
Symbolic image
Screws Centre bit Door buffer Screwdriver Cross slot bit
Assembly, removal and adjustment Assembly, removal and adjustment
Symbolic image
Short URL www.blum.com/a120
Lift systems
Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HS – up and over lift system 〉 Overview
32
66 66 66 67 67
Machine directive Detailed information on the Machine Directive
701
Short URL www.blum.com/sd/guideline
Pictograph Item available on request
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
31
Lift systems
Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HS – up and over lift system 〉 Standard | SERVO-DRIVE
Web code DQDADA
Wooden fronts, wide and narrow alu frames ▬ Ideal for large fronts ▬ Cabinet height KH 350–800 mm ▬ Cabinet width KB up to 1800 mm ▬ Soft and effortless closing thanks to BLUMOTION ▬ Light operating forces ▬ Perfect motion with a variable stop ▬ Tool-free assembly ▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment ▬ Simple, infinitely variable lift mechanism
Lift mechanism In order to select the correct lift mechanism, it is necessary to determine both the cabinet height KH and the front weight FG (including the handle)
Example Cabinet height KH = 600 mm Front weight FG = 10 kg Lift mechanism selection = 20S2E00.05 KH = 602 mm –> 600 mm KH = 603 mm –> 605 mm We recommend the more powerful lift mechanism for overlapping areas. Standard SERVO-DRIVE
Order information 1 Lift mechanism set Cabinet height KH 350–525 mm Part no. 20S2A00.05 20S2B00.05 20S2C00.05 Part no. 20S2A00.05 20S2B00.05 20S2C00.05 KH (mm) Weight of front incl. handle (kg)
350
355
360
365 370
375
2.00–5.00
4.50–9.50
9.25–10.50
4.50–9.50
9.25–10.75
2.00–4.75
4.50–9.50
2.00–4.75
4.50–9.25
2.00–4.75
2.00–4.75
2.00–4.75
4.50–9.25
4.50–9.25
9.25–10.50 9.00–11.00
9.00–11.00
9.00–11.25
KH (mm) Weight of front incl. handle (kg)
440
445
455
2.25–4.25
4.00–8.50
8.25–13.50
465
2.25–4.25
4.00–8.25
475
2.50–4.25
3.75–8.00
450
460
4.50–9.25
9.00–11.25
470
390
2.00–4.75
4.50–9.00
8.75–11.50
480
395
400
2.00–4.75
2.00–4.75
4.50–9.25 4.50–9.00
4.25–9.00
405
2.25–4.50
4.25–9.00
415
2.25–4.50
4.25–8.75
410
2.25–4.50
4.25–9.00
9.00–11.50
2.25–4.25
2.25–4.25 2.50–4.25
2.50–4.25
3.75–8.00
7.75–14.25
7.75–14.00
2.50–4.25
3.75–8.00
7.75–14.25
3.75–7.75
7.50–14.50
8.50–12.50
505
2.50–4.00
3.50–7.75
7.50–14.75
8.75–12.25
500
2.50–4.25
2.50–4.25 2.50–4.00
430
2.25–4.50
4.25–8.75
8.50–12.75
520
2.50–4.00
4.25–8.75
8.00–14.00
2.50–4.25
490
510
2.25–4.50
4.00–8.25
485
8.50–12.50
435
8.00–13.75
8.00–13.75
495
4.25–8.75
4.25–8.75
4.00–8.25
8.25–13.50
8.75–11.75
8.75–12.00
2.25–4.50
2.25–4.50
4.00–8.50
8.75–12.00
420
425
8.25–13.00
8.25–13.25
2.00–4.75 2.00–4.75
4.25–8.50
4.25–8.50
380 385
2.25–4.50
2.25–4.50
8.50–12.75
8.50–13.00
515
525
3.75–8.00 3.50–7.75
7.75–14.50
7.50–14.75
3.50–7.75
7.50–14.75
3.50–7.50
7.25–15.00
2.50–4.00
3.50–7.50
2.50–4.00
3.25–7.50
7.25–14.75
7.25–15.00
Cabinet height KH 526–675 mm Part no. 20S2D00.05 20S2E00.05 20S2F00.05 Part no. 20S2D00.05 20S2E00.05 20S2F00.05 KH (mm) Weight of front incl. handle (kg)
526
530 535
6.25–13.00
12.00–16.50
605
3.00–6.00
5.50–11.75
10.50–18.50
3.00–6.75
6.25–12.75
11.75–16.75
615
3.00–5.75
5.50–11.50
10.25–18.75
3.00–5.75
5.50–11.50
3.00–6.75
540
3.00–6.50
550
3.00–6.50
545 555
560
3.00–6.50
6.00–12.50
11.50–17.50
590 595
6.00–12.50
11.50–17.25
610
620 625
630
635
3.00–6.00 3.00–5.75
3.00–5.75
3.00–5.50
5.50–11.75
5.50–11.50
5.50–11.50
5.25–11.50
10.50–18.50
10.25–18.75
5.25–11.25
3.00–6.25
5.75–12.25
11.25–17.75
650
3.00–5.50
5.25–11.25
10.00–19.00
5.25–11.25
10.00–19.00
3.00–6.25
3.00–6.25
5.75–12.00
11.00–18.00
5.75–12.00
10.75–18.25
5.75–12.00
3.00–6.00
5.50–12.00
3.00–6.00
5.50–11.75
3.00–6.00
5.50–11.75
11.00–18.00
10.75–18.25
10.50–18.50
10.50–18.50
655
660
3.00–5.50
3.00–5.50
665
3.00–5.25
675
3.00–5.25
670
3.00–5.25
5.25–11.25
5.25–11.25 5.00–11.00
5.00–11.00
5.00–11.00
10.00–18.75
09.75–19.00
09.75–19.00
09.75–19.00
Cabinet height KH 676–800 mm Part no. 20S2G00.05 20S2H00.05 20S2I00.05 Part no. 20S2G00.05 20S2H00.05 20S2I00.05 KH (mm) Weight of front incl. handle (kg)
KH (mm) Weight of front incl. handle (kg)
676
3.50–8.00
7.00–13.50
13.00–21.50
740
3.50–7.25
6.50–12.75
685
3.50–8.00
7.00–13.25
12.75–21.50
750
3.50–7.25
6.50–12.75
6.75–13.25
12.50–21.50
760
3.75–7.25
6.75–13.25
12.25–21.50
770
12.00–21.25
680 690 695 700
705
710
3.50–8.00 3.50–7.75
3.50–7.75 3.50–7.75
3.50–7.75
12.50–21.50
6.75–13.25
12.25–21.25
6.75–13.00
12.00–21.25
725
3.50–7.50
735
6.75–13.25
12.75–21.50
3.50–7.75
3.50–7.50
730
6.75–13.25
13.00–21.50
3.50–7.50
715
720
7.00–13.50
3.50–7.50 3.50–7.50
6.75–13.00
6.75–13.00 6.75–13.00
6.50–13.00
12.00–21.00 11.75–21.00
11.75–20.75
Composed of: 1 2 x Lift mechanism (symmetrical) – 10 x Chipboard screws Ø 4 x 35 mm KH Cabinet height
32
745
755
3.50–7.25 3.75–7.25
6.50–12.75 6.50–12.75
11.75–20.75
11.50–20.50
11.25–20.50
11.25–20.25
3.75–7.00
6.25–12.50
11.00–20.25
780
4.00–7.00
6.25–12.50
10.75–20.25
790
4.00–7.00
6.00–12.25
10.75–20.00
775
785
795
800
3.75–7.25 3.75–7.00
4.00–7.00
4.00–7.00
4.00–7.00
6.50–12.50
6.25–12.50
6.25–12.50 6.00–12.25
6.00–12.25
Part no. 21S3500.01
Composed of: 2a 1 x SERVO-DRIVE lever arm left 2b 1 x SERVO-DRIVE lever arm right 2c 2 x Cross stabiliser cover cap
3
11.50–20.50
6.50–12.75
765
Lever arm set for SERVO-DRIVE Colour Material NI Steel
2
3.00–5.50
3.00–5.50
Part no. 20S3500.06
10.00–19.00
640
645
Material Steel
10.00–18.75
11.25–17.50 11.25–17.75
Lever arm set Colour NI
Composed of: 2a 1 x Lever arm left 2b 1 x Lever arm right 2c 2 x Cross stabiliser cover cap
10.25–18.75
10.25–18.75
6.00–12.25 5.75–12.25
2
10.25–18.75
3.00–6.50
3.00–6.25
600
11.75–17.00
11.50–17.25
575
585
6.00–12.75
11.75–16.75
6.00–12.50
3.00–6.25
580
6.25–12.75
3.00–6.50
565 570
KH (mm) Weight of front incl. handle (kg)
3.00–6.75
11.00–20.25
11.00–20.25
10.75–20.00
10.50–20.00
10.50–20.00
Cover cap set Colour SW | HGR | TGR
Material Nylon
Part no. 20S8020
Cover cap set for SERVO-DRIVE Colour Material SW | HGR | TGR Nylon
Part no. 21S8020
Composed of: 3a 1 x Cover cap left 3b 1 x Cover cap right 3c 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo IN-G
3
Composed of: 3a 1 x SERVO-DRIVE cover cap left 3b 1 x Cover cap right 3c 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo IN-G 3d 2 x SERVO-DRIVE switch 3e 4 x Blum distance bumper, Ø 5 mm
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Web code DQDADA
Wooden fronts, wide and narrow alu frames Order information 4 Front fixing bracket set Version Wooden fronts and wide alu frames Narrow alu frames ¹ ¹
¹
Part no. 20S4200 20S4200A
9
Flex Market AR UK CH DK Europe Europe IN IL
Use 4 chipboard screws (609.1x00) per side for wooden fronts Use 4 counter sunk self tapping screws (660.0950) per side for wide alu frames
4
Front fixing bracket Version Thin fronts
Part no. 20S42T1
EXPANDO T suitable for thin fronts – see reference pages
5
Cross stabiliser rod round Length (mm) Diameter (mm) 1061 Ø 16
For cutting to size Cutting
Internal cabinet width LW – 129 mm Internal cabinet width LW – 164 mm
– Connecting piece set for cross stabiliser Internal cabinet width LW 1190 mm and higher Material Diameter (mm) Aluminium Ø 16
Composed of: – 1 x Connecting piece – 1 x Fixing – 2 x Cross stabiliser cover cap Internal cabinet width LW / 2 – 147 mm Cutting for 5 Internal cabinet width LW / 2 – 165 mm
6
SERVO-DRIVE set Colour R7037
Material Nylon
Composed of: 6a 1 x Drive unit 6b 1 x SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable, 1500 mm 6c 1 x Connecting node 6d 2 x Cable end protector We recommend one SERVO-DRIVE drive unit per set for connected fronts
7
Part no. 20Q1061UN
24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit Language package Part no. Language package A Z10NE030A F B Z10NE030B G C Z10NE030C H D Z10NE030D J E Z10NE030E
Power supply unit housing Colour Material WGR Nylon
Reference pages Overview – AVENTOS HS Fixing system for thin fronts – EXPANDO T Assembly recommendation and limitation of liability – EXPANDO T Accessories – general Planning Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
E E E E E
Network adapter B
E
Part no. 21FA000
A B C D E
K
Network
Lan-
Part no. adapter guage ☎ Z10NA30EAF E ☎ Z10NA30EBF B ☎ Z10NA30ECF K ☎ Z10NA30EDF U ☎ Z10NA30EEF
package
F A D G
Part no. ☎ Z10NA30EFF ☎ Z10NA30BAF ☎ Z10NA30KDF ☎ Z10NA30UGF ¹
U
Composed of: – 1 x 12 W SERVO-DRIVE plug-in power supply unit Incl. cable, 1120 mm (with SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable extendible to max. 2000 mm) Other combinations available upon request ¹ See the Information chapter for a detailed market list
Accessories – SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable and cable end protector Colour Length (m) Part no. S 8 Z10K800AE Part no. Z10NE030F Z10NE030G Z10NE030H Z10NE030J
Composed of: 6b 1 x SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable 6d 5 x Cable end protector For cutting to size Can be used as a SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable
–
Connecting node and cable end protector Colour Material S Nylon
Composed of: 6c 1 x Connecting node 6d 2 x Cable end protector Tool-free assembly
–
Cable holder Colour W
Material Nylon
Colour HGR SW TGR NI IN-G
Light grey Silk white Dark grey Nickel plated In-mould brushed stainless steel
Colour R7037 WGR S W
Part no. Z10V100E.01
Part no. Z10K0009
E.g. for fixing the SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable
31 Planning – Blum distance bumper SERVO-DRIVE switch SERVO-DRIVE uno – market list Overview – assembly devices 585 Reference values for front weight FG (kg) 66 Machine directive 34 More technical details
584
Part no. Z10M200J Z10M200K Z10M200L Z10M200N Z10M200S.01 Z10M200T Z10M200U Z10M200Z
Alternative to 7 | 8 | 9 – 12 W SERVO-DRIVE plug-in power supply unit Only suitable for one drive unit
Part no. 20Q153ZN
Part no. Z10NG120
For 24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit
Length 2 m, incl. plug ¹ Without plug
LanNetwork guage adapter package
Incl. operating and installation instructions Without flex Language package – operating and installation instructions A DE | EN | FR | IT | NL F BG | ET | LT | LV | RO | RU B DA | EN | FI | NO | SV G EN | ES | FR C EL | EN | HR | SL | SR | TR H EN | ZH D EN | ES | FR | IT | PT J JA E CS | HU | PL | SK Language descriptions as per ISO-639
8
¹
Part no. Market Z10M200A JP Z10M200B AU Z10M200C CL Z10M200D CN Z10M200E BR Z10M200E.OS TW Z10M200H US | CA Z10M200I ZA
RAL 7037 dust grey White grey Black White
35 Assembly, removal and adjustment 35 718 591 Short URL 704 www.blum.com/a120 701 698 33
Lift systems
Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HS – up and over lift system 〉 Standard | SERVO-DRIVE
Lift systems
Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HS – up and over lift system 〉 Standard | SERVO-DRIVE
Web code DQDADA
Wooden fronts, wide and narrow alu frames Planning Drilling position
Space requirement
5 x chipboard screws Ø 4 x 35 mm Drilling for SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable, left only SOB Top panel thickness * Drilling depth 5 mm ** Alternative drilling
Dimensions depend on tilt setting
Front assembly – wooden fronts and wide alu frames
Front assembly – narrow alu frames
Narrow alu frames
Use 4 chipboard screws (609.1x00) for wooden fronts Use 4 counter sunk self tapping screws (660.0950) for wide alu frames FAo Upper front overlay SFA Front overlay of the side panel Wall application: min. gap required 5 mm
FAo Upper front overlay SFA Front overlay of the side panel Wall application: min. gap required 5 mm
For frame width 19 mm, a side front overlay SFA of 11–18 mm is possible * When changing material thickness, adjust the assembly dimensions accordingly
Space requirement – cornice | crown
Connecting piece
Gap F (mm) 3.0 2.0 1.5
34
X max. (mm) 35 31 28
Y max. (mm) 101 101 101
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Web code DQDADA
Wooden fronts, wide and narrow alu frames Planning Blum distance bumper (SERVO-DRIVE application only)
Recommendation for aluminium frames Take into account drilling for the Blum distance bumper in the cabinet side A trial application must be carried out when fixing to the front
Insert Blum distance bumper (do not glue)
*
From cabinet bottom edge for fronts that protrude below
SERVO-DRIVE switch
Reference pages Overview – AVENTOS HS Ordering information – wooden fronts, wide and narrow alu frames Overview – assembly devices Machine directive More technical details
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
31 Assembly, removal and adjustment 32 591 Short URL 701 www.blum.com/a120 698
35
Lift systems
Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HS – up and over lift system 〉 Standard | SERVO-DRIVE
Lift systems
Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HL – lift up
Delivering smoothness to lift ups Wall cabinet fronts equipped with AVENTOS HL lift up parallel to the cabinet. The lift system is ideal for tall units or wall cabinets with cabinets positioned above them, for larder units and recessed cabinets, e.g. to conceal electrical appliances. ▬ Soft and effortless closing thanks to BLUMOTION ▬ Easy to open ▬ Holds in any position ▬ Provides excellent access to the cabinet interior ▬ Suitable for cabinets with cabinets above, as well as cornice and crown moulding ▬ Small range, huge application variety ▬ Easy assembly and adjustment ▬ Stability, even with wide fronts ▬ Excellent durability ▬ No protruding parts ▬ Optional: SERVO-DRIVE for AVENTOS, the electrical motion support system for wall cabinets Ease of use and design options
Regardless of the weight and size, AVENTOS HL only requires light operating forces for easy opening and closing
Handle-less fronts can be opened and closed with ease with the SERVO-DRIVE electrical motion support system
AVENTOS HL allows you to conceal electrical appliances behind a continuous front
The cover cap is available in silk white, light grey and dark grey
Other advantages that will inspire both you and your customers
Excellent durability The core element of the lift mechanism is a robust spring package. The result: excellent durability
36
No protruding parts Removable lever arm – an advantage for furniture manufacturing and kitchen installation
Cornice and crown moulding AVENTOS HL is suitable for cabinets with cabinets above, as well as those with cornice and crown moulding. Also in combination with narrow alu frames
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Applications Standard | SERVO-DRIVE Wooden fronts, wide and narrow alu frames
Web code Page
Symbolic image
DQDB2M
Accessories
Symbolic image
Screws Centre bit Door buffer Screwdriver Cross slot bit
Assembly, removal and adjustment Assembly, removal and adjustment
Symbolic image
Short URL www.blum.com/a130
Lift systems
Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HL – lift up 〉 Overview
38
66 66 66 67 67
Machine directive Detailed information on the Machine Directive
701
Short URL www.blum.com/sd/guideline
Pictograph Item available on request
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
37
Lift systems
Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HL – lift up 〉 Standard | SERVO-DRIVE
Web code DQDB2M
Wooden fronts, wide and narrow alu frames ▬ Well-suited to small fronts ▬ Cabinet height KH 300–580 mm ▬ Cabinet width KB up to 1800 mm ▬ Soft and effortless closing thanks to BLUMOTION ▬ Light operating forces ▬ Perfect motion with a variable stop ▬ Tool-free assembly ▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment ▬ Simple, infinitely variable lift mechanism
Lift mechanism In order to select the correct lift mechanism, it is necessary to determine both the cabinet height KH and the front weight FG (including the handle)
Example Cabinet height KH = 390 mm Front weight FG = 6 kg Lift mechanism selection = 20L2500.05 Lever arm selection = 20L3500.06 Lever arm for SERVO-DRIVE = 21L3500.01 We recommend the more powerful lift mechanism for overlapping areas. Standard SERVO-DRIVE
Weight of front incl. handle (kg)
Order information 1 Lift mechanism set Cabinet height KH (mm) 300–349 350–399 400–550 450–580 Lever arm set 20L3200.06 20L3500.06 20L3800.06 20L3900.06 21L3200.01 21L3500.01 21L3800.01 21L3900.01 1.25–4.25 1.25–2.50 3.50–7.25 1.75–5.00 1.75–3.50 6.50–12.00 4.25–9.00 2.75–6.75 2.00–5.25 11.00–20.00 8.00–14.75 5.75–11.75 4.25–9.25 13.50–20.00 10.50–20.00 8.25–16.50
Composed of: 1 2 x Lift mechanism (symmetrical) – 10 x Chipboard screws Ø 4 x 35 mm
2
Lever arm set Cabinet height KH (mm) 300–349 350–399 400–550 450–580
Cover cap set Colour SW | HGR | TGR
4
Material Nylon
Composed of: 3a 1 x Cover cap left 3b 1 x Cover cap right 3c 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo IN-G
2
Lever arm set for SERVO-DRIVE Cabinet height KH (mm) 300–349 350–399 400–550 450–580
Composed of: 2a 1 x SERVO-DRIVE lever arm left 2b 1 x Lever arm right 2c 2 x Cross stabiliser cover cap oval
3
Cover cap set for SERVO-DRIVE Colour Material SW | HGR | TGR Nylon
Composed of: 3a 1 x SERVO-DRIVE cover cap left 3b 1 x Cover cap right 3c 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo IN-G 3d 2 x SERVO-DRIVE switch 3e 4 x Blum distance bumper, Ø 5 mm
38
20L2100.05 20L2300.05 20L2500.05 20L2700.05 20L2900.05
Part no. 20L3200.06 20L3500.06 20L3800.06 20L3900.06
Composed of: 2a 1 x Lever arm left 2b 1 x Lever arm right 2c 2 x Cross stabiliser cover cap oval
3
Part no.
Part no. 20L8020
¹ ¹
Front fixing bracket set Version Wooden fronts and wide alu frames Narrow alu frames
¹
Use 4 chipboard screws (609.1x00) per side for wooden fronts Use 4 counter sunk self tapping screws (660.0950) per side for wide alu frames
4
Front fixing bracket Version Thin fronts
Part no. 20S42T1
EXPANDO T suitable for thin fronts – see reference pages
Part no. 21L3200.01 21L3500.01 21L3800.01 21L3900.01
Part no. 21L8020
Part no. 20S4200 20S4200A
5
Cross stabiliser rod oval Length (mm) Version 1061 Oval
For cutting to size Cutting
Part no. 20Q1061UA
Internal cabinet width LW – 129 mm Internal cabinet width LW – 164 mm
– Connecting piece set for cross stabiliser Internal cabinet width LW 1190 mm and higher Diameter (mm) Material Ø 16 Aluminium
Composed of: – 1 x Connecting piece – 1 x Fixing – 2 x Cross stabiliser cover cap Cutting for 5 Internal cabinet width LW / 2 – 147 mm Internal cabinet width LW / 2 – 165 mm
Part no. 20Q153ZA
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Web code DQDB2M
Wooden fronts, wide and narrow alu frames Order information 6 SERVO-DRIVE set Colour R7037
Material Nylon
Part no. 21FA000
Composed of: 6a 1 x Drive unit 6b 1 x SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable, 1500 mm 6c 1 x Connecting node 6d 2 x Cable end protector We recommend one SERVO-DRIVE drive unit per set for connected fronts
7
24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit Language package Part no. Language package A Z10NE030A F B Z10NE030B G C Z10NE030C H D Z10NE030D J E Z10NE030E
Composed of: 6b 1 x SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable 6d 5 x Cable end protector For cutting to size Can be used as a SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable
Part no. Z10NE030F Z10NE030G Z10NE030H Z10NE030J
Power supply unit housing Colour Material WGR Nylon Flex Market AR UK CH DK Europe Europe IN IL
¹
Length 2 m, incl. plug ¹ Without plug
Connecting node and cable end protector Colour Material S Nylon
Composed of: 6c 1 x Connecting node 6d 2 x Cable end protector Tool-free assembly
Cable holder Colour W
Material Nylon
Light grey Silk white Dark grey RAL 7037 dust grey
Colour WGR S W IN-G
Part no. Z10K0009
E.g. for fixing the SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable Colour HGR SW TGR R7037
Part no. Z10V100E.01
White grey Black White In-mould brushed stainless steel
Part no. Z10NG120
For 24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit
9
–
–
Incl. operating and installation instructions Without flex Language package – operating and installation instructions A DE | EN | FR | IT | NL F BG | ET | LT | LV | RO | RU B DA | EN | FI | NO | SV G EN | ES | FR C EL | EN | HR | SL | SR | TR H EN | ZH D EN | ES | FR | IT | PT J JA E CS | HU | PL | SK Language descriptions as per ISO-639
8
Accessories – SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable and cable end protector Colour Length (m) Part no. S 8 Z10K800AE
Part no. Market Z10M200A JP Z10M200B AU Z10M200C CL Z10M200D CN Z10M200E BR Z10M200E.OS TW Z10M200H US | CA Z10M200I ZA
Part no. Z10M200J Z10M200K Z10M200L Z10M200N Z10M200S.01 Z10M200T Z10M200U Z10M200Z
Alternative to 7 | 8 | 9 – 12 W SERVO-DRIVE plug-in power supply unit Only suitable for one drive unit LanNetwork guage adapter package
E E E E E
Network adapter E
B
A B C D E
K
Network
Lan-
Part no. adapter guage
package
☎ Z10NA30EAF E ☎ Z10NA30EBF B ☎ Z10NA30ECF K ☎ Z10NA30EDF U ☎ Z10NA30EEF
F A D G
Part no. ☎ Z10NA30EFF ☎ Z10NA30BAF ☎ Z10NA30KDF ☎ Z10NA30UGF ¹
U
Composed of: – 1 x 12 W SERVO-DRIVE plug-in power supply unit Incl. cable, 1120 mm (with SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable extendible to max. 2000 mm) Other combinations available upon request ¹ See the Information chapter for a detailed market list
Reference pages Overview – AVENTOS HL Fixing system for thin fronts – EXPANDO T Assembly recommendation and limitation of liability – EXPANDO T Accessories – general Planning Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
37 Planning – Blum distance bumper SERVO-DRIVE switch SERVO-DRIVE uno – market list Overview – assembly devices 585 Reference values for front weight FG (kg) 66 Machine directive 40 More technical details
584
41 Assembly, removal and adjustment 41 718 591 Short URL 704 www.blum.com/a130 701 698 39
Lift systems
Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HL – lift up 〉 Standard | SERVO-DRIVE
Lift systems
Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HL – lift up 〉 Standard | SERVO-DRIVE
Web code DQDB2M
Wooden fronts, wide and narrow alu frames Planning Drilling position
Space requirement
5 x chipboard screws Ø 4 x 35 mm Drilling for SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable, left only SOB Top panel thickness * Drilling depth 5 mm ** Alternative drilling
Lever arm set LH min. Y (mm)¹ Standard SERVO-DRIVE (mm)¹ 20L3200.06 21L3200.01 262.0 264.0 20L3500.06 21L3500.01 312.0 352.0 20L3800.06 21L3800.01 362.0 440.0 20L3900.06 21L3900.01 412.0 529.0 ¹ Dimensions based on lower gap F = 0 mm LH Internal cabinet height KH Cabinet height
Lever arm set a (mm) b (mm)¹ Standard SERVO-DRIVE 20L3200.06 21L3200.01 114.0 257.0 20L3500.06 21L3500.01 146.0 345.0 20L3800.06 21L3800.01 178.0 433.0 20L3900.06 21L3900.01 210.0 522.0 ¹ Dimensions based on lower gap F = 0 mm KH Cabinet height
Front assembly – wooden fronts and wide alu frames
Front assembly – narrow alu frames
Narrow alu frames
Lever arm set Standard SERVO-DRIVE 20L3200.06 21L3200.01 20L3500.06 21L3500.01 20L3800.06 21L3800.01 20L3900.06 21L3900.01 FAo Upper front overlay SFA Front overlay of the side panel Wall application: min. gap required 5 mm
Lever arm set Standard SERVO-DRIVE 20L3200.06 21L3200.01 20L3500.06 21L3500.01 20L3800.06 21L3800.01 20L3900.06 21L3900.01 FAo Upper front overlay SFA Front overlay of the side panel Wall application: min. gap required 5 mm
For frame width 19 mm, a side front overlay SFA of 11–18 mm is possible * When changing material thickness, adjust the assembly dimensions accordingly
X (mm) 153 203 253 303
Space requirement – cornice | crown
Top panel thickness SOB (mm) 16 18 19
40
X (mm) 153 203 253 303
c max. (mm) 159.0 209.0 259.0 309.5
Connecting piece
X (mm) 28 30 31
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Web code DQDB2M
Wooden fronts, wide and narrow alu frames Planning Blum distance bumper (SERVO-DRIVE application only)
Recommendation for aluminium frames Take into account drilling for the Blum distance bumper in the cabinet side A trial application must be carried out when fixing to the front
Insert Blum distance bumper (do not glue)
*
From cabinet bottom edge for fronts that protrude below
SERVO-DRIVE switch
Reference pages Overview – AVENTOS HL Ordering information – wooden fronts, wide and narrow alu frames Overview – assembly devices Machine directive More technical details
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
37 Assembly, removal and adjustment 38 591 Short URL 701 www.blum.com/a130 698
41
Lift systems
Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HL – lift up 〉 Standard | SERVO-DRIVE
Lift systems
Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HK top – stay lift
Experience inspiring motion AVENTOS HK top is compact, minimalist and highly functional. It is suitable for both small and large lift systems in tall and wall cabinets. Opening angle stop and safety mechanism are integrated. Cornices were also taken into account during development. ▬ Soft and effortless closing thanks to BLUMOTION ▬ Easy to open ▬ Holds in any position ▬ Provides excellent access to the cabinet interior ▬ Suitable for wall cabinets with cornice or crown moulding ▬ Small range, huge application variety ▬ Easy assembly and adjustment ▬ Stability, even with wide fronts ▬ Excellent durability ▬ No protruding parts ▬ Optional: SERVO-DRIVE for AVENTOS HK top ▬ Optional: TIP-ON for AVENTOS Design and assembly
Small installation size, straight lines, Thanks to its minimalist design, the stay lift fits harmoniously into harmonious proportions, smooth furniture in all areas of the home surfaces: AVENTOS HK top has already won multiple awards for its design
Choose between two symmetrical lift mechanism types – and two types of assembly. The lift mechanism with the integrated positioning system can be installed without pre-drilling. The lift mechanism with pre-mounted system screws can also be installed to the unattached cabinet side. Four drill holes in the 32 tier system are required for this
Other advantages that will inspire both you and your customers
Excellent durability The core element of the lift mechanism is a robust spring package. The result: high durability combined with light operating forces
42
Motion technologies Whether with SERVO-DRIVE or TIP-ON: combined with the right motion technology, they make opening and closing a memorable experience
Integrated safety mechanism The innovative mechanism prevents the lever arm from opening unintentionally
Integrated opening angle stop The opening angle of the front is infinitely variable and can therefore be set exactly as required
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Lift systems
Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HK top – stay lift 〉 Overview
Applications Standard | SERVO-DRIVE Wooden fronts, wide and narrow alu frames
Web code Page
Symbolic image
DQHFJY
44
DQHS7Y
48
TIP-ON
Wooden fronts, wide and narrow alu frames – TIP-ON
Symbolic image
TIP-ON 956. – short version with magnet Accessories
Adapter plates Screws Centre bit Door buffer Screwdriver Cross slot bit Symbolic image Assembly, removal and adjustment Assembly, removal and adjustment
Symbolic image
Short URL www.blum.com/a170
50 51 66 66 66 67 67 Machine directive Detailed information on the Machine Directive
701
Short URL www.blum.com/sd/guideline
Pictograph Item available on request
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
43
Lift systems
Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HK top – stay lift 〉 Standard | SERVO-DRIVE
Web code DQHFJY
Wooden fronts, wide and narrow alu frames
Power factor LF Cabinet height KH (mm) x front weight FG incl. double handle weight (kg)
▬ Ideal for small applications in wall cabinets, tall units and over the refrigerator ▬ Cabinet height KH 205–600 mm ▬ Cabinet width KB up to 1800 mm ▬ Soft and effortless closing thanks to BLUMOTION ▬ Light operating forces ▬ Perfect motion with a variable stop ▬ Tool-free assembly ▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment ▬ Simple, infinitely variable lift mechanism ▬ No hinges are necessary ▬ Integrated safety mechanism ▬ Integrated infinitely variable opening angle stop
We recommend the more powerful lift mechanism for overlapping areas.
Standard SERVO-DRIVE Order information 1 Lift mechanism set Fixing with pre-mounted system screws Power factor LF Opening angle 420–1610 107° 930–2800 107° 1730–5200 107° 3200–9000 107°
3e
Part no. 22K2310 22K2510 22K2710 22K2910
1 Lift mechanism set Fixing with chipboard screws with positioning system Power factor LF Opening angle 420–1610 107° 930–2800 107° 1730–5200 107° 3200–9000 107°
3
Cover cap set Colour SW | HGR | TGR
Material Nylon
Part no. 22K8000
Cover cap set for SERVO-DRIVE Colour Material SW | HGR | TGR Nylon
Part no. 23K8000
Front fixing bracket set Version Wooden fronts and wide alu frames Narrow alu frames
Part no. 20S4200 20S4200A
Composed of: – 1 x Cover cap left 3b 1 x Cover cap right 3c 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo IN-G
3
Composed of: 3a 1 x SERVO-DRIVE cover cap left 3b 1 x Cover cap right 3c 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo IN-G 3d 2 x SERVO-DRIVE switch 3e 2 x Blum distance bumper, Ø 5 mm
4
¹ ¹
¹
Use 4 chipboard screws (609.1x00) per side for wooden fronts Use 4 counter sunk self tapping screws (660.0950) per side for wide alu frames
4
Front fixing bracket Version Thin fronts
EXPANDO T suitable for thin fronts – see reference pages
44
3b 6a
3a
9
1
3c
Part no. 22K2300 22K2500 22K2700 22K2900
Composed of: 1 2 x Lift mechanism (symmetrical) Incl. positioning system – 8 x Chipboard screws Ø 4 x 35 mm Note Max. front weight FG 18 kg for two lift mechanisms The power factor LF can be increased by 50 % when a third lift mechanism is used. We recommend using a third lift mechanism for wide cabinets. The reason for this is to prevent the middle of the front from sagging when open.
7
6b 6c+d
4
Composed of: 1 2 x Symmetrical lift mechanism with pre-mounted system screws Note Max. front weight FG 18 kg for two lift mechanisms The power factor LF can be increased by 50 % when a third lift mechanism is used. We recommend using a third lift mechanism for wide cabinets. The reason for this is to prevent the middle of the front from sagging when open.
8
3d
6
SERVO-DRIVE set Colour R7037
Material Nylon
Composed of: 6a 1 x Drive unit 6b 1 x SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable, 1500 mm 6c 1 x Connecting node 6d 2 x Cable end protector For three lift mechanisms or more, we recommend two synchronised drive units
7
24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit Language package Part no. Language package A Z10NE030A F B Z10NE030B G C Z10NE030C H D Z10NE030D J E Z10NE030E
Part no. 23KA000
Part no. Z10NE030F Z10NE030G Z10NE030H Z10NE030J
Incl. operating and installation instructions Without flex Language package – operating and installation instructions A DE | EN | FR | IT | NL F BG | ET | LT | LV | RO | RU B DA | EN | FI | NO | SV G EN | ES | FR C EL | EN | HR | SL | SR | TR H EN | ZH D EN | ES | FR | IT | PT J JA E CS | HU | PL | SK Language descriptions as per ISO-639
8
Power supply unit housing Colour Material WGR Nylon
For 24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit
Part no. Z10NG120
Part no. 20S42T1 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Web code DQHFJY
Wooden fronts, wide and narrow alu frames Order information 9 Flex Market AR UK CH DK Europe Europe IN IL
¹
Length 2 m, incl. plug ¹ Without plug
Part no. Market Z10M200A JP Z10M200B AU Z10M200C CL Z10M200D CN Z10M200E BR Z10M200E.OS TW Z10M200H US | CA Z10M200I ZA
Part no. Z10M200J Z10M200K Z10M200L Z10M200N Z10M200S.01 Z10M200T Z10M200U Z10M200Z
E E E E E
Network adapter E
B
A B C D E
K
Network
Lan-
Part no. adapter guage
package
☎ Z10NA30EAF E ☎ Z10NA30EBF B ☎ Z10NA30ECF K ☎ Z10NA30EDF U ☎ Z10NA30EEF
F A D G
Composed of: 6b 1 x SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable 6d 5 x Cable end protector For cutting to size Can be used as a SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable
–
Connecting node and cable end protector Colour Material S Nylon
Composed of: 6c 1 x Connecting node 6d 2 x Cable end protector Tool-free assembly
Alternative to 7 | 8 | 9 – 12 W SERVO-DRIVE plug-in power supply unit Only suitable for one drive unit LanNetwork guage adapter package
Accessories – SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable and cable end protector Colour Length (m) Part no. S 8 Z10K800AE
Part no. ☎ Z10NA30EFF ☎ Z10NA30BAF ☎ Z10NA30KDF ☎ Z10NA30UGF ¹
–
Cable holder Colour W
Material Nylon
Light grey Silk white Dark grey RAL 7037 dust grey
Colour WGR S W IN-G
Part no. Z10K0009
E.g. for fixing the SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable Colour HGR SW TGR R7037
Part no. Z10V100E.01
White grey Black White In-mould brushed stainless steel
U
Composed of: – 1 x 12 W SERVO-DRIVE plug-in power supply unit Incl. cable, 1120 mm (with SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable extendible to max. 2000 mm) Other combinations available upon request ¹ See the Information chapter for a detailed market list
Reference pages Overview – AVENTOS HK top Fixing system for thin fronts – EXPANDO T Assembly recommendation and limitation of liability – EXPANDO T Accessories – general Planning Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
43 Planning – Blum distance bumper SERVO-DRIVE switch SERVO-DRIVE uno – market list Overview – assembly devices 585 Reference values for front weight FG (kg) 66 Machine directive 46 More technical details
584
47 Assembly, removal and adjustment 47 718 591 Short URL 704 www.blum.com/a170 701 698 45
Lift systems
Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HK top – stay lift 〉 Standard | SERVO-DRIVE
Lift systems
Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HK top – stay lift 〉 Standard | SERVO-DRIVE
Web code DQHFJY
Wooden fronts, wide and narrow alu frames
2
32
1
82
64
Ø 10
36 37 32
Ø 5*
Space requirement
min 173 = min LH
Drilling position – chipboard screws
38.5
3
Planning Drilling position – system screws
187
235
30 67
min 261* 1.5 LH *
Front assembly – narrow alu frames
Narrow alu frames
12.5
SFA
SFA
Use 4 chipboard screws (609.1x00) for wooden fronts Use 4 counter sunk self tapping screws (660.0950) for wide alu frames SOB Top panel thickness FAo Upper front overlay Max. 25.4 mm SFA Front overlay of the side panel F Gap
SOB FAo
Space requirement – cornice | crown
Minimum gap
For frame width 19 mm, a side front overlay SFA of 11–18 mm is possible * When changing material thickness, adjust the assembly dimensions accordingly
162 MF
X
SFA F
Top panel thickness Upper front overlay Max. 25.4 mm Front overlay of the side panel Gap
Y max
FD
FH
SOB
Internal cabinet height Min. 261 mm with visible wall hanging bracket
64
15.5 F
F
62 + FAo 32 32 32
SOB
Front assembly – wooden fronts and wide alu frames
4 x chipboard screws Ø 4 x 35 mm
SOB
Drilling depth 11.5 mm
62.5 + FAo
*
Space requirement (mm) At max. opening angle Y = FH x 0.29 + FD – SOB FD (mm) 16 19 X (mm) 68 57 SOB Top panel thickness FH Front height FD Front thickness
46
MF 22 47
26 33
Minimum gap 2 mm
28 27
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Web code DQHFJY
Wooden fronts, wide and narrow alu frames
8*
Planning Blum distance bumper (SERVO-DRIVE application only)
Recommendation for aluminium frames Take into account drilling for the Blum distance bumper in the cabinet side A trial application must be carried out when fixing to the front
Insert Blum distance bumper (do not glue) Do not use bumpers in the upper third
*
From cabinet bottom edge for fronts that protrude below
SERVO-DRIVE switch
Reference pages Overview – AVENTOS HK top Ordering information – wooden fronts, wide and narrow alu frames Overview – assembly devices Machine directive More technical details
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
43 AVENTOS HK top
Assembly, removal and adjustment
44 591 Short URL 701 www.blum.com/i014 698
Short URL www.blum.com/a170
47
Lift systems
Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HK top – stay lift 〉 Standard | SERVO-DRIVE
Lift systems
Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HK top – stay lift 〉 TIP-ON
Web code DQHS7Y
Wooden fronts, wide and narrow alu frames – TIP-ON ▬ TIP-ON for handle-less wall cabinet fronts ▬ Cabinet height KH 205–600 mm ▬ Cabinet width KB up to 1800 mm ▬ For drilling or in combination with adapter plates
Power factor LF Cabinet height KH (mm) x front weight FG incl. double handle weight (kg)
We recommend the more powerful lift mechanism for overlapping areas.
TIP-ON Order information 1 Lift mechanism set for TIP-ON Fixing with pre-mounted system screws Power factor LF Opening angle 420–1610 107° 930–2800 107° 1730–5200 100° 3200–9000 100°
Part no. 22K2310T 22K2510T 22K2710T 22K2910T
4
Composed of: 1 2 x Symmetrical lift mechanism with pre-mounted system screws Note Max. front weight FG 18 kg for two lift mechanisms The power factor LF can be increased by 50 % when a third lift mechanism is used. We recommend using a third lift mechanism for wide cabinets. The reason for this is to prevent the middle of the front from sagging when open.
1 Lift mechanism set for TIP-ON Fixing with chipboard screws with positioning system Power factor LF Opening angle 420–1610 107° 930–2800 107° 1730–5200 100° 3200–9000 100°
3
Cover cap set Colour SW | HGR | TGR
Material Nylon
Part no. 22K8000
Composed of: – 1 x Cover cap left 3b 1 x Cover cap right 3c 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo IN-G
4
¹ ¹
Front fixing bracket set Version Wooden fronts and wide alu frames Narrow alu frames
¹
Part no. 20S4200 20S4200A
Use 4 chipboard screws (609.1x00) per side for wooden fronts Use 4 counter sunk self tapping screws (660.0950) per side for wide alu frames
4
Front fixing bracket Version Thin fronts
EXPANDO T suitable for thin fronts – see reference pages
48
1
Part no. 22K2300T 22K2500T 22K2700T 22K2900T
Composed of: 1 2 x Lift mechanism (symmetrical) Incl. positioning system – 8 x Chipboard screws Ø 4 x 35 mm Note Max. front weight FG 18 kg for two lift mechanisms The power factor LF can be increased by 50 % when a third lift mechanism is used. We recommend using a third lift mechanism for wide cabinets. The reason for this is to prevent the middle of the front from sagging when open.
Part no. 20S42T1
6b
6c
3b 3c 7
6a 6
TIP-ON set Version Short version
Cabinet height KH (mm) Up to 600
Composed of: 6a 1 x TIP-ON 6b 1 x Screw-on catch plate 6c 1 x Glue-on catch plate – 1 x Chipboard screw 609.1500
Colour
Part no.
SW | R7036 | CS
956.1004
Accessories 7 Adapter plate Version Colour Straight adapter plate – SW | R7036 | NI-L | short version CS Cruciform adapter plate – R7036 long version Colour HGR SW TGR CS
Light grey Silk white Dark grey Carbon black
Colour R7036 NI-L IN-G
Part no. 956.1201 956A1501
RAL 7036 platinum grey Nickel lacquered In-mould brushed stainless steel
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Web code DQHS7Y
Wooden fronts, wide and narrow alu frames – TIP-ON Drilling position – chipboard screws
1 64
32
3
2
Ø 5* 37 32
Space requirement
min 173 = min LH
36
Planning Drilling position – system screws
187
30
min 261*
1.5 LH *
Front assembly – narrow alu frames
Narrow alu frames
12.5
SFA
SFA
Use 4 chipboard screws (609.1x00) for wooden fronts Use 4 counter sunk self tapping screws (660.0950) for wide alu frames SOB Top panel thickness FAo Upper front overlay Max. 25.4 mm SFA Front overlay of the side panel F Gap
SOB FAo
Space requirement – cornice | crown
Minimum gap
For frame width 19 mm, a side front overlay SFA of 11–18 mm is possible * When changing material thickness, adjust the assembly dimensions accordingly
Reference pages Overview – AVENTOS HK top TIP-ON 956x Fixing system for thin fronts – EXPANDO T
162 MF
X
SFA F
Top panel thickness Upper front overlay Max. 25.4 mm Front overlay of the side panel Gap
Y max
SOB
FD
FH
Space requirement (mm) At max. opening angle Y = FH x 0.29 + FD – SOB FD (mm) 16 19 X (mm) 68 57 SOB Top panel thickness FH Front height FD Front thickness
MF 22 47
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Internal cabinet height Min. 261 mm with visible wall hanging bracket
64
15.5 F
F
62 + FAo 32 32 32
SOB
Front assembly – wooden fronts and wide alu frames
4 x chipboard screws Ø 4 x 35 mm
SOB
Drilling depth 11.5 mm
62.5 + FAo
*
26 33
28 27
Minimum gap 2 mm
Assembly recommendation and limitation of liability – EXPANDO T Overview – assembly devices More technical details AVENTOS HK top
43 50 584 585 591 698
Short URL www.blum.com/i014 Assembly, removal and adjustment Short URL www.blum.com/a170
49
Lift systems
Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HK top – stay lift 〉 TIP-ON
Lift systems
Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HK top – stay lift 〉 TIP-ON
TIP-ON 956. – short version with magnet
Part no. 956.1004
Composed of: 1x TIP-ON 956. – short version with magnet 1x Screw-on catch plate 1x Glue-on catch plate Not suitable for powder-coated, waxed or oiled surfaces Colour SW Silk white R7036 RAL 7036 platinum grey CS Carbon black
Reference pages Overview – AVENTOS HK top
50
= = ()
Screw-on catch plate
Screw-on catch plate
Glue-on catch plate
FAu
Order information Colour Material SW | R7036 | CS Nylon
▬ For stay lifts up to a height Planning of 600 mm ▬ For drilling or in combination with adapter plates ▬ Output path approx. 17 mm ▬ Setting +4/–1 mm
FAu *
Bottom front overlay 3 mm offset installation
43 Assembly Drilling template for BLUMOTION | TIP-ON Positioning template for catch plate MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK MINIPRESS top
FAu
Bottom front overlay
Assembly, removal and adjustment 666 687 610 Short URL 614 www.blum.com/a170
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
20/17
Straight adapter plate – short version ▬ Fixing with chipboard screws Ø 3.5 or Ø 4 mm ▬ Alternative assembly with system screws ▬ TIP-ON must be ordered separately Order information Colour Material SW | R7036 | NI-L | Nylon CS
Part no.
Planning
Front gap
956.1201
Catch plate
Colour SW Silk white R7036 RAL 7036 platinum grey NI-L Nickel lacquered CS Carbon black
8 FAu FAu *
Bottom front overlay 3 mm offset installation
37/32
Cruciform adapter plate – long version ▬ Fixing with chipboard screws Ø 3.5 or Ø 4 mm ▬ Alternative assembly with system screws ▬ TIP-ON must be ordered separately Order information Colour Material R7036 Nylon Colour R7036 RAL 7036 platinum grey
Lift systems
Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HK top – stay lift 〉 Accessories
Part no. 956A1501
Planning
Front gap
Catch plate
8 FAu FAu *
Reference pages Overview – AVENTOS HK top
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
43 Assembly Template Drilling template for mounting plates Positioning template for catch plate MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK MINIPRESS top MINIPRESS P MINIPRESS M
Bottom front overlay 3 mm offset installation
Assembly, removal and adjustment 664 665 687 Short URL 610 www.blum.com/a170 614 626 630
51
Lift systems
Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HK-S – stay lift
Lift system for small stay lifts AVENTOS HK-S is well-suited for small wall cabinets such as those over the larder unit or refrigerator. Due to its small installation size, AVENTOS HK-S fits harmoniously into smaller cabinets. ▬ Ideal for small stay lifts ▬ Soft and effortless closing thanks to BLUMOTION ▬ Easy to open ▬ Holds in any position ▬ Provides excellent access to the cabinet interior ▬ Suitable for wall cabinets with cornice or crown moulding ▬ Small range, huge application variety ▬ Easy assembly and adjustment ▬ Stability, even with wide fronts ▬ Excellent durability ▬ No protruding parts ▬ Optional: TIP-ON for AVENTOS
Ease of use and design options
The small stay lift remains in any desired position. The front is thus within easy reach for closing
The lift mechanism is easily adjusted from the front to be compatible with the front weight
The cover cap is available in silk Handle-less doors can be opened easily with TIP-ON – a light touch is white, light grey and dark grey all that’s needed
Other advantages that will inspire both you and your customers
Excellent durability The core element of the lift mechanism is a robust spring package. The result: excellent durability
52
No protruding parts Delivered with closed lever – an advantage for furniture manufacturing and kitchen installation
Cornice and crown moulding When developing AVENTOS HK-S, we also took into account cabinets with cornices and crown moulding
Compact design Due to its minimal installation size, AVENTOS HK-S fits easily into smaller cabinets
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Applications Standard | TIP-ON
Web code Page
Wooden fronts, wide and narrow alu frames
DQDD6M
Symbolic image
TIP-ON 956. – short version with magnet Accessories
Opening angle stop Adapter plates Screws Centre bit Door buffer Screwdriver Symbolic image Assembly, removal and adjustment Assembly, removal and adjustment
Symbolic image
Lift systems
Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HK-S – stay lift 〉 Overview
54 56
54 Cross slot bit 57 66 66 66 67
67
Short URL www.blum.com/a150
Pictograph Item available on request
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
53
Lift systems
Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HK-S – stay lift 〉 Standard | TIP-ON
Web code DQDD6M
Wooden fronts, wide and narrow alu frames ▬ Ideal for small applications in wall cabinets, tall units and over the refrigerator ▬ Cabinet height KH max. 600 mm ▬ Soft and effortless closing thanks to BLUMOTION ▬ Light operating forces ▬ Perfect motion with a variable stop ▬ Tool-free assembly ▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment ▬ Simple, infinitely variable lift mechanism ▬ No hinges are necessary ▬ TIP-ON for handle-less wall cabinet fronts
Power factor LF Cabinet height KH (mm) x front weight FG incl. double handle weight (kg)
We recommend the more powerful lift mechanism for overlapping areas.
Standard TIP-ON Order information 1 Lift mechanism set Power factor LF 220–500 400–1000 960–2215
Opening angle 107° 107° 107°
¹
Part no. 20K2B00.06 20K2C00.06 20K2E00.06
6b
4
Composed of: 1a 2 x Lift mechanism (symmetrical) 1b 2 x Cover cap left/right SW | HGR | TGR 1c 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo IN-G – 6 x Chipboard screws Ø 4 x 35 mm Note The power factor LF can be increased by 50 % when a third lift mechanism is used ¹ Lift mechanisms are unsprung
1
Lift mechanism set for TIP-ON Power factor LF Opening angle 220–500 107° 400–1000 107° 960–2215 107°
¹
4
1b
Part no. 20K2B00T06 20K2C00T06 20K2E00T06
Composed of: 1a 2 x Lift mechanism (symmetrical) 1b 2 x Cover cap left/right SW | HGR | TGR 1c 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo IN-G – 6 x Chipboard screws Ø 4 x 35 mm Note The power factor LF can be increased by 50 % when a third lift mechanism is used ¹ Lift mechanisms are unsprung
4 Version
Accessories – Opening angle stop Opening angle 100° 75°
Front fixing bracket Fixing method Screw-on EXPANDO Knock-in
7 Spacing (mm) 0 0 0
¹
Part no. 175H3100 177H3100E 177H3100
Wooden fronts and wide alu frames 2x All horizontal steel mounting plates with 0 mm spacing possible ¹ Use 2 chipboard screws (609.1x00) per side for wooden fronts ¹ Use 2 counter sunk self tapping screws (660.0950) per side for wide alu frames
4
6
Front fixing bracket set Version Narrow alu frames TIP-ON set Version
Cabinet height KH (mm)
Short version
Up to 600
Composed of: 6a 1 x TIP-ON 6b 1 x Screw-on catch plate 6c 1 x Glue-on catch plate – 1 x Chipboard screw 609.1500
54
1x
Part no. 20K4A00A02
Colour
Part no.
SW | R7036 | CS
956.1004
1c
7
Colour HGR SW TGR CS
6a
Colour TGR R7037
Part no. 20K7A41 20K7A11
Adapter plate Version Colour Straight adapter plate – SW | R7036 | NI-L | short version CS Cruciform adapter plate – R7036 long version Light grey Silk white Dark grey Carbon black
1a
Colour R7036 R7037 NI-L IN-G
Part no. 956.1201 956A1501
RAL 7036 platinum grey RAL 7037 dust grey Nickel lacquered In-mould brushed stainless steel
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Web code DQDD6M
Wooden fronts, wide and narrow alu frames Planning Peg position
Fixing position
Space requirement
SOB
3 x chipboard screws Ø 4 x 35 mm
LH *
Front assembly – wooden fronts and wide alu frames
Front assembly – narrow alu frames
Narrow alu frames
Use 2 chipboard screws (609.1x00) for wooden fronts Use 2 counter sunk self tapping screws (660.0950) for wide alu frames SOB Top panel thickness SFA Front overlay of the side panel F Gap
SOB SFA F
For frame width 19 mm, a side front overlay SFA of 11–18 mm is possible * When changing material thickness, adjust the assembly dimensions accordingly
Space requirement – cornice | crown
Minimum gap
Top panel thickness
Top panel thickness Front overlay of the side panel Gap
Internal cabinet height Min. 240 mm with visible wall hanging bracket
Reference pages Overview – AVENTOS HK-S Overview – assembly devices More technical details Assembly, removal and adjustment
53 591 698
Short URL www.blum.com/a150
Opening angle stop Without 100° 75° FD (mm) 16 19 X (mm) 70 59 FH Front height FD Front thickness
Space requirement (mm) Y = FH x 0.29 – 15 + FD Y = FH x 0.17 – 15 + FD A = FH x 0.26 + 15 – FD 22 26 – 49 35 –
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
MF
Minimum gap 2 mm
55
Lift systems
Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HK-S – stay lift 〉 Standard | TIP-ON
Lift systems
Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HK-S – stay lift 〉 TIP-ON
TIP-ON 956. – short version with magnet
Part no. 956.1004
Composed of: 1x TIP-ON 956. – short version with magnet 1x Screw-on catch plate 1x Glue-on catch plate Not suitable for powder-coated, waxed or oiled surfaces Colour SW Silk white R7036 RAL 7036 platinum grey CS Carbon black
Reference pages Overview – AVENTOS HK-S
56
= = ()
Screw-on catch plate
Screw-on catch plate
Glue-on catch plate
FAu
Order information Colour Material SW | R7036 | CS Nylon
▬ For stay lifts up to a height Planning of 600 mm ▬ For drilling or in combination with adapter plates ▬ Output path approx. 17 mm ▬ Setting +4/–1 mm
FAu *
Bottom front overlay 3 mm offset installation
53 Assembly Drilling template for BLUMOTION | TIP-ON Positioning template for catch plate MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK MINIPRESS top
FAu
Bottom front overlay
Assembly, removal and adjustment 666 687 610 Short URL 614 www.blum.com/a150
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
20/17
Straight adapter plate – short version ▬ Fixing with chipboard screws Ø 3.5 or Ø 4 mm ▬ Alternative assembly with system screws ▬ TIP-ON must be ordered separately Order information Colour Material SW | R7036 | NI-L | Nylon CS
Part no.
Planning
Front gap
956.1201
Catch plate
Colour SW Silk white R7036 RAL 7036 platinum grey NI-L Nickel lacquered CS Carbon black
8 FAu FAu *
Bottom front overlay 3 mm offset installation
37/32
Cruciform adapter plate – long version ▬ Fixing with chipboard screws Ø 3.5 or Ø 4 mm ▬ Alternative assembly with system screws ▬ TIP-ON must be ordered separately Order information Colour Material R7036 Nylon Colour R7036 RAL 7036 platinum grey
Lift systems
Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HK-S – stay lift 〉 Accessories
Part no. 956A1501
Planning
Front gap
Catch plate
8 FAu FAu *
Reference pages Overview – AVENTOS HK-S
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
53 Assembly Template Drilling template for mounting plates Positioning template for catch plate MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK MINIPRESS top MINIPRESS P MINIPRESS M
Bottom front overlay 3 mm offset installation
Assembly, removal and adjustment 664 665 687 Short URL 610 www.blum.com/a150 614 626 630
57
Lift systems
Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HK-XS – stay lift
Lift system for small stay lifts Thanks to its slim construction, AVENTOS HK-XS provides enormous scope for the design of tall units and wall cabinets. Even cabinets with little depth are now possible. ▬ Ideal for small top wall cabinets ▬ Also suitable for cabinets with shallow internal depths ▬ Symmetrical lift mechanism, can be used on one or both sides ▬ Soft and effortless closing thanks to BLUMOTION ▬ Easy to open ▬ Holds in any position ▬ Provides excellent access to the cabinet interior ▬ Small range, huge application variety ▬ Easy assembly and adjustment ▬ Excellent durability ▬ Optional: TIP-ON for AVENTOS
Enhanced opening and closing ease
AVENTOS HK-XS boasts the quality of motion and ease of use that you have come to expect from AVENTOS. Wall cabinet fronts close softly and effortlessly in combination with CLIP top BLUMOTION hinges. The variable stop ensures that fronts hold open in any position desired
Many possibilities AVENTOS HK-XS has little depth and is therefore ideal, for example, for making full use of the space above an extractor hood
Wide fronts For larger and heavier fronts, attach a lift mechanism to both sides
Infinitely variable lift mechanism adjustment The infinitely variable adjustment is carried out from the front using the adjustment screw
Handle-less stay lift fronts Handle-less wall cabinet fronts open with a single touch with TIP-ON, giving users easy access to the opening edge of fronts
Other advantages that will inspire both you and your customers
Excellent durability The core element of the lift mechanism is a robust spring package. The result: excellent durability
58
CLIP mechanism Tool-free lift mechanism assembly is carried out using the CLIP mechanism
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Applications Standard | TIP-ON
Web code Page
Wooden fronts, wide and narrow alu frames
DQDDVY
Symbolic image
TIP-ON 956. – short version with magnet Accessories
Opening angle stop Adapter plates Screws Centre bit Door buffer Screwdriver Symbolic image Assembly, removal and adjustment Assembly, removal and adjustment
Symbolic image
Lift systems
Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HK-XS – stay lift 〉 Overview
60 64
61 Cross slot bit 65 66 66 66 67
67
Short URL www.blum.com/a160
Pictograph Item available on request
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
59
Lift systems
Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HK-XS – stay lift 〉 Standard | TIP-ON
Web code DQDDVY
Wooden fronts, wide and narrow alu frames ▬ Ideal for small applications in wall cabinets, tall units and over the refrigerator ▬ Cabinet height KH 240–600 mm ▬ Internal cabinet depth LT min. 125 mm ▬ Cabinets with an internal depth LT of 100 mm are possible thanks to a special drilling position ▬ Closes silently and effortlessly in conjunction with CLIP top BLUMOTION hinges ▬ TIP-ON for handle-less stay lift fronts with CLIP top unsprung hinges ▬ Light operating forces ▬ Perfect motion with a variable stop ▬ Simple, infinitely variable lift mechanism
Power factor LF Cabinet height KH (mm) x front weight FG incl. double handle weight (kg)
A trial application is recommended when you are in a borderline area of the individual lift mechanism.
Standard TIP-ON Order information 1 Lift mechanism (symmetrical) Power factor LF Opening angle 200–1000 105° 500–1500 105° 800–1800 105°
¹
Part no. 20K1101 20K1301 20K1501
¹
Part no. 20K1101T 20K1301T 20K1501T
Note The power factor LF is doubled when used on two sides ¹ Hinges with a smaller opening angle limit the degree of opening
1
Lift mechanism, symmetrical, for TIP-ON Power factor LF Opening angle 180–800 105° 500–1200 105° 800–1600 105°
Note The power factor LF is doubled when used on two sides ¹ Hinges with a smaller opening angle limit the degree of opening
2
Cabinet fixing Fixing method Screw-on EXPANDO
4
Front fixing bracket Version Wooden fronts and wide alu frames Wooden fronts Narrow alu frames
² ²
Part no. 20K5101 20K51E1 Fixing method Screw-on
Part no. ²
EXPANDO Screw-on
Use 2 chipboard screws (609.1x00) for wooden fronts Use 2 counter sunk self tapping screws (660.0950) for wide alu frames
6
TIP-ON set Version Short version
Cabinet height KH (mm) Up to 600
Composed of: 6a 1 x TIP-ON 6b 1 x Screw-on catch plate 6c 1 x Glue-on catch plate – 1 x Chipboard screw 609.1500
10 CLIP top BLUMOTION 110° hinge Recommendation Boss Spring INSERTA With spring Screw-on With spring
20K4101 20K41E1 20K4101A
Colour
Part no.
SW | R7036 | CS
956.1004
10 CLIP top 110° hinge Recommendation Boss INSERTA Screw-on
Spring Unsprung Unsprung
11 Mounting plate Recommendation Fixing method Screw-on EXPANDO
Spacing (mm) 0 0
²
3 hinges starting at cabinet width KB 900 mm and/or starting at power factor LF 1800 4 hinges with cabinet width KB 1200 mm and/or starting at power factor LF 2700 Alternative CLIP top hinges: 107° hinge, profile | thick door hinge, 95° aluminium frame door hinge or CLIP 100° (hinge, unsprung) ² Use chipboard screws (609.1x00) for wooden fronts ² Use counter sunk self tapping screws (660.0950) for wide alu frames
²
Standard mounting plates, spacing depends on the top gap F ² Use chipboard screws (609.1x00) for wooden fronts ² Use counter sunk self tapping screws (660.0950) for wide alu frames
²
Part no. 70T3590.TL 70T3550.TL
Part no. 175H3100 177H3100E
Part no. 71B3590 71B3550
3 hinges starting at cabinet width KB 900 mm and/or starting at power factor LF 1800 4 hinges with cabinet width KB 1200 mm and/or starting at power factor LF 2700 Alternative CLIP top BLUMOTION hinges: 107°, profile | thick door, 95° aluminium frame door hinge or CLIP top hinges: 107°, profile | thick door, 95° aluminium frame door hinge in combination with BLUMOTION 973A – for clip on and | or CLIP hinges: 100° ² Use chipboard screws (609.1x00) for wooden fronts ² Use counter sunk self tapping screws (660.0950) for wide alu frames
60
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Web code DQDDVY
Wooden fronts, wide and narrow alu frames Order information Accessories – Opening angle stop Opening angle 86°
Colour S
Part no. 70T3553
For CLIP top BLUMOTION 110° | CLIP top 110° hinge
7
Colour HGR SW CS S
Adapter plate Version Colour Straight adapter plate – SW | R7036 | NI-L | short version CS Cruciform adapter plate – R7036 long version Light grey Silk white Carbon black Black
Reference pages Overview – AVENTOS HK-XS Mounting plates Planning Accessories – general Overview – assembly devices Reference values for front weight FG (kg) More technical details Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Colour R7036 R7037 NI-L
Part no. 956.1201 956A1501
RAL 7036 platinum grey RAL 7037 dust grey Nickel lacquered
59 Assembly, removal and adjustment 144 62 66 Short URL 591 www.blum.com/a160 704 698 61
Lift systems
Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HK-XS – stay lift 〉 Standard | TIP-ON
Lift systems
Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HK-XS – stay lift 〉 Standard | TIP-ON
Web code DQDDVY
Wooden fronts, wide and narrow alu frames Planning Drilling position
137+MD+K
Space requirement
LH * ()
Front assembly – wooden fronts and wide alu frames
Front assembly – narrow alu frames
Narrow alu frames
Use 2 chipboard screws (609.1x00) for wooden fronts Use 2 counter sunk self tapping screws (660.0950) for wide alu frames FAo Upper front overlay SFA Front overlay of the side panel MD Mounting plate spacing K Cranking of hinge arm Straight hinge arm – 0 mm Cranked hinge arm – 9.5 mm Double cranked arm – 18 mm () Internal cabinet depth 100 mm
FAo SFA MD K
For frame width 19 mm, a side front overlay SFA of 11–18 mm is possible * When changing material thickness, adjust the assembly dimensions accordingly
Space requirement – cornice | crown
Minimum gap
CLIP top BLUMOTION 110° hinge Front thickness FD (mm) 16 X (mm) 45
62
19 34
22 23
24 15
()
Upper front overlay Front overlay of the side panel Mounting plate spacing Cranking of hinge arm Straight hinge arm – 0 mm Cranked hinge arm – 9.5 mm Double cranked arm – 18 mm Internal cabinet depth 100 mm
MFo
Minimum gap at the top depending on the hinge used
MFu
Minimum gap at the bottom 1.5 mm
19 34
22 23
24 15
38
31
Internal cabinet height Min. 200 mm with visible wall hanging bracket Internal cabinet depth 100 mm
CLIP top BLUMOTION 110° hinge Front thickness FD (mm) 16 X (mm) 45 Y = (FH – X) x 0.3 FH Front height
H = 137 + MD + K + SOB MD Mounting plate spacing K Cranking of hinge arm Straight hinge arm – 0 mm Cranked hinge arm – 9.5 mm Double cranked arm – 18 mm SOB Top panel thickness () Internal cabinet depth 100 mm
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Web code DQDDVY
Wooden fronts, wide and narrow alu frames Planning CLIP top BLUMOTION 110° | CLIP top 110° Hinge dimensions and gap calculation based on factory setting (mounting plate spacing = 0 mm) Hinge and front protrusion at full opening angle
12
21.5
Overlay application
F FAo TB
FAo
F 11
TB 3-7
66.5
Gap Upper front overlay Drilling distance
MD
Drilling distance TB
0
Front overlay FA (mm) 5
6
3
6
7
8
3
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
4
5
3
6
4
7
5
3
6
4
7
5
6
7
9 3 4 5 6 7 MD Mounting plate spacing (mm)
Minimum gap F for fronts with a front radius (R = 1 mm) based on the factory setting Drilling distance TB (mm) 3
0.5
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.5
1.8
2.2
2.7
3.5
4.3
26
28
30
5
0.5
0.5
0.8
0.8
1.0
0.9
1.2
1.2
1.4
1.7
2.0
2.5
3.1
3.8
△
△
7
0.5
0.8
0.9
1.1
1.9
2.3
2.7
3.2
△
+0.5
4
6
△
Front thickness FD (mm)
In these cases a trial is recommended
Screw-on
Reference pages Overview – AVENTOS HK-XS Overview – assembly devices More technical details
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
16
0.5
18
0.8
19
0.9
20
1.2
21
1.4
1.3
1.3
22
23
1.7
2.0
1.6
1.6
+0.4
+0.4
+0.5
+0.5
+0.5
25
2.4
2.9
1.9
2.2
2.6
+0.5
+0.5
+0.5
Additional for +2 mm height adjustment +0.2
24
INSERTA | knock-in
3.4 3.0
△
△
△
△
△
△
△
Hinge boss dimensions
59 Assembly, removal and adjustment 591 698 Short URL www.blum.com/a160
63
Lift systems
Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HK-XS – stay lift 〉 Standard | TIP-ON
Lift systems
Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HK-XS – stay lift 〉 TIP-ON
TIP-ON 956. – short version with magnet
Composed of: 1x TIP-ON 956. – short version with magnet 1x Screw-on catch plate 1x Glue-on catch plate Not suitable for powder-coated, waxed or oiled surfaces Colour SW Silk white R7036 RAL 7036 platinum grey CS Carbon black
Reference pages Overview – AVENTOS HK-XS
64
()
Screw-on catch plate
Glue-on catch plate
FAu
Order information Colour Material SW | R7036 | CS Nylon
▬ For stay lifts up to a height Planning of 600 mm ▬ For use with unsprung Blum hinges = ▬ For drilling or in combination with adapter plates = ▬ Output path approx. 17 mm Part no. ▬ Setting +4/–1 mm 956.1004 Screw-on catch plate
FAu *
Bottom front overlay 3 mm offset installation
59 Assembly Drilling template for BLUMOTION | TIP-ON Positioning template for catch plate MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK MINIPRESS top
FAu
Bottom front overlay
Assembly, removal and adjustment 666 687 610 Short URL 614 www.blum.com/a160
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
20/17
Straight adapter plate – short version ▬ Fixing with chipboard screws Ø 3.5 or Ø 4 mm ▬ Alternative assembly with system screws ▬ TIP-ON must be ordered separately Order information Colour Material SW | R7036 | NI-L | Nylon CS
Part no.
Planning
Front gap
956.1201
Catch plate
Colour SW Silk white R7036 RAL 7036 platinum grey NI-L Nickel lacquered CS Carbon black
8 FAu FAu *
Bottom front overlay 3 mm offset installation
37/32
Cruciform adapter plate – long version ▬ Fixing with chipboard screws Ø 3.5 or Ø 4 mm ▬ Alternative assembly with system screws ▬ TIP-ON must be ordered separately Order information Colour Material R7036 Nylon Colour R7036 RAL 7036 platinum grey
Lift systems
Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HK-XS – stay lift 〉 Accessories
Part no. 956A1501
Planning
Front gap
Catch plate
8 FAu FAu *
Reference pages Overview – AVENTOS HK-XS Template Drilling template for mounting plates Positioning template for catch plate
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
59 664 665 687
Assembly MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK MINIPRESS top MINIPRESS P MINIPRESS M
Bottom front overlay 3 mm offset installation
Assembly, removal and adjustment 610 614 626 Short URL 630 www.blum.com/a160
65
Lift systems
Lift systems 〉 Accessories
Ø 3.5 mm
Chipboard screws ▬ Ø 3.5 mm ▬ Colour: nickel plated ▬ Material: steel
Order information X (mm) 15.0 17.0
▬ For fixing lift mechanisms ▬ Ø 4 mm ▬ Colour: nickel plated ▬ Material: steel
Order information X (mm) 35
Part no. 609.1500 609.1700
Ø 4.0 mm
Chipboard screws
Part no. 664.3500
Ø 3.5 mm
Counter sunk self tapping screw ▬ For front fixing brackets on wide alu frames ▬ Ø 3.5 mm ▬ Drilling diameter Ø 2.8 mm ▬ Colour: nickel plated ▬ Material: steel
Order information X (mm) 9.5
Part no. 660.0950
Ø 6.0 mm
System screw ▬ Ø 6 mm ▬ Drilling diameter Ø 5 mm ▬ Colour: nickel plated ▬ Material: steel
Order information X (mm) 10.0 11.5 13.0 14.5 20.0
Part no. 661.1000.HG 661.1150.HG 661.1300.HG 661.1450.HG 661.2000.HG
▬ Ø 2.7 mm, length 70 mm ▬ To pre-drill for Ø 3.5 mm chipboard screws ▬ Drilling depth up to 8 mm ▬ Material: steel, hardened
Order information Description Centre bit Replacement bit
Part no. M01.ZZ03.01 M01.ZZB3
▬ For noise reduction ▬ Colour: natural coloured ▬ Material: nylon
Order information Description Stick-on door buffer
Part no. 993.710
Centre bit
Stick-on door buffer
66
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Lift systems
Lift systems 〉 Accessories
8 mm Ø door buffer ▬ For noise reduction ▬ Gap 2 mm ▬ Two-part ▬ Colour: RAL 9006 grey ▬ Material: nylon
Order information Description 8 mm Ø door buffer
Part no. 993.706
▬ For SERVO-DRIVE ▬ Gap 2.6 mm ▬ Colour: RAL 7037 dust grey ▬ Material: nylon
Order information Diameter (mm) Ø5 Ø8
Part no. 993.0530 993.0830.01
▬ TORX size 20 (T20) ▬ Orange handle with Blum logo ▬ Colour: black/orange ▬ Material: nylon/steel
Order information
Ø5
Blum distance bumper
min 10
TORX screwdriver Total length (mm) 100 210
Blade length (mm) 35 100
Part no. 623.882.2 209.093.7
Pozidrive screwdriver ▬ PZ (Pozi) size 2 ▬ Blade length 100 mm ▬ Overall length 200 mm ▬ Orange handle with Blum logo ▬ Colour: black/orange ▬ Material: nylon/steel
Order information Description Pozidrive screwdriver
Part no. 303.756.1
▬ Slotted, size 1.0 x 5.5 mm ▬ Blade length 125 mm ▬ Overall length 225 mm ▬ Orange handle with Blum logo ▬ Colour: black/orange ▬ Material: nylon/steel
Order information Description Slotted screwdriver
Part no. 314.928.1
▬ Screw bit ▬ PZ (Pozi) size 2 ▬ Material: steel ▬ Suitable for adjusting lift mechanisms
Order information Description Cross slot bit
Part no. 740.749.1
Slotted screwdriver
Cross slot bit
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
67
Hinge systems
2
There are many reasons to choose hinges from Blum: High quality, durability, easy assembly, comprehensive programme, variety of special solutions and an attractive design.
▬ BLUMOTION – soft and effortless closing action ▬ For CLIP top BLUMOTION integrated into the hinge boss ▬ Or as a BLUMOTION retrofit part for optional use with CLIP top hinges ▬ TIP-ON for handle-less doors
▬ Quick, easy assembly and removal due to CLIP technology ▬ An extensive hinge programme that offers the right solution for any application
CLIP top BLUMOTION – hinges
CLIP top – hinges
MODUL – hinges
The CLIP top BLUMOTION hinge is setting new benchmarks: It concentrates maximum ease of use into the smallest of spaces. BLUMOTION is integrated into the hinge ensuring tan unchanged installation size
This proven classic in the Blum hinge programme combines reliable function, easy adjustment and assembly as well as an attractive design. BLUMOTION or TIP-ON for doors are also available as options
Simple “slide-on” door to cabinet assembly
68
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Hinge systems 〉 Overview
70 Accessories 71 72 116 144 150
151
Hinge systems
CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges Overview Overview – hinges Overview – angled applications Mounting plates Angled spacers Symbolic image BLUMOTION for doors BLUMOTION for doors Overview Accessories
156 157 168
Symbolic image
TIP-ON for doors
TIP-ON for doors Overview Accessories
170 171 173
MODUL – hinges Overview Mounting plates Accessories
174 175 182 185
Symbolic image
MODUL – hinges
Symbolic image
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
69
Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges
CLIP top BLUMOTION – innovative technology within the smallest space
Hinge systems
With CLIP top BLUMOTION everything “is included”, because BLUMOTION, our function for silent and effortless closing, is now integrated into the boss. ▬ With integrated BLUMOTION (with deactivation option) ▬ Compatible with all CLIP mounting plates ▬ Extremely reliable CLIP mechanism ▬ Compatible with all CLIP mounting plates ▬ Tool-free assembly and removal ▬ 110° standard hinge for front thicknesses FD up to approx. 24 mm ▬ 107° standard hinge for front thicknesses FD greater than 15 mm ▬ Special hinges, e.g. available for zero protrusion, glass doors and blind corner applications ▬ 110° hinge for thin doors with a front thickness FD of 8–14 mm
New furniture manufacturing design trends are opening up even more options for customisation. Including thin fronts made from a wide range of materials and dark-coloured furniture. The CLIP top BLUMOTION hinge for thin doors, with the EXPANDO T special fixing, and the onyx black colour variant make it possible to implement these trends in line with Blum’s usual high quality standards
You have the option of deactivating BLUMOTION if required
70
The proven CLIP mechanism stands for simple, tool-free hinge assembly
The INSERTA mechanism enables tool-free fixing of the hinge
Hinges for angled solutions from –50° to +50°
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Hinge systems
Overview – hinge systems BLUMOTION for doors TIP-ON for doors MODUL – hinges
69 156 170 174
Overview – hinges Overview – angled applications Mounting plates Angled spacers
72 116 144 150
Hinge systems
Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Overview
Symbolic image
Overview
Symbolic image
Accessories
151 Screwdriver 153 152 154 154 154
Hinge arm cover cap Hinge boss cover cap Hinge boss spacing Screws Centre bit Door buffer Symbolic image Assembly, removal and adjustment Assembly, removal and adjustment
Symbolic image
155
Short URL www.blum.com/a210
Pictograph Item available on request
Corner cabinet with bi-fold door
Hinge with double cranked hinge arm
All 4 edges
Angled application inset
EXPANDO T
Side
Angled application half overlay
INSERTA boss
Overlay application
Angled application overlay
Screw-on boss
Dual application
Angled application max. overlay
Knock-in boss
Inset application
Angled application mitred
Special application
Hinge with straight hinge arm
Knock-in boss – assembly with insertion ram only CRISTALLO adhesion plate
Blind corner application
Hinge with cranked hinge arm
Min. chipboard screw length
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
71
Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Overview – hinges
OW
Hinge applications Standard application 110° hinge Hinge systems
110° special hinge 107° hinge CLIP 100° hinge
CLIP top CLIP top BLUMOTION
NI | ONS
DQDELA
74
110°
●
●|○
NI | ONS
DQDFAM
76
107°
●
●|○
NI | ONS
DQDFZY
78
●|○
NI
DQDGPA
80
●|○
NI | ONS
DQDHEM
82
●|○
NI
DQDI3Y
86
●|○
NI | ONS
DQDITA
88
NI | ONS
DQDJIM
90
NI | ONS
DQDK7Y
94
●
NI
DQDKXA
96
●
NI
DQDLMM
98
●|○
NI | ONS
DQDMBY
100
95°
Corner cabinet solution Corner cabinet bi-fold hinge Angled application – standard +45° I – angled hinge half overlay +45° II – angled hinge overlay +45° III – angled hinge full overlay +30° II – angled hinge overlay +30° III – angled hinge full overlay +20° II – angled hinge overlay +15° III – angled hinge full overlay ±5° angled application –15° III – angled hinge full overlay –30° III – angled hinge full overlay OW ONS
72
Opening angle Onyx black
●
●
● ●
●
○
110°
●
●|○
NI | ONS
DQGT1A
102
110°
●
●|○
NI | ONS
DQDN1A
104
●
●|○
NI
DQDNQM
106
●
○
NI
●
NI
DQDP5A
110
94°
●
NI
DQDPUM
112
60°
●
NI | ONS
DQDQJY
114
CRISTALLO hinge – glass display 110° cabinets Bathroom mirror cabinets with fronts 95° that protrude all the way around Glass door hinge 94° Frame door application Mini-hinge
Page
●|○
125° hinge 125° 0-protrusion for the overlay application Blind corner application Blind corner hinge inset application 95° 83° Blind corner hinge overlay appli95° cation Aluminium frame application CLIP top BLUMOTION 95° alumini95° um frame door hinge 95° aluminium frame door hinge 95°
Glass door application CRISTALLO hinge
Web code
Boss Fixing
●
100°
Thin door application Hinge for thin doors
Application
110°
Wide angled application 155° hinge 155° 0-protrusion for the overlay application 170° hinge 170° Profile door application Profile/thick door hinge
Colour
108
95°
●
○
NI | ONS
DQDR9A
118
110°
●
○
NI | ONS
DQDRYM
120
95°
●
○
NI
DQDSNY
122
95°
●
○
NI | ONS
DQDTDA
124
95°
●
○
NI
DQDU2M
126
95°
●
○
NI
DQDURY
128
95°
●
○
NI | ONS
DQDVHA
130
95°
●
●|○
NI
DQDW6M
132
110°
●
○
NI
DQDWVY
134
110°
●
○
NI
DQDXLA
136
With spring
○
Unsprung
NI
Nickel plated
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Overview – hinges
Angled application – standard –45° III – angled hinge full overlay Angled application – thin doors Hinge for thin doors – angled application Angled application – glass door CRISTALLO angled application OW ONS
Opening angle Onyx black
●
CLIP top CLIP top BLUMOTION
Colour
110°
●
○
NI
110°
●
●|○
NI
110°
●
●|○
NI
With spring
Application
DQDYAM
Unsprung
NI
Nickel plated
116
144
Angled spacers Angled spacers
150
The number of hinges depends on the front weight FG and front height FH To achieve good stability, distances between hinges should be as large as possible
Front height FH (mm) *
138
142 ○
Mounting plates Mounting plates
Number of hinges
Page
140
Overview – angled applications Angled application Nº 1–117
Number of hinges
Web code
Boss Fixing
Load and height data relates to front widths FB of 600 mm
Door weight FG (kg)
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
73
Hinge systems
OW
Hinge applications
Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Standard application
Web code DQDELA
Hinge systems
110° hinge
Order information Overlay application Boss Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top CLIP top
INSERTA Spring Colour
Boss Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top CLIP top
Screw-on Spring Colour
Boss Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top CLIP top
Knock-in Spring Colour
● ○
With spring Unsprung
Accessories
Part no.
●
NI | ONS
71B3590
● ○
NI NI | ONS
71T3590 70T3590.TL
NI ONS
Nickel plated Onyx black
Part no.
●
NI | ONS
71B3550
● ○
NI NI | ONS
71T3550 70T3550.TL Part no.
●
NI | ONS
71B3580
● ○
NI NI | ONS
71T3580 70T3580.TL
▬ CLIP top BLUMOTION with integrated BLUMOTION (with deactivation option) ▬ CLIP top with or without closing mechanism (spring) ▬ 110° opening angle ▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment ▬ Convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment ▬ Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal ▬ With INSERTA tool-free hinge to door assembly
Application
Dual application
Inset application
Boss Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top CLIP top
INSERTA Spring Colour
Boss Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top CLIP top
Screw-on Spring Colour
Boss Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top
Knock-in Spring Colour
● ○
With spring Unsprung
Accessories
Hinge arm cover cap
Print | stamp
Logo
Colour
Part no.
Plain Stamped
– Blum
NI | ONS NI | ONS
70.1503 70.1503.BP
Part no.
●
NI | ONS
71B3690
● ○
NI NI | ONS
71T3690 70T3690.TL
NI ONS
Nickel plated Onyx black
Part no.
●
NI | ONS
71B3650
● ○
NI NI | ONS
71T3650 70T3650.TL Part no.
●
NI
71B3680
●
NI
71T3680
Boss Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top CLIP top
INSERTA Spring Colour
Boss Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top CLIP top
Screw-on Spring Colour
Boss Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top
Knock-in Spring Colour
● ○
With spring Unsprung
Accessories
Hinge arm cover cap
Print | stamp
Logo
Colour
Part no.
Plain Stamped
– Blum
NI | ONS NI
70.1663 70.1663.BP
Part no.
●
NI | ONS
71B3790
● ○
NI NI | ONS
71T3790 70T3790.TL
NI ONS
Nickel plated Onyx black
Part no.
●
NI | ONS
71B3750
● ○
NI NI | ONS
71T3750 70T3750.TL Part no.
●
NI
71B3780
●
NI
71T3780
Hinge arm cover cap
Print | stamp
Logo
Colour
Part no.
Plain Stamped
– Blum
NI | ONS NI
70.1663 70.1663.BP
Note
A trial application is recommended when combining CLIP top BLUMOTION hinges and CLIP top hinges with springs on small, light fronts up to 300 mm wide. Combining these is not recommended for wider front widths FB.
Accessories – general Opening angle stop
Hinge boss cover cap
Opening angle Colour
Part no.
86°
70T3553
Black TIP-ON for doors
Version Spring Short version ○ Extended version ○ Extended version ● ●
74
With spring
○
Unsprung
Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top NI
Part no. 956.1004 956A1004 956A1006
Nickel plated
Chipboard screws
Colour
Part no.
NI | ONS
70T3504
NI
ONS
Onyx black
70T3504
Hinge boss spacing Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top
Spacing (mm)
Part no.
1.5
70T3507.21
1.5
70T3507.21
Ø (mm) 3.5 3.5
Length (mm) 15 17
Part no. 609.1500 609.1700
Insertion ram Colour Orange
Material Nylon
Part no. MZM.0040
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Standard application
Web code DQDELA
110° hinge
Overlay application
Dual application
Hinge systems
Planning Hinge dimensions and gap calculation based on factory setting (mounting plate spacing = 0 mm) Hinge and front protrusion at full opening angle Inset application
21.5
68
66.5
39.5
3-7 3-7 12
30
Gap
0
Front overlay FA (mm) 6
3
6
7
8
3
MD
MD
Drilling distance TB 5
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
4
5
3
6
4
7
5
3
6
4
7
5
6
0
7
Front overlay FA (mm)
–4.5 –3.5 –2.5 –1.5 –0.5 0.5 1.5 2.5 3.5 4.5 5.5 6.5 7.5 8.5
3
6
9 3 4 5 6 7 MD Mounting plate spacing (mm)
3
4
5
3
6
4
7
5
3
6
4
7
5
6
3
Drilling distance TB (mm)
9 MD
0.5
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.5
1.8
2.2
2.7
3.5
4.3
26
28
30
5
0.5
0.5
0.8
0.8
1.0
0.9
1.2
1.2
1.4
1.7
2.0
2.5
3.1
3.8
△
△
7
0.5
0.8
0.9
1.1
6
In these cases a trial is recommended
0.5
18
19
0.8
0.9
1.2
21
1.4
1.3
1.3
22
+0.2
+0.4
+0.4
Reference pages Overview – CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges Mounting plates Accessories – hinge arm cover cap Accessories – general Overview – BLUMOTION for doors Overview – TIP-ON for doors Overview – assembly devices More technical details
+0.5
+0.5
23
1.7
2.0
1.6
1.6
Additional for +2 mm side adjustment
Screw-on
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
20
+0.5
24
25
2.4
2.9
1.9
2.2
2.6
2.7
3.2
+0.5
+0.5
+0.5
+0.5
1.9
2.3
INSERTA | knock-in
71
4
5
3
6
4
7
5
6
7
Mounting plate spacing (mm)
Adjustment
3
4
16
–7 –6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 3
6
9 3 4 5 6 7 MD Mounting plate spacing (mm) Front thickness FD (mm)
Front overlay FA (mm)
0
7
Minimum gap F for fronts with a front radius (R = 1 mm) based on the factory setting
△
F
7
Move back fixing position of mounting plate by front thickness FD +1.5 mm
MD
F
F
11
3.4 3.0
△
△
△
△
△
△
△
△
Max. ±3.0 mm See mounting plates
±2.0 mm
+3.0 mm –2.0 mm
Hinge boss dimensions
Assembly, removal and adjustment
144 151 Short URL 153 www.blum.com/a210 157 171 591 698
75
Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Standard application
Web code DQDFAM
110° special hinge
Hinge systems
▬ Hinge with larger overlay capacity for thick cabinet sides ▬ CLIP top BLUMOTION with integrated BLUMOTION (with deactivation option) ▬ CLIP top with or without closing mechanism (spring) ▬ 110° opening angle ▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment ▬ Convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment ▬ Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal ▬ With INSERTA tool-free hinge to door assembly
Application
Order information Overlay application Boss Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top CLIP top
INSERTA Spring Colour
Boss Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top CLIP top
Screw-on Spring Colour
Boss Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top
Knock-in Spring Colour
● ○
With spring Unsprung
Accessories
●
NI | ONS
● ○
NI NI
NI ONS
Part no. 73B3590 73T3590 72T3590.TL
Nickel plated Onyx black
●
NI | ONS
● ○
NI NI
Part no. 73B3550 73T3550 72T3550.TL Part no.
●
NI
73B3580
●
NI
73T3580
Hinge arm cover cap
Print | stamp
Logo
Colour
Part no.
Plain Stamped
– Blum
NI | ONS NI | ONS
70.1503 70.1503.BP
Note
A trial application is recommended when combining CLIP top BLUMOTION hinges and CLIP top hinges with springs on small, light fronts up to 300 mm wide. Combining these is not recommended for wider front widths FB.
Accessories – general Opening angle stop
Hinge boss cover cap
Opening angle Colour
Part no.
86°
70T3553
Black TIP-ON for doors
Version Spring Short version ○ Extended version ○ Extended version ● ●
76
With spring
○
Unsprung
Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top NI
Part no. 956.1004 956A1004 956A1006
Nickel plated
Chipboard screws
Colour
Part no.
NI | ONS
70T3504
NI
ONS
Onyx black
70T3504
Hinge boss spacing Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top
Spacing (mm)
Part no.
1.5
70T3507.21
1.5
70T3507.21
Ø (mm) 3.5 3.5
Length (mm) 15 17
Part no. 609.1500 609.1700
Insertion ram Colour Orange
Material Nylon
Part no. MZM.0040
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Standard application
Web code DQDFAM
110° special hinge
Hinge systems
Planning Hinge dimensions and gap calculation based on factory setting (mounting plate spacing = 0 mm) Hinge and front protrusion at full opening angle Overlay application
1.5
66.5
20
3-7 10 F
F
13
Gap
MD
Drilling distance TB
0
Front overlay FA (mm) 7
8
3
6
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
3
4
5
3
6
4
7
5
3
6
4
7
5
6
7
9 3 4 5 6 7 MD Mounting plate spacing (mm)
Minimum gap F for fronts with a front radius (R = 1 mm) based on the factory setting Drilling distance TB (mm)
0.5
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.5
1.8
2.2
2.7
3.5
4.3
26
28
30
5
0.5
0.5
0.8
0.8
1.0
0.9
1.2
1.2
1.4
1.7
2.0
2.5
3.1
3.8
△
△
7
0.5
0.8
0.9
1.1
6
In these cases a trial is recommended
16
0.5
18
19
0.8
0.9
1.2
21
1.4
1.3
1.3
22
+0.2
+0.4
+0.4
Reference pages Overview – CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges Mounting plates Accessories – hinge arm cover cap Accessories – general Overview – BLUMOTION for doors Overview – TIP-ON for doors Overview – assembly devices More technical details
+0.5
+0.5
23
1.7
2.0
1.6
1.6
Additional for +2 mm side adjustment
Screw-on
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
20
+0.5
24
Adjustment
3
4
△
Front thickness FD (mm)
25
2.4
2.9
1.9
2.2
2.6
2.7
3.2
+0.5
+0.5
+0.5
+0.5
1.9
2.3
INSERTA | knock-in
71
3.4 3.0
△
△
△
△
△
△
△
△
Max. ±3.0 mm See mounting plates
±2.0 mm
+3.0 mm –2.0 mm
Hinge boss dimensions
Assembly, removal and adjustment
144 151 Short URL 153 www.blum.com/a210 157 171 591 698
77
Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Standard application
Web code DQDFZY
Hinge systems
107° hinge
Order information Overlay application Boss Hinge CLIP top CLIP top
INSERTA Spring Colour Part no. ● NI ☎ 75T1590B ○ NI ☎ 74T1590BTL
Boss Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top CLIP top
Screw-on Spring Colour
Part no.
●
NI | ONS ☎
75B1550
● ○
NI NI
Boss Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top
Knock-in Spring Colour
Part no.
● ○
With spring Unsprung
Accessories
NI ONS
Nickel plated Onyx black
☎ 75T1550 ☎ 74T1550.TL
●
NI
☎
75B1580
●
NI
☎
75T1580
▬ For front thicknesses FD starting from 15 mm ▬ CLIP top BLUMOTION with integrated BLUMOTION (with deactivation option) ▬ CLIP top with or without closing mechanism (spring) ▬ 107° opening angle ▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment ▬ Convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment ▬ Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal ▬ With INSERTA tool-free hinge to door assembly
Application
Dual application
Inset application
Boss Hinge CLIP top
INSERTA Spring Colour ● NI ☎
Part no. 75T1690B
Boss Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top CLIP top
Screw-on Spring Colour
Part no.
●
NI | ONS ☎
75B1650
● ○
NI NI
Boss Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top
Knock-in Spring Colour
Part no.
● ○
With spring Unsprung
Accessories
Hinge arm cover cap
Print | stamp
Logo
Colour
Part no.
Plain Stamped
– Blum
NI | ONS NI | ONS
70.1503 70.1503.BP
NI ONS
Nickel plated Onyx black
☎ 75T1650 ☎ 74T1650.TL
●
NI
☎
75B1680
●
NI
☎
75T1680
Boss Hinge CLIP top
INSERTA Spring Colour ● NI ☎
Part no. 75T1790B
Boss Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top CLIP top
Screw-on Spring Colour
Part no.
●
NI | ONS ☎
75B1750
● ○
NI NI
Boss Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top
Knock-in Spring Colour
Part no.
● ○
With spring Unsprung
Accessories
Hinge arm cover cap
Print | stamp
Logo
Colour
Part no.
Plain Stamped
– Blum
NI | ONS NI
70.1663 70.1663.BP
NI ONS
Nickel plated Onyx black
☎ 75T1750 ☎ 74T1750.TL
●
NI
☎
75B1780
●
NI
☎
75T1780
Hinge arm cover cap
Print | stamp
Logo
Colour
Part no.
Plain Stamped
– Blum
NI | ONS NI
70.1663 70.1663.BP
Note
A trial application is recommended when combining CLIP top BLUMOTION hinges and CLIP top hinges with springs on small, light fronts up to 300 mm wide. Combining these is not recommended for wider front widths FB.
Accessories – general Opening angle stop Opening angle Colour 86°
Hinge boss cover cap Part no.
☎
Black
74.1103
TIP-ON for doors Version Spring Short version ○ Extended version ○ Extended version ● ●
78
With spring
○
Unsprung
Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top NI
Part no. 956.1004 956A1004 956A1006
Nickel plated
Chipboard screws
Colour
Part no.
NI | ONS
70T3504
NI
ONS
Onyx black
70T1504
Hinge boss spacing Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION
Spacing (mm) 1.5
Part no.
Ø (mm) 3.5 3.5
Length (mm) 15 17
Part no. 609.1500 609.1700
Insertion ram Colour Orange
Material Nylon
Part no. MZM.0040
70T3507.21
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Standard application
Web code DQDFZY
107° hinge
Overlay application
Dual application
19.5
F
1.5
28
Gap
6
3
6
7
8
3
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
4
5
3
6
4
5
3
6
4
5
0
6
Front overlay FA (mm)
–4.5 –3.5 –2.5 –1.5 –0.5 0.5 1.5 2.5 3.5 4.5 5.5 6.5 7.5
MD
Front overlay FA (mm) 5
3
3
3
6
9 3 4 5 6 MD Mounting plate spacing (mm)
3
4
5
6
4
3
5
6
4
5
Drilling distance TB (mm)
9 MD
0.4
0.5
1.0
1.3
1.6
2.1
2.7
4.3
24
26
28
30
32
5
0.4
0.3
0.5
0.9
1.2
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.9
△
△
△
△
1.1
1.4
1.7
2.2
3.3
△
△
△
△
+0.3
+0.3
+0.3
6
In these cases a trial is recommended
0.3
16
18
0.5
0.9
0.5
0.8
+0.1
+0.2
19
1.2
20
1.4
21
1.8
Additional for +2 mm side adjustment +0.1
Screw-on
+0.2
+0.3
22
2.3
3.6
△
△
INSERTA | knock-in
△
△
△
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
71
5
3
6
4
5
6
Mounting plate spacing (mm)
△
△
Max. ±3.0 mm See mounting plates
△
±2.0 mm
+3.0 mm –2.0 mm
Hinge boss dimensions
B T
Reference pages Overview – CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges Mounting plates Accessories – hinge arm cover cap Accessories – general Overview – BLUMOTION for doors Overview – TIP-ON for doors Overview – assembly devices More technical details
4
Adjustment
3
4
15
–7 –6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 3
6
9 3 4 5 6 MD Mounting plate spacing (mm) Front thickness FD (mm)
Front overlay FA (mm)
0
6
Minimum gap F for fronts with a front radius (R = 1 mm) based on the factory setting
△
F
7
Move back fixing position of mounting plate by front thickness FD +1.5 mm
MD
MD
67.5 3-6
F
11
3-6
1.5
1.5
3-6
Drilling distance TB
0
40
66
66 10 F
Inset application
31
21
Hinge systems
Planning Hinge dimensions and gap calculation based on factory setting (mounting plate spacing = 0 mm) Hinge and front protrusion at full opening angle
CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top
Assembly, removal and adjustment
144 151 Short URL 153 www.blum.com/a210 157 171 591 698
79
Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Standard application
Web code DQDGPA
CLIP 100° hinge Application
Order information Overlay application
Dual application
Inset application
Boss Hinge
Boss Hinge
Hinge systems
▬ CLIP with or without closing mechanism (spring) ▬ 100° opening angle ▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment ▬ Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal ▬ With INSERTA tool-free hinge to door assembly
CLIP
● ○
CLIP CLIP
CLIP CLIP
With spring Unsprung
INSERTA Spring Colour Part no. ● NI 71M2590B NI
Nickel plated
Boss Hinge
Screw-on Spring Colour Part no. ● NI 71M2550 ○ NI 70M2550.TL
Boss Hinge
Knock-in Spring Colour Part no. ● NI 71M2580 ○ NI 70M2580.TL
Accessories
CLIP CLIP
CLIP
With spring Unsprung
Part no. 973A0500.01
Logo
Colour
Plain Stamped
– Blum
NI NI
Boss Hinge
Knock-in Spring Colour ● NI
●
With spring
○
Part no. 71M2680
CLIP
● ○
CLIP CLIP
CLIP
Boss Hinge With spring Unsprung
Part no. 973A0600
90M2503 90M2503.BP
Print | stamp
Logo
Colour
Plain Stamped
– Blum
NI NI
Unsprung
NI
Nickel plated
Screw-on Spring Colour Part no. ● NI 71M2750 ○ NI 70M2750.TL
Boss Hinge
Knock-in Spring Colour ● NI
Part no. 71M2780
BLUMOTION 973A
Version Clip on
Hinge arm cover cap Part no.
INSERTA Spring Colour Part no. ● NI 71M2790B
Boss Hinge
Accessories
BLUMOTION 973A
Version Clip on
Accessories – general TIP-ON for doors Version Spring Short version ○ Extended version ○ Extended version ●
Nickel plated
Screw-on Spring Colour Part no. ● NI 71M2650 ○ NI 70M2650.TL
Hinge arm cover cap Print | stamp
NI
Boss Hinge
Accessories
BLUMOTION 973A
Version Clip on
CLIP
● ○
INSERTA Spring Colour Part no. ● NI 71M2690B
Part no. 973A0700 Hinge arm cover cap
Part no. 94M3603 94M3603.BP
Print | stamp
Logo
Colour
Plain Stamped
– Blum
NI NI
Part no. 94M3603 94M3603.BP
Insertion ram Part no. 956.1004 956A1004 956A1006
Colour Orange
Material Nylon
Part no. MZM.0040
Chipboard screws Ø (mm) 3.5 3.5
80
Length (mm) 15 17
Part no. 609.1500 609.1700
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Standard application
Web code DQDGPA
CLIP 100° hinge
Overlay application
Dual application
20
F
11
18.5
3-6
3-6 F
1.5
Gap
6
3
6
7
8
3
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
4
5
3
6
4
5
3
6
4
5
0
6
Front overlay FA (mm)
–4.5 –3.5 –2.5 –1.5 –0.5 0.5 1.5 2.5 3.5 4.5 5.5 6.5 7.5
MD
Front overlay FA (mm) 5
3
3
3
6
9 3 4 5 6 MD Mounting plate spacing (mm)
3
4
5
6
4
3
5
6
4
5
F
7
Drilling distance TB (mm)
9 MD
0.3
0.5
0.7
1.0
1.3
1.6
3.3
24
26
28
30
31
32
5
0.3
0.3
0.5
0.7
1.0
1.2
1.6
3.2
△
△
△
△
△
0.3
0.5
0.7
0.9
1.1
1.4
2.4
△
△
△
△
△
+0.5
+0.4
6
In these cases a trial is recommended
18
19
0.5
0.7
0.9
21
1.2
22
1.5
Additional for +2 mm side adjustment +0.1
+0.3
+0.3
Screw-on
Reference pages Overview – CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges Mounting plates Accessories – hinge arm cover cap Accessories – general Overview – BLUMOTION for doors Overview – TIP-ON for doors Overview – assembly devices More technical details
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
20
+0.4
+0.4
2.6
△
△
△
△
INSERTA | knock-in
71
4
5
3
6
4
5
6
Mounting plate spacing (mm)
Adjustment
3
4
16
–7 –6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 3
6
9 3 4 5 6 MD Mounting plate spacing (mm) Front thickness FD (mm)
Front overlay FA (mm)
0
6
Minimum gap F for fronts with a front radius (R = 1 mm) based on the factory setting
△
27
Move back fixing position of mounting plate by front thickness FD +1.2 mm
MD
MD
67.5 1.2
1.2
3-6
Drilling distance TB
0
38
66
66 F
Inset application
30
9
Hinge systems
Planning Hinge dimensions and gap calculation based on factory setting (mounting plate spacing = 0 mm) Hinge and front protrusion at full opening angle
△
△
△
△
△
△
Max. ±3.0 mm See mounting plates
±2.0 mm
+3.0 mm –1.0 mm
Hinge boss dimensions
Assembly, removal and adjustment
144 151 Short URL 153 www.blum.com/a210 157 171 591 698
81
Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Wide angled application
Web code DQDHEM
Hinge systems
155° hinge
Order information Overlay application 0-protrusion Boss Hinge Spring CLIP top ● BLUMOTION CLIP top ● CLIP top ○ ● ○
With spring Unsprung
INSERTA Colour
Part no.
NI | ONS
71B7590
NI NI | ONS
71T7590 70T7590.TL
NI ONS
Nickel plated Onyx black
Boss Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top CLIP top
Screw-on Spring Colour
Boss Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top
Knock-in Spring Colour
Accessories
Part no.
●
NI | ONS
71B7550
● ○
NI NI | ONS
71T7550 70T7550.TL
▬ 0-protrusion for overlay application (for cabinets with inner pull-outs or pull-out shelfs) ▬ CLIP top BLUMOTION with integrated BLUMOTION (with deactivation option) ▬ CLIP top with or without closing mechanism (spring) ▬ 155° opening angle ▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment ▬ Convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment ▬ Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal ▬ With INSERTA tool-free hinge to door assembly ▬ Suitable for special applications, e.g. mitred doors
Application
Dual application
Inset application
Boss Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top
INSERTA Spring Colour
Boss Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top CLIP top
Screw-on Spring Colour
● ○
With spring Unsprung
●
NI | ONS
○
NI
Part no.
For inset application use hinges for twin application and a 9 mm spaced mounting plate
71B7690 70T7690.TL
NI ONS
Nickel plated Onyx black
●
NI | ONS
● ○
NI NI
Part no. 71B7650 71T7650 70T7650.TL
Part no.
●
NI | ONS
71B7580
●
NI
71T7580 Accessories
Hinge arm cover cap
Print | stamp
Logo
Colour
Part no.
Plain Stamped
– Blum
NI | ONS NI
70.4503 70.4503.BP
Hinge arm cover cap
Print | stamp
Logo
Colour
Part no.
Plain Stamped
– Blum
NI | ONS NI
70.4503 70.4503.BP
Note
A trial application is recommended when combining CLIP top BLUMOTION hinges and CLIP top hinges with springs on small, light fronts up to 300 mm wide. Combining these is not recommended for wider front widths FB.
Accessories – general Opening angle stop Opening angle Colour 92° 110°
Hinge boss cover cap Part no. 70T7553.09 70T7553
Dark grey R7037
R7037 RAL 7037 dust grey
Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top NI
Nickel plated
TIP-ON for doors Version Spring Short version ○ Extended version ○ Extended version ● ●
82
With spring
○
Unsprung
Chipboard screws
Colour
Part no.
NI | ONS
70T7504
NI | ONS
ONS
Onyx black
70T7504
Hinge boss spacing Part no. 956.1004 956A1004 956A1006
Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top
Spacing (mm)
Part no.
1.5
70T3507.21
1.5
70T3507.21
Ø (mm) 3.5 3.5
Length (mm) 15 17
Part no. 609.1500 609.1700
Insertion ram Colour Orange
Material Nylon
Part no. MZM.0040
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Wide angled application
Web code DQDHEM
155° hinge
Overlay application 0-protrusion
Dual application
Hinge systems
Planning Hinge dimensions and gap calculation based on factory setting (mounting plate spacing = 0 or 9 mm) Hinge and front protrusion at 90° opening angle Inset application
max 72
1.5
74
72.5
max 81
3-8
3-7
3-8 F
1.5
7.5
7.2
Move back fixing position of mounting plate by front thickness FD +1.5 mm
Front overlay FA (mm) 5
6
3
6
7
8
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
3
4
5
3
6
4
7
9 3 4 5 6 7 8 MD Mounting plate spacing (mm)
5
8
3
6
4
7
5
6
8
7
MD
MD
Drilling distance TB
0
16.2
Gap
0
8
Front overlay FA (mm)
–4.5 –3.5 –2.5 –1.5 –0.5 0.5 1.5 2.5 3.5 4.5 5.5 6.5 7.5 8.5 9.5
3
6
3
4
5
3
6
4
7
9 3 4 5 6 7 8 MD Mounting plate spacing (mm)
5
8
3
6
4
7
5
8
6
7
8
Drilling distance TB (mm) 3
4
5
6
7
22
23
24 0
0.5
0.5
1.0
2.0
2.0
3.0
0
0
0
0
0
0.5
1.0
2.0
2.0
2.5
4.0
0
0
0
0
0
1.0
1.5
2.0
3.0
1.0
1.5
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
8 0 0 0 0 We recommend a trial application for an overlay application against a wall 110° Opening angle stop 92° Opening angle stop
0
0
0.5 1.0
26
1.0
1.5
27
2.0
2.5
28
2.0
INSERTA | knock-in
min 11.7
3
29
3.5
30
31
4.5 Max. ±3.0 mm See mounting plates
±2.0 mm
Hinge boss dimensions
PLQ
+3.0 mm –2.0 mm
Screw-on
0
25
–4.5 –3.5 –2.5 –1.5 –0.5
Adjustment
21 0
0
9 3 4 5 6 7 MD Mounting plate spacing (mm)
20 0
Front overlay FA (mm)
6
Minimum gap F for fronts with a front radius (R = 1 mm) based on the factory setting Front thickness FD (mm)
MD
F
F
Reference pages Overview – CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges Mounting plates Accessories – hinge arm cover cap Accessories – general Overview – TIP-ON for doors Overview – assembly devices More technical details
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
71
Assembly, removal and adjustment
144 151 Short URL 153 www.blum.com/a210 171 591 698
83
Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Wide angled application
Web code DQDHEM
155° hinge
3.7 2.5 16
45°
Dimension for mounting plate with dimension A = 37 mm
45°
4
R3 2.5
17.3
6.7
Hinge for dual applications Standard mounting plates with 0 mm spacing
R3
8
5
R2.5
24
1.5
45°
1.9
6.7
*
45°
1. 4
2.5 15.1
0.5
R2.5
22
R1
2.9
45°
37* 54.6*
1.5 19
45°
24
4.7
6.7
Hinge for dual applications Standard mounting plates with 0 mm spacing
Hinge for dual applications Standard mounting plates with 0 mm spacing
22 mm
24 mm
*
3
0.5
R1
1. 4
0.5
24 mm
22
34.8* 54.5*
22 mm
19
37* 55.5*
19 mm
Dimension for mounting plate with dimension A = 37 mm
*
Dimension for mounting plate with dimension A = 37 mm
Mitred application – side
0.5
1.9
*
84
Dimension for mounting plate with dimension A = 37 mm
2.3
R1
18.1
Hinge for dual applications Standard mounting plates with 0 mm spacing *
45° 24
2.5
45°
1.9
6.7
6.7
Hinge for dual applications Standard mounting plates with 0 mm spacing
45°
5.2
15.1
45°
1. 4
22
1.5 2.5
1. 4
R1
0.5
R1
2.9
2.9
45°
37* 54.6*
1.5
R1
37* 57.6*
0.5 45°
24
22
Dimension for mounting plate with dimension A = 37 mm
R2 R2
2.5
18.7
2
19
36.2* 57.3*
19 mm
19
Hinge systems
Planning Special application Mitred application – all 4 edges
3.3
6.7 Hinge for dual applications Standard mounting plates with 0 mm spacing *
Dimension for mounting plate with dimension A = 37 mm
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Wide angled application
Web code DQDHEM
155° hinge Planning Special application Mitred application – side, with large overlay
34 mm
19 19
R1 37* 54.6*
1.5
*
45°
R1 7.5
2.9
19
45°
110°
Hinge for overlay applications Standard mounting plates with 0 mm spacing *
Dimension for mounting plate with dimension A = 37 mm
Description
Opening angle
2.3
Dimension for mounting plate with dimension A = 37 mm
Part no. Description
Opening angle stop 110°
70T7553
1.9
25.1
Hinge for overlay applications Standard mounting plates with 0 mm spacing *
Hinge systems
19/19 mm
1. 4
16/19 mm
Front overlay max.
Opening angle
Hinge for overlay applications Standard mounting plates with 0 mm spacing *
Dimension for mounting plate with dimension A = 37 mm
Part no. Description
Opening angle stop 110°
70T7553
Opening angle
Part no.
Opening angle stop 110°
70T7553
You can select any front thickness FD for a free-standing cabinet We recommend a trial application for a neighbouring front or an overlay application on the wall.
Rebated applications 16 mm
19
max. 16
Y X 13
1.5
13.2
max.
15 1.5
R1
3
X
2
2
R1 110°
3
3
17.5 Hinge for dual applications Description Spacing (mm) Mounting plate 6 *
Hinge for dual applications Part no. Description Spacing (mm) 6 175H9160 Mounting plate
Dimension for mounting plate with dimension A = 37 mm
Description
Opening angle
70T7553
Hinge for dual applications Part no. Description Spacing (mm) 6 175H9160 Mounting plate
Opening angle
*
Part no. 175H9160
Dimension for mounting plate with dimension A = 37 mm
Part no.
Opening angle stop 110°
70T7553
X max. (mm)
Y max. (mm)
X max. (mm)
Y max. (mm)
X max. (mm)
Y max. (mm)
18
28
16
29
8
24
20
30
17
30
8
24
25
35
17
30
8
24
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Cabinet situation
4 16.5
Dimension for mounting plate with dimension A = 37 mm
Part no. Description
Opening angle stop 110° Cabinet situation
*
19
52.5*
13.2
Y 16
13 mm
49.5*
10 mm
Cabinet situation
85
Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Wide angled application
Hinge systems
170° hinge
Order information Overlay application Boss Hinge CLIP top CLIP top
INSERTA Spring Colour Part no. ● NI 71T6540B ○ NI 70T6540BTL
Boss Hinge CLIP top CLIP top Boss Hinge CLIP top
● ○
With spring Unsprung
Accessories
▬ CLIP top with or without closing mechanism (spring) ▬ 170° opening angle ▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment ▬ Convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment ▬ Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal ▬ With INSERTA tool-free hinge to door assembly
Application
Dual application
Inset application
Boss Hinge CLIP top
INSERTA Spring Colour ● NI
Screw-on Spring Colour Part no. 71T6550 ● NI ○ NI 70T6550.TL
Boss Hinge CLIP top CLIP top
Screw-on Spring Colour Part no. 71T6650 ● NI ○ NI 70T6650.TL
Knock-in Spring Colour ● NI
Boss Hinge CLIP top
Knock-in Spring Colour ● NI
NI
Nickel plated
Part no. 71T6580
With spring Unsprung
Accessories
BLUMOTION 973A
Version Clip on
● ○
Part no. 973A6000
Logo
Colour
Plain Stamped
– Blum
NI NI
80.6507 80.6507.BP
130°
☎
Logo
Colour
Plain Stamped
– Blum
NI NI
70.6103
Ø (mm) 3.5 3.5
TIP-ON for doors Version Spring Short version ○ Extended version ○ Extended version ● ●
86
With spring
○
Unsprung
Part no. 973A6000
Part no. 80.6507 80.6507.BP
Safety information If young children have access to furniture with wide angle hinges then the 155° opening 0-protrusion hinges should be used
Chipboard screws Part no.
Black
BLUMOTION 973A
Print | stamp
Accessories – general Opening angle stop Opening angle Colour
Part no. 71T6680
Hinge arm cover cap Part no.
For inset application use hinges for twin application and a 9 mm spaced mounting plate
Nickel plated
Version Clip on
Hinge arm cover cap Print | stamp
NI
Part no. 71T6640B
Web code DQDI3Y
Length (mm) 15 17
Part no. 609.1500 609.1700
Insertion ram Part no. 956.1004 956A1004 956A1006
Colour Orange
Material Nylon
Part no. MZM.0040
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Wide angled application
Web code DQDI3Y
170° hinge
max 65
max 75
Inset application
max 84
3-8 8
17.5
Gap
6
3
6
7
8
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
3
4
5
3
6
4
7
9 3 4 5 6 7 8 MD Mounting plate spacing (mm)
5
8
3
6
4
7
5
8
6
7
8
MD
MD
Front overlay FA (mm) 5
26.5
F
7.5
Move back fixing position of mounting plate by front thickness FD +1.5 mm
Drilling distance TB
0
F
1.5
0
Front overlay FA (mm)
–4.5 –3.5 –2.5 –1.5 –0.5 0.5 1.5 2.5 3.5 4.5 5.5 6.5 7.5 8.5 9.5
3
6
3
4
5
3
6
4
7
9 3 4 5 6 7 8 MD Mounting plate spacing (mm)
5
8
Minimum gap F for fronts with a front radius (R = 1 mm) based on the factory setting For front thicknesses FD up to 21 mm, no gap F is required For front thickness FD in excess of 22 mm, a trial application is recommended
3
6
4
7
5
8
6
7
8
MD
F
3-8
F
11
3-7
1.5
1.5
69
70.5
Dual application
69
Overlay application
Hinge systems
Planning Hinge dimensions and gap calculation based on factory setting (mounting plate spacing = 0 or 9 mm) Hinge and front protrusion at 90° opening angle
0
Front overlay FA (mm) –4.5 –3.5 –2.5 –1.5 –0.5
3 6
9 3 4 5 6 7 MD Mounting plate spacing (mm)
Adjustment
Max. ±3.0 mm See mounting plates
Screw-on
Reference pages Safety information Overview – CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges Mounting plates Accessories – hinge arm cover cap Accessories – general Overview – BLUMOTION for doors Overview – TIP-ON for doors Mitred application – all 4 edges Overview – assembly devices Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
INSERTA | knock-in
701 More technical details
±2.0 mm
+3.0 mm –2.0 mm
Hinge boss dimensions
698 Assembly, removal and adjustment
71 144 151 153 157 171 84 591
Short URL www.blum.com/a210
87
Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Profile door application
Web code DQDITA
Hinge systems
Profile/thick door hinge
Order information Overlay application Boss Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top CLIP top
INSERTA Spring Colour
Boss Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top CLIP top
Screw-on Spring Colour
Boss Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top CLIP top
Knock-in Spring Colour
● ○
With spring Unsprung
Accessories
Part no.
●
NI | ONS
71B9590
● ○
NI NI | ONS
71T9590B 70T9590BTL
NI ONS
Nickel plated Onyx black
Part no.
●
NI | ONS
71B9550
● ○
NI NI | ONS
71T9550 70T9550.TL
●
NI | ONS
● ○
NI ONS
Part no. 71B9580 71T9580 70T9580.TL
▬ Hinge for thick doors and doors with profile ▬ CLIP top BLUMOTION with integrated BLUMOTION (with deactivation option) ▬ CLIP top with or without closing mechanism (spring) ▬ 95° opening angle ▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment ▬ Convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment ▬ Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal ▬ With INSERTA tool-free hinge to door assembly
Application
Dual application
Inset application
Boss Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top CLIP top
INSERTA Spring Colour
Boss Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top CLIP top
Screw-on Spring Colour
Boss Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION
Knock-in Spring Colour
● ○
With spring Unsprung
Accessories
Hinge arm cover cap
Print | stamp
Logo
Colour
Part no.
Plain Stamped
– Blum
NI | ONS NI
70.1553 70.1553.BP
●
NI | ONS
● ○
NI ONS
Part no. 71B9690 71T9690B 70T9690BTL
NI ONS
Nickel plated Onyx black
Part no.
●
NI | ONS
71B9650
● ○
NI NI | ONS
71T9650 70T9650.TL
●
Part no. 71B9680
NI
Boss Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top CLIP top
INSERTA Spring Colour
Boss Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top CLIP top
Screw-on Spring Colour
Boss Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION
Knock-in Spring Colour
● ○
With spring Unsprung
Accessories
Hinge arm cover cap
Print | stamp
Logo
Colour
Part no.
Plain Stamped
– Blum
NI | ONS NI
70.1663 70.1663.BP
●
NI | ONS
● ○
NI ONS NI ONS
Part no. 71B9790 71T9790B 70T9790BTL
Nickel plated Onyx black
Part no.
●
NI | ONS
71B9750
● ○
NI NI | ONS
71T9750 70T9750.TL
●
NI
Part no. 71B9780
Hinge arm cover cap
Print | stamp
Logo
Colour
Part no.
Plain Stamped
– Blum
NI | ONS NI
70.1663 70.1663.BP
Note
CLIP top BLUMOTION and CLIP top hinges cannot be combined with each other on a door.
Accessories – general TIP-ON for doors Version Spring Short version ○ Extended version ○ Extended version ● ●
With spring
○
Unsprung
Hinge boss cover cap Part no. 956.1004 956A1004 956A1006
Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top NI
Nickel plated
Chipboard screws
Colour
Part no.
NI | ONS
70T3504
NI | ONS
ONS
Onyx black
70T1504
Hinge boss spacing Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION
88
Spacing (mm) 1.5
Part no.
Ø (mm) 3.5 3.5
Length (mm) 15 17
Part no. 609.1500 609.1700
Insertion ram Colour Orange
Material Nylon
Part no. MZM.0040
70T3507.21
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Profile door application
Web code DQDITA
Profile/thick door hinge
Overlay application
Dual application
24
F
1.5
3
6
7
8
3
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
4
5
3
6
4
7
5
3
6
4
7
5
6
0
7
Front overlay FA (mm)
–4.5 –3.5 –2.5 –1.5 –0.5 0.5 1.5 2.5 3.5 4.5 5.5 6.5 7.5 8.5
3
6
9 3 4 5 6 7 MD Mounting plate spacing (mm)
MD
Front overlay FA (mm) 6
32.5
F
7
Move back fixing position of mounting plate by front thickness FD +1.5 mm
MD
MD
67.5 1.5
1.5
F
11
Gap
5
3-7
3-7
3-7
Drilling distance TB
0
40
66
66 14.5 F
Inset application
31
22
Hinge systems
Planning Hinge dimensions and gap calculation based on factory setting (mounting plate spacing = 0 mm) Hinge and front protrusion at full opening angle
3
4
5
3
6
4
7
5
3
6
4
7
5
6
0
7
3
9 MD
Minimum gap F for fronts with a front radius (R = 1 mm) based on the factory setting Drilling distance TB (mm) 3
16
18
19
20
22
24
26
28
29
4
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.8
1.0
1.5
1.9
2.8
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.7
1.0
1.4
1.8
2.5
6
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.7
1.0
1.4
1.8
2.2
+0.5
+0.4
7
0.2
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.5
0.7
1.0
0.7
0.9
+0.3
+0.4
Additional for +2 mm side adjustment +0.1
+0.2
+0.2
+0.2
1.4
1.4
+0.4
1.8 1.7
2.3 2.1
30
3.6
31
5.4
4.0
4.8
2.5
3.2
3.8
+0.4
+0.4
+0.3
3.1
2.7
2.4
3.5 3.0
Max. ±3.0 mm See mounting plates
4.3
3.5
±2.0 mm
Hinge boss dimensions
B T
B T
B T
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
71
3
6
4
7
5
6
7
32
4.5
INSERTA | knock-in
Reference pages Overview – CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges Mounting plates Accessories – hinge arm cover cap Accessories – general Overview – BLUMOTION for doors Overview – TIP-ON for doors Overview – assembly devices More technical details
5
Mounting plate spacing (mm)
Screw-on
CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top
4
Adjustment
0.2
5
–7 –6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 3
6
9 3 4 5 6 7 MD Mounting plate spacing (mm) Front thickness FD (mm)
Front overlay FA (mm)
CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top
+3.0 mm –2.0 mm
CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top
Assembly, removal and adjustment
144 151 Short URL 153 www.blum.com/a210 157 171 591 698
89
Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Profile door application
Web code DQDJIM
125° hinge
Hinge systems
▬ 0-protrusion for overlay application (for cabinets with inner pull-outs or pull-out shelfs) ▬ Hinge for thick doors and doors with profile ▬ CLIP top BLUMOTION with integrated BLUMOTION (with deactivation option) ▬ 125° opening angle ▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment ▬ Convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment ▬ Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal ▬ Suitable for special applications, e.g. mitred doors
Application
Order information Overlay application 0-protrusion Boss Screw-on Hinge Spring Colour Part no. CLIP top ● NI | ONS 71B7550D BLUMOTION ● NI
With spring Nickel plated
Boss Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION Accessories
ONS
Onyx black
Knock-in Spring Colour ●
NI
Part no. 71B7580D
Hinge arm cover cap
Print | stamp
Logo
Colour
Part no.
Plain Stamped
– Blum
NI | ONS NI
70.4503 70.4503.BP
Accessories – general Opening angle stop
Hinge boss cover cap
Opening angle Colour
Part no.
92°
70T7553
R7037
R7037 RAL 7037 dust grey
Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION
NI
Ø (mm) 3.5 3.5
90
Length (mm) 15 17
Colour
Part no. 70T7504
NI | ONS
Nickel plated
Chipboard screws
Insertion ram
ONS
Colour Orange
Material Nylon
Part no. MZM.0040
Onyx black
Hinge boss spacing Part no. 609.1500 609.1700
Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION
Spacing (mm) 1.5
Part no. 70T3507.21
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Profile door application
Web code DQDJIM
125° hinge
Hinge systems
Planning Hinge dimensions and gap calculation based on factory setting (mounting plate spacing = 0 mm) Hinge and front protrusion at 90° opening angle Overlay application 0-protrusion
1.5
73.5
max 62
1.7
F
3-8 F
11
Gap
MD
Drilling distance TB
0
Front overlay FA (mm) 5
6
3
6
7
8
3
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
4
5
3
6
4
7
9 3 4 5 6 7 8 MD Mounting plate spacing (mm)
5
8
3
6
4
7
5
6
8
7
8
Minimum gap F for fronts with a front radius (R = 1 mm) based on the factory setting Drilling distance TB (mm) 3
4
Front thickness FD (mm) 29 0
0
30
31
0
0
0
0
32
0.1 0.1
0.4
0.8
1.5
2.3
0.6
1.2
2.1
3.5
1.0
2.0
0
0.1
0.4
7
0
0
0
0.2
0.7
0
0.1
8 0 0 0 0.3 We recommend a trial application for an overlay application against a wall 92° Opening angle stop
36
2.0
0
0
35
1.2
0
0
34
0.7
5
6
1.0
1.6
1.7
2.8
2.8
37
4.1
3.4
4.9
4.2
Knock-in
min 11.7
38
2.8
39
5.7
40 Max. ±3.0 mm See mounting plates
±2.0 mm
+3.0 mm –2.0 mm
Hinge boss dimensions
PLQ 37.5
Screw-on
33
0.3
Adjustment
Reference pages Overview – CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges Mounting plates Accessories – hinge arm cover cap Accessories – general Overview – assembly devices More technical details
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
71
Assembly, removal and adjustment
144 151 Short URL 153 www.blum.com/a210 591 698
91
Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Profile door application
Web code DQDJIM
125° hinge
25 mm
28 mm
125°
125°
Dimension for mounting plate with dimension A = 37 mm
Spacing (mm) 9
7.3
20.4
125°
Dimension for mounting plate with dimension A = 37 mm
Part no. Description 175H7190 Mounting plate
Spacing (mm) 9
R3 R3
2. 5
28
2.6
Hinge for overlay applications *
45°
7.2
2.5
45°
3
R1.5 R1.5
1. 4
37* 59.9* 3.6
18.1 1.9
7.3
Description Mounting plate
45°
1. 4
2.5
Hinge for overlay applications *
45°
1.5
R1 R1
25 2.9
22
45°
37* 57.6*
1.5
45°
28
25
22
35.5* 59.3*
22 mm
7.3
2.5 21.3
4.7
Hinge for overlay applications *
Dimension for mounting plate with dimension A = 37 mm
Part no. Description 175H7190 Mounting plate
Spacing (mm) 9
Part no. 175H7190
Mitred application – side 25 mm
30 mm
92
125°
Spacing (mm) 9
3.1
Dimension for mounting plate with dimension A = 37 mm
Part no. Description 175H7190 Mounting plate
5 7.3
1.9
7.3
2.5 23.3
4.7
125°
Hinge for overlay applications *
21.1
45°
R3 R3
2.
7.3
1.
18.1 1.9
2.5
45°
30
R1 R1
4
37* 60.6*
1.5
2.9
2.5
Dimension for mounting plate with dimension A = 37 mm
Description Mounting plate
45°
25
7.3
Hinge for overlay applications *
45°
4 2.9
125°
R1 R1
1.
45°
37* 57.6*
1.5
45°
30
25
22
35.4* 61.2*
22 mm
22
Hinge systems
Planning Special application Mitred application – all 4 edges
Spacing (mm) 9
Hinge for overlay applications *
Dimension for mounting plate with dimension A = 37 mm
Part no. Description 175H7190 Mounting plate
Spacing (mm) 9
Part no. 175H7190
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Profile door application
Web code DQDJIM
125° hinge
19/24 mm
19 24
125°
39
*
Dimension for mounting plate with dimension A = 37 mm
125°
11
7 24.6
1.7
2.4
92°
Hinge for overlay applications Standard mounting plates with 0 mm spacing *
1.5
45°
45°
max 28
19
37* 54.6*
19 1.5
30.1 1.9
Hinge for overlay applications Standard mounting plates with 0 mm spacing
R1
1. 8
7.5
R1
2.9
1.7
R1
1. 4
37*
2.9
59.6*
1.5 24
45°
39 mm
19 19 R1
45°
Front overlay max. Hinge systems
Mitred application – all 4 edges, with large overlay 19/19 mm
37*
Planning Special application Mitred application – side, with large overlay
Dimension for mounting plate with dimension A = 37 mm
1.7
Hinge for overlay applications Standard mounting plates with 0 mm spacing *
Dimension for mounting plate with dimension A = 37 mm
Description
Opening angle
Opening angle stop 92°
Part no. 70T7553
You can select any front thickness FD for a free-standing cabinet We recommend a trial application for a neighbouring front or an overlay application on the wall.
Thin materials – protruding 16 + 6 mm
16 + 6 mm
16 6
37*
11
8 11
max 39
125°
max 43
1.7
Hinge for overlay applications Standard mounting plates with 0 mm spacing *
(22) 1.5
6
16
(22) 1.5
8
Dimension for mounting plate with dimension A = 37 mm
92°
1.7
Hinge for overlay applications Standard mounting plates with 0 mm spacing *
Dimension for mounting plate with dimension A = 37 mm
Description
Opening angle
Opening angle stop 92°
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
37*
19
19
Part no. 70T7553
93
Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Blind corner application
Web code DQDK7Y
Blind corner hinge inset application
Hinge systems
▬ Hinge for blind corner applications ▬ CLIP top BLUMOTION with integrated BLUMOTION (with deactivation option) ▬ CLIP top without closing mechanism (spring) ▬ 95° | 83° opening angle ▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment ▬ Convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment ▬ Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal ▬ With INSERTA tool-free hinge to door assembly
Order information Inset application 95° opening angle Boss INSERTA Hinge Spring Colour CLIP top ● NI | ONS BLUMOTION ● ○
With spring Unsprung
NI ONS
Screw-on Spring Colour
Boss Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION
Knock-in Spring Colour
Accessories
Inset application 83° opening angle Part no. 79B9590
Nickel plated Onyx black
Boss Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top
●
NI | ONS
○
NI
●
Application
Part no. 79B9550 78T9550.TL
NI | ONS
Boss Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top
Screw-on Spring Colour
Part no.
●
NI
☎ 79B9550.83
○
NI
☎ 78T9550.83
Part no. 79B9580
Hinge arm cover cap
Print | stamp
Logo
Colour
Part no.
Plain Stamped
– Blum
NI | ONS NI | ONS
70.1503 70.1503.BP
Note
CLIP top BLUMOTION and CLIP top hinges cannot be combined with each other on a door.
Accessories – general TIP-ON for doors Version Spring Short version ○ Extended version ○ Extended version ● ●
With spring
○
Unsprung
Hinge boss cover cap Part no. 956.1004 956A1004 956A1006
Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top NI
Nickel plated
Chipboard screws
Colour
Part no.
NI | ONS
70T3504
NI
ONS
Onyx black
70T1504
Ø (mm) 3.5 3.5
Part no. 609.1500 609.1700
Insertion ram Colour Orange
94
Length (mm) 15 17
Material Nylon
Part no. MZM.0040
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Blind corner application
Planning Hinge dimensions and gap calculation based on factory setting (mounting plate spacing = 3 mm) Hinge and front protrusion at full opening angle
Hinge systems
Web code DQDK7Y
Blind corner hinge inset application
Inset application Move standard mounting plate fixing positions 15.5 mm nearer the edge of the muntin (i.e. set back by 21.5 mm)! Use 3 mm spaced standard mounting plates only to ensure door and muntin are flush on the inside! F = 8 mm – TB F Gap TB Drilling distance
min 70 51 23
3-7 21.5 8
33.5
F
Minimum gap F for fronts with a front radius (R = 1 mm) based on the factory setting Drilling distance TB (mm)
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.8
1.0
1.5
1.9
28
29
30
31
32
5
0.2
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.7
1.0
1.4
1.8
△
△
△
△
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.7
1.0
1.4
1.8
△
△
△
△
6
7 In these cases a trial is recommended
16
0.2
18
19
0.3
0.4
0.3
0.4
Screw-on
B T
20
0.5
0.5
22
0.7
0.7
24
1.0
0.9
26
Adjustment
3
4
△
Front thickness FD (mm)
1.4
1.4
1.8 1.7
△
△
△
INSERTA | knock-in
CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top
Reference pages Overview – CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges Mounting plates Accessories – hinge arm cover cap Accessories – general Overview – TIP-ON for doors Overview – assembly devices More technical details
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
△
△
△
△
△
△
△
Max. ±3.0 mm See mounting plates
△
△
±1.0 mm
Hinge boss dimensions
B T
71
±2.5 mm
CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top
Assembly, removal and adjustment
144 151 Short URL 153 www.blum.com/a210 171 591 698
95
Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Blind corner application
Blind corner hinge overlay application
Hinge systems
▬ Hinge for blind corner overlay applications ▬ CLIP top BLUMOTION with integrated BLUMOTION (with deactivation option) ▬ 95° opening angle ▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment ▬ Convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment ▬ Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal ▬ With INSERTA tool-free hinge to door assembly
Application
Web code DQDKXA
Order information Overlay application Boss Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION
INSERTA Spring Colour
Part no.
NI
☎
79B9990
NI
Nickel plated
Boss Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION
Screw-on Spring Colour
Boss Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION
Knock-in Spring Colour
Part no.
☎
79B9980
●
●
With spring
Accessories
●
●
79B9950
NI
NI
Part no.
Hinge arm cover cap
Print | stamp
Logo
Colour
Plain Stamped
– Blum
NI NI
Part no. 70.1503 70.1503.BP
Accessories – general Hinge boss cover cap Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION
NI
Insertion ram
Colour
Part no.
NI
70T3504
Colour Orange
Material Nylon
Part no. MZM.0040
Nickel plated
Chipboard screws Ø (mm) 3.5 3.5
96
Length (mm) 15 17
Part no. 609.1500 609.1700
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Blind corner application
Planning Hinge dimensions and gap calculation based on factory setting (mounting plate spacing = 3 mm) Hinge and front protrusion at full opening angle
Hinge systems
Web code DQDKXA
Blind corner hinge overlay application
Overlay application Frame thickness RS (mm) 16 19 22
Mounting plate spacing (mm) 6 3 0
min. 86
19 (RS)
67
1
37
16.5
9
3-7
Minimum gap F for fronts with a front radius (R = 1 mm) based on the factory setting Drilling distance TB (mm)
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.8
1.0
1.5
1.9
28
29
30
31
32
5
0.2
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.7
1.0
1.4
1.8
△
△
△
△
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.7
1.0
1.4
1.8
△
△
△
△
6
7 In these cases a trial is recommended
16
0.2
18
19
0.3
0.4
0.3
0.4
Screw-on
Reference pages Overview – CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges Mounting plates Accessories – hinge arm cover cap Accessories – general Overview – assembly devices More technical details
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
20
0.5
0.5
22
0.7
0.7
24
1.0
0.9
26
Adjustment
3
4
△
Front thickness FD (mm)
1.4
1.4
1.8 1.7
△
△
△
INSERTA | knock-in
71
△
△
△
△
△
△
△
△
△
Max. ±3.0 mm See mounting plates
±2.5 mm
±1.0 mm
Hinge boss dimensions
Assembly, removal and adjustment
144 151 Short URL 153 www.blum.com/a210 591 698
97
Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Aluminium frame application
Web code DQDLMM
Hinge systems
CLIP top BLUMOTION 95° aluminium frame door hinge
Order information Overlay application Boss Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION
●
Screw-on Spring Colour ●
With spring
Accessories
71B950A
NI NI
Nickel plated
Logo
Colour
Plain Stamped
– Blum
NI NI
Application
Dual application
Inset application
Boss Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION
●
Part no. 70.1553 70.1553.BP
Screw-on Spring Colour ●
With spring
Accessories
Hinge arm cover cap
Print | stamp
98
Part no.
▬ Hinge for narrow alu frame doors ▬ CLIP top BLUMOTION with integrated BLUMOTION (with deactivation option) ▬ 95° opening angle ▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment ▬ Convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment ▬ Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal ▬ Boss fixing screws are included
71B960A
NI NI
Part no.
Nickel plated
●
Logo
Colour
Plain Stamped
– Blum
NI NI
Part no. 70.1663 70.1663.BP
Screw-on Spring Colour ●
NI
Part no. 71B970A
NI
With spring
Accessories
Hinge arm cover cap
Print | stamp
Boss Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION
Nickel plated
Hinge arm cover cap
Print | stamp
Logo
Colour
Plain Stamped
– Blum
NI NI
Part no. 70.1663 70.1663.BP
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Aluminium frame application
Planning Hinge dimensions and gap calculation based on factory setting (mounting plate spacing = 0 mm) Hinge and front protrusion at full opening angle Overlay application
Dual application
Inset application
31
40
65
65
22
6.5 2.5
2.5
16
13.5 F
F
23 19
19
19
Gap
Set mounting plate back by frame width +2.5 mm
Minimum gap F for aluminium frame fronts (R = 1 mm) based on the factory setting Side frame width RB (mm)
Frame thickness RS (mm) 0.2
0.3
0.4
0.6
0.7
1.2
24
25
26
27
28
30
20
0.2
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.6
0.7
1.2
△
△
△
△
△
0.7
1.0
21
22
In these cases a trial is recommended
18
0.2
0.2
19
20
0.3
0.4
0.3
0.4
0.3
0.4
21
0.5
0.5
0.5
22
Adjustment
18
19
△
Hinge systems
Web code DQDLMM
CLIP top BLUMOTION 95° aluminium frame door hinge
0.7
0.7
+0.2
+0.3
+0.3
+0.3
△
△
△
△
32 △
△
1.1
△
△
△
△
△
△
1.1
△
△
△
△
△
△
Additional for +2 mm side adjustment +0.1
△
△
△
△
△
△
△
Max. ±3.0 mm See mounting plates
±2.0 mm
+3.0 mm –2.0 mm
+0.4
Screw-on
RB
Side frame width
Reference pages Overview – CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges Mounting plates Accessories – hinge arm cover cap Accessories – general Overview – assembly devices More technical details
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
71
Assembly, removal and adjustment
144 151 Short URL 153 www.blum.com/a210 591 698
99
Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Aluminium frame application
Web code DQDMBY
95° aluminium frame door hinge
Hinge systems
CLIP top for 973A
Order information Overlay application Boss Hinge CLIP top for 973A CLIP top CLIP top ● ○
With spring Unsprung
Accessories
Screw-on Spring Colour
71T950AB
●
NI
● ○
NI | ONS NI | ONS NI ONS
Part no. 71T950A 70T950A.TL
▬ Hinge for narrow alu frame doors ▬ CLIP top for 973A with closing mechanism (spring) ▬ CLIP top with or without closing mechanism (spring) ▬ 95° opening angle ▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment ▬ Convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment ▬ Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal ▬ Boss fixing screws are included
CLIP top
Dual application
Inset application
Boss Hinge CLIP top
●
With spring
Screw-on Spring Colour ● NI | ONS NI ONS
Part no. 71T960A
Nickel plated Onyx black
Boss Hinge CLIP top
●
With spring
Screw-on Spring Colour ● NI | ONS NI ONS
Part no. 71T970A
Nickel plated Onyx black
Nickel plated Onyx black
Accessories
BLUMOTION 973A
Version Clip on
Accessories
Part no. 973A0500.01 Hinge arm cover cap
Hinge arm cover cap
Print | stamp
Logo
Colour
Part no.
Plain Stamped
– Blum
NI | ONS NI
70.1553 70.1553.BP
Hinge arm cover cap
Print | stamp
Logo
Colour
Part no.
Plain Stamped
– Blum
NI | ONS NI
70.1663 70.1663.BP
Print | stamp
Logo
Colour
Part no.
Plain Stamped
– Blum
NI | ONS NI
70.1663 70.1663.BP
Accessories – general TIP-ON for doors Version Spring Short version ○ Extended version ○ Extended version ● ●
100
With spring
○
Unsprung
Part no. 956.1004 956A1004 956A1006
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Aluminium frame application
Web code DQDMBY
95° aluminium frame door hinge
Overlay application
Dual application
Hinge systems
Planning Hinge dimensions and gap calculation based on factory setting (mounting plate spacing = 0 mm) Hinge and front protrusion at full opening angle Inset application
67
40
2 19 31.5 F
Gap
Set mounting plate back by frame width +1.7 mm
Minimum gap F for aluminium frame fronts (R = 1 mm) based on the factory setting Side frame width RB (mm) 19
20 21
22
Frame thickness RS (mm) 18
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.6
0.7
1.2
24
25
26
27
28
30
32
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.7
1.1
△
△
△
△
△
△
1.1
△
△
△
△
△
△
0.2
0.2
19
20
0.3
0.4
0.3
0.4
21
0.5
0.5
22
Adjustment
0.7
0.7
1.0
△
△
△
△
△
△
△
△
△
△
△
△
Max. ±3.0 mm See mounting plates
±2.0 mm
+3.0 mm –2.0 mm
Additional for +2 mm side adjustment △
In these cases a trial is recommended
+0.1
+0.2
+0.3
+0.3
+0.3
+0.4
Screw-on
RB A
Side frame width The hinge boss should be able to support itself in the routing
Reference pages Overview – CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges Mounting plates Accessories – hinge arm cover cap Accessories – general Overview – BLUMOTION for doors Overview – TIP-ON for doors Overview – assembly devices More technical details
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
71
Assembly, removal and adjustment
144 151 Short URL 153 www.blum.com/a210 157 171 591 698
101
Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Thin door application
Web code DQGT1A
Hinge for thin doors
Hinge systems
▬ Thin fronts from 8–14 mm ▬ EXPANDO T fixing system for a variety of front materials ▬ CLIP top BLUMOTION with integrated BLUMOTION (with deactivation option) ▬ CLIP top with or without closing mechanism (spring) ▬ 0-protrusion (for cabinets with inner pull-outs or pullout shelfs) ▬ 110° opening angle ▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment ▬ Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal
Order information Boss Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top CLIP top ● ○
With spring Unsprung
Accessories
Application
The different overlay applications can be achieved with the appropriate fixing positions
EXPANDO T Spring Colour Part no.
Area of application – EXPANDO T EXPANDO T is suitable for fixing Blum fittings to thin front materials in furniture manufacturing
71B453T
With sufficient stability and strength, front materials of 8 mm thickness and above may be used
●
NI | ONS
● ○
NI NI
NI ONS
71T453T 70T453T.TL
Nickel plated Onyx black
Hinge arm cover cap
Print | stamp
Logo
Colour
Part no.
Plain Stamped
– Blum
NI | ONS NI
70.4503 70.4503.BP
Area of application and assembly recommendation Materials tested by Blum Transverse tensile strength (N/mm²) Chipboard > 0.40 MDF > 0.60 HDF HPL Mineral composites Nero Assoluto natural granite stone Quartz composite artificial stone Ceramic plates
Min. tightening torque (Nm) 1.5 1.5 2 2 2 3 3 3
Limitation of liability Blum accepts no liability for the use of EXPANDO T in combination with materials not listed or fittings from other manufacturers It is recommended that the assembly be carried out by an experienced furniture manufacturer
Note
A trial application is recommended when combining CLIP top BLUMOTION hinges and CLIP top hinges with springs on small, light fronts up to 300 mm wide. Combining these is not recommended for wider front widths FB.
Accessories – general Opening angle stop Opening angle Colour 85° 92°
Dark grey R7037
R7037 RAL 7037 dust grey
102
TIP-ON for doors Part no. 70T4503 70T4503.09
Version Hinge Short version CLIP top Extended version CLIP top Extended version CLIP top ●
With spring
○
Spring ○ ○ ●
Unsprung
Hinge boss cover cap Part no. 956.1004 956A1004 956A1006
Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top NI
Nickel plated
Colour
Part no.
NI | ONS
70T4504
NI
ONS
Onyx black
70T4504
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Thin door application
Web code DQGT1A
Hinge for thin doors
Hinge systems
Planning Hinge dimensions and gap calculation based on factory setting (mounting plate spacing = 0 mm) Hinge and front protrusion at 90° opening angle Overlay application
Dual application
Inset application
F
F
Move back fixing position of mounting plate by front thickness FD +1.5 mm F Gap
Gap
Gap
Fixing position MD 0
3
6
9 MD
Front overlay FA (mm) –3.5 23.5
26.5 29.5
–3 24
27
30
–2.5
–2
27.5
28
28.5
29
34
34.5
35
24.5
25
30.5
31
32.5 33 33.5 Mounting plate spacing (mm)
–1.5
25.5 31.5
–1
2.5
26
29.5
32
35.5
4
31
32.5
34
38.5
40
37
5.5
7
32.5
34
38.5
40
35.5 41.5
Fixing position
B FA MD *
32
44
B 34.5 0.1* Ø10+̶ 0.1
37
38.5
43
44.5
B=
FA
8.5
35.5 41.5
10
11.5
37
38.5
43
44.5
40
41.5
46
13
14.5
43
44.5
40
46
Drilling depth
44.5
46
19
46
min 23 max .5 46 Max. ±3.0 mm See mounting plates
B
17.5
43
Adjustment
3.5
Fixing position B = FA + 27 mm + MD Front overlay Mounting plate spacing Stone and ceramic +0.2/–0.1 mm
16
41.5
±2.0 mm
+3.0 mm –2.0 mm
Fixing position
Mounting plate spacing MD – cabinet hinge side on the wall SWD Front thickness FD (mm) (mm) 8 9 12
10
11
12
13
14
13
BT = min 6
14
15
16 17
18
19
BT
20 SWD Cabinet side panel thickness Mounting plate spacing MD 0 mm possible Mounting plate spacing MD 3 mm required Mounting plate spacing MD 6 mm required
Drilling depth
Reference pages Overview – CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges Mounting plates Accessories – hinge arm cover cap Accessories – general Overview – TIP-ON for doors Assembly recommendation and limitation of liability – EXPANDO T Fixing system for thin fronts – EXPANDO T
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
71 144 151 153 171
Overview – assembly devices More technical details
591 Assembly, removal and adjustment 698 Short URL www.blum.com/a210
585 584 103
Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Glass door application
Web code DQDN1A
CRISTALLO hinge
Hinge systems
▬ Hinge for glass and mirror doors ▬ Adhesion plate is glued onto glass (no glass drilling necessary) ▬ Tool-free hinge to adhesion plate assembly ▬ CLIP top BLUMOTION with integrated BLUMOTION (with deactivation option) ▬ CLIP top with or without closing mechanism (spring) ▬ 0-protrusion (for cabinets with inner pull-outs or pullout shelfs) ▬ 110° opening angle ▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment ▬ Convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment ▬ Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal
Order information Boss Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top CLIP top ● ○
With spring Unsprung
Application
The different applications can be achieved through relevant adhesion positions
CRISTALLO 110° Spring Colour Part no. ●
NI | ONS
● ○
NI NI
NI ONS
71B4500C 71T4500C 70T4500CTL
Nickel plated Onyx black
Limitation of liability If the Blum fittings are installed according to instructions and on suitable glass and mirror fronts, they will meet the requirements concerning the stability of the connection This is monitored through internal and external testing As the adhesive and/or the adhesive process are beyond our control, Blum cannot accept liability for claims arising from the failure or malfunction of this/these process/es It is recommended that the adhesive be applied by an experienced glass manufacturer
CRISTALLO adhesion plate Front material Glass | mirror Mirror Accessories
Glue-on Colour Matt-nickel plated Special nickel plated
Part no. 70T4568C 70T4568C
Hinge arm cover cap
Print | stamp
Logo
Colour
Part no.
Plain Stamped
– Blum
NI | ONS NI
70.4503 70.4503.BP
Note
A trial application is recommended when combining CLIP top BLUMOTION hinges and CLIP top hinges with springs on small, light fronts up to 300 mm wide. Combining these is not recommended for wider front widths FB.
Accessories – general Opening angle stop Opening angle Colour 85° 92°
Part no. 70T4503 70T4503.09
Dark grey R7037
R7037 RAL 7037 dust grey
TIP-ON for doors Version Spring Short version ○ Extended version ○ Extended version ● ●
104
With spring
○
Unsprung
Part no. 956.1004 956A1004 956A1006 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Glass door application
Web code DQDN1A
CRISTALLO hinge
Overlay application
Dual application
Hinge systems
Planning Hinge dimensions and gap calculation based on factory setting (mounting plate spacing = 0 mm) Hinge and front protrusion at full opening angle Inset application
3-8
1.5
A FA
Cabinet front edge to centre of mounting plate drilling 20 mm with mounting plate A20 37 mm with mounting plate A37 Front overlay
A FA
1.5
A
75.5
max 56.5
3.5 FA
Cabinet front edge to centre of mounting plate drilling 20 mm with mounting plate A20 37 mm with mounting plate A37 Front overlay
A
Cabinet front edge to centre of mounting plate drilling 21.5 mm + front thickness FD with mounting plate A20 38.5 mm + front thickness FD with mounting plate A37
Distance MD 0
Front overlay FA (mm) –3.5 0
3
6
9 MD
3
6
–3
0.5
–2.5
3.5
6.5
1
4
7
–2
1.5
–1.5
4.5 7.5
2
5
8
–1
2.5
5.5
8.5
2.5 6
9
12
4
7.5
10.5
13.5
5.5 9
12
15
7
10.5
13.5
16.5
8.5 12
15
18
10
13.5
16.5 19.5
9 9.5 10 10.5 11 11.5 15 16.5 18 19.5 21 22.5 Mounting plate spacing (mm) Due to the risk of breakage to glass and mirror doors, sufficient surrounding gaps are required (recommendation: min 2 mm)
Distance
11.5
13
14.5
19.5
21
15
16.5
21
22.5
18
18
16
19.5
22.5
17.5 21
19
22.5
Adjustment
KT=
min 0 max 22.5
FA KT MD
Front overlay Adhesion plate distance KT = FA + 3.5 mm + MD Mounting plate spacing
KT
Max. ±3.0 mm See mounting plates
±2.0 mm
+3.0 mm –2.0 mm
Adhesion plate distance
Note
Please contact your glass or front suppliers concerning the right adhesive and its use in fixing the mounting | adhesion plate on to glass and mirrors.
Reference pages Overview – CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges Mounting plates Accessories – hinge arm cover cap Accessories – general Overview – TIP-ON for doors Overview – assembly devices More technical details
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
71
Assembly, removal and adjustment
144 151 Short URL 153 www.blum.com/a210 171 591 698
105
Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Glass door application
CRISTALLO hinge – glass display cabinets
Hinge systems
▬ Hinge for glass display cabinets ▬ Mounting | adhesion plate is glued onto glass (no glass drilling necessary) ▬ CLIP top BLUMOTION with integrated BLUMOTION (with deactivation option) ▬ CLIP top with or without closing mechanism (spring) ▬ 110° opening angle ▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment ▬ Convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment ▬ Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal
Order information Overlay application | Inset application Boss CRISTALLO 110° Hinge Spring Colour Part no. CLIP top ● NI 71B4500C BLUMOTION CLIP top ● NI 71T4500C CLIP top ○ NI 70T4500CTL ● ○
With spring Unsprung
NI
Nickel plated
Application
Web code DQDNQM
Limitation of liability If the Blum fittings are installed according to instructions and on suitable glass and mirror fronts, they will meet the requirements concerning the stability of the connection This is monitored through internal and external testing As the adhesive and/or the adhesive process are beyond our control, Blum cannot accept liability for claims arising from the failure or malfunction of this/these process/es It is recommended that the adhesive be applied by an experienced glass manufacturer
CRISTALLO adhesion plate Front material Glass | mirror Mirror
Glue-on Colour Matt-nickel plated Special nickel plated
Part no. 70T4568C 70T4568C
CRISTALLO mounting plate Front material Glass | mirror Accessories
Glue-on Colour Matt-nickel plated
Part no. 175M4C20N
Hinge arm cover cap
Print | stamp
Logo
Colour
Plain Stamped
– Blum
NI NI
Part no. 70.4503 70.4503.BP
Note
A trial application is recommended when combining CLIP top BLUMOTION hinges and CLIP top hinges with springs on small, light fronts up to 300 mm wide. Combining these is not recommended for wider front widths FB.
Accessories – general Opening angle stop Opening angle Colour 85° 92°
Dark grey R7037
R7037 RAL 7037 dust grey
106
Part no. 70T4503 70T4503.09
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Glass door application
Web code DQDNQM
CRISTALLO hinge – glass display cabinets
Overlay application
Hinge systems
Planning Hinge dimensions and gap calculation based on factory setting Hinge and front protrusion at full opening angle Inset application
77
77
max 58.5
3-8
1.5 KM
5.5
FA KT FA KM KT
Front overlay Mounting plate distance Adhesion plate distance
FD F KM KT
Front thickness Gap Mounting plate distance Adhesion plate distance
Distance – mounting plates
Adjustment
30.2
KM
1.5 3–8 KM
64
64
Mounting plate distance KM = 3 mm
FD KM
Front thickness Mounting plate distance KM = FD + 4.5 mm
F KT
Gap Adhesion plate distance KT = 5.5 mm – F
±2.0 mm
+3.0 mm –2.0 mm
KT
30.2
Distance – adhesion plate
5.5 52
FA KT
Max. ±2.0 mm
FA
52
Front overlay Adhesion plate distance KT = FA + 5.5 mm
Note
Please contact your glass or front suppliers concerning the right adhesive and its use in fixing the mounting | adhesion plate on to glass and mirrors.
Reference pages Overview – CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges Mounting plates Accessories – hinge arm cover cap Accessories – general Overview – assembly devices More technical details
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
71
Assembly, removal and adjustment
144 151 Short URL 153 www.blum.com/a210 591 698
107
Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Glass door application
Bathroom mirror cabinets with fronts that protrude all the way around
Hinge systems
▬ Mounting plate is glued onto the front ▬ Boss hole on the cabinet ▬ CLIP top BLUMOTION with integrated BLUMOTION (with deactivation option) ▬ CLIP top without closing mechanism (spring) ▬ 95° opening angle ▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment ▬ Convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment ▬ Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal ▬ With INSERTA tool-free hinge to door assembly
Application
Order information Hinge with double cranked hinge arm Boss Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION
● ○
INSERTA Spring Colour ●
With spring Unsprung
Boss Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top
Part no. 71B9790
NI NI
Nickel plated
Screw-on Spring Colour
Limitation of liability If the Blum fittings are installed according to instructions and on suitable glass and mirror fronts, they will meet the requirements concerning the stability of the connection This is monitored through internal and external testing As the adhesive and/or the adhesive process are beyond our control, Blum cannot accept liability for claims arising from the failure or malfunction of this/these process/es
Part no.
●
NI
71B9750
○
NI
70T9750.TL
It is recommended that the adhesive be applied by an experienced glass manufacturer
CRISTALLO mounting plate Front material Glass | mirror Accessories
Glue-on Colour Matt-nickel plated
Part no. 175M4C20N
Hinge arm cover cap
Print | stamp
Logo
Colour
Plain Stamped
– Blum
NI NI
Part no. 70.1663 70.1663.BP
Note
Only recommended for wall cabinets due to lower load bearing limits.
Accessories – general TIP-ON for doors Version Spring Short version ○ Extended version ○ Extended version ● ●
With spring
○
Unsprung
Hinge boss cover cap Part no. 956.1004 956A1004 956A1006
Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top NI
Nickel plated
Colour
Part no.
NI
70T3504
NI
70T1504
Chipboard screws Ø (mm) 3.5 3.5
108
Length (mm) 15 17
Part no. 609.1500 609.1700
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Glass door application
Bathroom mirror cabinets with fronts that protrude all the way around Planning Hinge dimensions and gap calculation based on factory setting
FA KM
FA KM
2
7
3-8
4.5
FA+5
19
46.5 (52)
68.5
Hinge systems
Hinge with double cranked hinge arm
Front overlay Mounting plate distance
Distance
Adjustment
Max. ±2.0 mm
FA KM
+2.0 mm –3.0 mm
±2.0 mm
Front overlay FA = max. 70 mm Mounting plate distance KM = FA + 4.5 mm
Note
Please contact your glass or front suppliers concerning the right adhesive and its use in fixing the mounting | adhesion plate on to glass and mirrors.
INSERTA | knock-in
B min 13 T min 12.3
7
7
Screw-on
B min 13 T min 12.3
+0.2 0
Reference pages Overview – CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges Mounting plates Accessories – hinge arm cover cap Accessories – general Overview – TIP-ON for doors Overview – assembly devices More technical details
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
71
Assembly, removal and adjustment
144 151 Short URL 153 www.blum.com/a210 171 591 698
109
Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Glass door application
Web code DQDP5A
Hinge systems
Glass door hinge
Order information Overlay application Boss Hinge CLIP top
●
With spring
Screw-on Spring Colour ● NI NI
Part no. 75T4100
Nickel plated
▬ Glass door hinge ▬ For front thickness FD 4.5–7 mm ▬ CLIP top with closing mechanism (spring) ▬ 94° opening angle ▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment ▬ Convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment ▬ Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal ▬ Boss fixing screws are included
Application
Dual application
Inset application
Boss Hinge CLIP top
●
With spring
Hinge boss cover cap Colour S | CR | NI-M
S NI-M
Black Matt nickel
CR
S NI-M
Black Matt nickel
Accessories
CR
Part no. 84.4120
Chrome plated
Part no. 84.4140
Colour S | CR | NI-M
S NI-M
Black Matt nickel
S NI-M
Black Matt nickel
Part no. 971Axxxx
Colour
Plain Stamped
– Blum
NI NI
●
With spring
CR
Chrome plated
Part no. 84.4140
S NI-M
Black Matt nickel
Part no. 970A1002
70.1553 70.1553.BP
Colour
Plain Stamped
– Blum
NI NI
CR
Colour S | CR | NI-M
S NI-M
Black Matt nickel
Accessories
BLUMOTION 970A
Logo
Part no. 75T4300
Nickel plated
Part no. 84.4120
Chrome plated
Hinge boss cover cap
Chrome plated
Print | stamp
NI
Colour S | CR | NI-M
CR
Part no. 84.4140
Chrome plated
BLUMOTION 970A
Version For drilling
Hinge arm cover cap Part no.
Screw-on Spring Colour ● NI
Hinge boss cover cap Part no. 84.4120
Version For drilling
Hinge arm cover cap Logo
CR
Colour S | CR | NI-M
Accessories
BLUMOTION 971A
Print | stamp
Nickel plated
Boss Hinge CLIP top
Hinge boss cover cap
Chrome plated
Version In adapter plate for overlay application
NI
Part no. 75T4200
Hinge boss cover cap
Hinge boss cover cap Colour S | CR | NI-M
Screw-on Spring Colour ● NI
Part no. 970A1002 Hinge arm cover cap
Part no. 70.1553 70.1553.BP
Print | stamp
Logo
Colour
Plain Stamped
– Blum
NI NI
Part no. 70.1553 70.1553.BP
Accessories – general TIP-ON for doors Version Spring Extended version ● ●
110
With spring
Part no. 956A1006
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Glass door application
Web code DQDP5A
Glass door hinge
Hinge systems
Planning Hinge dimensions and gap calculation based on factory setting (mounting plate spacing = 0 mm) Hinge and front protrusion at full opening angle Dual application
Inset application
F
F
F Gap Move back fixing position of mounting plate by front thickness FD and height of boss cover +3 mm
Gap
0
Front overlay FA (mm) 7
8
3
6
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
MD
MD
Drilling distance TB
6
3
6
7
7
6
0
7
6
9 6 7 MD Mounting plate spacing (mm)
Gap
Front overlay FA (mm)
–2.5 –1.5 –0.5 0.5 1.5 2.5 3.5 4.5 5.5 6.5 7.5
6
7
6
7
6
9 6 7 MD Mounting plate spacing (mm)
Minimum gap F for fronts with a front radius (R = 1 mm) based on the factory setting For front thicknesses FD from 4.5 to 7 mm, no gap F is required
7
MD
Overlay application
0
Front overlay FA (mm)
–5.5 –5 –4.5 –4 –3.5 –3 –2.5 –2 –1.5 –1
5.5 6 6.5 7
9 MD
Mounting plate spacing (mm)
6
Adjustment
Max. ±3.0 mm See mounting plates
Screw-on
Reference pages Overview – CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges Mounting plates Accessories – hinge arm cover cap Accessories – general Overview – BLUMOTION for doors Overview – TIP-ON for doors Overview – assembly devices More technical details
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Hinge boss dimensions
71
5.5 6 6.5 7
3
+0.5 mm –3.5 mm
±2.0 mm
Hinge boss cover cap
Assembly, removal and adjustment
144 151 Short URL 153 www.blum.com/a210 157 171 591 698
111
Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Frame door application
Web code DQDPUM
Hinge systems
Mini-hinge
Order information Overlay application Boss Hinge CLIP top
●
With spring
Accessories
Screw-on Spring Colour ● NI NI
Part no. 71T0550
Nickel plated
Application
Dual application
Inset application
Boss Hinge CLIP top
●
With spring
Accessories
BLUMOTION 971A
Version In adapter plate for overlay application
▬ Hinge for small doors and doors with narrow frames ▬ CLIP top with closing mechanism (spring) ▬ 94° opening angle ▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment ▬ Convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment ▬ Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal
Part no. 971Axxxx
Logo
Colour
Plain Stamped
– Blum
NI NI
NI
Part no. 71T0650
Nickel plated
Boss Hinge CLIP top
●
With spring
Accessories
BLUMOTION 970A
Version For drilling
Hinge arm cover cap Print | stamp
Screw-on Spring Colour ● NI
Part no. 970A1002
70.1553 70.1553.BP
Print | stamp
Logo
Colour
Plain Stamped
– Blum
NI NI
NI
Part no. 71T0750
Nickel plated
BLUMOTION 970A
Version For drilling
Hinge arm cover cap Part no.
Screw-on Spring Colour ● NI
Part no. 970A1002 Hinge arm cover cap
Part no. 70.1553 70.1553.BP
Print | stamp
Logo
Colour
Plain Stamped
– Blum
NI NI
Part no. 70.1553 70.1553.BP
Accessories – general TIP-ON for doors Version Spring Extended version ● ●
With spring
Part no. 956A1006
Chipboard screws Ø (mm) 3.5 3.5
112
Length (mm) 15 17
Part no. 609.1500 609.1700
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Frame door application
Web code DQDPUM
Mini-hinge
Hinge systems
Planning Hinge dimensions and gap calculation based on factory setting (mounting plate spacing = 0 mm) Hinge and front protrusion at full opening angle Overlay application
Dual application
Inset application
F
F
F Gap Move back fixing position of mounting plate by front thickness FD +1.5 mm
0
Front overlay FA (mm) 4
5
3
6
6
7
3
8
4
MD
MD
Drilling distance TB
9 10 11 12 13 14 15
5
3
4
5
3
4
0
5
Gap
Front overlay FA (mm)
–5.5 –4.5 –3.5 –2.5 –1.5 –0.5 0.5 1.5 2.5 3.5 4.5 5.5
3
6
9 3 4 5 MD Mounting plate spacing (mm)
MD
Gap
3
4
5
3
4
3
5
4
0
5
3
9 MD
Minimum gap F for fronts with a front radius (R = 1 mm) based on the factory setting Drilling distance TB (mm) 3
4
△
5 In these cases a trial is recommended
16
19
2.2
3.0
3.8
5.5
22
23
24
26
28
30
31
32
1.1
2.0
2.7
3.5
5.0
△
△
△
△
△
△
△
1.8
2.4
Screw-on
Reference pages Overview – CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges Mounting plates Accessories – hinge arm cover cap Accessories – general Overview – BLUMOTION for doors Overview – TIP-ON for doors Overview – assembly devices More technical details
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
20
3.0
4.6
△
△
△
△
△
△
4
5
3
4
5
Mounting plate spacing (mm)
Adjustment
1.1 1.1
18
–8 –7 –6 –5 –4 –3 3
6
9 3 4 5 MD Mounting plate spacing (mm) Front thickness FD (mm)
Front overlay FA (mm)
△
△
△
△
△
△
△
△
Max. ±3.0 mm See mounting plates
+0.5 mm –3.5 mm
+3.0 mm –1.0 mm
Hinge boss dimensions
71
Assembly, removal and adjustment
144 151 Short URL 153 www.blum.com/a210 157 171 591 698
113
Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Corner cabinet solution
Corner cabinet bi-fold hinge
Hinge systems
▬ Special hinge for corner cabinets with bi-fold doors ▬ For front thicknesses FD from 15–23 mm, factory setting for 19 mm front thickness FD ▬ For use in combination with 155° or 170° hinge ▬ CLIP top with closing mechanism (spring) ▬ 60° opening angle ▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment ▬ Easy gap and depth adjustment using the spiral-tech feature ▬ Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal
Application
Web code DQDQJY
Order information Basic applications Boss Hinge CLIP top
Screw-on Spring Colour ● NI | ONS
Part no. 79T8500
Boss Hinge CLIP top
Knock-in Spring Colour ● NI
Part no. 79T8530
●
With spring
Accessories
NI ONS
Nickel plated Onyx black
BLUMOTION 970.
Version For drilling
Part no. 970.1002 Hinge arm cover cap
Print | stamp
Logo
Colour
Plain Stamped
– Blum
NI NI
Also requires CLIP top 155° hinge CLIP top 170° hinge
Part no. 70.1503 70.1503.BP 82 86
Accessories – general Chipboard screws Ø (mm) 3.5 3.5
Length (mm) 15 17
Part no. 609.1500 609.1700
Insertion ram Colour Orange
114
Material Nylon
Part no. MZM.0040
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Corner cabinet solution
Web code DQDQJY
Corner cabinet bi-fold hinge
Hinge systems
Planning Hinge dimensions and gap calculation based on factory setting
60°
Application type for front thickness FD 19 mm in conjunction with 0 mm spaced standard mounting plate
Application type for front thickness FD 19 mm in conjunction with 3 mm spaced standard mounting plate For front thicknesses FD from 15–19 mm, factory setting for 19 mm front thickness FD
The hinge boss of the bi-fold hinge should be fixed to the same front as the hinge boss of the 170° and 155° hinge
Adjustment
Height adjustment Max. ±3.0 mm See mounting plates
Side adjustment +3.0 mm –2.0 mm
Screw-on
Reference pages Overview – CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges Mounting plates Accessories – hinge arm cover cap Accessories – general Overview – BLUMOTION for doors Overview – assembly devices More technical details
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Depth adjustment ±2.0 mm
Knock-in
71
Gap adjustment +7.2 mm –4.2 mm
Hinge boss dimensions
Assembly, removal and adjustment
144 151 Short URL 153 www.blum.com/a210 157 591 698
115
Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Overview – angled applications
Hinge systems
Angle
Inset application
Angled application – standard 50° Nº 25 45° Nº 24 40° Nº 23 35° Nº 22 30° Nº 21 25° Nº 20 20° Nº 19 15° Nº 18 10° Nº 17 5° Nº 16 –5° Nº 15 –10° Nº 14 –15° Nº 13 –20° Nº 12 –25° Nº 11 –30° –35° –40° –45° –50° Angled application – thin doors 15° Nº 117 10° Nº 116 5° Nº 115 –5° Nº 114 Angled application – glass door CRISTALLO angled application 15° Nº 105 10° Nº 104 5° Nº 103 –5° Nº 106
116
Half overlay application
Maximum overlay application
Nº 10 Nº 9 Nº 8 Nº 7 Nº 6 Nº 5 Nº 4 Nº 3 Nº 2 Nº 1
121 121 122 125 125 129 129 131 130 133
141 141 140 140
Nº 113 Nº 112 Nº 111 Nº 110
141 141 141 140
143 143 142 142
Nº 102 Nº 101 Nº 100 Nº 107
143 143 143 142
119 121 119 125 125 124 129 128 130 133 133 135 134 134 136
Nº 54 Nº 53 Nº 108 Nº 52 Nº 51 Nº 50 Nº 49 Nº 48 Nº 47 Nº 46
Overlay application
119 119 122 125 125 124 129 128 130 133
Nº 45 Nº 44 Nº 43 Nº 42 Nº 41 Nº 40 Nº 39 Nº 38 Nº 37 Nº 36 Nº 35 Nº 34 Nº 33 Nº 32 Nº 31 Nº 30 Nº 29 Nº 28 Nº 27 Nº 26
Mitred application
123 123 122 126 126 126 131 131 131 133 133 135 135 134 137 136 136 138 138 138
Nº 61 Nº 60 Nº 109 Nº 59 Nº 58 Nº 57 Nº 56 Nº 55
119 119 123 125 125 124 129 128
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Overview – angled applications
Mounting plates Horizontal cam mounting plate Horizontal cam mounting plate for dual application INSERTA cruciform mounting plate Cruciform cam mounting plate Cruciform cam mounting plate for twin application Cruciform mounting plate Cruciform mounting plate Cruciform mounting plate Cruciform mounting plate for twin application Cruciform mounting plate Cruciform mounting plate Angled spacers +5° obtuse angled spacer –5° acute angled spacer
Number of hinges
Number of hinges
Height (mm)
Steel Steel Steel Steel Steel Zinc Steel Steel Steel Steel Zinc
±2.0 ±2.0 ±2.0 ±2.0 ±2.0 ±2.0 ±2.0 ±3.0 ±3.0 ±3.0 ±3.0
Cam Cam Cam Cam Cam Screws (two-part) Elongated hole Elongated hole Elongated hole Elongated hole Elongated hole
37/32 Zinc 37/32 Zinc
144
146 147 147
144 146
146 146 147
145 145
145
147 148 148 148 149
148
150 150
The number of hinges depends on the front weight FG and front height FH To achieve good stability, distances between hinges should be as large as possible
Front height FH (mm) *
20/32 20/32 37/32 37/32 37/32 37/32 37/32 37/32 37/32 28/32 37/32
Material Adjustment
Hinge systems
Description
Load and height data relates to front widths FB of 600 mm
Door weight FG (kg)
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
117
Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Angled application – standard
Web code DQDR9A
+45° I – angled hinge half overlay
Hinge systems
▬ For corner cabinets with set back fronts ▬ CLIP top BLUMOTION with integrated BLUMOTION (with deactivation option) ▬ CLIP top without closing mechanism (spring) ▬ +45° I angled hinge ▬ 95° opening angle ▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment ▬ Convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment ▬ Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal ▬ With INSERTA tool-free hinge to door assembly
Reference pages WA Angle 40° 45° Nº 23 Nº 24 119 Nº 108 Nº 53 122 Nº 8 Nº 9 122 Nº 43 Nº 44 122 Nº 109 Nº 60 123 Overview – angled applications WA
Order information Boss INSERTA Hinge Spring Colour CLIP top ● NI BLUMOTION ● ○
With spring Unsprung
Boss Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top
NI ONS
Part no. 79B9698
Nickel plated Onyx black
Screw-on Spring Colour ●
NI | ONS
○
NI
Part no. 79B9658 78A9658.T
Accessories
119 121 123 119
119
Nº 54
119
Nº 10
121
Nº 45
123
Nº 61
119 116
Angled application
TIP-ON for doors
Hinge arm cover cap
Print | stamp
Logo
Colour
Part no.
Plain Stamped
– Blum
NI | ONS NI
70.1553 70.1553.BP
Hinge boss cover cap Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top
121
50° Nº 25
Colour
Part no.
NI | ONS
70T3504
NI
70T1504
Version Spring Short version ○ Extended version ○ Extended version ●
Part no. 956.1004 956A1004 956A1006
Chipboard screws Ø (mm) 3.5 3.5
Length (mm) 15 17
Part no. 609.1500 609.1700
Note
CLIP top BLUMOTION and CLIP top hinges cannot be combined with each other on a door.
Reference pages Overview – CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges Mounting plates Accessories – hinge arm cover cap Accessories – general
Overview – TIP-ON for doors Overview – assembly devices 144 More technical details 151 153 71
171 Assembly, removal and adjustment 591 698 Short URL www.blum.com/a210
Planning Note
These dimensions are based on the factory setting. The application changes in cases of deviation. In these cases a trial is recommended. Some applications require the mounting plate to be moved from the standard fixing positions.
34
37
5
65.5
19
19
19
5 3
37
Corner cabinet
19
5.5 20 FB LW
118
Front width Internal cabinet width
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Angled application – standard
Web code DQDR9A
+45° I – angled hinge half overlay Planning Nº 23 40°
Nº 60 45° Hinge systems
Nº 53 45°
Description Mounting plate Angled spacer
Spacing (mm) 9 –5°
Part no. Description 175H7190 Mounting plate 171A5500
Nº 25 50°
Description Mounting plate Angled spacer
Spacing (mm) 0
Part no. Description 173H7100 Mounting plate
Nº 54 50°
Spacing (mm) 9 +5°
Part no. Description 175H7190 Mounting plate 171A5070 Angled spacer
Spacing (mm) 0
Part no. 173H7100
Spacing (mm) 0 +5°
Part no. 173H7100 171A5010
Nº 61 50°
Spacing (mm) 0 +5°
Part no. Description 173H7100 Mounting plate 171A5010 Angled spacer
Adjustment
Max. ±3.0 mm See mounting plates
±1.8 mm
Screw-on
B T
CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
±2.0 mm
INSERTA
Hinge boss dimensions
B T
CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top
119
Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Angled application – standard
Web code DQDRYM
+45° II – angled hinge overlay
Hinge systems
▬ For corner cabinets with flush fronts ▬ CLIP top BLUMOTION with integrated BLUMOTION (with deactivation option) ▬ CLIP top without closing mechanism (spring) ▬ +45° II angled hinge ▬ 110° opening angle ▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment ▬ Convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment ▬ Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal ▬ With INSERTA tool-free hinge to door assembly
Reference pages WA Angle 40° 45° Nº 23 Nº 24 119 Nº 108 Nº 53 122 Nº 8 Nº 9 122 Nº 43 Nº 44 122 Nº 109 Nº 60 123 Overview – angled applications WA
Order information Boss INSERTA Hinge Spring Colour CLIP top ● NI BLUMOTION ● ○
With spring Unsprung
Boss Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top
NI ONS
Part no. 79B3598
Nickel plated Onyx black
Screw-on Spring Colour
Part no.
●
NI | ONS
79B3558
○
NI
78T5550
Accessories
119 121 123 119
119
Nº 54
119
Nº 10
121
Nº 45
123
Nº 61
119 116
Angled application
TIP-ON for doors
Hinge arm cover cap
Print | stamp
Logo
Colour
Part no.
Plain Stamped
– Blum
NI | ONS NI | ONS
70.1503 70.1503.BP
Hinge boss cover cap Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top
121
50° Nº 25
Colour
Part no.
NI | ONS
70T3504
NI
70T1504
Version Spring Short version ○ Extended version ○ Extended version ●
Part no. 956.1004 956A1004 956A1006
Chipboard screws Ø (mm) 3.5 3.5
Length (mm) 15 17
Part no. 609.1500 609.1700
Note
CLIP top BLUMOTION and CLIP top hinges cannot be combined with each other on a door.
Reference pages Overview – CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges Mounting plates Accessories – hinge arm cover cap Accessories – general
Overview – TIP-ON for doors Overview – assembly devices 144 More technical details 151 153 71
171 Assembly, removal and adjustment 591 698 Short URL www.blum.com/a210
Planning Note
These dimensions are based on the factory setting. The application changes in cases of deviation. In these cases a trial is recommended. Some applications require the mounting plate to be moved from the standard fixing positions.
Corner cabinet
19
32.5
19
19
19 FB LW
120
Front width Internal cabinet width
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Angled application – standard
Web code DQDRYM
+45° II – angled hinge overlay Planning Nº 24 45°
Nº 10 50° Hinge systems
Nº 9 45°
Description Mounting plate
Spacing (mm) 18
Part no. Description 175H7190.22 Mounting plate
Spacing (mm) 0
Part no. Description 173H7100 Mounting plate Angled spacer
Spacing (mm) 0 +5°
Part no. 173H7100 171A5010
Adjustment
Max. ±3.0 mm See mounting plates
±1.8 mm
INSERTA
# 5
Screw-on
B T
±2.0 mm
Hinge boss dimensions
5 NJO
CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
B T
CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top
121
Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Angled application – standard
Web code DQDSNY
+45° III – angled hinge full overlay
Hinge systems
▬ CLIP top BLUMOTION with integrated BLUMOTION (with deactivation option) ▬ CLIP top without closing mechanism (spring) ▬ +45° III angled hinge ▬ 95° opening angle ▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment ▬ Convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment ▬ Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal ▬ With INSERTA tool-free hinge to door assembly
Reference pages WA Angle 40° 45° Nº 23 Nº 24 119 Nº 108 Nº 53 122 Nº 8 Nº 9 122 Nº 43 Nº 44 122 Nº 109 Nº 60 123 Overview – angled applications WA
Order information Boss INSERTA Hinge Spring Colour CLIP top ● NI BLUMOTION ● ○
With spring Unsprung
Boss Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top
NI
Part no. 79B9498
Nickel plated
Screw-on Spring Colour
Part no.
●
NI
79B9458
○
NI
78A9458.T
Accessories
Logo
Colour
Plain Stamped
– Blum
NI NI
Part no. 70.1553 70.1553.BP
Hinge boss cover cap Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top
119 121 123 119
119
Nº 54
119
Nº 10
121
Nº 45
123
Nº 61
119 116
Angled application
TIP-ON for doors
Hinge arm cover cap
Print | stamp
121
50° Nº 25
Colour
Part no.
NI
70T3504
NI
70T1504
Version Spring Short version ○ Extended version ○ Extended version ●
Part no. 956.1004 956A1004 956A1006
Chipboard screws Ø (mm) 3.5 3.5
Length (mm) 15 17
Part no. 609.1500 609.1700
Note
CLIP top BLUMOTION and CLIP top hinges cannot be combined with each other on a door.
Reference pages Overview – CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges Mounting plates Accessories – hinge arm cover cap Accessories – general
Overview – TIP-ON for doors Overview – assembly devices 144 More technical details 151 153 71
171 Assembly, removal and adjustment 591 698 Short URL www.blum.com/a210
Planning Note
These dimensions are based on the factory setting. The application changes in cases of deviation. In these cases a trial is recommended. Some applications require the mounting plate to be moved from the standard fixing positions.
Nº 108 40°
Description Mounting plate Angled spacer
Nº 8 40°
Spacing (mm) 9 +5°
Part no. Description 175H7190 Mounting plate 171A5040 Angled spacer
The angle wedge is installed rotated by 180° (arrow points to the cabinet)!
122
Nº 43 40°
Spacing (mm) 6 –5°
Part no. Description 175H9160 Mounting plate 171A5500 Angled spacer
Spacing (mm) 0 –5°
Part no. 173H7100 171A5500
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Angled application – standard
Web code DQDSNY
+45° III – angled hinge full overlay Planning Nº 109 40°
Nº 45 50° Hinge systems
Nº 44 45°
Description Mounting plate Angled spacer
Spacing (mm) 9 +5°
Part no. Description 175H7190 Mounting plate 171A5010
The angle wedge is installed rotated by 180° (arrow points to the cabinet)!
Spacing (mm) 6
Part no. Description 175H9160 Mounting plate Angled spacer
Spacing (mm) 0 +5°
Part no. 173H7100 171A5070
Adjustment
Max. ±3.0 mm See mounting plates
±2.0 mm
Screw-on
B T
CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
±2.0 mm
INSERTA
Hinge boss dimensions
B T
CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top
123
Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Angled application – standard
Web code DQDTDA
+30° II – angled hinge overlay
Hinge systems
▬ CLIP top BLUMOTION with integrated BLUMOTION (with deactivation option) ▬ CLIP top without closing mechanism (spring) ▬ +30° II angled hinge ▬ 95° opening angle ▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment ▬ Convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment ▬ Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal ▬ With INSERTA tool-free hinge to door assembly
Reference pages WA Angle 25° 30° Nº 20 Nº 21 124 Nº 50 Nº 51 124 Nº 5 Nº 6 129 Nº 40 Nº 41 126 Nº 57 Nº 58 124 Overview – angled applications WA
Order information Boss INSERTA Hinge Spring Colour CLIP top ● NI BLUMOTION ● ○
With spring Unsprung
Boss Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top
NI ONS
Part no. 79B9596
Nickel plated Onyx black
Screw-on Spring Colour ●
NI | ONS
○
NI
Part no. 79B9556 78A9556.T
Accessories
125 125 126 125
125
Nº 52
125
Nº 7
125
Nº 42
126
Nº 59
125 116
Angled application
TIP-ON for doors
Hinge arm cover cap
Print | stamp
Logo
Colour
Part no.
Plain Stamped
– Blum
NI | ONS NI
70.1553 70.1553.BP
Hinge boss cover cap Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top
125
35° Nº 22
Colour
Part no.
NI | ONS
70T3504
NI
70T1504
Version Spring Short version ○ Extended version ○ Extended version ●
Part no. 956.1004 956A1004 956A1006
Chipboard screws Ø (mm) 3.5 3.5
Length (mm) 15 17
Part no. 609.1500 609.1700
Note
CLIP top BLUMOTION and CLIP top hinges cannot be combined with each other on a door.
Reference pages Overview – CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges Mounting plates Accessories – hinge arm cover cap Accessories – general
Overview – TIP-ON for doors Overview – assembly devices 144 More technical details 151 153 71
171 Assembly, removal and adjustment 591 698 Short URL www.blum.com/a210
Planning Note
These dimensions are based on the factory setting. The application changes in cases of deviation. In these cases a trial is recommended. Some applications require the mounting plate to be moved from the standard fixing positions.
Nº 20 25°
Description Mounting plate Angled spacer
124
Nº 50 25°
Spacing (mm) 9 –5°
Part no. Description 175H7190 Mounting plate 171A5500 Angled spacer
Nº 57 25°
Spacing (mm) 0 –5°
Part no. Description 173H7100 Mounting plate 171A5500 Angled spacer
Spacing (mm) 0 –5°
Part no. 173H7100 171A5500
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Angled application – standard
Web code DQDTDA
+30° II – angled hinge overlay Planning Nº 21 30°
Nº 6 30° Hinge systems
Nº 51 30°
Description Mounting plate
Spacing (mm) 18
Nº 58 30°
Description Mounting plate
Part no. Description 175H7190.22 Mounting plate
Spacing (mm) 9
Part no. Description 175H7190 Mounting plate
Nº 22 35°
Spacing (mm) 3
Nº 7 35°
Part no. Description 173H7130 Mounting plate Angled spacer
Spacing (mm) 18 +5°
Part no. Description 175H7190.22 Mounting plate 171A5010 Angled spacer
Nº 59 35°
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Part no. Description 173H7100 Mounting plate 171A5010 Angled spacer
Spacing (mm) 0 +5°
Part no. 173H7100 171A5070
Adjustment
Reference pages Hinge boss fixing
Spacing (mm) 0 +5°
Part no. 173H7100
Nº 52 35°
Max. ±3.0 mm See mounting plates
Description Mounting plate Angled spacer
Spacing (mm) 0
Spacing (mm) 0 +5°
±1.8 mm
±2.0 mm
127
Part no. 173H7100 171A5040
125
Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Angled application – standard
Web code DQDU2M
+30° III – angled hinge full overlay
Hinge systems
▬ CLIP top BLUMOTION with integrated BLUMOTION (with deactivation option) ▬ CLIP top without closing mechanism (spring) ▬ +30° III angled hinge ▬ 95° opening angle ▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment ▬ Convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment ▬ Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal ▬ With INSERTA tool-free hinge to door assembly
Reference pages WA Angle 25° 30° Nº 20 Nº 21 124 Nº 50 Nº 51 124 Nº 5 Nº 6 129 Nº 40 Nº 41 126 Nº 57 Nº 58 124 Overview – angled applications WA
Order information Boss INSERTA Hinge Spring Colour CLIP top ● NI BLUMOTION ● ○
With spring Unsprung
Boss Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top
NI
Part no. 79B9496
Nickel plated
Screw-on Spring Colour
Part no.
●
NI
79B9456
○
NI
78A9456.T
Accessories
Logo
Colour
Plain Stamped
– Blum
NI NI
Part no. 70.1553 70.1553.BP
Hinge boss cover cap Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top
125 125 126 125
125
Nº 52
125
Nº 7
125
Nº 42
126
Nº 59
125 116
Angled application
TIP-ON for doors
Hinge arm cover cap
Print | stamp
125
35° Nº 22
Colour
Part no.
NI
70T3504
NI
70T1504
Version Spring Short version ○ Extended version ○ Extended version ●
Part no. 956.1004 956A1004 956A1006
Chipboard screws Ø (mm) 3.5 3.5
Length (mm) 15 17
Part no. 609.1500 609.1700
Note
CLIP top BLUMOTION and CLIP top hinges cannot be combined with each other on a door.
Reference pages Overview – CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges Mounting plates Accessories – hinge arm cover cap Accessories – general
Overview – TIP-ON for doors Overview – assembly devices 144 More technical details 151 153 71
171 Assembly, removal and adjustment 591 698 Short URL www.blum.com/a210
Planning Note
These dimensions are based on the factory setting. The application changes in cases of deviation. In these cases a trial is recommended. Some applications require the mounting plate to be moved from the standard fixing positions.
Nº 40 25°
Description Mounting plate Angled spacer
126
Nº 41 30°
Spacing (mm) 0 –5°
Part no. Description 173H7100 Mounting plate 171A5500
Nº 42 35°
Spacing (mm) 6
Part no. Description 175H9160 Mounting plate Angled spacer
Spacing (mm) 0 +5°
Part no. 173H7100 171A5070
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Angled application – standard
Web code DQDU2M
+30° III – angled hinge full overlay Planning
Max. ±3.0 mm See mounting plates
±2.0 mm
Screw-on
B T
CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Hinge systems
Adjustment
±2.0 mm
INSERTA
Hinge boss dimensions
B T
CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top
127
Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Angled application – standard
Web code DQDURY
+20° II – angled hinge overlay
Hinge systems
▬ CLIP top BLUMOTION with integrated BLUMOTION (with deactivation option) ▬ CLIP top without closing mechanism (spring) ▬ +20° II angled hinge ▬ 95° opening angle ▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment ▬ Convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment ▬ Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal ▬ With INSERTA tool-free hinge to door assembly
Reference pages WA Angle 15° 20° Nº 18 Nº 19 128 Nº 48 Nº 49 128 Nº 3 Nº 4 131 Nº 38 Nº 39 131 Nº 55 Nº 56 128 Overview – angled applications WA
Order information Boss INSERTA Hinge Spring Colour CLIP top ● NI BLUMOTION ● ○
With spring Unsprung
Boss Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top
NI
Part no. 79B9595
Nickel plated
Screw-on Spring Colour
Part no.
●
NI
79B9555
○
NI
78A9555.T
Accessories
Logo
Colour
Plain Stamped
– Blum
NI NI
Part no. 70.1553 70.1553.BP
Hinge boss cover cap Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top
129 129 131 129
124
Nº 50
124
Nº 5
129
Nº 40
126
Nº 57
124 116
Angled application
TIP-ON for doors
Hinge arm cover cap
Print | stamp
129
25° Nº 20
Colour
Part no.
NI
70T3504
NI
70T1504
Version Spring Short version ○ Extended version ○ Extended version ●
Part no. 956.1004 956A1004 956A1006
Chipboard screws Ø (mm) 3.5 3.5
Length (mm) 15 17
Part no. 609.1500 609.1700
Note
CLIP top BLUMOTION and CLIP top hinges cannot be combined with each other on a door.
Reference pages Overview – CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges Mounting plates Accessories – hinge arm cover cap Accessories – general
Overview – TIP-ON for doors Overview – assembly devices 144 More technical details 151 153 71
171 Assembly, removal and adjustment 591 698 Short URL www.blum.com/a210
Planning Note
These dimensions are based on the factory setting. The application changes in cases of deviation. In these cases a trial is recommended. Some applications require the mounting plate to be moved from the standard fixing positions.
Nº 18 15°
Description Mounting plate Angled spacer
128
Nº 48 15°
Spacing (mm) 9 –5°
Part no. Description 175H7190 Mounting plate 171A5500 Angled spacer
Nº 55 15°
Spacing (mm) 3 –5°
Part no. Description 173H7130 Mounting plate 171A5500 Angled spacer
Spacing (mm) 0 –5°
Part no. 173H7100 171A5500
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Angled application – standard
Web code DQDURY
+20° II – angled hinge overlay Planning Nº 19 20°
Nº 4 20° Hinge systems
Nº 49 20°
Description Mounting plate
Spacing (mm) 18
Part no. Description 175H7190.22 Mounting plate
Nº 56 20°
Description Mounting plate
Spacing (mm) 9
Part no. Description 175H7190 Mounting plate
Spacing (mm) 0 +5°
Part no. 173H7100 171A5010
Spacing (mm) 0
Part no. 173H7100
Nº 5 25°
Spacing (mm) 6
Part no. Description 175H9160 Mounting plate Angled spacer
Adjustment
Max. ±3.0 mm See mounting plates
±1.8 mm
Screw-on
B T
CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
±2.0 mm
INSERTA
Hinge boss dimensions
B T
CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top
129
Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Angled application – standard
Web code DQDVHA
+15° III – angled hinge full overlay
Hinge systems
▬ CLIP top BLUMOTION with integrated BLUMOTION (with deactivation option) ▬ CLIP top without closing mechanism (spring) ▬ +15° III angled hinge ▬ 95° opening angle ▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment ▬ Convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment ▬ Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal ▬ With INSERTA tool-free hinge to door assembly
Reference pages WA Angle 10° 15° Nº 17 Nº 18 130 Nº 47 Nº 48 130 Nº 2 Nº 3 130 Nº 37 Nº 38 131 Nº 55 Overview – angled applications
WA
Order information Boss INSERTA Hinge Spring Colour CLIP top ● NI BLUMOTION ● ○
With spring Unsprung
Boss Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top
NI ONS
Part no. 79B9494
Nickel plated Onyx black
Screw-on Spring Colour ●
NI | ONS
○
NI
Part no. 79B9454 78A9454.T
Accessories
128 131 131 128
129
Nº 49
129
Nº 4
129
Nº 39
131
Nº 56
129 116
Angled application
TIP-ON for doors
Hinge arm cover cap
Print | stamp
Logo
Colour
Part no.
Plain Stamped
– Blum
NI | ONS NI
70.1553 70.1553.BP
Hinge boss cover cap Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top
128
20° Nº 19
Colour
Part no.
NI | ONS
70T3504
NI
70T1504
Version Spring Short version ○ Extended version ○ Extended version ●
Part no. 956.1004 956A1004 956A1006
Chipboard screws Ø (mm) 3.5 3.5
Length (mm) 15 17
Part no. 609.1500 609.1700
Note
CLIP top BLUMOTION and CLIP top hinges cannot be combined with each other on a door.
Reference pages Overview – CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges Mounting plates Accessories – hinge arm cover cap Accessories – general
Overview – TIP-ON for doors Overview – assembly devices 144 More technical details 151 153 71
171 Assembly, removal and adjustment 591 698 Short URL www.blum.com/a210
Planning Note
These dimensions are based on the factory setting. The application changes in cases of deviation. In these cases a trial is recommended. Some applications require the mounting plate to be moved from the standard fixing positions.
Nº 17 10°
Description Mounting plate Angled spacer
130
Nº 47 10°
Spacing (mm) 18 –5°
Part no. Description 175H7190.22 Mounting plate 171A5500 Angled spacer
Nº 2 10°
Spacing (mm) 18 –5°
Part no. Description 175H7190.22 Mounting plate 171A5500 Angled spacer
Spacing (mm) 0 –5°
Part no. 173H7100 171A5500
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Angled application – standard
Web code DQDVHA
+15° III – angled hinge full overlay Planning Nº 37 10°
Nº 38 15° Hinge systems
Nº 3 15°
Description Mounting plate Angled spacer
Spacing (mm) 0 –5°
Part no. Description 173H7100 Mounting plate 171A5500
Spacing (mm) 0 +5°
Part no. 173H7100 171A5070
Spacing (mm) 9
Part no. Description 175H7190 Mounting plate
Spacing (mm) 6
Part no. 175H9160
Nº 39 20°
Description Mounting plate Angled spacer Adjustment
Max. ±3.0 mm See mounting plates
±2.0 mm
Screw-on
B T
CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
±2.0 mm
INSERTA
Hinge boss dimensions
B T
CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top
131
Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Angled application – standard
Web code DQDW6M
±5° angled application
Hinge systems
▬ CLIP top BLUMOTION with integrated BLUMOTION (with deactivation option) ▬ CLIP top with or without closing mechanism (spring) ▬ ±5° angled application ▬ 95° opening angle ▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment ▬ Convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment ▬ Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal ▬ With INSERTA tool-free hinge to door assembly
Reference pages WA Angle –5° Nº 15
WA 133
Angle 5° Nº 16
133
Nº 46
133
Nº 1 Nº 35
133
Nº 36
133
133 116
Overview – angled applications WA
Order information Overlay application
Dual application
Boss Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top CLIP top
INSERTA Spring Colour
Boss Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top CLIP top
Screw-on Spring Colour
● ○
With spring Unsprung
Accessories
Part no.
●
NI
71B9590
● ○
NI NI
71T9590B 70T9590BTL
NI
Nickel plated
Part no.
●
NI
71B9550
● ○
NI NI
71T9550 70T9550.TL
Print | stamp
Logo
Colour
Plain Stamped
– Blum
NI NI
INSERTA Spring Colour
Boss Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top CLIP top
Screw-on Spring Colour
With spring Unsprung
Accessories
Hinge arm cover cap Part no. 70.1553 70.1553.BP
Inset application
Boss Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top CLIP top
● ○
Angled application
Part no.
●
NI
71B9690
● ○
NI NI
71T9690B 70T9690BTL
NI
Nickel plated
Part no.
●
NI
71B9650
● ○
NI NI
71T9650 70T9650.TL
Logo
Colour
Plain Stamped
– Blum
NI NI
INSERTA Spring Colour
Boss Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top CLIP top
Screw-on Spring Colour
● ○
With spring Unsprung
Accessories
Hinge arm cover cap
Print | stamp
Boss Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top CLIP top
Part no. 70.1663 70.1663.BP
Part no.
●
NI
71B9790
● ○
NI NI
71T9790B 70T9790BTL
NI
Nickel plated
Part no.
●
NI
71B9750
● ○
NI NI
71T9750 70T9750.TL
Hinge arm cover cap
Print | stamp
Logo
Colour
Plain Stamped
– Blum
NI NI
Part no. 70.1663 70.1663.BP
Note
CLIP top BLUMOTION and CLIP top hinges cannot be combined with each other on a door.
Accessories – general TIP-ON for doors Version Spring Short version ○ Extended version ○ Extended version ●
Hinge boss cover cap Part no. 956.1004 956A1004 956A1006
Reference pages Overview – CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges Mounting plates Accessories – hinge arm cover cap Accessories – general Overview – BLUMOTION for doors
Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top
Colour
Part no.
NI
70T3504
NI
70T1504
Overview – TIP-ON for doors Overview – assembly devices 144 More technical details 151 153 157 71
Chipboard screws Ø (mm) 3.5 3.5
Length (mm) 15 17
Part no. 609.1500 609.1700
171 Assembly, removal and adjustment 591 698 Short URL www.blum.com/a210
Planning Note
These dimensions are based on the factory setting. The application changes in cases of deviation. In these cases a trial is recommended. Some applications require the mounting plate to be moved from the standard fixing positions.
132
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Angled application – standard
Web code DQDW6M
±5° angled application Planning Nº 15 –5°
Nº 16 5° Hinge systems
Nº 35 –5°
Hinge with cranked hinge arm Description Spacing (mm) Mounting plate 0 Angled spacer –5°
Hinge with straight hinge arm Part no. Description Spacing (mm) 0 173H7100 Mounting plate –5° 171A5500 Angled spacer
Nº 46 5°
Hinge with double cranked hinge arm Part no. Description Spacing (mm) 0 173H7100 Mounting plate +5° 171A5500 Angled spacer
Nº 1 5°
Hinge with cranked hinge arm Description Spacing (mm) Mounting plate 0 Angled spacer +5°
Hinge with straight hinge arm Part no. Description Spacing (mm) 0 173H7100 Mounting plate +5° 171A5070 Angled spacer
Part no. 173H7100 171A5010
Nº 36 5°
Hinge with straight hinge arm Part no. Description Spacing (mm) 0 173H7100 Mounting plate +5° 171A5010 Angled spacer
Part no. 173H7100 171A5010
Adjustment
Max. ±3.0 mm See mounting plates
±2.0 mm
Screw-on
B T
CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
+3.0 mm –2.0 mm
INSERTA
Hinge boss dimensions
B T
CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top
133
Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Angled application – standard
Web code DQDWVY
–15° III – angled hinge full overlay
Hinge systems
▬ CLIP top BLUMOTION with integrated BLUMOTION (with deactivation option) ▬ CLIP top without closing mechanism (spring) ▬ –15° III angled hinge ▬ 110° opening angle ▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment ▬ Convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment ▬ Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal ▬ With INSERTA tool-free hinge to door assembly
Reference pages WA Angle –20° –15° Nº 12 Nº 13 134
Nº 32
134
Nº 33
134
135
–10° Nº 14
135
Nº 34
135 116
Overview – angled applications WA
Order information Boss INSERTA Hinge Spring Colour CLIP top ● NI BLUMOTION ● ○
With spring Unsprung
Boss Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top
NI
Part no. 79B3493
Nickel plated
Screw-on Spring Colour
Part no.
●
NI
79B3453
○
NI
78A5453.T
Accessories
TIP-ON for doors
Hinge arm cover cap
Print | stamp
Logo
Colour
Plain Stamped
– Blum
NI NI
Part no. 70.1553 70.1553.BP
Hinge boss cover cap Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top
Angled application
Colour
Part no.
NI
70T3504
NI
70T1504
Version Spring Short version ○ Extended version ○ Extended version ●
Part no. 956.1004 956A1004 956A1006
Chipboard screws Ø (mm) 3.5 3.5
Length (mm) 15 17
Part no. 609.1500 609.1700
Note
CLIP top BLUMOTION and CLIP top hinges cannot be combined with each other on a door.
Reference pages Overview – CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges Mounting plates Accessories – hinge arm cover cap Accessories – general
Overview – TIP-ON for doors Overview – assembly devices 144 More technical details 151 153 71
171 Assembly, removal and adjustment 591 698 Short URL www.blum.com/a210
Planning Note
These dimensions are based on the factory setting. The application changes in cases of deviation. In these cases a trial is recommended. Some applications require the mounting plate to be moved from the standard fixing positions.
Nº 12 –20°
Description Mounting plate Angled spacer
134
Nº 32 –20°
Spacing (mm) 6 –5°
Part no. Description 175H9160 Mounting plate 171A5500 Angled spacer
Nº 13 –15°
Spacing (mm) 0 –5°
Part no. Description 173H7100 Mounting plate 171A5500
Spacing (mm) 18
Part no. 175H7190.22
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Angled application – standard
Web code DQDWVY
–15° III – angled hinge full overlay Planning Nº 33 –15°
Nº 34 –10° Hinge systems
Nº 14 –10°
Description Mounting plate
Spacing (mm) 0
Part no. Description 173H7100 Mounting plate Angled spacer
Spacing (mm) 9 +5°
Part no. Description 175H7190 Mounting plate 171A5070 Angled spacer
Spacing (mm) 0 +5°
Part no. 173H7100 171A5010
Adjustment
Max. ±3.0 mm See mounting plates
±2.0 mm
INSERTA
# 5
Screw-on
B T
±2.0 mm
Hinge boss dimensions
5 NJO
CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
B T
CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top
135
Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Angled application – standard
Web code DQDXLA
–30° III – angled hinge full overlay
Hinge systems
▬ CLIP top BLUMOTION with integrated BLUMOTION (with deactivation option) ▬ CLIP top without closing mechanism (spring) ▬ –30° III angled hinge ▬ 110° opening angle ▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment ▬ Convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment ▬ Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal ▬ With INSERTA tool-free hinge to door assembly
Reference pages WA Angle –35°
Nº 29
–30°
136
Nº 30
–25° Nº 11
136
136
Nº 31
137 116
Overview – angled applications WA
Order information Boss INSERTA Hinge Spring Colour CLIP top ● NI BLUMOTION ● ○
With spring Unsprung
Boss Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top
NI
Part no. 79B3491
Nickel plated
Screw-on Spring Colour
Part no.
●
NI
79B3451
○
NI
78A5451.T
Accessories
TIP-ON for doors
Hinge arm cover cap
Print | stamp
Logo
Colour
Plain Stamped
– Blum
NI NI
Part no. 70.1553 70.1553.BP
Hinge boss cover cap Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top
Angled application
Colour
Part no.
NI
70T3504
NI
70T1504
Version Spring Short version ○ Extended version ○ Extended version ●
Part no. 956.1004 956A1004 956A1006
Chipboard screws Ø (mm) 3.5 3.5
Length (mm) 15 17
Part no. 609.1500 609.1700
Note
CLIP top BLUMOTION and CLIP top hinges cannot be combined with each other on a door.
Reference pages Overview – CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges Mounting plates Accessories – hinge arm cover cap Accessories – general
Overview – TIP-ON for doors Overview – assembly devices 144 More technical details 151 153 71
171 Assembly, removal and adjustment 591 698 Short URL www.blum.com/a210
Planning Note
These dimensions are based on the factory setting. The application changes in cases of deviation. In these cases a trial is recommended. Some applications require the mounting plate to be moved from the standard fixing positions.
Nº 29 –35°
Description Mounting plate Angled spacer
136
Nº 30 –30°
Spacing (mm) 0 –5°
Part no. Description 173H7100 Mounting plate 171A5500
Nº 11 –25°
Spacing (mm) 3
Part no. Description 173H7130 Mounting plate Angled spacer
Spacing (mm) 9 +5°
Part no. 175H7190 171A5070
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Angled application – standard
Web code DQDXLA
–30° III – angled hinge full overlay
Hinge systems
Planning Nº 31 –25°
Description Mounting plate Angled spacer
Spacing (mm) 0 +5°
Part no. 173H7100 171A5040
Adjustment
Max. ±3.0 mm See mounting plates
±2.0 mm
INSERTA
# 5
Screw-on
B T
±2.0 mm
Hinge boss dimensions
5 NJO
CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
B T
CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top
137
Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Angled application – standard
Web code DQDYAM
–45° III – angled hinge full overlay
Hinge systems
▬ CLIP top BLUMOTION with integrated BLUMOTION (with deactivation option) ▬ CLIP top without closing mechanism (spring) ▬ –45° III angled hinge ▬ 110° opening angle ▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment ▬ Convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment ▬ Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal ▬ With INSERTA tool-free hinge to door assembly
Reference pages WA Angle –50°
–45°
Nº 26
Nº 27
138
–40°
138
Nº 28
138 116
Overview – angled applications WA
Order information Boss INSERTA Hinge Spring Colour CLIP top ● NI BLUMOTION ● ○
With spring Unsprung
Boss Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top
NI
Part no. 79B3490
Nickel plated
Screw-on Spring Colour
Part no.
●
NI
79B3450
○
NI
78A5450.T
Accessories
TIP-ON for doors
Hinge arm cover cap
Print | stamp
Logo
Colour
Plain Stamped
– Blum
NI NI
Part no. 70.1553 70.1553.BP
Hinge boss cover cap Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top
Angled application
Colour
Part no.
NI
70T3504
NI
70T1504
Version Spring Short version ○ Extended version ○ Extended version ●
Part no. 956.1004 956A1004 956A1006
Chipboard screws Ø (mm) 3.5 3.5
Length (mm) 15 17
Part no. 609.1500 609.1700
Note
CLIP top BLUMOTION and CLIP top hinges cannot be combined with each other on a door.
Reference pages Overview – CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges Mounting plates Accessories – hinge arm cover cap Accessories – general
Overview – TIP-ON for doors Overview – assembly devices 144 More technical details 151 153 71
171 Assembly, removal and adjustment 591 698 Short URL www.blum.com/a210
Planning Note
These dimensions are based on the factory setting. The application changes in cases of deviation. In these cases a trial is recommended. Some applications require the mounting plate to be moved from the standard fixing positions.
Nº 26 –50°
Description Mounting plate Angled spacer
138
Nº 27 –45°
Spacing (mm) 0 –5°
Part no. Description 173H7100 Mounting plate 171A5500
Nº 28 –40°
Spacing (mm) 3
Part no. Description 173H7130 Mounting plate Angled spacer
Spacing (mm) 0 +5°
Part no. 173H7100 171A5040
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Angled application – standard
Web code DQDYAM
–45° III – angled hinge full overlay Planning
Max. ±3.0 mm See mounting plates
±2.0 mm
B T
±2.0 mm
INSERTA
# 5
Screw-on
Hinge systems
Adjustment
Hinge boss dimensions
5 NJO
CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
B T
CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top
139
Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Angled application – thin doors
Hinge for thin doors – angled application
Hinge systems
▬ Thin fronts from 8–14 mm ▬ EXPANDO T fixing system for a variety of front materials ▬ CLIP top BLUMOTION with integrated BLUMOTION (with deactivation option) ▬ CLIP top with or without closing mechanism (spring) ▬ 0-protrusion (for cabinets with inner pull-outs or pullout shelfs) ▬ 110° opening angle ▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment ▬ Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal
Reference pages WA Angle WA –5° Nº 114 140
Angle 5° 10° 15° Nº 115 Nº 116 Nº 117 140 141 141
Nº 110 140
Nº 111 Nº 112 Nº 113 141 141 141
Overview – angled applications WA
Order information Boss Hinge Spring CLIP top ● BLUMOTION CLIP top ● CLIP top ○ ● ○
With spring Unsprung
EXPANDO T Colour Part no. NI
71B453T
NI NI
71T453T 70T453T.TL
NI
Nickel plated
Accessories
116
Hinge boss cover cap
TIP-ON for doors
Version Hinge Short version CLIP top Extended version CLIP top Extended version CLIP top
Angled application
Spring ○ ○ ●
Part no. 956.1004 956A1004 956A1006
Hinge CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top
Colour
Part no.
NI
70T4504
NI
70T4504
Hinge arm cover cap Print | stamp
Logo
Colour
Plain Stamped
– Blum
NI NI
Part no. 70.4503 70.4503.BP
Note
A trial application is recommended when combining CLIP top BLUMOTION hinges and CLIP top hinges with springs on small, light fronts up to 300 mm wide. Combining these is not recommended for wider front widths FB.
Reference pages Overview – CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges Overview – BLUMOTION for doors Overview – TIP-ON for doors Mounting plates
71
Fixing system for thin fronts – EXPANDO T
157 Assembly recommendation and limitation of 171 liability – EXPANDO T 144 Hinge for thin doors
584
Assembly, removal and adjustment
585
Short URL 102 www.blum.com/a210
Planning Note
These dimensions are based on the factory setting, with a front thickness of 12 mm and a cabinet side panel thickness of 19 mm. The application changes in cases of deviation. In these cases a trial is recommended. Some applications require the mounting plate to be moved from the standard fixing positions.
Nº 114 –5°
Description Mounting plate Angled spacer
140
Nº 110 –5°
Spacing (mm) 0 –5°
Part no. Description 173H7100 Mounting plate 171A5500 Angled spacer
Nº 115 5°
Spacing (mm) 0 –5°
Part no. Description 173H7100 Mounting plate 171A5500 Angled spacer
Spacing (mm) 0 +5°
Part no. 173H7100 171A5010
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Angled application – thin doors
Hinge for thin doors – angled application Planning Nº 111 5°
Nº 112 10° Hinge systems
Nº 116 10°
Description Mounting plate Angled spacer
Spacing (mm) 0 +5°
Part no. Description 173H7100 Mounting plate 171A5010 Angled spacer
Nº 117 15°
Spacing (mm) 0 +5° 3x
Part no. Description 173H7100 Mounting plate 171A5010 Angled spacer
Fixing position
32
44
B
FA *
Part no. Description 173H7100 Mounting plate 171A5010 Angled spacer
Spacing (mm) 0 +5° 3x
Part no. 173H7100 171A5010
Spacing (mm) 0 +5° 2x
Part no. 173H7100 171A5010
Nº 113 15°
Description Mounting plate Angled spacer
B
Spacing (mm) 0 +5° 2x
34.5 0.1* Ø10+̶ 0.1
B=
FA
Adjustment
min 23 max .5 46 Max. ±3.0 mm See mounting plates
3.5
Fixing position B = FA + 27 mm Front overlay Stone and ceramic +0.2/–0.1 mm
+3.0 mm –2.0 mm
Fixing position
BT
Drilling depth
BT = min 6
Drilling depth | screw selection – EXPANDO T
B
±2.0 mm
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
141
Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Angled application – glass door
CRISTALLO angled application
Hinge systems
▬ Hinge for glass and mirror doors ▬ Adhesion plate is glued onto glass (no glass drilling necessary) ▬ Tool-free hinge to adhesion plate assembly ▬ CLIP top BLUMOTION with integrated BLUMOTION (with deactivation option) ▬ CLIP top with or without closing mechanism (spring) ▬ 110° opening angle ▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment ▬ Convenient spiral-tech depth adjustment ▬ Tool-free door to cabinet assembly and removal
Reference pages WA Angle WA –5° Nº 106 142
Angle 5° 10° 15° Nº 103 Nº 104 Nº 105 142 143 143
Nº 107 142
Nº 100 Nº 101 Nº 102 143 143 143
Overview – angled applications WA
Order information Boss Hinge Spring CLIP top ● BLUMOTION CLIP top ● CLIP top ○ ● ○
With spring Unsprung
CRISTALLO 110° Colour Part no. NI
71B4500C
NI NI
71T4500C 70T4500CTL
NI
Nickel plated
Accessories
Glue-on Colour Matt-nickel plated Special nickel plated
116
TIP-ON for doors
Version Spring Short version ○ Extended version ○ Extended version ●
Part no. 956.1004 956A1004 956A1006
Hinge arm cover cap
CRISTALLO adhesion plate Front material Glass | mirror Mirror
Angled application
Part no. 70T4568C 70T4568C
Print | stamp
Logo
Colour
Plain Stamped
– Blum
NI NI
Part no. 70.4503 70.4503.BP
Note
A trial application is recommended when combining CLIP top BLUMOTION hinges and CLIP top hinges with springs on small, light fronts up to 300 mm wide. Combining these is not recommended for wider front widths FB.
Reference pages Overview – CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges Overview – TIP-ON for doors Overview – BLUMOTION for doors Limitation of liability
Distance Mounting plates 171 Accessories – hinge arm cover cap 157 104 71
105 Assembly, removal and adjustment 144 151 Short URL www.blum.com/a210
Planning Note
These dimensions are based on the factory setting, with a front thickness of 6 mm and a cabinet side panel thickness of 19 mm. The application changes in cases of deviation. In these cases a trial is recommended. Some applications require the mounting plate to be moved from the standard fixing positions.
Nº 106 –5°
Description Mounting plate Angled spacer
142
Nº 107 –5°
Spacing (mm) 0 –5°
Part no. Description 173H7100 Mounting plate 171A5500 Angled spacer
Nº 103 5°
Spacing (mm) 0 –5°
Part no. Description 173H7100 Mounting plate 171A5500 Angled spacer
Spacing (mm) 0 +5°
Part no. 173H7100 171A5010
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Angled application – glass door
CRISTALLO angled application Planning Nº 100 5°
Nº 101 10° Hinge systems
Nº 104 10°
Description Mounting plate Angled spacer
Spacing (mm) 0 +5°
Part no. Description 173H7100 Mounting plate 171A5010 Angled spacer
Nº 105 15°
Spacing (mm) 0 +5° 2x
Part no. Description 173H7100 Mounting plate 171A5010 Angled spacer
Spacing (mm) 0 +5° 3x
Part no. 173H7100 171A5010
Spacing (mm) 0 +5° 2x
Part no. 173H7100 171A5010
Nº 102 15°
19
45
73
max. 60.5
2 6
2
12 Description Mounting plate Angled spacer
Spacing (mm) 0 +5° 3x
Part no. Description 173H7100 Mounting plate 171A5010 Angled spacer
Adjustment
Max. ±3.0 mm See mounting plates
±2.0 mm
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
+3.0 mm –2.0 mm
143
Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Mounting plates
Hinge systems
Description Mounting plates Horizontal cam mounting plate Horizontal cam mounting plate for dual application INSERTA cruciform mounting plate Cruciform cam mounting plate Cruciform cam mounting plate for twin application Cruciform mounting plate Cruciform mounting plate Cruciform mounting plate Cruciform mounting plate for twin application Cruciform mounting plate Cruciform mounting plate Angled spacers +5° obtuse angled spacer –5° acute angled spacer Pictograph Item available on request
20/32 20/32 37/32 37/32 37/32 37/32 37/32 37/32 37/32 28/32 37/32
Material Adjustment
Height (mm)
Steel Steel Steel Steel Steel Zinc Steel Steel Steel Steel Zinc
±2.0 ±2.0 ±2.0 ±2.0 ±2.0 ±2.0 ±2.0 ±3.0 ±3.0 ±3.0 ±3.0
Cam Cam Cam Cam Cam Screws (two-part) Elongated hole Elongated hole Elongated hole Elongated hole Elongated hole
144
146 147 147
144 146
146 146 147
145 145
145
147 148 148 148 149
148
150 150
37/32 Zinc 37/32 Zinc Knock-in dowel fixing – assembly only with the insertion ram Knock-in dowel fixing
Chipboard screw fixing INSERTA fixing EXPANDO fixing System screw fixing
20/32
Horizontal cam mounting plate ▬ Fixing with chipboard screws Ø 3.5 mm ▬ With cam height adjustment ±2 mm ▬ Recommended screw length 17 mm ▬ Material: steel Order information Spacing (mm) Height (mm) Colour 0 8.5 NI | ONS 3 11.5 NI | ONS NI ONS
Nickel plated Onyx black
Planning
Part no. 175H3100 175H3130
H *
20/32
Horizontal cam mounting plate ▬ Fixing with pre-mounted special screws with split dowels (EXPANDO) ▬ With cam height adjustment ±2 mm ▬ Material: steel Order information Spacing (mm) Height (mm) Colour 0 8.5 NI | ONS 3 11.5 NI | ONS NI ONS
Nickel plated Onyx black
Planning
Part no. 177H3100E 177H3130E
±0.1
H *
144
Height Fix with additional screw if used with wide angle- and 0-protrusion hinges
Height Fix with additional screw if used with wide angle- and 0-protrusion hinges
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Mounting plates
20/32
Horizontal cam mounting plate
Order information Spacing (mm) Height (mm) Colour 0 8.5 NI 3 11.5 NI NI
Nickel plated
Planning
Part no. ☎ 177H3100E10 ☎ 177H3130E10
10 ±0.1
H *
▬ Fixing with pre-mounted system screws Ø 6 x 12.9 mm (66B.134) ▬ With cam height adjustment ±2 mm ▬ Material: steel
NI
Nickel plated
Planning
Part no. 175H4100 175H4130
5 ±0.1
H *
▬ Fixing with pre-mounted system screws Ø 6 x 8.9 mm (66B.094) ▬ With cam height adjustment ±2 mm ▬ For twin application ▬ Material: steel
NI
Nickel plated
Planning
Part no. 175H410Z
5 ±0.1
H *
Order information Spacing (mm) Height (mm) Colour 0 8.5 NI | ONS 3 11.5 NI | ONS
Part no. 177H3100 177H3130
Accessories Description Insertion ram
Part no. MZM.0053
Nickel plated Onyx black
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Height Additional screw required as standard
20/32
Horizontal cam mounting plate
NI ONS
Height Fix with additional screw if used with wide angle- and 0-protrusion hinges
20/32
Horizontal cam mounting plate for dual application
Order information Spacing (mm) Height (mm) Colour 0 8.5 NI
Height Fix with additional screw if used with wide angle- and 0-protrusion hinges
20/32
Horizontal cam mounting plate
Order information Spacing (mm) Height (mm) Colour 0 8.5 NI 3 11.5 NI
Hinge systems
▬ Fixing with pre-mounted special screws with split dowels (EXPANDO) ▬ With cam height adjustment ±2 mm ▬ Material: steel
▬ Knock-in assembly with pre-fixed dowels ▬ Assembly with knock-in insertion ram or knock-in tool with pressure directly on the screw ▬ With cam height adjustment ±2 mm ▬ Material: steel
Planning
10 ±0.1
H *
Height Fix with additional screw if used with wide angle- and 0-protrusion hinges
145
Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Mounting plates
37/32 ▬ Fixing with chipboard screws Ø 3.5 or Ø 4 mm ▬ With cam height adjustment ±2 mm ▬ Material: steel
Order information Spacing (mm) Height (mm) Colour 0 8.5 NI | ONS 3 11.5 NI | ONS NI ONS
Planning
Part no. 173H7100 173H7130
Nickel plated Onyx black
H *
Height Additional screw for wide angle- and 0-protrusion hinges (min. 20 mm)
37/32
INSERTA cruciform mounting plate ▬ Tool-free assembly ▬ With “self anchoring” feature ▬ With cam height adjustment ±2 mm ▬ Material: steel, closing lever, zinc die-cast
NI
Nickel plated
Part no. 174H7100I 174H7130I
5 ±0.1
Order information Spacing (mm) Height (mm) Colour 0 8.5 NI 3 11.5 NI
Planning
H *
Height Additional screw for wide angle- and 0-protrusion hinges (min. 20 mm)
37/32
Cruciform cam mounting plate ▬ Fixing with pre-mounted special screws with split dowels (EXPANDO) ▬ With cam height adjustment ±2 mm ▬ Material: steel
NI ONS
Nickel plated Onyx black
Part no. 174H7100E 174H7130E
5 ±0.1
Order information Spacing (mm) Height (mm) Colour 0 8.5 NI | ONS 3 11.5 NI | ONS
Planning
H *
Height Additional screw for wide angle- and 0-protrusion hinges (min. 20 mm)
37/32
Cruciform cam mounting plate for twin application
Order information Spacing (mm) Height (mm) Colour 0 8.5 NI | ONS 3 11.5 NI NI ONS
Nickel plated Onyx black
▬ Fixing with pre-mounted special screws with split dowels (EXPANDO) ▬ With cam height adjustment ±2 mm ▬ For twin application ▬ Material: steel
Planning
Part no. 174H710ZE 174H713ZE
5 ±0.1
Hinge systems
Cruciform cam mounting plate
H *
146
Height Additional screw required as standard
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Mounting plates
37/32
Cruciform mounting plate
Order information Spacing (mm) Height (mm) Colour 0 8.5 NI 3 11.5 NI 9 17.5 NI 18 26.5 NI NI
Nickel plated
Planning
Hinge systems
▬ Fixing with chipboard screws Ø 3.5 or Ø 4 mm ▬ With height adjustment ±2 mm ▬ Recommended screw length 17 mm ▬ Material: zinc Part no. 175H7100 175H7130 175H7190 175H7190.22
H *
Height Fix with additional screw if used with wide angle- and 0-protrusion hinges
37/32
Cruciform mounting plate ▬ Fixing with system screws Ø 6 x 14.5 mm, part no. 661.1450.HG ▬ With height adjustment ±2 mm ▬ Material: zinc
NI ONS
Nickel plated Onyx black
Part no. 175H9100 175H9130 175H9160 175H9190 175H9190.22
5 ±0.1
Order information Spacing (mm) Height (mm) Colour 0 8.5 NI 3 11.5 NI 6 14.5 NI | ONS 9 17.5 NI | ONS 18 26.5 NI
Planning
H *
Height Fix with additional screw if used with wide angle- and 0-protrusion hinges
37/32
Cruciform mounting plate ▬ Fixing with chipboard screws Ø 3.5 or Ø 4 mm ▬ With height adjustment ±3 mm ▬ Recommended screw length 17 mm ▬ Material: steel Order information Spacing (mm) Height (mm) Colour 0 8.5 NI | ONS 3 11.5 NI | ONS NI ONS
Nickel plated Onyx black
Planning
Part no. 173L6100 173L6130
H *
Height Additional screw for wide angle- and 0-protrusion hinges (min. 20 mm)
37/32
Cruciform mounting plate ▬ Fixing with pre-mounted special screws with split dowels (EXPANDO) ▬ With height adjustment ±2 mm ▬ Material: steel
NI
Nickel plated
Part no. 174E6100.01 174E6130.01
5 ±0.1
Order information Spacing (mm) Height (mm) Colour 0 8.5 NI 3 11.5 NI
Planning
H *
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Height Additional screw for wide angle- and 0-protrusion hinges (min. 20 mm)
147
Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Mounting plates
37/32
Hinge systems
Cruciform mounting plate ▬ Fixing with pre-mounted system screws Ø 6 mm ▬ With height adjustment ±3 mm ▬ Material: steel Order information Spacing (mm) Height (mm) Colour 0 8.5 NI 3 11.5 NI NI
Nickel plated
Planning
Part no. 173L8100 173L8130
H *
37/32
Cruciform mounting plate for twin application ▬ Fixing with pre-mounted special system screws, Ø 6 mm (668.1150) ▬ With height adjustment ±3 mm ▬ For twin application ▬ Material: steel Order information Spacing (mm) Height (mm) Colour 0 8.5 NI NI
Nickel plated
Planning
Part no. 173L8100.21
H *
▬ Knock-in assembly with pre-fixed dowels ▬ With height adjustment ±3 mm ▬ Material: steel Order information Spacing (mm) Height (mm) Colour 0 8.5 NI 3 11.5 NI
Part no. 174L6100.05 174L6130.05
Accessories Description Insertion ram
Part no. MZM.0061.01
Nickel plated
Planning
H *
▬ Fixing with pre-mounted system screws Ø 6 mm ▬ With height adjustment ±3 mm ▬ Material: steel
NI
Nickel plated
Planning
Part no. 173L8300 173L8330
H *
148
Height Additional screw for wide angle- and 0-protrusion hinges (min. 20 mm)
28/32
Cruciform mounting plate
Order information Spacing (mm) Height (mm) Colour 0 8.5 NI 3 11.5 NI
Height Additional screw required as standard
37/32
Cruciform mounting plate
NI
Height Additional screw for wide angle- and 0-protrusion hinges (min. 20 mm)
Height Additional screw for wide angle- and 0-protrusion hinges (min. 20 mm)
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Mounting plates
37/32
Cruciform mounting plate
Order information Spacing (mm) Height (mm) Colour 0 8.5 NI 3 11.5 NI 9 17.5 NI 11 19.5 NI NI
Nickel plated
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Planning
Hinge systems
▬ Fixing with pre-mounted system screws Ø 6 mm ▬ With height adjustment ±3 mm ▬ Material: zinc
Part no. 175L8100 175L8130 175L8190 175L8190.21 H *
Height Fix with additional screw if used with wide angle- and 0-protrusion hinges
149
Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Angled spacers
Hinge systems
+5° obtuse angled spacer ▬ Fixing with chipboard screws Ø 3.5 or Ø 4 mm ▬ Material: zinc ▬ Suitable for mounting plates: 173H71X0 | 175H71X0 | 175H91X0 Order information Spacing (mm) Colour 0.8 NI 3 NI 6 NI Colour NI Nickel plated
Planning
Part no. 171A5010 171A5040 171A5070
D
Spacing
D
Spacing
–5° acute angled spacer ▬ Fixing with chipboard screws Ø 3.5 or Ø 4 mm ▬ Material: zinc ▬ Suitable for mounting plates: 173H71X0 | 175H71X0 | 175H91X0 Order information Spacing (mm) Colour 6 NI Colour NI Nickel plated
150
Planning
Part no. 171A5500
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Accessories
Hinge arm cover cap Straight hinge arm
Cranked hinge arm Double cranked arm
110° hinge 107° hinge
110° special hinge Blind corner hinge inset application Blind corner hinge overlay application Corner cabinet bi-fold hinge +45° II – angled hinge overlay
CLIP 100° hinge
155° hinge 125° hinge Hinge for thin doors CRISTALLO hinge Hinge for thin doors – angled application CRISTALLO angled application
170° hinge
Profile/thick door hinge 95° aluminium frame door hinge Incl. ±5° angled application
Material Colour Print | stamp Logo Part no.
Steel NI | ONS Plain –
Material Colour Print | stamp Logo Part no.
Steel NI | ONS Plain –
Material Colour Print | stamp Logo Part no.
Steel NI Plain –
Material Colour Print | stamp Logo Part no.
Steel NI | ONS Plain –
Material Colour Print | stamp Logo Part no.
Steel NI Plain –
Material Colour Print | stamp Logo Part no.
Steel NI | ONS Plain –
Cover caps, can be individually printed – minimum order quantity 1000 items NI Nickel plated ONS Onyx black
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
70.1503
70.1503
Steel NI | ONS Stamped Blum
Steel NI | ONS Stamped Blum
70.1503.BP
Steel NI | ONS Plain –
70.4503
80.6507
70.1553
Steel NI Stamped Blum
Steel NI Stamped Blum
70.1663.BP
70.1503.BP
Steel Steel NI NI Stamped Plain Blum – 90M2503 90M2503.BP
Steel NI Stamped Blum
70.1663
Steel NI Stamped Blum
Hinge systems
Hinge applications
70.4503.BP
80.6507.BP
70.1553.BP
Steel NI | ONS Plain –
Steel NI Plain –
Steel NI | ONS Plain –
Steel NI Stamped Blum 94M3603 94M3603.BP
70.4503
80.6507
70.1663
Steel NI Stamped Blum
Steel NI Stamped Blum
Steel NI Stamped Blum
70.4503.BP
80.6507.BP
70.1663.BP
151
Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Accessories
Hinge arm cover cap
Hinge systems
Hinge applications
Straight hinge arm
Cranked hinge arm Double cranked arm
Glass door hinge Mini-hinge
Remaining angled hinges Remaining angled applications
Material Colour Print | stamp Logo Part no.
Steel NI Plain –
Material Colour Print | stamp Logo Part no.
Steel NI | ONS Plain –
Cover caps, can be individually printed – minimum order quantity 1000 items NI Nickel plated ONS Onyx black
70.1553
70.1553
Steel NI Stamped Blum
Steel NI Stamped Blum
70.1553.BP
Steel NI Plain –
70.1553
Steel NI Stamped Blum
70.1553.BP
70.1553.BP
Hinge boss spacing Hinge applications
CLIP top BLUMOTION – hinges
CLIP top – hinges
Spacing (mm) Material Colour Part no.
1.5 Nylon R7037
1.5 Nylon R7037
Spacing (mm) Material Colour Part no.
1.5 Nylon R7037
110° hinge 110° special hinge 155° hinge
107° hinge Profile/thick door hinge 125° hinge
R7037 RAL 7037 dust grey
152
70T3507.21
70T3507.21
70T3507.21
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Accessories
Hinge applications 110° hinge 110° special hinge
Material Colour Part no.
107° hinge Profile/thick door hinge Blind corner hinge inset application Bathroom mirror cabinets with fronts that protrude all the way around Angled applications Material Colour Part no. 155° hinge
125° hinge
Blind corner hinge overlay application
Hinge for thin doors
NI ONS
Nickel plated Onyx black
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
CLIP top BLUMOTION – hinges
CLIP top – hinges
Steel NI | ONS
Steel NI | ONS
Steel NI | ONS
Material Colour Part no.
Steel NI | ONS
Material Colour Part no.
Steel NI | ONS
Material Colour Part no.
Steel NI | ONS
Material Colour Part no.
Steel NI | ONS
70T3504
70T3504
70T7504
Steel NI | ONS
Steel NI | ONS
70T3504
70T1504
70T7504
70T7504
70T3504
70T4504
Steel NI | ONS
70T4504
153
Hinge systems
Hinge boss cover cap
Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Accessories
Ø 3.5 mm
Chipboard screws Order information X (mm) 15.0 17.0
▬ For front fixing brackets on wide alu frames ▬ Ø 3.5 mm ▬ Drilling diameter Ø 2.8 mm ▬ Colour: nickel plated ▬ Material: steel
Order information X (mm) 9.5
Hinge systems
▬ Ø 3.5 mm ▬ Colour: nickel plated ▬ Material: steel
Part no. 609.1500 609.1700
Ø 3.5 mm
Counter sunk self tapping screw
Part no. 660.0950
Ø 6.0 mm
System screw ▬ Ø 6 mm ▬ Drilling diameter Ø 5 mm ▬ Colour: nickel plated ▬ Material: steel
Order information X (mm) 10.0 11.5 13.0 14.5 20.0
Part no. 661.1000.HG 661.1150.HG 661.1300.HG 661.1450.HG 661.2000.HG
▬ Ø 2.7 mm, length 70 mm ▬ To pre-drill for Ø 3.5 mm chipboard screws ▬ Drilling depth up to 8 mm ▬ Material: steel, hardened
Order information Description Centre bit Replacement bit
Part no. M01.ZZ03.01 M01.ZZB3
▬ For noise reduction ▬ Colour: natural coloured ▬ Material: nylon
Order information Description Stick-on door buffer
Part no. 993.710
▬ For noise reduction ▬ Gap 2 mm ▬ Two-part ▬ Colour: RAL 9006 grey ▬ Material: nylon
Order information Description 8 mm Ø door buffer
Part no. 993.706
Centre bit
Stick-on door buffer
8 mm Ø door buffer
154
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges 〉 Accessories
Pozidrive screwdriver Order information Description Pozidrive screwdriver
Part no. 303.756.1
▬ Slotted, size 1.0 x 5.5 mm ▬ Blade length 125 mm ▬ Overall length 225 mm ▬ Orange handle with Blum logo ▬ Colour: black/orange ▬ Material: nylon/steel
Order information Description Slotted screwdriver
Part no. 314.928.1
Hinge systems
▬ PZ (Pozi) size 2 ▬ Blade length 100 mm ▬ Overall length 200 mm ▬ Orange handle with Blum logo ▬ Colour: black/orange ▬ Material: nylon/steel
Slotted screwdriver
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
155
Hinge systems 〉 BLUMOTION for doors
Closing doors – silent and effortless
Hinge systems
With BLUMOTION, the adaptive dampening system, furniture closes silently and effortlessly, and this is irrespective of the force used or the weight of the door. Whether in the kitchen, hall, bathroom, living room or bedroom – with intelligent BLUMOTION technology, every door moves elegantly and ensures ultimate quality of motion.. ▬ The adaptive system adjusts itself to the closing speed and the weight of the door ▬ Versions available for nearly all overlay applications ▬ Can be installed at any time during the production and sales process ▬ Its integrated overload safety feature protects the system from damage due to improper use
The adaptive damping system – controlling perfect motion
Exceptional comfort through a highly adaptive system
This is all thanks to the intelligent technology of the BLUMOTION adaptive system
It reacts to key factors such as door And brakes the motion of the front accordingly. The result is a silent height, front weight and closing and effortless closing motion speed
This is how the adaptive damping system works
A look behind the scenes of the BLUMOTION adaptive system
156
Slow closing speed The braking element expands slightly. The medium can flow by without much resistance. ▬ Weak effect
Closing speed that is too fast Fast closing speed The braking element expands. The The overload safety feature kicks in. ▬ Protects BLUMOTION and hinges medium can only flow by slowly. ▬ Strong effect
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Hinge systems 〉 BLUMOTION for doors 〉 Overview
69 70 170
Overview – hinge systems CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges TIP-ON for doors
Hinge systems
Hinge systems
Symbolic image
BLUMOTION 973A – clip on Overview – applications BLUMOTION 973A – clip on
158 160
Symbolic image
BLUMOTION 971A – in adapter plate for overlay application Overview – applications BLUMOTION 971A – in adapter plate for overlay application
158 162
Symbolic image
BLUMOTION 970A – for drilling, hinge side Overview – applications BLUMOTION 970A – for drilling, hinge side Accessories – adapter plates
158 164 168
Symbolic image
BLUMOTION 970. – for drilling, handle side Overview – applications BLUMOTION 970. – for drilling, handle side Accessories – adapter plates
158 166 168
Symbolic image
Assembly, removal and adjustment Assembly, removal and adjustment
Symbolic image
Short URL www.blum.com/a220
Pictograph Item available on request
Angled application max. overlay
Overlay application
Angled application mitred
Dual application
Chipboard screw fixing
Inset application
EXPANDO fixing
Blind corner application Angled application inset Angled application half overlay Angled application overlay
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
157
Hinge systems 〉 BLUMOTION for doors 〉 Overview – applications
Hinge applications
OW
Page
Application 1
Hinge systems
Standard application 110° hinge 110° special hinge 107° hinge CLIP 100° hinge Wide angled application 170° hinge Profile door application Profile/thick door hinge Aluminium frame application 95° aluminium frame door hinge CLIP top for 973A 95° aluminium frame door hinge CLIP top Glass door application Glass door hinge Frame door application Mini-hinge Corner cabinet solution Corner cabinet bi-fold hinge Angled application – standard ±5° angled application OW
158
Opening angle
Part no. 2 Page
Part no. 3 Page
Part no. Page
973A0500.01 160 973A0500.01 160 973A0500.01 160 973A0500.01 160
973A0600 160
973A0700 160
973A0600 160 973A0600 160
973A0700 160 973A0700 160
86
973A6000 160
973A6000 160
95°
88
973A0500.01 160
973A0600 160
973A0700 160
95°
100
95°
100
973A0500.01 160 970A1002 164
970A1002 164
970A1002 164
94°
110
971Axxxx 162
970A1002 164
970A1002 164
94°
112
971Axxxx 162
970A1002 164
970A1002 164
60°
114
970.1002 166
95°
132
973A0500.01 160
973A0600 160
973A0700 160
110°
74
110°
76
107°
78
100°
80
170°
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Hinge systems
Hinge systems 〉 BLUMOTION for doors
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
159
Hinge systems 〉 BLUMOTION for doors 〉 BLUMOTION 973A – clip on
BLUMOTION 973A – hinge with straight hinge arm
Hinge systems
CLIP top ▬ 110° hinge ▬ 110° special hinge ▬ 107° hinge ▬ Profile/thick door hinge ▬ 95° aluminium frame door hinge CLIP top for 973A CLIP ▬ 100° hinge
Order information Colour Material Nickel plated Steel
Part no. 973A0500.01
Order information Colour Material Nickel plated Steel
Part no. 973A0600
CLIP top ▬ 110° hinge ▬ 107° hinge ▬ Profile/thick door hinge CLIP ▬ 100° hinge
Order information Colour Material Nickel plated Steel
Part no. 973A0700
CLIP top ▬ 170° hinge – inline ▬ 170° hinge – cranked
Order information Colour Material Nickel plated Zinc
Part no. 973A6000
BLUMOTION 973A – hinge with cranked hinge arm CLIP top ▬ 110° hinge ▬ 107° hinge ▬ Profile/thick door hinge CLIP ▬ 100° hinge
BLUMOTION 973A – hinge with double cranked hinge arm
BLUMOTION 973A – 170° hinge
160
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Hinge systems 〉 BLUMOTION for doors 〉 BLUMOTION 973A – clip on
For normal door sizes, one BLUMOTION 973A per hinge is required for the perfect motion. For smaller, lighter doors, the number can be reduced accordingly. Hinge systems
Planning BLUMOTION quantity
Reference pages Overview – BLUMOTION for doors Overview – assembly devices More technical details
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
157 Assembly, removal and adjustment 591 698 Short URL www.blum.com/a220
161
Hinge systems 〉 BLUMOTION for doors 〉 BLUMOTION 971A – in adapter plate for overlay application
37/32
Hinge systems
BLUMOTION 971A – in a cruciform adapter plate ▬ Fixing with chipboard screws Ø 3.5 or Ø 4 mm ▬ Colour: nickel plated ▬ Material: zinc
Order information Construction height (mm) 25 33
Planning
Part no. 971A0500 971A2500
37/32
BLUMOTION 971A – in a cruciform adapter plate ▬ Fixing with pre-mounted special screws with split dowels (EXPANDO) ▬ Colour: nickel plated ▬ Material: zinc Order information Construction height (mm) 25
Planning
Part no. 971A05E0
9.5/32
BLUMOTION 971A – in a cruciform adapter plate ▬ Fixing with chipboard screws Ø 3.5 or Ø 4 mm ▬ Colour: nickel plated ▬ Material: zinc
Order information Construction height (mm) 25
162
Planning
Part no. 971A0700
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Hinge systems 〉 BLUMOTION for doors 〉 BLUMOTION 971A – in adapter plate for overlay application
For all hinges with a straight hinge arm and a 0 mm raised mounting plate. Exception: 95° profile door hinge
Hinge systems
Planning Construction height 25 mm
Construction height 33 mm
Assembly position and number required
■ ●
For all hinges with a straight hinge and a 3 mm spaced mounting plate. Use also for 95° profile door hinge with 0mm spaced plate.
For optimal BLUMOTION effect, BLUMOTION 971A should be attached to the centre between the hinges. For high and heavy doors, we recommend using an additional BLUMOTION 971A between an additional hinge pair. Any depth adjustment made to the hinge arm should be mirrored on the 971A, this is easily acheived via a spiral screw depth adjustment feature (+3 to –7 mm).
BLUMOTION 971Axxxx Hinges
Reference pages Overview – BLUMOTION for doors Overview – assembly devices More technical details
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
157 Assembly, removal and adjustment 591 698 Short URL www.blum.com/a220
163
Hinge systems 〉 BLUMOTION for doors 〉 BLUMOTION 970A – for drilling, hinge side
BLUMOTION 970A
Hinge systems
▬ BLUMOTION – perfect movement, quiet and easy ▬ For use with Blum hinges ▬ For drilling or in combination with adapter plates
Order information BLUMOTION 970A Colour RAL 7037 dust grey
Material Nylon
Part no. 970A1002
Planning Drilling distance BA
Nº XX XX
Number of the angled application Drilling distance BA (mm)
Reference pages Overview – BLUMOTION for doors Accessories – straight adapter plates Accessories – cruciform adapter plates Drilling distance BA
164
Assembly position and number required BLUMOTION 970A is for location on the hinge side, and guarantees perfect motion even for angled hinges. The hole for BLUMOTION 970A needs to be drilled into the cabinet top. The correct position is set using the drilling distance (BA). If the BLUMOTION effect is insufficient, we recommend installing an additional BLUMOTION 970A in the bottom.
157 168 168 165
Assembly Drilling template for BLUMOTION | TIP-ON Template Drilling template for mounting plates MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK MINIPRESS top MINIPRESS P MINIPRESS M
Assembly, removal and adjustment 666 664 665 Short URL 610 www.blum.com/a220 614 626 630
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Hinge systems 〉 BLUMOTION for doors 〉 BLUMOTION 970A – for drilling, hinge side
Planning All hinge applications except for angled applications Mounting plate spacing Drilling distance (mm) BA (mm) 0 32 3 35 6 38 9 41 ¹
Drilling distance BA (mm) 41 44 47 50
Drilling distance ¹ BA (mm) 50 53
Drilling distance BA (mm) 51
Drilling distance BA (mm) 34 34
When dealing with narrow top rails or larger front gaps, we recommend using the adapter plate as needed
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
165
Hinge systems
BLUMOTION 970A
Hinge systems 〉 BLUMOTION for doors 〉 BLUMOTION 970. – for drilling, handle side
BLUMOTION 970.
Hinge systems
▬ BLUMOTION – perfect movement, quiet and easy ▬ For use with Blum hinges ▬ For drilling or in combination with adapter plates
Order information BLUMOTION 970. Colour RAL 7037 dust grey
Material Nylon
Part no. 970.1002
Planning
Reference pages Overview – BLUMOTION for doors Accessories – straight adapter plates Accessories – cruciform adapter plates Assembly position and number required
166
157 168 168 167
Assembly Drilling template for BLUMOTION Template Drilling template for mounting plates MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK MINIPRESS top MINIPRESS P MINIPRESS M
Assembly, removal and adjustment 667 664 665 Short URL 610 www.blum.com/a220 614 626 630
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Hinge systems 〉 BLUMOTION for doors 〉 BLUMOTION 970. – for drilling, handle side
BLUMOTION 970. Planning Assembly position and number required
Hinge systems
Because BLUMOTION for doors is customised for Blum hinges, the only way to get that perfect, soft and effortless motion is to combine the two. Some general notes regarding assembly position: Distance from hinge: max. 600 mm For glass door | mini-hinges: 1/2 front width FB
Optimal position
Normally, one BLUMOTION per front is sufficient. However, some circumstances may require the use of a second BLUMOTION, e.g. high front weights FG, unstable fronts (wooden frames, fixed fronts, large aluminium frame fronts, etc.).
Optional position
Up to 600 mm cabinet width KB – applicable for all CLIP top hinges
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
167
Hinge systems 〉 BLUMOTION for doors 〉 Accessories
20/32 ▬ Fixing with chipboard screws Ø 3.5 or Ø 4 mm ▬ BLUMOTION must be ordered separately
Order information Colour Material RAL 7036 platinum Nylon grey Nickel plated Zinc
Planning
Part no. 970.1201 970.5201
37/32
Cruciform adapter plate ▬ Fixing with chipboard screws Ø 3.5 or Ø 4 mm ▬ BLUMOTION must be ordered separately
Order information Colour Material RAL 7036 platinum Nylon grey Nickel plated Zinc
Planning
Part no. 970.1501 970.5501
37/32
Cruciform adapter plate ▬ Fixing with pre-mounted special screws with split dowels (EXPANDO) ▬ BLUMOTION must be ordered separately Order information Colour Material RAL 7036 platinum Nylon grey Nickel plated Zinc
Planning
min 11.5
Hinge systems
Straight adapter plate
Part no. 970.15E1 970.55E1
9.5/32
Cruciform adapter plate ▬ Fixing with chipboard screws Ø 3.5 or Ø 4 mm ▬ BLUMOTION must be ordered separately
Order information Colour Material RAL 7036 platinum Nylon grey Nickel plated Zinc
168
Planning
Part no. 970.1701 970.5701
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Hinge systems 〉 BLUMOTION for doors 〉 Accessories
37/32
Cruciform double adapter plate
Order information Colour Material RAL 7036 platinum Nylon grey
Planning
Hinge systems
▬ For cabinets with double doors ▬ Fixing with chipboard screws Ø 3.5 or Ø 4 mm ▬ BLUMOTION must be ordered separately
Part no. 970.2501
9.5/32
Cruciform double adapter plate ▬ For cabinets with double doors ▬ Fixing with chipboard screws Ø 3.5 or Ø 4 mm ▬ BLUMOTION must be ordered separately Order information Colour Material Nickel plated Zinc
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Planning
Part no. 970.6701
169
Hinge systems 〉 TIP-ON for doors
Easy to open – with just a touch
Hinge systems
Handle-less furniture is becoming more and more popular in the home. With TIP-ON, we offer a mechanical opening support system for handle-less furniture fronts. This enables your customers to open and close handle-less furniture fronts easily and effortlessly. TIP-ON can be used in the kitchen as well as all other living areas. You will always find the right TIP-ON unit for every application thanks to the wide range of colours and adapter plates. You can choose between the short and long version of TIP-ON, for drilling or with an adapter plate depending on the application. The door gap adjustment feature is integrated in all models.
Opening comfort for handle-less fronts
The door then opens at an angle Handle-less doors can be opened easily with TIP-ON – a light touch is that is comfortable for the furniture user all that’s needed
With different colour variants, TIP-ON can be optimally adjusted to the cabinet interior
The door gap can easily be set using the ejector
The TIP-ON unit can also be attached to the cabinet interior using cruciform adapter plates
The catch plate is the counterpart to TIP-ON. There are two variants, self-adhesive, or a version that screws to the door
High quality down to the smallest detail
The TIP-ON unit can be attached to The TIP-ON unit can also be atthe cabinet front edge tached to the cabinet interior using horizontal adapter plates
170
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Hinge systems
Overview – hinge systems CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges BLUMOTION for doors
69 70 156
TIP-ON 956. – short version with magnet TIP-ON 956A – long version with magnet TIP-ON 956A – long version with bumper
172 172 172
Straight adapter plates Cruciform adapter plates
173 173
Hinge systems
Hinge systems 〉 TIP-ON for doors 〉 Overview
Symbolic image
TIP-ON 956x
Symbolic image
Accessories
Symbolic image
Assembly, removal and adjustment Assembly, removal and adjustment
Symbolic image
Short URL www.blum.com/a230
Pictograph Item available on request
System screw fixing
Chipboard screw fixing
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
171
Hinge systems 〉 TIP-ON for doors 〉 TIP-ON 956x
Hinge systems
TIP-ON 956. – short version with magnet
Order information Colour Material SW | CS | R7036 Nylon
▬ For overlay fronts (up to approx. 1300 mm height) ▬ For use with unsprung Blum hinges ▬ For drilling or in combination with adapter plates ▬ Output path approx. 17 mm Part no. ▬ Setting +4/–1 mm 956.1004
Composed of: 1x TIP-ON 956. – short version with magnet 1x Glue-on catch plate Not suitable for powder-coated, waxed or oiled surfaces 1x Screw-on catch plate Colour SW Silk white CS Carbon black R7036 RAL 7036 platinum grey
Planning
Front gap
()
Screw-on catch plate
Glue-on catch plate
Screw-on catch plate
FA
FA *
Front overlay
Front overlay 3 mm offset installation
TIP-ON 956A – long version with magnet
Order information Colour Material SW | CS | R7036 Nylon
▬ For overlay fronts (starting Planning at approx. 1300 mm height) and all inset applications ▬ For use with unsprung Blum hinges ▬ For drilling or in combination with adapter plates Part no. ▬ Output path approx. 956A1004 38 mm Glue-on catch plate ▬ Setting +4/–1 mm
Composed of: 1x TIP-ON 956A – long version with magnet 1x Glue-on catch plate Not suitable for powder-coated, waxed or oiled surfaces 1x Screw-on catch plate Colour SW Silk white CS Carbon black R7036 RAL 7036 platinum grey
FA
Front overlay
Front gap
()
Screw-on catch plate
Screw-on catch plate
FA *
Front overlay 3 mm offset installation
TIP-ON 956A – long version with bumper
Order information Colour Material SW | CS | R7036 Nylon
▬ For use with sprung Blum hinges ▬ For drilling or in combination with adapter plates ▬ Output path approx. 38 mm ▬ Setting +4/–1 mm
Planning
Front gap
Part no. 956A1006
Composed of: 1x TIP-ON 956A – long version with bumper No catch plate needed (we recommend using a catch plate for very soft surfaces) Colour SW Silk white CS Carbon black R7036 RAL 7036 platinum grey
Reference pages Overview – TIP-ON for doors Accessories – straight adapter plates Accessories – cruciform adapter plates
172
171 Assembly 173 Drilling template for BLUMOTION | TIP-ON 173 Positioning template for catch plate MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK MINIPRESS top
Assembly, removal and adjustment 666 687 610 Short URL 614 www.blum.com/a230
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Hinge systems 〉 TIP-ON for doors 〉 Accessories
20/17
Straight adapter plate – short version
Order information Colour Material SW | CS | R7036 | Nylon NI-L
Part no.
Planning
Hinge systems
▬ Fixing with chipboard screws Ø 3.5 or Ø 4 mm ▬ Alternative assembly with system screws ▬ TIP-ON must be ordered separately
Front gap
956.1201
Catch plate
Colour SW Silk white CS Carbon black R7036 RAL 7036 platinum grey NI-L Nickel lacquered
FA *
Front overlay 3 mm offset installation
20/32
Straight adapter plate – long version ▬ Fixing with chipboard screws Ø 3.5 or Ø 4 mm ▬ Alternative assembly with system screws ▬ TIP-ON must be ordered separately Order information Colour Material SW | CS | R7036 | Nylon NI-L
Part no.
Planning
Front gap
956A1201
Catch plate
Colour SW Silk white CS Carbon black R7036 RAL 7036 platinum grey NI-L Nickel lacquered
FA *
Front overlay 3 mm offset installation
37/32
Cruciform adapter plate – long version ▬ Fixing with chipboard screws Ø 3.5 or Ø 4 mm ▬ Alternative assembly with system screws ▬ TIP-ON must be ordered separately Order information Colour Material R7036 Nylon Colour R7036 RAL 7036 platinum grey
Part no. 956A1501
Planning
Front gap
Catch plate
FA *
Reference pages Overview – TIP-ON for doors
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
171 Assembly Template Drilling template for mounting plates Positioning template for catch plate MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK MINIPRESS top MINIPRESS P MINIPRESS M
Front overlay 3 mm offset installation
Assembly, removal and adjustment 664 665 687 Short URL 610 www.blum.com/a230 614 626 630
173
Hinge systems 〉 MODUL – hinges
Slide-on hinge system
Hinge systems
This economical hinge system provides the right solution for many different applications. The system’s combined slide-on and screw-fix feature has proven itself over the years. ▬ Simple and easy slide-on assembly ▬ Simple 3-way adjustment for perfect gap alignment ▬ Integrated pull-out stop
Simple “slide-on” door to cabinet assembly
Blind corner hinge ▬ For an inset blind corner construction ▬ Inner blind corner width 28 mm and higher ▬ With integrated BLUMOTION
Refrigerator/Appliance hinge for facade doors ▬ The 3-dimensional adjustment feature is easily accessible when attached to the refrigerator ▬ The front can be easily removed from the refrigerator ▬ Front thicknesses FD of up to 30 mm are possible ▬ The refrigerator can be positioned inside the cabinet even when the front is attached
174
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Hinge systems 〉 MODUL – hinges 〉 Overview
69 70
Overview – hinge systems CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges
Hinge systems
Hinge systems
Symbolic image OW
Hinge applications Standard application 100° hinge Blind corner application Blind corner hinge inset application Refrigerator application Refrigerator facade door hinge
MODUL MODUL BLUMOTION
Colour
●
NI
DQE3XA
176
NI
DQE4MM
178
NI | ONS
DQE5BY
180
100°
95°
●
95°
●
Application
Boss Fixing
Mounting plates Mounting plates OW ONS
Opening angle Onyx black
Accessories
Symbolic image
Web code
Page
182 ●
With spring
NI
Nickel plated
185 186 186 186 187
Hinge arm cover cap Screws Centre bit Door buffer Screwdriver
Assembly, removal and adjustment Assembly, removal and adjustment
Symbolic image
Number of hinges
Short URL www.blum.com/a240
Number of hinges
To achieve good stability, distances between hinges should be as large as possible
Front height FH (mm) *
The number of hinges depends on the front weight FG and front height FH
Load and height data relates to front widths FB of 600 mm
Door weight FG (kg)
Pictograph Item available on request
Blind corner application
Screw-on boss
Overlay application
Hinge with straight hinge arm
Knock-in boss
Dual application
Hinge with cranked hinge arm
Inset application
Hinge with double cranked hinge arm
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
175
Hinge systems 〉 MODUL – hinges 〉 Standard application
Web code DQE3XA
Hinge systems
100° hinge
Order information Overlay application Boss Hinge MODUL
Screw-on Spring Colour ● NI
Part no. 91M2550
Boss Hinge MODUL
Knock-in Spring Colour ● NI
Part no. 91M2580
●
With spring
Accessories
NI
Nickel plated
Logo
Colour
Plain Stamped
– Blum
NI NI
Application
Dual application
Inset application
Boss Hinge MODUL
●
With spring
Accessories
Hinge arm cover cap
Print | stamp
▬ MODUL with closing mechanism (spring) ▬ Slide on hinge arm ▬ 100° opening angle ▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment ▬ Integrated pull-out stop
Part no. 90M2503 90M2503.BP
Screw-on Spring Colour ● NI NI
Part no. 91M2650
Nickel plated
Boss Hinge MODUL
●
With spring
Accessories
Hinge arm cover cap
Screw-on Spring Colour ● NI NI
Part no. 91M2750
Nickel plated
Hinge arm cover cap
Print | stamp
Logo
Colour
Part no.
Print | stamp
Logo
Colour
Part no.
Plain
–
NI
90M2603
Plain
–
NI
90M2603
Accessories – general Chipboard screws Ø (mm) 3.5 3.5
Length (mm) 15 17
Part no. 609.1500 609.1700
Insertion ram Colour Orange
176
Material Nylon
Part no. MZM.0040
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Hinge systems 〉 MODUL – hinges 〉 Standard application
Web code DQE3XA
100° hinge
Overlay application
Gap
Move back fixing position of mounting plate by front thickness FD
3
9
– MD
Front overlay FA (mm) 5
3
6
4
7
5
8
6
MD
MD
Drilling distance TB
0
Inset application
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 3
4
5
3
6
4
5
0
6
3
9
– MD
Mounting plate spacing (mm)
Front overlay FA (mm)
–4.5 –3.5 –2.5 –1.5 –0.5 0.5 1.5 2.5 3.5 4.5 5.5 6.5 7.5
MD
F
Dual application
3
3
3
4
5
6
4
3
5
6
4
5
Drilling distance TB (mm)
– MD
0.3
0.5
0.7
1.0
1.3
1.6
3.3
24
26
28
30
31
32
5
0.3
0.3
0.5
0.7
1.0
1.2
1.6
3.2
△
△
△
△
△
0.3
0.5
0.7
0.9
1.1
1.4
2.4
△
△
△
△
△
+0.5
+0.4
6
In these cases a trial is recommended
Screw-on
Reference pages Overview – MODUL – hinges Mounting plates Accessories – hinge arm cover cap Accessories – general Overview – assembly devices More technical details
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
18
0.5
19
0.7
20
21
0.9
1.2
22
1.5
Additional for +2 mm side adjustment +0.1
+0.3
+0.3
+0.4
+0.4
2.6
△
△
4
5
3
6
4
5
6
Mounting plate spacing (mm)
Adjustment
3
4
16
–7 –6 –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 3
9
Mounting plate spacing (mm)
Front thickness FD (mm)
Front overlay FA (mm)
0
6
Minimum gap F for fronts with a front radius (R = 1 mm) based on the factory setting
△
Hinge systems
Planning Hinge dimensions and gap calculation based on factory setting (mounting plate spacing = 0 mm) Hinge and front protrusion at full opening angle
△
△
Knock-in
△
△
△
△
△
△
Max. ±3.0 mm See mounting plates
±2.0 mm
±2.0 mm
Hinge boss dimensions
175 Assembly, removal and adjustment 182 185 186 Short URL 591 www.blum.com/a240 698
177
Hinge systems 〉 MODUL – hinges 〉 Blind corner application
Blind corner hinge inset application
Hinge systems
▬ Hinge for blind corner applications ▬ MODUL BLUMOTION with integrated BLUMOTION (with deactivation option) ▬ Slide on hinge arm ▬ Can only be combined with mounting plate 199.8130 ▬ 95° opening angle ▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment ▬ Integrated pull-out stop
Application
Web code DQE4MM
Order information Inset application Boss Hinge MODUL BLUMOTION
●
Screw-on Spring Colour ●
With spring
Spacing (mm) 3 Accessories
99B9550
NI NI
Part no.
Nickel plated
Cruciform mounting plate for blind corner applications Height (mm) Part no. 12.2 199.8130 Hinge arm cover cap
Print | stamp
Logo
Colour
Plain Stamped
– Blum
NI NI
Part no. 90M2503 90M2503.BP
Accessories – general Hinge boss cover cap Hinge MODUL BLUMOTION
NI
Colour
Part no.
NI
70T3504
Nickel plated
Chipboard screws Ø (mm) 3.5 3.5
178
Length (mm) 15 17
Part no. 609.1500 609.1700
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Hinge systems 〉 MODUL – hinges 〉 Blind corner application
Web code DQE4MM
Blind corner hinge inset application
Hinge systems
Planning Hinge dimensions and gap calculation based on factory setting (mounting plate spacing = 3 mm) Hinge and front protrusion at full opening angle Inset application Fixing position from inside edge of muntin: 14 mm Special mounting plate for blind corner application: 199.8130 F Gap
Minimum gap F for fronts with a front radius (R = 1 mm) based on the factory setting Drilling distance TB (mm)
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.8
1.0
1.5
1.9
28
29
30
31
32
5
0.2
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.7
1.0
1.4
1.8
△
△
△
△
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.7
1.0
1.4
1.8
△
△
△
△
6
7 In these cases a trial is recommended
Screw-on
Reference pages Overview – MODUL – hinges Mounting plates Accessories – hinge arm cover cap Accessories – general Overview – assembly devices More technical details
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
16
0.2
18
0.3
0.3
19
0.4
0.4
20
0.5
0.5
22
0.7
0.7
24
1.0
0.9
26
Adjustment
3
4
△
Front thickness FD (mm)
1.4
1.4
1.8 1.7
△
△
△
△
△
△
△
△
△
△
△
△
Max. ±2.0 mm See mounting plates
±2.0 mm
±0.8 mm
Hinge boss dimensions
175 Assembly, removal and adjustment 182 185 186 Short URL 591 www.blum.com/a240 698
179
Hinge systems 〉 MODUL – hinges 〉 Refrigerator application
Web code DQE5BY
Refrigerator facade door hinge
Hinge systems
▬ Hinge for refrigerator facade doors ▬ Shallow hinge arm height ▬ Front thicknesses FD of up to 30 mm are possible ▬ MODUL with closing mechanism (spring) ▬ Slide on hinge arm ▬ Can only be combined with mounting plate 194K6100E ▬ 95° opening angle ▬ Easy 3-dimensional front adjustment when attached to the refrigerator ▬ Assembly, adjustment and removal of front possible when refrigerator is installed ▬ Integrated pull-out stop
Application 1
Order information Overlay application Boss Hinge MODUL
Screw-on Spring Colour ● NI | ONS
Part no. 91K9550
Boss Hinge MODUL
Knock-in Spring Colour ● NI
Part no. 91K9580
Spacing (mm) 0
Cruciform mounting plate for refrigerator facade door hinge Height (mm) Part no. 10.3 194K6100E
●
With spring
NI ONS
Nickel plated Onyx black
Accessories – general Hinge boss cover cap Hinge MODUL
NI
Nickel plated
Colour NI | ONS
ONS
Onyx black
Insertion ram Part no. 70T3504
Colour Orange
Material Nylon
Part no. MZM.0040
Chipboard screws Ø (mm) 3.5 3.5
180
Length (mm) 15 17
Part no. 609.1500 609.1700
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Hinge systems 〉 MODUL – hinges 〉 Refrigerator application
Web code DQE5BY
Refrigerator facade door hinge
Hinge systems
Planning Hinge dimensions and gap calculation based on factory setting (mounting plate spacing = 0 mm) Hinge and front protrusion at full opening angle Overlay application
50
65
19
3-7
F
F
11
12.8 Gap
MD
Drilling distance TB
0
Front overlay FA (mm) 6
7
8
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 3
3
4
5
6
7
6
9 MD
Mounting plate spacing (mm)
Minimum gap F for fronts with a front radius (R = 1 mm) based on the factory setting Drilling distance TB (mm) 3
4 5 6
7
Front thickness FD (mm) 16
18
19
22
24
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.8
0.2
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.8
0.2 0.2
0.2
0.3
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.4
0.5
26
29
2.5
3.5
1.3
1.9
2.9
0.8
1.2
0.8
28
1.3
3.8
3.2
2.0
2.4
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.8
1.2
1.6
1.7
2.2
+0.0
+0.1
+0.1
+0.1
+0.3
+0.5
+0.4
+0.4
+0.4
Knock-in
30
4.4
2.4
0.2
Additional for +2 mm side adjustment
1.2
1.7
0.2
Screw-on
Reference pages Overview – MODUL – hinges Mounting plates Accessories – general Overview – assembly devices More technical details Assembly, removal and adjustment
20
0.2
Adjustment 31
32
5.3
6.1
4.7
5.5
4.0
4.9
2.8
3.5 3.0
3.8
4.3
+0.4
+0.3
+0.2
Max. ±2.0 mm See mounting plates
±2.0 mm
+3.0 mm –2.0 mm
Hinge boss dimensions
175 182 186 591 698
Short URL www.blum.com/a240 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
181
Hinge systems 〉 MODUL – hinges 〉 Mounting plates
Hinge systems
Description Mounting plates Cruciform mounting plate Cruciform mounting plate Cruciform mounting plate Cruciform mounting plate for twin application Cruciform mounting plate for blind corner hinge Cruciform mounting plate for refrigerator facade door hinge
37/32 37/32 37/32 37/32 14/32 37/32
Material Adjustment
Height (mm)
Zinc Steel Steel Steel Zinc Steel
±2.0 ±2.0 ±3.0 ±3.0 ±2.0 ±2.0
Screws (two-part) Elongated hole Elongated hole Elongated hole Elongated hole Elongated hole
182 182
183
184
183 183 183
Pictograph Item available on request Chipboard screw fixing EXPANDO fixing System screw fixing
37/32
Cruciform mounting plate ▬ Fixing with chipboard screws Ø 3.5 or Ø 4 mm ▬ With height adjustment ±2 mm ▬ Recommended screw length 17 mm ▬ Material: zinc Order information Spacing (mm) Height (mm) Colour 0 9.2 NI 3 12.2 NI 9 18.2 NI NI
Nickel plated
Planning
Part no. 195H7100 195H7130 195H7190 H
Height
37/32
Cruciform mounting plate ▬ Fixing with chipboard screws Ø 3.5 or Ø 4 mm ▬ With height adjustment ±3 mm ▬ Recommended screw length 17 mm ▬ Material: steel Order information Spacing (mm) Height (mm) Colour 0 8.3 NI 3 11.3 NI NI
Nickel plated
Planning
Part no. 193L6100 193L6130
H
182
Height
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Hinge systems 〉 MODUL – hinges 〉 Mounting plates
37/32
Cruciform mounting plate
Order information Spacing (mm) Height (mm) Colour 0 8.3 NI 3 11.3 NI NI
Nickel plated
Planning
Hinge systems
▬ Fixing with pre-mounted special screws with split dowels (EXPANDO) ▬ With height adjustment ±2 mm ▬ Material: steel Part no. 194E6100.ED 194E6130.ED
H
Height
37/32
Cruciform mounting plate ▬ Fixing with pre-mounted system screws Ø 6 mm ▬ With height adjustment ±3 mm ▬ Material: steel Order information Spacing (mm) Height (mm) Colour 0 8.3 NI NI
Nickel plated
Planning
Part no. 193L8100
H
Height
37/32
Cruciform mounting plate for twin application ▬ Fixing with pre-mounted system screws Ø 6 mm ▬ With height adjustment ±3 mm ▬ For twin application ▬ Material: steel Order information Spacing (mm) Height (mm) Colour 0 8.3 NI NI
Nickel plated
Planning
Part no. 193L8100.21
H *
Height Additional screw required as standard
14/32
Cruciform mounting plate for blind corner hinge ▬ Fixing with pre-mounted system screws Ø 6 mm ▬ With height adjustment ±2 mm ▬ For blind corner hinge ▬ Material: zinc Order information Spacing (mm) Height (mm) Colour 3 12.2 NI NI
Nickel plated
Planning
Part no. 199.8130
H
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Height
183
Hinge systems 〉 MODUL – hinges 〉 Mounting plates
37/32
Hinge systems
Cruciform mounting plate for refrigerator facade door hinge
Order information Spacing (mm) Height (mm) Colour 0 10.3 NI | ONS NI ONS
Nickel plated Onyx black
▬ Fixing with pre-mounted special screws with split dowels (EXPANDO) ▬ With height adjustment ±2 mm ▬ For refrigerator facade door hinge ▬ Material: steel
Planning
Part no. 194K6100E
H *
184
Height Additional screw optional
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Hinge systems 〉 MODUL – hinges 〉 Accessories
Hinge arm cover cap Straight hinge arm
Cranked hinge arm Double cranked arm
100° hinge
Blind corner hinge inset application
Material Colour Print | stamp Logo Part no.
Steel NI Plain –
Steel Steel NI NI Stamped Plain Blum – 90M2503 90M2503.BP
Material Colour Print | stamp Logo Part no.
Steel NI Plain –
Steel NI Stamped Blum 90M2503 90M2503.BP
Cover caps, can be individually printed – minimum order quantity 1000 items NI Nickel plated
Hinge systems
Hinge applications
90M2603
Hinge boss cover cap Hinge applications Blind corner hinge inset application
Refrigerator facade door hinge
NI ONS
Nickel plated Onyx black
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
MODUL BLUMOTION
Material Colour Part no.
Material Colour Part no.
Steel NI
MODUL
70T3504
Steel NI | ONS
70T3504
185
Hinge systems 〉 MODUL – hinges 〉 Accessories
Ø 3.5 mm
Chipboard screws Order information X (mm) 15.0 17.0
▬ Ø 6 mm ▬ Drilling diameter Ø 5 mm ▬ Colour: nickel plated ▬ Material: steel
Order information X (mm) 10.0 11.5 13.0 14.5 20.0
Part no. 661.1000.HG 661.1150.HG 661.1300.HG 661.1450.HG 661.2000.HG
▬ Ø 2.7 mm, length 70 mm ▬ To pre-drill for Ø 3.5 mm chipboard screws ▬ Drilling depth up to 8 mm ▬ Material: steel, hardened
Order information Description Centre bit Replacement bit
Part no. M01.ZZ03.01 M01.ZZB3
▬ For noise reduction ▬ Colour: natural coloured ▬ Material: nylon
Order information Description Stick-on door buffer
Part no. 993.710
▬ For noise reduction ▬ Gap 2 mm ▬ Two-part ▬ Colour: RAL 9006 grey ▬ Material: nylon
Order information Description 8 mm Ø door buffer
Part no. 993.706
Hinge systems
▬ Ø 3.5 mm ▬ Colour: nickel plated ▬ Material: steel
Part no. 609.1500 609.1700
Ø 6.0 mm
System screw
Centre bit
Stick-on door buffer
8 mm Ø door buffer
186
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Hinge systems 〉 MODUL – hinges 〉 Accessories
Pozidrive screwdriver Order information Description Pozidrive screwdriver
Part no. 303.756.1
▬ Slotted, size 1.0 x 5.5 mm ▬ Blade length 125 mm ▬ Overall length 225 mm ▬ Orange handle with Blum logo ▬ Colour: black/orange ▬ Material: nylon/steel
Order information Description Slotted screwdriver
Part no. 314.928.1
Hinge systems
▬ PZ (Pozi) size 2 ▬ Blade length 100 mm ▬ Overall length 200 mm ▬ Orange handle with Blum logo ▬ Colour: black/orange ▬ Material: nylon/steel
Slotted screwdriver
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
187
Box systems
3
A box system for every requirement. Blum offers various box systems that enable flexible furniture design. They boast a feather-light glide, enhanced ease of use, top quality and beautiful design.
▬ BLUMOTION – soft and effortless closing action ▬ SERVO-DRIVE – electric opening support, combined with BLUMOTION ▬ TIP-ON BLUMOTION – mechanical opening support, combined with BLUMOTION
▬ TIP-ON – mechanical opening support, closes with just a light push ▬ Comprehensive programme for many options ▬ High stability ▬ Quality for the lifetime of the furniture
LEGRABOX
MERIVOBOX
TANDEMBOX
METABOX
Turn your inspiration into a reality The box system for the most demanding design and customisation requirements
The box platform for your ideas Offering variety has never been so easy. This platform makes it incredibly simple
Clear-cut and rectangular TANDEMBOX antaro stands for a clear-cut, rectangular design
Simple. Excellent. Proven. The single walled Box system made from steel offers a number of application options
188
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Box systems 〉 Overview
LEGRABOX
LEGRABOX Overview Overview – applications Overview – design options Design element Accessories Symbolic image TIP-ON BLUMOTION for LEGRABOX TIP-ON BLUMOTION for LEGRABOX Overview Cabinet profile fixing positions
190 Cabinet profile fixing positions 191 192 231 228 238
242
244 245 248
Symbolic image
250 251 254
Box systems
TIP-ON for LEGRABOX TIP-ON for LEGRABOX Overview Cabinet profile fixing positions
Symbolic image
MERIVOBOX
MERIVOBOX Overview Overview – applications Design element Accessories Cabinet profile fixing positions Symbolic image TIP-ON BLUMOTION for MERIVOBOX TIP-ON BLUMOTION for MERIVOBOX Overview Cabinet profile fixing positions
256 257 258 290 291 295 296 297 300
Symbolic image
TANDEMBOX antaro TANDEMBOX antaro Overview Overview – applications Accessories Cabinet profile fixing positions Symbolic image
TANDEMBOX plus
TANDEMBOX plus Overview – applications
302 303 304 340 346 348 349
Symbolic image
TIP-ON BLUMOTION for TANDEMBOX TIP-ON BLUMOTION for TANDEMBOX Overview Cabinet profile fixing positions
350 351 356
Symbolic image
SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Overview Accessories
358 359 388
Symbolic image
METABOX
Symbolic image
METABOX Overview Overview – applications Accessories Cabinet profile fixing positions
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
390 391 392 406 413
189
Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX
Turn your inspiration into a reality
Box systems
The LEGRABOX box system meets the highest standards of customisation and design. With elegant, slim drawer sides and many incredible design possibilities, manufacturers can create a very distinctive drawer design. Manufacturers have the option of choosing the selected collection of LEGRABOX special edition or individual designs with LEGRABOX individual for minimum order quantities. This involves customers ordering the decorative elements (exterior) and drawer sides (interior) separately and assembling them in their own workshops in just a few steps. This makes it possible to manufacture stunning drawer designs with complete flexibility.
Straight interior and exterior The impressively slim drawer sides (just 12.8 mm) blend in beautifully with all items of furniture. The individual components are perfectly coordinated with one another and form beautiful transitions
2-shell drawer side design The LEGRABOX drawer side is 2-shell by design. Making it possible to select different colours and materials for the interior and exterior 190
Your creative playground There are no limits to your ideas when it comes to the design elements. Glass, wood, leather and stone are just some examples of how to effectively refine LEGRABOX free
Customised branding The branding element is an integral part of the LEGRABOX design. It can be printed with your brand name or logo. Keep it simple and discreet or make a bold statement. The logo can also be printed or laser engraved directly onto the drawer side
Fine engineering LEGRABOX leads the way in terms of technology. Fitted with the BLUMOTION S cabinet profile, LEGRABOX offers the flexibility to choose between three different motion technologies with a single cabinet profile, as well as boasting minimal opening force and a synchronised feather-light glide. The soft close function adapts to the motion technology employed Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Overview
Box systems
Symbolic image
Overview
Overview – box systems TIP-ON BLUMOTION for LEGRABOX TIP-ON for LEGRABOX MERIVOBOX TANDEMBOX antaro TANDEMBOX plus
189 SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX 244 METABOX 250 256 302 348
Overview – applications Design element
192 228
myLEGRABOX Overview – design options
230 Design selector 231
358 390
Design options
Box systems
Symbolic image
Short URL www.blum.com/lbxselector
Symbolic image
Accessories
Steel back Front/base stabiliser Front/base stabiliser for thin fronts Side stabilisation Support angle bracket Screws Symbolic image Cabinet profile fixing positions Cabinet profile 750 – 40 kg Cabinet profile 753 – 70 kg
238 Centre bit 238 Door buffer 239 Screwdriver 239 240 240
240 240 241
242 242
Symbolic image
Assembly, removal and adjustment Assembly, removal and adjustment
Symbolic image
Short URL www.blum.com/a310
Pictograph Item available on request
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
191
Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Overview – applications
kg
Applications
Box systems
Standard cabinet Drawer
Space requirement
Height (mm)
Drawer – N
40
80
Drawer – M
40 70
106
Drawer – K
40 70
144
Standard cabinet – LEGRABOX pure High fronted pull-out High fronted pull-out – C
40 70
Web code
Standard cabinet – LEGRABOX free High fronted pull-out High fronted pull-out – C
40 70
194
DQBN9A
196
DQBNYM
200 Inner pull-out
193
kg
192
Drawer – M
Dynamic carrying capacity
40
204
Inner drawer – M
40 70
104
Inner drawer – K
40 70
142
Inner pull-out – design element – C
40 70
191
Inner pull-out – gallery – C
40 70
191
257
Web code
Page
DQBPDA
198
DQGPIM
202
DQBSVY
206
DQBTLA
208
DQBUAM
214
DQBUZY
216
210 Inner pull-out
193
DQBQRY
Sink cabinet Drawer
Space requirement
Height (mm)
DQBMJY
DQBRHA
40 70
kg
Applications
Inner drawer
DQBQ2M
High fronted pull-out – F
Page
212
Inner pull-out – design element – C
40 70
191
Inner pull-out – gallery – C
40 70
191
106
DQBONY
218
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Overview – applications
Sink cabinet – LEGRABOX pure High fronted pull-out High fronted pull-out – C
High fronted pull-out – C – centre piece
Sink cabinet – LEGRABOX free High fronted pull-out High fronted pull-out – C – centre piece
Larder unit
Narrow cabinets
Design element
kg
Space requirement
Height (mm)
40
193
40
193
40
Colour SW-M OG-M CS-M
kg
Applications
Space requirement
Height (mm)
DQBS6M
220
DQCYEM
222
Web code
Page
DQBN9C SPACE TOWER
40 70
Cabinet width KB 275–1200 mm SPACE TWIN
DQGQ7Y
224
DQGTQM
226
20
Cabinet width KB 200 mm Glass design element
Dynamic carrying capacity
No. Description
¹
Page
193
Recommendation – colour combination of the components
2 2 3 3 4 5 5 6 7 11
Web code
Box systems
kg
Applications
Drawer side set Drawer side set exterior Chipboard back fixings left/right Steel back L shape left/right Front piece set Front piece without groove Front piece with groove Latch set Cross gallery Drawer side set interior
Sink cabinet
Silk white matt Orion grey matt Carbon black matt
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
228
Colour SW-M SW-M ¹ SW-M SW-M ¹ SW-M SW-M SW-M SW-M SW-M SW-M ¹ SW-M Colour INGL NI ELEO
OG-M OG-M OG-M OG-M OG-M OG-M OG-M OG-M OG-M OG-M OG-M
CS-M CS-M CS-M CS-M CS-M CS-M CS-M CS-M CS-M CS-M CS-M
INGL INGL INGL NI CS-M INGL ELEO ELEO CS-M ELEO INGL
Stainless steel Anti-fingerprint Nickel plated Anodised stainless steel appearance
193
Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Standard cabinet
Web code DQBMJY
Drawer – N
Box systems
▬ Suitable for LEGRABOX pure and LEGRABOX free ▬ Steel drawer side and stainless steel ▬ Straight interior and exterior ▬ Slim drawer side 12.8 mm ▬ Synchronised feather-light glide ▬ Includes integrated, switchable BLUMOTION S damping effect for soft and effortless closing, and can be combined with SERVO-DRIVE or TIP-ON BLUMOTION ▬ Tool-free front assembly ▬ Two-dimensional front setting in the drawer side
Space requirement
NL
NL
+3
Nominal length
Order information 1 Cabinet profiles left/right BLUMOTION S Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) NL (mm) 40 400 750.4001S 450 750.4501S 500 750.5001S 550 750.5501S 2
Drawer side set
Drawer side height (mm) Nominal length Colour NL (mm) SW-M | OG-M | INGL CS-M 400 770N4002S 450 770N4502S 500 770N5002S 550 770N5502S
66.5
770N4502I 770N5002I
Composed of: 2a 1 x Left/right drawer sides 2b 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed 2c 2 x Cover caps
3
4
Chipboard back fixings left/right Colour Material SW-M | OG-M | CS-M | Steel NI Front fixing bracket Fixing method EXPANDO EXPANDO T Screw-on
EXPANDO T suitable for thin fronts – see reference pages Colour SW-M OG-M CS-M
Silk white matt Orion grey matt Carbon black matt
Colour INGL NI
Part no. ZB7N000S
2x 2x 2x
Part no. ZF7N70E2 ZF7N70T2 ZF7N7002
Stainless steel Anti-fingerprint Nickel plated
Accessories – Chipboard screws Ø (mm) 3.5 3.5
Length (mm) 15 17
Part no. 609.1500 609.1700
Fixing screw (flat headed screw) Ø (mm) Length (mm) 4 15
Part no. 61D.1500
For front fixing We recommend chipboard screws Ø 4 x 15 mm for connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet
–
For the connection of chipboard back fixings with chipboard back and drawer side with drawer bases In order to achieve optimal assembly, we recommend that you use flat headed screws for the chipboard back and drawer side
–
System screw Ø (mm) 6
Length (mm) 14.5
For connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet
194
Part no. 661.1450.HG
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Standard cabinet
Web code DQBMJY
Drawer – N Installation dimensions – front – screw-on
Drilling distances – front – EXPANDO front
Installation dimensions – back
Box systems
Planning Space requirement in cabinet
min 12**
*
+1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled
FA *
Front overlay +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled
Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Cabinet profile 750 – 40 kg Nominal length NL (mm)
* **
+1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled Min. 6 mm for EXPANDO T
Cutting – 16 mm chipboard
Chipboard back 39 mm
400 | 450 | 500
LW – 38 mm
550
Base Chipboard back NL – 10 mm Steel back NL – 21 mm
KB LW NL
Cabinet width Internal cabinet width Nominal length
LW – 35 mm Rebate dimensions
Drilling distances – drawer base
Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm
Reference pages Overview – LEGRABOX myLEGRABOX Fixing system for thin fronts – EXPANDO T Assembly recommendation and limitation of liability – EXPANDO T Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for LEGRABOX Overview – TIP-ON for LEGRABOX Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
191 CABLOXX 230 Accessories Cabinet profile fixing positions 584 Overview – assembly devices More technical details 585
582 Assembly, removal and adjustment 238 242 591 Short URL 698 www.blum.com/a310
359 245 251 195
Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Standard cabinet
Web code DQBN9A
Drawer – M Space requirement
Box systems
▬ Suitable for LEGRABOX pure and LEGRABOX free ▬ Steel drawer side and stainless steel ▬ Straight interior and exterior ▬ Slim drawer side 12.8 mm ▬ Synchronised feather-light glide ▬ Includes integrated, switchable BLUMOTION S damping effect for soft and effortless closing, and can be combined with SERVO-DRIVE or TIP-ON BLUMOTION ▬ Tool-free front assembly ▬ Three-dimensional front adjustment in the drawer side
NL *
Order information 1 Cabinet profiles left/right
1
BLUMOTION S Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) NL (mm) 40 70 270 750.2701S 300 750.3001S 350 750.3501S 400 750.4001S 450 750.4501S 753.4501S 500 750.5001S 753.5001S 550 750.5501S 753.5501S 600 750.6001S 753.6001S 650 753.6501S 2
4 2b
90.5
Accessories – Chipboard screws Ø (mm) 3.5 3.5
770M2702I 770M3002I 770M3502I 770M4002I 770M4502I 770M5002I 770M5502I 770M6002I 770M6502I
4
–
Chipboard back fixings left/right Colour Material SW-M | OG-M | CS-M | Steel NI
196
Silk white matt Orion grey matt Carbon black matt
Part no. 609.1500 609.1700
Fixing screw (flat headed screw) Ø (mm) Length (mm) 4 15
Part no. 61D.1500
Part no. ZB7M000S
For the connection of chipboard back fixings with chipboard back and drawer side with drawer bases In order to achieve optimal assembly, we recommend that you use flat headed screws for the chipboard back and drawer side
–
System screw Ø (mm) 6
Length (mm) 14.5
For connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet
Front fixing bracket Fixing method EXPANDO EXPANDO T Screw-on
EXPANDO T suitable for thin fronts – see reference pages Colour SW-M OG-M CS-M
Length (mm) 15 17
For front fixing We recommend chipboard screws Ø 4 x 15 mm for connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet
Composed of: 2a 1 x Left/right drawer sides 2b 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed 2c 2 x Cover caps
3
3
2a
2c
Drawer side set
Drawer side height (mm) Nominal length Colour NL (mm) SW-M | OG-M | INGL CS-M 270 770M2702S 300 770M3002S 350 770M3502S 400 770M4002S 450 770M4502S 500 770M5002S 550 770M5502S 600 770M6002S 650 770M6502S
Nominal length Incl. 2 mm tilt adjustment
Colour INGL NI
2x 2x 2x
Part no. 661.1450.HG
Part no. ZF7M70E2 ZF7M70T2 ZF7M7002
Stainless steel Anti-fingerprint Nickel plated
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Standard cabinet
Web code DQBN9A
Drawer – M Installation dimensions – front – screw-on
Drilling distances – front – EXPANDO front
Installation dimensions – back
Box systems
Planning Space requirement in cabinet
min 12**
* **
+1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled Incl. 2 mm tilt adjustment
FA *
Front overlay +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled
Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Cabinet profile 750 – 40 kg Nominal length NL (mm)
* **
+1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled Min. 6 mm for EXPANDO T
Cutting – 16 mm chipboard
Chipboard back 63 mm
270
LW – 38 mm
300 | 350
Base Chipboard back
400 | 450 | 500
NL – 10 mm Steel back
550 | 600
NL – 21 mm
KB LW NL
Cabinet width Internal cabinet width Nominal length
LW – 35 mm Rebate dimensions
Cabinet profile 753 – 70 kg Nominal length NL (mm)
Drilling distances – drawer base
450 500 | 550 | 600 650
Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm
Reference pages Overview – LEGRABOX myLEGRABOX Fixing system for thin fronts – EXPANDO T Assembly recommendation and limitation of liability – EXPANDO T Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for LEGRABOX Overview – TIP-ON for LEGRABOX Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
191 Overview – AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | 230 MERIVOBOX CABLOXX 584 Accessories Cabinet profile fixing positions 585 Overview – assembly devices More technical details 359
529
Assembly, removal and adjustment
582 238 Short URL 242 www.blum.com/a310 591 698
245 251 197
Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Standard cabinet
Web code DQBPDA
Inner drawer – M
Box systems
▬ Inner drawer with solid front piece ▬ Suitable for LEGRABOX pure and LEGRABOX free ▬ Steel drawer side and stainless steel ▬ Straight interior and exterior ▬ Slim drawer side 12.8 mm ▬ Synchronised feather-light glide ▬ Includes integrated, switchable BLUMOTION S damping effect for soft and effortless closing, and can be combined with SERVO-DRIVE or TIP-ON BLUMOTION ▬ Tool-free front assembly ▬ Three-dimensional front adjustment in the drawer side
Space requirement
NL *
Order information 1 Cabinet profiles left/right
1
BLUMOTION S Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) NL (mm) 40 70 270 750.2701S 300 750.3001S 350 750.3501S 400 750.4001S 450 750.4501S 753.4501S 500 750.5001S 753.5001S 550 750.5501S 753.5501S 600 750.6001S 753.6001S 650 753.6501S 2
4
Front piece set Colour SW-M | OG-M | CS-M INGL
Composed of: 4a 1 x Front fixing left/right 4b 1 x Outer cover cap left/right 4e 1 x Locking piece 4f 4 x Screws
5
Front piece without groove Colour Length (mm) SW-M | OG-M | CS-M | 1043 ELEO
4a 4e
Accessories 6 Latch set Colour SW-M | OG-M | CS-M
770M2702I 770M3002I 770M3502I 770M4002I 770M4502I 770M5002I 770M5502I 770M6002I 770M6502I
Material Steel Stainless steel
2c
4b 2b
90.5
Chipboard back fixings left/right Colour Material SW-M | OG-M | CS-M | Steel NI
3
5
Composed of: 2a 1 x Left/right drawer sides 2b 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed 2c 2 x Cover caps
3
2a
6a 6b
Drawer side set
Drawer side height (mm) Nominal length Colour NL (mm) SW-M | OG-M | INGL CS-M 270 770M2702S 300 770M3002S 350 770M3502S 400 770M4002S 450 770M4502S 500 770M5002S 550 770M5502S 600 770M6002S 650 770M6502S
Nominal length Inner drawer with latch set
Part no. ZB7M000S
Material Nylon
Composed of: 6a 1 x Latch 6b 1 x Latch housing RAL 7037 dust grey Latch must be mounted on the front piece Latch set (ZI7.0M07) cannot be used in combination with TIP-ON BLUMOTION Colour CS-M Also for INGL
–
Fixing screw (flat headed screw) Ø (mm) Length (mm) 4 15
Part no. ZI7.0M07
Part no. 61D.1500
For the connection of chipboard back fixings with chipboard back and drawer side with drawer bases In order to achieve optimal assembly, we recommend that you use flat headed screws for the chipboard back and drawer side
– Part no. ZI7.0MS0 ZI7.0MI0
4f
System screw Ø (mm) 6
Length (mm) 14.5
For connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet Colour SW-M OG-M CS-M
Silk white matt Orion grey matt Carbon black matt
Colour INGL NI ELEO
Part no. 661.1450.HG
Stainless steel Anti-fingerprint Nickel plated Anodised stainless steel appearance
Part no. ZV7.1043C01
Suitable for cabinet width KB 1200 mm Cutting Internal cabinet width LW – 126 mm
198
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Standard cabinet
Web code DQBPDA
Inner drawer – M Installation dimensions – back
Drilling distances – front – latch housing
Box systems
Planning Space requirement in cabinet
* **
+1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled Inner drawer with latch set possible from height 71 mm
Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Cabinet profile 750 – 40 kg Nominal length NL (mm)
Cutting – 16 mm chipboard
Chipboard back 63 mm
270
LW – 38 mm
300 | 350
Base Chipboard back
400 | 450 | 500
NL – 10 mm Steel back
550 | 600
NL – 21 mm
KB LW NL
Cabinet width Internal cabinet width Nominal length
LW – 35 mm Rebate dimensions
Cabinet profile 753 – 70 kg Nominal length NL (mm)
Drilling distances – drawer base
450 500 | 550 | 600 650
Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm
Reference pages Overview – LEGRABOX myLEGRABOX Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for LEGRABOX Overview – TIP-ON for LEGRABOX Overview – AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX CABLOXX Accessories Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
191 Cabinet profile fixing positions 230 Overview – assembly devices More technical details 359 245
242 Assembly, removal and adjustment 591 698 Short URL www.blum.com/a310
251 529 582 238 199
Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Standard cabinet
Web code DQBNYM
Drawer – K
Box systems
▬ Suitable for LEGRABOX pure and LEGRABOX free ▬ Steel drawer side and stainless steel ▬ Straight interior and exterior ▬ Slim drawer side 12.8 mm ▬ Synchronised feather-light glide ▬ Includes integrated, switchable BLUMOTION S damping effect for soft and effortless closing, and can be combined with SERVO-DRIVE or TIP-ON BLUMOTION ▬ Tool-free front assembly ▬ Three-dimensional front adjustment in the drawer side
Space requirement
NL *
Order information 1 Cabinet profiles left/right
1
BLUMOTION S Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) NL (mm) 40 70 300 750.3001S 350 750.3501S 400 750.4001S 450 750.4501S 753.4501S 500 750.5001S 753.5001S 550 750.5501S 753.5501S 600 750.6001S 753.6001S 2
2c
128.5
2b 4
770K3502I 770K4002I 770K4502I 770K5002I 770K5502I
Accessories – Chipboard screws Ø (mm) 3.5 3.5
Composed of: 2a 1 x Left/right drawer sides 2b 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed 2c 2 x Cover caps
4
Chipboard back fixings left/right Colour Material SW-M | OG-M | CS-M | Steel NI Front fixing bracket Fixing method EXPANDO EXPANDO T Screw-on
EXPANDO T suitable for thin fronts – see reference pages Colour SW-M OG-M CS-M
200
3
2a
Drawer side set
Drawer side height (mm) Nominal length Colour NL (mm) SW-M | OG-M | INGL CS-M 300 770K3002S 350 770K3502S 400 770K4002S 450 770K4502S 500 770K5002S 550 770K5502S 600 770K6002S
3
Nominal length Incl. 2 mm tilt adjustment
Silk white matt Orion grey matt Carbon black matt
Colour INGL NI
Part no. ZB7K000S
2x 2x 2x
Part no. ZF7K70E2 ZF7K70T2 ZF7K7002
Length (mm) 15 17
Part no. 609.1500 609.1700
Fixing screw (flat headed screw) Ø (mm) Length (mm) 4 15
Part no. 61D.1500
For front fixing We recommend chipboard screws Ø 4 x 15 mm for connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet
–
For the connection of chipboard back fixings with chipboard back and drawer side with drawer bases In order to achieve optimal assembly, we recommend that you use flat headed screws for the chipboard back and drawer side
–
System screw Ø (mm) 6
Length (mm) 14.5
For connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet
Part no. 661.1450.HG
Stainless steel Anti-fingerprint Nickel plated
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Standard cabinet
Web code DQBNYM
Drawer – K Installation dimensions – front – screw-on
Drilling distances – front – EXPANDO front
Installation dimensions – back
Box systems
Planning Space requirement in cabinet
min 12**
* **
+1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled Incl. 2 mm tilt adjustment
FA *
Front overlay +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled
Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Cabinet profile 750 – 40 kg Nominal length NL (mm)
* **
+1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled Min. 6 mm for EXPANDO T
Cutting – 16 mm chipboard
Chipboard back 101 mm
300 | 350
LW – 38 mm
400 | 450 | 500
Base Chipboard back
550 | 600
NL – 10 mm Steel back NL – 21 mm
KB LW NL
Cabinet width Internal cabinet width Nominal length
LW – 35 mm Rebate dimensions
Cabinet profile 753 – 70 kg Nominal length NL (mm)
Drilling distances – drawer base
450 500 | 550 | 600
Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm
Reference pages Overview – LEGRABOX myLEGRABOX Fixing system for thin fronts – EXPANDO T Assembly recommendation and limitation of liability – EXPANDO T Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for LEGRABOX Overview – TIP-ON for LEGRABOX Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
191 Overview – AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | 230 MERIVOBOX CABLOXX 584 Accessories Cabinet profile fixing positions 585 Overview – assembly devices More technical details 359
529
Assembly, removal and adjustment
582 238 Short URL 242 www.blum.com/a310 591 698
245 251 201
Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Standard cabinet
Web code DQGPIM
Inner drawer – K Space requirement
Box systems
▬ Inner drawer with mid-height solid front piece ▬ Suitable for LEGRABOX pure and LEGRABOX free ▬ Steel drawer side and stainless steel ▬ Straight interior and exterior ▬ Slim drawer side 12.8 mm ▬ Synchronised feather-light glide ▬ Includes integrated, switchable BLUMOTION S damping effect for soft and effortless closing, and can be combined with SERVO-DRIVE or TIP-ON BLUMOTION ▬ Tool-free front assembly ▬ Three-dimensional front adjustment in the drawer side
NL
Nominal length
Order information 1 Cabinet profiles left/right
2b
BLUMOTION S Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) NL (mm) 40 70 300 750.3001S 350 750.3501S 400 750.4001S 450 750.4501S 753.4501S 500 750.5001S 753.5001S 550 750.5501S 753.5501S 600 750.6001S 753.6001S 2
6a 6b
128.5
5 770K3502I 770K4002I 770K4502I 770K5002I 770K5502I
Chipboard back fixings left/right Colour Material SW-M | OG-M | CS-M | Steel NI Front piece set Colour SW-M | OG-M | CS-M INGL
Composed of: 4a 1 x Front fixing left/right 4b 1 x Outer cover cap left/right 4c 1 x Interior cover cap left/right 4e 1 x Locking piece 4f 4 x Screws
5
4a 4c 2c 4f
Material Steel Stainless steel
Front piece without groove Colour Length (mm) SW-M | OG-M | CS-M | 1043 ELEO
4e
Accessories 6 Latch set Colour SW-M | OG-M | CS-M
Composed of: 2a 1 x Left/right drawer sides 2b 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed 2c 2 x Cover caps
4
3
2a
Drawer side set
Drawer side height (mm) Nominal length Colour NL (mm) SW-M | OG-M | INGL CS-M 300 770K3002S 350 770K3502S 400 770K4002S 450 770K4502S 500 770K5002S 550 770K5502S 600 770K6002S
3
1
Part no. ZB7K000S
Part no. ZI7.0KS0 ZI7.0KI0
4f
4b
Material Nylon
Composed of: 6a 1 x Latch 6b 1 x Latch housing RAL 7037 dust grey Latch must be mounted on the front piece Latch set (ZI7.0M07) cannot be used in combination with TIP-ON BLUMOTION Colour CS-M Also for INGL
–
Fixing screw (flat headed screw) Ø (mm) Length (mm) 4 15
Part no. 61D.1500
For the connection of chipboard back fixings with chipboard back and drawer side with drawer bases In order to achieve optimal assembly, we recommend that you use flat headed screws for the chipboard back and drawer side
–
System screw Ø (mm) 6
Length (mm) 14.5
For connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet
Part no.
Part no. ZI7.0M07
Colour SW-M OG-M CS-M
Silk white matt Orion grey matt Carbon black matt
Colour INGL NI ELEO
Part no. 661.1450.HG
Stainless steel Anti-fingerprint Nickel plated Anodised stainless steel appearance
ZV7.1043C01
Suitable for cabinet width KB 1200 mm Cutting Internal cabinet width LW – 126 mm
202
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Standard cabinet
Web code DQGPIM
Inner drawer – K Installation dimensions – back
Drilling distances – front – latch housing
Box systems
Planning Space requirement in cabinet
*
+1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled
Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Cabinet profile 750 – 40 kg Nominal length NL (mm)
Cutting – 16 mm chipboard
Chipboard back 101 mm
300 | 350
LW – 38 mm
400 | 450 | 500
Base Chipboard back
550 | 600
NL – 10 mm Steel back NL – 21 mm
KB LW NL
Cabinet width Internal cabinet width Nominal length
LW – 35 mm Rebate dimensions
Cabinet profile 753 – 70 kg Nominal length NL (mm)
Drilling distances – drawer base
450 500 | 550 | 600
Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm
Reference pages Overview – LEGRABOX myLEGRABOX Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for LEGRABOX Overview – TIP-ON for LEGRABOX Overview – AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX CABLOXX Accessories Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
191 Cabinet profile fixing positions 230 Overview – assembly devices More technical details 359 245
242 Assembly, removal and adjustment 591 698 Short URL www.blum.com/a310
251 529 582 238 203
Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Standard cabinet – LEGRABOX pure
Web code DQBQ2M
High fronted pull-out – C
Box systems
▬ Steel drawer side and stainless steel ▬ Straight interior and exterior ▬ Slim drawer side 12.8 mm ▬ Synchronised feather-light glide ▬ Includes integrated, switchable BLUMOTION S damping effect for soft and effortless closing, and can be combined with SERVO-DRIVE or TIP-ON BLUMOTION ▬ Tool-free front assembly ▬ Three-dimensional front adjustment in the drawer side
Space requirement
NL *
Order information 1 Cabinet profiles left/right
Nominal length Incl. 2 mm tilt adjustment
2a
1
BLUMOTION S Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) NL (mm) 40 70 270 750.2701S 300 750.3001S 350 750.3501S 400 750.4001S 450 750.4501S 753.4501S 500 750.5001S 753.5001S 550 750.5501S 753.5501S 600 750.6001S 753.6001S 650 753.6501S 2
2c
Drawer side set
Drawer side height (mm) Nominal length Colour NL (mm) SW-M | OG-M | INGL CS-M 270 770C2702S 300 770C3002S 350 770C3502S 400 770C4002S 450 770C4502S 500 770C5002S 550 770C5502S 600 770C6002S 650 770C6502S
2b
177
4a Accessories – Chipboard screws Ø (mm) 3.5 3.5
770C2702I 770C3002I 770C3502I 770C4002I 770C4502I 770C5002I 770C5502I 770C6002I 770C6502I
4
–
Chipboard back fixings left/right Colour Material SW-M | OG-M | CS-M | Steel NI
Part no. ZB7C000S
2x 2x 2x
Part no. ZF7C70E2 ZF7C70T2 ZF7C7002
Alternative to 4 4a Front fixing bracket Fixing method EXPANDO EXPANDO T Screw-on
4x 4x 4x
Part no. ZF7M70E2 ZF7M70T2 ZF7M7002
EXPANDO T suitable for thin fronts – see reference pages
204
Length (mm) 15 17
Part no. 609.1500 609.1700
Fixing screw (flat headed screw) Ø (mm) Length (mm) 4 15
Part no. 61D.1500
For the connection of chipboard back fixings with chipboard back and drawer side with drawer bases In order to achieve optimal assembly, we recommend that you use flat headed screws for the chipboard back and drawer side
–
System screw Ø (mm) 6
Length (mm) 14.5
For connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet
Front fixing bracket Fixing method EXPANDO EXPANDO T Screw-on
EXPANDO T suitable for thin fronts – see reference pages
4
For front fixing We recommend chipboard screws Ø 4 x 15 mm for connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet
Composed of: 2a 1 x Left/right drawer sides 2b 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed 2c 2 x Cover caps
3
3
Colour SW-M OG-M CS-M
Silk white matt Orion grey matt Carbon black matt
Colour INGL NI
Part no. 661.1450.HG
Stainless steel Anti-fingerprint Nickel plated
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Standard cabinet – LEGRABOX pure
Web code DQBQ2M
High fronted pull-out – C Installation dimensions – front – screw-on
Drilling distances – front – EXPANDO front
min 12** * **
+1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled Incl. 2 mm tilt adjustment
FA * **
Front overlay +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled Alternative 4a
Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Cabinet profile 750 – 40 kg Nominal length NL (mm)
4 * **
Installation dimensions – back
Box systems
Planning Space requirement in cabinet
min 12**
4a +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled Min. 6 mm for EXPANDO T
Cutting – 16 mm chipboard
Chipboard back 148 mm
270
LW – 38 mm
300 | 350
Base Chipboard back
400 | 450 | 500
NL – 10 mm Steel back
550 | 600
NL – 21 mm
KB LW NL
Cabinet width Internal cabinet width Nominal length
LW – 35 mm Rebate dimensions
Cabinet profile 753 – 70 kg Nominal length NL (mm)
Drilling distances – drawer base
450 500 | 550 | 600 650
Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm
Reference pages Overview – LEGRABOX myLEGRABOX Fixing system for thin fronts – EXPANDO T Assembly recommendation and limitation of liability – EXPANDO T Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for LEGRABOX Overview – TIP-ON for LEGRABOX Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
191 Overview – AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | 230 MERIVOBOX CABLOXX 584 Accessories Cabinet profile fixing positions 585 Overview – assembly devices More technical details 359
529
Assembly, removal and adjustment
582 238 Short URL 242 www.blum.com/a310 591 698
245 251 205
Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Standard cabinet – LEGRABOX pure
Web code DQBSVY
Inner pull-out – design element – C
Box systems
▬ Inner pull-out with a high or low design element ▬ Steel drawer side and stainless steel ▬ Straight interior and exterior ▬ Slim drawer side 12.8 mm ▬ Synchronised feather-light glide ▬ Includes integrated, switchable BLUMOTION S damping effect for soft and effortless closing, and can be combined with SERVO-DRIVE or TIP-ON BLUMOTION ▬ Tool-free front assembly ▬ Three-dimensional front adjustment in the drawer side
Space requirement
NL
Nominal length
Order information 1 Cabinet profiles left/right BLUMOTION S Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) NL (mm) 40 70 270 750.2701S 300 750.3001S 350 750.3501S 400 750.4001S 450 750.4501S 753.4501S 500 750.5001S 753.5001S 550 750.5501S 753.5501S 600 750.6001S 753.6001S 650 753.6501S 2
7
Drawer side set
Drawer side height (mm) Nominal length Colour NL (mm) SW-M | OG-M | INGL CS-M 270 770C2702S 300 770C3002S 350 770C3502S 400 770C4002S 450 770C4502S 500 770C5002S 550 770C5502S 600 770C6002S 650 770C6502S
177
7
770C2702I 770C3002I 770C3502I 770C4002I 770C4502I 770C5002I 770C5502I 770C6002I 770C6502I
For ordering information, see design element
Composed of: 2a 1 x Left/right drawer sides 2b 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed 2c 2 x Cover caps
3
4
Chipboard back fixings left/right Colour Material SW-M | OG-M | CS-M | Steel NI Front piece set Colour SW-M | OG-M | CS-M INGL
Material Steel Stainless steel
Composed of: 4a 1 x Front fixing left/right 4b 1 x Outer cover cap left/right 4c 1 x Interior cover cap left/right 4d 1 x Adapter piece for low design element left/right 4e 1 x Locking piece 4f 4 x Screws
5
Front piece with groove Colour Length (mm) SW-M | OG-M | CS-M | 1043 ELEO
Glass design element (for inner pull-out front) Design Material Low Glass High Glass
Part no. ZB7C000S
Part no. ZI7.2CS0 ZI7.2CI0
Accessories – Fixing screw (flat headed screw) Ø (mm) Length (mm) 4 15
Part no. ZE7VxxxxG ZE7WxxxxG
Part no. 61D.1500
For the connection of chipboard back fixings with chipboard back and drawer side with drawer bases In order to achieve optimal assembly, we recommend that you use flat headed screws for the chipboard back and drawer side
–
System screw Ø (mm) 6
Length (mm) 14.5
For connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet Colour SW-M OG-M CS-M
Silk white matt Orion grey matt Carbon black matt
Colour INGL NI ELEO
Part no. 661.1450.HG
Stainless steel Anti-fingerprint Nickel plated Anodised stainless steel appearance
Part no. ZV7.1043MN1
Suitable for cabinet width KB 1200 mm Cutting Internal cabinet width LW – 126 mm
206
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Standard cabinet – LEGRABOX pure
Web code DQBSVY
Inner pull-out – design element – C Installation dimensions – back
Box systems
Planning Space requirement in cabinet
*
+1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled
Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Cabinet profile 750 – 40 kg Nominal length NL (mm)
Cutting – 16 mm chipboard
Chipboard back 148 mm
270
LW – 38 mm
300 | 350
Base Chipboard back
400 | 450 | 500
NL – 10 mm Steel back
550 | 600
NL – 21 mm
KB LW NL
Cabinet width Internal cabinet width Nominal length
LW – 35 mm Rebate dimensions
Cabinet profile 753 – 70 kg Nominal length NL (mm)
Cutting – design element
450 500 | 550 | 600
Design X (mm) element Low LW – 80 High LW – 80 LW Internal cabinet width
Y (mm) 70 138
The given dimensions in combination with LEGRABOX do not require “impact testing for vertically installed glass parts” as per the DIN EN 14749 norm June 2016. For norm compliance no safety glass is required. The edge is a polished flat-ended edge with a 1 mm ±0.5 mm bevel.
650
Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm
Reference pages Overview – LEGRABOX myLEGRABOX Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for LEGRABOX Overview – TIP-ON for LEGRABOX Overview – AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX CABLOXX Design element Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
191 Accessories 230 Cabinet profile fixing positions Overview – assembly devices 359 More technical details 245
238 Assembly, removal and adjustment 242 591 698 Short URL www.blum.com/a310
251 529 582 228 207
Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Standard cabinet – LEGRABOX pure
Web code DQBTLA
Inner pull-out – gallery – C Space requirement
Box systems
▬ Inner pull-out with gallery ▬ Steel drawer side and stainless steel ▬ Straight interior and exterior ▬ Slim drawer side 12.8 mm ▬ Synchronised feather-light glide ▬ Includes integrated, switchable BLUMOTION S damping effect for soft and effortless closing, and can be combined with SERVO-DRIVE or TIP-ON BLUMOTION ▬ Tool-free front assembly ▬ Three-dimensional front adjustment in the drawer side
NL
Order information 1 Cabinet profiles left/right
1
BLUMOTION S Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) NL (mm) 40 70 270 750.2701S 300 750.3001S 350 750.3501S 400 750.4001S 450 750.4501S 753.4501S 500 750.5001S 753.5001S 550 750.5501S 753.5501S 600 750.6001S 753.6001S 650 753.6501S 2
4
Composed of: 4a 1 x Front fixing left/right 4b 1 x Outer cover cap left/right 4c 1 x Interior cover cap left/right 4e 1 x Locking piece 4f 4 x Screws
5
2c
4c 4f 4e
177
5 4a
7
770C2702I 770C3002I 770C3502I 770C4002I 770C4502I 770C5002I 770C5502I 770C6002I 770C6502I
Chipboard back fixings left/right Colour Material SW-M | OG-M | CS-M | Steel NI Front piece set Colour SW-M | OG-M | CS-M INGL
3
7
Material Steel Stainless steel
Front piece without groove Colour Length (mm) SW-M | OG-M | CS-M | 1043 ELEO
Cross gallery Colour SW-M | OG-M | CS-M | ELEO
4b
Length (mm)
Part no. ZR7.1080U
1080
Suitable for cabinet width KB 1200 mm Cutting Internal cabinet width LW – 90 mm
Composed of: 2a 1 x Left/right drawer sides 2b 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed 2c 2 x Cover caps
3
2a
2b
Drawer side set
Drawer side height (mm) Nominal length Colour NL (mm) SW-M | OG-M | INGL CS-M 270 770C2702S 300 770C3002S 350 770C3502S 400 770C4002S 450 770C4502S 500 770C5002S 550 770C5502S 600 770C6002S 650 770C6502S
Nominal length
Part no. ZB7C000S
Part no. ZI7.3CS0 ZI7.3CI0
Accessories – Fixing screw (flat headed screw) Ø (mm) Length (mm) 4 15
Part no. 61D.1500
For the connection of chipboard back fixings with chipboard back and drawer side with drawer bases In order to achieve optimal assembly, we recommend that you use flat headed screws for the chipboard back and drawer side
–
System screw Ø (mm) 6
Length (mm) 14.5
For connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet Colour SW-M OG-M CS-M
Silk white matt Orion grey matt Carbon black matt
Colour INGL NI ELEO
Part no. 661.1450.HG
Stainless steel Anti-fingerprint Nickel plated Anodised stainless steel appearance
Part no. ZV7.1043C01
Suitable for cabinet width KB 1200 mm Cutting Internal cabinet width LW – 126 mm
208
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Standard cabinet – LEGRABOX pure
Web code DQBTLA
Inner pull-out – gallery – C Installation dimensions – back
Box systems
Planning Space requirement in cabinet
*
+1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled
Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Cabinet profile 750 – 40 kg Nominal length NL (mm)
Cutting – 16 mm chipboard
Chipboard back 148 mm
270
LW – 38 mm
300 | 350
Base Chipboard back
400 | 450 | 500
NL – 10 mm Steel back
550 | 600
NL – 21 mm
KB LW NL
Cabinet width Internal cabinet width Nominal length
LW – 35 mm Rebate dimensions
Cabinet profile 753 – 70 kg Nominal length NL (mm)
Drilling distances – drawer base
450 500 | 550 | 600 650
Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm
Reference pages Overview – LEGRABOX myLEGRABOX Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for LEGRABOX Overview – TIP-ON for LEGRABOX Overview – AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX CABLOXX Accessories Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
191 Cabinet profile fixing positions 230 Overview – assembly devices More technical details 359 245
242 Assembly, removal and adjustment 591 698 Short URL www.blum.com/a310
251 529 582 238 209
Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Standard cabinet – LEGRABOX pure
Web code DQBRHA
High fronted pull-out – F
Box systems
▬ Steel drawer side and stainless steel ▬ Straight interior and exterior ▬ Slim drawer side 12.8 mm ▬ Synchronised feather-light glide ▬ Includes integrated, switchable BLUMOTION S damping effect for soft and effortless closing, and can be combined with SERVO-DRIVE or TIP-ON BLUMOTION ▬ Tool-free front assembly ▬ Three-dimensional front adjustment in the drawer side
Space requirement
NL *
Nominal length Incl. 2 mm tilt adjustment
Order information 1 Cabinet profiles left/right BLUMOTION S Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) NL (mm) 40 70 400 750.4001S 450 750.4501S 753.4501S 500 750.5001S 753.5001S 550 750.5501S 753.5501S 600 750.6001S 753.6001S 650 753.6501S 2
Drawer side set
Drawer side height (mm) Nominal length Colour NL (mm) SW-M | OG-M | INGL CS-M 400 770F4002S 450 770F4502S 500 770F5002S 550 770F5502S 600 770F6002S 650 770F6502S
241
770F4002I 770F4502I 770F5002I 770F5502I 770F6002I 770F6502I
Composed of: 2a 1 x Left/right drawer sides 2b 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed 2c 2 x Cover caps
3
4
Chipboard back fixings left/right Colour Material SW-M | OG-M | CS-M | Steel NI Front fixing bracket Fixing method EXPANDO EXPANDO T Screw-on
EXPANDO T suitable for thin fronts – see reference pages
4
Part no. ZB7F000S
2x 2x 2x
Part no. ZF7M70E2 ZF7M70T2 ZF7M7002
2x 2x 2x
Part no. ZF7C70E2 ZF7C70T2 ZF7C7002
Alternative to 4 4a Front fixing bracket Fixing method EXPANDO EXPANDO T Screw-on
6x 6x 6x
Part no. ZF7M70E2 ZF7M70T2 ZF7M7002
EXPANDO T suitable for thin fronts – see reference pages
210
Length (mm) 15 17
Part no. 609.1500 609.1700
Fixing screw (flat headed screw) Ø (mm) Length (mm) 4 15
Part no. 61D.1500
For front fixing We recommend chipboard screws Ø 4 x 15 mm for connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet
–
For the connection of chipboard back fixings with chipboard back and drawer side with drawer bases In order to achieve optimal assembly, we recommend that you use flat headed screws for the chipboard back and drawer side
–
System screw Ø (mm) 6
Length (mm) 14.5
For connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet
Front fixing bracket Fixing method EXPANDO EXPANDO T Screw-on
EXPANDO T suitable for thin fronts – see reference pages
Accessories – Chipboard screws Ø (mm) 3.5 3.5
Colour SW-M OG-M CS-M
Silk white matt Orion grey matt Carbon black matt
Colour INGL NI
Part no. 661.1450.HG
Stainless steel Anti-fingerprint Nickel plated
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Standard cabinet – LEGRABOX pure
Web code DQBRHA
High fronted pull-out – F Installation dimensions – front – screw-on
Drilling distances – front – EXPANDO front
Installation dimensions – back
min 12** * **
+1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled Incl. 2 mm tilt adjustment
FA * **
Front overlay +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled Alternative 4a
Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Cabinet profile 750 – 40 kg Nominal length NL (mm)
4 * **
Box systems
32** 64** 32** 32** 32**
Planning Space requirement in cabinet
min 12**
4a +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled Min. 6 mm for EXPANDO T
Cutting – 16 mm chipboard
Chipboard back 212 mm
400 | 450 | 500
LW – 38 mm
550 | 600
Base Chipboard back NL – 10 mm Steel back NL – 21 mm
KB LW NL
Cabinet width Internal cabinet width Nominal length
LW – 35 mm Rebate dimensions
Cabinet profile 753 – 70 kg Nominal length NL (mm)
Drilling distances – drawer base
450 500 | 550 | 600 650
Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm
Reference pages Overview – LEGRABOX myLEGRABOX Fixing system for thin fronts – EXPANDO T Assembly recommendation and limitation of liability – EXPANDO T Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for LEGRABOX Overview – TIP-ON for LEGRABOX Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
191 Overview – AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | 230 MERIVOBOX CABLOXX 584 Accessories Cabinet profile fixing positions 585 Overview – assembly devices More technical details 359
529
Assembly, removal and adjustment
582 238 Short URL 242 www.blum.com/a310 591 698
245 251 211
Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Standard cabinet – LEGRABOX free
Web code DQBQRY
High fronted pull-out – C
Box systems
▬ Large side design element ▬ Steel drawer side and stainless steel ▬ Straight interior and exterior ▬ Slim drawer side 12.8 mm ▬ Synchronised feather-light glide ▬ Includes integrated, switchable BLUMOTION S damping effect for soft and effortless closing, and can be combined with SERVO-DRIVE or TIP-ON BLUMOTION ▬ Tool-free front assembly ▬ Three-dimensional front adjustment in the drawer side
Space requirement
NL *
Nominal length Incl. 2 mm tilt adjustment
Order information 1 Cabinet profiles left/right BLUMOTION S Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) NL (mm) 40 70 350 750.3501S 400 750.4001S 450 750.4501S 753.4501S 500 750.5001S 753.5001S 550 750.5501S 753.5501S 600 750.6001S 753.6001S 650 753.6501S 2
Drawer side set
Drawer side height (mm) Nominal length Colour NL (mm) SW-M | OG-M | INGL CS-M 350 780C3502S 400 780C4002S 450 780C4502S 500 780C5002S 550 780C5502S 600 780C6002S 650 780C6502S
177
780C3502I 780C4002I 780C4502I 780C5002I 780C5502I 780C6002I 780C6502I
Accessories – Transportation lock – design element (side) Colour Material Yellow Nylon For transporting pre-assembled design element (side)
Composed of: 2a 1 x Left/right drawer sides 2b 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed 2d 2 x BOXCOVER front 2e 1 x BOXCOVER back left/right
3
4
Chipboard back fixings left/right Colour Material SW-M | OG-M | CS-M | Steel NI Front fixing bracket Fixing method EXPANDO EXPANDO T Screw-on
EXPANDO T suitable for thin fronts – see reference pages
Alternative to 4 4a Front fixing bracket Fixing method EXPANDO EXPANDO T Screw-on
EXPANDO T suitable for thin fronts – see reference pages
9a
Glass design element (side) Material Glass
For ordering information, see design element
212
Part no. ZB7C000S
2x 2x 2x
Part no. ZF7C70E2 ZF7C70T2 ZF7C7002
–
Chipboard screws Ø (mm) 3.5 3.5
Length (mm) 15 17
Part no. 609.1500 609.1700
Fixing screw (flat headed screw) Ø (mm) Length (mm) 4 15
Part no. 61D.1500
For front fixing We recommend chipboard screws Ø 4 x 15 mm for connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet
–
For the connection of chipboard back fixings with chipboard back and drawer side with drawer bases In order to achieve optimal assembly, we recommend that you use flat headed screws for the chipboard back and drawer side
–
System screw Ø (mm) 6
Length (mm) 14.5
For connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet
4x 4x 4x
Part no. ZF7M70E2 ZF7M70T2 ZF7M7002
Part no. 780C0009
Colour SW-M OG-M CS-M
Silk white matt Orion grey matt Carbon black matt
Colour INGL NI
Part no. 661.1450.HG
Stainless steel Anti-fingerprint Nickel plated
Part no. ZE7Sxx8G
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Standard cabinet – LEGRABOX free
Web code DQBQRY
High fronted pull-out – C Installation dimensions – front – screw-on
Drilling distances – front – EXPANDO front
min 12** * **
+1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled Incl. 2 mm tilt adjustment
FA * **
Front overlay +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled Alternative 4a
Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Cabinet profile 750 – 40 kg Nominal length NL (mm)
4 * **
Installation dimensions – back
Box systems
Planning Space requirement in cabinet
min 12**
4a +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled Min. 6 mm for EXPANDO T
Cutting – 16 mm chipboard
Chipboard back 148 mm
350
LW – 38 mm
400 | 450 | 500
Base Chipboard back
550 | 600
NL – 10 mm Steel back NL – 21 mm
KB LW NL
Cabinet width Internal cabinet width Nominal length
LW – 35 mm Rebate dimensions
Cabinet profile 753 – 70 kg Nominal length NL (mm)
Cutting – design element
450
Design X (mm) element Side NL – 112 NL Nominal length
Y (mm) 138
The given dimensions in combination with LEGRABOX do not require “impact testing for vertically installed glass parts” as per the DIN EN 14749 norm June 2016. For norm compliance no safety glass is required. The edge is a polished flat-ended edge with a 1 mm ±0.5 mm bevel.
500 | 550 | 600 650
Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm
Reference pages Overview – LEGRABOX myLEGRABOX Fixing system for thin fronts – EXPANDO T Assembly recommendation and limitation of liability – EXPANDO T Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for LEGRABOX Overview – TIP-ON for LEGRABOX Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
191 Overview – AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | 230 MERIVOBOX Design element 584 CABLOXX Accessories – transportation lock – design 585 element (side) Accessories 359 Drilling distances – drawer base Cabinet profile fixing positions 245
529
Assembly, removal and adjustment
228 582 Short URL www.blum.com/a310 238 238 204 242
251 213
Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Standard cabinet – LEGRABOX free
Web code DQBUAM
Inner pull-out – design element – C
Box systems
▬ Large side design element ▬ Inner pull-out with a high or low design element ▬ Steel drawer side and stainless steel ▬ Straight interior and exterior ▬ Slim drawer side 12.8 mm ▬ Synchronised feather-light glide ▬ Includes integrated, switchable BLUMOTION S damping effect for soft and effortless closing, and can be combined with SERVO-DRIVE or TIP-ON BLUMOTION ▬ Tool-free front assembly ▬ Three-dimensional front adjustment in the drawer side
Space requirement
NL
Nominal length
Order information 1 Cabinet profiles left/right BLUMOTION S Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) NL (mm) 40 70 350 750.3501S 400 750.4001S 450 750.4501S 753.4501S 500 750.5001S 753.5001S 550 750.5501S 753.5501S 600 750.6001S 753.6001S 650 753.6501S 2
Drawer side set
Drawer side height (mm) Nominal length Colour NL (mm) SW-M | OG-M | INGL CS-M 350 780C3502S 400 780C4002S 450 780C4502S 500 780C5002S 550 780C5502S 600 780C6002S 650 780C6502S
177
780C3502I 780C4002I 780C4502I 780C5002I 780C5502I 780C6002I 780C6502I
7
For ordering information, see design element
Composed of: 2a 1 x Left/right drawer sides 2b 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed 2d 2 x BOXCOVER front 2e 1 x BOXCOVER back left/right
3
4
Chipboard back fixings left/right Colour Material SW-M | OG-M | CS-M | Steel NI Front piece set Colour SW-M | OG-M | CS-M INGL
Material Steel Stainless steel
Composed of: 4a 1 x Front fixing left/right 4b 1 x Outer cover cap left/right 4c 1 x Interior cover cap left/right 4d 1 x Adapter piece for low design element left/right 4e 1 x Locking piece 4f 4 x Screws
5
Front piece with groove Colour Length (mm) SW-M | OG-M | CS-M | 1043 ELEO
Suitable for cabinet width KB 1200 mm Cutting Internal cabinet width LW – 126 mm
214
Glass design element (for inner pull-out front) Design Material Low Glass High Glass
Part no. ZB7C000S
Part no. ZI7.2CS0 ZI7.2CI0
9a
ZV7.1043MN1
Part no. ZE7Sxx8G
For ordering information, see design element
Accessories – Transportation lock – design element (side) Colour Material Yellow Nylon For transporting pre-assembled design element (side)
–
Fixing screw (flat headed screw) Ø (mm) Length (mm) 4 15
Part no. 780C0009
Part no. 61D.1500
For the connection of chipboard back fixings with chipboard back and drawer side with drawer bases In order to achieve optimal assembly, we recommend that you use flat headed screws for the chipboard back and drawer side
–
Part no.
Glass design element (side) Material Glass
Part no. ZE7VxxxxG ZE7WxxxxG
System screw Ø (mm) 6
Length (mm) 14.5
For connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet Colour SW-M OG-M CS-M
Silk white matt Orion grey matt Carbon black matt
Colour INGL NI ELEO
Part no. 661.1450.HG
Stainless steel Anti-fingerprint Nickel plated Anodised stainless steel appearance
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Standard cabinet – LEGRABOX free
Web code DQBUAM
Inner pull-out – design element – C Installation dimensions – back
Box systems
Planning Space requirement in cabinet
*
+1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled
Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Cabinet profile 750 – 40 kg Nominal length NL (mm)
Cutting – 16 mm chipboard
Chipboard back 148 mm
350
LW – 38 mm
400 | 450 | 500
Base Chipboard back
550 | 600
NL – 10 mm Steel back NL – 21 mm
KB LW NL
Cabinet width Internal cabinet width Nominal length
LW – 35 mm Rebate dimensions
Cabinet profile 753 – 70 kg Nominal length NL (mm)
Cutting – design element
450 500 | 550 | 600
Design X (mm) element Low LW – 80 High LW – 80 Side NL – 112 LW Internal cabinet width NL Nominal length
Y (mm) 70 138 138
The given dimensions in combination with LEGRABOX do not require “impact testing for vertically installed glass parts” as per the DIN EN 14749 norm June 2016. For norm compliance no safety glass is required. The edge is a polished flat-ended edge with a 1 mm ±0.5 mm bevel.
650
Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm
Reference pages Overview – LEGRABOX myLEGRABOX Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for LEGRABOX Overview – TIP-ON for LEGRABOX Overview – AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX CABLOXX Design element Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
191 Accessories – transportation lock – design 230 element (side) Accessories 359 Drilling distances – drawer base Cabinet profile fixing positions 245 Overview – assembly devices 251 More technical details
238
Assembly, removal and adjustment
238 204 Short URL 242 www.blum.com/a310 591 698
529 582 228 215
Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Standard cabinet – LEGRABOX free
Web code DQBUZY
Inner pull-out – gallery – C
Box systems
▬ Large side design element ▬ Inner pull-out with gallery ▬ Steel drawer side and stainless steel ▬ Straight interior and exterior ▬ Slim drawer side 12.8 mm ▬ Synchronised feather-light glide ▬ Includes integrated, switchable BLUMOTION S damping effect for soft and effortless closing, and can be combined with SERVO-DRIVE or TIP-ON BLUMOTION ▬ Tool-free front assembly ▬ Three-dimensional front adjustment in the drawer side
Space requirement
NL
Nominal length
Order information 1 Cabinet profiles left/right BLUMOTION S Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) NL (mm) 40 70 350 750.3501S 400 750.4001S 450 750.4501S 753.4501S 500 750.5001S 753.5001S 550 750.5501S 753.5501S 600 750.6001S 753.6001S 650 753.6501S 2
Drawer side set
Drawer side height (mm) Nominal length Colour NL (mm) SW-M | OG-M | INGL CS-M 350 780C3502S 400 780C4002S 450 780C4502S 500 780C5002S 550 780C5502S 600 780C6002S 650 780C6502S
177
780C3502I 780C4002I 780C4502I 780C5002I 780C5502I 780C6002I 780C6502I
7
Composed of: 2a 1 x Left/right drawer sides 2b 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed 2d 2 x BOXCOVER front 2e 1 x BOXCOVER back left/right
3
4
Chipboard back fixings left/right Colour Material SW-M | OG-M | CS-M | Steel NI Front piece set Colour SW-M | OG-M | CS-M INGL
Composed of: 4a 1 x Front fixing left/right 4b 1 x Outer cover cap left/right 4c 1 x Interior cover cap left/right 4e 1 x Locking piece 4f 4 x Screws
5
ZB7C000S
Length (mm)
Front piece without groove Colour Length (mm) SW-M | OG-M | CS-M | 1043 ELEO
Part no. ZI7.3CS0 ZI7.3CI0
Suitable for cabinet width KB 1200 mm Cutting Internal cabinet width LW – 90 mm
9a
Glass design element (side) Material Glass
Part no. ZE7Sxx8G
For ordering information, see design element
Accessories – Transportation lock – design element (side) Colour Material Yellow Nylon –
ZV7.1043C01
Fixing screw (flat headed screw) Ø (mm) Length (mm) 4 15
Part no. 780C0009
Part no. 61D.1500
For the connection of chipboard back fixings with chipboard back and drawer side with drawer bases In order to achieve optimal assembly, we recommend that you use flat headed screws for the chipboard back and drawer side
– Part no.
Part no. ZR7.1080U
1080
For transporting pre-assembled design element (side)
Material Steel Stainless steel
Suitable for cabinet width KB 1200 mm Cutting Internal cabinet width LW – 126 mm
216
Part no.
Cross gallery Colour SW-M | OG-M | CS-M | ELEO
System screw Ø (mm) 6
Length (mm) 14.5
For connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet Colour SW-M OG-M CS-M
Silk white matt Orion grey matt Carbon black matt
Colour INGL NI ELEO
Part no. 661.1450.HG
Stainless steel Anti-fingerprint Nickel plated Anodised stainless steel appearance
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Standard cabinet – LEGRABOX free
Web code DQBUZY
Inner pull-out – gallery – C Installation dimensions – back
Box systems
Planning Space requirement in cabinet
*
+1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled
Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Cabinet profile 750 – 40 kg Nominal length NL (mm)
Cutting – 16 mm chipboard
Chipboard back 148 mm
350
LW – 38 mm
400 | 450 | 500
Base Chipboard back
550 | 600
NL – 10 mm Steel back NL – 21 mm
KB LW NL
Cabinet width Internal cabinet width Nominal length
LW – 35 mm Rebate dimensions
Cabinet profile 753 – 70 kg Nominal length NL (mm)
Cutting – design element
450
Design X (mm) element Side NL – 112 NL Nominal length
Y (mm) 138
The given dimensions in combination with LEGRABOX do not require “impact testing for vertically installed glass parts” as per the DIN EN 14749 norm June 2016. For norm compliance no safety glass is required. The edge is a polished flat-ended edge with a 1 mm ±0.5 mm bevel.
500 | 550 | 600 650
Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm
Reference pages Overview – LEGRABOX myLEGRABOX Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for LEGRABOX Overview – TIP-ON for LEGRABOX Overview – AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX CABLOXX Design element Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
191 Accessories – transportation lock – design 230 element (side) Accessories 359 Drilling distances – drawer base Cabinet profile fixing positions 245 Overview – assembly devices 251 More technical details
238
Assembly, removal and adjustment
238 204 Short URL 242 www.blum.com/a310 591 698
529 582 228 217
Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Sink cabinet
Web code DQBONY
Drawer – M
Box systems
▬ Suitable for LEGRABOX pure and LEGRABOX free ▬ Steel drawer side and stainless steel ▬ Straight interior and exterior ▬ Slim drawer side 12.8 mm ▬ Synchronised feather-light glide ▬ Includes integrated, switchable BLUMOTION S damping effect for soft and effortless closing action, can be combined with SERVO-DRIVE ▬ Tool-free front assembly ▬ Three-dimensional front adjustment in the drawer side
Space requirement
NL *
Order information 1 Cabinet profiles left/right
1
2a
Nominal length Incl. 2 mm tilt adjustment
3
BLUMOTION S Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) NL (mm) 40 350 750.3501S 400 750.4001S 450 750.4501S 500 750.5001S 550 750.5501S 600 750.6001S 2
Drawer side set
Drawer side height (mm) Nominal length Colour NL (mm) SW-M | OG-M | INGL CS-M 350 2x 770M3502S 400 2x 770M4002S 450 2x 770M4502S 500 2x 770M5002S 550 2x 770M5502S 600 2x 770M6002S
2c
90.5
770M3502I 770M4002I 770M4502I 770M5002I 770M5502I 770M6002I
Composed of: 2a 1 x Left/right drawer sides 2b 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed 2c 2 x Cover caps
3
4
Chipboard back fixings left/right Colour Material SW-M | OG-M | CS-M | Steel NI Front fixing bracket Fixing method EXPANDO EXPANDO T Screw-on
EXPANDO T suitable for thin fronts – see reference pages Colour SW-M OG-M CS-M
218
Silk white matt Orion grey matt Carbon black matt
Colour INGL NI
2b
4
Part no. 2x
ZB7M000S
4x 4x 4x
Part no. ZF7M70E2 ZF7M70T2 ZF7M7002
Accessories – Chipboard screws Ø (mm) 3.5 3.5
Length (mm) 15 17
Part no. 609.1500 609.1700
Fixing screw (flat headed screw) Ø (mm) Length (mm) 4 15
Part no. 61D.1500
For front fixing We recommend chipboard screws Ø 4 x 15 mm for connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet
–
For the connection of chipboard back fixings with chipboard back and drawer side with drawer bases In order to achieve optimal assembly, we recommend that you use flat headed screws for the chipboard back and drawer side
–
System screw Ø (mm) 6
Length (mm) 14.5
For connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet
Part no. 661.1450.HG
Stainless steel Anti-fingerprint Nickel plated
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Sink cabinet
Web code DQBONY
Drawer – M Installation dimensions – front – screw-on
Drilling distances – front – EXPANDO front
Installation dimensions – back
Box systems
Planning Space requirement in cabinet
min 12** * **
+1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled Incl. 2 mm tilt adjustment
FA *
Front overlay +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled
Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Cabinet profile 750 – 40 kg Nominal length NL (mm)
* **
+1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled Min. 6 mm for EXPANDO T
Cutting – 16 mm chipboard
Chipboard back 63 mm
350 400 | 450 | 500
Base Chipboard back
550 | 600
NL – 10 mm
Y min. (mm) 115 Y max. (mm) 155
KB LW NL SPW
Cabinet width Internal cabinet width Nominal length Internal cabinet width between the inner drawer sides
Rebate dimensions
Drilling distances – drawer base
Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm
Reference pages Overview – LEGRABOX myLEGRABOX Fixing system for thin fronts – EXPANDO T Assembly recommendation and limitation of liability – EXPANDO T Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for LEGRABOX Overview – TIP-ON for LEGRABOX Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
191 Overview – AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | 230 MERIVOBOX CABLOXX 584 Accessories Cabinet profile fixing positions 585 Overview – assembly devices More technical details 359
529
Assembly, removal and adjustment
582 238 Short URL 242 www.blum.com/a310 591 698
245 251 219
Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Sink cabinet – LEGRABOX pure
Web code DQBS6M
High fronted pull-out – C Space requirement
Box systems
▬ Steel drawer side and stainless steel ▬ Straight interior and exterior ▬ Slim drawer side 12.8 mm ▬ Synchronised feather-light glide ▬ Includes integrated, switchable BLUMOTION S damping effect for soft and effortless closing action, can be combined with SERVO-DRIVE ▬ Tool-free front assembly ▬ Three-dimensional front adjustment in the drawer side
NL *
Order information 1 Cabinet profiles left/right
1
2a
Nominal length Incl. 2 mm tilt adjustment
3
BLUMOTION S Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) NL (mm) 40 350 750.3501S 400 750.4001S 450 750.4501S 500 750.5001S 550 750.5501S 600 750.6001S 2
2b
Drawer side set
Drawer side height (mm) Nominal length Colour NL (mm) SW-M | OG-M | INGL CS-M 350 2x 770C3502S 400 2x 770C4002S 450 2x 770C4502S 500 2x 770C5002S 550 2x 770C5502S 600 2x 770C6002S
4a
770C3502I 770C4002I 770C4502I 770C5002I 770C5502I 770C6002I
Composed of: 2a 1 x Left/right drawer sides 2b 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed 2c 2 x Cover caps
3
4
Chipboard back fixings left/right Colour Material SW-M | OG-M | CS-M | Steel NI Front fixing bracket Fixing method EXPANDO EXPANDO T Screw-on
EXPANDO T suitable for thin fronts – see reference pages
Alternative to 4 4a Front fixing bracket Fixing method EXPANDO EXPANDO T Screw-on
EXPANDO T suitable for thin fronts – see reference pages Colour SW-M OG-M CS-M
220
Silk white matt Orion grey matt Carbon black matt
Colour INGL NI
2c
177
Part no. 2x
ZB7C000S
4x 4x 4x
Part no. ZF7C70E2 ZF7C70T2 ZF7C7002
Accessories – Chipboard screws Ø (mm) 3.5 3.5
4
Length (mm) 15 17
Part no. 609.1500 609.1700
Fixing screw (flat headed screw) Ø (mm) Length (mm) 4 15
Part no. 61D.1500
For front fixing We recommend chipboard screws Ø 4 x 15 mm for connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet
–
For the connection of chipboard back fixings with chipboard back and drawer side with drawer bases In order to achieve optimal assembly, we recommend that you use flat headed screws for the chipboard back and drawer side
–
System screw Ø (mm) 6
Length (mm) 14.5
For connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet
8x 8x 8x
Part no. 661.1450.HG
Part no. ZF7M70E2 ZF7M70T2 ZF7M7002
Stainless steel Anti-fingerprint Nickel plated
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Sink cabinet – LEGRABOX pure
Web code DQBS6M
High fronted pull-out – C Installation dimensions – front – screw-on
Drilling distances – front – EXPANDO front
Installation dimensions – back
Box systems
Planning Space requirement in cabinet
min 12*** * **
+1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled Incl. 2 mm tilt adjustment
FA * **
Front overlay +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled Alternative 4a
Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Cabinet profile 750 – 40 kg Nominal length NL (mm)
* ** ***
+1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled Alternative 4a Min. 6 mm for EXPANDO T
Cutting – 16 mm chipboard
Chipboard back 148 mm
350 400 | 450 | 500
Base Chipboard back
550 | 600
NL – 10 mm
Y min. (mm) 115 Y max. (mm) 155
KB LW NL SPW
Cabinet width Internal cabinet width Nominal length Internal cabinet width between the inner drawer sides
Rebate dimensions
Drilling distances – drawer base
Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm
Reference pages Overview – LEGRABOX myLEGRABOX Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Fixing system for thin fronts – EXPANDO T Assembly recommendation and limitation of liability – EXPANDO T Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for LEGRABOX Overview – TIP-ON for LEGRABOX Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
191 Overview – AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | 230 MERIVOBOX CABLOXX 359 Accessories Cabinet profile fixing positions 584 Overview – assembly devices More technical details 585
529
Assembly, removal and adjustment
582 238 Short URL 242 www.blum.com/a310 591 698
245 251 221
Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Sink cabinet – LEGRABOX pure
Web code DQCYEM
High fronted pull-out – C – centre piece
Box systems
▬ With centre piece for optimal use of storage space ▬ Can be combined with standard components ▬ Steel drawer side and stainless steel ▬ Straight interior and exterior ▬ Slim drawer side 12.8 mm ▬ Synchronised feather-light glide ▬ Includes integrated, switchable BLUMOTION S damping effect for soft and effortless closing, and can be combined with SERVO-DRIVE or TIP-ON BLUMOTION ▬ Tool-free front assembly ▬ Three-dimensional front adjustment in the drawer side
Space requirement
NL *
Nominal length Incl. 2 mm tilt adjustment
Order information 1 Cabinet profiles left/right BLUMOTION S Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) NL (mm) 40 70 450 750.4501S 753.4501S 500 750.5001S 753.5001S 550 750.5501S 753.5501S 600 750.6001S 753.6001S 650 753.6501S 2
Drawer side set exterior
Drawer side height (mm) Nominal length Colour NL (mm) SW-M | OG-M | INGL CS-M 450 770C4502S 500 770C5002S 550 770C5502S 600 770C6002S 650 770C6502S
177
770C4502I 770C5002I 770C5502I 770C6002I 770C6502I
11
Composed of: 2a 1 x Left/right drawer sides 2b 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed 2c 2 x Cover caps
3
Steel back L shape left/right Colour Material SW-M | OG-M | CS-M Steel
4
Front fixing bracket Fixing method EXPANDO EXPANDO T Screw-on
EXPANDO T suitable for thin fronts – see reference pages
Alternative to 4 4a Front fixing bracket Fixing method EXPANDO EXPANDO T Screw-on
EXPANDO T suitable for thin fronts – see reference pages
4b
Colour SW-M OG-M CS-M
Front fixing bracket Fixing method EXPANDO Screw-on Silk white matt Orion grey matt Carbon black matt
Colour INGL NI
Part no. ZB7C129S.6S
2x 2x 2x
Part no. ZF7C70E2 ZF7C70T2 ZF7C7002
4x 4x 4x
Part no. ZF7M70E2 ZF7M70T2 ZF7M7002
2x 2x
Part no. ZF7M70E2 ZF7M7002
Stainless steel Anti-fingerprint Nickel plated
Drawer side set interior
Drawer side height (mm) Nominal length Colour NL (mm) SW-M | OG-M | INGL CS-M 300 770M3002S 350 770M3502S 400 770M4002S 450 770M4502S 500 770M5002S
770M3002I 770M3502I 770M4002I 770M4502I 770M5002I
Composed of: 11a 1 x Left/right drawer sides 11b 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed 11c 2 x Cover caps For effective use of storage space, we recommend Nominal length NL drawer sides exterior (no 2) – nominal length NL drawer sides interior (no 11) = min. 150 mm
Accessories – Chipboard screws Ø (mm) 3.5 3.5
Length (mm) 15 17
Part no. 609.1500 609.1700
Fixing screw (flat headed screw) Ø (mm) Length (mm) 4 15
Part no. 61D.1500
For front fixing We recommend chipboard screws Ø 4 x 15 mm for connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet
–
For the connection of chipboard back fixings with chipboard back and drawer side with drawer bases In order to achieve optimal assembly, we recommend that you use flat headed screws for the chipboard back and drawer side
–
System screw Ø (mm) 6
Length (mm) 14.5
For connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet
222
90.5
Part no. 661.1450.HG
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Sink cabinet – LEGRABOX pure
Web code DQCYEM
High fronted pull-out – C – centre piece Installation dimensions – front – screw-on
Drilling distances – front – EXPANDO front
min 12** * **
+1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled Incl. 2 mm tilt adjustment
FA * **
Front overlay +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled Alternative 4a
Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Cabinet profile 750 – 40 kg Nominal length NL (mm)
4 * **
Installation dimensions – centre piece
Box systems
Planning Space requirement in cabinet
min 12**
4a +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled Min. 6 mm for EXPANDO T
*
+1.5 mm with ZF7M70E2
KB LW NL SPW
Cabinet width Internal cabinet width Nominal length Internal cabinet width between the inner drawer sides +3 mm with ZF7M70E2
Cutting – 16 mm chipboard Base
450 | 500
Steel back NL – 21 mm
550 | 600
SPW + 27*
Centre piece 62.5 mm
*
Rebate dimensions
Cabinet profile 753 – 70 kg Nominal length NL (mm)
Drilling distances – drawer base
450 500 | 550 | 600 650
Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm
Reference pages Overview – LEGRABOX myLEGRABOX Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Fixing system for thin fronts – EXPANDO T Assembly recommendation and limitation of liability – EXPANDO T Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for LEGRABOX Overview – TIP-ON for LEGRABOX Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
191 Overview – AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | 230 MERIVOBOX CABLOXX 359 Accessories Cabinet profile fixing positions 584 Overview – assembly devices More technical details 585
529
Assembly, removal and adjustment
582 238 Short URL 242 www.blum.com/a310 591 698
245 251 223
Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Larder unit
Web code DQGQ7Y
SPACE TOWER
Box systems
▬ The flexible larder unit with inner pull-outs; with shelves and inner drawers in the upper area ▬ Easy access from three sides ▬ Individually opening pull-outs allow for a complete overview and convenient removal from above ▬ Light operating forces even with heavily-laden pullouts ▬ High backs and side panels guarantee secure stocking ▬ AMBIA-LINE inner dividing systems for pull-outs puts everything in order and allows easy access ▬ Flexible cabinet dimensions possible
Order information Application recommendation
Page
Inner drawer – M
198
Inner pull-out – design element – C
206
AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX
533
CLIP top BLUMOTION 155° hinge
82
Recommendation Cabinet width KB (mm) 275–1200
Planning Help with planning and ordering Short URL www.blum.com/planningtools
Reference pages Overview – LEGRABOX myLEGRABOX Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for LEGRABOX Overview – AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX 224
191 CLIP top BLUMOTION 155° hinge 230 Overview – BLUMOTION for doors Accessories 359 Overview – assembly devices More technical details 245
82 Assembly, removal and adjustment 157 238 591 Short URL 698 www.blum.com/a310
529 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Larder unit
Web code DQGQ7Y
SPACE TOWER
Drilling distances – front
In high cabinets, it is practical to have a shelf at the highest level rather than an inner drawer
1684 256
The inner drawer allows access from the side. If the inner drawer is implemented with a higher back, stored goods are prevented from falling down the back
1428
The option to position the pull-outs at different heights within the cabinet guarantees that no items will be too tall to be stored inside
352
1340
1108
The CLIP top BLUMOTION 155° hinge without front protrusion allows the cabinet width KB to be put to optimal use
670
320
756
436
*
38*
19
280
280
379
If the hinge is mounted above the pullout, the lowest pull-out can be inserted right at the bottom. Turning even those last few centimetres into usable storage space
57*
+1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Reference pages Number of hinges
706
225
Box systems
80
Drilling distances – front
80
Planning Recommendation Positioning in the cabinet
Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Narrow cabinets
SPACE TWIN
Box systems
▬ Stable solution thanks to diagonally offset cabinet profiles ▬ Includes integrated, switchable BLUMOTION S damping effect for soft and effortless closing action ▬ High dynamic carrying capacity of 20 kg per base cabinet ▬ Cabinet width KB 200 mm
Space requirement
NL
Order information Application recommendation
Web code DQGTQM
Nominal length
Page
Drawer – M
196
Drawer – K
200
High fronted pull-out – C
204
Cabinet width KB (mm) 200
Reference pages Overview – LEGRABOX myLEGRABOX Accessories Overview – assembly devices More technical details
226
191 Assembly, removal and adjustment 230 238 591 Short URL 698 www.blum.com/a310
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Narrow cabinets
Web code DQGTQM
SPACE TWIN Planning Space requirement in cabinet
Box systems
Installation height X (mm) M 68 K 106 C 155 * +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled
Installation dimensions – front
51* 32
Y
51
32
Y
Installation height Height of drawer side Y (mm) M M – K K – C C 96 FA Front overlay * +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled
FA 14
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
FA 14
227
Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Design element
Glass design element
Box systems
▬ Unique designs for the furniture interior ▬ For cutting to size ▬ Colour: clear ▬ Material: glass
Order information LEGRABOX pure
LEGRABOX free
9a
7
Low glass design element (for inner pull-out, front)
Cabinet width KB (mm) 600 1200
Colour Clear Cabinet side panel thickness SWD (mm) 15/16 18/19 ZE7V488G ZE7V482G ZE7V1088G ZE7V1082G
Composed of: 7 1 x Glass design element In the case of other cabinet widths KB, cut the next longest design element to size accordingly
7
High glass design element (for inner pull-out, front)
Cabinet width KB (mm) 600 1200
Colour Clear Cabinet side panel thickness SWD (mm) 15/16 18/19 ZE7W488G ZE7W482G ZE7W1088G ZE7W1082G
Glass design element (side)
Nominal length Colour NL (mm) Clear 450 ZE7S338G 500 ZE7S388G 550 ZE7S438G 600 ZE7S488G 650 ZE7S538G
Composed of: 9a 2 x Glass design element In the case of other nominal lengths NL, cut the next longest design element to size accordingly
Accessories – Transportation lock – design element (side) Colour Material Yellow Nylon For transporting pre-assembled design element (side)
Part no. 780C0009
Composed of: 7 1 x Glass design element In the case of other cabinet widths KB, cut the next longest design element to size accordingly
Planning Cutting – design element
Design X (mm) element Low LW – 80 High LW – 80 Side NL – 112 LW Internal cabinet width NL Nominal length
Y (mm) 70 138 138
The given dimensions in combination with LEGRABOX do not require “impact testing for vertically installed glass parts” as per the DIN EN 14749 norm June 2016. For norm compliance no safety glass is required. The edge is a polished flat-ended edge with a 1 mm ±0.5 mm bevel.
Reference pages Overview – LEGRABOX Accessories Overview – assembly devices More technical details
228
191 Assembly, removal and adjustment 238 591 698 Short URL www.blum.com/a310
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Box systems
Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
229
Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Design options
Box systems
myLEGRABOX
LEGRABOX pure | LEGRABOX free
LEGRABOX special edition
LEGRABOX individual
An elegant basis: LEGRABOX pure and LEGRABOX free offer a selection of superior matt colours and a premium look in anti-fingerprint stainless steel
The special collection: incredible drawer side looks based on the new colour, Carbon black matt and stunning material mixes with anti-fingerprint stainless steel, a special 3D carbon look or a Noble rust textured finish
The ultimate in customisation: design to your heart’s content. Mix colours and materials, use printing, laser texturing and embossing options to add customised designs and create unique furniture that delights your customers
230
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Design options 〉 Overview
LEGRABOX
Overview – applications Design element
192 228
Symbolic image
LEGRABOX special edition LEGRABOX special edition – final assembly on site
232
Symbolic image
234
Box systems
LEGRABOX individual LEGRABOX individual – final assembly on site
Symbolic image
Branding element
Branding element individual
237
Symbolic image
Design selector
Symbolic image
Design selector Short URL www.blum.com/lbxselector
Assembly, removal and adjustment Assembly, removal and adjustment
Symbolic image
Short URL www.blum.com/a310
Pictograph Item available on request
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
231
Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Design options 〉 LEGRABOX special edition
LEGRABOX special edition – final assembly on site
Box systems
▬ The decorative element (exterior) can be selected in various designs even for relatively small minimum order quantities ▬ The drawer side (interior) and the decorative element (exterior) are delivered separately and can be completed in the desired combination quickly and easily ▬ A special collection with incredible drawer side looks
Order information
2d
2c
Symbolic image
LEGRABOX special edition
2e
2f
2b
▬ Drawer side (interior): Carbon black matt (CS-M) ▬ Decorative element (exterior): Carbon black matt (CS-M) With design line and branding element, optionally with your own logo
▬ Drawer side (interior): Carbon black matt (CS-M) ▬ Decorative element (exterior): Anti-fingerprint stainless steel (INGL) With design line and branding element, optionally with your own logo
▬ Drawer side (interior): Carbon black matt (CS-M) ▬ Decorative element (exterior): Noble rust (NR) With design line and branding element, optionally with your own logo
▬ Drawer side (interior): Carbon black matt (CS-M) ▬ Decorative element (exterior): Carbon black matt/Carbon look (CSCL) Without design line, with branding element, optionally with your own logo
2
Drawer side set (interior) Colour CS-M Nominal length NL (mm) 270 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650
Drawer side height M K C 770M2701S 770M3001S 770K3001S 770M3501S 770K3501S 770M4001S 770K4001S 770M4501S 770K4501S 770M5001S 770K5001S 770M5501S 770K5501S 770M6001S 770K6001S 770M6501S
770C2701S 770C3001S 770C3501S 770C4001S 770C4501S 770C5001S 770C5501S 770C6001S 770C6501S
Composed of: 2d 1 x Drawer side (interior) left/right 2b 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo 2c 2 x Cover caps 2f 2 x LEGRABOX decorative element fixing Note The drawer side in height N is not included in the range of design options. We recommend using a drawer side in height N that goes with the customised (inner) drawer side.
232
F
770F4001S 770F4501S 770F5001S 770F5501S 770F6001S 770F6501S
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Design options 〉 LEGRABOX special edition
LEGRABOX special edition – final assembly on site
M K C F
Composed of: 2e 1 x Decorative element (exterior) left/right ¹ Without design line with integrated branding Colour CS-M INGL
270–650 300–600 270–650 400–650 xxx
Branding element individual Version Material Print | stamp
Minimum order quantity (pcs.)
Individual printed Individual recessed embossed
1000 5000 Colour IN-G KU-G GO-G
Silk white matt Orion grey matt Carbon black matt
Accessories –
Insulating piece Colour Material Drawer side height
Black Foam
Colour CS-M INGL CSCL¹ NR 770MxxxAS 770MxxxAI 770MxxxASGC 770MxxxAS 770KxxxAS 770KxxxAI 770KxxxASGC 770KxxxAS 770CxxxAS 770CxxxAI 770CxxxASGC 770CxxxAS 770FxxxAS 770FxxxAI 770FxxxASGC 770FxxxAS
Nominal length NL (mm)
Colour CSCL NR
Carbon black matt Stainless steel Anti-fingerprint
2b
Colour SW-M OG-M CS-M
With design line for branding element Nominal length NL (mm)
Carbon black/carbon look Noble rust
Symmetrical Nylon Colour SW-M | OG-M | CS-M IN-G | KU-G | GO-G 2x ZA7.0700xxxABD ZA7.0709xxxAB 2x ZA7.0700xxxABD ZA7.0709xxxAB In-mould brushed stainless steel In-mould brushed copper In-mould brushed gold
Nominal length NL (mm)
Part no.
M
270–650
¹☎
770M0009
K
300–600
¹☎
770K0009
C
270–650
☎
770C0009
F
400–650
☎
770F0009
Note As an option, an insulation piece can be used between the drawer side (interior) and the decorative element (exterior) to achieve improved noise reduction ¹ For nominal lengths NL 270–300 mm, the insulation piece must be halved at the perforation
Reference pages Overview – LEGRABOX Overview – design options LEGRABOX individual Branding element individual Overview – assembly devices More technical details
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
191 Design selector 231 234 237 Short URL 591 www.blum.com/lbxselector 698
Assembly, removal and adjustment Short URL www.blum.com/a310
233
Box systems
Order information 2e Decorative element (exterior) Design line Drawer side height
Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Design options 〉 LEGRABOX individual
LEGRABOX individual – final assembly on site
Box systems
▬ Starting from an increased minimum order quantity, you can equip LEGRABOX individual with your own design or logo ▬ We would be happy to advise you and check your individual designs for feasibility – get in touch with your personal Blum contact: blum.com/contacts ▬ The drawer side (interior) and the decorative element (exterior) are delivered separately and can be completed in the desired combination quickly and easily ▬ Design possibilities Colour mix | Material mix | Printing | Laser texturing | Embossing
Order information LEGRABOX individual – colour mix
Reference pages Design possibilities LEGRABOX individual – colour mix LEGRABOX individual – material mix LEGRABOX individual – printing LEGRABOX individual – laser engraving LEGRABOX individual – embossing
234 234 235 235 236
▬ Drawer side (interior): in various colours ▬ Decorative element (exterior): in various colours With design line and branding element, optionally with your own logo Without design line with integrated branding, optionally with your own logo
Symbolic image
2
Drawer side (interior) Drawer side height M|K|C|F
Composed of: 2d – Drawer side (interior) Order left and right separately
2e
Nominal length NL (mm)
Colour SW-M | OG-M | CS-M
270 | 300 | 350 | 400 | 450 | 500 | 550 | 600 | 650
☎
Decorative element (exterior) Drawer side height Nominal length NL (mm) Design line M|K|C|F M|K|C|F
Composed of: 2e – Decorative element (exterior) left/right X Drawer side height
LEGRABOX individual – material mix
270 | 300 | 350 | 400 | 450 | With design line for branding element 500 | 550 | 600 | 650 270 | 300 | 350 | 400 | 450 | Without design line with integrated branding 500 | 550 | 600 | 650 xxx
770Xxxx1S
Colour SW-M | OG-M | CS-M ☎
770XxxxAS
☎
770XxxxASR
Nominal length NL (mm)
▬ Drawer side (interior): in various colours ▬ Decorative element (exterior): in anti-fingerprint stainless steel (INGL) With design line and branding element, optionally with your own logo Without design line with integrated branding, optionally with your own logo
Symbolic image
2
Drawer side (interior) Drawer side height M|K|C|F
Composed of: 2d – Drawer side (interior) Order left and right separately
2e
Colour SW-M | OG-M | CS-M
270 | 300 | 350 | 400 | 450 | 500 | 550 | 600 | 650
☎
Decorative element (exterior) Drawer side height Nominal length NL (mm) Design line M|K|C|F M|K|C|F
Composed of: 2e – Decorative element (exterior) left/right X Drawer side height
234
Nominal length NL (mm)
270 | 300 | 350 | 400 | 450 | With design line for branding element 500 | 550 | 600 | 650 270 | 300 | 350 | 400 | 450 | Without design line with integrated branding 500 | 550 | 600 | 650 xxx
770Xxxx1S
Colour INGL ☎
770XxxxAI
☎
770XxxxAIR
Nominal length NL (mm)
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Design options 〉 LEGRABOX individual
LEGRABOX individual – final assembly on site
Symbolic image
2
Drawer side (interior) Drawer side height M|K|C|F
Composed of: 2d – Drawer side (interior) Order left and right separately
2e
▬ Colour and material mix possible ▬ Drawer side (interior): in various colours ▬ Decorative element (exterior) in various colours Without design line, partially or fully printed in different colours, with Blum logo, custom logo or individual motifs
Nominal length NL (mm)
Colour SW-M | OG-M | CS-M
270 | 300 | 350 | 400 | 450 | 500 | 550 | 600 | 650
☎
Decorative element (exterior) Drawer side height Nominal length NL (mm) Design line M|K|C|F
Composed of: 2e – Decorative element (exterior) left/right X Drawer side height
LEGRABOX individual – laser engraving
270 | 300 | 350 | 400 | 450 | Without design line with integrated branding 500 | 550 | 600 | 650 xxx
INGL 770Xxxx1S ☎
Colour SW-M | OG-M | CS-M ☎
770Xxxx1I Box systems
Order information LEGRABOX individual – printing
INGL 770XxxxASR ☎ 770XxxxAIR
Nominal length NL (mm)
▬ Drawer side (interior): in various colours ▬ Decorative element (exterior): in anti-fingerprint stainless steel (INGL) Without design line, partially lasered, with Blum logo, custom logo or individual motifs
Symbolic image
2
Drawer side (interior) Drawer side height M|K|C|F
Composed of: 2d – Drawer side (interior) Order left and right separately
2e
Colour SW-M | OG-M | CS-M
270 | 300 | 350 | 400 | 450 | 500 | 550 | 600 | 650
☎
Decorative element (exterior) Drawer side height Nominal length NL (mm) Design line M|K|C|F
Composed of: 2e – Decorative element (exterior) left/right X Drawer side height
Colour SW-M OG-M
Nominal length NL (mm)
Silk white matt Orion grey matt
Reference pages Overview – LEGRABOX Overview – design options LEGRABOX special edition Branding element individual Overview – assembly devices More technical details
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
270 | 300 | 350 | 400 | 450 | Without design line with integrated branding 500 | 550 | 600 | 650 xxx
Colour CS-M INGL
191 Design selector 231 232 237 Short URL 591 www.blum.com/lbxselector 698
INGL 770Xxxx1S ☎
770Xxxx1I
Colour INGL ☎
770XxxxAIL
Nominal length NL (mm)
Carbon black matt Stainless steel Anti-fingerprint
Assembly, removal and adjustment Short URL www.blum.com/a310
235
Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Design options 〉 LEGRABOX individual
LEGRABOX individual – final assembly on site Order information LEGRABOX individual – embossing
▬ Colour and material mix possible ▬ Drawer side (interior): in various colours ▬ Decorative element (exterior) in various colours Without design line, partially embossed, with Blum logo, custom logo or individual motifs
Symbolic image
2
Drawer side (interior) Drawer side height
Box systems
M|K|C|F
☎
Decorative element (exterior) Drawer side height Nominal length NL (mm) Design line M|K|C|F
Composed of: 2e – Decorative element (exterior) left/right X Drawer side height
2c
2f
270 | 300 | 350 | 400 | 450 | Without design line with integrated branding 500 | 550 | 600 | 650 xxx
Interior cover cap Material
Version
Stamp
Nylon
Symmetrical
Blum
Composed of: 2c – Interior cover cap
Colour SW-M OG-M
Colour SW-M | OG-M | CS-M
270 | 300 | 350 | 400 | 450 | 500 | 550 | 600 | 650
Composed of: 2d – Drawer side (interior) Order left and right separately
2e
Nominal length NL (mm)
LEGRABOX decorative element fixing Colour Dark grey
Accessories –
Insulating piece Colour Material Drawer side height
Black Foam
Colour SW-M | OG-M | CS-M ☎
770XxxxASR
Nominal length NL (mm)
Minimum order Colour quantity (pcs.) SW-M | OG-M | CS-M 1000
ZA7.5700.BT
INGL ZA7.5709.BT
Material Nylon Colour CS-M INGL
Silk white matt Orion grey matt
770Xxxx1S
Part no. 770.0008 Carbon black matt Stainless steel Anti-fingerprint
Nominal length NL (mm)
Part no.
M
270–650
¹☎
770M0009
K
300–600
¹☎
770K0009
C
270–650
☎
770C0009
F
400–650
☎
770F0009
Note As an option, an insulation piece can be used between the drawer side (interior) and the decorative element (exterior) to achieve improved noise reduction ¹ For nominal lengths NL 270–300 mm, the insulation piece must be halved at the perforation
Reference pages Overview – LEGRABOX Overview – design options LEGRABOX special edition Branding element individual Overview – assembly devices More technical details
236
191 Design selector 231 232 237 Short URL 591 www.blum.com/lbxselector 698
Assembly, removal and adjustment Short URL www.blum.com/a310
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Design options 〉 Branding element
Branding element individual
Box systems
▬ The branding element enables customisation across all LEGRABOX design options ▬ Select the branding element that best fits your interpretation of LEGRABOX ▬ We will print or emboss the logo in your desired colour and put it on the drawer side ▬ To make it stand out, choose the new metallic surfaces and printing colours Silver, Gold and Copper ▬ For a unique design that highlights the quality of your furniture
Order information 2b Branding element individual Version Material Print | stamp
Minimum order quantity (pcs.)
Individual printed Individual recessed embossed Colour SW-M OG-M CS-M
1000 5000 Colour IN-G KU-G GO-G
Silk white matt Orion grey matt Carbon black matt
Symmetrical Nylon Colour SW-M | OG-M | CS-M IN-G | KU-G | GO-G 2x ZA7.0700xxxABD ZA7.0709xxxAB 2x ZA7.0700xxxABD ZA7.0709xxxAB In-mould brushed stainless steel In-mould brushed copper In-mould brushed gold
Design examples
Colour Stamp
In-mould brushed gold Recessed embossed
In-mould brushed copper Recessed embossed
Colour Print
In-mould brushed gold Metallic gold
In-mould brushed stainless steel In-mould brushed stainless steel Carbon black matt Metallic silver Black Metallic gold
Colour Print
Carbon black matt Metallic copper
Orion grey matt Metallic copper
Carbon black matt Metallic silver
Carbon black matt White
Colour Print
Silk white matt Metallic gold
Silk white matt Metallic silver
Silk white matt Black
Silk white matt Grey
Reference pages Overview – LEGRABOX Overview – design options LEGRABOX special edition LEGRABOX individual Overview – assembly devices More technical details Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
191 Design selector 231 232 234 Short URL 591 www.blum.com/lbxselector 698
In-mould brushed stainless steel Orion grey matt Recessed embossed Recessed embossed
Assembly, removal and adjustment Short URL www.blum.com/a310 237
Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Accessories
Steel back ▬ For LEGRABOX ▬ Colour: silk white matt | orion grey matt | carbon black matt ▬ Material: steel
Order information Back height N¹ M K C F
Box systems
¹
Planning Calculation of width
xxx = LW – 31
Part no. ☎ ZB7NxxxS.6 ☎ ZB7MxxxS.6 ☎ ZB7KxxxS.6 ☎ ZB7CxxxS.6 ☎ ZB7FxxxS.6
Not compatible with SERVO-DRIVE
Cutting – 16 mm chipboard Base NL – 21 mm
Example Back wall height M LW = 567 mm 536 mm = 567–31 mm Order ZB7M536S.6
LW – 35 mm Rebate dimensions
xxx LW
Back width Internal cabinet width
NL LW
Nominal length Internal cabinet width
Front/base stabiliser ▬ For supporting wide drawer bases ▬ Recommendation: Cabinet width KB > 900 mm: 1 item
Planning Space requirement in cabinet
Order information Fixing method Colour EXPANDO RAL 7037 dust grey
Part no. Z96.10E1
Drilling distances – front
X = 14 mm + FA FA Front overlay * Min. 72 mm
238
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Accessories
Front/base stabiliser for thin fronts ▬ For stabilising wide fronts and drawer bases ▬ Reinforces the connection between the drawer base and the front ▬ Recommendation: Cabinet width KB > 600 mm: 1 item Cabinet width KB > 900 mm: 2 items Front height FH > 380 mm: 1 item
Order information Fixing method Colour EXPANDO T RAL 7037 dust grey
Part no. Z96.00T1
Reference pages Fixing system for thin fronts – EXPANDO T Assembly recommendation and limitation of liability – EXPANDO T
585
Drilling distances – front
Box systems
Planning Space requirement in cabinet
584
X = 14 mm + FA FA Front overlay * Min. 80 mm ** Stone and ceramic +0.2/–0.1 mm
Side stabilisation ▬ Additional stabilisation for extra wide high fronted pull-outs ▬ Recommendation: cabinet width KB 900–1400 mm ▬ Aluminium rod suitable for KB up to 1400 mm, for cutting to size ▬ No additional space requirement at the bottom ▬ Suitable for use with BLUMOTION | SERVO-DRIVE | TIP-ON BLUMOTION | TIP-ON
Order information Side stabilisation Nominal length NL (mm) 270–400 450–650
Cutting 1 Internal cabinet width LW – 295 mm 2 Nominal length NL + 10 mm
Part no. ZS7M400LU ZS7M650LU
Planning Space requirement in cabinet
NL
Nominal length
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
239
Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Accessories
Support angle bracket ▬ Used when there is a uniform cutting dimension in the drawer base with steel and chipboard backs ▬ Makes it possible to combine a drawer base for steel backs with a chipboard back ▬ Connection of chipboard back or centre piece and drawer base for more stability
Order information Description Support angle bracket
▬ For the connection of chipboard back fixings with chipboard back and drawer side with drawer bases ▬ In order to achieve optimal assembly, we recommend that you use flat headed screws for the chipboard back and drawer side ▬ Ø 4 mm ▬ Colour: nickel plated ▬ Material: steel
Order information X (mm) 15.0
Ø 4.0 mm
Fixing screw (flat headed screw) Box systems
Part no. ZB7A0008
Part no. 61D.1500
Ø 3.5 mm
Chipboard screws ▬ Ø 3.5 mm ▬ Colour: nickel plated ▬ Material: steel
Order information X (mm) 15.0 17.0
Part no. 609.1500 609.1700
Ø 6.0 mm
System screw ▬ Ø 6 mm ▬ Drilling diameter Ø 5 mm ▬ Colour: nickel plated ▬ Material: steel
Order information X (mm) 10.0 11.5 13.0 14.5 20.0
Part no. 661.1000.HG 661.1150.HG 661.1300.HG 661.1450.HG 661.2000.HG
▬ Ø 2.7 mm, length 70 mm ▬ To pre-drill for Ø 3.5 mm chipboard screws ▬ Drilling depth up to 8 mm ▬ Material: steel, hardened
Order information Description Centre bit Replacement bit
Part no. M01.ZZ03.01 M01.ZZB3
▬ For noise reduction ▬ Colour: natural coloured ▬ Material: nylon
Order information Description Stick-on door buffer
Part no. 993.710
Centre bit
Stick-on door buffer
240
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Accessories
8 mm Ø door buffer ▬ For noise reduction ▬ Gap 2 mm ▬ Two-part ▬ Colour: RAL 9006 grey ▬ Material: nylon
Order information Description 8 mm Ø door buffer
Part no. 993.706
▬ PZ (Pozi) size 2 ▬ Blade length 100 mm ▬ Overall length 200 mm ▬ Orange handle with Blum logo ▬ Colour: black/orange ▬ Material: nylon/steel
Order information Description Pozidrive screwdriver
Part no. 303.756.1
▬ Slotted, size 1.0 x 5.5 mm ▬ Blade length 125 mm ▬ Overall length 225 mm ▬ Orange handle with Blum logo ▬ Colour: black/orange ▬ Material: nylon/steel
Order information Description Slotted screwdriver
Part no. 314.928.1
▬ TORX size 20 (T20) ▬ Orange handle with Blum logo ▬ Colour: black/orange ▬ Material: nylon/steel
Order information
Slotted screwdriver
TORX screwdriver
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Total length (mm) 100 210
Blade length (mm) 35 100
Part no. 623.882.2 209.093.7
241
Box systems
Pozidrive screwdriver
Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX 〉 Cabinet profile fixing positions
Cabinet profile 750 – 40 kg
Cabinet profile 753 – 70 kg
A B
NL 450
A B
NL 500–600
NL 650
A B
** **
*
** **
*
** **
* 4
Box systems
18
416
NL A B *
242
Nominal length Chipboard screws Ø 4 x 15 mm System screws Ø 6 x 14.5 mm, part no. 661.1450.HG Can be replaced with chipboard screw Ø 4 x 15 mm
NL A B * **
224 256 320
32 9
9
18 37
Nominal length Chipboard screws Ø 4 x 15 mm System screws Ø 6 x 14.5 mm, part no. 661.1450.HG Can be replaced with chipboard screw Ø 4 x 15 mm Optional for greater stability
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Box systems
Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
243
Box systems 〉 TIP-ON BLUMOTION for LEGRABOX
Two functions – fascinatingly combined TIP-ON BLUMOTION for LEGRABOX combines the advantages of the TIP-ON mechanical opening support system with the reliable BLUMOTION dampening for silent and effortless closing – 100 % mechanically.
Box systems
TIP-ON BLUMOTION‘s extensive trigger range provides inspirational ease of use for handle-less pull-outs and drawers. To optimise the function and increase the trigger range, we generally recommend using synchronisation.
Opens with just a light touch, has a smooth running action and closes silently and effortlessly – experience completely harmonious and convenient motion with TIP-ON BLUMOTION technology
600 500 400 300 200 100
2.5
The motion is assisted 100 % mechanically
mm
6 9 00 12 00 00
Small front gap TIP-ON BLUMOTION can be adjusted to have a small front gap of 2.5 mm
244
Extensive trigger range To optimise the function and increase the trigger range, we generally recommend using synchronisation
Four-dimensional adjustment The four-dimensional adjustment ensures a precise gap layout. Depth adjustment is integrated and tool-free – simply turn the adjustment wheel
Simple, tool-free assembly The TIP-ON BLUMOTION unit can be assembled tool-free, as can all the other components
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Box systems 〉 TIP-ON BLUMOTION for LEGRABOX 〉 Overview
Box systems
Overview – box systems LEGRABOX TIP-ON for LEGRABOX SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX
189 190 250 358
Symbolic image
Applications
kg
TIP-ON BLUMOTION
40 70
246
Symbolic image kg Dynamic carrying capacity
Accessories
Steel back Front/base stabiliser Front/base stabiliser for thin fronts Side stabilisation Support angle bracket Screws Symbolic image Cabinet profile fixing positions Cabinet profile 750 – 40 kg Cabinet profile 753 – 70 kg
Web code Page
238 Centre bit 238 Door buffer 239 Screwdriver 239 240 240
240 240 241
248 248
Symbolic image
Assembly, removal and adjustment Assembly, removal and adjustment
Symbolic image
Short URL www.blum.com/a320
Pictograph Item available on request
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
245
Box systems
Applications
Box systems 〉 TIP-ON BLUMOTION for LEGRABOX 〉 Applications
TIP-ON BLUMOTION
Box systems
▬ The TIP-ON mechanical opening support system combined with soft-close BLUMOTION ▬ Gap 2.5 mm ▬ Four-dimensional front adjustment ▬ Extensive trigger range ▬ Synchronised feather-light glide ▬ Synchronisation for internal cabinet widths LW of 245 mm and wider
Order information 1 Cabinet profiles left/right BLUMOTION S Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) NL (mm) 40 70 270 750.2701S 300 750.3001S 350 750.3501S 400 750.4001S 450 750.4501S 753.4501S 500 750.5001S 753.5001S 550 750.5501S 753.5501S 600 750.6001S 753.6001S 650 753.6501S 6.1
TIP-ON BLUMOTION set Nominal length Cabinet Weight Unit NL (mm) profile (kg) (kg) 270–300 S0 40 ≤ 10 270–300 S1 40 > 10–20 350–600 L1 40 ≤ 20 350–600 L3 40 15–40 450–650 L5 70 35–70
6.2 6.1
¹
Part no.
² ² ³
T60L7040 T60L7140 T60L7340 T60L7540 T60L7570
Composed of: 6a 1 x TIP-ON BLUMOTION unit left/right 6b 1 x TIP-ON BLUMOTION latch left/right 6e 2 x TIP-ON BLUMOTION synchronisation adapter Internal cabinet width LW ≥ 294 mm ¹ Recommended weight ranges (total weight of the pull-out) for an optimum opening and closing function ² Can only be combined with a 40 kg cabinet profile ³ Recommendation: only use in combination with 70 kg cabinet profile
6.2
TIP-ON BLUMOTION set sink pull-out Nominal length Cabinet Weight Unit NL (mm) profile (kg) (kg) 350–600 L1 40 ≤ 20 350–600 L3 40 15–40
Part no. T60.300D
Accessories 6e TIP-ON BLUMOTION synchronisation adapter Version Colour Symmetrical RAL 7035 light grey
Part no. T60.000D
Cutting 6.1 Internal cabinet width LW – 221 mm
Internal cabinet width LW ≥ 294 mm
¹
Part no.
²
T60L9340 T60L9540
Composed of: 6c 1 x TIP-ON BLUMOTION unit left/right 6d 1 x TIP-ON BLUMOTION latch left/right 6e 2 x TIP-ON BLUMOTION synchronisation adapter Internal cabinet width LW ≥ 314 mm ¹ Recommended weight ranges (total weight of the pull-out) for an optimum opening and closing function ² Can only be combined with a 40 kg cabinet profile
Internal cabinet width LW ≥ 294 mm 6f TIP-ON BLUMOTION synchronisation linkage Version Colour Round Grey
Internal cabinet width LW 245–293 mm 6g TIP-ON BLUMOTION synchronisation Version Colour Square RAL 7035 light grey
–
Front gap template for TIP-ON BLUMOTION Front gap FS (mm) Colour 2.5 Orange
Note We recommend that you use the front gap template
Part no. 65.5631
Part no. T60.1125W
In combination with 6e 2 x T60.000D Suitable up to internal cabinet width LW 1370 mm Note To optimise the function and increase the trigger range, we generally recommend using synchronisation Cutting 6.1 Internal cabinet width LW – 247 mm 6.2 Internal cabinet width LW – 267 mm
246
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Box systems 〉 TIP-ON BLUMOTION for LEGRABOX 〉 Applications
TIP-ON BLUMOTION Planning Space requirement in cabinet Drawer | high fronted pull-out
Inner drawer | inner pull-out
Drawer | high fronted pull-out
NL
NL
Height M * +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled ** Incl. 2 mm tilt adjustment
Nominal length
Nominal length
Screw position – inner drawer | inner pull-out
Variant 1
Box systems
min 68**
Inner drawer | inner pull-out
Height M * +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled Latch set (ZI7.0M07) cannot be used in combination with TIP-ON BLUMOTION
Plinth leg
Variant 2
Trigger range
Trigger range With synchronisation Without synchronisation Minimum front gap (mm) With front/base stabiliser
600 500 400 300 200 100
2.5
mm
2.5
To optimise the function and increase the trigger range, we generally recommend using synchronisation Example for 750 – 40 kg | 753 – 70 kg, C height, nominal length NL 500 mm
6 9 00 12 00 00
Reference pages Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for LEGRABOX Overview – LEGRABOX Overview – TIP-ON for LEGRABOX CABLOXX Accessories Cabinet profile fixing positions Overview – assembly devices More technical details
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
245
Assembly, removal and adjustment
191 251 Short URL 582 www.blum.com/a320 238 248 591 698
247
Box systems 〉 TIP-ON BLUMOTION for LEGRABOX 〉 Cabinet profile fixing positions
Cabinet profile 750 – 40 kg
Cabinet profile 753 – 70 kg
A B
NL 450
A B
NL 500–600
NL 650
A B
** **
*
** **
*
** **
* 4
Box systems
18
416
NL A B *
248
Nominal length Chipboard screws Ø 4 x 15 mm System screws Ø 6 x 14.5 mm, part no. 661.1450.HG Can be replaced with chipboard screw Ø 4 x 15 mm
NL A B * **
224 256 320
32 9
9
18 37
Nominal length Chipboard screws Ø 4 x 15 mm System screws Ø 6 x 14.5 mm, part no. 661.1450.HG Can be replaced with chipboard screw Ø 4 x 15 mm Optional for greater stability
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Box systems
Box systems 〉 TIP-ON BLUMOTION for LEGRABOX
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
249
Box systems 〉 TIP-ON for LEGRABOX
Easy to open – with just a touch Reliable handle-less opening Handle-less fronts are playing a greater and greater role in modern furniture design. With TIP-ON for LEGRABOX – the mechanical opening support system from Blum – handle-less drawers and pull-outs open with just a touch. To close, simply press shut.
Box systems
Multitude of applications The TIP-ON cabinet profile can be used for all standard applications.
600 500 400
3.5
300 200
mm
100
6 9 00 12 00 00
The TIP-ON function is integrated into the cabinet profile. For straightforward installation and ease of use
250
The optional synchronisation ensures secure opening and closing even for wide fronts
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Box systems 〉 TIP-ON for LEGRABOX 〉 Overview
Box systems
Overview – box systems LEGRABOX TIP-ON BLUMOTION for LEGRABOX SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX
189 190 244 358
Symbolic image
Applications
kg
TIP-ON
40 70
252
Symbolic image kg Dynamic carrying capacity
Accessories
Steel back Front/base stabiliser Front/base stabiliser for thin fronts Side stabilisation Support angle bracket Screws Symbolic image Cabinet profile fixing positions Cabinet profile 750 – 40 kg Cabinet profile 753 – 70 kg
Web code Page
238 Centre bit 238 Door buffer 239 Screwdriver 239 240 240
240 240 241
254 254
Symbolic image
Assembly, removal and adjustment Assembly, removal and adjustment
Symbolic image
Short URL www.blum.com/a330
Pictograph Item available on request
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
251
Box systems
Applications
Box systems 〉 TIP-ON for LEGRABOX 〉 Applications
TIP-ON
Box systems
▬ Integrated TIP-ON function for handle-less fronts ▬ A synchronisation can be applied to increase the trigger range for cabinet widths KB of 400 mm and above (recommended for cabinet widths KB of 600 mm and above) ▬ Synchronised feather-light glide ▬ Easy, tool-free depth adjustment without removing the pull-out ▬ Gap 3.5 mm
Order information 1 Cabinet profiles left/right TIP-ON Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) NL (mm) 40 70 270 750.2701T 300 750.3001T 350 750.3501T 400 750.4001T 450 750.4501T 753.4501T 500 750.5001T 753.5001T 550 750.5501T 753.5501T 600 750.6001T 753.6001T 650 753.6501T Accessories 14 TIP-ON synchronisation pinion set Version Colour Round RAL 7037 dust grey
Composed of: 14a 1 x Locking device 14b 1 x Overload locking device 14c 2 x Attachment
14d
TIP-ON synchronisation linkage Version Material Round Aluminium
Suitable for cabinet width KB 1400 mm Cutting Internal cabinet width LW – 229 mm
252
Part no. T57.7400.01
Part no. ZST.1160W
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Box systems 〉 TIP-ON for LEGRABOX 〉 Applications
TIP-ON
Inner drawer | inner pull-out
Drawer | high fronted pull-out
Inner drawer | inner pull-out
NL
NL
Height M * +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled ** Incl. 2 mm tilt adjustment
Height M * +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled
Box systems
Planning Space requirement in cabinet Drawer | high fronted pull-out
Nominal length
Nominal length
Screw position – inner drawer | inner pull-out
Variant 1
Variant 2
Trigger range
The optional synchronisation feature ensures secure opening even for higher & wider fronts
600
We also recommend that you use front stabilisation
500 400
3.5
300 200
Recommended front gap: 3.5 mm
mm
100
6 9 00 12 00 00
Reference pages Overview – TIP-ON for LEGRABOX Overview – LEGRABOX Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for LEGRABOX CABLOXX Accessories Cabinet profile fixing positions Overview – assembly devices More technical details
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
251 Assembly, removal and adjustment 191 245
Short URL 582 www.blum.com/a330 238 254 591 698
253
Box systems 〉 TIP-ON for LEGRABOX 〉 Cabinet profile fixing positions
Cabinet profile 750 – 40 kg
Cabinet profile 753 – 70 kg
A B
NL 450
A B
NL 500–600
NL 650
A B
** **
*
** **
*
** **
* 4
Box systems
18
416
NL A B *
254
Nominal length Chipboard screws Ø 4 x 15 mm System screws Ø 6 x 14.5 mm, part no. 661.1450.HG Can be replaced with chipboard screw Ø 4 x 15 mm
NL A B * **
224 256 320
32 9
9
18 37
Nominal length Chipboard screws Ø 4 x 15 mm System screws Ø 6 x 14.5 mm, part no. 661.1450.HG Can be replaced with chipboard screw Ø 4 x 15 mm Optional for greater stability
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Box systems
Box systems 〉 TIP-ON for LEGRABOX
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
255
Box systems 〉 MERIVOBOX
MERIVOBOX – Let's create – the box platform for your ideas Offering variety has never been so easy. This platform makes it incredibly simple to manufacture and assemble drawers and pull-outs to meet every demand.
Box systems
In short, MERIVOBOX makes your ideas and those of your customers happen. Get a head start and get ready for the challenges that lie ahead. Experience maximum functionality combined with a stunning design.
Platform It takes just a few components to create your own extensive range. Diverse and yet simple
Design MERIVOBOX boasts straight lines and a striking look. Modern minimalism meets distinctive design
Functionality The newly developed cabinet profile concept delivers extremely smooth running action and high load bearing capacity. Feather-light glide and enhanced stability
Assembly No matter the model, assembly is always simple and adjustment always the same. It is extremely easy to achieve precise results
MERIVOBOX modular with gallery Create a clean cut design with the use of exposed metal components
MERIVOBOX modular with BOXCOVER Create unique pull-outs – with large design elements
MERIVOBOX modular with BOXCAP Simply clip on BOXCAP and you have created a metal pull-out with closed sides
Colour concept MERIVOBOX is available in the colour options silk white matt, indium grey matt and orion grey matt
256
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Box systems 〉 MERIVOBOX 〉 Overview
Box systems
Symbolic image
Overview
Overview – box systems LEGRABOX TIP-ON BLUMOTION for MERIVOBOX TANDEMBOX antaro TANDEMBOX plus SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX
189 METABOX 190 296 302 348 358
Overview – applications Design element
258 290
390
Accessories
Steel back Front/base stabiliser Front/base stabiliser for thin fronts Side stabilisation Screws Centre bit Symbolic image Cabinet profile fixing positions Cabinet profile 450 – 40 kg Cabinet profile 453 – 70 kg 1
2
406 Door buffer 291 Screwdriver 292 292 293 293
293 294
295 295
Symbolic image
Assembly, removal and adjustment Assembly, removal and adjustment
Symbolic image
Short URL www.blum.com/a355
Pictograph Item available on request
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
257
Box systems
Symbolic image
Box systems 〉 MERIVOBOX 〉 Overview – applications
kg
Applications
Box systems
Standard cabinet Drawer
Space requirement
Height (mm)
Drawer – N
40
85.5
Drawer – M
40 70
108
Drawer – K
40 70
146
High fronted pull-out High fronted pull-out – gallery – E
40 70
Web code
40 70
40 70
260
DQJ19A
262
DQJ1YM
266
209
kg
258
Dynamic carrying capacity
70
270
209
272
209
DQJ5HA
Cabinet profile with over extension for waste bin applications
Space requirement
Height (mm)
DQJ0JY
DQJ4RY
High fronted pull-out – BOXCAP – E
kg
Applications
Web code
Page
Inner drawer
DQJ42M
High fronted pull-out – BOXCOVER – E
Page
274
209
DQJ66M
Inner pull-out
Inner drawer – M
40 70
106
Inner drawer – K
40 70
144
Inner pull-out – gallery – gallery – E
40 70
207
Inner pull-out – gallery – design element – E
40 70
207
Inner pull-out – BOXCOVER – 40 70 gallery – E
207
Inner pull-out – BOXCOVER – 40 70 design element – E
207
Inner pull-out – BOXCAP – gallery – E
40 70
207
Inner pull-out – BOXCAP – design element – E
40 70
207
DQJ2NY
264
DQJ3DA
268
DQJ6VY
DQJ7LA
DQJ8AM
DQJ8ZY
DQJ9PA
276
DQJAEM
278
280
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Box systems 〉 MERIVOBOX 〉 Overview – applications
Sink cabinet Drawer
Height (mm)
Drawer – M – centre piece
High fronted pull-out High fronted pull-out – gallery – E – centre piece
Larder unit
Narrow cabinets
Design element
kg
Space requirement
40 70
DQJB3Y 209
High fronted pull-out – BOXCOVER – E – centre piece
40 70
209
High fronted pull-out – BOXCAP – E – centre piece
40 70
209
Cabinet width KB 150 mm
Height (mm)
Web code
Page
282
DQJBTA
DQJCIM
DQJD7Y
284
DQJDXA
286
DQJEMM
288
Glass design element
Dynamic carrying capacity
No. Description
Colour SW-M IG-M
Space requirement
20
Recommendation – colour combination of the components
2 2.1 2.2 3 3.1 3.1 3.2 3.3 4 5 5 6 7 8 9 9
kg
Applications
40 70
Cabinet width KB 275–1200 mm SPACE TWIN
Page
108
40 70
SPACE TOWER
Web code
Box systems
kg
Applications
Drawer side set Drawer side set exterior Drawer side set interior Chipboard back fixings left/right Chipboard back fixings left/right External chipboard back fixing left/right Internal chipboard back fixing left/right Chipboard back fixing cover cap Front piece set Front piece without groove Front piece with groove Latch set Cross gallery Longside gallery rail left/right BOXCOVER left/right BOXCAP left/right Silk white matt Indium grey matt
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
290
Colour
Colour OG-M
SW-M SW-M SW-M SW-M SW-M SW-M SW-M SW-M SW-M SW-M SW-M SW-M SW-M SW-M SW-M SW-M SW-M
IG-M IG-M IG-M IG-M IG-M IG-M IG-M IG-M IG-M IG-M IG-M IG-M IG-M IG-M IG-M IG-M IG-M
OG-M OG-M OG-M OG-M OG-M OG-M OG-M OG-M OG-M OG-M OG-M OG-M OG-M OG-M OG-M OG-M OG-M
Orion grey matt
259
Box systems 〉 MERIVOBOX 〉 Standard cabinet
Web code DQJ0JY
Drawer – N
Box systems
Space requirement
85.5*
▬ Distinctive drawer side design ▬ Drawer side straight on the inside with flush cover cap ▬ Synchronised feather-light glide ▬ Includes an integrated BLUMOTION damping effect for soft and effortless closing, and can be combined with SERVO-DRIVE or TIP-ON BLUMOTION ▬ Insert the front in the holding position and simply clip on (easy attachment even if pull-out is already in place) ▬ Tool-free front assembly ▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment
NL
NL *
+3
Nominal length Incl. 2 mm tilt adjustment
Order information 1 Cabinet profiles left/right BLUMOTION Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) NL (mm) 40 400 450.4001B 450 450.4501B 500 450.5001B 550 450.5501B 2
3 2a
Drawer side set
Drawer side height (mm) Nominal length Colour NL (mm) SW-M | IG-M | OG-M 400 470N4002S 450 470N4502S 500 470N5002S 550 470N5502S
2c
68.5
4
Composed of: 2a 1 x Left/right drawer sides 2b 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed 2c 2 x Cover caps
3
4
Chipboard back fixings left/right Colour Material SW-M | IG-M | OG-M Steel Front fixing bracket Fixing method EXPANDO T INSERTA Screw-on¹
EXPANDO T suitable for thin fronts – see reference pages ¹ Screws not included in scope of delivery Colour SW-M IG-M
Silk white matt Indium grey matt
Colour OG-M
Part no. ZB4N000S
2x 2x 2x
Part no. ZF4.10T2 ZF4.10I2 ZF4.1002
Accessories – Chipboard screws Ø (mm) 3.5 3.5 ¹ ²
1
Length (mm) 15 17
¹ ²
Part no. 609.1500 609.1700
Fixing screw (flat head screw) Ø (mm) Length (mm) 3.5 15
¹⁺²
Part no. 61R.1500
System screw Ø (mm) 6
¹
Part no. 661.1450.HG
For connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet For front fixing
–
In order to achieve optimal assembly, we recommend that you use flat head screws for the chipboard back and drawer side ¹ For the connection of chipboard back fixings with chipboard back and drawer side with drawer bases ² Maximum screw head height: 2 mm
–
Orion grey matt
¹
260
2b
Length (mm) 14.5
For connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Box systems 〉 MERIVOBOX 〉 Standard cabinet
Web code DQJ0JY
Drawer – N Installation dimensions – front – screw-on
Drilling distances – front – INSERTA | EXPANDO-T front
Installation dimensions – back
10
Planning Space requirement in cabinet
+0.2
**
+1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled Incl. 2 mm tilt adjustment
FA *
12**
FA
Front overlay +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled
* **
Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Cabinet profile 450 – 40 kg Nominal length NL (mm)
Box systems
20.5 *
11
min 33.5* 32
20
33.5*
32
Ø 10 –0.1
+1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled Min. 6 mm for EXPANDO T
Cutting – 16 mm chipboard
Chipboard back 60.5
400 | 450 | 500 | 550
LW – 51 mm
32
224
32
9 37
Base Chipboard back NL – 26 mm Steel back NL – 22 mm
KB LW NL
Cabinet width Internal cabinet width Nominal length
LW – 51 mm
Drilling distances – drawer base
NL (mm) X (mm) 400 | 450 | 500 | 550 256 Pre-drilling possible when using a flat head screw NL Nominal length
X 16
9 Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm
Reference pages Overview – MERIVOBOX Fixing system for thin fronts – EXPANDO T Assembly recommendation and limitation of liability – EXPANDO T Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for MERIVOBOX CABLOXX Accessories Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
257 Cabinet profile fixing positions Overview – assembly devices More technical details
584
585
295 Assembly, removal and adjustment 591 698 Short URL www.blum.com/a355
359 297 582 291 261
Box systems 〉 MERIVOBOX 〉 Standard cabinet
Web code DQJ19A
Drawer – M
Box systems
Space requirement
108*
▬ Distinctive drawer side design ▬ Drawer side straight on the inside with flush cover cap ▬ Synchronised feather-light glide ▬ Includes an integrated BLUMOTION damping effect for soft and effortless closing, and can be combined with SERVO-DRIVE or TIP-ON BLUMOTION ▬ Insert the front in the holding position and simply clip on (easy attachment even if pull-out is already in place) ▬ Tool-free front assembly ▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment
NL NL *
+3
Nominal length Incl. 2 mm tilt adjustment
Order information 1 Cabinet profiles left/right BLUMOTION Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) NL (mm) 40 70 270 450.2701B 300 450.3001B 350 450.3501B 400 450.4001B 450 450.4501B 453.4501B 500 450.5001B 453.5001B 550 450.5501B 453.5501B 600 450.6001B 453.6001B 2
3 2a
2c 4
Drawer side set
Drawer side height (mm) Nominal length Colour NL (mm) SW-M | IG-M | OG-M 270 470M2702S 300 470M3002S 350 470M3502S 400 470M4002S 450 470M4502S 500 470M5002S 550 470M5502S 600 470M6002S
Chipboard back fixings left/right Colour Material SW-M | IG-M | OG-M Steel
4
Front fixing bracket Fixing method EXPANDO T INSERTA Screw-on¹
Accessories – Chipboard screws Ø (mm) 3.5 3.5 ¹ ²
Colour SW-M IG-M
262
Silk white matt Indium grey matt
Part no. ZB4M000S
Colour OG-M
2x 2x 2x
Part no. ZF4.10T2 ZF4.10I2 ZF4.1002
Length (mm) 15 17
¹ ²
Part no. 609.1500 609.1700
Fixing screw (flat head screw) Ø (mm) Length (mm) 3.5 15
¹⁺²
Part no. 61R.1500
System screw Ø (mm) 6
¹
Part no. 661.1450.HG
For connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet For front fixing
–
In order to achieve optimal assembly, we recommend that you use flat head screws for the chipboard back and drawer side ¹ For the connection of chipboard back fixings with chipboard back and drawer side with drawer bases ² Maximum screw head height: 2 mm
–
EXPANDO T suitable for thin fronts – see reference pages ¹ Screws not included in scope of delivery
1
91
Composed of: 2a 1 x Left/right drawer sides 2b 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed 2c 2 x Cover caps
3
2b
¹
Length (mm) 14.5
For connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet
Orion grey matt
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Box systems 〉 MERIVOBOX 〉 Standard cabinet
Web code DQJ19A
Drawer – M Planning Space requirement in cabinet
Drilling distances – front – INSERTA | EXPANDO-T front
Installation dimensions – back
+0.2
* **
+1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled Incl. 2 mm tilt adjustment
20.5 FA *
32 12**
FA
Front overlay +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled
* **
Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Cabinet profile 450 – 40 kg Nominal length NL (mm)
Box systems
20
28
11
min 33.5* 32
32
Ø 10 –0.1
33.5*
103
min. 54* min. 54**
10
Installation dimensions – front – screw-on
+1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled Min. 6 mm for EXPANDO T
Cutting – 16 mm chipboard
Chipboard back 83 mm
270 | 300 | 350
LW – 51 mm
*
400 | 450 | 500 | 550 | 600
Base
*
32
32 160 32 224
Chipboard back
9 37
NL – 26 mm Steel back NL – 22 mm
KB LW NL
Cabinet width Internal cabinet width Nominal length
LW – 51 mm
Cabinet profile 453 – 70 kg Nominal length NL (mm)
Drilling distances – drawer base
450 | 500 | 550 600
*
*
32
32
352
224
32
9 37
X
NL (mm) X (mm) 270 | 300 128 350 | 400 | 450 | 500 | 256 550 | 600 Pre-drilling possible when using a flat head screw NL Nominal length
16
9 Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm
Reference pages Overview – MERIVOBOX Fixing system for thin fronts – EXPANDO T Assembly recommendation and limitation of liability – EXPANDO T Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for MERIVOBOX Overview – AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
257 CABLOXX Accessories Cabinet profile fixing positions Overview – assembly devices 585 More technical details
584
582 Assembly, removal and adjustment 291 295 591 Short URL 698 www.blum.com/a355
359 297 529 263
Box systems 〉 MERIVOBOX 〉 Standard cabinet
Web code DQJ2NY
Box systems
Inner drawer – M Space requirement
106 111*
▬ Inner drawer with solid front piece ▬ Distinctive drawer side design ▬ Drawer side straight on the inside with flush cover cap ▬ Synchronised feather-light glide ▬ Includes an integrated BLUMOTION damping effect for soft and effortless closing, and can be combined with SERVO-DRIVE or TIP-ON BLUMOTION ▬ SERVO-DRIVE is only triggered by pulling for inner drawers ▬ Insert the front in the holding position and simply clip on (easy attachment even if pull-out is already in place) ▬ Tool-free front assembly ▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment
NL NL *
+3
Nominal length Inner drawer with latch set
Order information 1 Cabinet profiles left/right BLUMOTION Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) NL (mm) 40 70 270 450.2701B 300 450.3001B 350 450.3501B 400 450.4001B 450 450.4501B 453.4501B 500 450.5001B 453.5001B 550 450.5501B 453.5501B 600 450.6001B 453.6001B 2
3
4b
5
91
Accessories 6 Latch set Colour SW-M | IG-M | OG-M
Composed of: 2a 1 x Left/right drawer sides 2b 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed 2c 2 x Cover caps
3
Chipboard back fixings left/right Colour Material SW-M | IG-M | OG-M Steel
4
Front piece set Colour SW-M | IG-M | OG-M
Part no. ZB4M000S
Material Steel
Part no. ZI4.0MS1
264
Silk white matt Indium grey matt
Colour OG-M
Part no. ZV4.1042M
2b
1
4a
4f
Material Nylon
Composed of: 6a 1 x Latch 6b 1 x Latch housing RAL 7037 dust grey Latch must be mounted on the front piece Latch set (ZI7.0M07) cannot be used in combination with TIP-ON BLUMOTION
– ¹
Chipboard screws Ø (mm) 3.5
–
Part no. ZI7.0M07
Length (mm) 15
¹
Part no. 609.1500
Fixing screw (flat head screw) Ø (mm) Length (mm) 3.5 15
¹⁺²
Part no. 61R.1500
System screw Ø (mm) 6
¹
Part no. 661.1450.HG
For connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet
In order to achieve optimal assembly, we recommend that you use flat head screws for the chipboard back and drawer side ¹ For the connection of chipboard back fixings with chipboard back and drawer side with drawer bases ² Maximum screw head height: 2 mm
–
Front piece without groove Colour Length (mm) SW-M | IG-M | OG-M 1042
Suitable for cabinet width KB 1200 mm Cutting Internal cabinet width LW – 126 mm Colour SW-M IG-M
6b
4e
Drawer side height (mm) Nominal length Colour NL (mm) SW-M | IG-M | OG-M 270 470M2702S 300 470M3002S 350 470M3502S 400 470M4002S 450 470M4502S 500 470M5002S 550 470M5502S 600 470M6002S
5
6a
2c
Drawer side set
Composed of: 4a 1 x Front fixing left/right 4b 2 x Interior cover cap 4e 1 x Locking piece 4f 4 x Screws
2a
¹
Length (mm) 14.5
For connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet
Orion grey matt
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Box systems 〉 MERIVOBOX 〉 Standard cabinet
Web code DQJ2NY
Inner drawer – M
= Ø 25
12
x x + 65
32
min. 52 57**
10
11
=
Box systems
min. 54*
103
Drilling distances – front – latch housing
45
Installation dimensions – back
min 17
Planning Space requirement in cabinet
28 * **
+1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled Inner drawer with latch set possible from height 57 mm
Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Cabinet profile 450 – 40 kg Nominal length NL (mm)
Cutting – 16 mm chipboard
Chipboard back 83 mm
270 | 300 | 350
LW – 51 mm
*
400 | 450 | 500 | 550 | 600
Base
*
32
32 32 160 224
Chipboard back
9 37
NL – 26 mm Steel back NL – 22 mm
KB LW NL
Cabinet width Internal cabinet width Nominal length
LW – 51 mm
Cabinet profile 453 – 70 kg Nominal length NL (mm)
Drilling distances – drawer base
450 | 500 | 550 600
*
*
32
32
352
224
32
9 37
X
NL (mm) X (mm) 270 | 300 128 350 | 400 | 450 | 500 | 256 550 | 600 Pre-drilling possible when using a flat head screw NL Nominal length
16
9 Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm
Reference pages Overview – MERIVOBOX Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for MERIVOBOX Overview – AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX CABLOXX Accessories Cabinet profile fixing positions Overview – assembly devices Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
257 More technical details
698 Assembly, removal and adjustment
359 297
Short URL www.blum.com/a355
529 582 291 295 591 265
Box systems 〉 MERIVOBOX 〉 Standard cabinet
Web code DQJ1YM
Drawer – K
Box systems
Space requirement
146*
▬ Distinctive drawer side design ▬ Drawer side straight on the inside with flush cover cap ▬ Synchronised feather-light glide ▬ Includes an integrated BLUMOTION damping effect for soft and effortless closing, and can be combined with SERVO-DRIVE or TIP-ON BLUMOTION ▬ Insert the front in the holding position and simply clip on (easy attachment even if pull-out is already in place) ▬ Tool-free front assembly ▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment
NL
NL *
+3
Nominal length Incl. 2 mm tilt adjustment
Order information 1 Cabinet profiles left/right BLUMOTION Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) NL (mm) 40 70 300 450.3001B 350 450.3501B 400 450.4001B 450 450.4501B 453.4501B 500 450.5001B 453.5001B 550 450.5501B 453.5501B 600 450.6001B 453.6001B 2
3
2a
2c
Drawer side set
Drawer side height (mm) Nominal length Colour NL (mm) SW-M | IG-M | OG-M 300 470K3002S 350 470K3502S 400 470K4002S 450 470K4502S 500 470K5002S 550 470K5502S 600 470K6002S
4
129
Accessories – Chipboard screws Ø (mm) 3.5 3.5
Composed of: 2a 1 x Left/right drawer sides 2b 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed 2c 2 x Cover caps
3
Chipboard back fixings left/right Colour Material SW-M | IG-M | OG-M Steel
4
Front fixing bracket Fixing method EXPANDO T INSERTA Screw-on¹
EXPANDO T suitable for thin fronts – see reference pages ¹ Screws not included in scope of delivery Colour SW-M IG-M
266
Silk white matt Indium grey matt
Colour OG-M
Part no. ZB4K000S
2x 2x 2x
Part no. ZF4.10T2 ZF4.10I2 ZF4.1002
¹ ²
2b
1
Length (mm) 15 17
¹ ²
Part no. 609.1500 609.1700
Fixing screw (flat head screw) Ø (mm) Length (mm) 3.5 15
¹⁺²
Part no. 61R.1500
System screw Ø (mm) 6
¹
Part no. 661.1450.HG
For connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet For front fixing
–
In order to achieve optimal assembly, we recommend that you use flat head screws for the chipboard back and drawer side ¹ For the connection of chipboard back fixings with chipboard back and drawer side with drawer bases ² Maximum screw head height: 2 mm
– ¹
Length (mm) 14.5
For connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet
Orion grey matt
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Box systems 〉 MERIVOBOX 〉 Standard cabinet
Web code DQJ1YM
Drawer – K Planning Space requirement in cabinet
Drilling distances – front – INSERTA | EXPANDO-T front
Installation dimensions – back
min. 92**
**
+1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled Incl. 2 mm tilt adjustment
20.5 FA *
32 12**
FA
Front overlay +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled
* **
Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Cabinet profile 450 – 40 kg Nominal length NL (mm)
Box systems
20
min 33.5* 32
32 33.5*
min. 54*
141
+0.2
Ø 10 –0.1
28 *
11
32
10
Installation dimensions – front – screw-on
+1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled Min. 6 mm for EXPANDO T
Cutting – 16 mm chipboard
Chipboard back 121 mm
300 | 350
LW – 51 mm
*
400 | 450 | 500 | 550 | 600
Base
*
32
32 160 32 224
Chipboard back
9 37
NL – 26 mm Steel back NL – 22 mm
KB LW NL
Cabinet width Internal cabinet width Nominal length
LW – 51 mm
Cabinet profile 453 – 70 kg Nominal length NL (mm)
Drilling distances – drawer base
450 | 500 | 550 600
*
*
32
32
352
224
32
9 37
X
NL (mm) X (mm) 300 128 350 | 400 | 450 | 500 | 256 550 | 600 Pre-drilling possible when using a flat head screw NL Nominal length
16
9 Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm
Reference pages Overview – MERIVOBOX Fixing system for thin fronts – EXPANDO T Assembly recommendation and limitation of liability – EXPANDO T Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for MERIVOBOX Overview – AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
257 CABLOXX Accessories Cabinet profile fixing positions Overview – assembly devices 585 More technical details
584
582 Assembly, removal and adjustment 291 295 591 Short URL 698 www.blum.com/a355
359 297 529 267
Box systems 〉 MERIVOBOX 〉 Standard cabinet
Web code DQJ3DA
Box systems
Inner drawer – K Space requirement
144
▬ Inner drawer with mid-height solid front piece ▬ Distinctive drawer side design ▬ Drawer side straight on the inside with flush cover cap ▬ Synchronised feather-light glide ▬ Includes an integrated BLUMOTION damping effect for soft and effortless closing, and can be combined with SERVO-DRIVE or TIP-ON BLUMOTION ▬ SERVO-DRIVE is only triggered by pulling for inner drawers ▬ Insert the front in the holding position and simply clip on (easy attachment even if pull-out is already in place) ▬ Tool-free front assembly ▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment
NL
NL
+3
Nominal length
Order information 1 Cabinet profiles left/right BLUMOTION Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) NL (mm) 40 70 300 450.3001B 350 450.3501B 400 450.4001B 450 450.4501B 453.4501B 500 450.5001B 453.5001B 550 450.5501B 453.5501B 600 450.6001B 453.6001B 2
3
4b
2a 6a
6b
Drawer side set
Drawer side height (mm) Nominal length Colour NL (mm) SW-M | IG-M | OG-M 300 470K3002S 350 470K3502S 400 470K4002S 450 470K4502S 500 470K5002S 550 470K5502S 600 470K6002S
2c
2b
1
4e
129
5
Accessories 6 Latch set Colour SW-M | IG-M | OG-M
4f
4a
Material Nylon
Composed of: 2a 1 x Left/right drawer sides 2b 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed 2c 2 x Cover caps
Composed of: 6a 1 x Latch 6b 1 x Latch housing RAL 7037 dust grey Latch must be mounted on the front piece Latch set (ZI7.0M07) cannot be used in combination with TIP-ON BLUMOTION
3
–
4
Chipboard back fixings left/right Colour Material SW-M | IG-M | OG-M Steel Front piece set Colour SW-M | IG-M | OG-M
Composed of: 4a 1 x Front fixing left/right 4b 1 x Interior cover cap left/right 4e 1 x Locking piece 4f 4 x Screws
5
Part no. ZB4K000S
Material Steel
Front piece without groove Colour Length (mm) SW-M | IG-M | OG-M 1042
268
Silk white matt Indium grey matt
Colour OG-M
Length (mm) 15
¹
Part no. 609.1500
Fixing screw (flat head screw) Ø (mm) Length (mm) 3.5 15
¹⁺²
Part no. 61R.1500
System screw Ø (mm) 6
¹
Part no. 661.1450.HG
For connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet
–
Part no. ZI4.1KS1
Suitable for cabinet width KB 1200 mm Cutting Internal cabinet width LW – 126 mm Colour SW-M IG-M
¹
Chipboard screws Ø (mm) 3.5
Part no. ZI7.0M07
In order to achieve optimal assembly, we recommend that you use flat head screws for the chipboard back and drawer side ¹ For the connection of chipboard back fixings with chipboard back and drawer side with drawer bases ² Maximum screw head height: 2 mm
–
Part no. ZV4.1042M ¹
Length (mm) 14.5
For connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet
Orion grey matt
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Box systems 〉 MERIVOBOX 〉 Standard cabinet
Web code DQJ3DA
Inner drawer – K
=
= Ø 25
12
x x + 65
32
min. 90
32
10
11
Box systems
min. 54*
141
Drilling distances – front – latch housing
45
Installation dimensions – back
min 17
Planning Space requirement in cabinet
28 *
+1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled
Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Cabinet profile 450 – 40 kg Nominal length NL (mm)
Cutting – 16 mm chipboard
Chipboard back 121 mm
300 | 350
LW – 51 mm
*
400 | 450 | 500 | 550 | 600
Base
*
32
32 32 160 224
Chipboard back
9 37
NL – 26 mm Steel back NL – 22 mm
KB LW NL
Cabinet width Internal cabinet width Nominal length
LW – 51 mm
Cabinet profile 453 – 70 kg Nominal length NL (mm)
Drilling distances – drawer base
450 | 500 | 550 600
*
*
32
32
352
224
32
9 37
X
NL (mm) X (mm) 300 128 350 | 400 | 450 | 500 | 256 550 | 600 Pre-drilling possible when using a flat head screw NL Nominal length
16
9 Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm
Reference pages Overview – MERIVOBOX Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for MERIVOBOX Overview – AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX CABLOXX Accessories Cabinet profile fixing positions Overview – assembly devices Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
257 More technical details
698 Assembly, removal and adjustment
359 297
Short URL www.blum.com/a355
529 582 291 295 591 269
Box systems 〉 MERIVOBOX 〉 Standard cabinet
Web code DQJ42M
High fronted pull-out – gallery – E
Box systems
Space requirement
209*
▬ MERIVOBOX modular with gallery ▬ Distinctive drawer side design ▬ Drawer side straight on the inside with flush cover cap ▬ Synchronised feather-light glide ▬ Includes an integrated BLUMOTION damping effect for soft and effortless closing, and can be combined with SERVO-DRIVE or TIP-ON BLUMOTION ▬ Insert the front in the holding position and simply clip on (easy attachment even if pull-out is already in place) ▬ Tool-free front assembly ▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment
NL NL *
+3
Nominal length Incl. 2 mm tilt adjustment
Order information 1 Cabinet profiles left/right BLUMOTION Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) NL (mm) 40 70 270 450.2701B 300 450.3001B 350 450.3501B 400 450.4001B 450 450.4501B 453.4501B 500 450.5001B 453.5001B 550 450.5501B 453.5501B 600 450.6001B 453.6001B 2
3.3
3.1
4.2 2c
Drawer side set
Drawer side height (mm) Nominal length Colour NL (mm) SW-M | IG-M | OG-M 270 470M2702S 300 470M3002S 350 470M3502S 400 470M4002S 450 470M4502S 500 470M5002S 550 470M5502S 600 470M6002S
91
Chipboard back fixings left/right Colour Material SW-M | IG-M | OG-M Steel
4.1
Front fixing bracket Fixing method EXPANDO T INSERTA Screw-on¹
EXPANDO T suitable for thin fronts – see reference pages ¹ Screws not included in scope of delivery
4.2
Front fixing bracket, top Fixing method EXPANDO T INSERTA Screw-on – pre-mounted chipboard screw, Ø 3.8 x 11.4 mm Screw-on – countersunk screw¹
8
Part no. ZB4E000S
2x 2x 2x
Part no. ZF4.10T2 ZF4.10I2 ZF4.1002
2x 2x
Part no. ZF4.50T2 ZF4.50I2
2x
ZF4.5002
2x
ZF4.5012
EXPANDO T suitable for thin fronts – see reference pages ¹ Countersunk screw with head diameter max. 7 mm, thread diameter max. 4 mm – screw not included in scope of delivery
Colour SW-M IG-M
1
Longside gallery rail left/right Colour SW-M | IG-M | OG-M Nominal length Nominal length Part no. NL (mm) NL (mm) 270 ZR4.270RS.E 450 300 ZR4.300RS.E 500 350 ZR4.350RS.E 550 400 ZR4.400RS.E 600 Silk white matt Indium grey matt
Colour OG-M
–
¹ ²
ZR4.450RS.E ZR4.500RS.E ZR4.550RS.E ZR4.600RS.E
2x
Part no. ZB4E00AK
Length (mm) 15 17
¹ ²
Part no. 609.1500 609.1700
Fixing screw (flat head screw) Ø (mm) Length (mm) 3.5 15
¹⁺²
Part no. 61R.1500
System screw Ø (mm) 6
¹
Part no. 661.1450.HG
Chipboard screws Ø (mm) 3.5 3.5
For connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet For front fixing
–
Part no.
Orion grey matt
Accessories 3.3 Chipboard back fixing cover cap Colour Version SW-M | IG-M | OG-M Symmetrical
In order to achieve optimal assembly, we recommend that you use flat head screws for the chipboard back and drawer side ¹ For the connection of chipboard back fixings with chipboard back and drawer side with drawer bases ² Maximum screw head height: 2 mm
– ¹
270
2b
4.1
Composed of: 2a 1 x Left/right drawer sides 2b 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed 2c 2 x Cover caps
3.1
2a
8
Length (mm) 14.5
For connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Box systems 〉 MERIVOBOX 〉 Standard cabinet
Web code DQJ42M
High fronted pull-out – gallery – E Installation dimensions – front – screw-on
Drilling distances – front – INSERTA | EXPANDO-T front
Installation dimensions – back
10
Planning Space requirement in cabinet
+0.2
11
64
128 33.5* 32
128
min. 155** min. 54*
+0.2
Ø 10 –0.1
**
+1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled Incl. 2 mm tilt adjustment
20.5 FA *
Box systems
20
28 *
min 33.5* 32
32
204
32
Ø 10 –0.1
12**
FA
Front overlay +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled
* **
Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Cabinet profile 450 – 40 kg Nominal length NL (mm)
+1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled Min. 6 mm for EXPANDO T
Cutting – 16 mm chipboard
Chipboard back 184 mm
270 | 300 | 350
LW – 51 mm
*
400 | 450 | 500 | 550 | 600
Base
*
32
32 160 32 224
Chipboard back
9 37
NL – 26 mm Steel back NL – 22 mm
KB LW NL
Cabinet width Internal cabinet width Nominal length
LW – 51 mm
Cabinet profile 453 – 70 kg Nominal length NL (mm)
Drilling distances – drawer base
450 | 500 | 550 600
*
*
32
32
352
224
32
9 37
X
NL (mm) X (mm) 270 | 300 128 350 | 400 | 450 | 500 | 256 550 | 600 Pre-drilling possible when using a flat head screw NL Nominal length
16
9 Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm
Reference pages Overview – MERIVOBOX Fixing system for thin fronts – EXPANDO T Assembly recommendation and limitation of liability – EXPANDO T Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for MERIVOBOX Overview – AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
257 CABLOXX Accessories Cabinet profile fixing positions Overview – assembly devices 585 More technical details
584
582 Assembly, removal and adjustment 291 295 591 Short URL 698 www.blum.com/a355
359 297 529 271
Box systems 〉 MERIVOBOX 〉 Standard cabinet
Web code DQJ4RY
High fronted pull-out – BOXCOVER – E
Box systems
Space requirement
209*
▬ MERIVOBOX modular with BOXCOVER ▬ Distinctive drawer side design ▬ Drawer side straight on the inside with flush cover cap ▬ Synchronised feather-light glide ▬ Includes an integrated BLUMOTION damping effect for soft and effortless closing, and can be combined with SERVO-DRIVE or TIP-ON BLUMOTION ▬ Insert the front in the holding position and simply clip on (easy attachment even if pull-out is already in place) ▬ Tool-free front assembly ▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment
NL NL *
+3
Nominal length Incl. 2 mm tilt adjustment
Order information 1 Cabinet profiles left/right BLUMOTION Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) NL (mm) 40 70 270 450.2701B 300 450.3001B 350 450.3501B 400 450.4001B 450 450.4501B 453.4501B 500 450.5001B 453.5001B 550 450.5501B 453.5501B 600 450.6001B 453.6001B 2
9
3
4.2
Drawer side set
Drawer side height (mm) Nominal length Colour NL (mm) SW-M | IG-M | OG-M 270 470M2702S 300 470M3002S 350 470M3502S 400 470M4002S 450 470M4502S 500 470M5002S 550 470M5502S 600 470M6002S
91
4.1
Chipboard back fixings left/right Colour Material SW-M | IG-M | OG-M Steel Front fixing bracket Fixing method EXPANDO T INSERTA Screw-on¹
EXPANDO T suitable for thin fronts – see reference pages ¹ Screws not included in scope of delivery
4.2
Front fixing bracket, top Fixing method EXPANDO T INSERTA Screw-on – pre-mounted chipboard screw, Ø 3.8 x 11.4 mm Screw-on – countersunk screw¹
Part no. ZB4E000S
2x 2x 2x
Part no. ZF4.10T2 ZF4.10I2 ZF4.1002
2x 2x
Part no. ZF4.50T2 ZF4.50I2
2x
ZF4.5002
2x
ZF4.5012
EXPANDO T suitable for thin fronts – see reference pages ¹ Countersunk screw with head diameter max. 7 mm, thread diameter max. 4 mm – screw not included in scope of delivery
272
2c 2b
4.1
Composed of: 2a 1 x Left/right drawer sides 2b 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed 2c 2 x Cover caps
3
2a
9a
9
BOXCOVER left/right Colour SW-M | IG-M | OG-M
9a
Glass design element (side) Material Glass
1
Material Nylon/steel
Part no. ZL4M00808 Part no. ZE4Mxx0G
For ordering information, see design element Colour SW-M IG-M
Silk white matt Indium grey matt
Accessories – Chipboard screws Ø (mm) 3.5 3.5 ¹ ²
Colour OG-M
Orion grey matt
Length (mm) 15 17
¹ ²
Part no. 609.1500 609.1700
Fixing screw (flat head screw) Ø (mm) Length (mm) 3.5 15
¹⁺²
Part no. 61R.1500
System screw Ø (mm) 6
¹
Part no. 661.1450.HG
For connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet For front fixing
–
In order to achieve optimal assembly, we recommend that you use flat head screws for the chipboard back and drawer side ¹ For the connection of chipboard back fixings with chipboard back and drawer side with drawer bases ² Maximum screw head height: 2 mm
– ¹
Length (mm) 14.5
For connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Box systems 〉 MERIVOBOX 〉 Standard cabinet
Web code DQJ4RY
High fronted pull-out – BOXCOVER – E Installation dimensions – front – screw-on
Drilling distances – front – INSERTA | EXPANDO-T front
Installation dimensions – back
10
Planning Space requirement in cabinet
+0.2
64
128
128
min. 155**
+0.2
Ø 10 –0.1
28 * **
+1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled Incl. 2 mm tilt adjustment
20.5 FA *
Box systems
min 33.5* 32
20
min. 54*
33.5* 32
32
204
11
32
Ø 10 –0.1
12**
FA
Front overlay +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled
* **
Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Cabinet profile 450 – 40 kg Nominal length NL (mm)
+1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled Min. 6 mm for EXPANDO T
Cutting – 16 mm chipboard
Chipboard back 184 mm
270 | 300 | 350
LW – 51 mm
*
400 | 450 | 500 | 550 | 600
Base
*
32
32 160 32 224
Chipboard back
9 37
NL – 26 mm Steel back NL – 22 mm
KB LW NL
Cabinet width Internal cabinet width Nominal length
LW – 51 mm
Cabinet profile 453 – 70 kg Nominal length NL (mm)
Cutting – design element
450 | 500 | 550 600
*
*
32
32
352
224
32
9 37
Design X (mm) element Side NL – 90 NL Nominal length
Y (mm) 95
The given dimensions in combination with MERIVOBOX do not require “impact testing for vertically installed glass parts” as per the DIN EN 14749 norm June 2016. For norm compliance no safety glass is required. The edge is a polished flat-ended edge with a 1 mm ±0.5 mm bevel.
Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm
Reference pages Overview – MERIVOBOX Fixing system for thin fronts – EXPANDO T Assembly recommendation and limitation of liability – EXPANDO T Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for MERIVOBOX Overview – AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
257 CABLOXX Accessories Cabinet profile fixing positions Overview – assembly devices 585 More technical details
584
582 Assembly, removal and adjustment 291 295 591 Short URL 698 www.blum.com/a355
359 297 529 273
Box systems 〉 MERIVOBOX 〉 Standard cabinet
Web code DQJ5HA
High fronted pull-out – BOXCAP – E
Box systems
Space requirement
209*
▬ MERIVOBOX modular with BOXCAP ▬ Distinctive drawer side design ▬ Drawer side straight on the inside with flush cover cap ▬ Synchronised feather-light glide ▬ Includes an integrated BLUMOTION damping effect for soft and effortless closing, and can be combined with SERVO-DRIVE or TIP-ON BLUMOTION ▬ Insert the front in the holding position and simply clip on (easy attachment even if pull-out is already in place) ▬ Tool-free front assembly ▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment
NL NL *
+3
Nominal length Incl. 2 mm tilt adjustment
Order information 1 Cabinet profiles left/right BLUMOTION Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) NL (mm) 40 70 270 450.2701B 300 450.3001B 350 450.3501B 400 450.4001B 450 450.4501B 453.4501B 500 450.5001B 453.5001B 550 450.5501B 453.5501B 600 450.6001B 453.6001B 2
2a
4.2
Drawer side set
Drawer side height (mm) Nominal length Colour NL (mm) SW-M | IG-M | OG-M 270 470M2702S 300 470M3002S 350 470M3502S 400 470M4002S 450 470M4502S 500 470M5002S 550 470M5502S 600 470M6002S
91
Chipboard back fixings left/right Colour Material SW-M | IG-M | OG-M Steel
4.1
Front fixing bracket Fixing method EXPANDO T INSERTA Screw-on¹
EXPANDO T suitable for thin fronts – see reference pages ¹ Screws not included in scope of delivery
4.2
Front fixing bracket, top Fixing method EXPANDO T INSERTA Screw-on – pre-mounted chipboard screw, Ø 3.8 x 11.4 mm Screw-on – countersunk screw¹
9
Part no. ZB4E000S
2x 2x 2x
Part no. ZF4.10T2 ZF4.10I2 ZF4.1002
2x 2x
Part no. ZF4.50T2 ZF4.50I2
2x
ZF4.5002
2x
ZF4.5012
EXPANDO T suitable for thin fronts – see reference pages ¹ Countersunk screw with head diameter max. 7 mm, thread diameter max. 4 mm – screw not included in scope of delivery
274
2c
2b
1
4.1
Composed of: 2a 1 x Left/right drawer sides 2b 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed 2c 2 x Cover caps
3
3
9
Colour SW-M IG-M
BOXCAP left/right Colour SW-M | IG-M | OG-M Nominal length Nominal length Part no. NL (mm) NL (mm) 270 ZL4.270S.E 450 300 ZL4.300S.E 500 350 ZL4.350S.E 550 400 ZL4.400S.E 600 Silk white matt Indium grey matt
Accessories – Chipboard screws Ø (mm) 3.5 3.5 ¹ ²
Colour OG-M
ZL4.450S.E ZL4.500S.E ZL4.550S.E ZL4.600S.E
Orion grey matt
Length (mm) 15 17
¹ ²
Part no. 609.1500 609.1700
Fixing screw (flat head screw) Ø (mm) Length (mm) 3.5 15
¹⁺²
Part no. 61R.1500
System screw Ø (mm) 6
¹
Part no. 661.1450.HG
For connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet For front fixing
–
Part no.
In order to achieve optimal assembly, we recommend that you use flat head screws for the chipboard back and drawer side ¹ For the connection of chipboard back fixings with chipboard back and drawer side with drawer bases ² Maximum screw head height: 2 mm
– ¹
Length (mm) 14.5
For connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Box systems 〉 MERIVOBOX 〉 Standard cabinet
Web code DQJ5HA
High fronted pull-out – BOXCAP – E Installation dimensions – front – screw-on
Drilling distances – front – INSERTA | EXPANDO-T front
Installation dimensions – back
10
Planning Space requirement in cabinet
+0.2
64
128
128
min. 155**
+0.2
Ø 10 –0.1
28 * **
+1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled Incl. 2 mm tilt adjustment
20.5 FA *
Box systems
min 33.5* 32
20
min. 54*
33.5* 32
32
204
11
32
Ø 10 –0.1
12**
FA
Front overlay +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled
* **
Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Cabinet profile 450 – 40 kg Nominal length NL (mm)
+1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled Min. 6 mm for EXPANDO T
Cutting – 16 mm chipboard
Chipboard back 184 mm
270 | 300 | 350
LW – 51 mm
*
400 | 450 | 500 | 550 | 600
Base
*
32
32 160 32 224
Chipboard back
9 37
NL – 26 mm Steel back NL – 22 mm
KB LW NL
Cabinet width Internal cabinet width Nominal length
LW – 51 mm
Cabinet profile 453 – 70 kg Nominal length NL (mm)
Drilling distances – drawer base
450 | 500 | 550 600
*
*
32
32
352
224
32
9 37
X
NL (mm) X (mm) 270 | 300 128 350 | 400 | 450 | 500 | 256 550 | 600 Pre-drilling possible when using a flat head screw NL Nominal length
16
9 Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm
Reference pages Overview – MERIVOBOX Fixing system for thin fronts – EXPANDO T Assembly recommendation and limitation of liability – EXPANDO T Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for MERIVOBOX Overview – AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
257 CABLOXX Accessories Cabinet profile fixing positions Overview – assembly devices 585 More technical details
584
582 Assembly, removal and adjustment 291 295 591 Short URL 698 www.blum.com/a355
359 297 529 275
Box systems 〉 MERIVOBOX 〉 Standard cabinet
Web code DQJ9PA
Box systems
Inner pull-out – BOXCAP – gallery – E Space requirement
207
▬ MERIVOBOX modular with BOXCAP ▬ Inner pull-out with gallery ▬ Distinctive drawer side design ▬ Drawer side straight on the inside with flush cover cap ▬ Synchronised feather-light glide ▬ Includes an integrated BLUMOTION damping effect for soft and effortless closing, and can be combined with SERVO-DRIVE or TIP-ON BLUMOTION ▬ SERVO-DRIVE is only triggered by pulling for inner pull-outs ▬ Insert the front in the holding position and simply clip on (easy attachment even if pull-out is already in place) ▬ Tool-free front assembly ▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment
NL NL
+3
Nominal length
Order information
Note All inner pull-out options can be combined with any high fronted pull-out option in height E.
1
3
Cabinet profiles left/right
BLUMOTION Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) NL (mm) 40 70 270 450.2701B 300 450.3001B 350 450.3501B 400 450.4001B 450 450.4501B 453.4501B 500 450.5001B 453.5001B 550 450.5501B 453.5501B 600 450.6001B 453.6001B 2
9 7
Composed of: 4a 1 x Front fixing left/right 4b 1 x Interior cover cap left/right 4e 1 x Locking piece 4f 4 x Screws
5
7
9
Part no. ZB4E000S Part no. ZI4.2ES1
Front piece without groove Colour Length (mm) SW-M | IG-M | OG-M 1042
276
Silk white matt Indium grey matt
Length (mm) 1059
Part no. ZR4.1059U
BOXCAP left/right Colour SW-M | IG-M | OG-M Nominal length Nominal length Part no. NL (mm) NL (mm) 270 ZL4.270S.E 450 300 ZL4.300S.E 500 350 ZL4.350S.E 550 400 ZL4.400S.E 600
Accessories – Chipboard screws Ø (mm) 3.5 ¹
Material Steel
Colour OG-M
Cross gallery Colour SW-M | IG-M | OG-M
4f
Suitable for cabinet width KB 1200 mm Cutting Internal cabinet width LW – 111 mm
Suitable for cabinet width KB 1200 mm Cutting Internal cabinet width LW – 126 mm Colour SW-M IG-M
4a
91
Chipboard back fixings left/right Colour Material SW-M | IG-M | OG-M Steel Front piece set Colour SW-M | IG-M | OG-M
1 4b
5
Composed of: 2a 1 x Left/right drawer sides 2b 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed 2c 2 x Cover caps
4
2b
4e
Drawer side set
Drawer side height (mm) Nominal length Colour NL (mm) SW-M | IG-M | OG-M 270 470M2702S 300 470M3002S 350 470M3502S 400 470M4002S 450 470M4502S 500 470M5002S 550 470M5502S 600 470M6002S
3
2c
2a
ZL4.450S.E ZL4.500S.E ZL4.550S.E ZL4.600S.E
Length (mm) 15
¹
Part no. 609.1500
Fixing screw (flat head screw) Ø (mm) Length (mm) 3.5 15
¹⁺²
Part no. 61R.1500
System screw Ø (mm) 6
¹
Part no. 661.1450.HG
For connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet
–
Part no.
In order to achieve optimal assembly, we recommend that you use flat head screws for the chipboard back and drawer side ¹ For the connection of chipboard back fixings with chipboard back and drawer side with drawer bases ² Maximum screw head height: 2 mm
Part no. ZV4.1042M
– ¹
Length (mm) 14.5
For connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet
Orion grey matt
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Box systems 〉 MERIVOBOX 〉 Standard cabinet
Web code DQJ9PA
Inner pull-out – BOXCAP – gallery – E Installation dimensions – back
11
64
min. 54*
Box systems
32
204
min. 153
32
10
Planning Space requirement in cabinet
28 *
+1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled
Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Cabinet profile 450 – 40 kg Nominal length NL (mm)
Cutting – 16 mm chipboard
Chipboard back 184 mm
270 | 300 | 350
LW – 51 mm
*
400 | 450 | 500 | 550 | 600
Base
*
32
32 32 160 224
Chipboard back
9 37
NL – 26 mm Steel back NL – 22 mm
KB LW NL
Cabinet width Internal cabinet width Nominal length
LW – 51 mm
Cabinet profile 453 – 70 kg Nominal length NL (mm)
Drilling distances – drawer base
450 | 500 | 550 600
*
*
32
32
352
224
32
9 37
X
NL (mm) X (mm) 270 | 300 128 350 | 400 | 450 | 500 | 256 550 | 600 Pre-drilling possible when using a flat head screw NL Nominal length
16
9 Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm
Reference pages Overview – MERIVOBOX Fixing system for thin fronts – EXPANDO T Assembly recommendation and limitation of liability – EXPANDO T Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for MERIVOBOX Overview – AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
257 CABLOXX Accessories Cabinet profile fixing positions Overview – assembly devices 585 More technical details
584
582 Assembly, removal and adjustment 291 295 591 Short URL 698 www.blum.com/a355
359 297 529 277
Box systems 〉 MERIVOBOX 〉 Standard cabinet
Web code DQJAEM
Box systems
Inner pull-out – BOXCAP – design element – E Space requirement
207
▬ MERIVOBOX modular with BOXCAP ▬ Inner pull-out with a high or low design element ▬ Distinctive drawer side design ▬ Drawer side straight on the inside with flush cover cap ▬ Synchronised feather-light glide ▬ Includes an integrated BLUMOTION damping effect for soft and effortless closing, and can be combined with SERVO-DRIVE or TIP-ON BLUMOTION ▬ SERVO-DRIVE is only triggered by pulling for inner pull-outs ▬ Insert the front in the holding position and simply clip on (easy attachment even if pull-out is already in place) ▬ Tool-free front assembly ▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment
NL NL
+3
Nominal length
Order information
Note All inner pull-out options can be combined with any high fronted pull-out option in height E.
1
Cabinet profiles left/right
BLUMOTION Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) NL (mm) 40 70 270 450.2701B 300 450.3001B 350 450.3501B 400 450.4001B 450 450.4501B 453.4501B 500 450.5001B 453.5001B 550 450.5501B 453.5501B 600 450.6001B 453.6001B 2
4d
4
9
Part no. ZB4E000S
Material Steel
Part no. ZI4.4ES1
Front piece with groove Colour Length (mm) SW-M | IG-M | OG-M 1042
278
Silk white matt Indium grey matt
Colour OG-M
4a 4f
Glass design element (for inner pull-out front) Design Material Low Glass High Glass
Part no. ZE4LxxxxG ZE4HxxxxG
BOXCAP left/right Colour SW-M | IG-M | OG-M Nominal length Nominal length Part no. NL (mm) NL (mm) 270 ZL4.270S.E 450 300 ZL4.300S.E 500 350 ZL4.350S.E 550 400 ZL4.400S.E 600
ZL4.450S.E ZL4.500S.E ZL4.550S.E ZL4.600S.E
For ordering information, see design element
Suitable for cabinet width KB 1200 mm Cutting Internal cabinet width LW – 126 mm Colour SW-M IG-M
1 5
7
Chipboard back fixings left/right Colour Material SW-M | IG-M | OG-M Steel Front piece set Colour SW-M | IG-M | OG-M
2b
4e
91
Composed of: 4a 1 x Front fixing left/right 4b 1 x Glass fixing left/right 4d 2 x Adapter piece for low design element 4e 1 x Locking piece 4f 4 x Screws
5
2c
4b
Composed of: 2a 1 x Left/right drawer sides 2b 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed 2c 2 x Cover caps
3
2a
7
Drawer side set
Drawer side height (mm) Nominal length Colour NL (mm) SW-M | IG-M | OG-M 270 470M2702S 300 470M3002S 350 470M3502S 400 470M4002S 450 470M4502S 500 470M5002S 550 470M5502S 600 470M6002S
3
9
Accessories – Chipboard screws Ø (mm) 3.5 ¹
Length (mm) 15
¹
Part no. 609.1500
Fixing screw (flat head screw) Ø (mm) Length (mm) 3.5 15
¹⁺²
Part no. 61R.1500
System screw Ø (mm) 6
¹
Part no. 661.1450.HG
For connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet
–
Part no.
In order to achieve optimal assembly, we recommend that you use flat head screws for the chipboard back and drawer side ¹ For the connection of chipboard back fixings with chipboard back and drawer side with drawer bases ² Maximum screw head height: 2 mm
–
Part no. ZV4.1042NN ¹
Length (mm) 14.5
For connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet
Orion grey matt
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Box systems 〉 MERIVOBOX 〉 Standard cabinet
Web code DQJAEM
Inner pull-out – BOXCAP – design element – E Installation dimensions – back
11
64
min. 54*
Box systems
32
204
min. 153
32
10
Planning Space requirement in cabinet
28 *
+1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled
Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Cabinet profile 450 – 40 kg Nominal length NL (mm)
Cutting – 16 mm chipboard
Chipboard back 184 mm
270 | 300 | 350
LW – 51 mm
*
400 | 450 | 500 | 550 | 600
Base
*
32
32 32 160 224
Chipboard back
9 37
NL – 26 mm Steel back NL – 22 mm
KB LW NL
Cabinet width Internal cabinet width Nominal length
LW – 51 mm
Cabinet profile 453 – 70 kg Nominal length NL (mm)
Cutting – design element
450 | 500 | 550 600
*
*
32
32
352
224
32
9 37
Design X (mm) element Low LW – 104 High LW – 104 LW Internal cabinet width
Y (mm) 75 142.5
The given dimensions in combination with MERIVOBOX do not require “impact testing for vertically installed glass parts” as per the DIN EN 14749 norm June 2016. For norm compliance no safety glass is required. The edge is a polished flat-ended edge with a 1 mm ±0.5 mm bevel.
Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm
Reference pages Overview – MERIVOBOX Fixing system for thin fronts – EXPANDO T Assembly recommendation and limitation of liability – EXPANDO T Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for MERIVOBOX Overview – AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
257 CABLOXX Design element Accessories Cabinet profile fixing positions 585 Overview – assembly devices More technical details 359
584
582 Assembly, removal and adjustment 290 291 295 Short URL 591 www.blum.com/a355 698
297 529 279
Box systems 〉 MERIVOBOX 〉 Standard cabinet
Web code DQJ66M
Cabinet profile with over extension for waste bin applications
Box systems
Space requirement
209*
▬ Cabinet profile with forward-set hook for waste bin application ▬ Can be combined with all high fronted pull-out in height E ▬ Synchronised feather-light glide ▬ Includes an integrated BLUMOTION damping effect for soft and effortless closing, and can be combined with SERVO-DRIVE or TIP-ON BLUMOTION ▬ Insert the front in the holding position and simply clip on (easy attachment even if pull-out is already in place) ▬ Tool-free front assembly ▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment
NL NL *
Symbol image – BOXCAP
+3
Nominal length Incl. 2 mm tilt adjustment
Order information 1 Cabinet profiles left/right BLUMOTION Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) NL (mm) 70 450 453.4501BZ 500 453.5001BZ 550 453.5501BZ 2
Drawer side set
Drawer side height (mm) Nominal length Colour NL (mm) SW-M | IG-M | OG-M 400 ¹ 470M4002S 450 ¹ 470M4502S 500 ¹ 470M5002S
91
Composed of: 2a 1 x Left/right drawer sides 2b 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed 2c 2 x Cover caps Correct drawer side length ¹ Cabinet profile nominal length NL – 50 mm = drawer side nominal length NL E.g. 450 – 50 = 400 mm
Application recommendation
Page
All additional components can be found here: High fronted pull-out – gallery – E
270
High fronted pull-out – BOXCOVER – E
272
High fronted pull-out – BOXCAP – E
274
280
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Box systems 〉 MERIVOBOX 〉 Standard cabinet
Web code DQJ66M
Cabinet profile with over extension for waste bin applications Installation dimensions – front – screw-on
Drilling distances – front – INSERTA | EXPANDO-T front
Installation dimensions – back
10
Planning Space requirement in cabinet
+0.2
64
128
128
min. 155**
+0.2
Ø 10 –0.1
28 * **
+1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled Incl. 2 mm tilt adjustment
20.5 FA *
12**
FA
Front overlay +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled
* **
Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Cabinet profile 453 – 70 kg Nominal length NL (mm) 450 | 500 | 550
Box systems
min 33.5* 32
20
min. 54*
33.5* 32
32
204
11
32
Ø 10 –0.1
+1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled Min. 6 mm for EXPANDO T
Cutting – 16 mm chipboard
Chipboard back 184 mm
LW – 51 mm
*
32
224
32
9 37
Base Chipboard back NL – 26 mm Steel back NL – 22 mm
KB LW NL
Cabinet width Internal cabinet width Nominal length
LW – 51 mm
Drilling distances – drawer base
NL (mm) X (mm) 450 | 500 | 550 256 Pre-drilling possible when using a flat head screw NL Nominal length
X 16
9 Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm
Reference pages Overview – MERIVOBOX Fixing system for thin fronts – EXPANDO T Assembly recommendation and limitation of liability – EXPANDO T Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for MERIVOBOX Overview – AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
257 CABLOXX Accessories Cabinet profile fixing positions Overview – assembly devices 585 More technical details
584
582 Assembly, removal and adjustment 291 295 591 Short URL 698 www.blum.com/a355
359 297 529 281
Box systems 〉 MERIVOBOX 〉 Sink cabinet
Web code DQJB3Y
Box systems
Drawer – M – centre piece Space requirement
108*
▬ With centre piece for optimal use of storage space ▬ Can be combined with standard components ▬ Distinctive drawer side design ▬ Drawer side straight on the inside with flush cover cap ▬ Synchronised feather-light glide ▬ Includes an integrated BLUMOTION damping effect for soft and effortless closing, and can be combined with SERVO-DRIVE or TIP-ON BLUMOTION ▬ Insert the front in the holding position and simply clip on (easy attachment even if pull-out is already in place) ▬ Tool-free front assembly ▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment
NL
NL *
+3
Nominal length Incl. 2 mm tilt adjustment
Order information 1 Cabinet profiles left/right BLUMOTION Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) NL (mm) 40 70 450 450.4501B 453.4501B 500 450.5001B 453.5001B 550 450.5501B 453.5501B 600 450.6001B 453.6001B 2.1
2.2b
91
2.1c
Drawer side set interior
Drawer side height (mm) Nominal length Colour NL (mm) SW-M | IG-M | OG-M 300 470M3002S 350 470M3502S 400 470M4002S 450 470M4502S
4
Accessories – Chipboard screws Ø (mm) 3.5 3.5 ¹ ²
91
1
Chipboard back fixings left/right Colour Material SW-M | IG-M | OG-M Steel
2x
Part no. ZB4M000S
Front fixing bracket Fixing method EXPANDO T Screw-on¹
4x 4x
Part no. ZF4.10T2 ZF4.1002
Length (mm) 15 17
¹ ²
Part no. 609.1500 609.1700
Fixing screw (flat head screw) Ø (mm) Length (mm) 3.5 15
¹⁺²
Part no. 61R.1500
System screw Ø (mm) 6
¹
Part no. 661.1450.HG
For connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet For front fixing
–
Composed of: 2.2a 1 x Left/right drawer sides 2.2b 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed 2.2c 2 x Cover caps For effective use of storage space, we recommend Nominal length NL drawer sides exterior (no 2.1) – nominal length NL drawer sides interior (no 2.2) = min. 150 mm
3
2.1b
4
Composed of: 2.1a 1 x Left/right drawer sides 2.1b 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed 2.1c 2 x Cover caps
2.2
2.1a
2.2c
Drawer side set exterior
Drawer side height (mm) Nominal length Colour NL (mm) SW-M | IG-M | OG-M 450 470M4502S 500 470M5002S 550 470M5502S 600 470M6002S
3
2.2a
In order to achieve optimal assembly, we recommend that you use flat head screws for the chipboard back and drawer side ¹ For the connection of chipboard back fixings with chipboard back and drawer side with drawer bases ² Maximum screw head height: 2 mm
– ¹
Length (mm) 14.5
For connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet
INSERTA fixing is not possible in combination with a centre piece EXPANDO T suitable for thin fronts – see reference pages Note The front fixing bracket must be installed turned through 180° for centre piece assembly! ¹ Colour SW-M IG-M
282
Screws not included in scope of delivery Silk white matt Indium grey matt
Colour OG-M
Orion grey matt
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Box systems 〉 MERIVOBOX 〉 Sink cabinet
Web code DQJB3Y
Drawer – M – centre piece Drilling distances – front – INSERTA | EXPANDO-T front
Installation dimensions – back
+0.2
* **
+1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled Incl. 2 mm tilt adjustment
20.5 FA *
32 12**
FA
Front overlay +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled
* **
Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Cabinet profile 450 – 40 kg Nominal length NL (mm)
+1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled Min. 6 mm for EXPANDO T
Cutting – 16 mm chipboard
450 | 500 | 550 | 600
224
32
9 37
B1
B2
Y1 Y1
Y2 Y2
A SPW + 37
Chipboard back 83 mm
Base Chipboard back NL – 26 mm
KB LW NL SPW
W
32
LW – 51 C SPW + 42 Cabinet profile 453 – 70 kg Nominal length NL (mm)
BLUMOTION TIP-ON BLUMOTION
67 mm
Y min. (mm) 40 99
Drilling distances – centre piece
9 37
Assembly recommendation and limitation of liability – EXPANDO T Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for MERIVOBOX Overview – AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX
9
9
Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm
Reference pages Overview – MERIVOBOX Fixing system for thin fronts – EXPANDO T
R10
32
32
256
352
224
257 CABLOXX Accessories Cabinet profile fixing positions Overview – assembly devices 585 More technical details
584
16
32
26
*
256
*
32
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Cabinet width Internal cabinet width Nominal length Internal cabinet width between the inner drawer sides
W = NL drawer sides exterior – NL drawer sides interior – 10 mm
Centre piece
Drilling distances – drawer base
450 | 500 | 550 600
Box systems
20
28
11
min 33.5* 32
32
Ø 10 –0.1
33.5*
103
min. 54* min. 54**
10
Installation dimensions – front – screw-on
11.5
Planning Space requirement in cabinet
7.5
582 Assembly, removal and adjustment 291 295 591 Short URL 698 www.blum.com/a355
359 297 529 283
Box systems 〉 MERIVOBOX 〉 Sink cabinet
Web code DQJD7Y
Box systems
High fronted pull-out – BOXCAP – E – centre piece Space requirement
209*
▬ With centre piece for optimal use of storage space ▬ Can be combined with standard components ▬ Distinctive drawer side design ▬ Drawer side straight on the inside with flush cover cap ▬ Synchronised feather-light glide ▬ Includes an integrated BLUMOTION damping effect for soft and effortless closing, and can be combined with SERVO-DRIVE or TIP-ON BLUMOTION ▬ Insert the front in the holding position and simply clip on (easy attachment even if pull-out is already in place) ▬ Tool-free front assembly ▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment
NL NL *
+3
Nominal length Incl. 2 mm tilt adjustment
Order information 1 Cabinet profiles left/right BLUMOTION Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) NL (mm) 40 70 450 450.4501B 453.4501B 500 450.5001B 453.5001B 550 450.5501B 453.5501B 600 450.6001B 453.6001B 2.1
3.3 2.2a
91
4.2 2.1c
9
External chipboard back fixing left/right Colour Material SW-M | IG-M | OG-M Steel
Part no. ZB4E000S
3.2
Internal chipboard back fixing left/right Colour Material SW-M | IG-M | OG-M Steel
Part no. ZB4M000S
4.1
Front fixing bracket Fixing method EXPANDO T Screw-on¹
4x 4x
Part no. ZF4.10T2 ZF4.1002
INSERTA fixing is not possible in combination with a centre piece EXPANDO T suitable for thin fronts – see reference pages Note The front fixing bracket must be installed turned through 180° for centre piece assembly! Screws not included in scope of delivery
1
Front fixing bracket, top Fixing method EXPANDO T INSERTA Screw-on – pre-mounted chipboard screw, Ø 3.8 x 11.4 mm Screw-on – countersunk screw¹
2x 2x
Part no. ZF4.50T2 ZF4.50I2
2x
ZF4.5002
2x
ZF4.5012
BOXCAP left/right Colour SW-M | IG-M | OG-M Nominal length Nominal length Part no. NL (mm) NL (mm) 450 ZL4.450S.E 550 500 ZL4.500S.E 600
Part no.
EXPANDO T suitable for thin fronts – see reference pages ¹ Countersunk screw with head diameter max. 7 mm, thread diameter max. 4 mm – screw not included in scope of delivery
3.1
284
4.2
91
Composed of: 2.2a 1 x Left/right drawer sides 2.2b 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed 2.2c 2 x Cover caps For effective use of storage space, we recommend Nominal length NL drawer sides exterior (no 2.1) – nominal length NL drawer sides interior (no 2.2) = min. 150 mm
¹
2.1b
4.1
Drawer side set interior
Drawer side height (mm) Nominal length Colour NL (mm) SW-M | IG-M | OG-M 300 470M3002S 350 470M3502S 400 470M4002S 450 470M4502S
2.1a
2.2c
Composed of: 2.1a 1 x Left/right drawer sides 2.1b 2 x Branding element, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed 2.1c 2 x Cover caps
2.2
9
2.2b
Drawer side set exterior
Drawer side height (mm) Nominal length Colour NL (mm) SW-M | IG-M | OG-M 450 470M4502S 500 470M5002S 550 470M5502S 600 470M6002S
3.1
3.2
Colour SW-M IG-M
Silk white matt Indium grey matt
Colour OG-M
Orion grey matt
Accessories 3.3 Chipboard back fixing cover cap Colour Version SW-M | IG-M | OG-M Symmetrical –
¹ ²
¹
2x
Part no. ZB4M00AK
Chipboard screws Ø (mm) 3.5 3.5
Length (mm) 15 17
¹ ²
Part no. 609.1500 609.1700
System screw Ø (mm) 6
Length (mm) 14.5
¹
Part no. 661.1450.HG
For connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet For front fixing
–
ZL4.550S.E ZL4.600S.E
For connecting the cabinet profile to the cabinet
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Box systems 〉 MERIVOBOX 〉 Sink cabinet
Web code DQJD7Y
High fronted pull-out – BOXCAP – E – centre piece Planning Space requirement in cabinet
Installation dimensions – front – screw-on
Drilling distances – front – INSERTA | EXPANDO-T front
Installation dimensions – centre piece
+0.2
+1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled Incl. 2 mm tilt adjustment
FA *
Front overlay +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled
* **
Box systems
5
+1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled Min. 6 mm for EXPANDO T
Cutting – 16 mm chipboard
450 | 500 | 550 | 600
224
32
9 37
B1
B2
Y1 Y1
Y2 Y2
A SPW + 37
Chipboard back 83 mm
Base Chipboard back NL – 26 mm
KB LW NL SPW
W
32
LW – 51 C SPW + 42 Cabinet profile 453 – 70 kg Nominal length NL (mm)
Cabinet width Internal cabinet width Nominal length Internal cabinet width between the inner drawer sides
W = NL drawer sides exterior – NL drawer sides interior – 10 mm
Centre piece
BLUMOTION TIP-ON BLUMOTION
67 mm
Drilling distances – drawer base
450 | 500 | 550
Y min. (mm) 40 99
Drilling distances – centre piece
9 37
Assembly recommendation and limitation of liability – EXPANDO T Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for MERIVOBOX Overview – AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX
9
9
Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm
Reference pages Overview – MERIVOBOX Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Fixing system for thin fronts – EXPANDO T
R10
32
32
256
352
224
257 CABLOXX Accessories Cabinet profile fixing positions Overview – assembly devices 584 More technical details 359
16
32
26
*
256
*
32
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
32
12**
FA
Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Cabinet profile 450 – 40 kg Nominal length NL (mm)
600
10
min 33.5* 32
20
11
11.5
**
20.5
32
128
128 33.5* 32
28 *
11
+0.2
Ø 10 –0.1
min. 54*
204
min. 155**
Ø 10 –0.1
7.5
582 Assembly, removal and adjustment 291 295 591 Short URL 698 www.blum.com/a355
585 297 529 285
Box systems 〉 MERIVOBOX 〉 Larder unit
Web code DQJDXA
SPACE TOWER
Box systems
▬ The flexible larder unit with inner pull-outs; with shelves and inner drawers in the upper area ▬ Easy access from three sides ▬ Individually opening pull-outs allow for a complete overview and convenient removal from above ▬ Light operating forces even with heavily-laden pullouts ▬ High backs and side panels guarantee secure stocking ▬ AMBIA-LINE inner dividing systems for pull-outs puts everything in order and allows easy access ▬ Flexible cabinet dimensions possible
Order information Application recommendation
Page
Inner drawer – M
264
Inner drawer – K
268
Inner pull-out – gallery – gallery – E
258
Inner pull-out – gallery – design element – E
258
Inner pull-out – BOXCOVER – gallery – E
258
Inner pull-out – BOXCOVER – design element – E
258
Inner pull-out – BOXCAP – gallery – E
276
Inner pull-out – BOXCAP – design element – E
278
AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX
530
CLIP top BLUMOTION 155° hinge
82
Recommendation Cabinet width KB (mm) 275–1200
Planning Help with planning and ordering Short URL www.blum.com/planningtools
Reference pages Overview – MERIVOBOX Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for MERIVOBOX Overview – AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX CLIP top BLUMOTION 155° hinge 286
257 Overview – BLUMOTION for doors Accessories 359 Overview – assembly devices More technical details 297
157 Assembly, removal and adjustment 291 591 698 Short URL www.blum.com/a355
529 82 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Box systems 〉 MERIVOBOX 〉 Larder unit
Web code DQJDXA
SPACE TOWER
Drilling distances – front
In high cabinets, it is practical to have a shelf at the highest level rather than an inner drawer
1684 The inner drawer allows access from the side. If the inner drawer is implemented with a higher back, stored goods are prevented from falling down the back
388
1622
1234
1340
387
The option to position the pull-outs at different heights within the cabinet guarantees that no items will be too tall to be stored inside
847
670
387
The CLIP top BLUMOTION 155° hinge without front protrusion allows the cabinet width KB to be put to optimal use
460
54*
19
280
280
386
If the hinge is mounted above the pullout, the lowest pull-out can be inserted right at the bottom. Turning even those last few centimetres into usable storage space
74* 0
*
+1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Reference pages Number of hinges
706
287
Box systems
80
Drilling distances – front
80
Planning Recommendation Positioning in the cabinet
Box systems 〉 MERIVOBOX 〉 Narrow cabinets
Web code DQJEMM
SPACE TWIN ▬ Stable solution thanks to diagonally offset cabinet profiles ▬ Includes integrated BLUMOTION damping effect for soft and effortless closing action ▬ High dynamic carrying capacity of 20 kg per base cabinet ▬ Cabinet width KB 150 mm
Space requirement
Box systems
NL NL
Order information Application recommendation
+3
Nominal length
Page
Drawer – M
262
Drawer – K
266
High fronted pull-out – gallery – E
270
High fronted pull-out – BOXCOVER – E
272
High fronted pull-out – BOXCAP – E
274
Cabinet width KB (mm) 150
Reference pages Overview – MERIVOBOX Accessories Overview – assembly devices More technical details
288
257 Assembly, removal and adjustment 291 591 698 Short URL www.blum.com/a355
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Box systems 〉 MERIVOBOX 〉 Narrow cabinets
Web code DQJEMM
SPACE TWIN Planning Space requirement in cabinet
min 54*
x
min 54
Box systems
x
Installation height X (mm) M 54 K 92 E 155 * +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled
28
min 112
Installation dimensions – front
Installation height
Side panel
Y (mm)
– – Gallery BOXCOVER BOXCAP
– 64 128 128 128
Front overlay +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled
33.5* 32
Y
33.5* 32
Y
M K E E E FA *
Height of drawer side M K M M M
FA Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
20.5
20.5 FA 289
Box systems 〉 MERIVOBOX 〉 Design element
Glass design element
Box systems
▬ Unique designs for the furniture interior ▬ For cutting to size ▬ Colour: clear ▬ Material: glass
Order information 7 Low glass design element (for inner pull-out, front) Cabinet width KB (mm) 600 1200
Colour Clear Cabinet side panel thickness SWD (mm) 15/16 18/19 ZE4L464G ZE4L458G ZE4L1064G ZE4L1058G
Composed of: 7 1 x Glass design element In the case of other cabinet widths KB, cut the next longest design element to size accordingly
7
High glass design element (for inner pull-out, front)
Cabinet width KB (mm) 600 1200
Colour Clear Cabinet side panel thickness SWD (mm) 15/16 18/19 ZE4H464G ZE4H458G ZE4H1064G ZE4H1058G
9a
Glass design element (side)
Nominal length Colour NL (mm) Clear 450 ZE4M360G 500 ZE4M410G 550 ZE4M460G 600 ZE4M510G
Composed of: 9a 2 x Glass design element In the case of other nominal lengths NL, cut the next longest design element to size accordingly Note To guarantee a safe connection between the front and BOXCOVER, the side parts of the glass must be cleaned prior to assembly – required from front height FH > 455 mm !
Composed of: 7 1 x Glass design element In the case of other cabinet widths KB, cut the next longest design element to size accordingly
Planning Cutting – design element
Design X (mm) element Low LW – 104 High LW – 104 Side NL – 90 LW Internal cabinet width NL Nominal length
Y (mm) 75 142.5 95
The given dimensions in combination with MERIVOBOX do not require “impact testing for vertically installed glass parts” as per the DIN EN 14749 norm June 2016. For norm compliance no safety glass is required. The edge is a polished flat-ended edge with a 1 mm ±0.5 mm bevel.
Reference pages Overview – MERIVOBOX Accessories Overview – assembly devices More technical details
290
257 Assembly, removal and adjustment 291 591 698 Short URL www.blum.com/a355
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Box systems 〉 MERIVOBOX 〉 Accessories
Steel back Order information Back height N¹ M K E ¹
Planning Calculation of width
LW
xxx LW
x=
xxx = LW – 38
LW
–3
8
Not compatible with SERVO-DRIVE
Cutting – 16 mm chipboard Base NL – 22 mm
Example Back wall height M LW = 567 mm 529 mm = 567–38 mm Order ZB4M529S.6
LW – 51 mm
16
xx
Part no. ☎ ZB4NxxxS.6 ☎ ZB4MxxxS.6 ☎ ZB4KxxxS.6 ☎ ZB4ExxxS.6
Box systems
▬ For MERIVOBOX ▬ Colour: silk white matt | indium grey matt | orion grey matt ▬ Material: steel
Back width Internal cabinet width
NL LW
Nominal length Internal cabinet width
Front/base stabiliser ▬ For supporting wide drawer bases ▬ Recommendation: Cabinet width KB > 600 mm: 1 item
Planning Space requirement in cabinet
Order information Fixing method Colour EXPANDO RAL 7037 dust grey
Part no. Z96.10E1
Drilling distances – front
X = 20.5 mm + FA FA Front overlay * Min. 105 mm
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
291
Box systems 〉 MERIVOBOX 〉 Accessories
Front/base stabiliser for thin fronts ▬ For stabilising wide fronts and drawer bases ▬ Reinforces the connection between the drawer base and the front ▬ Recommendation: Cabinet width KB > 600 mm: 1 item Cabinet width KB > 900 mm: 2 items Front height FH > 380 mm: 1 item
Order information Fixing method Colour EXPANDO T RAL 7037 dust grey
Part no. Z96.00T1
Reference pages Fixing system for thin fronts – EXPANDO T
Planning Space requirement in cabinet
585
Drilling distances – front
22
20 13
Box systems
Assembly recommendation and limitation of liability – EXPANDO T
584
min 6
X = 14 mm + FA FA Front overlay * Min. 80 mm ** Stone and ceramic +0.2/–0.1 mm
Side stabilisation 1 2
▬ Additional stabilisation for extra wide high fronted pull-outs ▬ Recommendation: cabinet width KB 900–1400 mm ▬ Aluminium rod suitable for KB up to 1400 mm, for cutting to size ▬ No additional space requirement at the bottom ▬ Suitable for use with BLUMOTION | SERVO-DRIVE | TIP-ON BLUMOTION
Order information Side stabilisation Nominal length NL (mm) 270–400 450–650
Cutting 1 Internal cabinet width LW – 231 mm 2 Nominal length NL + 10 mm
Part no. ZS4.400MU ZS4.650MU
Planning Space requirement in cabinet
NL
292
Nominal length
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Box systems 〉 MERIVOBOX 〉 Accessories
Ø 3.5 mm
Fixing screw (flat head screw)
Ø 3.5
Order information X (mm) 15.0
▬ Ø 3.5 mm ▬ Colour: nickel plated ▬ Material: steel
Order information X (mm) 15.0 17.0
Part no. 61R.1500
Ø 3.5 mm
Chipboard screws
Part no. 609.1500 609.1700
Ø 6.0 mm
System screw ▬ Ø 6 mm ▬ Drilling diameter Ø 5 mm ▬ Colour: nickel plated ▬ Material: steel
Order information X (mm) 10.0 11.5 13.0 14.5 20.0
Part no. 661.1000.HG 661.1150.HG 661.1300.HG 661.1450.HG 661.2000.HG
▬ Ø 2.7 mm, length 70 mm ▬ To pre-drill for Ø 3.5 mm chipboard screws ▬ Drilling depth up to 8 mm ▬ Material: steel, hardened
Order information Description Centre bit Replacement bit
Part no. M01.ZZ03.01 M01.ZZB3
▬ For noise reduction ▬ Colour: natural coloured ▬ Material: nylon
Order information Description Stick-on door buffer
Part no. 993.710
▬ For noise reduction ▬ Gap 2 mm ▬ Two-part ▬ Colour: RAL 9006 grey ▬ Material: nylon
Order information Description 8 mm Ø door buffer
Part no. 993.706
Centre bit
Stick-on door buffer
8 mm Ø door buffer
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
293
Box systems
X
Ø8
▬ For the connection of chipboard back fixings with chipboard back and drawer side with drawer bases ▬ In order to achieve optimal assembly, we recommend that you use flat head screws for the chipboard back and drawer side ▬ Ø 3.5 mm ▬ Colour: nickel plated ▬ Material: steel
Box systems 〉 MERIVOBOX 〉 Accessories
Pozidrive screwdriver ▬ PZ (Pozi) size 2 ▬ Blade length 100 mm ▬ Overall length 200 mm ▬ Orange handle with Blum logo ▬ Colour: black/orange ▬ Material: nylon/steel
Order information Description Pozidrive screwdriver
Part no. 303.756.1
▬ Slotted, size 1.0 x 5.5 mm ▬ Blade length 125 mm ▬ Overall length 225 mm ▬ Orange handle with Blum logo ▬ Colour: black/orange ▬ Material: nylon/steel
Order information Description Slotted screwdriver
Part no. 314.928.1
▬ TORX size 20 (T20) ▬ Orange handle with Blum logo ▬ Colour: black/orange ▬ Material: nylon/steel
Order information
Box systems
Slotted screwdriver
TORX screwdriver
294
Total length (mm) 100 210
Blade length (mm) 35 100
Part no. 623.882.2 209.093.7
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Box systems 〉 MERIVOBOX 〉 Cabinet profile fixing positions
Cabinet profile 450 – 40 kg
Cabinet profile 453 – 70 kg
*
*
4 *
*
160 192 224 256
NL A B *
Nominal length Chipboard screws Ø 4 x 15 mm System screws Ø 6 x 14.5 mm, part no. 661.1450.HG For greater lateral stability Can be replaced with chipboard screw Ø 4 x 15 mm
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
4
32 18 37 352 366 384
NL A B * **
224 238 256
32
9 18 37
Nominal length Chipboard screws Ø 4 x 15 mm System screws Ø 6 x 14.5 mm, part no. 661.1450.HG For greater lateral stability Can be replaced with chipboard screw Ø 4 x 15 mm For greater vertical stability Can be replaced with chipboard screw Ø 4 x 15 mm
295
Box systems
*
Box systems 〉 TIP-ON BLUMOTION for MERIVOBOX
Two functions – fascinatingly combined TIP-ON BLUMOTION for MERIVOBOX combines the advantages of the TIP-ON mechanical opening support system with the reliable BLUMOTION dampening for silent and effortless closing – 100 % mechanically.
Box systems
TIP-ON BLUMOTION‘s extensive trigger range provides inspirational ease of use for handle-less pull-outs and drawers. To optimise the function and increase the trigger range, we generally recommend using synchronisation.
Opens with just a light touch, has a smooth running action and closes silently and effortlessly – experience completely harmonious and convenient motion with TIP-ON BLUMOTION technology
600 500 400 300 200 100
2.5
The motion is assisted 100 % mechanically
mm
6 9 00 12 00 00
Small front gap TIP-ON BLUMOTION can be adjusted to have a small front gap of 2.5 mm
296
Extensive trigger range To optimise the function and increase the trigger range, we generally recommend using synchronisation
Four-dimensional adjustment The four-dimensional adjustment ensures a precise gap layout. Depth adjustment is integrated and tool-free – simply turn the adjustment wheel
Simple, tool-free assembly The TIP-ON BLUMOTION unit can be assembled tool-free, as can all the other components
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Box systems 〉 TIP-ON BLUMOTION for MERIVOBOX 〉 Overview
Box systems
Overview – box systems MERIVOBOX SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX
189 256 358
Symbolic image
Applications
kg
TIP-ON BLUMOTION
40 70
298
Symbolic image kg Dynamic carrying capacity
Accessories
Steel back Front/base stabiliser Front/base stabiliser for thin fronts Side stabilisation Screws Centre bit Symbolic image Cabinet profile fixing positions Cabinet profile 450 – 40 kg Cabinet profile 453 – 70 kg 1
2
Web code Page
406 Door buffer 291 Screwdriver 292 292 293 293
293 294
300 300
Symbolic image
Assembly, removal and adjustment Assembly, removal and adjustment
Symbolic image
Short URL www.blum.com/a356
Pictograph Item available on request
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
297
Box systems
Applications
Box systems 〉 TIP-ON BLUMOTION for MERIVOBOX 〉 Applications
TIP-ON BLUMOTION
Box systems
▬ The TIP-ON mechanical opening support system combined with soft-close BLUMOTION ▬ Gap 2.5 mm ▬ Four-dimensional front adjustment ▬ Extensive trigger range ▬ Synchronised feather-light glide ▬ Synchronisation for internal cabinet widths LW of 243 mm and wider
Order information 1 Cabinet profiles left/right BLUMOTION Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) NL (mm) 40 70 270 450.2701B 300 450.3001B 350 450.3501B 400 450.4001B 450 450.4501B 453.4501B 500 450.5001B 453.5001B 550 450.5501B 453.5501B 600 450.6001B 453.6001B 6
TIP-ON BLUMOTION set Nominal length Cabinet Weight Unit NL (mm) profile (kg) (kg) 270–300 S0 40 ≤ 10 270–300 S1 40 > 10–20 350–600 L1 40 ≤ 20 350–600 L3 40 15–40 450–600 L5 70 35–70
¹
Part no.
² ² ³
T60H4040 T60H4140 T60H4340 T60H4540 T60H4570
Composed of: 6a 1 x TIP-ON BLUMOTION unit left/right 6b 1 x TIP-ON BLUMOTION latch symmetrical 6e 2 x TIP-ON BLUMOTION synchronisation adapter Internal cabinet width LW ≥ 294 mm ¹ Recommended weight ranges (total weight of the pull-out) for an optimum opening and closing function ² Can only be combined with a 40 kg cabinet profile ³ Recommendation: only use in combination with 70 kg cabinet profile
Internal cabinet width LW ≥ 297 mm 6f TIP-ON BLUMOTION synchronisation linkage Version Colour Round Grey
Part no. T60.1125W
Internal cabinet width LW 243–296 mm 6g TIP-ON BLUMOTION synchronisation Version Colour Square RAL 7035 light grey
Part no. T60.300D
Accessories 6e TIP-ON BLUMOTION synchronisation adapter Version Colour Symmetrical RAL 7035 light grey Internal cabinet width LW ≥ 297 mm
–
TIP-ON BLUMOTION checking/setting template Front gap FS (mm) Colour 2.5 Orange
Part no. T60.000D
Part no. 65.5627
In combination with 6e 2 x T60.000D Suitable up to internal cabinet width LW 1370 mm Note To optimise the function and increase the trigger range, we generally recommend using synchronisation Cutting Internal cabinet width LW – 250 mm
Cutting
298
Internal cabinet width LW – 224 mm
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Box systems 〉 TIP-ON BLUMOTION for MERIVOBOX 〉 Applications
TIP-ON BLUMOTION
28
NL
Nominal length
NL
Nominal length
Screw position – inner drawer | inner pull-out
Variant 1
Height M * +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled ** Incl. 2 mm tilt adjustment
28
Height M * +1 mm if cabinet profile is installed before the cabinet is assembled Latch set (ZI7.0M07) cannot be used in combination with TIP-ON BLUMOTION
Plinth leg
Variant 2
Trigger range 600 500 400 300 200 100
2.5
Trigger range With synchronisation Without synchronisation Minimum front gap (mm) 2.5 To optimise the function and increase the trigger range, we generally recommend using synchronisation Example for 450 – 40 kg | 453 – 70 kg, E height, nominal length NL 500 mm
mm
6 9 00 12 00 00
Reference pages Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for MERIVOBOX Overview – MERIVOBOX CABLOXX Accessories Cabinet profile fixing positions Overview – assembly devices More technical details
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
297
Assembly, removal and adjustment
257 582 Short URL 291 www.blum.com/a356 300 591 698
299
Box systems
min. 52 min. 54*
2 +1
103
NL
Inner drawer | inner pull-out
min. 54**
+3
Drawer | high fronted pull-out
min. 54*
NL
Inner drawer | inner pull-out
103
Planning Space requirement in cabinet Drawer | high fronted pull-out
Box systems 〉 TIP-ON BLUMOTION for MERIVOBOX 〉 Cabinet profile fixing positions
Cabinet profile 450 – 40 kg
Cabinet profile 453 – 70 kg
*
*
4 *
*
*
Box systems
160 192 224 256
NL A B *
300
4
Nominal length Chipboard screws Ø 4 x 15 mm System screws Ø 6 x 14.5 mm, part no. 661.1450.HG For greater lateral stability Can be replaced with chipboard screw Ø 4 x 15 mm
32 18 37 352 366 384
NL A B * **
224 238 256
32
9 18 37
Nominal length Chipboard screws Ø 4 x 15 mm System screws Ø 6 x 14.5 mm, part no. 661.1450.HG For greater lateral stability Can be replaced with chipboard screw Ø 4 x 15 mm For greater vertical stability Can be replaced with chipboard screw Ø 4 x 15 mm
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Box systems
Box systems 〉 TIP-ON BLUMOTION for MERIVOBOX
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
301
Box systems 〉 TANDEMBOX antaro
The minimalist line – rectangular with a clear design all the way down the line TANDEMBOX antaro stands for a clear-cut, rectangular design with its rectangular gallery. All the components have been colour-coordinated, underlining the minimalist design.
Box systems
You also have the option of combining the different opening support systems as you wish. SERVO-DRIVE, the electrical opening support system in combination with BLUMOTION, or TIP-ON BLUMOTION, the mechanical opening support system, combined with BLUMOTION.
The square gallery underlines the minimalist product design. All nylon components are matched with the relevant drawer side colour, helping to create a harmoniously simple overall appearance
TANDEMBOX has long proven its worth and offered enhanced ease of use and scope for design for many years. Technological improvements ensure even smoother opening, noticeably more stability and an optimised feather-light glide
For simple product selection and ordering of the available range, use our Product Configurator
Short URL www.blum.com/configurator 302
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Box systems 〉 TANDEMBOX antaro 〉 Overview
Box systems
Symbolic image
Overview
Overview – box systems LEGRABOX MERIVOBOX TANDEMBOX plus TIP-ON BLUMOTION for TANDEMBOX SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX
189 METABOX 190 256 348 350 358
Overview – applications
304
390
Accessories
Steel back Front/base stabiliser Side stabilisation – top mounted Flexible gallery fixing Chipboard back fixing height B Screws Symbolic image Cabinet profile fixing positions Cabinet profile 578 – 30 kg Cabinet profile 576 – 65 kg
340 Centre bit 340 Door buffer 341 Screwdriver 342 343 344
344 344 345
346 346
Symbolic image
Assembly, removal and adjustment Assembly, removal and adjustment
Symbolic image
Short URL www.blum.com/a350
Pictograph Item available on request
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
303
Box systems
Symbolic image
Box systems 〉 TANDEMBOX antaro 〉 Overview – applications
kg
Applications
Box systems
Standard cabinet Drawer
Space requirement
Height (mm)
Drawer – N
30
82.5
Drawer – M
30 65
98.5
Drawer – K
30 65
130.5
High fronted pull-out High fronted pull-out – gallery – C
30 65
192
High fronted pull-out – gallery – D
30 65
224
High fronted pull-out – gallery – D – K drawer side
30 65
224
High fronted pull-out – gallery – C – alu frames
30 65
192
High fronted pull-out – gallery – D – alu frames
30 65
224
Corner cabinet
SPACE CORNER with SYNCROMOTION
Web code
Page
kg
Applications
Space requirement
Height (mm)
Web code
Page
Inner drawer
DQC21A
306
DQC2QM
308
DQC3FY
312
DQC5JY
316
DQC69A
320
DQC6YM
324
DQC7NY
328
DQC8DA
330
Inner pull-out
Inner drawer – M
30 65
106
Inner drawer – K
30 65
136.5
Inner pull-out – gallery – C
30 65
192
Inner pull-out – gallery – D
30 65
224
Inner pull-out – gallery – D – K drawer side
30 65
224
DQC45A
310
DQC4UM
314
DQCAHA
318
DQCB6M
322
DQCBVY
326
65
Help with planning and ordering Short URL www.blum.com/productdataservice SPACE CORNER with rigid 65 fronts
kg
304
Help with planning and ordering Short URL www.blum.com/productdataservice
Dynamic carrying capacity
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Box systems 〉 TANDEMBOX antaro 〉 Overview – applications
Space requirement
Height (mm)
Sink cabinet High fronted pull-out High fronted pull-out – gallery – C
30 65
192
High fronted pull-out – gallery – D
30 65
224
Larder unit
Narrow cabinets
kg
SPACE TOWER
Page
DQC92M
332
DQC9RY
334
DQGRMM
336
DQGV5A
338
Cabinet width KB 200 mm
Colour
No. Description
¹
Colour SW R9006
Sink cabinet
Silk white RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium)
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Web code
Page
20
Dynamic carrying capacity
Drawer side set Drawer side set exterior Chipboard back fixings left/right Sink chipboard back fixing left/right Front piece set Front piece without groove Handle Handle and latch Cross gallery Longside gallery rail left/right Drawer side set interior Chipboard back fixings left/right
Space requirement
Height (mm)
Recommendation – colour combination of the components
2 2 3 3 4 5 6a 6b 7 8 11 12
kg
Applications
30 65
Cabinet width KB 275–1200 mm SPACE TWIN
Web code
Box systems
kg
Applications
¹ ¹
¹ ¹ Colour WGR
SW SW SW SW SW SW SW SW SW SW SW SW SW
R9006 R9006 R9006 R9006 R9006 WGR R9006 WGR WGR R9006 R9006 R9006 R9006
White grey
305
Box systems 〉 TANDEMBOX antaro 〉 Standard cabinet
Web code DQC21A
Drawer – N
Box systems
▬ Concealed, guided full extension – unsurpassed running action – for the lifetime of the furniture ▬ Tool-free front assembly ▬ 2-dimensional front adjustment ▬ Includes integrated BLUMOTION damping effect for soft and effortless closing action, can be combined with SERVO-DRIVE ▬ Either with TIP-ON BLUMOTION for handle-less furniture, or even for furniture with handle elements as a design feature
Space requirement
NL
Nominal length
Order information 1 Cabinet profiles left/right
3
BLUMOTION Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) NL (mm) 30 400 578.4001M 450 578.4501M 500 578.5001M 550 578.5501M 2
2a
Drawer side set
Drawer side height (mm) Nominal length Colour NL (mm) SW | R9006 400 378N4002SA 450 378N4502SA 500 378N5002SA 550 378N5502SA
68.5
2b
Composed of: 2a 1 x Left/right drawer sides 2b 2 x Cover caps, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed
3
Chipboard back fixings left/right Colour Material SW | R9006 Steel
4
Front fixing bracket Fixing method Knock-in INSERTA Screw-on
Colour SW
306
Silk white
Part no. Z30N000S.04
2x 2x 2x Colour R9006
Part no. ZSF.36A2 ZSF.39A2 ZSF.35A2
RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium)
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Box systems 〉 TANDEMBOX antaro 〉 Standard cabinet
Web code DQC21A
Drawer – N Installation dimensions – front – screw-on
Drilling distances – front – INSERTA | knock-in
Installation dimensions – back
Box systems
Planning Space requirement in cabinet
FA
Front overlay
Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Nominal length NL (mm)
Cutting – 16 mm chipboard
Chipboard back 69 mm
400 LW – 87 mm
450
Base
500
Chipboard back
550
Steel back
NL – 24 mm NL – 22 mm
KB LW NL
Cabinet width Internal cabinet width Nominal length
LW – 75 mm
Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm
Reference pages Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for TANDEMBOX CABLOXX Accessories Cabinet profile fixing positions Overview – assembly devices More technical details
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
303 Assembly, removal and adjustment 359 351 582 340 346 591 698
Short URL www.blum.com/a350
307
Box systems 〉 TANDEMBOX antaro 〉 Standard cabinet
Web code DQC2QM
Drawer – M
Box systems
▬ Concealed, guided full extension – unsurpassed running action – for the lifetime of the furniture ▬ Tool-free front assembly ▬ 2-dimensional front adjustment ▬ Includes integrated BLUMOTION damping effect for soft and effortless closing action, can be combined with SERVO-DRIVE ▬ Either with TIP-ON BLUMOTION for handle-less furniture, or even for furniture with handle elements as a design feature
Space requirement
NL
Nominal length
Order information 1 Cabinet profiles left/right BLUMOTION Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) NL (mm) 30 65 270 578.2701M 300 578.3001M 350 578.3501M 400 578.4001M 450 578.4501M 576.4501M 500 578.5001M 576.5001M 550 578.5501M 576.5501M 600 578.6001M 576.6001M 650 576.6501M 2
2a
Drawer side set
Drawer side height (mm) Nominal length Colour NL (mm) SW | R9006 270 378M2702SA 300 378M3002SA 350 378M3502SA 400 378M4002SA 450 378M4502SA 500 378M5002SA 550 378M5502SA 600 378M6002SA 650 378M6502SA
2b
83.6
Composed of: 2a 1 x Left/right drawer sides 2b 2 x Cover caps, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed
3
Chipboard back fixings left/right Colour Material SW | R9006 Steel
4
Front fixing bracket Fixing method Knock-in INSERTA Screw-on
Colour SW
308
Silk white
Part no. Z30M000S.04
2x 2x 2x Colour R9006
Part no. ZSF.36A2 ZSF.39A2 ZSF.35A2
RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium)
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Box systems 〉 TANDEMBOX antaro 〉 Standard cabinet
Web code DQC2QM
Drawer – M Installation dimensions – front – screw-on
Drilling distances – front – INSERTA | knock-in
Installation dimensions – back
Box systems
Planning Space requirement in cabinet
FA
Front overlay
Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Nominal length NL (mm)
Cutting – 16 mm chipboard
Chipboard back 84 mm
270 LW – 87 mm
300
Base
350
Chipboard back
400
Steel back
NL – 24 mm NL – 22 mm
450
KB LW NL
Cabinet width Internal cabinet width Nominal length
LW – 75 mm
500 550 600 650
Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm * Line drilling only with 578.4501M (30 kg)
Reference pages Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for TANDEMBOX Overview – ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX CABLOXX Accessories Cabinet profile fixing positions Overview – assembly devices More technical details Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
303 Assembly, removal and adjustment 359 351 541 582 340 346 591 698
Short URL www.blum.com/a350
309
Box systems 〉 TANDEMBOX antaro 〉 Standard cabinet
Web code DQC45A
Inner drawer – M
Box systems
▬ Concealed, guided full extension – unsurpassed running action – for the lifetime of the furniture ▬ Tool-free front assembly ▬ Includes integrated BLUMOTION damping effect for soft and effortless closing action, can be combined with SERVO-DRIVE ▬ Either with TIP-ON BLUMOTION for handle-less furniture, or even for furniture with handle elements as a design feature ▬ Inner drawers either with handle or handle and latch
Space requirement
NL * **
Nominal length Min. space requirement for inner drawers with or without handles Inner drawers with easy access from above
Order information 1 Cabinet profiles left/right BLUMOTION Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) NL (mm) 30 65 270 578.2701M 300 578.3001M 350 578.3501M 400 578.4001M 450 578.4501M 576.4501M 500 578.5001M 576.5001M 550 578.5501M 576.5501M 600 578.6001M 576.6001M 650 576.6501M 2
3
2a
5 4e
Drawer side set
6a
Drawer side height (mm) Nominal length Colour NL (mm) SW | R9006 270 378M2702SA 300 378M3002SA 350 378M3502SA 400 378M4002SA 450 378M4502SA 500 378M5002SA 550 378M5502SA 600 378M6002SA 650 378M6502SA
6b
83.6
Composed of: 2a 1 x Left/right drawer sides 2b 2 x Cover caps, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed
3
Chipboard back fixings left/right Colour Material SW | R9006 Steel
4
Front piece set Colour SW | WGR
Composed of: 4a 1 x Front fixing left/right 4e 1 x Locking piece – Z31A0008
5 Cutting
310
1
Material Nylon
Front piece without groove Colour Length (mm) SW | R9006 1036
Internal cabinet width LW – 132 mm
2b
4a
Accessories 6a Handle Colour SW | WGR
Material Nylon
Part no. ZIF.80M5
Alternative to 6a 6b Handle and latch Colour SW | WGR
Material Nylon
Part no. ZIF.80M7
Not compatible with TIP-ON BLUMOTION Colour SW R9006
Silk white RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium)
Colour WGR
White grey
Part no. Z30M000S.04 Part no. ZIF.71M0
Part no. Z31L1036A
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Box systems 〉 TANDEMBOX antaro 〉 Standard cabinet
Web code DQC45A
Inner drawer – M Installation dimensions – back
Drilling distances – front – latch
Box systems
Planning Space requirement in cabinet
*
**
Min. space requirement for inner drawers with or without handles Without a handle, opening is only possible from the bottom Inner drawers with easy access from above
Inner drawer
Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Nominal length NL (mm)
Cutting – 16 mm chipboard
Chipboard back 84 mm
270 LW – 87 mm
300
Base
350
Chipboard back
400
Steel back
NL – 24 mm NL – 22 mm
450
KB LW NL
Cabinet width Internal cabinet width Nominal length
LW – 75 mm
500 550 600 650
Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm * Line drilling only with 578.4501M (30 kg)
Reference pages Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for TANDEMBOX Overview – ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX CABLOXX Accessories Cabinet profile fixing positions Overview – assembly devices More technical details Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
303 Assembly, removal and adjustment 359 351 541 582 340 346 591 698
Short URL www.blum.com/a350
311
Box systems 〉 TANDEMBOX antaro 〉 Standard cabinet
Web code DQC3FY
Drawer – K
Box systems
▬ Concealed, guided full extension – unsurpassed running action – for the lifetime of the furniture ▬ Tool-free front assembly ▬ 2-dimensional front adjustment ▬ Includes integrated BLUMOTION damping effect for soft and effortless closing action, can be combined with SERVO-DRIVE ▬ Either with TIP-ON BLUMOTION for handle-less furniture, or even for furniture with handle elements as a design feature
Space requirement
NL
Nominal length
Order information 1 Cabinet profiles left/right BLUMOTION Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) NL (mm) 30 65 270 578.2701M 300 578.3001M 350 578.3501M 400 578.4001M 450 578.4501M 576.4501M 500 578.5001M 576.5001M 550 578.5501M 576.5501M 600 578.6001M 576.6001M 650 576.6501M 2
2a
2c
Drawer side set
Drawer side height (mm) Nominal length Colour NL (mm) SW | R9006 270 378K2702SA 300 378K3002SA 350 378K3502SA 400 378K4002SA 450 378K4502SA 500 378K5002SA 550 378K5502SA 600 378K6002SA 650 378K6502SA
115.6
2b
Composed of: 2a 1 x Left/right drawer sides 2b 2 x Cover caps, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed 2c 2 x Positioning dowel
3
Chipboard back fixings left/right Colour Material SW | R9006 Steel
4
Front fixing bracket Fixing method Knock-in INSERTA Screw-on
Colour SW
312
Silk white
Part no. Z30K000S
2x 2x 2x Colour R9006
Part no. ZSF.36A2 ZSF.39A2 ZSF.35A2
RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium)
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Box systems 〉 TANDEMBOX antaro 〉 Standard cabinet
Web code DQC3FY
Drawer – K Installation dimensions – front – screw-on
Drilling distances – front – INSERTA | knock-in
Installation dimensions – back
Box systems
Planning Space requirement in cabinet
FA
Front overlay
Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Nominal length NL (mm)
Cutting – 16 mm chipboard
Chipboard back 116 mm
270 LW – 87 mm
300
Base
350
Chipboard back
400
Steel back
NL – 24 mm NL – 22 mm
450
KB LW NL
Cabinet width Internal cabinet width Nominal length
LW – 75 mm
500 550 600 650
Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm * Line drilling only with 578.4501M (30 kg)
Reference pages Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for TANDEMBOX Overview – ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX CABLOXX Accessories Cabinet profile fixing positions Overview – assembly devices More technical details Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
303 Assembly, removal and adjustment 359 351 541 582 340 346 591 698
Short URL www.blum.com/a350
313
Box systems 〉 TANDEMBOX antaro 〉 Standard cabinet
Web code DQC4UM
Inner drawer – K
Box systems
▬ Concealed, guided full extension – unsurpassed running action – for the lifetime of the furniture ▬ Tool-free front assembly ▬ Includes integrated BLUMOTION damping effect for soft and effortless closing action, can be combined with SERVO-DRIVE ▬ Either with TIP-ON BLUMOTION for handle-less furniture, or even for furniture with handle elements as a design feature ▬ Inner drawers either with handle or handle and latch
Space requirement
NL
Nominal length
Order information 1 Cabinet profiles left/right BLUMOTION Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) NL (mm) 30 65 270 578.2701M 300 578.3001M 350 578.3501M 400 578.4001M 450 578.4501M 576.4501M 500 578.5001M 576.5001M 550 578.5501M 576.5501M 600 578.6001M 576.6001M 650 576.6501M 2
3
2a
5
Drawer side set
6a
Drawer side height (mm) Nominal length Colour NL (mm) SW | R9006 270 378K2702SA 300 378K3002SA 350 378K3502SA 400 378K4002SA 450 378K4502SA 500 378K5002SA 550 378K5502SA 600 378K6002SA 650 378K6502SA
115.6
3
Chipboard back fixings left/right Colour Material SW | R9006 Steel
4
Front piece set Colour SW | WGR
5 Cutting
314
Material Nylon
Front piece without groove Colour Length (mm) SW | R9006 1036
Internal cabinet width LW – 132 mm
2b 6b
Composed of: 2a 1 x Left/right drawer sides 2b 2 x Cover caps, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed 2c 2 x Positioning dowel Not required for the inner drawer
Composed of: 4a 1 x Front fixing left/right 4e 1 x Locking piece – Z31A0008
1
4e
4a
Accessories 6a Handle Colour SW | WGR
Material Nylon
Part no. ZIF.80M5
Alternative to 6a 6b Handle and latch Colour SW | WGR
Material Nylon
Part no. ZIF.80M7
Not compatible with TIP-ON BLUMOTION Colour SW R9006
Silk white RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium)
Colour WGR
White grey
Part no. Z30K000S Part no. ZIF.71K0
Part no. Z31L1036A
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Box systems 〉 TANDEMBOX antaro 〉 Standard cabinet
Web code DQC4UM
Inner drawer – K Installation dimensions – back
Drilling distances – front – latch
Box systems
Planning Space requirement in cabinet
Inner drawer
Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Nominal length NL (mm)
Cutting – 16 mm chipboard
Chipboard back 116 mm
270 LW – 87 mm
300
Base
350
Chipboard back
400
Steel back
NL – 24 mm NL – 22 mm
450
KB LW NL
Cabinet width Internal cabinet width Nominal length
LW – 75 mm
500 550 600 650
Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm * Line drilling only with 578.4501M (30 kg)
Reference pages Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for TANDEMBOX Overview – ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX CABLOXX Accessories Cabinet profile fixing positions Overview – assembly devices More technical details Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
303 Assembly, removal and adjustment 359 351 541 582 340 346 591 698
Short URL www.blum.com/a350
315
Box systems 〉 TANDEMBOX antaro 〉 Standard cabinet
Web code DQC5JY
High fronted pull-out – gallery – C
Box systems
▬ With single gallery ▬ Concealed, guided full extension – unsurpassed running action – for the lifetime of the furniture ▬ Tool-free front assembly ▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment ▬ Includes integrated BLUMOTION damping effect for soft and effortless closing action, can be combined with SERVO-DRIVE ▬ Either with TIP-ON BLUMOTION for handle-less furniture, or even for furniture with handle elements as a design feature
Space requirement
NL
Nominal length
Order information 1 Cabinet profiles left/right BLUMOTION Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) NL (mm) 30 65 270 578.2701M 300 578.3001M 350 578.3501M 400 578.4001M 450 578.4501M 576.4501M 500 578.5001M 576.5001M 550 578.5501M 576.5501M 600 578.6001M 576.6001M 650 576.6501M 2
2a
Drawer side set
Drawer side height (mm) Nominal length Colour NL (mm) SW | R9006 270 378M2702SA 300 378M3002SA 350 378M3502SA 400 378M4002SA 450 378M4502SA 500 378M5002SA 550 378M5502SA 600 378M6002SA 650 378M6502SA
83.6
2b 8
Composed of: 2a 1 x Left/right drawer sides 2b 2 x Cover caps, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed
3
Chipboard back fixings left/right Colour Material SW | R9006 Steel
4
Front fixing bracket Fixing method Knock-in INSERTA Screw-on
316
Part no. Z30C000S
2x 2x 2x
Part no. ZSF.36A2 ZSF.39A2 ZSF.35A2
Longside gallery rail left/right
Nominal length Colour NL (mm) SW | R9006 270 ZRG.207RSIC 300 ZRG.237RSIC 350 ZRG.287RSIC 400 ZRG.337RSIC 450 ZRG.387RSIC 500 ZRG.437RSIC 550 ZRG.487RSIC 600 ZRG.537RSIC 650 ZRG.587RSIC Colour SW
Silk white
Colour R9006
RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium)
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Box systems 〉 TANDEMBOX antaro 〉 Standard cabinet
Web code DQC5JY
High fronted pull-out – gallery – C Installation dimensions – front – screw-on
Drilling distances – front – INSERTA | knock-in
Installation dimensions – back
Box systems
Planning Space requirement in cabinet
FA
Front overlay
Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Nominal length NL (mm)
Cutting – 16 mm chipboard
Chipboard back 167 mm
270 LW – 87 mm
300
Base
350
Chipboard back
400
Steel back
NL – 24 mm NL – 22 mm
450
KB LW NL
Cabinet width Internal cabinet width Nominal length
LW – 75 mm
500 550 600 650
Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm * Line drilling only with 578.4501M (30 kg)
Reference pages Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for TANDEMBOX Overview – ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX CABLOXX Accessories Cabinet profile fixing positions Overview – assembly devices More technical details Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
303 Assembly, removal and adjustment 359 351 541 582 340 346 591 698
Short URL www.blum.com/a350
317
Box systems 〉 TANDEMBOX antaro 〉 Standard cabinet
Web code DQCAHA
Inner pull-out – gallery – C
Box systems
▬ With single gallery ▬ Concealed, guided full extension – unsurpassed running action – for the lifetime of the furniture ▬ Tool-free front assembly ▬ 2-dimensional front adjustment ▬ Includes integrated BLUMOTION damping effect for soft and effortless closing action, can be combined with SERVO-DRIVE ▬ Or with TIP-ON BLUMOTION
Space requirement
NL
Nominal length
Order information 1 Cabinet profiles left/right 3
BLUMOTION Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) NL (mm) 30 65 270 578.2701M 300 578.3001M 350 578.3501M 400 578.4001M 450 578.4501M 576.4501M 500 578.5001M 576.5001M 550 578.5501M 576.5501M 600 578.6001M 576.6001M 650 576.6501M 2
8 2a 7
Drawer side set 83.6
3
Chipboard back fixings left/right Colour Material SW | R9006 Steel
4
Front piece set Colour SW | WGR
Cutting
7 Cutting
318
Material Nylon
4a 8
Part no. Z30C000S Part no. ZIF.74C0
Front piece without groove Colour Length (mm) SW | R9006 1036
Part no. Z31L1036A
Cross gallery Colour SW | R9006
Part no. ZRG.1046Z
Internal cabinet width LW – 132 mm
Length (mm) 1046
Internal cabinet width LW – 122 mm
2b
4e
Composed of: 2a 1 x Left/right drawer sides 2b 2 x Cover caps, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed
5
1
5
Drawer side height (mm) Nominal length Colour NL (mm) SW | R9006 270 378M2702SA 300 378M3002SA 350 378M3502SA 400 378M4002SA 450 378M4502SA 500 378M5002SA 550 378M5502SA 600 378M6002SA 650 378M6502SA
Composed of: 4a 1 x Front fixing left/right 4e 1 x Locking piece – Z31A0008 4g 2 x Gallery head – ZRG.000R5F
4g
Longside gallery rail left/right
Nominal length Colour NL (mm) SW | R9006 270 ZRG.207RSIC 300 ZRG.237RSIC 350 ZRG.287RSIC 400 ZRG.337RSIC 450 ZRG.387RSIC 500 ZRG.437RSIC 550 ZRG.487RSIC 600 ZRG.537RSIC 650 ZRG.587RSIC Colour SW R9006
Silk white RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium)
Colour WGR
White grey
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Box systems 〉 TANDEMBOX antaro 〉 Standard cabinet
Web code DQCAHA
Inner pull-out – gallery – C Installation dimensions – back
Box systems
Planning Space requirement in cabinet
Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Nominal length NL (mm)
Cutting – 16 mm chipboard
Chipboard back 167 mm
270 LW – 87 mm
300
Base
350
Chipboard back
400
Steel back
NL – 24 mm NL – 22 mm
450
KB LW NL
Cabinet width Internal cabinet width Nominal length
LW – 75 mm
500 550 600 650
Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm * Line drilling only with 578.4501M (30 kg)
Reference pages Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for TANDEMBOX Overview – ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX CABLOXX Accessories Cabinet profile fixing positions Overview – assembly devices More technical details Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
303 Assembly, removal and adjustment 359 351 541 582 340 346 591 698
Short URL www.blum.com/a350
319
Box systems 〉 TANDEMBOX antaro 〉 Standard cabinet
Web code DQC69A
High fronted pull-out – gallery – D
Box systems
▬ With single gallery ▬ Concealed, guided full extension – unsurpassed running action – for the lifetime of the furniture ▬ Tool-free front assembly ▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment ▬ Includes integrated BLUMOTION damping effect for soft and effortless closing action, can be combined with SERVO-DRIVE ▬ Either with TIP-ON BLUMOTION for handle-less furniture, or even for furniture with handle elements as a design feature
Space requirement
NL
Nominal length
Order information 1 Cabinet profiles left/right BLUMOTION Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) NL (mm) 30 65 270 578.2701M 300 578.3001M 350 578.3501M 400 578.4001M 450 578.4501M 576.4501M 500 578.5001M 576.5001M 550 578.5501M 576.5501M 600 578.6001M 576.6001M 650 576.6501M 2
2a
Drawer side set
Drawer side height (mm) Nominal length Colour NL (mm) SW | R9006 270 378M2702SA 300 378M3002SA 350 378M3502SA 400 378M4002SA 450 378M4502SA 500 378M5002SA 550 378M5502SA 600 378M6002SA 650 378M6502SA
83.6
2b 8
Composed of: 2a 1 x Left/right drawer sides 2b 2 x Cover caps, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed
3
Chipboard back fixings left/right Colour Material SW | R9006 Steel
4
Front fixing bracket Fixing method Knock-in INSERTA Screw-on
320
Part no. Z30D000SL
2x 2x 2x
Part no. ZSF.36A2 ZSF.39A2 ZSF.35A2
Longside gallery rail left/right
Nominal length Colour NL (mm) SW | R9006 270 ZRG.207RSIC 300 ZRG.237RSIC 350 ZRG.287RSIC 400 ZRG.337RSIC 450 ZRG.387RSIC 500 ZRG.437RSIC 550 ZRG.487RSIC 600 ZRG.537RSIC 650 ZRG.587RSIC Colour SW
Silk white
Colour R9006
RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium)
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Box systems 〉 TANDEMBOX antaro 〉 Standard cabinet
Web code DQC69A
High fronted pull-out – gallery – D Installation dimensions – front – screw-on
Drilling distances – front – INSERTA | knock-in
Installation dimensions – back
Box systems
Planning Space requirement in cabinet
FA
Front overlay
Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Nominal length NL (mm)
Cutting – 16 mm chipboard
Chipboard back 199 mm
270 LW – 87 mm
300
Base
350
Chipboard back
400
Steel back
NL – 24 mm NL – 22 mm
450
KB LW NL
Cabinet width Internal cabinet width Nominal length
LW – 75 mm
500 550 600 650
Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm * Line drilling only with 578.4501M (30 kg)
Reference pages Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for TANDEMBOX Overview – ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX CABLOXX Accessories Cabinet profile fixing positions Overview – assembly devices More technical details Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
303 Assembly, removal and adjustment 359 351 541 582 340 346 591 698
Short URL www.blum.com/a350
321
Box systems 〉 TANDEMBOX antaro 〉 Standard cabinet
Web code DQCB6M
Inner pull-out – gallery – D Space requirement
Box systems
▬ With single gallery ▬ Concealed, guided full extension – unsurpassed running action – for the lifetime of the furniture ▬ Tool-free front assembly ▬ 2-dimensional front adjustment ▬ Includes integrated BLUMOTION damping effect for soft and effortless closing action, can be combined with SERVO-DRIVE ▬ Or with TIP-ON BLUMOTION
NL
Nominal length
Order information 1 Cabinet profiles left/right 3
BLUMOTION Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) NL (mm) 30 65 270 578.2701M 300 578.3001M 350 578.3501M 400 578.4001M 450 578.4501M 576.4501M 500 578.5001M 576.5001M 550 578.5501M 576.5501M 600 578.6001M 576.6001M 650 576.6501M 2
8 2a 7
Drawer side set 83.6
4e
8
Composed of: 2a 1 x Left/right drawer sides 2b 2 x Cover caps, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed
3
Chipboard back fixings left/right Colour Material SW | R9006 Steel
4
Front piece set Colour SW | WGR
5 Cutting
7 Cutting
322
1
5
Drawer side height (mm) Nominal length Colour NL (mm) SW | R9006 270 378M2702SA 300 378M3002SA 350 378M3502SA 400 378M4002SA 450 378M4502SA 500 378M5002SA 550 378M5502SA 600 378M6002SA 650 378M6502SA
Composed of: 4a 1 x Front fixing left/right 4e 1 x Locking piece – Z31A0008 4g 2 x Gallery head – ZRG.000R5F
4g
Material Nylon
Part no. Z30D000SL Part no. ZIF.74D0
Front piece without groove Colour Length (mm) SW | R9006 1036
Part no. Z31L1036A
Cross gallery Colour SW | R9006
Part no. ZRG.1046Z
Internal cabinet width LW – 132 mm
Length (mm) 1046
Internal cabinet width LW – 122 mm
2b
4a Longside gallery rail left/right
Nominal length Colour NL (mm) SW | R9006 270 ZRG.207RSIC 300 ZRG.237RSIC 350 ZRG.287RSIC 400 ZRG.337RSIC 450 ZRG.387RSIC 500 ZRG.437RSIC 550 ZRG.487RSIC 600 ZRG.537RSIC 650 ZRG.587RSIC Colour SW R9006
Silk white RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium)
Colour WGR
White grey
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Box systems 〉 TANDEMBOX antaro 〉 Standard cabinet
Web code DQCB6M
Inner pull-out – gallery – D Installation dimensions – back
Box systems
Planning Space requirement in cabinet
Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Nominal length NL (mm)
Cutting – 16 mm chipboard
Chipboard back 199 mm
270 LW – 87 mm
300
Base
350
Chipboard back
400
Steel back
NL – 24 mm NL – 22 mm
450
KB LW NL
Cabinet width Internal cabinet width Nominal length
LW – 75 mm
500 550 600 650
Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm * Line drilling only with 578.4501M (30 kg)
Reference pages Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for TANDEMBOX Overview – ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX CABLOXX Accessories Cabinet profile fixing positions Overview – assembly devices More technical details Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
303 Assembly, removal and adjustment 359 351 541 582 340 346 591 698
Short URL www.blum.com/a350
323
Box systems 〉 TANDEMBOX antaro 〉 Standard cabinet
Web code DQC6YM
High fronted pull-out – gallery – D – K drawer side
Box systems
▬ With single gallery ▬ Concealed, guided full extension – unsurpassed running action – for the lifetime of the furniture ▬ Tool-free front assembly ▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment ▬ Includes integrated BLUMOTION damping effect for soft and effortless closing action, can be combined with SERVO-DRIVE ▬ Either with TIP-ON BLUMOTION for handle-less furniture, or even for furniture with handle elements as a design feature
Space requirement
NL
Nominal length
Order information 1 Cabinet profiles left/right BLUMOTION Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) NL (mm) 30 65 270 578.2701M 300 578.3001M 350 578.3501M 400 578.4001M 450 578.4501M 576.4501M 500 578.5001M 576.5001M 550 578.5501M 576.5501M 600 578.6001M 576.6001M 650 576.6501M 2
2a 2c
Drawer side set
Drawer side height (mm) Nominal length Colour NL (mm) SW | R9006 270 378K2702SA 300 378K3002SA 350 378K3502SA 400 378K4002SA 450 378K4502SA 500 378K5002SA 550 378K5502SA 600 378K6002SA 650 378K6502SA
115.6
2b 8
Composed of: 2a 1 x Left/right drawer sides 2b 2 x Cover caps, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed 2c 2 x Positioning dowel
3
4
324
Chipboard back fixings left/right Colour Material SW | R9006 Steel Front fixing bracket Fixing method Knock-in INSERTA Screw-on
Part no. Z30D000SL
2x 2x 2x
Longside gallery rail left/right
Nominal length Colour NL (mm) SW | R9006 270 ZRG.207RSIC 300 ZRG.237RSIC 350 ZRG.287RSIC 400 ZRG.337RSIC 450 ZRG.387RSIC 500 ZRG.437RSIC 550 ZRG.487RSIC 600 ZRG.537RSIC 650 ZRG.587RSIC Colour SW
Silk white
Colour R9006
RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium)
Part no. ZSF.36A2 ZSF.39A2 ZSF.35A2
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Box systems 〉 TANDEMBOX antaro 〉 Standard cabinet
Web code DQC6YM
High fronted pull-out – gallery – D – K drawer side Installation dimensions – front – screw-on
Drilling distances – front – INSERTA | knock-in
Installation dimensions – back
Box systems
Planning Space requirement in cabinet
FA
Front overlay
Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Nominal length NL (mm)
Cutting – 16 mm chipboard
Chipboard back 199 mm
270 LW – 87 mm
300
Base
350
Chipboard back
400
Steel back
NL – 24 mm NL – 22 mm
450
KB LW NL
Cabinet width Internal cabinet width Nominal length
LW – 75 mm
500 550 600 650
Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm * Line drilling only with 578.4501M (30 kg)
Reference pages Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for TANDEMBOX Overview – ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX CABLOXX Accessories Cabinet profile fixing positions Overview – assembly devices More technical details Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
303 Assembly, removal and adjustment 359 351 541 582 340 346 591 698
Short URL www.blum.com/a350
325
Box systems 〉 TANDEMBOX antaro 〉 Standard cabinet
Web code DQCBVY
Inner pull-out – gallery – D – K drawer side
Box systems
▬ With single gallery ▬ Concealed, guided full extension – unsurpassed running action – for the lifetime of the furniture ▬ Tool-free front assembly ▬ 2-dimensional front adjustment ▬ Includes integrated BLUMOTION damping effect for soft and effortless closing action, can be combined with SERVO-DRIVE ▬ Or with TIP-ON BLUMOTION
Space requirement
NL
Nominal length
Order information 1 Cabinet profiles left/right 3
BLUMOTION Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) NL (mm) 30 65 270 578.2701M 300 578.3001M 350 578.3501M 400 578.4001M 450 578.4501M 576.4501M 500 578.5001M 576.5001M 550 578.5501M 576.5501M 600 578.6001M 576.6001M 650 576.6501M 2
8
7
Drawer side set
Drawer side height (mm) Nominal length Colour NL (mm) SW | R9006 270 378K2702SA 300 378K3002SA 350 378K3502SA 400 378K4002SA 450 378K4502SA 500 378K5002SA 550 378K5502SA 600 378K6002SA 650 378K6502SA
115.6
4
Chipboard back fixings left/right Colour Material SW | R9006 Steel Front piece set Colour SW | WGR
Composed of: 4a 1 x Front fixing left/right 4e 1 x Locking piece – Z31A0008 4g 2 x Gallery head – ZRG.000R5F
5 Cutting
7 Cutting
326
Material Nylon
8
Part no. Z30D000SL
Cross gallery Colour SW | R9006
Part no. ZRG.1046Z
Internal cabinet width LW – 122 mm
2b
4a Longside gallery rail left/right
Nominal length Colour NL (mm) SW | R9006 270 ZRG.207RSIC 300 ZRG.237RSIC 350 ZRG.287RSIC 400 ZRG.337RSIC 450 ZRG.387RSIC 500 ZRG.437RSIC 550 ZRG.487RSIC 600 ZRG.537RSIC 650 ZRG.587RSIC Colour SW R9006
Silk white RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium)
Colour WGR
White grey
Part no. ZIF.74D0
Part no. Z31L1036A
Length (mm) 1046
1
4e
Front piece without groove Colour Length (mm) SW | R9006 1036
Internal cabinet width LW – 132 mm
4g
5
Composed of: 2a 1 x Left/right drawer sides 2b 2 x Cover caps, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed 2c 2 x Positioning dowel Not required for the inner pull-out
3
2a
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Box systems 〉 TANDEMBOX antaro 〉 Standard cabinet
Web code DQCBVY
Inner pull-out – gallery – D – K drawer side Installation dimensions – back
Box systems
Planning Space requirement in cabinet
Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Nominal length NL (mm)
Cutting – 16 mm chipboard
Chipboard back 199 mm
270 LW – 87 mm
300
Base
350
Chipboard back
400
Steel back
NL – 24 mm NL – 22 mm
450
KB LW NL
Cabinet width Internal cabinet width Nominal length
LW – 75 mm
500 550 600 650
Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm * Line drilling only with 578.4501M (30 kg)
Reference pages Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for TANDEMBOX Overview – ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX CABLOXX Accessories Cabinet profile fixing positions Overview – assembly devices More technical details Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
303 Assembly, removal and adjustment 359 351 541 582 340 346 591 698
Short URL www.blum.com/a350
327
Box systems 〉 TANDEMBOX antaro 〉 Standard cabinet
Web code DQC7NY
High fronted pull-out – gallery – C – alu frames Space requirement
Box systems
▬ With single gallery ▬ Concealed, guided full extension – unsurpassed running action – for the lifetime of the furniture ▬ Tool-free front assembly ▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment ▬ Includes integrated BLUMOTION damping effect for soft and effortless closing action, can be combined with SERVO-DRIVE ▬ Either with TIP-ON BLUMOTION for handle-less furniture, or even for furniture with handle elements as a design feature
NL
Nominal length
Order information 1 Cabinet profiles left/right 3
BLUMOTION Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) NL (mm) 30 65 270 578.2701M 300 578.3001M 350 578.3501M 400 578.4001M 450 578.4501M 576.4501M 500 578.5001M 576.5001M 550 578.5501M 576.5501M 600 578.6001M 576.6001M 650 576.6501M 2
4a
1
83.6
8
3
Chipboard back fixings left/right Colour Material SW | R9006 Steel
4
Front fixing bracket Fixing method Screw-on
2x
Part no. ZSF.35A2
Adapter for aluminium frames Colour Material Natural Nylon
2x
Part no. ZRF.2200.01
Gallery head Colour Natural
2x
Part no. ZRG.000R5F
Use countersunk screw Ø 3.5 mm (Ø head 7 mm)!
328
Material Nylon
2b
4
Composed of: 2a 1 x Left/right drawer sides 2b 2 x Cover caps, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed
4g
4g
Drawer side set
Drawer side height (mm) Nominal length Colour NL (mm) SW | R9006 270 378M2702SA 300 378M3002SA 350 378M3502SA 400 378M4002SA 450 378M4502SA 500 378M5002SA 550 378M5502SA 600 378M6002SA 650 378M6502SA
4a
2a
8
Part no. Z30C000S
Longside gallery rail left/right
Nominal length Colour NL (mm) SW | R9006 270 ZRG.207RSIC 300 ZRG.237RSIC 350 ZRG.287RSIC 400 ZRG.337RSIC 450 ZRG.387RSIC 500 ZRG.437RSIC 550 ZRG.487RSIC 600 ZRG.537RSIC 650 ZRG.587RSIC Colour SW
Silk white
Colour R9006
RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium)
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Box systems 〉 TANDEMBOX antaro 〉 Standard cabinet
Web code DQC7NY
High fronted pull-out – gallery – C – alu frames Installation dimensions – front – screw-on
Installation dimensions – back
Box systems
Planning Space requirement in cabinet
FA
Front overlay
Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Nominal length NL (mm)
Cutting – 16 mm chipboard
Chipboard back 167 mm
270 LW – 87 mm
300
Base
350
Chipboard back
400
Steel back
NL – 24 mm NL – 22 mm
450
KB LW NL
Cabinet width Internal cabinet width Nominal length
LW – 75 mm
500 550 600 650
Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm * Line drilling only with 578.4501M (30 kg)
Reference pages Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for TANDEMBOX Overview – ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX CABLOXX Accessories Cabinet profile fixing positions Overview – assembly devices More technical details Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
303 Assembly, removal and adjustment 359 351 541 582 340 346 591 698
Short URL www.blum.com/a350
329
Box systems 〉 TANDEMBOX antaro 〉 Standard cabinet
Web code DQC8DA
High fronted pull-out – gallery – D – alu frames Space requirement
Box systems
▬ With single gallery ▬ Concealed, guided full extension – unsurpassed running action – for the lifetime of the furniture ▬ Tool-free front assembly ▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment ▬ Includes integrated BLUMOTION damping effect for soft and effortless closing action, can be combined with SERVO-DRIVE ▬ Either with TIP-ON BLUMOTION for handle-less furniture, or even for furniture with handle elements as a design feature
NL
Nominal length
Order information 1 Cabinet profiles left/right BLUMOTION Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) NL (mm) 30 65 270 578.2701M 300 578.3001M 350 578.3501M 400 578.4001M 450 578.4501M 576.4501M 500 578.5001M 576.5001M 550 578.5501M 576.5501M 600 578.6001M 576.6001M 650 576.6501M 2
3
8 4a
Drawer side set
1
Drawer side height (mm) Nominal length Colour NL (mm) SW | R9006 270 378M2702SA 300 378M3002SA 350 378M3502SA 400 378M4002SA 450 378M4502SA 500 378M5002SA 550 378M5502SA 600 378M6002SA 650 378M6502SA
83.6
4
8
Composed of: 2a 1 x Left/right drawer sides 2b 2 x Cover caps, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed
3
Chipboard back fixings left/right Colour Material SW | R9006 Steel
4
Front fixing bracket Fixing method Screw-on
2x
Part no. ZSF.35A2
Adapter for aluminium frames Colour Material Natural Nylon
2x
Part no. ZRF.2200.01
Gallery head Colour Natural
2x
Part no. ZRG.000R5F
4a
Use countersunk screw Ø 3.5 mm (Ø head 7 mm)!
4g
330
2a
4g
Material Nylon
Part no. Z30D000SL
2b
Longside gallery rail left/right
Nominal length Colour NL (mm) SW | R9006 270 ZRG.207RSIC 300 ZRG.237RSIC 350 ZRG.287RSIC 400 ZRG.337RSIC 450 ZRG.387RSIC 500 ZRG.437RSIC 550 ZRG.487RSIC 600 ZRG.537RSIC 650 ZRG.587RSIC Colour SW
Silk white
Colour R9006
RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium)
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Box systems 〉 TANDEMBOX antaro 〉 Standard cabinet
Web code DQC8DA
High fronted pull-out – gallery – D – alu frames Installation dimensions – front – screw-on
Installation dimensions – back
Box systems
Planning Space requirement in cabinet
FA
Front overlay
Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Nominal length NL (mm)
Cutting – 16 mm chipboard
Chipboard back 199 mm
270 LW – 87 mm
300
Base
350
Chipboard back
400
Steel back
NL – 24 mm NL – 22 mm
450
KB LW NL
Cabinet width Internal cabinet width Nominal length
LW – 75 mm
500 550 600 650
Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm * Line drilling only with 578.4501M (30 kg)
Reference pages Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for TANDEMBOX Overview – ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX CABLOXX Accessories Cabinet profile fixing positions Overview – assembly devices More technical details Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
303 Assembly, removal and adjustment 359 351 541 582 340 346 591 698
Short URL www.blum.com/a350
331
Box systems 〉 TANDEMBOX antaro 〉 Sink cabinet
Web code DQC92M
High fronted pull-out – gallery – C
Box systems
▬ Can be combined with standard components ▬ With single gallery ▬ Concealed, guided full extension – unsurpassed running action – for the lifetime of the furniture ▬ Tool-free front assembly ▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment ▬ Includes integrated BLUMOTION damping effect for soft and effortless closing action, can be combined with SERVO-DRIVE ▬ Either with TIP-ON BLUMOTION for handle-less furniture, or even for furniture with handle elements as a design feature
Space requirement
NL
Nominal length
Order information 1 Cabinet profiles left/right BLUMOTION Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) NL (mm) 30 65 450 578.4501M 500 578.5001M 550 578.5501M 600 578.6001M 576.6001M 650 576.6501M 2
11b 11a
Drawer side set exterior
Drawer side height (mm) Nominal length Colour NL (mm) SW | R9006 450 378M4502SA 500 378M5002SA 550 378M5502SA 600 378M6002SA 650 378M6502SA
2a
83.6
Sink chipboard back fixing left/right Colour Material SW | R9006 Steel
4
Front fixing bracket Fixing method Knock-in INSERTA Screw-on
8
Longside gallery rail left/right
Part no. Z30C000S.22
4x 4x 4x
Part no. ZSF.36A2 ZSF.39A2 ZSF.35A2
11
332
2b
Drawer side set interior
Drawer side height (mm) Nominal length Colour NL (mm) SW | R9006 300 378M3002SA 350 378M3502SA 400 378M4002SA 450 378M4502SA 500 378M5002SA
83.6
Composed of: 11a 1 x Left/right drawer sides 11b 2 x Cover caps, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed For effective use of storage space, we recommend Nominal length NL drawer sides exterior (no 2) – nominal length NL drawer sides interior (no 11) = min. 150 mm
12 Nominal length Colour NL (mm) SW | R9006 450 ZRG.387RSIC 500 ZRG.437RSIC 550 ZRG.487RSIC 600 ZRG.537RSIC 650 ZRG.587RSIC
1
4
Composed of: 2a 1 x Left/right drawer sides 2b 2 x Cover caps, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed
3
8
Colour SW
Chipboard back fixings left/right Colour Material SW | R9006 Steel Silk white
Colour R9006
Part no. Z30M000S.04 RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium)
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Box systems 〉 TANDEMBOX antaro 〉 Sink cabinet
Web code DQC92M
High fronted pull-out – gallery – C Installation dimensions – front – screw-on
Drilling distances – front – INSERTA | knock-in
Installation dimensions – back
32 20
9
FA
9 Box systems
Planning Space requirement in cabinet
Front overlay
Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Nominal length NL (mm)
Cutting – 16 mm chipboard
B1
450 500
Y1
550
Y1 – 12 Y2 – 12 A SPW + 63
84 mm
Y2
Base Chipboard back NL – 24 mm
W
600
Chipboard back
B2
LW – 75 C
650
SPW + 75
Centre piece 71 mm
KB LW NL SPW
Cabinet width Internal cabinet width Nominal length Internal cabinet width between the inner drawer sides
W = NL drawer sides exterior – NL drawer sides interior – 10 mm
BLUMOTION TIP-ON BLUMOTION
Y min. (mm) 48 75
Y max. (mm) 225 225
Drilling distances – centre piece
Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm
Reference pages Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for TANDEMBOX Overview – ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX CABLOXX Accessories Cabinet profile fixing positions Overview – assembly devices More technical details Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
303 Assembly, removal and adjustment 359 351 541 582 340 346 591 698
Short URL www.blum.com/a350
333
Box systems 〉 TANDEMBOX antaro 〉 Sink cabinet
Web code DQC9RY
High fronted pull-out – gallery – D
Box systems
▬ Can be combined with standard components ▬ With single gallery ▬ Concealed, guided full extension – unsurpassed running action – for the lifetime of the furniture ▬ Tool-free front assembly ▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment ▬ Includes integrated BLUMOTION damping effect for soft and effortless closing action, can be combined with SERVO-DRIVE ▬ Either with TIP-ON BLUMOTION for handle-less furniture, or even for furniture with handle elements as a design feature
Space requirement
NL
Nominal length
Order information 1 Cabinet profiles left/right BLUMOTION Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) NL (mm) 30 65 450 578.4501M 500 578.5001M 550 578.5501M 600 578.6001M 576.6001M 650 576.6501M 2
11b 11a
Drawer side set exterior
Drawer side height (mm) Nominal length Colour NL (mm) SW | R9006 450 378M4502SA 500 378M5002SA 550 378M5502SA 600 378M6002SA 650 378M6502SA
2a
83.6
Sink chipboard back fixing left/right Colour Material SW | R9006 Steel
4
Front fixing bracket Fixing method Knock-in INSERTA Screw-on
8
Longside gallery rail left/right
Part no. Z30D000S.22
4x 4x 4x
Part no. ZSF.36A2 ZSF.39A2 ZSF.35A2
11
334
2b
Drawer side set interior
Drawer side height (mm) Nominal length Colour NL (mm) SW | R9006 300 378M3002SA 350 378M3502SA 400 378M4002SA 450 378M4502SA 500 378M5002SA
83.6
Composed of: 11a 1 x Left/right drawer sides 11b 2 x Cover caps, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed For effective use of storage space, we recommend Nominal length NL drawer sides exterior (no 2) – nominal length NL drawer sides interior (no 11) = min. 150 mm
12 Nominal length Colour NL (mm) SW | R9006 450 ZRG.387RSIC 500 ZRG.437RSIC 550 ZRG.487RSIC 600 ZRG.537RSIC 650 ZRG.587RSIC
1
4
Composed of: 2a 1 x Left/right drawer sides 2b 2 x Cover caps, stamped with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed
3
8
Colour SW
Chipboard back fixings left/right Colour Material SW | R9006 Steel Silk white
Colour R9006
Part no. Z30M000S.04 RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium)
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Box systems 〉 TANDEMBOX antaro 〉 Sink cabinet
Web code DQC9RY
High fronted pull-out – gallery – D Installation dimensions – front – screw-on
Drilling distances – front – INSERTA | knock-in
Installation dimensions – back
32 20
9
FA
9 Box systems
Planning Space requirement in cabinet
Front overlay
Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Nominal length NL (mm)
Cutting – 16 mm chipboard
B1
450 500
Y1
550
Y1 – 12 Y2 – 12 A SPW + 63
84 mm
Y2
Base Chipboard back NL – 24 mm
W
600
Chipboard back
B2
LW – 75 C
650
SPW + 75
Centre piece 71 mm
KB LW NL SPW
Cabinet width Internal cabinet width Nominal length Internal cabinet width between the inner drawer sides
W = NL drawer sides exterior – NL drawer sides interior – 10 mm
BLUMOTION TIP-ON BLUMOTION
Y min. (mm) 48 75
Y max. (mm) 225 225
Drilling distances – centre piece
Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm
Reference pages Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for TANDEMBOX Overview – ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX CABLOXX Accessories Cabinet profile fixing positions Overview – assembly devices More technical details Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
303 Assembly, removal and adjustment 359 351 541 582 340 346 591 698
Short URL www.blum.com/a350
335
Box systems 〉 TANDEMBOX antaro 〉 Larder unit
Web code DQGRMM
SPACE TOWER
Box systems
▬ The flexible larder unit with inner pull-outs; with shelves and inner drawers in the upper area ▬ Easy access from three sides ▬ Individually opening pull-outs allow for a complete overview and convenient removal from above ▬ Light operating forces even with heavily-laden pullouts ▬ High backs and side panels guarantee secure stocking ▬ ORGA-LINE inner dividing systems for pull-outs puts everything in order and allows easy access ▬ Flexible cabinet dimensions possible
Order information Application recommendation
Page
Inner drawer – M
310
Inner pull-out – gallery – C
318
Inner pull-out – gallery – D
322
ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX antaro – cross divider
550
ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX antaro – cross gallery
551
CLIP top BLUMOTION 155° hinge
82
Recommendation Cabinet width KB (mm) 275–1200
Planning Help with planning and ordering Short URL www.blum.com/planningtools
Reference pages Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Overview – ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX CLIP top BLUMOTION 155° hinge Overview – BLUMOTION for doors Accessories Overview – assembly devices 336
303 More technical details
698 Assembly, removal and adjustment
359 541 82 157 340 591
Short URL www.blum.com/a350
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Box systems 〉 TANDEMBOX antaro 〉 Larder unit
Web code DQGRMM
SPACE TOWER
Drilling distances – front
In high cabinets, it is practical to have a shelf at the highest level rather than an inner drawer
1684 256
The inner drawer allows access from the side. If the inner drawer is implemented with a higher back, stored goods are prevented from falling down the back
1428
The option to position the pull-outs at different heights within the cabinet guarantees that no items will be too tall to be stored inside
352
1340
1108
The CLIP top BLUMOTION 155° hinge without front protrusion allows the cabinet width KB to be put to optimal use
670
320
756
436
19
280
280
If the hinge is mounted above the pullout, the lowest pull-out can be inserted right at the bottom. Turning even those last few centimetres into usable storage space
52
Reference pages Number of hinges
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
706
337
Box systems
80
Drilling distances – front
80
Planning Recommendation Positioning in the cabinet
Box systems 〉 TANDEMBOX antaro 〉 Narrow cabinets
SPACE TWIN
Box systems
▬ Stable solution thanks to diagonally offset cabinet profiles ▬ Includes integrated BLUMOTION damping effect for soft and effortless closing action ▬ High dynamic carrying capacity of 20 kg per base cabinet ▬ Cabinet width KB 200 mm
Space requirement
NL
Order information Application recommendation
Web code DQGV5A
Nominal length
Page
Drawer – M
308
Drawer – K
312
High fronted pull-out – gallery – C
316
High fronted pull-out – gallery – D
320
High fronted pull-out – gallery – D – K drawer side
324
Cabinet width KB (mm) 200
Reference pages Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for TANDEMBOX Accessories Overview – assembly devices More technical details
338
303 Assembly, removal and adjustment 351 340 Short URL 591 www.blum.com/a350 698
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Box systems 〉 TANDEMBOX antaro 〉 Narrow cabinets
Web code DQGV5A
SPACE TWIN Planning Space requirement in cabinet
X (mm) 65.5 97.5 159 191
min 33
x
min 33
Box systems
x
Installation height M K C D
37.5
min 162
Installation dimensions – front
Installation height
Front overlay
Side panel
Y (mm)
– – Gallery Gallery Gallery
– 32 96 128 32 + 96
47.5 32
Y
47.5 32
Y
M K C D D FA
Height of drawer side M K M M K
FA 15.5
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
FA 15.5
339
Box systems 〉 TANDEMBOX antaro 〉 Accessories
Steel back
Box systems
▬ For TANDEMBOX ▬ Colour: silk white | RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium) ▬ Material: steel
Planning Calculation of width
xxx = LW – 28
Order information Back height N M K C D
Cutting – 16 mm chipboard Base NL – 22 mm
Example Back wall height M LW = 567 mm 539 mm = 567 – 28 mm Order Z30M539S.6
xxx LW
Back width Internal cabinet width
Part no. ☎ Z30NxxxS.6 ☎ Z30MxxxS.6 ☎ Z30KxxxS.6 ☎ Z30CxxxS.6 ☎ Z30DxxxS.6
LW – 75 mm
NL LW
Nominal length Internal cabinet width
Front/base stabiliser ▬ For stabilising high fronts ▬ For supporting wide drawer bases ▬ Required: Front height FH < 300 mm: Cabinet width KB > 900 mm: 1 piece Front height FH ≥ 300 mm: Cabinet width KB < 450 mm: 1 piece Cabinet width KB ≥ 450 mm: 2 piece Cabinet width KB > 900 mm: 3 piece
Planning Space requirement in cabinet
340
Order information Fixing method Colour EXPANDO RAL 7037 dust grey
Part no. Z96.10E1
Drilling distances – front
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Box systems 〉 TANDEMBOX antaro 〉 Accessories
Side stabilisation – top mounted ▬ Additional stabilisation for extra wide high fronted pull-outs ▬ Recommendation: cabinet width KB 900–1200 mm ▬ Aluminium rod suitable for KB up to 1200 mm, for cutting to size ▬ Suitable for use with SERVO-DRIVE
Order information Nominal length NL (mm) 450 500 550 600 650
Box systems
Cutting 1 Internal cabinet width LW – 86 mm
Part no. ZST.450BA ZST.500BA ZST.550BA ZST.600BA ZST.650BA
Planning Space requirement in cabinet
Space requirement in cabinet
Space requirement in cabinet
Space requirement in cabinet
Height M
Height K
Height C
Height D
Hole spacing – side stabilisation Nominal length NL (mm) 450 500 550 600 650
Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm
Reference pages Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro Overview – assembly devices More technical details
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
303 Assembly, removal and adjustment 591 698 Short URL www.blum.com/a350
341
Box systems 〉 TANDEMBOX antaro 〉 Accessories
Flexible gallery fixing
Box systems
▬ Colour: silk white | RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium) ▬ Material: steel
Planning Space requirement in cabinet
Order information Description Flexible gallery fixing
Installation dimensions – front – screw-on
Installation dimensions – back
Free placement Y = X – 4 mm X Back height
Free placement Z = X – 71 mm X Back height FA Front overlay
Free placement W = X – 103 mm X Back height
Space requirement in cabinet
Installation dimensions – front – screw-on
Installation dimensions – back
Height D – double gallery (chipboard back fixing height B)
Height D – double gallery (chipboard back fixing height B) FA Front overlay
Height D – double gallery (chipboard back fixing height B)
Reference pages Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro Overview – assembly devices More technical details 342
Part no. ZRR.5200
303 591 698 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Box systems 〉 TANDEMBOX antaro 〉 Accessories
Chipboard back fixing height B
Planning Space requirement in cabinet
Installation dimensions – front – screw-on
FA
Reference pages Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro Overview – assembly devices More technical details Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Order information Description Chipboard back fixing height B Cutting Chipboard back Height Width
Part no. Z30B000S.04
135 mm Internal cabinet width LW – 87 mm
Box systems
▬ For TANDEMBOX ▬ Colour: silk white | RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium) ▬ Material: steel
Installation dimensions – back
Front overlay
303 591 698 343
Box systems 〉 TANDEMBOX antaro 〉 Accessories
Ø 3.5 mm
Chipboard screws ▬ Ø 3.5 mm ▬ Colour: nickel plated ▬ Material: steel
Order information X (mm) 15.0 17.0
▬ Ø 6 mm ▬ Drilling diameter Ø 5 mm ▬ Colour: nickel plated ▬ Material: steel
Order information X (mm) 10.0 11.5 13.0 14.5 20.0
Part no. 661.1000.HG 661.1150.HG 661.1300.HG 661.1450.HG 661.2000.HG
▬ Ø 2.7 mm, length 70 mm ▬ To pre-drill for Ø 3.5 mm chipboard screws ▬ Drilling depth up to 8 mm ▬ Material: steel, hardened
Order information Description Centre bit Replacement bit
Part no. M01.ZZ03.01 M01.ZZB3
▬ For noise reduction ▬ Colour: natural coloured ▬ Material: nylon
Order information Description Stick-on door buffer
Part no. 993.710
▬ For noise reduction ▬ Gap 2 mm ▬ Two-part ▬ Colour: RAL 9006 grey ▬ Material: nylon
Order information Description 8 mm Ø door buffer
Part no. 993.706
Ø 6.0 mm
System screw Box systems
Part no. 609.1500 609.1700
Centre bit
Stick-on door buffer
8 mm Ø door buffer
344
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Box systems 〉 TANDEMBOX antaro 〉 Accessories
Pozidrive screwdriver ▬ PZ (Pozi) size 2 ▬ Blade length 100 mm ▬ Overall length 200 mm ▬ Orange handle with Blum logo ▬ Colour: black/orange ▬ Material: nylon/steel
Order information Description Pozidrive screwdriver
Part no. 303.756.1
▬ Slotted, size 1.0 x 5.5 mm ▬ Blade length 125 mm ▬ Overall length 225 mm ▬ Orange handle with Blum logo ▬ Colour: black/orange ▬ Material: nylon/steel
Order information Description Slotted screwdriver
Part no. 314.928.1
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
345
Box systems
Slotted screwdriver
Box systems 〉 TANDEMBOX antaro 〉 Cabinet profile fixing positions
Cabinet profile 576 – 65 kg
NL A B **
NL A B * **
Box systems
Cabinet profile 578 – 30 kg
346
Nominal length Chipboard screws Ø 4 x 15 mm System screws Ø 6 x 14.5 mm, part no. 661.1450.HG Optional for greater stability Can be replaced with chipboard screw Ø 4 x 15 mm
Nominal length Chipboard screws Ø 4 x 15 mm System screws Ø 6 x 14.5 mm, part no. 661.1450.HG Can be replaced with chipboard screw Ø 4 x 15 mm Optional for greater stability Can be replaced with chipboard screw Ø 4 x 15 mm
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Box systems
Box systems 〉 TANDEMBOX antaro
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
347
Box systems 〉 TANDEMBOX plus
The versatile line TANDEMBOX plus provides just the right solution for many applications. No matter whether it has a simple round gallery or a closed drawer box, TANDEMBOX plus excels with its sleek design and clear range of colours and parts.
Box systems
You also have the option of combining the different opening support systems as you wish. SERVO-DRIVE, the electrical opening support system in combination with BLUMOTION, or TIP-ON BLUMOTION, the mechanical opening support system, combined with BLUMOTION.
The round gallery and simple design are characteristic of the TANDEMBOX programme line, which has been tried-and-tested over many years. You can make the closed drawer box using a double walled BOXSIDE
TANDEMBOX has long proven its worth and offered enhanced ease of use and scope for design for many years. Technological improvements ensure even smoother opening, noticeably more stability and an optimised feather-light glide
For simple product selection and ordering of the available range, use our Product Configurator
Short URL www.blum.com/configurator 348
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Box systems 〉 TANDEMBOX plus 〉 Overview
Standard cabinet Drawer
Space requirement
Height (mm)
Drawer – N
30
81.5
Drawer – M
30 65
96.5
Drawer – K
30 65
128.5
30 65
160
High fronted pull-out – gallery – D
30 65
224
SPACE CORNER
kg
Applications
Space requirement
Height (mm)
DQCCLA
DQCDAM
DQCGTA
DQCHIM
BOXSIDE possible
Page
Web code
Page
Inner drawer
DQCDZY
High fronted pull-out High fronted pull-out – gallery – B
Corner cabinet
Web code
Inner pull-out
Inner drawer – M
30 65
105
Inner drawer – K
30 65
134
Box systems
kg
Applications
DQCFEM
DQCG3Y Inner pull-out – gallery – B
30 65
160
Inner pull-out – gallery – D
30 65
224
BOXSIDE possible
DQCIXA
DQCJMM
65
Help with planning and ordering Short URL www.blum.com/productdataservice
Sink cabinet High fronted pull-out High fronted pull-out – gallery – D
Larder unit
Narrow cabinets
kg
30 65
DQCI7Y
BOXSIDE possible SPACE TOWER
30 65
DQGSBY
Cabinet width KB 275–1200 mm SPACE TWIN
Cabinet width KB 200 mm
Dynamic carrying capacity
224
20
DQGVUM
@ | ☎ Check product availability Short URL www.blum.com/configurator
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
349
Box systems 〉 TIP-ON BLUMOTION for TANDEMBOX
Two functions – fascinatingly combined TIP-ON BLUMOTION for TANDEMBOX combines the advantages of the TIP-ON mechanical opening support system with the reliable BLUMOTION dampening for silent and effortless closing – 100 % mechanically.
Box systems
TIP-ON BLUMOTION‘s extensive trigger range provides inspirational ease of use for handle-less pull-outs and drawers. To optimise the function and increase the trigger range, we generally recommend using synchronisation.
Opens with just a light touch, has a smooth running action and closes silently and effortlessly – experience completely harmonious and convenient motion with TIP-ON BLUMOTION technology
The motion is assisted 100 % mechanically
600 500 400
2.5
300 200
mm
100
60300 12 900 0 00
Small front gap TIP-ON BLUMOTION can be adjusted to have a small front gap of 2.5 mm
350
Extensive trigger range To optimise the function and increase the trigger range, we generally recommend using synchronisation
Four-dimensional adjustment The four-dimensional adjustment ensures a precise gap layout. Depth adjustment is integrated and tool-free – simply turn the adjustment wheel
Simple, tool-free assembly The TIP-ON BLUMOTION unit can be assembled tool-free, as can all the other components
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Box systems 〉 TIP-ON BLUMOTION for TANDEMBOX 〉 Overview
Box systems
Overview – box systems TANDEMBOX antaro TANDEMBOX plus SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX
189 302 348 358
Symbolic image
Applications
kg
TIP-ON BLUMOTION
30 65
352
Symbolic image kg Dynamic carrying capacity
Accessories
Steel back Front/base stabiliser Side stabilisation – top mounted Flexible gallery fixing Chipboard back fixing height B Screws Symbolic image Cabinet profile fixing positions Cabinet profile 578 – 30 kg Cabinet profile 576 – 65 kg
Web code Page
340 Centre bit 340 Door buffer 341 Screwdriver 342 343 344
344 344 345
356 356
Symbolic image
Assembly, removal and adjustment Assembly, removal and adjustment
Symbolic image
Short URL www.blum.com/a370
Pictograph Item available on request
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
351
Box systems
Applications
Box systems 〉 TIP-ON BLUMOTION for TANDEMBOX 〉 Applications
TIP-ON BLUMOTION
Box systems
▬ The TIP-ON mechanical opening support system combined with soft-close BLUMOTION ▬ Gap 2.5 mm ▬ Four-dimensional front adjustment ▬ Extensive trigger range ▬ Synchronised feather-light glide ▬ Synchronisation for internal cabinet widths LW of 238 mm and wider
Order information 1 Cabinet profiles left/right TIP-ON BLUMOTION Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) NL (mm) 30 65 270 578.2701M 300 578.3001M 350 578.3501M 400 578.4001M 450 578.4501M 576.4501M 500 578.5001M 576.5001M 550 578.5501M 576.5501M 600 578.6001M 576.6001M 650 576.6501M 6
TIP-ON BLUMOTION set Nominal length Cabinet Weight Unit NL (mm) profile (kg) (kg) 270–300 S0 30 ≤ 10 270–300 S1 30 > 10–20 350–600 L1 30 ≤ 20 350–600 L3 30 15–30 450–650 L5 65 > 30–65
¹
Part no.
² ² ³
T60B3030 T60B3130 T60B3330 T60B3530 T60B3560
Composed of: 6a 1 x TIP-ON BLUMOTION unit left/right 6b 1 x TIP-ON BLUMOTION latch left/right 6e 2 x TIP-ON BLUMOTION synchronisation adapter ¹ Recommended weight ranges (total weight of the pull-out) for an optimum opening and closing function ² Can only be combined with a 30 kg cabinet profile ³ Recommendation: only use in combination with 65 kg cabinet profile
Internal cabinet width LW ≥ 287 mm 6f TIP-ON BLUMOTION synchronisation linkage Version Colour Round Grey
Part no. T60.1125W
In combination with 6e 2 x T60.000D Suitable up to internal cabinet width LW 1370 mm Note To optimise the function and increase the trigger range, we generally recommend using synchronisation Cutting Internal cabinet width LW – 240 mm
Internal cabinet width LW 238–286 mm 6g TIP-ON BLUMOTION synchronisation Version Colour Square RAL 7035 light grey Cutting
352
Internal cabinet width LW – 214 mm
Part no. T60.300D
Accessories 6e TIP-ON BLUMOTION synchronisation adapter Version Colour Symmetrical RAL 7035 light grey Internal cabinet width LW ≥ 287 mm
6h
TIP-ON BLUMOTION synchronisation linkage fixing Cabinet width KB (mm) Material ≥ 750 Steel
For pull-outs over a cabinet bottom or cross member Prevents the TIP-ON BLUMOTION synchronisation linkage from sagging
6i
Part no. T60.000D
Part no. T60B000H
Base support bracket Cabinet width KB (mm) Colour ≥ 750 RAL 7037 dust grey
Part no. Z96.2011
6j
Front/base stabiliser Material Nylon
Part no. Z96.10E1
–
TIP-ON BLUMOTION checking/setting template Front gap FS (mm) Colour 2.5 Orange
For pull-outs over a cabinet bottom or cross member For supporting the pull-out base
Colour RAL 7037 dust grey
Part no. 65.5627
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Box systems 〉 TIP-ON BLUMOTION for TANDEMBOX 〉 Applications
TIP-ON BLUMOTION
Inner drawer | inner pull-out
Drawer | high fronted pull-out
Inner drawer | inner pull-out
Back height Y (mm) M 109 K 139.5 B 161 C 195 D 227 NL Nominal length
Height M * At 36–39 mm and with a cabinet width KB of ≥ 750 mm, a TIP-ON BLUMOTION synchronisation fixing and a base support bracket are required so as to avoid the synchronisation linkage colliding with the cabinet bottom or the cross member
Box systems
Planning Space requirement in cabinet Drawer | high fronted pull-out
Back height Y (mm) N 85.5 M 101.5 K 133.5 B 161 C 195 D 227 NL Nominal length
Screw position – inner drawer | inner pull-out
Variant 1
In these cases a trial is recommended
Plinth leg
Variant 2
Trigger range
Trigger range With synchronisation Without synchronisation Minimum front gap (mm) With front/base stabiliser
600 500 400
2.5
300 200
mm
2.5
To optimise the function and increase the trigger range, we generally recommend using synchronisation Example for 578 – 30 kg | 576 – 65 kg, D height, nominal length NL 500 mm
100
60300 12 900 0 00
Reference pages Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for TANDEMBOX Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro Overview – TANDEMBOX plus CABLOXX Accessories Cabinet profile fixing positions Overview – assembly devices More technical details
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
351
Assembly, removal and adjustment
303 349 Short URL 582 www.blum.com/a370 354 356 591 698
353
Box systems 〉 TIP-ON BLUMOTION for TANDEMBOX 〉 Accessories
TIP-ON BLUMOTION synchronisation linkage fixing
Box systems
▬ Prevents the TIP-ON BLUMOTION synchronisation linkage from sagging ▬ For pull-outs over a cabinet bottom or cross member ▬ Required for cabinet widths KB of ≥ 750 mm ▬ Material: steel
Order information Description TIP-ON BLUMOTION synchronisation linkage fixing
Part no. T60B000H
Planning Drilling distances – drawer base
Nominal length NL (mm) 270–300
TIP-ON BLUMOTION unit S0 | S1
Nominal length NL (mm) 350–650
TIP-ON BLUMOTION unit L1 | L3 | L5
Sink cabinet Nominal length NL (mm) 350–650
TIP-ON BLUMOTION unit L1 | L3 | L5
Base support bracket ▬ For supporting the pull-out base ▬ For pull-outs over a cabinet bottom or cross member ▬ Required for cabinet widths KB of ≥ 750 mm ▬ Material: nylon
Planning Space requirement in cabinet
Part no. Z96.2011
Drilling distances – front
FA
354
Order information Description Base support bracket
Front overlay
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Box systems 〉 TIP-ON BLUMOTION for TANDEMBOX 〉 Accessories
Front/base stabiliser ▬ For stabilising high fronts ▬ For supporting wide drawer bases ▬ Required: Front height FH > 300 mm: Cabinet width KB ≥ 750 mm: 2 piece ▬ Required: Front height FH > 300 mm: Cabinet width KB < 750 mm: 1 piece
Drilling distances – front
Part no. Z96.10E1
Drilling distances – front
Box systems
Planning Space requirement in cabinet
Order information Fixing method Colour EXPANDO RAL 7037 dust grey
32 FA Front overlay Required: Front height FH > 300 mm: Cabinet width KB ≥ 750 mm: 2 piece
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
FA Front overlay Required: Front height FH > 300 mm: Cabinet width KB < 750 mm: 1 piece
355
Box systems 〉 TIP-ON BLUMOTION for TANDEMBOX 〉 Cabinet profile fixing positions
Cabinet profile 576 – 65 kg
NL A B **
NL A B * **
Box systems
Cabinet profile 578 – 30 kg
356
Nominal length Chipboard screws Ø 4 x 15 mm System screws Ø 6 x 14.5 mm, part no. 661.1450.HG Optional for greater stability Can be replaced with chipboard screw Ø 4 x 15 mm
Nominal length Chipboard screws Ø 4 x 15 mm System screws Ø 6 x 14.5 mm, part no. 661.1450.HG Can be replaced with chipboard screw Ø 4 x 15 mm Optional for greater stability Can be replaced with chipboard screw Ø 4 x 15 mm
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Box systems
Box systems 〉 TIP-ON BLUMOTION for TANDEMBOX
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
357
Box systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX
More design freedom thanks to the electrical opening support system Thanks to the addition of BLUMOTION for soft and effortless closing action, we have reached new levels of quality of motion, opening up new design possibilities.
Box systems
Drawers and high fronted pull-outs open as if by themselves using an electrical drive with just a light touch on a handle-less front or a light pull of the handle. Regardless of where & how the front is touched. The pull-out will open allowing full freedom of movement in any living area.
Opening and closing is that easy
With hand, foot, knee or hip: opening is that easy. BLUMOTION provides soft and effortless closing action
Easily-integrated, high performance technology
Application ▬ Can be used without having to change LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX pull-outs
358
Assembly | Processing ▬ Tool-free assembly ▬ Separate drilling template ▬ No fixed connection to the drive system
Cabling ▬ Simple cabling ▬ One power supply unit is all that’s required for power supply to the entire kitchen
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Box systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX 〉 Overview
Symbolic image
Applications
Symbolic image
Accessories
Overview – box systems LEGRABOX MERIVOBOX TANDEMBOX antaro TANDEMBOX plus
189 190 256 302 348
Standard cabinet SPACE TOWER Sink cabinet Cabinet with pull-out element – bracket profile horizontal Cabinet with pull-out element – upper attachment bracket SERVO-DRIVE uno for bottom mount waste bin solutions
360 SERVO-DRIVE uno for top mount waste bin solutions – 366 TANDEMBOX 372 376 380 384
Cable holder Synchronisation cable COMBOX set Front/base stabiliser
388 388 388 389
386
Box systems
Box systems
Symbolic image
Assembly, removal and adjustment Assembly, removal and adjustment
Symbolic image
Short URL www.blum.com/a380
Machine directive Detailed information on the Machine Directive
701
Short URL www.blum.com/sd/guideline
Pictograph Item available on request
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
359
Box systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX 〉 Applications
Standard cabinet
Box systems
▬ Electrical opening support system in conjunction with BLUMOTION – for soft and effortless closing action ▬ With vertical bracket profile ▬ No fixed connection to the drive system ▬ Pull-outs can be used unchanged ▬ Tool-free assembly ▬ Simple cabling ▬ Shallow installation depth
Order information 1 Blum distance bumper Diameter (mm) 5 8
Part no. 993.0530 993.0830.01
Up to front height FH 300 mm use 2 pcs. Front height FH 300 mm and higher use 4 pcs. For LEGRABOX 70 kg cabinet profile, use 4 pcs. For MERIVOBOX 70 kg cabinet profile, use 4 pcs. For TANDEMBOX 65 kg cabinet profile, use 4 pcs.
2
Bracket profile Length (mm) 650 700 710 750 800 1170
For cutting to size ● With cable – Without cable Cutting
Material Aluminium Aluminium Aluminium Aluminium Aluminium Aluminium
Cable ● ● ● ● ● –
Alternative to 3a 3b Bracket profile attachment lower/back Cross bar construction vertical Colour Material R7037 Nylon Incl. bracket profile cover cap
Drive unit Colour R7037
Includes pre-assembled lever extension
10
Lever cap Box systems LEGRABOX
Material Nylon
Back Steel back
Trigger guidance Box systems Back TANDEMBOX Chipboard back
Required for internal cabinet widths LW of 242–316 mm
11
Part no. Z10D01E0.01
Part no. Z10D01EA.01
Part no. Z10A3000.03
Colour S
Part no. Z10A3006
Colour R7037
Part no. Z10A3H00
Required for height M and internal cabinet widths LW of 267–286 mm
10
Part no. Z10T650AA Z10T700AA Z10T710AA Z10T750AA Z10T800AA Z10T1170A
Internal cabinet height LH – 10 mm
3a Bracket profile attachment top/bottom Cross bar construction horizontal Colour Material R7037 Nylon
9
Cabling
12
Connecting node and cable end protector Colour Material S Nylon
Composed of: 12a 1 x Connecting node 11b 2 x Cable end protector
13
24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit Language package Part no. Language package A Z10NE030A F B Z10NE030B G C Z10NE030C H D Z10NE030D J E Z10NE030E
Part no. Z10V100E.01
Part no. Z10NE030F Z10NE030G Z10NE030H Z10NE030J
Incl. operating and installation instructions Without flex Language package – operating and installation instructions A DE | EN | FR | IT | NL F BG | ET | LT | LV | RO | RU B DA | EN | FI | NO | SV G EN | ES | FR C EL | EN | HR | SL | SR | TR H EN | ZH D EN | ES | FR | IT | PT J JA E CS | HU | PL | SK Language descriptions as per ISO-639
SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable and cable end protector Colour Length (m) Part no. S 8 Z10K800AE
Composed of: 11a 1 x SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable 11b 5 x Cable end protector For cutting to size Can be used as a distribution, bracket profile and communications cable
360
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Box systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX 〉 Applications
Order information 14 Flex Market AR UK CH DK Europe Europe IN IL
¹
Length 2 m, incl. plug ¹ Without plug
Part no. Market Z10M200A JP Z10M200B AU Z10M200C CL Z10M200D CN Z10M200E BR Z10M200E.OS TW Z10M200H US | CA Z10M200I ZA
15a Power supply unit housing Base fixing Colour Material R7037 Nylon
Part no. Z10NG000
Incl. cover For 24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit
Alternative to 15a 15b Power supply unit housing Panel fixing Colour Material WGR Nylon
Part no. Z10NG120
For 24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit
Reference pages Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Overview – LEGRABOX Overview – MERIVOBOX Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro Overview – TANDEMBOX plus Planning – horizontal cross member Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Part no. Z10M200J Z10M200K Z10M200L Z10M200N Z10M200S.01 Z10M200T Z10M200U Z10M200Z
Accessories – Cable holder Colour W
Part no. Z10K0009
Material Nylon
Part no. Z96.10E1
E.g. for fixing the SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable
–
Front/base stabiliser Colour R7037
–
Synchronisation cable Length (mm) 80 500 1200 1600
Connects two drive units that need to activate simultaneously
–
COMBOX set Colour S
Material Nylon
RAL 7037 dust grey Black
Colour W WGR
For preventing front collisions when using SERVO-DRIVE in corner situations Suitable starting with drive unit Z10A3000.02 Includes all assembly and cabling components Colour R7037 S
Planning – vertical cross member Accessories 191 Overview – assembly devices 257 Machine directive 303 More technical details 349 362 359
Material Nylon
Part no. Z10K008S Z10K050S Z10K120S Z10K160S
Part no. Z10ZC00A
White White grey
364 Assembly, removal and adjustment 388 591 701 Short URL 698 www.blum.com/a380
361
Box systems
Standard cabinet
Box systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX 〉 Applications
Standard cabinet Planning Cross bar construction horizontal Cabinet
Box systems
Position – drive unit
PL = LH – 10 mm Round down to the nearest tenth A Distance between the bottom edge of the cabinet profile and the bottom edge of the drive unit E Distance between the bottom edge of the cabinet top panel and the fixing position of the cabinet profile LH Internal cabinet height PL Bracket profile length
Position – drive unit Box systems
Back
Back height
242–266 A (mm) E min. (mm) N – – Chipboard back M|K|C|F – – LEGRABOX N – – Steel back M|K|C|F – – N – – Chipboard back M|K|E – – MERIVOBOX N – – Steel back M|K|E – – N 35 56 Chipboard back M|K|B|C|D 35 64 TANDEMBOX N – – Steel back M|K|B|C|D – – Distance between the bottom edge of the cabinet profile and the bottom edge of the drive unit – A E Distance between the bottom edge of the cabinet top panel and the fixing position of the cabinet profile
Back cabling
BT
BT
A (mm) 45 45 – 45 28 45 – 45 28 35 28 35
≥ 317 E min. (mm) 61 69 – 69 32 54 – 54 49 64 49 64
Front assembly – position of Blum distance bumper
1/2
1/2
Cabinet bottom – drilling pattern Lower cabling
Internal cabinet width LW (mm) 267–286 287–316 A (mm) E min. (mm) A (mm) E min. (mm) 45 61 45 61 45 69 45 69 – – – – 45 69 45 69 28 32 28 32 45 54 45 54 – – – – 45 54 45 54 35 56 35 56 35 64 35 64 – – 28 49 35 64 35 64 Not possible
Drilling depth
Alternative drilling pattern for MINIPRESS top and MINIPRESS BT Drilling depth
362
Drilling depth
The Blum distance bumper creates and maintains the required trigger path of 2 mm When using a 70 kg LEGRABOX, 70 kg MERIVOBOX or 65 kg TANDEMBOX runner, attach four Blum distance bumpers For optimal trigger function for front height FH > 300 mm, use front stabilisation FA Front overlay FH Front height
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Box systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX 〉 Applications
Standard cabinet Planning Cross bar construction horizontal Drilling distances – base | cross bar
Y (mm) NL + 33 NL + 16
Box systems
Back X (mm) Chipboard back NL + 19 Steel back NL + 2 NL Nominal length X Drilling position Y Min. space requirement Z Dimension of engagement
Box systems
Back
Back height Z (mm)
LEGRABOX
MERIVOBOX
TANDEMBOX Box systems
Chipboard back Steel back Chipboard back Steel back Chipboard back Steel back Back
N M|K|C|F N M|K|C|F N M|K|E N M|K|E N M|K|B|C|D N M|K|B|C|D
– – – – – – – – 179 179 – –
Back height
242–266 Lever extension – – – – – – – – ✖ ✖ – –
Z (mm)
LEGRABOX
MERIVOBOX
TANDEMBOX LW Z ●
Chipboard back Steel back Chipboard back Steel back Chipboard back Steel back
Internal cabinet width Dimension of engagement Required
N M|K|C|F N M|K|C|F N M|K|E N M|K|E N M|K|B|C|D N M|K|B|C|D
184 184 – 184 174 174 – 174 179 179 190 179
Lever extension
Trigger guidance – – – – – – – – ● ● – –
317–386 Lever extension ● ● – ● ● ● – ● ● ● ● ● ○ – ✖
Lever cap
Space requirement and safety distance – power supply unit housing
Internal cabinet width LW (mm) 267–286 Z (mm) Lever Trigger Lever cap extension guidance 184 ● – – 184 ● – – – – – – 184 ✖ – ● 174 ✖ – – 174 ✖ – – – – – – 174 ● – – 179 ● ● – 179 ● ● – – – – – 179 ✖ – – Internal cabinet width LW (mm)
Z (mm) 184 184 – 184 174 174 – 174 179 179 190 179
287–316 Lever extension ● ● – ● ● ● – ● ● ● ✖ ●
Trigger guidance – – – – – – – – ● ● – –
Trigger guidance
Z (mm)
≥ 387 Lever extension
Trigger guidance
– – – – – – – – ○ ○ – –
LW / 2 LW / 2 – LW / 2 LW / 2 LW / 2 – LW / 2 LW / 2 LW / 2 LW / 2 LW / 2
● ● – ● ● ● – ● ● ● ● ●
– – – – – – – – ○ ○ – –
Not required Not possible Remove
Trigger guidance Attention Maintain a 30 mm safety distance from the bottom edge (base fixing) and/or front edge (panel fixing) and side edges of the power supply unit housing to the neighbouring elements Air must be able to circulate, otherwise the SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit could overheat
Base fixing
Panel fixing
Reference pages Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Overview – LEGRABOX Overview – MERIVOBOX Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro Overview – TANDEMBOX plus Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
359 191 257 303 349
Order information Planning – vertical cross member Accessories Overview – assembly devices Machine directive More technical details
360 Assembly, removal and adjustment 364 388 591 Short URL 701 www.blum.com/a380 698 363
Box systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX 〉 Applications
Standard cabinet Planning Cross bar construction vertical Cabinet
Box systems
Position – drive unit
PL = LH – 10 mm Round down to the nearest tenth A Distance between the bottom edge of the cabinet profile and the bottom edge of the drive unit E Distance between the bottom edge of the cabinet top panel and the fixing position of the cabinet profile LH Internal cabinet height PL Bracket profile length
Position – drive unit Box systems
Back
Back height
242–266 A (mm) E min. (mm) N – – Chipboard back M|K|C|F – – LEGRABOX N – – Steel back M|K|C|F – – N – – Chipboard back M|K|E – – MERIVOBOX N – – Steel back M|K|E – – N 35 56 Chipboard back M|K|B|C|D 35 64 TANDEMBOX N – – Steel back M|K|B|C|D – – Distance between the bottom edge of the cabinet profile and the bottom edge of the drive unit – A E Distance between the bottom edge of the cabinet top panel and the fixing position of the cabinet profile
Back cabling
BT
BT
A (mm) 45 45 – 45 28 45 – 45 28 35 28 35
≥ 317 E min. (mm) 61 69 – 69 32 54 – 54 49 64 49 64
Front assembly – position of Blum distance bumper
1/2
1/2
Cabinet bottom – drilling pattern Lower cabling
Internal cabinet width LW (mm) 267–286 287–316 A (mm) E min. (mm) A (mm) E min. (mm) 45 61 45 61 45 69 45 69 – – – – 45 69 45 69 28 32 28 32 45 54 45 54 – – – – 45 54 45 54 35 56 35 56 35 64 35 64 – – 28 49 35 64 35 64 Not possible
Drilling depth
Alternative drilling pattern for MINIPRESS top and MINIPRESS BT Drilling depth
364
Drilling depth
The Blum distance bumper creates and maintains the required trigger path of 2 mm When using a 70 kg LEGRABOX, 70 kg MERIVOBOX or 65 kg TANDEMBOX runner, attach four Blum distance bumpers For optimal trigger function for front height FH > 300 mm, use front stabilisation FA Front overlay FH Front height
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Box systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX 〉 Applications
Standard cabinet Planning Cross bar construction vertical Drilling distances – base | cross bar
T (mm) NL + 34 NL + 17
Box systems
Back X (mm) Chipboard back NL + 19 Steel back NL + 2 NL Nominal length X Drilling position T Position front edge/cross member Z Dimension of engagement
Box systems
Back
Back height Z (mm)
LEGRABOX
MERIVOBOX
TANDEMBOX Box systems
Chipboard back Steel back Chipboard back Steel back Chipboard back Steel back Back
N M|K|C|F N M|K|C|F N M|K|E N M|K|E N M|K|B|C|D N M|K|B|C|D
– – – – – – – – 179 179 – –
Back height
242–266 Lever extension – – – – – – – – ✖ ✖ – –
Z (mm)
LEGRABOX
MERIVOBOX
TANDEMBOX LW Z ●
Chipboard back Steel back Chipboard back Steel back Chipboard back Steel back
Internal cabinet width Dimension of engagement Required
N M|K|C|F N M|K|C|F N M|K|E N M|K|E N M|K|B|C|D N M|K|B|C|D
184 184 – 184 174 174 – 174 179 179 190 179
Lever extension
Internal cabinet width LW (mm) 267–286 Z (mm) Lever Trigger Lever cap extension guidance 184 ● – – 184 ● – – – – – – 184 ✖ – ● 174 ✖ – – 174 ✖ – – – – – – 174 ● – – 179 ● ● – 179 ● ● – – – – – 179 ✖ – –
Trigger guidance – – – – – – – – ● ● – –
317–386 Lever extension ● ● – ● ● ● – ● ● ● ● ● ○ – ✖
184 184 – 184 174 174 – 174 179 179 190 179
287–316 Lever extension ● ● – ● ● ● – ● ● ● ✖ ●
Trigger guidance – – – – – – – – ● ● – –
Trigger guidance
Z (mm)
≥ 387 Lever extension
Trigger guidance
– – – – – – – – ○ ○ – –
LW / 2 LW / 2 – LW / 2 LW / 2 LW / 2 – LW / 2 LW / 2 LW / 2 LW / 2 LW / 2
● ● – ● ● ● – ● ● ● ● ●
– – – – – – – – ○ ○ – –
Not required Not possible Remove
Lever cap
Space requirement and safety distance – power supply unit housing
Internal cabinet width LW (mm)
Z (mm)
Trigger guidance Attention Maintain a 30 mm safety distance from the bottom edge (base fixing) and/or front edge (panel fixing) and side edges of the power supply unit housing to the neighbouring elements Air must be able to circulate, otherwise the SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit could overheat
Base fixing
Panel fixing
Reference pages Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Overview – LEGRABOX Overview – MERIVOBOX Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro Overview – TANDEMBOX plus Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
359 191 257 303 349
Order information Planning – horizontal cross member Accessories Overview – assembly devices Machine directive More technical details
360 Assembly, removal and adjustment 362 388 591 Short URL 701 www.blum.com/a380 698 365
Box systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX 〉 Applications
SPACE TOWER
Box systems
▬ Electrical opening support system in conjunction with BLUMOTION – for soft and effortless closing action ▬ With vertical bracket profile ▬ No fixed connection to the drive system ▬ Pull-outs can be used unchanged ▬ Tool-free assembly ▬ Simple cabling ▬ Shallow installation depth ▬ SERVO-DRIVE for MERIVOBOX is only triggered by pulling for inset application pull-outs
Order information 2 Bracket profile Length (mm) 650 700 710 750 800 1170 For cutting to size ● With cable – Without cable Cutting
Material Aluminium Aluminium Aluminium Aluminium Aluminium Aluminium
Cable ● ● ● ● ● –
Part no. Z10T650AA Z10T700AA Z10T710AA Z10T750AA Z10T800AA Z10T1170A
Internal cabinet height LH – 10 mm
3a Bracket profile attachment top/bottom Cross bar construction horizontal Colour Material R7037 Nylon
Part no. Z10D01E0.01
Alternative to 3a 3b Bracket profile attachment lower/back Cross bar construction vertical Colour Material R7037 Nylon
Part no. Z10D01EA.01
Incl. bracket profile cover cap
9
Drive unit Colour R7037
Includes pre-assembled lever extension
10
Lever cap Box systems LEGRABOX
Material Nylon
Back Steel back
Part no. Z10A3000.03
Colour S
Part no. Z10A3006
Colour R7037
Part no. Z10A3H00
Required for height M and internal cabinet widths LW of 267–286 mm
10
Trigger guidance Box systems Back TANDEMBOX Chipboard back
Required for internal cabinet widths LW of 242–316 mm
11
Cabling
SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable and cable end protector Colour Length (m) Part no. S 8 Z10K800AE
Composed of: 11a 1 x SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable 11b 5 x Cable end protector For cutting to size Can be used as a distribution, bracket profile and communications cable
12
Connecting node and cable end protector Colour Material S Nylon
Composed of: 12a 1 x Connecting node 11b 2 x Cable end protector
366
Part no. Z10V100E.01
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Box systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX 〉 Applications
SPACE TOWER
Part no. Z10NE030F Z10NE030G Z10NE030H Z10NE030J
Incl. operating and installation instructions Without flex Language package – operating and installation instructions A DE | EN | FR | IT | NL F BG | ET | LT | LV | RO | RU B DA | EN | FI | NO | SV G EN | ES | FR C EL | EN | HR | SL | SR | TR H EN | ZH D EN | ES | FR | IT | PT J JA E CS | HU | PL | SK Language descriptions as per ISO-639
14
Flex Market AR UK CH DK Europe Europe IN IL
¹
Length 2 m, incl. plug ¹ Without plug
Part no. Market Z10M200A JP Z10M200B AU Z10M200C CL Z10M200D CN Z10M200E BR Z10M200E.OS TW Z10M200H US | CA Z10M200I ZA
Part no. Z10NG000
Alternative to 15a 15b Power supply unit housing Panel fixing Colour Material WGR Nylon
Part no. Z10NG120
For 24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit
Reference pages Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Overview – LEGRABOX Overview – MERIVOBOX Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro Overview – TANDEMBOX plus Planning – bracket profile top Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Part no. Z10K0009
E.g. for fixing the SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable Colour R7037 S
Planning – bracket profile bottom Accessories 191 Overview – assembly devices 257 Machine directive 303 More technical details 349 368 359
Material Nylon
RAL 7037 dust grey Black
Colour W WGR
White White grey
Part no. Z10M200J Z10M200K Z10M200L Z10M200N Z10M200S.01 Z10M200T Z10M200U Z10M200Z
15a Power supply unit housing Base fixing Colour Material R7037 Nylon Incl. cover For 24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit
Accessories – Cable holder Colour W
Box systems
Order information 13 24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit Language package Part no. Language package A Z10NE030A F B Z10NE030B G C Z10NE030C H D Z10NE030D J E Z10NE030E
370 Assembly, removal and adjustment 388 591 701 Short URL 698 www.blum.com/a380
367
Box systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX 〉 Applications
SPACE TOWER Planning Top bracket profile Cabinet
Box systems
Position – drive unit
PL = LH – 10 mm Round down to the nearest tenth A Distance between the bottom edge of the cabinet profile and the bottom edge of the drive unit E Distance between the bottom edge of the cabinet top panel and the fixing position of the cabinet profile LH Internal cabinet height PL Bracket profile length
Position – drive unit Box systems
Back
Back height
242–266 A (mm) E min. (mm) N – – Chipboard back M|K|C|F – – LEGRABOX N – – Steel back M|K|C|F – – N – – Chipboard back M|K|E – – MERIVOBOX N – – Steel back M|K|E – – N 35 56 Chipboard back M|K|B|C|D 35 64 TANDEMBOX N – – Steel back M|K|B|C|D – – Distance between the bottom edge of the cabinet profile and the bottom edge of the drive unit – A E Distance between the bottom edge of the cabinet top panel and the fixing position of the cabinet profile
Back cabling
BT
BT
A (mm) 45 45 – 45 28 45 – 45 28 35 28 35
≥ 317 E min. (mm) 61 69 – 69 32 54 – 54 49 64 49 64
Front assembly – position of Blum distance bumper
1/2
1/2
Cabinet bottom – drilling pattern Lower cabling
Internal cabinet width LW (mm) 267–286 287–316 A (mm) E min. (mm) A (mm) E min. (mm) 45 61 45 61 45 69 45 69 – – – – 45 69 45 69 28 32 28 32 45 54 45 54 – – – – 45 54 45 54 35 56 35 56 35 64 35 64 – – 28 49 35 64 35 64 Not possible
Drilling depth
Alternative drilling pattern for MINIPRESS top and MINIPRESS BT Drilling depth
368
Drilling depth
The Blum distance bumper creates and maintains the required trigger path of 2 mm When using a 70 kg LEGRABOX, 70 kg MERIVOBOX or 65 kg TANDEMBOX runner, attach four Blum distance bumpers For optimal trigger function for front height FH > 300 mm, use front stabilisation FA Front overlay FH Front height
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Box systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX 〉 Applications
SPACE TOWER Planning Top bracket profile Drilling distances – base | cross bar
T (mm) NL + 34 NL + 17
Box systems
Back X (mm) Chipboard back NL + 19 Steel back NL + 2 NL Nominal length X Drilling position T Position front edge/cross member Z Dimension of engagement
Box systems
Back
Back height Z (mm)
LEGRABOX
MERIVOBOX
TANDEMBOX Box systems
Chipboard back Steel back Chipboard back Steel back Chipboard back Steel back Back
N M|K|C|F N M|K|C|F N M|K|E N M|K|E N M|K|B|C|D N M|K|B|C|D
– – – – – – – – 179 179 – –
Back height
242–266 Lever extension – – – – – – – – ✖ ✖ – –
Z (mm)
LEGRABOX
MERIVOBOX
TANDEMBOX LW Z ●
Chipboard back Steel back Chipboard back Steel back Chipboard back Steel back
Internal cabinet width Dimension of engagement Required
N M|K|C|F N M|K|C|F N M|K|E N M|K|E N M|K|B|C|D N M|K|B|C|D
184 184 – 184 174 174 – 174 179 179 190 179
Lever extension
Trigger guidance – – – – – – – – ● ● – –
317–386 Lever extension ● ● – ● ● ● – ● ● ● ● ● ○ – ✖
Lever cap
Space requirement and safety distance – power supply unit housing
Internal cabinet width LW (mm) 267–286 Z (mm) Lever Trigger Lever cap extension guidance 184 ● – – 184 ● – – – – – – 184 ✖ – ● 174 ✖ – – 174 ✖ – – – – – – 174 ● – – 179 ● ● – 179 ● ● – – – – – 179 ✖ – – Internal cabinet width LW (mm)
Z (mm) 184 184 – 184 174 174 – 174 179 179 190 179
287–316 Lever extension ● ● – ● ● ● – ● ● ● ✖ ●
Trigger guidance – – – – – – – – ● ● – –
Trigger guidance
Z (mm)
≥ 387 Lever extension
Trigger guidance
– – – – – – – – ○ ○ – –
LW / 2 LW / 2 – LW / 2 LW / 2 LW / 2 – LW / 2 LW / 2 LW / 2 LW / 2 LW / 2
● ● – ● ● ● – ● ● ● ● ●
– – – – – – – – ○ ○ – –
Not required Not possible Remove
Trigger guidance Attention Maintain a 30 mm safety distance from the bottom edge (base fixing) and/or front edge (panel fixing) and side edges of the power supply unit housing to the neighbouring elements Air must be able to circulate, otherwise the SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit could overheat
Base fixing
Panel fixing
Reference pages Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Overview – LEGRABOX Overview – MERIVOBOX Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro Overview – TANDEMBOX plus Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
359 191 257 303 349
Order information Planning – bracket profile bottom Accessories Overview – assembly devices Machine directive More technical details
366 Assembly, removal and adjustment 370 388 591 Short URL 701 www.blum.com/a380 698 369
Box systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX 〉 Applications
SPACE TOWER Planning Bottom bracket profile Cabinet
Box systems
Position – drive unit
PL = LH – 10 mm Round down to the nearest tenth A Distance between the bottom edge of the cabinet profile and the bottom edge of the drive unit E Distance between the bottom edge of the cabinet top panel and the fixing position of the cabinet profile LH Internal cabinet height PL Bracket profile length
Position – drive unit Box systems
Back
Back height
242–266 A (mm) E min. (mm) N – – Chipboard back M|K|C|F – – LEGRABOX N – – Steel back M|K|C|F – – N – – Chipboard back M|K|E – – MERIVOBOX N – – Steel back M|K|E – – N 35 56 Chipboard back M|K|B|C|D 35 64 TANDEMBOX N – – Steel back M|K|B|C|D – – Distance between the bottom edge of the cabinet profile and the bottom edge of the drive unit – A E Distance between the bottom edge of the cabinet top panel and the fixing position of the cabinet profile
Back cabling
BT
BT
A (mm) 45 45 – 45 28 45 – 45 28 35 28 35
≥ 317 E min. (mm) 61 69 – 69 32 54 – 54 49 64 49 64
Front assembly – position of Blum distance bumper
1/2
1/2
Cabinet bottom – drilling pattern Lower cabling
Internal cabinet width LW (mm) 267–286 287–316 A (mm) E min. (mm) A (mm) E min. (mm) 45 61 45 61 45 69 45 69 – – – – 45 69 45 69 28 32 28 32 45 54 45 54 – – – – 45 54 45 54 35 56 35 56 35 64 35 64 – – 28 49 35 64 35 64 Not possible
Drilling depth
Alternative drilling pattern for MINIPRESS top and MINIPRESS BT Drilling depth
370
Drilling depth
The Blum distance bumper creates and maintains the required trigger path of 2 mm When using a 70 kg LEGRABOX, 70 kg MERIVOBOX or 65 kg TANDEMBOX runner, attach four Blum distance bumpers For optimal trigger function for front height FH > 300 mm, use front stabilisation FA Front overlay FH Front height
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Box systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX 〉 Applications
SPACE TOWER Planning Bottom bracket profile Drilling distances – base | cross bar
Y (mm) NL + 33 NL + 16
Box systems
Back X (mm) Chipboard back NL + 19 Steel back NL + 2 NL Nominal length X Drilling position Y Min. space requirement Z Dimension of engagement
Box systems
Back
Back height Z (mm)
LEGRABOX
MERIVOBOX
TANDEMBOX Box systems
Chipboard back Steel back Chipboard back Steel back Chipboard back Steel back Back
N M|K|C|F N M|K|C|F N M|K|E N M|K|E N M|K|B|C|D N M|K|B|C|D
– – – – – – – – 179 179 – –
Back height
242–266 Lever extension – – – – – – – – ✖ ✖ – –
Z (mm)
LEGRABOX
MERIVOBOX
TANDEMBOX LW Z ●
Chipboard back Steel back Chipboard back Steel back Chipboard back Steel back
Internal cabinet width Dimension of engagement Required
N M|K|C|F N M|K|C|F N M|K|E N M|K|E N M|K|B|C|D N M|K|B|C|D
184 184 – 184 174 174 – 174 179 179 190 179
Lever extension
Trigger guidance – – – – – – – – ● ● – –
317–386 Lever extension ● ● – ● ● ● – ● ● ● ● ● ○ – ✖
Lever cap
Space requirement and safety distance – power supply unit housing
Internal cabinet width LW (mm) 267–286 Z (mm) Lever Trigger Lever cap extension guidance 184 ● – – 184 ● – – – – – – 184 ✖ – ● 174 ✖ – – 174 ✖ – – – – – – 174 ● – – 179 ● ● – 179 ● ● – – – – – 179 ✖ – – Internal cabinet width LW (mm)
Z (mm) 184 184 – 184 174 174 – 174 179 179 190 179
287–316 Lever extension ● ● – ● ● ● – ● ● ● ✖ ●
Trigger guidance – – – – – – – – ● ● – –
Trigger guidance
Z (mm)
≥ 387 Lever extension
Trigger guidance
– – – – – – – – ○ ○ – –
LW / 2 LW / 2 – LW / 2 LW / 2 LW / 2 – LW / 2 LW / 2 LW / 2 LW / 2 LW / 2
● ● – ● ● ● – ● ● ● ● ●
– – – – – – – – ○ ○ – –
Not required Not possible Remove
Trigger guidance Attention Maintain a 30 mm safety distance from the bottom edge (base fixing) and/or front edge (panel fixing) and side edges of the power supply unit housing to the neighbouring elements Air must be able to circulate, otherwise the SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit could overheat
Base fixing
Panel fixing
Reference pages Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Overview – LEGRABOX Overview – MERIVOBOX Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro Overview – TANDEMBOX plus Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
359 191 257 303 349
Order information Planning – bracket profile top Accessories Overview – assembly devices Machine directive More technical details
366 Assembly, removal and adjustment 368 388 591 Short URL 701 www.blum.com/a380 698 371
Box systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX 〉 Applications
Sink cabinet
Box systems
▬ Electrical opening support system in conjunction with BLUMOTION – for soft and effortless closing action ▬ With attachment bracket ▬ No fixed connection to the drive system ▬ Pull-outs can be used unchanged ▬ Quick assembly of pre-mounted parts
Order information 1 Blum distance bumper Diameter (mm) 5 8
Up to front height FH 300 mm use 2 pcs. Front height FH 300 mm and higher use 4 pcs. For LEGRABOX 70 kg cabinet profile, use 4 pcs. For MERIVOBOX 70 kg cabinet profile, use 4 pcs. For TANDEMBOX 65 kg cabinet profile, use 4 pcs.
5
Attachment bracket 1 tier Colour Material R7037 Nylon
9
Drive unit Colour R7037
Part no. 993.0530 993.0830.01
Part no. Z10A3000.03
9a
Drip protection feature Colour Material R7037 Nylon
Part no. Z10D0316
11
SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable and cable end protector Colour Length (m) Part no. S 8 Z10K800AE
Composed of: 11a 1 x SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable 11b 5 x Cable end protector For cutting to size Can be used as a distribution, bracket profile and communications cable
12
Connecting node and cable end protector Colour Material S Nylon
Composed of: 12a 1 x Connecting node 11b 2 x Cable end protector
13
24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit Language package Part no. Language package A Z10NE030A F B Z10NE030B G C Z10NE030C H D Z10NE030D J E Z10NE030E
Incl. operating and installation instructions Without flex Language package – operating and installation instructions A DE | EN | FR | IT | NL F BG | ET | LT | LV | RO | RU B DA | EN | FI | NO | SV G EN | ES | FR C EL | EN | HR | SL | SR | TR H EN | ZH D EN | ES | FR | IT | PT J JA E CS | HU | PL | SK Language descriptions as per ISO-639
372
14
5
Part no. Z10NE030F Z10NE030G Z10NE030H Z10NE030J
15b
9
9a 5
1
12a
11b 11a
14
Part no. Z10V100E.01
13
9a
9
Part no. Z10D0311
Material Nylon
Includes pre-assembled lever extension
Cabling
Flex Market AR UK CH DK Europe Europe IN IL
Length 2 m, incl. plug ¹ Without plug
¹
Part no. Market Z10M200A JP Z10M200B AU Z10M200C CL Z10M200D CN Z10M200E BR Z10M200E.OS TW Z10M200H US | CA Z10M200I ZA
Part no. Z10M200J Z10M200K Z10M200L Z10M200N Z10M200S.01 Z10M200T Z10M200U Z10M200Z
15a Power supply unit housing Base fixing Colour Material R7037 Nylon
Part no. Z10NG000
Alternative to 15a 15b Power supply unit housing Panel fixing Colour Material WGR Nylon
Part no. Z10NG120
Incl. cover For 24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit
For 24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Box systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX 〉 Applications
Sink cabinet Order information Accessories – Cable holder Colour W
Material Nylon
Part no. Z10K0009
Material Nylon
Part no. Z96.10E1
E.g. for fixing the SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable
–
RAL 7037 dust grey Black
Colour W WGR
White White grey Box systems
Colour R7037 S
Front/base stabiliser Colour R7037
Reference pages Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Overview – LEGRABOX Overview – MERIVOBOX Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro Overview – TANDEMBOX plus Planning Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Accessories Overview – assembly devices 191 Machine directive 257 More technical details 303 349 374 359
388 Assembly, removal and adjustment 591 701 698 Short URL www.blum.com/a380
373
Box systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX 〉 Applications
Sink cabinet Planning Cabinet
Cross member – attachment bracket 1 tier
Centre piece LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX A Box systems
X *
W
Distance between the bottom edge of the attachment bracket and the bottom edge of the drive unit Drilling position Measured from cabinet front edge NL
Box systems LEGRABOX
Distance between front edge of drawer base and back edge of centre piece W = NL drawer side exterior – NL drawer side interior LEGRABOX: min. 150 mm MERIVOBOX: min. 150 mm TANDEMBOX: min. 100 mm Nominal length
Back height A (mm) N|M|K|C|F 45 N 28 MERIVOBOX Centre piece M|K|E 45 N 28 TANDEMBOX Centre piece M|K|B|C|D 35 Distance between the bottom edge of the attachment bracket and the bottom edge of the drive unit A
Cross member – attachment bracket 1 tier
Back Centre piece
Box systems
Back
Back height
LEGRABOX MERIVOBOX
Centre piece Centre piece
N|M|K|C|F N|M|K|E N|M|K|B| C|D
TANDEMBOX Centre piece BT LW W X Z
Internal cabinet width LW (mm) ≥ 387 Nominal length exterior NL (mm) 450–650 X (mm) Z (mm) W + 27 LW / 2 W + 27 LW / 2 W + 27
LW / 2
Drilling depth Internal cabinet width Distance between the front edge of the drawer base and the centre piece Drilling position Dimension of engagement
Front assembly – position of Blum distance bumper
BT
The Blum distance bumper creates and maintains the required trigger path of 2 mm When using a 70 kg LEGRABOX, 70 kg MERIVOBOX or 65 kg TANDEMBOX runner, attach four Blum distance bumpers
1/2
1/2
Cabinet bottom – drilling pattern Lower cabling
Drilling depth
Alternative drilling pattern for MINIPRESS top and MINIPRESS BT Drilling depth
374
For optimal trigger function for front height FH > 300 mm, use front stabilisation FA Front overlay FH Front height
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Box systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX 〉 Applications
Sink cabinet Planning Cabinet
Chipboard back LEGRABOX
Steel back LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX
A
A
X *
MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Distance between the bottom edge of the attachment bracket and the bottom edge of the drive unit Drilling position Measured from cabinet front edge
Box systems
Internal cabinet width LW (mm) ≥ 387 A (mm) N|M|K|C|F 45 Chipboard back LEGRABOX Steel back M|K|C|F 45 N 28 Chipboard back MERIVOBOX M|K|E 45 Steel back M|K|E 45 N 28 Chipboard back M|K|B|C|D 35 TANDEMBOX N 28 Steel back M|K|B|C|D 35 Distance between the bottom edge of the attachment bracket and the bottom edge of the drive unit A – Not possible
Cabinet bottom – attachment bracket 1 tier
Back
Back
X *
Distance between the bottom edge of the attachment bracket and the bottom edge of the drive unit Drilling position Measured from cabinet front edge
Box systems LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Chipboard back MERIVOBOX – cabinet profile with over extension LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Steel back MERIVOBOX – cabinet profile with over extension LW Internal cabinet width NL Nominal length X Drilling position Y Min. space requirement Z Dimension of engagement
Space requirement and safety distance – power supply unit housing
Back height
X (mm)
Y (mm)
Z (mm)
NL + 19
NL + 35
LW / 2
NL – 31
NL + 3
LW / 2
NL + 2
NL + 18
LW / 2
NL – 48
NL + 3
LW / 2
Attention Maintain a 30 mm safety distance from the bottom edge (base fixing) and/or front edge (panel fixing) and side edges of the power supply unit housing to the neighbouring elements Air must be able to circulate, otherwise the SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit could overheat
Base fixing
Panel fixing
Reference pages Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Overview – LEGRABOX Overview – MERIVOBOX Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro Overview – TANDEMBOX plus Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Order information Accessories 191 Overview – assembly devices 257 Machine directive 303 More technical details 349 359
372 Assembly, removal and adjustment 388 591 701 Short URL 698 www.blum.com/a380 375
Box systems
Cabinet bottom – attachment bracket 1 tier
Box systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX 〉 Applications
Cabinet with pull-out element – bracket profile horizontal
Box systems
▬ Electrical opening support system in conjunction with BLUMOTION – for soft and effortless closing action ▬ With horizontal bracket profile ▬ No fixed connection to the drive system ▬ Pull-outs can be used unchanged ▬ Quick assembly of pre-mounted parts
Order information 1 Blum distance bumper Diameter (mm) 5 8
Part no. 993.0530 993.0830.01
Up to front height FH 300 mm use 2 pcs. Front height FH 300 mm and higher use 4 pcs. For LEGRABOX 70 kg cabinet profile, use 4 pcs. For MERIVOBOX 70 kg cabinet profile, use 4 pcs. For TANDEMBOX 65 kg cabinet profile, use 4 pcs.
6
Bracket profile horizontal Length (mm) Material 1143 Aluminium
Part no. Z10T1143B
Horizontal bracket profile attachment Colour Material R7037 Nylon
Part no. Z10D5210
For cabinet width KB 275–1200 mm Cutting Internal cabinet width LW – 19 mm
7
Composed of: 7a 1 x Bracket profile attachment left/right 7b 1 x Bracket profile adapter for drive unit Chipboard screws and system screws can be used
9
Drive unit Colour R7037
Includes pre-assembled lever extension
10
Lever cap Box systems LEGRABOX
Material Nylon
Back Steel back
Part no. Z10A3000.03
Colour S
Part no. Z10A3006
Colour R7037
Part no. Z10A3H00
Required for height M and internal cabinet widths LW of 267–286 mm
10
Trigger guidance Box systems Back TANDEMBOX Chipboard back
Required for internal cabinet widths LW of 242–316 mm
11
SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable and cable end protector Colour Length (m) Part no. S 8 Z10K800AE
Composed of: 11a 1 x SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable 11b 5 x Cable end protector For cutting to size Can be used as a distribution, bracket profile and communications cable
12
Connecting node and cable end protector Colour Material S Nylon
Composed of: 12a 1 x Connecting node 11b 2 x Cable end protector
13
Part no. Z10NE030F Z10NE030G Z10NE030H Z10NE030J
Incl. operating and installation instructions Without flex Language package – operating and installation instructions A DE | EN | FR | IT | NL F BG | ET | LT | LV | RO | RU B DA | EN | FI | NO | SV G EN | ES | FR C EL | EN | HR | SL | SR | TR H EN | ZH D EN | ES | FR | IT | PT J JA E CS | HU | PL | SK Language descriptions as per ISO-639
14
Part no. Z10V100E.01
24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit Language package Part no. Language package A Z10NE030A F B Z10NE030B G C Z10NE030C H D Z10NE030D J E Z10NE030E
Flex Market AR UK CH DK Europe Europe IN IL
Length 2 m, incl. plug ¹ Without plug
376
Cabling
¹
Part no. Market Z10M200A JP Z10M200B AU Z10M200C CL Z10M200D CN Z10M200E BR Z10M200E.OS TW Z10M200H US | CA Z10M200I ZA
Part no. Z10M200J Z10M200K Z10M200L Z10M200N Z10M200S.01 Z10M200T Z10M200U Z10M200Z
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Box systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX 〉 Applications
Cabinet with pull-out element – bracket profile horizontal
Part no. Z10NG000
Incl. cover For 24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit
Alternative to 15a 15b Power supply unit housing Panel fixing Colour Material WGR Nylon
Accessories – Cable holder Colour W –
Front/base stabiliser Colour R7037
Material Nylon
Part no. Z96.10E1
–
COMBOX set Colour S
Material Nylon
Part no. Z10ZC00A
RAL 7037 dust grey Black
Colour W WGR
For preventing front collisions when using SERVO-DRIVE in corner situations Suitable starting with drive unit Z10A3000.02 Includes all assembly and cabling components Colour R7037 S
Reference pages Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Overview – LEGRABOX Overview – MERIVOBOX Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro Overview – TANDEMBOX plus Planning Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Part no. Z10K0009
E.g. for fixing the SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable
Part no. Z10NG120
For 24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit
Material Nylon
Accessories Overview – assembly devices 191 Machine directive 257 More technical details 303 349 378 359
Box systems
Order information 15a Power supply unit housing Base fixing Colour Material R7037 Nylon
White White grey
388 Assembly, removal and adjustment 591 701 698 Short URL www.blum.com/a380
377
Box systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX 〉 Applications
Cabinet with pull-out element – bracket profile horizontal Planning Cabinet
Box systems
Position – drive unit
Z
Position – drive unit
Box systems
Back
Back height Z (mm)
Chipboard back
LEGRABOX
Steel back
MERIVOBOX
TANDEMBOX Box systems
Chipboard back Steel back Chipboard back Steel back Back
N M|K|C|F N M|K|C|F N M|K|E N M|K|E N M|K|B|C|D N M|K|B|C|D Back height
– – – – – – – – – 182 – – Z (mm)
Chipboard back
LEGRABOX
Steel back
MERIVOBOX
TANDEMBOX LW Z ●
Chipboard back Steel back Chipboard back Steel back
Internal cabinet width Dimension of engagement Required
N M|K|C|F N M|K|C|F N M|K|E N M|K|E N M|K|B|C|D N M|K|B|C|D
Lever extension
1/2
1/2
Front assembly – position of Blum distance bumper
378
193 182 – 182 177 177 – 177 193 182 193 182
242–266 Lever extension – – – – – – – – – ✖ – –
Dimension of engagement
Internal cabinet width LW (mm) 267–286 Lever Trigger Lever cap extension guidance – – – – 182 ● – ○ – – – – 182 ● – ○ 177 ✖ – – 177 ✖ – – – – – – 177 ● – – – – – – 182 ✖ ● ○ 193 ✖ ○ ○ 182 ✖ ○ ○
Trigger guidance – – – – – – – – – ● – –
Z (mm)
317–386 Lever extension ● ● – ● ● ● – ● ● ● ● ● ○ – ✖
Internal cabinet width LW (mm)
Z (mm) 193 182 – 182 177 177 – 177 193 182 193 182
287–316 Lever extension ✖ ● – ● ● ● – ● ✖ ● ● ●
Trigger guidance – – – – – – – – ○ ● ○ ○
Trigger guidance
Z (mm)
≥ 387 Lever extension
Trigger guidance
– – – – – – – – ○ ○ ○ ○
LW / 2 LW / 2 – LW / 2 LW / 2 LW / 2 – LW / 2 LW / 2 LW / 2 LW / 2 LW / 2
● ● – ● ● ● – ● ● ● ● ●
– – – – – – – – ○ ○ ○ ○
Not required Not possible Remove
Lever cap
Trigger guidance
The Blum distance bumper creates and maintains the required trigger path of 2 mm When using a 70 kg LEGRABOX, 70 kg MERIVOBOX or 65 kg TANDEMBOX runner, attach four Blum distance bumpers For optimal trigger function for front height FH > 300 mm, use front stabilisation FA Front overlay FH Front height
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Box systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX 〉 Applications
Cabinet with pull-out element – bracket profile horizontal Planning Drilling distances
TANDEMBOX * 55 mm for back height N ** 24 mm for back height N
Box systems
30** 64
min 54*
LEGRABOX
MERIVOBOX Back X (mm) Chipboard back NL – 9 Steel back NL – 26 NL Nominal length X Drilling position Y Min. space requirement
* **
Y (mm) NL + 37 NL + 20
32 mm for back height N 45 mm for back height N
Space requirement and safety distance – power supply unit housing
Attention Maintain a 30 mm safety distance from the bottom edge (base fixing) and/or front edge (panel fixing) and side edges of the power supply unit housing to the neighbouring elements Air must be able to circulate, otherwise the SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit could overheat
Base fixing
Panel fixing
Reference pages Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Overview – LEGRABOX Overview – MERIVOBOX Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro Overview – TANDEMBOX plus Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Order information Accessories 191 Overview – assembly devices 257 Machine directive 303 More technical details 349 359
376 Assembly, removal and adjustment 388 591 701 Short URL 698 www.blum.com/a380 379
Box systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX 〉 Applications
Cabinet with pull-out element – upper attachment bracket
Box systems
▬ Electrical opening support system in conjunction with BLUMOTION – for soft and effortless closing action ▬ With upper attachment bracket ▬ No fixed connection to the drive system ▬ Pull-outs can be used unchanged ▬ Quick assembly of pre-mounted parts
Order information 1 Blum distance bumper Diameter (mm) 5 8
Part no. 993.0530 993.0830.01
Up to front height FH 300 mm use 2 pcs. Front height FH 300 mm and higher use 4 pcs. For LEGRABOX 70 kg cabinet profile, use 4 pcs. For MERIVOBOX 70 kg cabinet profile, use 4 pcs. For TANDEMBOX 65 kg cabinet profile, use 4 pcs.
8
Upper attachment bracket Colour Material R7037 Steel
Part no. Z10D6252
Incl. pre-mounted adapter for the drive unit
9
Drive unit Colour R7037
Includes pre-assembled lever extension
10
Lever cap Box systems LEGRABOX
Material Nylon
Back Steel back
Part no. Z10A3000.03
Colour S
Part no. Z10A3006
Colour R7037
Part no. Z10A3H00
Required for height M and internal cabinet widths LW of 267–286 mm
10
Trigger guidance Box systems Back TANDEMBOX Chipboard back
Required for internal cabinet widths LW of 242–316 mm
11
SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable and cable end protector Colour Length (m) Part no. S 8 Z10K800AE
Composed of: 11a 1 x SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable 11b 5 x Cable end protector For cutting to size Can be used as a distribution, bracket profile and communications cable
12
Connecting node and cable end protector Colour Material S Nylon
Composed of: 12a 1 x Connecting node 11b 2 x Cable end protector
13
24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit Language package Part no. Language package A Z10NE030A F B Z10NE030B G C Z10NE030C H D Z10NE030D J E Z10NE030E
Incl. operating and installation instructions Without flex Language package – operating and installation instructions A DE | EN | FR | IT | NL F BG | ET | LT | LV | RO | RU B DA | EN | FI | NO | SV G EN | ES | FR C EL | EN | HR | SL | SR | TR H EN | ZH D EN | ES | FR | IT | PT J JA E CS | HU | PL | SK Language descriptions as per ISO-639
380
Cabling
Part no. Z10V100E.01
Part no. Z10NE030F Z10NE030G Z10NE030H Z10NE030J
14
Flex Market AR UK CH DK Europe Europe IN IL
Length 2 m, incl. plug ¹ Without plug
¹
Part no. Market Z10M200A JP Z10M200B AU Z10M200C CL Z10M200D CN Z10M200E BR Z10M200E.OS TW Z10M200H US | CA Z10M200I ZA
Part no. Z10M200J Z10M200K Z10M200L Z10M200N Z10M200S.01 Z10M200T Z10M200U Z10M200Z
15a Power supply unit housing Base fixing Colour Material R7037 Nylon
Part no. Z10NG000
Alternative to 15a 15b Power supply unit housing Panel fixing Colour Material WGR Nylon
Part no. Z10NG120
Incl. cover For 24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit
For 24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Box systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX 〉 Applications
Order information Accessories – Cable holder Colour W
Material Nylon
Part no. Z10K0009
E.g. for fixing the SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable
–
Front/base stabiliser Colour R7037
Material Nylon
Part no. Z96.10E1
–
COMBOX set Colour S
Material Nylon
Part no. Z10ZC00A
For preventing front collisions when using SERVO-DRIVE in corner situations Suitable starting with drive unit Z10A3000.02 Includes all assembly and cabling components Colour R7037 S W
RAL 7037 dust grey Black White
Colour WGR ZN
Reference pages Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Overview – LEGRABOX Overview – MERIVOBOX Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro Overview – TANDEMBOX plus Planning Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Box systems
Cabinet with pull-out element – upper attachment bracket
White grey Zinc plated
Accessories Overview – assembly devices 191 Machine directive 257 More technical details 303 349 382 359
388 Assembly, removal and adjustment 591 701 698 Short URL www.blum.com/a380
381
Box systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX 〉 Applications
Cabinet with pull-out element – upper attachment bracket Planning Cabinet
Box systems
Position – drive unit
A Distance between the bottom edge of the cabinet profile and the bottom edge of the drive unit E Distance between the bottom edge of the cabinet top panel and the fixing position of the cabinet profile X Drilling position The cross bar must be connected to the work plate to make it secure
Position – drive unit
Box systems
Back
Back height
Internal cabinet width LW (mm) 242–266 267–286 287–316 A (mm) E min. E max. A (mm) E min. E max. A (mm) E min. (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) N – – – – – – 45 84 Chipboard back M|K|C|F – – – 45 84 174 45 84 LEGRABOX N – – – – – – – – Steel back M|K|C|F – – – 45 84 174 45 84 N – – – 28 50 139 28 50 Chipboard back M|K|E – – – 45 67 157 45 67 MERIVOBOX N – – – – – – – – Steel back M|K|E – – – 45 67 157 45 67 N 35 79 180 35 79 180 35 79 Chipboard back M|K|B|C|D 35 79 180 35 79 180 35 79 TANDEMBOX N – – – – – – 28 79 Steel back M|K|B|C|D – – – 35 79 180 35 79 Distance between the bottom edge of the cabinet profile and the bottom edge of the drive unit – Not possible A E Distance between the bottom edge of the cabinet top panel and the fixing position of the cabinet profile
E max. (mm) 174 174 – 174 139 157 – 157 180 180 180 180
A (mm) 45 45 – 45 28 45 – 45 28 35 28 35
≥ 317 E min. (mm) 84 84 – 84 50 67 – 67 79 79 79 79
E max. (mm) 174 174 – 174 139 157 – 157 180 180 180 180
1/2
1/2
Front assembly – position of Blum distance bumper
The Blum distance bumper creates and maintains the required trigger path of 2 mm When using a 70 kg LEGRABOX, 70 kg MERIVOBOX or 65 kg TANDEMBOX runner, attach four Blum distance bumpers For optimal trigger function for front height FH > 300 mm, use front stabilisation FA Front overlay FH Front height
382
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Box systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX 〉 Applications
Cabinet with pull-out element – upper attachment bracket
Box systems
Back
Back X (mm) Chipboard back NL – 1 Steel back NL – 18 NL Nominal length X Drilling position Y Min. space requirement Z Dimension of engagement
Back height Z (mm)
LEGRABOX
MERIVOBOX
TANDEMBOX Box systems
Chipboard back Steel back Chipboard back Steel back Chipboard back Steel back Back
N M|K|C|F N M|K|C|F N M|K|E N M|K|E N M|K|B|C|D N M|K|B|C|D
– – – – – – – – 179 179 – –
Back height
242–266 Lever extension – – – – – – – – ✖ ✖ – –
Z (mm)
LEGRABOX
MERIVOBOX
TANDEMBOX LW Z ●
Chipboard back Steel back Chipboard back Steel back Chipboard back Steel back
Internal cabinet width Dimension of engagement Required
N M|K|C|F N M|K|C|F N M|K|E N M|K|E N M|K|B|C|D N M|K|B|C|D
184 184 – 184 174 174 – 174 179 179 190 179
Lever extension
317–386 Lever extension
Lever cap
Space requirement and safety distance – power supply unit housing
Internal cabinet width LW (mm) 267–286 Z (mm) Lever Trigger Lever cap extension guidance 184 ● – – 184 ● – – – – – – 184 ✖ – ● 174 ✖ – – 174 ✖ – – – – – – 174 ● – – 179 ● ● – 179 ● ● – – – – – 179 ✖ – –
Trigger guidance – – – – – – – – ● ● – –
● ● – ● ● ● – ● ● ● ● ● ○ – ✖
Y (mm) NL + 34 NL + 17
Internal cabinet width LW (mm)
Box systems
Planning Drilling distances
Z (mm) 184 184 – 184 174 174 – 174 179 179 190 179
287–316 Lever extension ● ● – ● ● ● – ● ● ● ✖ ●
Trigger guidance – – – – – – – – ● ● – –
Trigger guidance
Z (mm)
≥ 387 Lever extension
Trigger guidance
– – – – – – – – ○ ○ – –
LW / 2 LW / 2 – LW / 2 LW / 2 LW / 2 – LW / 2 LW / 2 LW / 2 LW / 2 LW / 2
● ● – ● ● ● – ● ● ● ● ●
– – – – – – – – ○ ○ – –
Not required Not possible Remove
Trigger guidance Attention Maintain a 30 mm safety distance from the bottom edge (base fixing) and/or front edge (panel fixing) and side edges of the power supply unit housing to the neighbouring elements Air must be able to circulate, otherwise the SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit could overheat
Base fixing
Panel fixing
Reference pages Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Overview – LEGRABOX Overview – MERIVOBOX Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro Overview – TANDEMBOX plus Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Order information Accessories 191 Overview – assembly devices 257 Machine directive 303 More technical details 349 359
380 Assembly, removal and adjustment 388 591 701 Short URL 698 www.blum.com/a380 383
Box systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX 〉 Applications
SERVO-DRIVE uno for bottom mount waste bin solutions
Box systems
▬ Electrical opening support system in conjunction with BLUMOTION – for soft and effortless closing action ▬ Suitable for individual applications ▬ For bottom mount waste bin solutions ▬ Also ideal for retrofitting ▬ No fixed connection to the drive system ▬ Pull-outs can be used unchanged ▬ Simple and quick assembly of pre-mounted parts
Order information 18 SERVO-DRIVE uno set LanNetwork guage adapter package
E E E E E E
Network adapter E
B
A B C D E F
K
Network
Lan-
Part no. adapter guage Z10NA30EA B Z10NA30EB K Z10NA30EC U Z10NA30ED U Z10NA30EE H Z10NA30EF U
package
A D G J D
SERVO-DRIVE uno set
Web code DQE61A
Part no. Z10NA30BA Z10NA30KD Z10NA30UG Z10NA30UJ Z10NA30HD ¹
H
Language package – operating and installation instructions A DE | EN | FR | IT | NL E CS | HU | PL | SK B DA | EN | FI | NO | SV F BG | ET | LT | LV | RO | RU C EL | EN | HR | SL | SR | TR G EN | ES | FR D EN | ES | FR | IT | PT J JA Other combinations available upon request Set pre-mounted ¹ See the Information chapter for a detailed market list Composed of: 1 2 x Blum distance bumper 4 1 x Attachment bracket 1 tier 9 1 x Drive unit 18a 1 x Transport protection 18b 1 x Drip protection feature 18c 1 x 12 W SERVO-DRIVE plug-in power supply unit 18d 1 x Assembly – 7 x Screws for Blum distance bumper and attachment bracket – 1 x Installation instructions – 1 x Operating instructions
384
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Box systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX 〉 Applications
Web code DQE61A
SERVO-DRIVE uno for bottom mount waste bin solutions Position – drive unit
Drilling distances – base
Box systems
Back
Box systems
Planning Cabinet
Internal cabinet width LW (mm) ≥ 387 A min. (mm) A max. (mm) LEGRABOX 45 47 MERIVOBOX 28 45 TANDEMBOX 28 43 A Distance between the bottom edge of the attachment bracket and the bottom edge of the drive unit
Box systems
Internal cabinet width LW (mm) ≥ 387 X (mm) Y (mm) Z (mm)
LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | NL – 45 NL + 35 TANDEMBOX Chipboard back MERIVOBOX – cabinet profile with NL – 95 NL + 3 over extension LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | NL – 62 NL + 18 TANDEMBOX Steel back MERIVOBOX – NL – cabinet profile with NL + 3 112 over extension NL Nominal length X Drilling position Y Min. space requirement Z Dimension of engagement
LW / 2 LW / 2 LW / 2 LW / 2
Position – Blum distance bumper
The Blum distance bumper creates and maintains the required trigger path of 2 mm
Reference pages Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Overview – LEGRABOX Overview – MERIVOBOX Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro Overview – TANDEMBOX plus Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
SERVO-DRIVE uno – market list Overview – assembly devices 191 Machine directive 257 More technical details 303 349 359
718 Assembly, removal and adjustment 591 701 698 Short URL www.blum.com/a380 385
Box systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX 〉 Applications
SERVO-DRIVE uno for top mount waste bin solutions – TANDEMBOX
Box systems
▬ Electrical opening support system in conjunction with BLUMOTION – for soft and effortless closing action ▬ Suitable for individual applications ▬ For top mount waste bin solutions ▬ Also ideal for retrofitting ▬ No fixed connection to the drive system ▬ Pull-outs can be used unchanged ▬ Simple and quick assembly of pre-mounted parts
SERVO-DRIVE uno set
Web code DQE6QM
Order information 18 SERVO-DRIVE uno set Cabinet width KB (mm)
450 500 550
Network adapter (x) E
B
K
Cabinet width KB
Part no. (mm)
Part no.
☎ Z10T393Wxy1 600 ☎ Z10T443Wxy1 800 ☎ Z10T493Wxy1 900
☎ Z10T543Wxy1 ☎ Z10T743Wxy1 ☎ Z10T843Wxy1
U
R
¹
N
Language package (y) – operating and installation instructions A DE | EN | FR | IT | NL E CS | HU | PL | SK B DA | EN | FI | NO | SV F BG | ET | LT | LV | RO | RU C EL | EN | HR | SL | SR | TR G EN | ES | FR D EN | ES | FR | IT | PT H EN | ZH Set pre-mounted ¹ See the Information chapter for a detailed market list Composed of: 1 2 x Blum distance bumper 6 1 x Bracket profile horizontal 7b 1 x Bracket profile adapter for drive unit 9 1 x Drive unit 18b 1 x Drip protection feature 18c 1 x 12 W SERVO-DRIVE plug-in power supply unit 18e 1 x Bracket profile attachment left/right – 1 x Installation instructions – 1 x Operating instructions
19 Cabinet width KB (mm) 450 500 550 600 800 900
Special back set Colour R9006 Nominal length NL (mm) 500 Cabinet side panel thickness SWD (mm) 15/16 18/19 Z30M389S0W Z30M383S0W Z30M439S0W Z30M433S0W Z30M489S0W Z30M483S0W Z30M539S0W Z30M533S0W Z30M733S0W Z30M839S0W Z30M833S0W
Composed of: 19a 1 x Steel back height M 19b 1 x Steel back for waste bin pull-out 19c 1 x Attachment left/right 19d 1 x Longside gallery rail left/right Colour R9006 RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium)
386
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Box systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX 〉 Applications
Web code DQE6QM
SERVO-DRIVE uno for top mount waste bin solutions – TANDEMBOX Position – bracket profile attachment
Position – Blum distance bumper
Box systems
The Blum distance bumper creates and maintains the required trigger path of 2 mm When using a 65 kg TANDEMBOX runner, attach four Blum distance bumpers
Box systems
Planning Cabinet
Cabinet width KB (mm) 450–900 X (mm) Y (mm) NL – 96 NL + 3
TANDEMBOX NL Nominal length X Drilling position Y Min. space requirement
Reference pages Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Overview – MERIVOBOX Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro Overview – TANDEMBOX plus SERVO-DRIVE uno – market list Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Overview – assembly devices Machine directive 257 More technical details 303 349 718 359
591 Assembly, removal and adjustment 701 698 Short URL www.blum.com/a380 387
Box systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX 〉 Accessories
Cable holder ▬ Colour: white ▬ Material: nylon
Order information Description Cable holder
Part no. Z10K0009
▬ Connects two drive units that need to activate simultaneously
Order information Length (mm) 80 500 1200 1600
Part no. Z10K008S Z10K050S Z10K120S Z10K160S
▬ COMBOX set ▬ For preventing front collisions when using SERVO-DRIVE in corner situations ▬ Includes all assembly and cabling components
Order information Description COMBOX set
Part no. Z10ZC00A
Box systems
Synchronisation cable
COMBOX set
388
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Box systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX 〉 Accessories
Front/base stabiliser ▬ For stabilising high fronts ▬ For supporting wide drawer bases
Z96.10E1
Drilling distances – front
LEGRABOX
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Part no.
Box systems
Planning Space requirement in cabinet
Order information Fixing method Colour EXPANDO RAL 7037 dust grey
MERIVOBOX
TANDEMBOX antaro
389
Box systems 〉 METABOX
Simple. Excellent. Proven. A high-quality system with few component parts METABOX drawers are made up of only a few components. Using the proven Box system, you can realise so many different applications. Stable materials and careful assembly ensure the best stability values – up to a max. dynamic load bearing of 25 kg.
Box systems
BLUMOTION – soft and effortless closing action for METABOX Extremely practical and economical: In all standard applications one unit is all you need. The tried and tested BLUMOTION function is also available as an option for the METABOX single extension. Independent of the force used and the weight of the storage items.
Height of drawer side N = 54 mm
Height of drawer side M = 86 mm
METABOX BLUMOTION ensures soft and effortless closing action
Height of drawer side K = 118 mm
Height of drawer side H = 150 mm
For simple product selection and ordering of the available range, use our Product Configurator
Short URL www.blum.com/configurator 390
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Box systems 〉 METABOX 〉 Overview
Box systems
Symbolic image
Overview
Overview – box systems LEGRABOX MERIVOBOX TANDEMBOX antaro TANDEMBOX plus
189 190 256 302 348
Overview – applications
392
Accessories
BLUMOTION for METABOX 320 Child safety latch Anti-tilt device Spacers Contoured profile Lock-out stop Symbolic image Cabinet profile fixing positions Cabinet profile 320 – 25 kg
409 406 406 407 407 407
POSISTOP METAFILE – file drawer Screws Screwdriver ORGA-LINE – gallery ORGA-LINE – BOXSIDE
407 408 409 410 411 412
413
Symbolic image
Assembly, removal and adjustment Assembly, removal and adjustment
Symbolic image
Short URL www.blum.com/a390
Pictograph Item available on request
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
391
Box systems
Symbolic image
Box systems 〉 METABOX 〉 Overview – applications
kg
Applications
Box systems
Single extension Drawer
Height (mm)
Drawer – N
25
78
Drawer – M
25
110
Drawer – K
25
142
Drawer – H
25
174
High fronted pull-out High fronted pull-out – gallery – B
High fronted pull-out – gallery – D
kg
392
Space requirement
BOXSIDE possible
Dynamic carrying capacity
25
175
25
239
Web code
Page
kg
Applications
Space requirement
Height (mm)
Inner drawer
DQCKBY
394
DQCL1A
396
DQCLQM
398
DQCMFY
400
DQCPYM
402
DQCQNY
404
Inner drawer – N
25
81
Inner drawer – M
25
113
Inner drawer – K
25
145
Inner drawer – H
25
177
Web code
Page
DQCN5A
394
DQCNUM
396
DQCOJY
398
DQCP9A
400
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Box systems
Box systems 〉 METABOX
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
393
Box systems 〉 METABOX 〉 Single extension
Drawer | inner drawer – N
Box systems
▬ Single extension ▬ High impact nylon rollers ▬ Dyn. load bearing 25 kg ▬ BLUMATIC self closing feature ▬ 2-dimensional front adjustment ▬ Can be combined with BLUMOTION for METABOX 320
Web Drawer code Inner drawer Space requirement
NL *
Order information Drawer
DQCKBY DQCN5A
Nominal length Inner drawer
Inner drawer
1
Cabinet profiles and drawer sides left/right Drawer side height (mm) 54 Colour R9001 Nominal length Version NL (mm) Screw-on version Quick assembly version 270 320N2700C 320N2700C15 350 320N3500C 320N3500C15 400 320N4000C 320N4000C15 450 320N4500C 320N4500C15 500 320N5000C 320N5000C15 550 320N5500C 320N5500C15 Other colours available upon request (white or grey)
2c
Standard front fixing bracket Fixing method Knock-in Screw-on
Part no. ZSF.1610 ZSF.1510
Front fixing for inner drawers Colour Material R9001 Nylon
Part no. ZIF.3010
Accessories 6 BLUMOTION for METABOX 320 Colour Material WGR/R9001 Nylon
Part no. Z70.0320
Order left/right
3
Order left/right
Other colours available for latch upon request (white or grey) Colour R9001
394
RAL 9001 cream
Colour WGR
White grey
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Box systems 〉 METABOX 〉 Single extension
Web code
Drawer | inner drawer – N Installation dimensions – front – screw-on
Drilling distances – front – EXPANDO | knock-in
Drawer Inner drawer FA Front overlay * +2 mm with BLUMOTION * +3 mm for inner drawer with BLUMOTION
Drawer * +2 mm with BLUMOTION * +3 mm for inner drawer with BLUMOTION
DQCKBY DQCN5A
Installation dimensions – back
Box systems
Planning Space requirement in cabinet
Drawer Inner drawer
* *
+2 mm with BLUMOTION +3 mm for inner drawer with BLUMOTION
Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Nominal length NL (mm)
Cutting – 16 mm chipboard
Chipboard back 39 mm
270 350
LW – 31 mm Base
400
Drawer
450
Inner drawer
500
NL – 2 mm NL – 18 mm
KB LW NL
Cabinet width Internal cabinet width Nominal length
LW – 31 mm Front
550
Inner drawer LW – 64 mm
61 mm
Base assembly for quick assembly version Drawer Inner drawer
X (mm) 69 53
Drawer Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm Inner drawer Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 5 mm
Reference pages Overview – METABOX Accessories BLUMOTION for METABOX 320 Cabinet profile fixing positions Overview – assembly devices More technical details
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
391 Assembly, removal and adjustment 406 409 413 Short URL 591 www.blum.com/a390 698
395
Box systems 〉 METABOX 〉 Single extension
Drawer | inner drawer – M
Box systems
▬ Single extension ▬ High impact nylon rollers ▬ Dyn. load bearing 25 kg ▬ BLUMATIC self closing feature ▬ 2-dimensional front adjustment ▬ Can be combined with BLUMOTION for METABOX 320
Web Drawer code Inner drawer Space requirement
NL *
Order information Drawer
DQCL1A DQCNUM
Nominal length Inner drawer
Inner drawer
1
Cabinet profiles and drawer sides left/right Drawer side height (mm) 86 Colour R9001 Nominal length Version NL (mm) Screw-on version Quick assembly version 270 320M2700C 320M2700C15 350 320M3500C 320M3500C15 400 320M4000C 320M4000C15 450 320M4500C 320M4500C15 500 320M5000C 320M5000C15 550 320M5500C 320M5500C15 Other colours available upon request (white or grey)
2a
CLIP front fixing bracket Fixing method EXPANDO Knock-in Screw-on
Part no. ZSF.130E ZSF.1300 ZSF.1200
Order left/right
2b
Cover caps for 2a Colour R9001
Material Nylon
Part no. ZAA.3700
Order left/right Cover caps, plain, starting at 1000 pcs individually printed
Other colours available for latch upon request (white or grey)
Alternative to 2a 2c Standard front fixing bracket Fixing method Knock-in Screw-on
Colour R9001
Cover caps for 2c Colour R9001
Material Nylon
RAL 9001 cream
Colour WGR
Part no. Z70.0320
White grey
Part no. ZSF.1800 ZSF.1700
Order left/right
2d
Accessories 6 BLUMOTION for METABOX 320 Colour Material WGR/R9001 Nylon
2x
Part no. ZAA.3500
Cover caps, plain or printed with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed
3
Front fixing for inner drawers Colour Material R9001 Nylon
Order left/right
396
Part no. ZIF.3000
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Box systems 〉 METABOX 〉 Single extension
Web code
Drawer | inner drawer – M Installation dimensions – front – screw-on
Drilling distances – front – EXPANDO | knock-in
Drawer Inner drawer FA Front overlay * +2 mm with BLUMOTION * +3 mm for inner drawer with BLUMOTION
Drawer * +2 mm with BLUMOTION * +3 mm for inner drawer with BLUMOTION
DQCL1A DQCNUM
Installation dimensions – back
Box systems
Planning Space requirement in cabinet
Drawer Inner drawer
* *
+2 mm with BLUMOTION +3 mm for inner drawer with BLUMOTION
Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Nominal length NL (mm)
Cutting – 16 mm chipboard
Chipboard back 71 mm
270 350
LW – 31 mm Base
400
Drawer
450
Inner drawer
500
NL – 2 mm NL – 18 mm
KB LW NL
Cabinet width Internal cabinet width Nominal length
LW – 31 mm Front
550
Inner drawer LW – 64 mm
61 mm
Base assembly for quick assembly version Drawer Inner drawer
X (mm) 69 53
Drawer Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm Inner drawer Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 5 mm
Reference pages Overview – METABOX Accessories BLUMOTION for METABOX 320 Cabinet profile fixing positions Overview – assembly devices More technical details
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
391 Assembly, removal and adjustment 406 409 413 Short URL 591 www.blum.com/a390 698
397
Box systems 〉 METABOX 〉 Single extension
Drawer | inner drawer – K
Box systems
▬ Single extension ▬ High impact nylon rollers ▬ Dyn. load bearing 25 kg ▬ BLUMATIC self closing feature ▬ 2-dimensional front adjustment ▬ Can be combined with BLUMOTION for METABOX 320
Web Drawer code Inner drawer Space requirement
NL *
Order information Drawer
DQCLQM DQCOJY
Nominal length Inner drawer
Inner drawer
1
Cabinet profiles and drawer sides left/right Drawer side height (mm) 118 Colour R9001 Nominal length Version NL (mm) Screw-on version Quick assembly version 350 320K3500C 320K3500C15 400 320K4000C 320K4000C15 450 320K4500C 320K4500C15 500 320K5000C 320K5000C15 550 320K5500C 320K5500C15 Other colours available upon request (white or grey)
2a
CLIP front fixing bracket Fixing method EXPANDO Knock-in Screw-on
Part no. ZSF.130E ZSF.1300 ZSF.1200
Order left/right
2b
Cover caps for 2a Colour R9001
Material Nylon
Part no. ZAA.3700
Order left/right Cover caps, plain, starting at 1000 pcs individually printed
Other colours available for latch upon request (white or grey)
Alternative to 2a 2c Standard front fixing bracket Fixing method Knock-in Screw-on
Part no. ZSF.1800 ZSF.1700
Order left/right
2d
Cover caps for 2c Colour R9001
Material Nylon
Accessories 6 BLUMOTION for METABOX 320 Colour Material WGR/R9001 Nylon
2x
Colour R9001
RAL 9001 cream
Colour WGR
Part no. Z70.0320
White grey
Part no. ZAA.3500
Cover caps, plain or printed with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed
3
Front fixing for inner drawers Colour Material R9001 Nylon
Order left/right
398
Part no. ZIF.3030
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Box systems 〉 METABOX 〉 Single extension
Web code
Drawer | inner drawer – K Planning Space requirement in cabinet
Installation dimensions – front – screw-on
Drawer Inner drawer
Drilling distances – front – EXPANDO | knock-in
DQCLQM DQCOJY
Installation dimensions – back
18.5
Box systems
32
32
9
* *
+2 mm with BLUMOTION +3 mm for inner drawer with BLUMOTION
Drawer Inner drawer FA Front overlay * +2 mm with BLUMOTION * +3 mm for inner drawer with BLUMOTION
Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Nominal length NL (mm)
Drawer * +2 mm with BLUMOTION * +3 mm for inner drawer with BLUMOTION
Cutting – 16 mm chipboard
Chipboard back 103 mm
350 400
LW – 31 mm Base
450
Drawer
500
Inner drawer
550
NL – 2 mm NL – 18 mm
KB LW NL
Cabinet width Internal cabinet width Nominal length
LW – 31 mm Front Inner drawer LW – 64 mm
93 mm
Base assembly for quick assembly version Drawer Inner drawer
X (mm) 69 53
Drawer Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm Inner drawer Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 5 mm
Reference pages Overview – METABOX Accessories BLUMOTION for METABOX 320 Cabinet profile fixing positions Overview – assembly devices More technical details
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
391 Assembly, removal and adjustment 406 409 413 Short URL 591 www.blum.com/a390 698
399
Box systems 〉 METABOX 〉 Single extension
Drawer | inner drawer – H
Box systems
▬ Single extension ▬ High impact nylon rollers ▬ Dyn. load bearing 25 kg ▬ BLUMATIC self closing feature ▬ 2-dimensional front adjustment ▬ Can be combined with BLUMOTION for METABOX 320
Web Drawer code Inner drawer Space requirement
NL *
Order information Drawer
DQCMFY DQCP9A
Nominal length Inner drawer
Inner drawer
1
Cabinet profiles and drawer sides left/right Drawer side height (mm) 150 Colour R9001 Nominal length Version NL (mm) Screw-on version Quick assembly version 350 320H3500C 320H3500C15 400 320H4000C 320H4000C15 450 320H4500C 320H4500C15 500 320H5000C 320H5000C15 550 320H5500C 320H5500C15 Other colours available upon request (white or grey)
2a
CLIP front fixing bracket Fixing method EXPANDO Knock-in Screw-on
Part no. ZSF.130E ZSF.1300 ZSF.1200
Order left/right
2b
Cover caps for 2a Colour R9001
Material Nylon
Part no. ZAA.3700
Order left/right Cover caps, plain, starting at 1000 pcs individually printed
Other colours available for latch upon request (white or grey)
Alternative to 2a 2c Standard front fixing bracket Fixing method Knock-in Screw-on
Part no. ZSF.1800 ZSF.1700
Order left/right
2d
Cover caps for 2c Colour R9001
Material Nylon
Accessories 6 BLUMOTION for METABOX 320 Colour Material WGR/R9001 Nylon
2x
Colour R9001
RAL 9001 cream
Colour WGR
Part no. Z70.0320
White grey
Part no. ZAA.3500
Cover caps, plain or printed with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed
3
Front fixing for inner drawers Colour Material R9001 Nylon
Order left/right
400
Part no. ZIF.3050
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Box systems 〉 METABOX 〉 Single extension
Web code
Drawer | inner drawer – H Installation dimensions – front – screw-on
Drilling distances – front – EXPANDO | knock-in
Drawer Inner drawer FA Front overlay * +2 mm with BLUMOTION * +3 mm for inner drawer with BLUMOTION
Drawer * +2 mm with BLUMOTION * +3 mm for inner drawer with BLUMOTION
DQCMFY DQCP9A
Installation dimensions – back
Box systems
min 150*
150
min 24
Planning Space requirement in cabinet
Drawer Inner drawer
15.5 * *
+2 mm with BLUMOTION +3 mm for inner drawer with BLUMOTION
Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Nominal length NL (mm)
Cutting – 16 mm chipboard
Chipboard back 135 mm
350 400
LW – 31 mm Base
450
Drawer
500
Inner drawer
550
NL – 2 mm NL – 18 mm
KB LW NL
Cabinet width Internal cabinet width Nominal length
LW – 31 mm Front Inner drawer LW – 64 mm
125 mm
Base assembly for quick assembly version Drawer Inner drawer
X (mm) 69 53
Drawer Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 3 mm Inner drawer Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 5 mm
Reference pages Overview – METABOX Accessories BLUMOTION for METABOX 320 Cabinet profile fixing positions Overview – assembly devices More technical details
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
391 Assembly, removal and adjustment 406 409 413 Short URL 591 www.blum.com/a390 698
401
Box systems 〉 METABOX 〉 Single extension
Web code DQCPYM
High fronted pull-out – gallery – B
Box systems
▬ With single gallery ▬ Single extension ▬ High impact nylon rollers ▬ Dyn. load bearing 25 kg ▬ BLUMATIC self closing feature ▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment ▬ Can be combined with BLUMOTION for METABOX 320
Space requirement
NL
Nominal length
Order information 1 Cabinet profiles and drawer sides left/right Drawer side height (mm) 86 Colour R9001 Nominal length Version NL (mm) Screw-on version Quick assembly version 350 320M3500C 320M3500C15 400 320M4000C 320M4000C15 450 320M4500C 320M4500C15 500 320M5000C 320M5000C15 550 320M5500C 320M5500C15 Other colours available upon request (white or grey)
2a
CLIP front fixing bracket Fixing method EXPANDO Knock-in Screw-on
Part no. ZSF.130E ZSF.1300 ZSF.1200
Order left/right
2b
Cover caps for 2a Colour R9001
Material Nylon
Part no. ZAA.3700
Order left/right Cover caps, plain, starting at 1000 pcs individually printed
Alternative to 2a 2c Standard front fixing bracket Fixing method Knock-in Screw-on
Part no. ZSF.1800 ZSF.1700
Order left/right
2d
Cover caps for 2c Colour R9001
Material Nylon
2x
Accessories 6 BLUMOTION for METABOX 320 Colour Material R9001 Nylon
Other colours available for latch upon request (white or grey) Colour R9001
RAL 9001 cream
Colour WGR
Part no. Z70.0320
White grey
Part no. ZAA.3500
Cover caps, plain or printed with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed
4
Longside gallery rail with chipboard back fixing left/right
Nominal length Colour NL (mm) R9001 350 ZRE.321S.ID 400 ZRE.371S.ID 450 ZRE.421S.ID 500 ZRE.471S.ID 550 ZRE.521S.ID
402
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Box systems 〉 METABOX 〉 Single extension
Web code DQCPYM
High fronted pull-out – gallery – B Installation dimensions – front – screw-on
Drilling distances – front – EXPANDO | knock-in
FA *
*
Installation dimensions – back
Box systems
Planning Space requirement in cabinet
*
+2 mm with BLUMOTION
Front overlay +2 mm with BLUMOTION
Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Nominal length NL (mm)
+2 mm with BLUMOTION
Cutting – 16 mm chipboard
Chipboard back 127 mm
350 400
LW – 31 mm Base NL – 2 mm
450
KB LW NL
500 550
Cabinet width Internal cabinet width Nominal length
LW – 31 mm
Base assembly for quick assembly version High fronted pull-out
X (mm) 69
High fronted pull-out Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 7 mm
Reference pages Overview – METABOX Accessories BLUMOTION for METABOX 320 Accessories – ORGA-LINE – gallery Cabinet profile fixing positions Overview – assembly devices More technical details
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
391 Assembly, removal and adjustment 406 409 411 Short URL 413 www.blum.com/a390 591 698
403
Box systems 〉 METABOX 〉 Single extension
Web code DQCQNY
High fronted pull-out – gallery – D Space requirement
Box systems
▬ With single gallery ▬ Single BOXSIDE system possible ▬ Single extension ▬ High impact nylon rollers ▬ Dyn. load bearing 25 kg ▬ BLUMATIC self closing feature ▬ 3-dimensional front adjustment ▬ Can be combined with BLUMOTION for METABOX 320
NL
Nominal length
Order information 1 Cabinet profiles and drawer sides left/right Drawer side height (mm) 86 Colour R9001 Nominal length Version NL (mm) Screw-on version Quick assembly version 350 320M3500C 320M3500C15 400 320M4000C 320M4000C15 450 320M4500C 320M4500C15 500 320M5000C 320M5000C15 550 320M5500C 320M5500C15 Other colours available upon request (white or grey)
2a
CLIP front fixing bracket Fixing method EXPANDO Knock-in Screw-on
Part no. ZSF.130E ZSF.1300 ZSF.1200
Order left/right
2b
Cover caps for 2a Colour R9001
Material Nylon
Part no. ZAA.3700
Order left/right Cover caps, plain, starting at 1000 pcs individually printed
Alternative to 2a 2c Standard front fixing bracket Fixing method Knock-in Screw-on
Part no. ZSF.1800 ZSF.1700
Order left/right
2d
Cover caps for 2c Colour R9001
Material Nylon
2x
Part no. ZAA.3500
Accessories 5
Nominal length Colour NL (mm) R9001 400 2x Z36H367SE01 450 2x Z36H417SE01 500 2x Z36H467SE01 550 2x Z36H517SE01 6
Cover caps, plain or printed with Blum logo, starting at 1000 pcs. individually printed
4
Longside gallery rail with chipboard back fixing left/right
Single-wall BOXSIDE
BLUMOTION for METABOX 320 Colour Material R9001 Nylon
Other colours available for latch upon request (white or grey) Colour R9001
RAL 9001 cream
Colour WGR
Part no. Z70.0320
White grey
Nominal length Colour NL (mm) R9001 350 ZRE.321S.ID 400 ZRE.371S.ID 450 ZRE.421S.ID 500 ZRE.471S.ID 550 ZRE.521S.ID
404
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Box systems 〉 METABOX 〉 Single extension
Web code DQCQNY
High fronted pull-out – gallery – D Installation dimensions – front – screw-on
Drilling distances – front – EXPANDO | knock-in
Installation dimensions – back
FA * **
* **
**
With double gallery
KB LW NL
Cabinet width Internal cabinet width Nominal length
Box systems
Planning Space requirement in cabinet
* **
+2 mm with BLUMOTION With double gallery
Front overlay +2 mm with BLUMOTION With double gallery
Hole spacing – cabinet profiles Nominal length NL (mm)
+2 mm with BLUMOTION With double gallery
Cutting – 16 mm chipboard
Chipboard back 191 mm
350 400
LW – 31 mm Base NL – 2 mm
450 500 550
LW – 31 mm
Base assembly for quick assembly version High fronted pull-out
X (mm) 69
High fronted pull-out Internal cabinet depth LT min. = nominal length NL + 7 mm
Reference pages Overview – METABOX Accessories BLUMOTION for METABOX 320 Accessories – ORGA-LINE – gallery Accessories – ORGA-LINE – BOXSIDE Cabinet profile fixing positions Overview – assembly devices More technical details
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
391 Assembly, removal and adjustment 406 409 411 Short URL 412 www.blum.com/a390 413 591 698
405
Box systems 〉 METABOX 〉 Accessories
Child safety latch ▬ To prevent small children from opening the drawer ▬ Colour: natural coloured ▬ Material: nylon
Order information Description Child safety latch 320
Box systems
Lock-out stop 320
Part no. 295.5501 320M0009.01
Planning Installation dimensions – cabinet – 320 Installation dimensions – front – 320
Anti-tilt device ▬ For centre locking mechanisms ▬ In combination with locking systems (locking bar systems) ▬ If one drawer is open, the others are locked (pull-out lock) ▬ Colour: RAL 9001 cream ▬ Material: nylon
Planning
Order information Description Anti-tilt device
Part no. 295.5300
Assembly Assembly, removal and adjustment Short URL www.blum.com/a390
406
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Box systems 〉 METABOX 〉 Accessories
Spacers
Planning Hinge
Front protrusion FE (mm)
Fixing (mm)
170° hinge
8
Ø 4 x 20
100° | 107° | 110°
12
Ø 4 x 25
Profile/thick door hinge
16
Ø 4 x 30
Maximum spacing
24
Ø 4 x 40
Fixing method Screw-on Dowel Ø 5 mm Screw-on Dowel Ø 5 mm Screw-on Dowel Ø 5 mm Screw-on Dowel Ø 5 mm
Order information Fixing method Screw-on Screw-on Dowel Ø 5 mm
Spacers
320M0088
1x 1x
Front protrusion FE (mm) 4 8 8
320M0188
1x 1x
2x 1x 3x 2x
Part no. 320M0048 320M0088 320M0188
320M0048
Box systems
▬ For inner drawers with single extensions (320) ▬ To space drawers beyond the front protrusion ▬ Stacking possible (up to 24 mm) ▬ Screw fixing with version available for pre-drilled Ø 5 mm holes ▬ Colour: RAL 9001 cream ▬ Material: nylon
1x 1x 1x 1x
Contoured profile Order information Description Contoured profile
Part no. ZSD.1200S
▬ To prevent accidental removal of drawer specially for cutlery or machine/applicance pull-outs ▬ For single extension ▬ Colour: natural coloured ▬ Material: nylon
Order information Description Lock-out stop 320
Part no. 320M0009.01
▬ Stop in runner system ▬ Developed to relieve pressure on the drawer front ▬ For single extension ▬ Produces either a 1.5 or 3 mm gap ▬ Symmetrical ▬ Colour: natural coloured ▬ Material: nylon
Order information Front gap FS (mm) 1.5 3.0
Part no. 298.3210.01 298.3230.01
▬ Screw-on version ▬ For cutting to size, 1200 mm ▬ For 16 mm base ▬ Colour: RAL 9001 cream ▬ Material: nylon
Cutting Contoured profile Drawer | high fronted Nominal length NL – 2 mm – pull-out cabinet back thickness RD Nominal length NL – 2 mm – cabinet Inner drawer | inner back thickness RD – front thickness FD pull-out Base Width = internal cabinet width LW – 34 mm Drawer | high fronted Length = nominal length NL – 2 mm pull-out Inner drawer | inner Length = nominal length NL – pull-out 2 mm – front thickness FD
Lock-out stop 320
POSISTOP 320
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
407
Box systems 〉 METABOX 〉 Accessories
METAFILE – file drawer Order information Description METAFILE – file drawer
Box systems
▬ For tilt adjustment, high fronted pull-out, height B with gallery ▬ Nominal length NL 450–550 mm ▬ Cabinet width KB 275–600 mm ▬ Colour: RAL 9001 cream ▬ Material: nylon/steel
Planning Space requirement in cabinet
Installation dimensions – front – screw-on
FA
Drilling distances – front – EXPANDO | knock-in
Cutting – DIN-A4 lengthwise Internal cabinet width LW min.
376 mm
Nominal length NL min.
1 Nominal length NL – 28 mm 2 Nominal length NL – 53 mm
408
Installation dimensions – back
Front overlay
Cutting – DIN-A4 across
Reference pages Overview – METABOX High fronted pull-out – gallery – B Overview – assembly devices
Part no. ZRM.5500
391 More technical details 402 591
500 mm
1 Nominal length NL – 28 mm 2 305 mm 3 Nominal length NL – 406 mm 4 Internal cabinet width LW – 82 mm 5 Internal cabinet width LW – 59 mm
698
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Box systems 〉 METABOX 〉 Accessories
BLUMOTION for METABOX 320 ▬ For single extension ▬ Dyn. load bearing 25 kg ▬ Only one BLUMOTION unit required up to cabinet width KB 900 mm ▬ Colour: BLUMOTION: white grey; latch: RAL 9001 cream ▬ Other colours available for latch upon request (white or grey) ▬ Material: nylon
Order information Description BLUMOTION for METABOX 320
▬ Ø 3.5 mm ▬ Colour: nickel plated ▬ Material: steel
Order information X (mm) 15.0 17.0
Part no. Z70.0320
Part no. 609.1500 609.1700
Ø 6.0 mm
System screw ▬ Ø 6 mm ▬ Drilling diameter Ø 5 mm ▬ Colour: nickel plated ▬ Material: steel
Order information X (mm) 10.0 11.5 13.0 14.5 20.0
Part no. 661.1000.HG 661.1150.HG 661.1300.HG 661.1450.HG 661.2000.HG
Ø 6.0 mm
Special system screw ▬ Ø 6 mm ▬ Drilling diameter Ø 5 mm ▬ Colour: nickel plated ▬ Material: steel
Order information X (mm) 11.5 13.0 14.5
Part no. 662.1150.HG 662.1300.HG 662.1450.HG
▬ Ø 2.7 mm, length 70 mm ▬ To pre-drill for Ø 3.5 mm chipboard screws ▬ Drilling depth up to 8 mm ▬ Material: steel, hardened
Order information Description Centre bit Replacement bit
Part no. M01.ZZ03.01 M01.ZZB3
▬ For noise reduction ▬ Colour: natural coloured ▬ Material: nylon
Order information Description Stick-on door buffer
Part no. 993.710
Centre bit
Stick-on door buffer
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
409
Box systems
Ø 3.5 mm
Chipboard screws
Box systems 〉 METABOX 〉 Accessories
8 mm Ø door buffer ▬ For noise reduction ▬ Gap 2 mm ▬ Two-part ▬ Colour: RAL 9006 grey ▬ Material: nylon
Order information Description 8 mm Ø door buffer
Part no. 993.706
▬ PZ (Pozi) size 2 ▬ Blade length 100 mm ▬ Overall length 200 mm ▬ Orange handle with Blum logo ▬ Colour: black/orange ▬ Material: nylon/steel
Order information Description Pozidrive screwdriver
Part no. 303.756.1
▬ Slotted, size 1.0 x 5.5 mm ▬ Blade length 125 mm ▬ Overall length 225 mm ▬ Orange handle with Blum logo ▬ Colour: black/orange ▬ Material: nylon/steel
Order information Description Slotted screwdriver
Part no. 314.928.1
Box systems
Pozidrive screwdriver
Slotted screwdriver
410
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Box systems 〉 METABOX 〉 Accessories – ORGA-LINE – gallery
Cross gallery rails for cutting to size ▬ For cutting to size, 1104 mm ▬ Suitable for cabinet width KB 1200 mm ▬ Colour: RAL 9001 cream ▬ Material: aluminium
Order information Description Cross gallery rails for cutting to size
Part no. ZRG.1104U
▬ Cross gallery connector for two cross gallery rails ▬ Slide-on connection of gallery to gallery fixing ▬ Insertion and screw-on fixing ▬ Colour: RAL 9001 cream ▬ Material: nylon
Order information Description Cross gallery connector
Part no. ZRU.00Z0
▬ Gallery division ▬ Clip-on fixing to gallery ▬ Colour: RAL 9001 cream ▬ Material: nylon
Order information Description Lateral divider
Part no. ZRU.00F0
Cutting Internal cabinet width LW – 58 mm
Lateral divider
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
411
Box systems
Cross gallery connector
Box systems 〉 METABOX 〉 Accessories – ORGA-LINE – BOXSIDE
Cross gallery rails for cutting to size ▬ For cutting to size, 1104 mm ▬ Suitable for cabinet width KB 1200 mm ▬ Colour: RAL 9001 cream ▬ Material: aluminium
Order information Description Cross gallery rails for cutting to size
Part no. ZRG.1104U
▬ Clip-on to gallery ▬ Connects the cross gallery with BOXSIDE ▬ Colour: RAL 9001 cream ▬ Material: nylon/steel
Order information Description Gallery connector
Part no. ZRU.10B1E
▬ Gallery division ▬ Clip-on fixing to gallery ▬ Colour: RAL 9001 cream ▬ Material: nylon
Order information Description Lateral divider
Part no. ZRU.00F0
Cutting Internal cabinet width LW – 65 mm
Box systems
Gallery connector
Lateral divider
412
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Box systems 〉 METABOX 〉 Cabinet profile fixing positions
Cabinet profile 320 – 25 kg
A B
NL 270
A B
C C
A B
C C
A B
C C
A B
C C
A B
C C
A B
C C
192 A B
NL 300–350
224 NL 400
A B
A B
NL 450
Box systems
320
352 NL 500
A B 416
NL 550 A B 352
NL A B C
A B 128
37
2
Nominal length Chipboard screws Ø 4 x 15 mm System screws Ø 6 x 14.5 mm, part no. 661.1450.HG Chipboard screws Ø 3.5 x 15 mm, part no. 609.1500
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
413
Runner systems
4
Our runner systems give you quality steel for your design in wood. We have a solution for every requirement: the sophisticated MOVENTO and the versatile TANDEM runner system. They can be combined with various motion technologies for enhanced convenience.
▬ BLUMOTION – soft and effortless closing action ▬ SERVO-DRIVE – electric opening support, combined with BLUMOTION ▬ TIP-ON BLUMOTION – mechanical opening support, combined with BLUMOTION
▬ TIP-ON – mechanical opening support, closes with just a light push ▬ Comprehensive programme for many options ▬ High stability and excellent sag values ▬ Quality for the lifetime of the furniture
MOVENTO
TANDEM
The sophisticated runner system MOVENTO offers synchronised smooth running action, 4-dimensional front adjustment, and a dynamic carrying capacity of 40 and 70 kg with high stability and excellent sag values
The versatile runner system TANDEM high ease-of-use in the entire living area. The comprehensive TANDEM programme has the right solution for any piece of furniture
414
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Runner systems 〉 Overview
MOVENTO
MOVENTO Overview Accessories Attachment of runners
416 417 424 432
Symbolic image
TIP-ON BLUMOTION for MOVENTO TIP-ON BLUMOTION for MOVENTO Overview Accessories Attachment of runners
434 435 424 438
Symbolic image
TIP-ON for MOVENTO TIP-ON for MOVENTO Overview Accessories Attachment of runners
440 441 424 444
TANDEM
TANDEM Overview Accessories Attachment of runners
446 447 482 490
SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM Overview Accessories
492 493 524
Runner systems
Symbolic image
Symbolic image
Symbolic image
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
415
Runner systems 〉 MOVENTO
The sophisticated runner system
Runner systems
With our sophisticated MOVENTO runner system, we provide you with a synchronised feather-light glide, four-dimensional front adjustment, and a dynamic carrying capacity of 40 and 70 kg with high stability and excellent sag values.
Synchronised feather-light glide The synchronised feather-light glide is a special feature of the MOVENTO runner system. The runner components with low-friction cylindrical nylon rollers run uniformly and almost silently – for soft and effortless opening and closing
Carrying capacity and stability MOVENTO boasts excellent stability and a high load bearing capacity. Thanks to its superb sag values, the runner system is also ideal for applications near to the floor. This makes the full extension with 40 and 70 kg load bearing classes the first choice 416
4-dimensional adjustment ease With MOVENTO, you can adjust the height, tilt and depth of the front and also modify it at the sides. There is no need to alter the drawer and you get a precise gap layout quickly, easily and without tools
Handle-less options MOVENTO can be implemented with all 4 motion technologies by Blum. You decide which one best meets your requirements
Pull-out shelf lock The pull-out shelf lock for MOVENTO engages securely on both sides when the pull-out shelf is fully extended and holds it firmly in place. The pull-out shelf lock can be easily released with one hand thanks to synchronisation Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Runner systems 〉 MOVENTO 〉 Overview
Symbolic image
415 434 440 446 492
Overview – runner systems TIP-ON BLUMOTION for MOVENTO TIP-ON for MOVENTO TANDEM SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM
Applications
kg
Locking device feature – full extension MOVENTO with BLUMOTION – 760H | 766H
Symbolic image
40 60 70
MOVENTO with BLUMOTION – 760H – cabinet underside fixing – drawer
Web code Page
●
MOVENTO with BLUMOTION – 760H – cabinet underside fixing – pullout shelf
Accessories
●
Integrated
Pull-out shelf lock Side stabilisation set Depth adjustment Longside gallery rail with chipboard back fixing Back fixing bracket for pull-out shelf Corner connectors Symbolic image Attachment of runners Runner 760H – 40 kg Runner 766H – 60 | 70 kg Runner 760H – 40 kg – cabinet underside fixing
○
–
○
○
Optional
424 426 426 427 427 428
○
○
–
DQCZ3Y
418
DQGWJY
420
DQGX9A
422
–
40
● Symbolic image kg Dynamic carrying capacity
○
40
● Symbolic image
○
–
Not possible
Gallery rail for pull-out shelf corner connectors Lock-open stop Screws Centre bit Door buffer Screwdriver
428 429 430 430 430 431
432 432 433
Symbolic image
Assembly, removal and adjustment Assembly, removal and adjustment
Symbolic image
Short URL www.blum.com/a410
Pictograph Item available on request
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
417
Runner systems
Runner systems
Runner systems 〉 MOVENTO 〉 Locking device feature – full extension
Web code DQCZ3Y
MOVENTO with BLUMOTION – 760H | 766H ▬ Concealed full extension ▬ Includes integrated, switchable BLUMOTION S damping effect for soft and effortless closing, and can be combined with SERVO-DRIVE or TIP-ON BLUMOTION ▬ Synchronised feather-light glide ▬ BLUMATIC self closing feature ▬ Tool-free side, height, and tilt adjustment ▬ Optional tool-free depth adjustment ▬ Built-in width and depth tolerance compensation
Space requirement
NL
NL
Runner systems
Order information 1 Runners left/right BLUMOTION S Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) NL (mm) 40 60 70 250 ¹ 760H2500S 270 760H2700S 300 760H3000S 320 760H3200S 350 760H3500S 380 760H3800S 400 760H4000S 420 760H4200S 450 760H4500S 480 760H4800S 500 760H5000S 520 760H5200S 550 760H5500S 580 600 760H6000S 650 700 766H7000S 750 766H7500S ¹
Locking device left/right Colour Material Orange Nylon/steel
Order left/right
766H4500S 766H5000S 766H5200S 766H5500S 766H5800S 766H6000S 766H6500S
Accessories 4 Depth adjustment left/right Colour Material RAL 7037 dust grey Nylon Only for inset applications Integrated Blum distance bumper Suitable for T51.7601 locking device
Part no. T51.7601
12
Side stabilisation set Nominal length NL (mm) Material Up to 400 Nylon Up to 600 Nylon Up to 750 Nylon
For cutting to size Suitable for cabinet width KB 1400 mm
418
Nominal length
Drawer
Not compatible with TIP-ON BLUMOTION
3
+3
Part no. 298.7600
Part no. ZS7M400MU ZS7M600MU ZS7M750MU
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Runner systems 〉 MOVENTO 〉 Locking device feature – full extension
Web code DQCZ3Y
MOVENTO with BLUMOTION – 760H | 766H Drawer
SKW = LW – 42 +0.0 –1.5
SKL = NL – 10
21
*
min 38*
max 16*
min 28.5
+1 mm for assembly of the runners prior to cabinet assembly
Inner drawer
12–15
SKW LW *
37
Internal drawer width Internal cabinet width Limited side adjustment for a drawer side panel thickness of 16 mm, but with full tolerance utilisation of the internal width of the drawer SKW
Hole spacing – runners Runner 760H – 40 kg Nominal length NL (mm)
32
SKL NL *
ISKL = SKL + X
X + 18*
NL NL + 3*
min 28.5
X
18
10
Drawer length Nominal length Additional +12 mm with side stabilisation
NL NL + X + 3*
10
ISKL SKL NL X *
Inner drawer length Drawer length Nominal length Front thickness Additional +3 mm with depth adjustment
*
TIP-ON BLUMOTION 125 mm
Drawer assembly
250 | 270 300 | 320 | 350 380 | 400 | 420 | 450 | 480 | 500 | 520 550 | 600
Use drilling template T65.1000.02
Runner 766H – 60 | 70 kg Nominal length NL (mm) 450 500 | 520 | 550 | 580 | 600 650 | 700 | 750
Reference pages Overview – MOVENTO Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for MOVENTO Overview – TIP-ON for MOVENTO Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM CABLOXX Accessories Attachment of runners Overview – assembly devices More technical details Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
417 Assembly, removal and adjustment 435 441 Short URL www.blum.com/a410 493 582 425 432 591 698 419
Runner systems
Drawer | inner drawer
min 7
Planning Space requirement in cabinet
Runner systems 〉 MOVENTO 〉 Locking device feature – full extension
Web code DQGWJY
MOVENTO with BLUMOTION – 760H – cabinet underside fixing – drawer ▬ Concealed full extension ▬ Includes integrated, switchable BLUMOTION S damping effect for soft and effortless closing, and can be combined with SERVO-DRIVE or TIP-ON BLUMOTION ▬ Synchronised feather-light glide ▬ BLUMATIC self closing feature ▬ Tool-free side, height, and tilt adjustment ▬ Optional tool-free depth adjustment ▬ Built-in width and depth tolerance compensation ▬ For assembly to cabinet base panel | shelf
Space requirement
NL
NL
Runner systems
Order information 1 Runners for base fixing left/right
Locking device left/right Colour Material Orange Nylon/steel
Order left/right
Accessories 12 Side stabilisation set Nominal length NL (mm) Material Up to 400 Nylon Up to 600 Nylon Up to 750 Nylon For cutting to size Suitable for cabinet width KB 1400 mm
420
Nominal length
Base fixing
12
Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) NL (mm) 40 350 760H3500SU 400 760H4000SU 450 760H4500SU 500 760H5000SU 3
+3
12 Part no. T51.7601
Part no. ZS7M400MU ZS7M600MU ZS7M750MU
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Runner systems 〉 MOVENTO 〉 Locking device feature – full extension
Web code DQGWJY
MOVENTO with BLUMOTION – 760H – cabinet underside fixing – drawer Drawer
Inner drawer
SKW = LW – 42 +0.0 –1.5
SKL = NL – 10 max 16*
min 28.5 8.8
12–15
21
SKW LW *
37
min 28.5
Hole spacing – runners Runner 760H – 40 kg Nominal length NL (mm)
SKL NL *
ISKL = SKL + X
X + 39
NL NL + 3*
8.8
Internal drawer width Internal cabinet width Limited side adjustment for a drawer side panel thickness of 16 mm, but with full tolerance utilisation of the internal width of the drawer SKW
X
10
Drawer length Nominal length Additional +12 mm with side stabilisation
NL NL + X + 3
10
ISKL SKL NL X
Inner drawer length Drawer length Nominal length Front thickness
*
TIP-ON BLUMOTION 125 mm
Runner systems
Drawer | inner drawer
min 7
Planning Space requirement in cabinet
Drawer assembly
350 | 400 | 450 500
Use drilling template T65.1000.02
Reference pages Overview – MOVENTO Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for MOVENTO Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM Accessories Attachment of runners Overview – assembly devices More technical details
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
417 Assembly, removal and adjustment 435 493 425 432 591 698
Short URL www.blum.com/a410
421
Runner systems 〉 MOVENTO 〉 Locking device feature – full extension
Web code DQGX9A
MOVENTO with BLUMOTION – 760H – cabinet underside fixing – pull-out shelf ▬ Concealed full extension ▬ Includes integrated, switchable BLUMOTION S damping effect for soft and effortless closing, and can be combined with SERVO-DRIVE or TIP-ON BLUMOTION ▬ Synchronised feather-light glide ▬ BLUMATIC self closing feature ▬ Tool-free side, height, and tilt adjustment ▬ Optional tool-free depth adjustment ▬ Built-in width and depth tolerance compensation ▬ For assembly to cabinet base panel | shelf ▬ Cannot be combined with pull-out shelf lock
Space requirement
NL
Runner systems
Order information 1 Runners for base fixing left/right
Base fixing
12
Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) NL (mm) 40 350 760H3500SU 400 760H4000SU 450 760H4500SU 500 760H5000SU 3
4
Locking device left/right Colour Material Orange Nylon/steel
Part no. T51.7601
Accessories 4 Back fixing bracket for pull-out shelf Colour Material Natural Nylon
Part no. T51.7000.01
Order left/right
12
Side stabilisation set Nominal length NL (mm) Material Up to 400 Nylon Up to 600 Nylon Up to 750 Nylon
For cutting to size Suitable for cabinet width KB 1400 mm
422
Nominal length
12
Part no. ZS7M400MU ZS7M600MU ZS7M750MU
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Runner systems 〉 MOVENTO 〉 Locking device feature – full extension
Web code DQGX9A
MOVENTO with BLUMOTION – 760H – cabinet underside fixing – pull-out shelf Pull-out shelf
Pull-out shelf
37
1
TL = NL – 20 + X X
10
X + 39
1
10
44.5
44.5
POS inset application
TL = NL – 20
12–15 LTW = LW – 42 +0.0 –1.5
min 7
Planning Space requirement in cabinet
max 16*
8.8
NL NL + 3*
8.8
21
LTW LW *
Underside width Internal cabinet width Limited side adjustment for a POS side panel thickness of 16 mm, but with full tolerance utilisation of the underside width LTW
Hole spacing – runners Runner 760H – 40 kg Nominal length NL (mm)
TL NL 1 *
10
Shelf length Nominal length Rear fixing bracket Additional +12 mm with side stabilisation
NL NL + X + 5
TL NL X 1
10
Shelf length Nominal length Pull-out shelf front piece thickness Rear fixing bracket
Runner systems
16
POS processing
350 | 400 | 450 500
Use drilling template T65.1000.02
Reference pages Overview – MOVENTO Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for MOVENTO Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM Accessories Attachment of runners Overview – assembly devices More technical details
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Rear fixing bracket
417 Assembly, removal and adjustment 435 493 425 432 591 698
Short URL www.blum.com/a410
423
Runner systems 〉 MOVENTO 〉 Accessories
Pull-out shelf lock ▬ Can be used with MOVENTO full extensions ▬ Cannot be used with runners for base mounting ▬ Can be combined with BLUMOTION, TIP-ON BLUMOTION and TIP-ON ▬ Two-sided locking mechanism ▬ Secure hold ▬ Pull-out shelf lock can be released with one hand thanks to synchronisation shaft ▬ Easy assembly – fittings serve as template ▬ Runners are attached to standard fixing positions ▬ Max. cabinet width 1200 mm
Space requirement
NL
Colour Orion grey matt
Part no. 295H5700
Composed of: 12a 2 x Locking mechanism unit Fixing only possible with chipboard screws 12b 2 x Latching element Fixing possible with chipboard and system screws – 1 x Installation instructions Note During assembly of the pull-out shelf lock, make sure that you leave the tilt adjustment at the factory setting
12c
Synchronisation linkage Version Length (mm) Round 1089
Part no. ZST.1089W
Alternative to 12c 12c Synchronisation linkage Version Length (mm) Round 1160
Part no. ZST.1160W
Pull-out shelf lock can be released with one hand thanks to synchronisation shaft Cutting Internal cabinet width LW – 87 mm ±1 mm
Pull-out shelf lock can be released with one hand thanks to synchronisation shaft Cutting Internal cabinet width LW – 87 mm ±1 mm
Accessories – Chipboard screws Ø (mm) 3.5 –
System screw Ø (mm) 6
Length (mm) 15
Part no. 609.1500
Length (mm) 14.5
Part no. 661.1450.HG
Planning POS processing
–5
min 25
LW
10
NL LW TB TL TBL TSBL X Y
424
Nominal length Internal cabinet width Shelf width Shelf length Pull-out shelf base length Pull-out shelf side panel length Pull-out shelf front piece thickness Pull-out shelf base thickness
Single pull-out shelf base Runners A (mm) 760H | 766H 12–15
A
A
Runner systems
Order information 12 Pull-out shelf lock Runners 760H | 766H
Nominal length
10
Double pull-out shelf base Runners A (mm) 760H | 766H 12–15
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Runner systems 〉 MOVENTO 〉 Accessories
Pull-out shelf lock
Pull-out shelf
min 3
12–15
min 38*
TB = LW – 22 +0.0 –1.5
10
POS inset application
TBL = NL – 38
TL = NL – 38 + X X
32
16**
37
28
28.5
* **
21
+1 mm for assembly of the runners prior to cabinet assembly Min. 25 mm when installed in compartment
Reference pages Overview – MOVENTO Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for MOVENTO Overview – TIP-ON for MOVENTO Attachment of runners Overview – assembly devices More technical details
min 28.5
TB Shelf width LW Internal cabinet width Limited side adjustment
NL NL + 3*
TBL NL *
10
Pull-out shelf base length Nominal length Additional +12 mm with side stabilisation
X + 18*
NL NL + X + 3*
TL NL X *
28
10
Shelf length Nominal length Pull-out shelf front piece thickness Additional +3 mm with depth adjustment or additional +4 mm with TIP-ON
417 Pull-out shelf lock 435 441 Short URL 432 www.blum.com/i010 591 Assembly, removal and adjustment 698 Short URL www.blum.com/a410
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
425
Runner systems
Planning MOVENTO with TIP-ON – 760H | 766H Space requirement in cabinet Pull-out shelf
Runner systems 〉 MOVENTO 〉 Accessories
Side stabilisation set ▬ For cutting to size ▬ Suitable for cabinet width KB 1400 mm ▬ Compatible with all MOVENTO motion technologies ▬ Colour: RAL 7037 dust grey ▬ Material: nylon
Drawer
min 7
Space requirement in cabinet
TBL = NL – 38 37
28
32
21 *
+1 mm for assembly of the runners prior to cabinet assembly
NL NL + 3* SKL NL *
10
Drawer length Nominal length Additional +12 mm with side stabilisation
28.5
21
min 38*
min 28.5
min 38*
16**
32
Part no. ZS7M400MU ZS7M600MU ZS7M750MU
Pull-out shelf
SKL = NL – 10 37
Runner systems
Cutting 1 Internal cabinet width LW – 315 mm 2 Nominal length NL + 10 mm
min 3
Planning Space requirement in cabinet
Order information Nominal length NL (mm) Up to 400 Up to 600 Up to 750
Pull-out shelf lock * +1 mm for assembly of the runners prior to cabinet assembly ** Min. 25 mm when installed in compartment
NL NL + 3*
10
Pull-out shelf lock TBL Pull-out shelf base length NL Nominal length * Additional +12 mm with side stabilisation
Depth adjustment ▬ Only for inset applications ▬ Integrated SERVO-DRIVE bumper ▬ Suitable for T51.7601 locking device ▬ Left | right ▬ Colour: RAL 7037 dust grey ▬ Material: nylon
Order information Description Depth adjustment
Part no. 298.7600
Assembly Assembly, removal and adjustment Short URL www.blum.com/a410
426
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Runner systems 〉 MOVENTO 〉 Accessories
Longside gallery rail with chipboard back fixing ▬ Colour: anodised stainless steel appearance ▬ Material: aluminium
Order information NL (mm) Part no. NL (mm) 400 ZRE.363A.ID 550 450 ZRE.413A.ID 580 480 ZRE.443A.ID 600 500 ZRE.463A.ID 650 520 ZRE.483A.ID NL
32 16
21
6.5
Installation dimensions – back
min 7
Planning Space requirement in cabinet
Part no. ZRE.513A.ID ZRE.543A.ID ZRE.563A.ID ZRE.613A.ID
Nominal length
Assembly Assembly, removal and adjustment Short URL www.blum.com/a410
*
min 38*
21
min 38*
min 28.5
+1 mm for assembly of the runners prior to cabinet assembly
Runner systems
9
*
+1 mm for assembly of the runners prior to cabinet assembly
Back fixing bracket for pull-out shelf ▬ Compatible with MOVENTO | TANDEM ▬ Not required when using pull-out shelf lock ▬ Colour: natural coloured ▬ Material: nylon
Order information Description Back fixing bracket for pull-out shelf
Part no. T51.7000.01
Assembly Assembly, removal and adjustment Short URL www.blum.com/a410
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
427
Runner systems 〉 MOVENTO 〉 Accessories
Corner connectors ▬ Colour: RAL 7037 dust grey ▬ Material: nylon
Space requirement in cabinet With 3 tier gallery
*
*
Part no. ZTU.00Z0 ZTU.00D0
Installation dimensions – corner connectors
Runner systems
Planning Space requirement in cabinet With 2 tier gallery
Order information Corner connectors 2 tier 3 tier
+1 mm for assembly of the runners prior to cabinet assembly
+1 mm for assembly of the runners prior to cabinet assembly
Gallery rail for pull-out shelf corner connectors ▬ For cutting to size, 1094 mm ▬ Suitable for cabinet width KB 1200 mm ▬ Colour: anodised stainless steel appearance ▬ Material: aluminium
428
Order information Description Gallery rail for pull-out shelf corner connectors Cutting Cabinet width KB – 106 mm Nominal length NL – 64 mm
Part no. ZRG.1094U
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Runner systems 〉 MOVENTO 〉 Accessories
Lock-open stop
Planning Pull-out shelf
TL = NL – 20 + X X
X + 39
1
NL NL + X + 5 TL NL X 1
10
10
Order information Description Lock-open stop
Nominal length Y (mm) NL (mm) 760H 250 77 270 72 300 72 320 72 350 72 380 72 400 72 420 72 450 72 480 72 500 72 520 72 550 72 580 – 600 72 650 – 700 – 750 –
Part no. 295.5600
766H – – – – – – – – 72 – 72 72 72 72 72 72 72 72
Runner systems
▬ Colour: white ▬ Material: nylon
Shelf length Nominal length Pull-out shelf front piece thickness Rear fixing bracket
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
429
Runner systems 〉 MOVENTO 〉 Accessories
Ø 3.5 mm
Chipboard screws ▬ Ø 3.5 mm ▬ Colour: nickel plated ▬ Material: steel
Order information X (mm) 15.0 17.0
▬ Ø 6 mm ▬ Drilling diameter Ø 5 mm ▬ Colour: nickel plated ▬ Material: steel
Order information X (mm) 10.0 11.5 13.0 14.5 20.0
Part no. 661.1000.HG 661.1150.HG 661.1300.HG 661.1450.HG 661.2000.HG
▬ Ø 2.7 mm, length 70 mm ▬ To pre-drill for Ø 3.5 mm chipboard screws ▬ Drilling depth up to 8 mm ▬ Material: steel, hardened
Order information Description Centre bit Replacement bit
Part no. M01.ZZ03.01 M01.ZZB3
▬ For noise reduction ▬ Colour: natural coloured ▬ Material: nylon
Order information Description Stick-on door buffer
Part no. 993.710
▬ For noise reduction ▬ Gap 2 mm ▬ Two-part ▬ Colour: RAL 9006 grey ▬ Material: nylon
Order information Description 8 mm Ø door buffer
Part no. 993.706
Ø 6.0 mm
System screw
Runner systems
Part no. 609.1500 609.1700
Centre bit
Stick-on door buffer
8 mm Ø door buffer
430
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Runner systems 〉 MOVENTO 〉 Accessories
Pozidrive screwdriver ▬ PZ (Pozi) size 2 ▬ Blade length 100 mm ▬ Overall length 200 mm ▬ Orange handle with Blum logo ▬ Colour: black/orange ▬ Material: nylon/steel
Order information Description Pozidrive screwdriver
Part no. 303.756.1
▬ Slotted, size 1.0 x 5.5 mm ▬ Blade length 125 mm ▬ Overall length 225 mm ▬ Orange handle with Blum logo ▬ Colour: black/orange ▬ Material: nylon/steel
Order information Description Slotted screwdriver
Part no. 314.928.1
Runner systems
Slotted screwdriver
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
431
Runner systems 〉 MOVENTO 〉 Attachment of runners
Runner 766H – 60 | 70 kg
Runner systems
Runner 760H – 40 kg
18
NL A B * **
432
Nominal length Chipboard screws Ø 3.5 x 15 mm, part no. 609.1500 System screws Ø 6 x 14.5 mm, part no. 661.1450.HG Can be replaced with chipboard screw Ø 3.5 x 15 mm Optional for greater stability
NL A B * **
Nominal length Chipboard screws Ø 3.5 x 15 mm, part no. 609.1500 System screws Ø 6 x 14.5 mm, part no. 661.1450.HG Can be replaced with chipboard screw Ø 3.5 x 15 mm Optional for greater stability
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Runner systems 〉 MOVENTO 〉 Attachment of runners
Runner 760H – 40 kg – cabinet underside fixing
A
NL 350–450
*
B
18 NL 500
A B
224
*
256
2 37
Runner systems
18
NL A B *
Nominal length Chipboard screws Ø 4 x 15 mm System screws Ø 6 x 14.5 mm, part no. 661.1450.HG Can be replaced with chipboard screw Ø 4 x 15 mm
Cabinet assembly
If you install runners before cabinet assembly, the fixing position must be increased by at least 1 mm from 38 to at least 39 mm due to tolerances in the runner and cabinet!
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
433
Runner systems 〉 TIP-ON BLUMOTION for MOVENTO
Two functions – fascinatingly combined TIP-ON BLUMOTION for MOVENTO combines the advantages of the TIP-ON mechanical opening support system with the reliable BLUMOTION dampening for silent and effortless closing – 100 % mechanically.
Runner systems
TIP-ON BLUMOTION‘s extensive trigger range provides inspirational ease of use for handle-less pull-outs and drawers. To optimise the function and increase the trigger range, we generally recommend using synchronisation.
Opens with just a light touch, has a smooth running action and closes silently and effortlessly – experience completely harmonious and convenient motion with TIP-ON BLUMOTION technology
600 500 400 300 200 100
2.5
The motion is assisted 100 % mechanically
mm
6 9 00 12 00 00
Small front gap TIP-ON BLUMOTION can be adjusted to have a small front gap of 2.5 mm
434
Extensive trigger range To optimise the function and increase the trigger range, we generally recommend using synchronisation
Four-dimensional adjustment The four-dimensional adjustment ensures a precise gap layout. Depth adjustment is integrated and tool-free – simply turn the adjustment wheel
Simple, tool-free assembly The TIP-ON BLUMOTION unit can be assembled tool-free, as can all the other components
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Runner systems 〉 TIP-ON BLUMOTION for MOVENTO 〉 Overview
Runner systems
Overview – runner systems MOVENTO TIP-ON for MOVENTO SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM
415 416 440 492
Symbolic image
Applications
kg
Locking device feature – full extension MOVENTO with TIP-ON BLUMOTION – 760H | 766H
40 60 70
Pull-out shelf lock Side stabilisation set Depth adjustment Longside gallery rail with chipboard back fixing Back fixing bracket for pull-out shelf Corner connectors Symbolic image Attachment of runners Runner 760H – 40 kg Runner 766H – 60 | 70 kg
424 426 426 427 427 428
Gallery rail for pull-out shelf corner connectors Lock-open stop Screws Centre bit Door buffer Screwdriver
436 428 429 430 430 430 431 Runner systems
DQD0IM
Symbolic image kg Dynamic carrying capacity
Accessories
Web code Page
438 438
Symbolic image
Assembly, removal and adjustment Assembly, removal and adjustment
Symbolic image
Short URL www.blum.com/a460
Pictograph Item available on request
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
435
Runner systems 〉 TIP-ON BLUMOTION for MOVENTO 〉 Locking device feature – full extension
Web code DQD0IM
MOVENTO with TIP-ON BLUMOTION – 760H | 766H ▬ Concealed full extension ▬ Includes integrated, switchable BLUMOTION S damping effect for soft and effortless closing, and can be combined with SERVO-DRIVE or TIP-ON BLUMOTION ▬ Synchronised feather-light glide ▬ Tool-free side, height, and tilt adjustment ▬ Integrated tool-free depth adjustment ▬ Built-in width and depth tolerance compensation ▬ Compatible with the side stabilisation for MOVENTO ▬ Synchronisation for internal cabinet widths LW of 265 mm and wider
Space requirement
NL
NL
Runner systems
Order information 1 Runners left/right
766H4500S 766H5000S 766H5200S 766H5500S 766H5800S 766H6000S 766H6500S
Locking device left/right Colour Material Orange Nylon/steel TIP-ON BLUMOTION set Nominal length Runner Unit NL (mm) (kg) 270–320 S0 40 270–320 S1 40 350–600 L1 40 350–600 L3 40 450–750 L5 60 | 70
Part no. T51.7601
Weight (kg) ≤ 10 > 10–20 ≤ 20 15–40 35–70
Internal cabinet width LW 265–313 mm 6e TIP-ON BLUMOTION synchronisation Version Colour Square RAL 7035 light grey For cutting to size Cutting
Order left/right
6
Nominal length
Drawer
BLUMOTION S Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) NL (mm) 40 60 70 270 760H2700S 300 760H3000S 320 760H3200S 350 760H3500S 380 760H3800S 400 760H4000S 420 760H4200S 450 760H4500S 480 760H4800S 500 760H5000S 520 760H5200S 550 760H5500S 580 600 760H6000S 650 700 766H7000S 750 766H7500S 3
+3
¹
Part no.
² ² ³
T60L7040 T60L7140 T60L7340 T60L7540 T60L7570
Internal cabinet width LW – 241 mm
Accessories Internal cabinet width LW ≥ 314 mm 6c TIP-ON BLUMOTION synchronisation adapter Version Colour Symmetrical RAL 7035 light grey Order 2x
–
Part no. T60.300D
Front gap template for TIP-ON BLUMOTION Front gap FS (mm) Colour 2.5 Orange
Note We recommend that you use the front gap template
Part no. T60.000D
Part no. 65.5631
Composed of: 6a 1 x TIP-ON BLUMOTION unit left/right 6b 1 x TIP-ON BLUMOTION latch left/right 6c 2 x TIP-ON BLUMOTION synchronisation adapter Internal cabinet width LW ≥ 314 mm ¹ Recommended weight ranges (total weight of the pull-out) for an optimum opening and closing function ² Can only be combined with a 40 kg runner ³ Recommendation: only use in combination with 60 | 70 kg runner
6d
TIP-ON BLUMOTION synchronisation linkage Version Colour Round Grey
Part no. T60.1125W
Suitable up to internal cabinet width LW 1370 mm Note To optimise the function and increase the trigger range, we generally recommend using synchronisation Cutting Internal cabinet width LW – 267 mm
436
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Runner systems 〉 TIP-ON BLUMOTION for MOVENTO 〉 Locking device feature – full extension
Web code DQD0IM
MOVENTO with TIP-ON BLUMOTION – 760H | 766H Drawer
SKW = LW – 42 +0.0 –1.5
*
min 38*
21
+1 mm for assembly of the runners prior to cabinet assembly
12–15
SKW LW *
37
32
Hole spacing – runners Runner 760H – 40 kg Nominal length NL (mm)
X + 23
NL NL + 3
min 28.5
Internal drawer width Internal cabinet width Limited side adjustment for a drawer side panel thickness of 16 mm, but with full tolerance utilisation of the internal width of the drawer SKW
SKL NL
ISKL = SKL + X
X
SKL = NL – 10 max 16*
min 28.5
Inner drawer
Drawer length Nominal length
18
10
NL NL + X + 7
ISKL SKL NL X
10
Inner drawer length Drawer length Nominal length Front thickness
Runner systems
Drawer | inner drawer
min 7
Planning Space requirement in cabinet
Drawer assembly
270
1
300 | 320 | 350 380 | 400 | 420 | 450 | 480 | 500 | 520 550 | 600
Use drilling template T65.1000.02
Trigger range
600 500 400 300 200 100
Runner 766H – 60 | 70 kg Nominal length NL (mm) 450 500 | 520 | 550 | 580 | 600
2.5
mm
650 | 700 | 750
6 9 00 12 00 00
Example for 760H – 40 kg, nominal length NL 500 mm, four-sided drawer, with and without synchronisation To optimise the function and increase the trigger range, we generally recommend using synchronisation
Reference pages Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for MOVENTO Overview – MOVENTO Overview – TIP-ON for MOVENTO CABLOXX Accessories Attachment of runners Overview – assembly devices More technical details
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
435
Assembly, removal and adjustment
417 441 Short URL 582 www.blum.com/a460 425 438 591 698
437
Runner systems 〉 TIP-ON BLUMOTION for MOVENTO 〉 Attachment of runners
Runner 766H – 60 | 70 kg
Runner systems
Runner 760H – 40 kg
18
NL A B * **
438
Nominal length Chipboard screws Ø 3.5 x 15 mm, part no. 609.1500 System screws Ø 6 x 14.5 mm, part no. 661.1450.HG Can be replaced with chipboard screw Ø 3.5 x 15 mm Optional for greater stability
NL A B * **
Nominal length Chipboard screws Ø 3.5 x 15 mm, part no. 609.1500 System screws Ø 6 x 14.5 mm, part no. 661.1450.HG Can be replaced with chipboard screw Ø 3.5 x 15 mm Optional for greater stability
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Runner systems
Runner systems 〉 TIP-ON BLUMOTION for MOVENTO
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
439
Runner systems 〉 TIP-ON for MOVENTO
Easy to open – with just a touch Reliable handle-less opening Handle-less fronts are playing a greater and greater role in modern furniture design. With TIP-ON for MOVENTO – the mechanical opening support system from Blum – handle-less drawers and pull-outs open with just a touch. To close, simply press shut.
Runner systems
Multitude of applications The TIP-ON runner can be used for all standard applications, from standard cabinets to special solutions such as the SPACE TWIN.
600 500 400
3.5
300 200
mm
100
6 9 00 12 00 00
The TIP-ON function is integrated into the runner. For straightforward installation and ease of use
440
The optional synchronisation ensures secure opening and closing even for wide fronts
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Runner systems 〉 TIP-ON for MOVENTO 〉 Overview
Runner systems
Overview – runner systems MOVENTO TIP-ON BLUMOTION for MOVENTO SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM
415 416 434 492
Symbolic image
Applications
kg
Locking device feature – full extension MOVENTO with TIP-ON – 760H | 766H
40 60 70
Pull-out shelf lock Side stabilisation set Depth adjustment Longside gallery rail with chipboard back fixing Back fixing bracket for pull-out shelf Corner connectors Symbolic image Attachment of runners Runner 760H – 40 kg Runner 766H – 60 | 70 kg
424 426 426 427 427 428
Gallery rail for pull-out shelf corner connectors Lock-open stop Screws Centre bit Door buffer Screwdriver
442 428 429 430 430 430 431 Runner systems
DQCZTA
Symbolic image kg Dynamic carrying capacity
Accessories
Web code Page
444 444
Symbolic image
Assembly, removal and adjustment Assembly, removal and adjustment
Symbolic image
Short URL www.blum.com/a430
Pictograph Item available on request
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
441
Runner systems 〉 TIP-ON for MOVENTO 〉 Locking device feature – full extension
Web code DQCZTA
MOVENTO with TIP-ON – 760H | 766H ▬ Concealed full extension with integrated TIP-ON, the mechanical opening support system ▬ Synchronised feather-light glide ▬ Tool-free side, height, and tilt adjustment ▬ Integrated tool-free depth adjustment ▬ Built-in width and depth tolerance compensation ▬ Compatible with the side stabilisation for MOVENTO ▬ Optional TIP-ON synchronisation for secure triggering even with wide fronts
Space requirement
NL
NL
Runner systems
Order information 1 Runners left/right Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) NL (mm) 40 60 70 250 760H2500T 270 760H2700T 300 760H3000T 320 760H3200T 350 760H3500T 380 760H3800T 400 760H4000T 420 760H4200T 450 760H4500T 480 760H4800T 500 760H5000T 520 760H5200T 550 760H5500T 580 600 760H6000T 650 700 766H7000T 750 766H7500T
+3
Nominal length
Drawer
766H4500T 766H5000T 766H5200T 766H5500T 766H5800T 766H6000T 766H6500T
The output path can vary depending on the load or the adjustment!
3
Locking device left/right Colour Material Orange Nylon/steel
Order left/right
Accessories 6b TIP-ON synchronisation pinion set Version Colour Round RAL 7037 dust grey Composed of: – 1 x Locking device – 1 x Overload locking device – 2 x Attachment
6c
TIP-ON synchronisation linkage Version Material Round Aluminium
For cutting to size Cutting
12
Part no. T57.7400.01
Part no. ZST.1160W
Internal cabinet width LW – 249 mm
Side stabilisation set Nominal length NL (mm) Material Up to 400 Nylon Up to 600 Nylon Up to 750 Nylon
For cutting to size Suitable for cabinet width KB 1400 mm
442
Part no. T51.7601
Part no. ZS7M400MU ZS7M600MU ZS7M750MU
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Runner systems 〉 TIP-ON for MOVENTO 〉 Locking device feature – full extension
Web code DQCZTA
MOVENTO with TIP-ON – 760H | 766H Drawer
SKW = LW – 42 +0.0 –1.5
SKL = NL – 10
21
*
min 38*
max 16*
min 28.5
+1 mm for assembly of the runners prior to cabinet assembly
Inner drawer
12–15
SKW LW *
37
32
Hole spacing – runners Runner 760H – 40 kg Nominal length NL (mm)
SKL NL *
ISKL = SKL + X
X + 23
NL NL + 3*
min 28.5
Internal drawer width Internal cabinet width Limited side adjustment for a drawer side panel thickness of 16 mm, but with full tolerance utilisation of the internal width of the drawer SKW
X
18
10
Drawer length Nominal length Additional +12 mm with side stabilisation
NL NL + X + 7
ISKL SKL NL X
10
Inner drawer length Drawer length Nominal length Front thickness
Runner systems
Drawer | inner drawer
min 7
Planning Space requirement in cabinet
Drawer assembly
250 | 270 300 | 320 | 350 380 | 400 | 420 | 450 | 480 | 500 | 520 550 | 600
Use drilling template T65.1000.02
Trigger range
600
Runner 766H – 60 | 70 kg Nominal length NL (mm)
500 400
450
3.5
300 200
mm
100
500 | 520 | 550 | 580 | 600 650 | 700 | 750
6 9 00 12 00 00 Example for 760H – 40 kg, nominal length NL 500 mm, four-sided drawer, with and without synchronisation
Reference pages Overview – TIP-ON for MOVENTO Overview – MOVENTO Overview – TIP-ON BLUMOTION for MOVENTO CABLOXX Accessories Attachment of runners Overview – assembly devices More technical details
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
441 Assembly, removal and adjustment 417 435
Short URL 582 www.blum.com/a430 425 444 591 698
443
Runner systems 〉 TIP-ON for MOVENTO 〉 Attachment of runners
Runner 766H – 60 | 70 kg
Runner systems
Runner 760H – 40 kg
18
NL A B * **
444
Nominal length Chipboard screws Ø 3.5 x 15 mm, part no. 609.1500 System screws Ø 6 x 14.5 mm, part no. 661.1450.HG Can be replaced with chipboard screw Ø 3.5 x 15 mm Optional for greater stability
NL A B * **
Nominal length Chipboard screws Ø 3.5 x 15 mm, part no. 609.1500 System screws Ø 6 x 14.5 mm, part no. 661.1450.HG Can be replaced with chipboard screw Ø 3.5 x 15 mm Optional for greater stability
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Runner systems
Runner systems 〉 TIP-ON for MOVENTO
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
445
Runner systems 〉 TANDEM
The versatile runner system
Runner systems
TANDEM ensures that you have flexible design options with our versatile runner systems. Choose from a broad selection of nominal lengths, various types of extensions as well as optional motion technologies for soft and effortless opening and closing.
TANDEM 19 mm The right solution for every wooden drawer: with TANDEM 19 mm, we provide you with a runner system for wooden drawers with side panel thicknesses of 17–19 mm
TANDEM smooth running action Smooth running action, dampened rail transitions and low-friction cylindrical nylon roller runners. This is the quality recognised all over the world
Stability With TANDEM, you can use pull-outs that are near the floor as well as extra wide, high and deep pull-outs. The runner is stable and has good sag values – even when the drawer is fully loaded
446
Integrated TANDEM TIP-ON The TANDEM single extension is available with an integrated opening support system – enhanced convenience for your customers, less effort for you. All you need is the runners and a one-piece synchronisation linkage for assembly
Pull-out shelf lock When the pull-out shelf is extended fully, the pull-out shelf lock engages for TANDEM securely and on both sides. The pull-out shelf lock can be easily released with one hand thanks to synchronisation
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Runner systems 〉 TANDEM 〉 Overview
Runner systems
Overview – runner systems MOVENTO SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM
415 416 492
Overview – runners
448
Symbolic image
Overview
Symbolic image
Pull-out shelf lock Side stabilisation set Longside gallery rail with chipboard back fixing Front adjuster POSISTOP Screws Symbolic image Attachment of runners Runner 560H | 560F – 30 kg Runner 550H | 550F – 30 kg Runner 561H | 561F – 30 kg Runner 551H | 551F – 30 kg
482 Centre bit 485 Door buffer 486 Screwdriver 486 487 487
487 487 488
490 491 490 491
Runner systems
Accessories
Symbolic image
Assembly, removal and adjustment Assembly, removal and adjustment
Symbolic image
Short URL www.blum.com/a420
Pictograph Item available on request
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
447
Runner systems 〉 TANDEM 〉 Overview – runners
TANDEM 11–16 mm Applications
kg
TANDEM – locking device feature TANDEM full extension with BLUMOTION – 560H
Web code Page
30
●
TANDEM full extension – 560H
TANDEM single extension with BLUMOTION – 550H
Runner systems
TANDEM single extension with TIP-ON – 550H
TANDEM – hook and peg variant TANDEM full extension with BLUMOTION – 561H
TANDEM full extension – 561H
○
–
–
–
450
DQD2MM
452
DQD3BY
454
DQD41C
456
DQD4QM
458
DQD5FY
460
DQD65A
462
DQD6UP
464
○
–
●
○
–
–
30
–
TANDEM single extension with BLUMOTION – 551H
–
–
○
30
●
TANDEM single extension with TIP-ON – 551H
○
–
–
30
–
448
–
DQD1XA
30
●
Integrated
–
30
–
●
–
30
●
Dynamic carrying capacity
–
30
–
kg
○
○
Optional
–
–
–
●
Not possible
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Runner systems 〉 TANDEM 〉 Overview – runners
TANDEM 17–19 mm Applications
kg
TANDEM 19 mm – locking device feature TANDEM full extension with BLUMOTION – 560F
Web code Page
30
TANDEM full extension – 560F
TANDEM single extension with BLUMOTION – 550F
TANDEM single extension with TIP-ON – 550F
TANDEM 19 mm – hook and peg variant TANDEM full extension with BLUMOTION – 561F
TANDEM full extension – 561F
○
–
–
–
466
DQHLVY
468
DQHMLA
470
DQHNAP
472
DQHNZY
474
DQHOPA
476
DQHPEM
478
DQHQ4Z
480
○
–
●
○
–
–
30
–
TANDEM single extension with BLUMOTION – 551F
–
–
○
30
●
TANDEM single extension with TIP-ON – 551F
○
–
–
30
–
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
–
DQHL6M
30
●
Integrated
–
30
–
●
–
30
●
Dynamic carrying capacity
–
30
–
kg
○
○
Optional
–
–
–
●
Not possible
449
Runner systems
●
Runner systems 〉 TANDEM 〉 TANDEM – locking device feature
Web code DQD1XA
TANDEM full extension with BLUMOTION – 560H ▬ Runner for wooden drawers with a panel thickness of 11–16 mm ▬ Concealed TANDEM full extension with integrated BLUMOTION damping effect for soft and effortless closing action ▬ Suitable for use with SERVO-DRIVE – the electrical opening support system ▬ Low-friction cylindrical rollers ensure a feather-light glide ▬ Tool-free height adjustment via a locking device ▬ Tool-free integrated front tilt adjustment ▬ Built-in width and depth tolerance compensation
Space requirement
NL
NL
Runner systems
Order information 1 Runners left/right
Locking device left/right Colour Material Orange Nylon/zinc
Order left/right
Accessories 4 Front adjuster Colour Natural 5 Depth stop
12
POSISTOP Colour RAL 7037 dust grey
450
Inner drawer
Part no. T51.1700.04
Material Nylon
Part no. 295.1000
Material Nylon
Part no. 298.5500
Side stabilisation set for full extension Nominal length NL (mm) Up to 410 Up to 600 Up to 750
For cutting to size Suitable for cabinet width KB 1400 mm
Nominal length
Drawer
BLUMOTION Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) NL (mm) 30 250 560H2500B 270 560H2700B 300 560H3000B 320 560H3200B 350 560H3500B 380 560H3800B 400 560H4000B 420 560H4200B 450 560H4500B 480 560H4800B 500 560H5000B 520 560H5200B 550 560H5500B 600 560H6000B 3
+3
Part no. ZST.410TV ZST.600TV ZST.750TV
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Runner systems 〉 TANDEM 〉 TANDEM – locking device feature
Web code DQD1XA
TANDEM full extension with BLUMOTION – 560H Drawer | inner drawer
Drawer
Inner drawer
SKW = LW – 42 +0.0 –1.5
min 7
Planning Space requirement in cabinet
SKL = NL – 10 11–16
32
ISKL = SKL + X
X + 19*
37*
37
X
min 27.5*
NL NL + 3*
min 27.5
21
*
+3 mm with side stabilisation
SKW LW
Internal drawer width Internal cabinet width
SKL NL *
Hole spacing – runners Runner 560H – 30 kg Nominal length NL (mm)
18
10
Drawer length Nominal length Additional +12 mm with side stabilisation
NL NL + X + 3*
ISKL SKL NL X *
10
Inner drawer length Drawer length Nominal length Front thickness Additional +2 mm with POSISTOP
Runner systems
12–15
Drawer assembly
250 | 270
55
96
300 | 320 | 350 | 380
160
400 | 420
11
450 | 480
33
10
64
Use drilling template T65.1000.02
Use drilling template T65.1000.02
128
500 | 520 | 550 600
64
Reference pages Overview – TANDEM Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM CABLOXX Accessories Attachment of runners Overview – assembly devices More technical details
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
14
224
32
9
37
447 Assembly, removal and adjustment 493 582 Short URL 482 www.blum.com/a420 490 591 698
451
Runner systems 〉 TANDEM 〉 TANDEM – locking device feature
Web code DQD2MM
TANDEM full extension – 560H Space requirement
▬ Runner for wooden drawers with a panel thickness of 11–16 mm ▬ Concealed TANDEM full extension with integrated BLUMATIC self-insertion technology ▬ Suitable for use with TIP-ON – the mechanical opening support system ▬ Low-friction cylindrical rollers ensure a feather-light glide ▬ Tool-free height adjustment via a locking device ▬ Tool-free integrated front tilt adjustment ▬ Built-in width and depth tolerance compensation ▬ Recommendation: optional TIP-ON synchronisation for secure triggering even with wide fronts
NL
NL
Runner systems
Order information 1 Runners left/right
Nominal length
Drawer
Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) NL (mm) 30 250 560H2500C 270 560H2700C 300 560H3000C 320 560H3200C 350 560H3500C 380 560H3800C 400 560H4000C 420 560H4200C 450 560H4500C 480 560H4800C 500 560H5000C 520 560H5200C 550 560H5500C 600 560H6000C
6a
6b
6c
6a
Inner drawer
6a
The output path can vary depending on the load or the adjustment!
3
Locking device left/right Colour Material Orange Nylon/zinc
Order left/right
Accessories 4 Front adjuster Colour Natural 6a
Part no. T51.1700.04
6b Material Nylon
Part no. 295.1000
TIP-ON left/right Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) 30
Part no. T55.7150S
6b
TIP-ON synchronisation pinion set Colour Version RAL 7037 dust grey Semicircular
Part no. T55.000R
6c
TIP-ON synchronisation linkage Cabinet width KB (mm) Version Up to 1200 Semicircular
Part no. T55.889W
Only suitable for TANDEM full extension
+3
6a
6c
For cutting to size Starting with cabinet width KB 600 mm Note We recommend the use of a TIP-ON synchronisation linkage for every cabinet width KB Cutting
Internal cabinet width LW – 277 mm
Alternative to 6b | 6c 6d TIP-ON synchronisation pinion set and shaft Cabinet width KB (mm) Version Up to 1400 Round For cutting to size Cutting
452
Part no. T55.1089ZR
Internal cabinet width LW – 277 mm
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Runner systems 〉 TANDEM 〉 TANDEM – locking device feature
Web code DQD2MM
TANDEM full extension – 560H Drawer | inner drawer
Drawer
Inner drawer
SKW = LW – 42 +0.0 –1.5
min 7
Planning Space requirement in cabinet
X
SKL = NL – 10 11–16
32
X + 19*
37*
37
ISKL = SKL + X
min 27.5*
NL NL + 3
min 27.5
21
*
+1 mm with TIP-ON
SKW LW
Internal drawer width Internal cabinet width
SKL NL
Hole spacing – runners Runner 560H – 30 kg Nominal length NL (mm)
Drawer length Nominal length
18
10
NL NL + X + 3*
ISKL SKL NL X *
10
Inner drawer length Drawer length Nominal length Front thickness Additional +4 mm with TIP-ON
Runner systems
12–15
Drawer assembly
250 | 270
55
300 | 320 | 350 | 380 400 | 420
11 33
10
450 | 480
Use drilling template T65.1000.02
500 | 520 | 550
Trigger range
600
Use drilling template T65.1000.02 * 85 mm with TIP-ON
600 500 400
3.5
300 200
mm
100
6 9 0 12 00 0 00
Example for 560H – 30 kg, nominal length NL 500 mm, four sided drawer, with synchronisation
Reference pages Overview – TANDEM CABLOXX Accessories Attachment of runners Overview – assembly devices More technical details
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
447 Assembly, removal and adjustment 582 482 490 Short URL 591 www.blum.com/a420 698
453
Runner systems 〉 TANDEM 〉 TANDEM – locking device feature
Web code DQD3BY
TANDEM single extension with BLUMOTION – 550H ▬ Runner for wooden drawers with a panel thickness of 11–16 mm ▬ Concealed TANDEM single extension with soft end stop when opening and integrated BLUMOTION damping effect for soft and effortless closing ▬ Suitable for use with SERVO-DRIVE – the electrical opening support system ▬ Low-friction cylindrical rollers ensure a feather-light glide ▬ Tool-free height adjustment via a locking device ▬ Built-in width and depth tolerance compensation
Space requirement
NL
NL
Runner systems
Order information 1 Runners left/right
+3
Nominal length
Drawer
BLUMOTION Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) NL (mm) 30 270 550H2700B 300 550H3000B 350 550H3500B 400 550H4000B 450 550H4500B 500 550H5000B 550 550H5500B 600 550H6000B 650 550H6500B 3
Locking device left/right Colour Material Orange Nylon/zinc
Order left/right
Accessories 4 Front adjuster Colour Natural 5 Depth stop
12
POSISTOP Colour RAL 7037 dust grey
454
Material Nylon
Part no. 295.1000
Material Nylon
Part no. 298.5500
Side stabilisation set for single extension Nominal length NL (mm) Up to 400 Up to 650
For cutting to size Suitable for cabinet width KB 1400 mm
Part no. T51.1700.04
Inner drawer
Part no. ZST.410TT ZST.650TT
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Runner systems 〉 TANDEM 〉 TANDEM – locking device feature
Web code DQD3BY
TANDEM single extension with BLUMOTION – 550H Drawer | inner drawer
Drawer
Inner drawer
SKW = LW – 42 +0.0 –1.5
min 7
Planning Space requirement in cabinet
SKL = NL – 10 11–16
X
37
ISKL = SKL + X
max 13
min 24.5*
NL NL + 3*
min 24.5
21
A *
3 mm distance to interchange with full extension +3 mm with side stabilisation
SKW LW
Internal drawer width Internal cabinet width
SKL NL *
Hole spacing – runners Runner 550H – 30 kg Nominal length NL (mm)
10
Drawer length Nominal length Additional +12 mm with side stabilisation
NL NL + X + 3*
ISKL SKL NL X *
10
Inner drawer length Drawer length Nominal length Front thickness Additional +2 mm with POSISTOP
Runner systems
A
34*
X + 19*
Drawer assembly
270
55
300 | 350 | 400 | 450 11
500 | 550
33
10
600
Use drilling template T65.1000.02
Use drilling template T65.1000.02
650
Reference pages Overview – TANDEM Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM CABLOXX Accessories Attachment of runners Overview – assembly devices More technical details
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
447 Assembly, removal and adjustment 493 582 Short URL 482 www.blum.com/a420 490 591 698
455
Runner systems 〉 TANDEM 〉 TANDEM – locking device feature
Web code DQD41C
TANDEM single extension with TIP-ON – 550H Space requirement
▬ Runner for wooden drawers with a panel thickness of 11–16 mm ▬ Concealed TANDEM single extension with soft end stop when opening and integrated TIP-ON mechanical opening support system ▬ Low-friction cylindrical rollers ensure a feather-light glide ▬ Tool-free height adjustment via a locking device ▬ Built-in width and depth tolerance compensation ▬ Recommendation: optional TIP-ON synchronisation linkage for secure triggering even with wide fronts
NL
NL
Runner systems
Order information 1 Runners left/right
Locking device left/right Colour Material Orange Nylon/zinc
Order left/right
Accessories 4 Front adjuster Colour Natural 6c
Nominal length
Drawer
TIP-ON Nominal length Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) NL (mm) 30 270 550H2700T 300 550H3000T 350 550H3500T 400 550H4000T 450 550H4500T 500 550H5000T 550 550H5500T 600 550H6000T 650 550H6500T 3
+3
6c
4 1
3 Part no. T51.1700.04
Material Nylon
Part no. 295.1000
TIP-ON synchronisation linkage Cabinet width KB (mm) Version Up to 1200 Profile
Part no. T57.1140S
Inner drawer
6c
For cutting to size Note We recommend the use of a TIP-ON synchronisation linkage for every cabinet width KB Cutting
Internal cabinet width LW – 31 mm
3
456
1
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Runner systems 〉 TANDEM 〉 TANDEM – locking device feature
Web code DQD41C
TANDEM single extension with TIP-ON – 550H Drawer | inner drawer
Drawer
Inner drawer
SKW = LW – 42 +0.0 –1.5
min 7
Planning Space requirement in cabinet
SKL = NL – 10 11–16
X
37
ISKL = SKL + X
max 13
min 24.5
NL NL + 3
min 24.5
21
A
3 mm distance to interchange with full extension
SKW LW
Internal drawer width Internal cabinet width
SKL NL
Hole spacing – runners Runner 550H – 30 kg Nominal length NL (mm)
Drawer length Nominal length
10
NL NL + X + 7
ISKL SKL NL X
10
Inner drawer length Drawer length Nominal length Front thickness
Runner systems
A
34
X + 23
Drawer assembly
270
55
300 | 350 | 400 | 450 500 | 550
11 33
10
600
Use drilling template T65.1000.02
650
Trigger range
Use drilling template T65.1000.02
600 500 400
3.5
300 200
mm
100
6 9 0 12 00 0 00
Example for 560H – 30 kg, nominal length NL 500 mm, four sided drawer, with synchronisation
Reference pages Overview – TANDEM Accessories Attachment of runners CABLOXX Overview – assembly devices More technical details
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
447 Assembly, removal and adjustment 482 490 582 Short URL 591 www.blum.com/a420 698
457
Runner systems 〉 TANDEM 〉 TANDEM – hook and peg variant
Web code DQD4QM
TANDEM full extension with BLUMOTION – 561H ▬ Runner for wooden drawers with a panel thickness of 11–16 mm ▬ Concealed TANDEM full extension with integrated BLUMOTION damping effect for soft and effortless closing action ▬ Suitable for use with SERVO-DRIVE – the electrical opening support system ▬ Low-friction cylindrical rollers ensure a feather-light glide ▬ Lift-off stop and height adjustment integrated into runner system ▬ Tool-free integrated front tilt adjustment
Space requirement
NL
NL
Runner systems
Order information 1 Runners left/right Nominal length NL (mm) 260 285 310 335 360 385 410 435 460 485 510 535 560
12
458
Material Nylon
Side stabilisation set for full extension Nominal length NL (mm) Up to 410 Up to 600
For cutting to size Suitable for cabinet width KB 1400 mm
Nominal length
Drawer
BLUMOTION Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) 30 ☎ 561H2601B ☎ 561H2851B ☎ 561H3101B ☎ 561H3351B ☎ 561H3601B ☎ 561H3851B ☎ 561H4101B ☎ 561H4351B ☎ 561H4601B ☎ 561H4851B ☎ 561H5101B ☎ 561H5351B ☎ 561H5601B
Accessories 4 Front adjuster Colour Natural
+3
Inner drawer
Part no. 295.1000 Part no. ZST.410TV ZST.600TV
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Runner systems 〉 TANDEM 〉 TANDEM – hook and peg variant
Web code DQD4QM
TANDEM full extension with BLUMOTION – 561H Planning Space requirement in cabinet
Drawer | inner drawer
Drawer
Inner drawer
+0.0
min 7
SKW = LW – 42 –1.5
11–16
32
X + 17
37*
37
ISKL = SKL + X
X
SKL = NL – 10
NL NL + 3*
min 27.5
21
*
+3 mm with side stabilisation
SKW LW
Internal drawer width Internal cabinet width
Hole spacing – runners Runner 561H – 30 kg Nominal length NL (mm)
SKL NL *
10
Drawer length Nominal length Additional +12 mm with side stabilisation
10
NL NL + X + 3
ISKL SKL NL X
Inner drawer length Drawer length Nominal length Front thickness
Runner systems
11–13
min 27.5*
Drawer assembly
260 285 310 | 335 360 | 385
Use drilling template T65.1000.02
410
Drawer assembly
435 | 460 | 485 510 | 535 560
Reference pages Overview – TANDEM Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM CABLOXX Accessories Attachment of runners Overview – assembly devices More technical details
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Nominal length NL (mm) 260 285 310 335 360 385 410 435 460 485 510 535 560
Pegs
Lift-off stop
X2 (mm) 205 220 230 245 275 285 300 310 335 350 360 375 405
X3 (mm) 185 200 242 257 287 297 344 354 379 394 436 451 481
447 Assembly, removal and adjustment 493 582 Short URL 482 www.blum.com/a420 490 591 698
459
Runner systems 〉 TANDEM 〉 TANDEM – hook and peg variant
Web code DQD5FY
TANDEM full extension – 561H ▬ Runner for wooden drawers with a panel thickness of 11–16 mm ▬ Concealed TANDEM full extension with integrated BLUMATIC self-insertion technology ▬ Suitable for use with TIP-ON – the mechanical opening support system ▬ Low-friction cylindrical rollers ensure a feather-light glide ▬ Lift-off stop and height adjustment integrated into runner system ▬ Tool-free integrated front tilt adjustment ▬ Recommendation: optional TIP-ON synchronisation for secure triggering even with wide fronts
Space requirement
NL
Runner systems
NL
Order information 1 Runners left/right
Drawer
Nominal length NL (mm) 260 285 310 335 360 385 410 435 460 485 510 535 560
Inner drawer
Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) 30 ☎ 561H2601C ☎ 561H2851C ☎ 561H3101C ☎ 561H3351C ☎ 561H3601C ☎ 561H3851C ☎ 561H4101C ☎ 561H4351C ☎ 561H4601C ☎ 561H4851C ☎ 561H5101C ☎ 561H5351C ☎ 561H5601C
The output path can vary depending on the load or the adjustment!
Accessories 4 Front adjuster Colour Natural 6a
Material Nylon
Nominal length
Part no. 295.1000
TIP-ON left/right Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) 30
Part no. T55.7150S
6b
TIP-ON synchronisation pinion set Colour Version RAL 7037 dust grey Semicircular
Part no. T55.000R
6c
TIP-ON synchronisation linkage Cabinet width KB (mm) Version Up to 1200 Semicircular
Part no. T55.889W
Only suitable for TANDEM full extension
+3
For cutting to size Starting with cabinet width KB 600 mm Note We recommend the use of a TIP-ON synchronisation linkage for every cabinet width KB Cutting
Internal cabinet width LW – 277 mm
Alternative to 6b | 6c 6d TIP-ON synchronisation pinion set and shaft Cabinet width KB (mm) Version Up to 1400 Round For cutting to size Cutting
460
Part no. T55.1089ZR
Internal cabinet width LW – 277 mm
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Runner systems 〉 TANDEM 〉 TANDEM – hook and peg variant
Web code DQD5FY
TANDEM full extension – 561H Drawer | inner drawer
Drawer
Inner drawer
SKW = LW – 42 +0.0 –1.5
min 7
Planning Space requirement in cabinet
11–16
32
X + 17*
37*
37
ISKL = SKL + X
X
SKL = NL – 10
NL NL + 3
min 27.5
21
*
+1 mm with TIP-ON
SKW LW
Internal drawer width Internal cabinet width
Hole spacing – runners Runner 561H – 30 kg Nominal length NL (mm)
SKL NL
Drawer length Nominal length
10
NL NL + X + 3**
ISKL SKL NL X * **
10
Inner drawer length Drawer length Nominal length Front thickness Additional +6 mm with TIP-ON Additional +4 mm with TIP-ON
Runner systems
11–13
min 27.5*
Drawer assembly
260 | 285 310 | 335 | 360 | 385 410 435 | 460 | 485
Use drilling template T65.1000.02
510 | 535
Drawer assembly
560
Trigger range 600 500 400
3.5
300 200
mm
100
Nominal length NL (mm) 260 285 310 335 360 385 410 435 460 485 510 535 560
Pegs
Lift-off stop
X2 (mm) 205 220 230 245 275 285 300 310 335 350 360 375 405
X3 (mm) 185 200 242 257 287 297 344 354 379 394 436 451 481
6 9 0 12 00 0 00
Example for 560H – 30 kg, nominal length NL 500 mm, four sided drawer, with synchronisation
Reference pages Overview – TANDEM CABLOXX Accessories Attachment of runners Overview – assembly devices More technical details
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
447 Assembly, removal and adjustment 582 482 490 Short URL 591 www.blum.com/a420 698
461
Runner systems 〉 TANDEM 〉 TANDEM – hook and peg variant
Web code DQD65A
TANDEM single extension with BLUMOTION – 551H ▬ Runner for wooden drawers with a panel thickness of 11–16 mm ▬ Concealed TANDEM single extension with soft end stop when opening and integrated BLUMOTION damping effect for soft and effortless closing ▬ Suitable for use with SERVO-DRIVE – the electrical opening support system ▬ Low-friction cylindrical rollers ensure a feather-light glide ▬ Lift-off stop and height adjustment integrated into runner system
Space requirement
NL
NL
Runner systems
Order information 1 Runners left/right Nominal length NL (mm) 260 285 310 335 360 385 410 435 460 485 510 535 560
12
462
Material Nylon
Side stabilisation set for single extension Nominal length NL (mm) Up to 410 Up to 650
For cutting to size Suitable for cabinet width KB 1400 mm
Nominal length
Drawer
BLUMOTION Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) 30 ☎ 551H2601B ☎ 551H2851B ☎ 551H3101B ☎ 551H3351B ☎ 551H3601B ☎ 551H3851B ☎ 551H4101B ☎ 551H4351B ☎ 551H4601B ☎ 551H4851B ☎ 551H5101B ☎ 551H5351B ☎ 551H5601B
Accessories 4 Front adjuster Colour Natural
+3
Inner drawer
Part no. 295.1000 Part no. ZST.410TT ZST.650TT
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Runner systems 〉 TANDEM 〉 TANDEM – hook and peg variant
Web code DQD65A
TANDEM single extension with BLUMOTION – 551H Drawer | inner drawer
Drawer
Inner drawer
SKW = LW – 42 +0.0 –1.5
min 7
Planning Space requirement in cabinet
ISKL = SKL + X
SKL = NL – 10
X
11–16
37
11–13
min 24.5*
NL NL + 3*
min 24.5
21
A *
3 mm distance to interchange with full extension +3 mm with side stabilisation
SKW LW
Internal drawer width Internal cabinet width
SKL NL *
Hole spacing – runners Runner 551H – 30 kg Nominal length NL (mm)
10
Drawer length Nominal length Additional +12 mm with side stabilisation
NL NL + X + 3
ISKL SKL NL X
10
Inner drawer length Drawer length Nominal length Front thickness
Runner systems
A
34*
X + 17
Drawer assembly
260 | 285
96
310 | 335 | 360 | 385 | 410 | 435
128
460 | 485 510 | 535
Use drilling template T65.1000.02
560
Drawer assembly
14 224
64
9 37 X2 X1
Reference pages Overview – TANDEM Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM CABLOXX Accessories Attachment of runners Overview – assembly devices More technical details
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Nominal length NL (mm) 260 285 310 335 360 385 410 435 460 485 510 535 560
Pegs
Lift-off stop
X2 (mm) 205 220 230 245 275 285 300 310 335 350 360 375 405
X1 (mm) 185 200 210 225 255 265 280 290 315 330 340 355 385
447 Assembly, removal and adjustment 493 582 Short URL 482 www.blum.com/a420 490 591 698
463
Runner systems 〉 TANDEM 〉 TANDEM – hook and peg variant
Web code DQD6UP
TANDEM single extension with TIP-ON – 551H ▬ Runner for wooden drawers with a panel thickness of 11–16 mm ▬ Concealed TANDEM single extension with soft end stop when opening and integrated TIP-ON mechanical opening support system ▬ Low-friction cylindrical rollers ensure a feather-light glide ▬ Lift-off stop and height adjustment integrated into runner system ▬ Recommendation: optional TIP-ON synchronisation linkage for secure triggering even with wide fronts
Space requirement
NL
NL
Runner systems
Order information 1 Runners left/right Nominal length NL (mm) 260 285 310 335 360 385 410 435 460 485 510 535 560
6c
Nominal length
Drawer
TIP-ON Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) 30 ☎ 551H2601T ☎ 551H2851T ☎ 551H3101T ☎ 551H3351T ☎ 551H3601T ☎ 551H3851T ☎ 551H4101T ☎ 551H4351T ☎ 551H4601T ☎ 551H4851T ☎ 551H5101T ☎ 551H5351T ☎ 551H5601T
Accessories 4 Front adjuster Colour Natural
+3
6c
4 1
Inner drawer
Material Nylon
Part no. 295.1000
TIP-ON synchronisation linkage Cabinet width KB (mm) Version Up to 1200 Profile
Part no. T57.1140S
6c
For cutting to size Note We recommend the use of a TIP-ON synchronisation linkage for every cabinet width KB Cutting
464
Internal cabinet width LW – 31 mm
1
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Runner systems 〉 TANDEM 〉 TANDEM – hook and peg variant
Web code DQD6UP
TANDEM single extension with TIP-ON – 551H Drawer | inner drawer
Drawer
Inner drawer
SKW = LW – 42 +0.0 –1.5
min 7
Planning Space requirement in cabinet
ISKL = SKL + X
SKL = NL – 10 11–16
X
37
11–13
min 24.5
NL NL + 3
min 24.5
21
A
3 mm distance to interchange with full extension
SKW LW
Internal drawer width Internal cabinet width
SKL NL
Hole spacing – runners Runner 551H – 30 kg Nominal length NL (mm)
Drawer length Nominal length
10
10
NL NL + X + 7
ISKL SKL NL X
Inner drawer length Drawer length Nominal length Front thickness
Runner systems
A
34
X + 23
Drawer assembly
260 | 285
96
310 | 335 | 360 | 385 | 410 | 435
128
460 | 485 510 | 535
Use drilling template T65.1000.02
560
Drawer assembly
14 64
224
9 37
Trigger range
X2 X1
600 500 400
3.5
300 200
mm
100
Nominal length NL (mm) 260 285 310 335 360 385 410 435 460 485 510 535 560
Pegs
Lift-off stop
X2 (mm) 205 220 230 245 275 285 300 310 335 350 360 375 405
X1 (mm) 185 200 210 225 255 265 280 290 315 330 340 355 385
6 9 0 12 00 0 00
Example for 560H – 30 kg, nominal length NL 500 mm, four sided drawer, with synchronisation
Reference pages Overview – TANDEM CABLOXX Accessories Attachment of runners Overview – assembly devices More technical details
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
447 Assembly, removal and adjustment 582 482 490 Short URL 591 www.blum.com/a420 698
465
Runner systems 〉 TANDEM 〉 TANDEM 19 mm – locking device feature
Web code DQHL6M
TANDEM full extension with BLUMOTION – 560F ▬ Runner for wooden drawers with a panel thickness of 17–19 mm ▬ Concealed TANDEM full extension with integrated BLUMOTION damping effect for soft and effortless closing action ▬ Suitable for use with SERVO-DRIVE – the electrical opening support system ▬ Low-friction cylindrical rollers ensure a feather-light glide ▬ Tool-free height adjustment via a locking device ▬ Tool-free integrated front tilt adjustment ▬ Built-in width and depth tolerance compensation
Space requirement
NL
NL
Runner systems
Order information 1 Runners left/right Nominal length NL (mm) 250 270 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 3
Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) 30 ☎ 560F2500B ☎ 560F2700B ☎ 560F3000B ☎ 560F3500B ☎ 560F4000B ☎ 560F4500B ☎ 560F5000B ☎ 560F5500B ☎ 560F6000B
Locking device left/right Colour Material Orange Nylon/zinc
Accessories 4 Front adjuster Colour Natural
Depth stop
466
Nominal length
Drawer
Order left/right
5
+3
POSISTOP Colour RAL 7037 dust grey
Part no. T51.1700.04
Material Nylon
Part no. 295.1000
Material Nylon
Part no. 298.5500
Inner drawer
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Runner systems 〉 TANDEM 〉 TANDEM 19 mm – locking device feature
Web code DQHL6M
TANDEM full extension with BLUMOTION – 560F Drawer | inner drawer
Drawer
Inner drawer
SKW = LW – 49 +0.0 –1.5
min 7
Planning Space requirement in cabinet
X
SKL = NL – 10 17–19
32
X + 19*
37
37
ISKL = SKL + X
NL NL + 3
min 27.5
24.5
SKW LW
Internal drawer width Internal cabinet width
SKL NL
Hole spacing – runners Runner 560F – 30 kg Nominal length NL (mm)
Drawer length Nominal length
10
18
NL NL + X + 3*
ISKL SKL NL X *
10
Inner drawer length Drawer length Nominal length Front thickness Additional +2 mm with POSISTOP
Runner systems
12–15
min 27.5
Drawer assembly
250 | 270
55
96
300 | 350
160
400
33
10
64
450
11
Use drilling template T65.1000.02
Use drilling template T65.1000.02
128
500 | 550 600
64
Reference pages Overview – TANDEM Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM CABLOXX Accessories Attachment of runners Overview – assembly devices More technical details
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
14
224
32
9
37
447 TANDEM 19 mm 493 582 Short URL 482 www.blum.com/i011 490 Assembly, removal and adjustment 591 698 Short URL www.blum.com/a420 467
Runner systems 〉 TANDEM 〉 TANDEM 19 mm – locking device feature
Web code DQHLVY
TANDEM full extension – 560F Space requirement
▬ Runner for wooden drawers with a panel thickness of 17–19 mm ▬ Concealed TANDEM full extension with integrated BLUMATIC self-insertion technology ▬ Suitable for use with TIP-ON – the mechanical opening support system ▬ Low-friction cylindrical rollers ensure a feather-light glide ▬ Tool-free height adjustment via a locking device ▬ Tool-free integrated front tilt adjustment ▬ Built-in width and depth tolerance compensation ▬ Recommendation: optional TIP-ON synchronisation for secure triggering even with wide fronts
NL
NL
Runner systems
Order information 1 Runners left/right Nominal length NL (mm) 250 270 300 350 400 450 500 550 600
+3
Nominal length
Drawer
6a
Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) 30 ☎ 560F2500C ☎ 560F2700C ☎ 560F3000C ☎ 560F3500C ☎ 560F4000C ☎ 560F4500C ☎ 560F5000C ☎ 560F5500C ☎ 560F6000C
6b
6c
6a
The output path can vary depending on the load or the adjustment!
3
Locking device left/right Colour Material Orange Nylon/zinc
Order left/right
Accessories 4 Front adjuster Colour Natural 6a
Material Nylon
Part no. T51.1700.04
Part no. 295.1000
TIP-ON left/right Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) 30
Part no. T55.7150S
6b
TIP-ON synchronisation pinion set Colour Version RAL 7037 dust grey Semicircular
Part no. T55.000R
6c
TIP-ON synchronisation linkage Cabinet width KB (mm) Version Up to 1200 Semicircular
Part no. T55.882W
Only suitable for TANDEM full extension
Inner drawer
6a
6b
6a
6c
For cutting to size Starting with cabinet width KB 600 mm Note We recommend the use of a TIP-ON synchronisation linkage for every cabinet width KB Cutting
Internal cabinet width LW – 284 mm
Alternative to 6b | 6c 6d TIP-ON synchronisation pinion set and shaft Cabinet width KB (mm) Version Up to 1400 Round For cutting to size Cutting
468
Part no. T55.1089ZR
Internal cabinet width LW – 284 mm
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Runner systems 〉 TANDEM 〉 TANDEM 19 mm – locking device feature
Web code DQHLVY
TANDEM full extension – 560F Drawer | inner drawer
Drawer
Inner drawer
SKW = LW – 49 +0.0 –1.5
min 7
Planning Space requirement in cabinet
X
SKL = NL – 10 17–19
32
X + 19*
37*
37
ISKL = SKL + X
NL NL + 3
min 27.5
24.5
*
+1 mm with TIP-ON
SKW LW
Internal drawer width Internal cabinet width
SKL NL
Hole spacing – runners Runner 560F – 30 kg Nominal length NL (mm)
Drawer length Nominal length
10
18
NL NL + X + 3*
ISKL SKL NL X *
10
Inner drawer length Drawer length Nominal length Front thickness Additional +4 mm with TIP-ON
Runner systems
12–15
min 27.5*
Drawer assembly
250 | 270
55
300 | 350 11
400
33
10
450
Use drilling template T65.1000.02
500 | 550
Trigger range
600
Use drilling template T65.1000.02 * 85 mm with TIP-ON
600 500 400
3.5
300 200
mm
100
6 9 0 12 00 0 00
Example for 560F – 30 kg, nominal length NL 500 mm, four sided drawer, with synchronisation
Reference pages Overview – TANDEM CABLOXX Accessories Attachment of runners Overview – assembly devices More technical details
447 582 482 490 591 698
TANDEM 19 mm Short URL www.blum.com/i011 Assembly, removal and adjustment Short URL www.blum.com/a420
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
469
Runner systems 〉 TANDEM 〉 TANDEM 19 mm – locking device feature
Web code DQHMLA
TANDEM single extension with BLUMOTION – 550F ▬ Runner for wooden drawers with a panel thickness of 17–19 mm ▬ Concealed TANDEM single extension with soft end stop when opening and integrated BLUMOTION damping effect for soft and effortless closing ▬ Suitable for use with SERVO-DRIVE – the electrical opening support system ▬ Low-friction cylindrical rollers ensure a feather-light glide ▬ Tool-free height adjustment via a locking device ▬ Built-in width and depth tolerance compensation
Space requirement
NL
NL
Runner systems
Order information 1 Runners left/right Nominal length NL (mm) 270 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 3
BLUMOTION Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) 30 ☎ 550F2700B ☎ 550F3000B ☎ 550F3500B ☎ 550F4000B ☎ 550F4500B ☎ 550F5000B ☎ 550F5500B ☎ 550F6000B ☎ 550F6500B
Locking device left/right Colour Material Orange Nylon/zinc
Accessories 4 Front adjuster Colour Natural
Depth stop
470
Nominal length
Drawer
Order left/right
5
+3
POSISTOP Colour RAL 7037 dust grey
Part no. T51.1700.04
Material Nylon
Part no. 295.1000
Material Nylon
Part no. 298.5500
Inner drawer
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Runner systems 〉 TANDEM 〉 TANDEM 19 mm – locking device feature
Web code DQHMLA
TANDEM single extension with BLUMOTION – 550F Drawer | inner drawer
Drawer
Inner drawer
SKW = LW – 49 +0.0 –1.5
min 7
Planning Space requirement in cabinet
X
SKL = NL – 10 17–19
37
ISKL = SKL + X
max 13
min 24.5
NL NL + 3
min 24.5
24.5
A
3 mm distance to interchange with full extension
SKW LW
Internal drawer width Internal cabinet width
SKL NL
Hole spacing – runners Runner 550F – 30 kg Nominal length NL (mm)
Drawer length Nominal length
10
NL NL + X + 3*
ISKL SKL NL X *
10
Inner drawer length Drawer length Nominal length Front thickness Additional +2 mm with POSISTOP
Runner systems
A
34
X + 19*
Drawer assembly
270
55
300 | 350 | 400 | 450 11
500 | 550
33
10
600
Use drilling template T65.1000.02
Use drilling template T65.1000.02
650
Reference pages Overview – TANDEM Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM CABLOXX Accessories Attachment of runners Overview – assembly devices More technical details
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
447 TANDEM 19 mm 493 582 Short URL 482 www.blum.com/i011 490 Assembly, removal and adjustment 591 698 Short URL www.blum.com/a420 471
Runner systems 〉 TANDEM 〉 TANDEM 19 mm – locking device feature
Web code DQHNAP
TANDEM single extension with TIP-ON – 550F ▬ Runner for wooden drawers with a panel thickness of 17–19 mm ▬ Concealed TANDEM single extension with soft end stop when opening and integrated TIP-ON mechanical opening support system ▬ Low-friction cylindrical rollers ensure a feather-light glide ▬ Tool-free height adjustment via a locking device ▬ Built-in width and depth tolerance compensation ▬ Recommendation: optional TIP-ON synchronisation linkage for secure triggering even with wide fronts
Space requirement
NL
NL
Runner systems
Order information 1 Runners left/right Nominal length NL (mm) 270 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 3
Locking device left/right Colour Material Orange Nylon/zinc
Order left/right
6c
Nominal length
Drawer
TIP-ON Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) 30 ☎ 550F2700T ☎ 550F3000T ☎ 550F3500T ☎ 550F4000T ☎ 550F4500T ☎ 550F5000T ☎ 550F5500T ☎ 550F6000T ☎ 550F6500T
Accessories 4 Front adjuster Colour Natural
+3
6c
4 1
3 Part no. T51.1700.04
Inner drawer
6c Material Nylon
Part no. 295.1000
TIP-ON synchronisation linkage Cabinet width KB (mm) Version Up to 1200 Profile
Part no. T57.1140S
For cutting to size Note We recommend the use of a TIP-ON synchronisation linkage for every cabinet width KB Cutting
Internal cabinet width LW – 39 mm
3
472
1
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Runner systems 〉 TANDEM 〉 TANDEM 19 mm – locking device feature
Web code DQHNAP
TANDEM single extension with TIP-ON – 550F Drawer | inner drawer
Drawer
Inner drawer
SKW = LW – 49 +0.0 –1.5
min 7
Planning Space requirement in cabinet
SKL = NL – 10 17–19
X
37
ISKL = SKL + X
max 13
min 24.5
NL NL + 3
min 24.5
24.5
A
3 mm distance to interchange with full extension
SKW LW
Internal drawer width Internal cabinet width
SKL NL
Hole spacing – runners Runner 550F – 30 kg Nominal length NL (mm)
Drawer length Nominal length
10
NL NL + X + 7
ISKL SKL NL X
10
Inner drawer length Drawer length Nominal length Front thickness
Runner systems
A
34
X + 23
Drawer assembly
270
55
300 | 350 | 400 | 450 11
500 | 550
33
10
600
Use drilling template T65.1000.02
650
Trigger range
Use drilling template T65.1000.02
600 500 400
3.5
300 200
mm
100
6 9 0 12 00 0 00
Example for 560F – 30 kg, nominal length NL 500 mm, four sided drawer, with synchronisation
Reference pages Overview – TANDEM Accessories Attachment of runners CABLOXX Overview – assembly devices More technical details
447 482 490 582 591 698
TANDEM 19 mm Short URL www.blum.com/i011 Assembly, removal and adjustment Short URL www.blum.com/a420
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
473
Runner systems 〉 TANDEM 〉 TANDEM 19 mm – hook and peg variant
Web code DQHNZY
TANDEM full extension with BLUMOTION – 561F ▬ Runner for wooden drawers with a panel thickness of 17–19 mm ▬ Concealed TANDEM full extension with integrated BLUMOTION damping effect for soft and effortless closing action ▬ Suitable for use with SERVO-DRIVE – the electrical opening support system ▬ Low-friction cylindrical rollers ensure a feather-light glide ▬ Lift-off stop and height adjustment integrated into runner system ▬ Tool-free integrated front tilt adjustment
Space requirement
NL
NL
Runner systems
Order information 1 Runners left/right Nominal length NL (mm) 260 310 360 410 460 510 560
Nominal length
Drawer
BLUMOTION Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) 30 ☎ 561F2601B ☎ 561F3101B ☎ 561F3601B ☎ 561F4101B ☎ 561F4601B ☎ 561F5101B ☎ 561F5601B
Accessories 4 Front adjuster Colour Natural
+3
4 1
Material Nylon
Part no. 295.1000 Inner drawer
1
474
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Runner systems 〉 TANDEM 〉 TANDEM 19 mm – hook and peg variant
Web code DQHNZY
TANDEM full extension with BLUMOTION – 561F Drawer | inner drawer
Drawer
Inner drawer
SKW = LW – 49 +0.0 –1.5
min 7
Planning Space requirement in cabinet
17–19
32
X + 17
37
37
ISKL = SKL + X
X
SKL = NL – 10
NL NL + 3
min 27.5
24.5
SKW LW
Internal drawer width Internal cabinet width
Hole spacing – runners Runner 561F – 30 kg Nominal length NL (mm)
SKL NL
Drawer length Nominal length
10
10
NL NL + X + 3
ISKL SKL NL X
Inner drawer length Drawer length Nominal length Front thickness
Runner systems
11–13
min 27.5
Drawer assembly
260 310 | 360 410 460
Use drilling template T65.1000.02
510
Drawer assembly
560
Reference pages Overview – TANDEM Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM CABLOXX Accessories Attachment of runners Overview – assembly devices More technical details
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Nominal length NL (mm) 260 310 360 410 460 510 560
Pegs
Lift-off stop
X2 (mm) 205 230 275 300 335 360 405
X3 (mm) 185 242 287 344 379 436 481
447 TANDEM 19 mm 493 582 Short URL 482 www.blum.com/i011 490 Assembly, removal and adjustment 591 698 Short URL www.blum.com/a420 475
Runner systems 〉 TANDEM 〉 TANDEM 19 mm – hook and peg variant
Web code DQHOPA
TANDEM full extension – 561F ▬ Runner for wooden drawers with a panel thickness of 17–19 mm ▬ Concealed TANDEM full extension with integrated BLUMATIC self-insertion technology ▬ Suitable for use with TIP-ON – the mechanical opening support system ▬ Low-friction cylindrical rollers ensure a feather-light glide ▬ Lift-off stop and height adjustment integrated into runner system ▬ Tool-free integrated front tilt adjustment ▬ Recommendation: optional TIP-ON synchronisation for secure triggering even with wide fronts
Space requirement
NL
NL
Runner systems
Order information 1 Runners left/right Nominal length NL (mm) 260 310 360 410 460 510 560
+3
Nominal length
Drawer
Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) 30 ☎ 561F2601C ☎ 561F3101C ☎ 561F3601C ☎ 561F4101C ☎ 561F4601C ☎ 561F5101C ☎ 561F5601C
The output path can vary depending on the load or the adjustment!
Accessories 4 Front adjuster Colour Natural 6a
Material Nylon
Part no. 295.1000
TIP-ON left/right Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) 30
Part no. T55.7150S
6b
TIP-ON synchronisation pinion set Colour Version RAL 7037 dust grey Semicircular
Part no. T55.000R
6c
TIP-ON synchronisation linkage Cabinet width KB (mm) Version Up to 1200 Semicircular
Part no. T55.882W
Only suitable for TANDEM full extension
Inner drawer
For cutting to size Starting with cabinet width KB 600 mm Note We recommend the use of a TIP-ON synchronisation linkage for every cabinet width KB Cutting
Internal cabinet width LW – 284 mm
Alternative to 6b | 6c 6d TIP-ON synchronisation pinion set and shaft Cabinet width KB (mm) Version Up to 1400 Round For cutting to size Cutting
476
Part no. T55.1089ZR
Internal cabinet width LW – 284 mm
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Runner systems 〉 TANDEM 〉 TANDEM 19 mm – hook and peg variant
Web code DQHOPA
TANDEM full extension – 561F Drawer | inner drawer
Drawer
Inner drawer
SKW = LW – 49 +0.0 –1.5
min 7
Planning Space requirement in cabinet
17–19
32
X + 17*
37*
37
ISKL = SKL + X
X
SKL = NL – 10
NL NL + 3
min 27.5
24.5
*
+1 mm with TIP-ON
SKW LW
Internal drawer width Internal cabinet width
Hole spacing – runners Runner 561F – 30 kg Nominal length NL (mm)
SKL NL
Drawer length Nominal length
10
NL NL + X + 3**
ISKL SKL NL X * **
10
Inner drawer length Drawer length Nominal length Front thickness Additional +6 mm with TIP-ON Additional +4 mm with TIP-ON
Runner systems
11–13
min 27.5*
Drawer assembly
260 310 | 360 410 460
Use drilling template T65.1000.02
510
Drawer assembly
560
Trigger range 600 500 400
3.5
300 200
Nominal length NL (mm) 260 310 360 410 460 510 560
Pegs
Lift-off stop
X2 (mm) 205 230 275 300 335 360 405
X3 (mm) 185 242 287 344 379 436 481
mm
100
6 9 0 12 00 0 00
Example for 560F – 30 kg, nominal length NL 500 mm, four sided drawer, with synchronisation
Reference pages Overview – TANDEM CABLOXX Accessories Attachment of runners Overview – assembly devices More technical details
447 582 482 490 591 698
TANDEM 19 mm Short URL www.blum.com/i011 Assembly, removal and adjustment Short URL www.blum.com/a420
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
477
Runner systems 〉 TANDEM 〉 TANDEM 19 mm – hook and peg variant
Web code DQHPEM
TANDEM single extension with BLUMOTION – 551F ▬ Runner for wooden drawers with a panel thickness of 17–19 mm ▬ Concealed TANDEM single extension with soft end stop when opening and integrated BLUMOTION damping effect for soft and effortless closing ▬ Suitable for use with SERVO-DRIVE – the electrical opening support system ▬ Low-friction cylindrical rollers ensure a feather-light glide ▬ Lift-off stop and height adjustment integrated into runner system
Space requirement
NL
NL
Runner systems
Order information 1 Runners left/right Nominal length NL (mm) 260 310 360 410 460 510 560
Nominal length
Drawer
BLUMOTION Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) 30 ☎ 551F2601B ☎ 551F3101B ☎ 551F3601B ☎ 551F4101B ☎ 551F4601B ☎ 551F5101B ☎ 551F5601B
Accessories 4 Front adjuster Colour Natural
+3
4 1
Material Nylon
Part no. 295.1000 Inner drawer
1
478
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Runner systems 〉 TANDEM 〉 TANDEM 19 mm – hook and peg variant
Web code DQHPEM
TANDEM single extension with BLUMOTION – 551F Drawer | inner drawer
Drawer
Inner drawer
SKW = LW – 49 +0.0 –1.5
min 7
Planning Space requirement in cabinet
ISKL = SKL + X
SKL = NL – 10 17–19
X
37
11–13
min 24.5
NL NL + 3
min 24.5
24.5
A
3 mm distance to interchange with full extension
SKW LW
Internal drawer width Internal cabinet width
SKL NL
Hole spacing – runners Runner 551F – 30 kg Nominal length NL (mm)
Drawer length Nominal length
10
NL NL + X + 3
ISKL SKL NL X
10
Inner drawer length Drawer length Nominal length Front thickness
Runner systems
A
34
X + 17
Drawer assembly
260
96
310 | 360 | 410
128
460 510
Use drilling template T65.1000.02
560
Drawer assembly
14 224
64
9 37 X2 X1
Reference pages Overview – TANDEM Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM CABLOXX Accessories Attachment of runners Overview – assembly devices More technical details
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Nominal length NL (mm) 260 310 360 410 460 510 560
Pegs
Lift-off stop
X2 (mm) 205 230 275 300 335 360 405
X1 (mm) 185 210 255 280 315 340 385
447 TANDEM 19 mm 493 582 Short URL 482 www.blum.com/i011 490 Assembly, removal and adjustment 591 698 Short URL www.blum.com/a420 479
Runner systems 〉 TANDEM 〉 TANDEM 19 mm – hook and peg variant
Web code DQHQ4Z
TANDEM single extension with TIP-ON – 551F ▬ Runner for wooden drawers with a panel thickness of 17–19 mm ▬ Concealed TANDEM single extension with soft end stop when opening and integrated TIP-ON mechanical opening support system ▬ Low-friction cylindrical rollers ensure a feather-light glide ▬ Lift-off stop and height adjustment integrated into runner system ▬ Recommendation: optional TIP-ON synchronisation linkage for secure triggering even with wide fronts
Space requirement
NL
NL
Runner systems
Order information 1 Runners left/right Nominal length NL (mm) 260 310 360 410 460 510 560
6c
Nominal length
Drawer
TIP-ON Dynamic carrying capacity (kg) 30 ☎ 551F2601T ☎ 551F3101T ☎ 551F3601T ☎ 551F4101T ☎ 551F4601T ☎ 551F5101T ☎ 551F5601T
Accessories 4 Front adjuster Colour Natural
+3
6c
4 1
Material Nylon
Part no. 295.1000
TIP-ON synchronisation linkage Cabinet width KB (mm) Version Up to 1200 Profile
Part no. T57.1140S
Inner drawer
6c
For cutting to size Note We recommend the use of a TIP-ON synchronisation linkage for every cabinet width KB Cutting
Internal cabinet width LW – 39 mm
1
480
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Runner systems 〉 TANDEM 〉 TANDEM 19 mm – hook and peg variant
Web code DQHQ4Z
TANDEM single extension with TIP-ON – 551F Drawer | inner drawer
Drawer
Inner drawer
SKW = LW – 49 +0.0 –1.5
min 7
Planning Space requirement in cabinet
ISKL = SKL + X
SKL = NL – 10 17–19
X
37
11–13
min 24.5
NL NL + 3
min 24.5
24.5
A
3 mm distance to interchange with full extension
SKW LW
Internal drawer width Internal cabinet width
SKL NL
Hole spacing – runners Runner 551F – 30 kg Nominal length NL (mm)
Drawer length Nominal length
10
NL NL + X + 7
ISKL SKL NL X
10
Inner drawer length Drawer length Nominal length Front thickness
Runner systems
A
34
X + 23
Drawer assembly
260
96
310 | 360 | 410
128
460 510
Use drilling template T65.1000.02
560
Drawer assembly
14 224
64
9 37
Trigger range
X2 X1
600 500 400
3.5
300 200
Nominal length NL (mm) 260 310 360 410 460 510 560
Pegs
Lift-off stop
X2 (mm) 205 230 275 300 335 360 405
X1 (mm) 185 210 255 280 315 340 385
mm
100
6 9 0 12 00 0 00
Example for 560F – 30 kg, nominal length NL 500 mm, four sided drawer, with synchronisation
Reference pages Overview – TANDEM CABLOXX Accessories Attachment of runners Overview – assembly devices More technical details
447 582 482 490 591 698
TANDEM 19 mm Short URL www.blum.com/i011 Assembly, removal and adjustment Short URL www.blum.com/a420
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
481
Runner systems 〉 TANDEM 〉 Accessories
Pull-out shelf lock ▬ Can be used with TANDEM full extensions ▬ Cannot be used with TANDEM single extensions ▬ Can be combined with BLUMOTION and TIP-ON ▬ Two-sided locking mechanism ▬ Secure hold ▬ Pull-out shelf lock can be released with one hand thanks to synchronisation shaft ▬ Easy assembly – fittings serve as template ▬ Runners are attached to standard fixing positions ▬ Max. cabinet width 1200 mm
Space requirement
NL
Colour Orion grey matt Orion grey matt
Part no. 295H5700 295F5700
Locking device feature – 560H | 560F
Composed of: 12a 2 x Locking mechanism unit Fixing only possible with chipboard screws 12b 2 x Latching element Fixing possible with chipboard and system screws – 1 x Installation instructions Note During assembly of the pull-out shelf lock, make sure that you leave the tilt adjustment at the factory setting
12c
Synchronisation linkage Version Material Round Aluminium
Pull-out shelf lock can be released with one hand thanks to synchronisation shaft Cutting 560H | 561H Internal cabinet width LW – 87 mm ±1 mm 560F | 561F Internal cabinet width LW – 94 mm ±1 mm
Alternative to 12c 12c Synchronisation linkage Version Length (mm) Round 1160
Pull-out shelf lock can be released with one hand thanks to synchronisation shaft
Accessories – Chipboard screws Ø (mm) 3.5 –
System screw Ø (mm) 6
Part no. ZST.1089W Hook and peg variant – 561H | 561F
Part no. ZST.1160W
Length (mm) 15
Part no. 609.1500
Length (mm) 14.5
Part no. 661.1450.HG
Planning POS processing
–5
min 25
LW
10
NL LW TB TL TBL TSBL X Y *
482
Nominal length Internal cabinet width Shelf width Shelf length Pull-out shelf base length Pull-out shelf side panel length Pull-out shelf front piece thickness Pull-out shelf base thickness 29 mm with TANDEM 19 mm
Single pull-out shelf base Runners A (mm) 560H | 560F 12–15 561H | 561F 11–13
A
A
Runner systems
Order information 12 Pull-out shelf lock Runners 560H | 561H 560F | 561F
Nominal length
10
Double pull-out shelf base Runners A (mm) 560H | 560F 12–15 561H | 561F 11–13
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Runner systems 〉 TANDEM 〉 Accessories
Pull-out shelf lock Planning TANDEM – 560H Space requirement in cabinet
Pull-out shelf
Pull-out shelf
TB = LW – 22 +0.0 –1.5 min 3
37
10
21
+3 mm with side stabiliser or +1 mm with TIP-ON Min. 25 mm when installed in compartment
TANDEM – 561H Space requirement in cabinet
X
28
X + 19*
TB LW
Shelf width Internal cabinet width
Pull-out shelf
NL NL + 3*
TBL NL *
10
Pull-out shelf base length Nominal length Additional +12 mm with side stabilisation
Pull-out shelf
NL NL + X + 3*
TL NL X *
min 3
Shelf length Nominal length Pull-out shelf front piece thickness Additional +2 mm with POSISTOP or additional +4 mm with TIP-ON
POS inset application
TBL = NL – 38
28
TL = NL – 38 + X
11–13 37
10
X
32
28
X + 17*
37*
16** 27.5*
**
TL = NL – 38 + X
32
min 27.5
TB = LW – 22 +0.0 –1.5
*
28
10
21
+3 mm with side stabiliser or +1 mm with TIP-ON Min. 25 mm when installed in compartment
Reference pages Overview – TANDEM Attachment of runners Overview – assembly devices More technical details
TB LW
min 27.5
Shelf width Internal cabinet width
NL NL + 3*
TBL NL *
10
Pull-out shelf base length Nominal length Additional +12 mm with side stabilisation
NL NL + X + 3*
TL NL X *
10
Shelf length Nominal length Pull-out shelf front piece thickness Additional +4 mm with TIP-ON
447 Pull-out shelf lock 490 591 698 Short URL www.blum.com/i010 Assembly, removal and adjustment Short URL www.blum.com/a420
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
483
Runner systems
**
TBL = NL – 38
12–15
37*
16** 27.5*
*
POS inset application
Runner systems 〉 TANDEM 〉 Accessories
Pull-out shelf lock Planning TANDEM – 560F Space requirement in cabinet
Pull-out shelf
Pull-out shelf
TB = LW – 29 +0.0 –1.5 min 3
10
+1 mm with TIP-ON Min. 25 mm when installed in compartment
TANDEM – 561F Space requirement in cabinet
TL = NL – 38 + X X
32
TB LW
min 27.5
Shelf width Internal cabinet width
NL NL + 3
TBL NL
Pull-out shelf
28
X + 19*
NL NL + X + 3*
TL NL X *
Pull-out shelf
+0.0
min 3
Shelf length Nominal length Pull-out shelf front piece thickness Additional +2 mm with POSISTOP or additional +4 mm with TIP-ON
POS inset application
TBL = NL – 38
28
TL = NL – 38 + X
11–13 37
10
X
32
28
X + 17*
37*
16**
10
Pull-out shelf base length Nominal length
TB = LW – 29 –1.5
27.5*
10
24.5
* **
28
37*
16**
37
24.5
Runner systems
TBL = NL – 38
12–15
27.5*
* **
POS inset application
+1 mm with TIP-ON Min. 25 mm when installed in compartment
Reference pages Overview – TANDEM Attachment of runners Overview – assembly devices More technical details
TB LW
min 27.5
Shelf width Internal cabinet width
NL NL + 3
TBL NL
Pull-out shelf base length Nominal length
10
NL NL + X + 3*
TL NL X *
10
Shelf length Nominal length Pull-out shelf front piece thickness Additional +4 mm with TIP-ON
447 Pull-out shelf lock 490 591 698 Short URL www.blum.com/i010 Assembly, removal and adjustment Short URL www.blum.com/a420
484
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Runner systems 〉 TANDEM 〉 Accessories
Side stabilisation set for full extension
Drawer
min 7
Space requirement in cabinet
min 3
TBL = NL – 38
37*
16**
32
NL NL + 3*
min 27.5* 21 +3 mm with side stabilisation
Pull-out shelf
SKL = NL – 10 37
*
Cutting 1 Internal cabinet width LW – 254 mm 2 Nominal length NL + 12 mm
SKL NL *
10
Drawer length Nominal length Additional +12 mm with side stabilisation
Part no. ZST.410TV ZST.600TV ZST.750TV
37
28
32
37*
Planning Space requirement in cabinet
Order information Nominal length NL (mm) Up to 410 Up to 600 Up to 750
Runner systems
▬ For cutting to size ▬ Suitable for cabinet width KB 1400 mm ▬ Suitable for: TANDEM full extension BLUMOTION – 560H | 561H ▬ Not compatible with TIP-ON ▬ Colour: RAL 7037 dust grey ▬ Material: nylon
27.5*
NL NL + 3*
21
Pull-out shelf lock * +3 mm with side stabilisation ** Min. 25 mm when installed in compartment
10
Pull-out shelf lock TBL Pull-out shelf base length NL Nominal length * Additional +12 mm with side stabilisation
Side stabilisation set for single extension ▬ For cutting to size ▬ Suitable for cabinet width KB 1400 mm ▬ Suitable for: TANDEM single extension BLUMOTION – 550H | 551H ▬ Not compatible with TIP-ON ▬ Colour: RAL 7037 dust grey ▬ Material: nylon
Cutting 1 Internal cabinet width LW – 222 mm 2 Nominal length NL + 12 mm
Part no. ZST.410TT ZST.650TT
Drawer
min 7
Planning Space requirement in cabinet
Order information Nominal length NL (mm) Up to 400 Up to 650
SKL = NL – 10
A
34*
37
NL NL + 3*
min 24.5* 21 A *
3 mm distance to interchange with full extension +3 mm with side stabilisation
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
SKL NL *
10
Drawer length Nominal length Additional +12 mm with side stabilisation
485
Runner systems 〉 TANDEM 〉 Accessories
Longside gallery rail with chipboard back fixing ▬ Colour: anodised stainless steel appearance ▬ Material: aluminium
Order information NL (mm) Part no. NL (mm) 400 ZRE.363A.ID 550 450 ZRE.413A.ID 580 480 ZRE.443A.ID 600 500 ZRE.463A.ID 650 520 ZRE.483A.ID NL
Part no. ZRE.513A.ID ZRE.543A.ID ZRE.563A.ID ZRE.613A.ID
Nominal length
Installation dimensions – back
Space requirement in cabinet
Installation dimensions – back
560H | 561H | 550H | 551H * +1 mm with TIP-ON
560H | 561H | 550H | 551H * +1 mm with TIP-ON
560F | 561F | 550F | 551F * +1 mm with TIP-ON
560F | 561F | 550F | 551F * +1 mm with TIP-ON
Runner systems
Planning Space requirement in cabinet
Front adjuster ▬ With threaded steel washer insert ▬ For 4-sided drawers ▬ 2-dimensional front adjustment (±2 mm) ▬ Colour: natural coloured ▬ Material: nylon
Planning
Order information Description Front adjuster
Part no. 295.1000
Assembly Assembly, removal and adjustment Short URL www.blum.com/a420
Insertion ram for MINIPRESS MZM.0095
486
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Runner systems 〉 TANDEM 〉 Accessories
POSISTOP ▬ Depth stop ▬ Suitable for: TANDEM full extension BLUMOTION – 560H | 560F TANDEM single extension BLUMOTION – 550H | 550F ▬ Only for inset applications ▬ Colour: RAL 7037 dust grey ▬ Material: nylon
Order information Description POSISTOP
▬ Ø 3.5 mm ▬ Colour: nickel plated ▬ Material: steel
Order information X (mm) 15.0 17.0
Part no. 298.5500
Assembly, removal and adjustment Short URL www.blum.com/a420
Ø 3.5 mm Part no. 609.1500 609.1700
Ø 6.0 mm
System screw ▬ Ø 6 mm ▬ Drilling diameter Ø 5 mm ▬ Colour: nickel plated ▬ Material: steel
Order information X (mm) 10.0 11.5 13.0 14.5 20.0
Part no. 661.1000.HG 661.1150.HG 661.1300.HG 661.1450.HG 661.2000.HG
▬ Ø 2.7 mm, length 70 mm ▬ To pre-drill for Ø 3.5 mm chipboard screws ▬ Drilling depth up to 8 mm ▬ Material: steel, hardened
Order information Description Centre bit Replacement bit
Part no. M01.ZZ03.01 M01.ZZB3
▬ For noise reduction ▬ Colour: natural coloured ▬ Material: nylon
Order information Description Stick-on door buffer
Part no. 993.710
▬ For noise reduction ▬ Gap 2 mm ▬ Two-part ▬ Colour: RAL 9006 grey ▬ Material: nylon
Order information Description 8 mm Ø door buffer
Part no. 993.706
Centre bit
Stick-on door buffer
8 mm Ø door buffer
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
487
Runner systems
Chipboard screws
Runner systems 〉 TANDEM 〉 Accessories
Pozidrive screwdriver ▬ PZ (Pozi) size 2 ▬ Blade length 100 mm ▬ Overall length 200 mm ▬ Orange handle with Blum logo ▬ Colour: black/orange ▬ Material: nylon/steel
Order information Description Pozidrive screwdriver
Part no. 303.756.1
▬ Slotted, size 1.0 x 5.5 mm ▬ Blade length 125 mm ▬ Overall length 225 mm ▬ Orange handle with Blum logo ▬ Colour: black/orange ▬ Material: nylon/steel
Order information Description Slotted screwdriver
Part no. 314.928.1
Runner systems
Slotted screwdriver
488
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Runner systems
Runner systems 〉 TANDEM
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
489
Runner systems 〉 TANDEM 〉 Attachment of runners
Runner 560H | 560F – 30 kg
Runner 561H | 561F – 30 kg
NL 260
A B
NL 285
*
A B
NL 310–335
A B
NL 410
Runner systems
18
* A B
NL 435–485
32
A B
NL 510–535
A B
NL 560
A B 23 64
NL A B *
490
Nominal length Chipboard screws Ø 4 x 15 mm System screws Ø 6 x 14.5 mm, part no. 661.1450.HG BLUMOTION
NL A B *
96
A B
NL 360–385
18 23
*
18 192 224
128
32 18 37
Nominal length Chipboard screws Ø 4 x 15 mm System screws Ø 6 x 14.5 mm, part no. 661.1450.HG BLUMOTION
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Runner systems 〉 TANDEM 〉 Attachment of runners
Runner 551H | 551F – 30 kg
NL 260–285
A B
NL 310–435
Nominal length Chipboard screws Ø 4 x 15 mm System screws Ø 6 x 14.5 mm, part no. 661.1450.HG Can be replaced with chipboard screw Ø 4 x 15 mm
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
*
18
128
A B
* 18
NL 510–535
A B
*
NL 560
A B
* 64
NL A B *
96
A B
NL 460–485
*
NL A B *
23
224
18
37
Nominal length Chipboard screws Ø 4 x 15 mm System screws Ø 6 x 14.5 mm, part no. 661.1450.HG Can be replaced with chipboard screw Ø 4 x 15 mm
491
Runner systems
Runner 550H | 550F – 30 kg
Runner systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM
Ease of opening for various furniture styles SERVO-DRIVE, the electrical opening support system, is now also available for drawers and high fronted pull-outs made from wood. Your customers will be amazed at the opening action that can be achieved. BLUMOTION, for soft and effortless closing action, completes the picture in high quality of motion.
Runner systems
A light touch on the handle-less front or a light pull of the handle, and drawers and pull-outs will open as if by themselves. Regardless of where & how the front is touched. Whether heavy or light, wide or narrow pull-outs – the gentle opening support always remains the same.
Opening and closing is that easy
A light touch on the front is enough and drawers open as if by themselves. BLUMOTION provides soft and effortless closing action
Easily-integrated, high performance technology
Application ▬ Can be used without having to change MOVENTO | TANDEM pull-outs
492
Assembly | Processing ▬ Tool-free assembly ▬ Separate drilling template ▬ No fixed connection to the drive system
Cabling ▬ Simple cabling ▬ One power supply unit is all that’s required for power supply to the entire kitchen
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Runner systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM 〉 Overview
Runner systems
Overview – runner systems MOVENTO TANDEM
415 416 446
Standard cabinet Sink cabinet Two drawers with a continuous front Cabinet with different drawer depths | inner drawer
494 Cabinet with inset fronts 500 SERVO-DRIVE uno for bottom mount waste bin solutions 504
Cabinet with individual drawer
514
Cable holder Synchronisation cable COMBOX set
524 524 524
Symbolic image
Applications
Symbolic image
Accessories
518 522
508
Symbolic image
Symbolic image
Short URL www.blum.com/a450
Machine directive Detailed information on the Machine Directive
701 Runner systems
Assembly, removal and adjustment Assembly, removal and adjustment
Short URL www.blum.com/sd/guideline
Pictograph Item available on request
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
493
Runner systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM 〉 Applications
Standard cabinet ▬ Electrical opening support system in conjunction with BLUMOTION – for soft and effortless closing action ▬ With vertical bracket profile ▬ No fixed connection to the drive system ▬ Pull-outs can be used unchanged ▬ Tool-free assembly ▬ Simple cabling ▬ Shallow installation depth
Runner systems
Order information 1a Blum distance bumper Diameter (mm) 5 8
Part no. 993.0530 993.0830.01
Up to front height FH 300 mm use 2 pcs. Front height FH 300 mm and higher use 4 pcs.
2
Bracket profile Length (mm) 650 700 710 750 800 1170
For cutting to size ● With cable – Without cable Cutting
Material Aluminium Aluminium Aluminium Aluminium Aluminium Aluminium
Cable ● ● ● ● ● –
Alternative to 3a 3b Bracket profile attachment lower/back Cross bar construction vertical Colour Material R7037 Nylon Incl. bracket profile cover cap
Drive unit Colour R7037
Includes pre-assembled lever extension
11
Part no. Z10T650AA Z10T700AA Z10T710AA Z10T750AA Z10T800AA Z10T1170A
Internal cabinet height LH – 10 mm
3a Bracket profile attachment top/bottom Cross bar construction horizontal Colour Material R7037 Nylon
9
Material Nylon
Part no. Z10D01E0.01 13 Part no. Z10D01EA.01
Part no. Z10A3000.03
SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable and cable end protector Colour Length (m) Part no. S 8 Z10K800AE
Composed of: 11a 1 x SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable 11b 5 x Cable end protector For cutting to size Can be used as a distribution, bracket profile and communications cable
12
Connecting node and cable end protector Colour Material S Nylon
Composed of: 12a 1 x Connecting node 11b 2 x Cable end protector
Part no. Z10NE030F Z10NE030G Z10NE030H Z10NE030J
Incl. operating and installation instructions Without flex Language package – operating and installation instructions A DE | EN | FR | IT | NL F BG | ET | LT | LV | RO | RU B DA | EN | FI | NO | SV G EN | ES | FR C EL | EN | HR | SL | SR | TR H EN | ZH D EN | ES | FR | IT | PT J JA E CS | HU | PL | SK Language descriptions as per ISO-639
14
Part no. Z10V100E.01
24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit Language package Part no. Language package A Z10NE030A F B Z10NE030B G C Z10NE030C H D Z10NE030D J E Z10NE030E
Flex Market AR UK CH DK Europe Europe IN IL
Length 2 m, incl. plug ¹ Without plug
494
Cabling
¹
Part no. Market Z10M200A JP Z10M200B AU Z10M200C CL Z10M200D CN Z10M200E BR Z10M200E.OS TW Z10M200H US | CA Z10M200I ZA
Part no. Z10M200J Z10M200K Z10M200L Z10M200N Z10M200S.01 Z10M200T Z10M200U Z10M200Z
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Runner systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM 〉 Applications
Standard cabinet
Part no. Z10NG000
Incl. cover For 24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit
Accessories – Cable holder Colour W
Part no. Z10NG120
For 24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit
Part no. Z10K0009
E.g. for fixing the SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable
–
Alternative to 15a 15b Power supply unit housing Panel fixing Colour Material WGR Nylon
Material Nylon
Synchronisation cable Length (mm) 80 500 1200 1600
Connects two drive units that need to activate simultaneously
–
COMBOX set Colour S
Material Nylon
RAL 7037 dust grey Black
Colour W WGR
For preventing front collisions when using SERVO-DRIVE in corner situations Suitable starting with drive unit Z10A3000.02 Includes all assembly and cabling components Colour R7037 S
Reference pages Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM Overview – MOVENTO Overview – TANDEM Planning – horizontal cross member Planning – vertical cross member Accessories Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Overview – assembly devices Machine directive 417 More technical details 447 496 498 524 493
Part no. Z10K008S Z10K050S Z10K120S Z10K160S
Part no. Z10ZC00A
White White grey
Runner systems
Order information 15a Power supply unit housing Base fixing Colour Material R7037 Nylon
591 Assembly, removal and adjustment 701 698 Short URL www.blum.com/a450
495
Runner systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM 〉 Applications
Standard cabinet Planning Cross bar construction horizontal Cabinet
Runner systems
Position – drive unit
PL = LH – 10 mm Round down to the nearest tenth A Distance between the bottom edge of the cabinet profile and the bottom edge of the drive unit E Distance between the bottom edge of the cabinet top panel and the fixing position of the runner LH Internal cabinet height PL Bracket profile length
Position – drive unit Runner systems
Drawer height SKH (mm)
Internal cabinet width LW (mm) 224–234 235–428 A (mm) E min. (mm) A (mm) E min. (mm) ≥ 79 – – 60 74 MOVENTO TANDEM ≥ 79 55 71 55 71 Distance between the bottom edge of the cabinet profile and the bottom edge of the drive unit – Not possible A E Distance between the bottom edge of the cabinet top panel and the fixing position of the runner
Back cabling
BT
BT
≥ 429
E min. (mm) 49 51
Front assembly – position of Blum distance bumper
1/2
1/2
Cabinet bottom – drilling pattern Lower cabling
A (mm) 35 35
Drilling depth
Drilling depth
The Blum distance bumper creates and maintains the required trigger path of 2 mm FA Front overlay FH Front height
Alternative drilling pattern for MINIPRESS top and MINIPRESS BT Drilling depth
496
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Runner systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM 〉 Applications
Standard cabinet
Runner systems
Drawer height SKH (mm) X (mm) ≥ 79 NL + 16 NL Nominal length X Drilling position Y Min. space requirement Z Dimension of engagement
Drawer height SKH (mm)
≥ 79 MOVENTO TANDEM ≥ 79 LW Internal cabinet width Z Dimension of engagement
224–234 Z (mm) Lever extension – – 164 –
Internal cabinet width LW (mm) 235–388 389–428 Z (mm) Lever extenZ (mm) Lever extension sion 164 ● 164 ● 164 ● LW / 2 ● ● Required – Not possible
Y (mm) NL + 30
≥ 429 Lever extension LW / 2 ● LW / 2 ●
Z (mm)
Lever extension
Space requirement and safety distance – power supply unit housing
Attention Maintain a 30 mm safety distance from the bottom edge (base fixing) and/or front edge (panel fixing) and side edges of the power supply unit housing to the neighbouring elements Air must be able to circulate, otherwise the SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit could overheat
Base fixing
Panel fixing
Reference pages Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM Overview – MOVENTO Overview – TANDEM Planning – vertical cross member Accessories Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Overview – assembly devices Machine directive 417 More technical details 447 498 524 493
591 Assembly, removal and adjustment 701 698 Short URL www.blum.com/a450 497
Runner systems
Planning Cross bar construction horizontal Drilling distances – base | cross bar
Runner systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM 〉 Applications
Standard cabinet Planning Cross bar construction vertical Cabinet
Runner systems
Position – drive unit
PL = LH – 10 mm Round down to the nearest tenth A Distance between the bottom edge of the cabinet profile and the bottom edge of the drive unit E Distance between the bottom edge of the cabinet top panel and the fixing position of the runner LH Internal cabinet height PL Bracket profile length
Position – drive unit Runner systems
Drawer height SKH (mm)
Internal cabinet width LW (mm) 224–234 235–428 A (mm) E min. (mm) A (mm) E min. (mm) ≥ 79 – – 60 84 MOVENTO TANDEM ≥ 79 55 81 55 81 Distance between the bottom edge of the cabinet profile and the bottom edge of the drive unit – Not possible A E Distance between the bottom edge of the cabinet top panel and the fixing position of the runner
Back cabling
BT
BT
≥ 429
E min. (mm) 54 61
Front assembly – position of Blum distance bumper
1/2
1/2
Cabinet bottom – drilling pattern Lower cabling
A (mm) 35 35
Drilling depth
Drilling depth
The Blum distance bumper creates and maintains the required trigger path of 2 mm FA Front overlay FH Front height
Alternative drilling pattern for MINIPRESS top and MINIPRESS BT Drilling depth
498
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Runner systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM 〉 Applications
Standard cabinet
Runner systems
Drawer height SKH (mm) X (mm) ≥ 79 NL + 16 NL Nominal length X Drilling position T Position front edge/cross member Z Dimension of engagement
Drawer height SKH (mm)
≥ 79 MOVENTO TANDEM ≥ 79 LW Internal cabinet width Z Dimension of engagement
224–234 Z (mm) Lever extension – – 164 –
Internal cabinet width LW (mm) 235–388 389–428 Z (mm) Lever extenZ (mm) Lever extension sion 164 ● 164 ● 164 ● LW / 2 ● ● Required – Not possible
T (mm) NL + 31
≥ 429 Lever extension LW / 2 ● LW / 2 ●
Z (mm)
Lever extension
Space requirement and safety distance – power supply unit housing
Attention Maintain a 30 mm safety distance from the bottom edge (base fixing) and/or front edge (panel fixing) and side edges of the power supply unit housing to the neighbouring elements Air must be able to circulate, otherwise the SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit could overheat
Base fixing
Panel fixing
Reference pages Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM Overview – MOVENTO Overview – TANDEM Planning – horizontal cross member Accessories Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Overview – assembly devices Machine directive 417 More technical details 447 496 524 493
591 Assembly, removal and adjustment 701 698 Short URL www.blum.com/a450 499
Runner systems
Planning Cross bar construction vertical Drilling distances – base | cross bar
Runner systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM 〉 Applications
Sink cabinet ▬ Electrical opening support system in conjunction with BLUMOTION – for soft and effortless closing action ▬ With attachment bracket ▬ No fixed connection to the drive system ▬ Pull-outs can be used unchanged ▬ Quick assembly of pre-mounted parts
Runner systems
Order information 1a Blum distance bumper Diameter (mm) 5 8
Up to front height FH 300 mm use 2 pcs. Front height FH 300 mm and higher use 4 pcs.
5
Attachment bracket 1 tier Colour Material R7037 Nylon
9
Drive unit Colour R7037
Part no. 993.0530 993.0830.01
Part no. Z10D0311
Material Nylon
Part no. Z10A3000.03
9a
Drip protection feature Colour Material R7037 Nylon
Part no. Z10D0316
11
SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable and cable end protector Colour Length (m) Part no. S 8 Z10K800AE
Includes pre-assembled lever extension
Composed of: 11a 1 x SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable 11b 5 x Cable end protector For cutting to size Can be used as a distribution, bracket profile and communications cable
12
Connecting node and cable end protector Colour Material S Nylon
Composed of: 12a 1 x Connecting node 11b 2 x Cable end protector
13
24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit Language package Part no. Language package A Z10NE030A F B Z10NE030B G C Z10NE030C H D Z10NE030D J E Z10NE030E
Incl. operating and installation instructions Without flex Language package – operating and installation instructions A DE | EN | FR | IT | NL F BG | ET | LT | LV | RO | RU B DA | EN | FI | NO | SV G EN | ES | FR C EL | EN | HR | SL | SR | TR H EN | ZH D EN | ES | FR | IT | PT J JA E CS | HU | PL | SK Language descriptions as per ISO-639
Cabling
14 Part no. Z10V100E.01
Part no. Z10NE030F Z10NE030G Z10NE030H Z10NE030J
Flex Market AR UK CH DK Europe Europe IN IL
Length 2 m, incl. plug ¹ Without plug
¹
Part no. Market Z10M200A JP Z10M200B AU Z10M200C CL Z10M200D CN Z10M200E BR Z10M200E.OS TW Z10M200H US | CA Z10M200I ZA
15a Power supply unit housing Base fixing Colour Material R7037 Nylon
Part no. Z10NG000
Alternative to 15a 15b Power supply unit housing Panel fixing Colour Material WGR Nylon
Part no. Z10NG120
Incl. cover For 24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit
For 24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit
500
Part no. Z10M200J Z10M200K Z10M200L Z10M200N Z10M200S.01 Z10M200T Z10M200U Z10M200Z
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Runner systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM 〉 Applications
Sink cabinet Order information Accessories – Cable holder Colour W
Material Nylon
Part no. Z10K0009
E.g. for fixing the SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable RAL 7037 dust grey Black White
Colour WGR ZN
White grey Zinc plated
Runner systems
Colour R7037 S W
Reference pages Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM Overview – MOVENTO Overview – TANDEM Planning Accessories Overview – assembly devices Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
493 417 447 502 524 591
Machine directive More technical details
701 Assembly, removal and adjustment 698 Short URL www.blum.com/a450
501
Runner systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM 〉 Applications
Sink cabinet Planning Cabinet
Cross member – attachment bracket 1 tier
Centre piece W A Distance between the bottom edge of the attachment bracket and the bottom edge of the drive unit X Drilling position * Measured from cabinet front edge
Distance between front edge of drawer base and back edge of centre piece Min. 100 mm
Runner systems
Runner systems Drawer height SKH (mm) A (mm) ≥ 79 35 MOVENTO TANDEM ≥ 79 35 A Distance between the bottom edge of the attachment bracket and the bottom edge of the drive unit
Cross member – attachment bracket 1 tier
Runner systems
Drawer height SKH (mm)
Internal cabinet width LW (mm) ≥ 429 X (mm) Z (mm) W + 24 LW / 2 W + 24 LW / 2
MOVENTO ≥ 79 TANDEM ≥ 79 BT Drilling depth LW Internal cabinet width W Distance between the front edge of the drawer base and the centre piece X Drilling position Z Dimension of engagement
Front assembly – position of Blum distance bumper
BT
The Blum distance bumper creates and maintains the required trigger path of 2 mm FA Front overlay FH Front height
1/2
1/2
Cabinet bottom – drilling pattern Lower cabling
Drilling depth
Alternative drilling pattern for MINIPRESS top and MINIPRESS BT Drilling depth
502
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Runner systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM 〉 Applications
Sink cabinet Planning Cabinet
Cabinet bottom – attachment bracket 1 tier
A X *
Distance between the bottom edge of the attachment bracket and the bottom edge of the drive unit Drilling position Measured from cabinet front edge
Drawer height SKH (mm)
Internal cabinet width LW (mm) ≥ 429 A (mm) MOVENTO ≥ 79 35 TANDEM ≥ 79 35 Distance between the bottom edge of the attachment bracket and the bottom edge of the drive unit A LW Internal cabinet width Runner systems
Runner systems
Cabinet bottom – attachment bracket 1 tier
Drawer height SKH X (mm) (mm) ≥ 79 NL + 16 LW Internal cabinet width NL Nominal length X Drilling position Y Min. space requirement Z Dimension of engagement
Space requirement and safety distance – power supply unit housing
Y (mm)
Z (mm)
NL + 30
LW / 2
Attention Maintain a 30 mm safety distance from the bottom edge (base fixing) and/or front edge (panel fixing) and side edges of the power supply unit housing to the neighbouring elements Air must be able to circulate, otherwise the SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit could overheat
Base fixing
Panel fixing
Reference pages Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM Overview – MOVENTO Overview – TANDEM Accessories Overview – assembly devices Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
493 417 447 524 591
Machine directive More technical details
701 Assembly, removal and adjustment 698 Short URL www.blum.com/a450 503
Runner systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM 〉 Applications
Two drawers with a continuous front ▬ Electrical opening support system in conjunction with BLUMOTION – for soft and effortless closing action ▬ Synchronised triggering of two drawers and | or wide applications ▬ With attachment bracket ▬ No fixed connection to the drive system ▬ Pull-outs can be used unchanged ▬ Quick assembly of pre-mounted parts
Runner systems
Order information 1a Blum distance bumper Diameter (mm) 5 8
Up to front height FH 300 mm use 2 pcs. Front height FH 300 mm and higher use 4 pcs.
5
Attachment bracket 1 tier Colour Material R7037 Nylon
9
Drive unit Colour R7037
Includes pre-assembled lever extension
11
Material Nylon
Cabling
Part no. 993.0530 993.0830.01
Part no. Z10D0311 Part no. Z10A3000.03
SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable and cable end protector Colour Length (m) Part no. S 8 Z10K800AE
Composed of: 11a 1 x SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable 11b 5 x Cable end protector For cutting to size Can be used as a distribution, bracket profile and communications cable
12
Connecting node and cable end protector Colour Material S Nylon
Composed of: 12a 1 x Connecting node 11b 2 x Cable end protector
13
24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit Language package Part no. Language package A Z10NE030A F B Z10NE030B G C Z10NE030C H D Z10NE030D J E Z10NE030E
Part no. Z10V100E.01
Part no. Z10NE030F Z10NE030G Z10NE030H Z10NE030J
Incl. operating and installation instructions Without flex Language package – operating and installation instructions A DE | EN | FR | IT | NL F BG | ET | LT | LV | RO | RU B DA | EN | FI | NO | SV G EN | ES | FR C EL | EN | HR | SL | SR | TR H EN | ZH D EN | ES | FR | IT | PT J JA E CS | HU | PL | SK Language descriptions as per ISO-639
14
Flex Market AR UK CH DK Europe Europe IN IL
Length 2 m, incl. plug ¹ Without plug
504
¹
Part no. Market Z10M200A JP Z10M200B AU Z10M200C CL Z10M200D CN Z10M200E BR Z10M200E.OS TW Z10M200H US | CA Z10M200I ZA
15a Power supply unit housing Base fixing Colour Material R7037 Nylon
Part no. Z10NG000
Alternative to 15a 15b Power supply unit housing Panel fixing Colour Material WGR Nylon
Part no. Z10NG120
Incl. cover For 24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit
For 24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit
20
Part no. Z10M200J Z10M200K Z10M200L Z10M200N Z10M200S.01 Z10M200T Z10M200U Z10M200Z
Synchronisation cable Length (mm) 80 500 1200 1600
Connects two drive units that need to activate simultaneously
Part no. Z10K008S Z10K050S Z10K120S Z10K160S
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Runner systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM 〉 Applications
Two drawers with a continuous front Order information Accessories – Cable holder Colour W
Material Nylon
Part no. Z10K0009
E.g. for fixing the SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable RAL 7037 dust grey Black
Colour W WGR
White White grey
Runner systems
Colour R7037 S
Reference pages Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM Overview – MOVENTO Overview – TANDEM Planning Accessories Overview – assembly devices Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
493 417 447 506 524 591
Machine directive More technical details
701 Assembly, removal and adjustment 698 Short URL www.blum.com/a450
505
Runner systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM 〉 Applications
Two drawers with a continuous front Planning Cabinet
Cabinet bottom – attachment bracket 1 tier
A X *
Distance between the bottom edge of the attachment bracket and the bottom edge of the drive unit Drilling position Measured from cabinet front edge
Drawer height SKH (mm)
Internal cabinet width LW (mm) ≥ 429 A (mm) MOVENTO ≥ 79 35 TANDEM ≥ 79 35 Distance between the bottom edge of the attachment bracket and the bottom edge of the drive unit A
Runner systems
Runner systems
Cabinet bottom – attachment bracket 1 tier
Drawer height SKH X (mm) (mm) ≥ 79 NL + 16 LW Internal cabinet width NL Nominal length X Drilling position Y Min. space requirement Z Dimension of engagement
Back cabling
BT
BT
Z (mm)
NL + 30
LW / 2
Front assembly – position of Blum distance bumper
1/2
1/2
Cabinet bottom – drilling pattern Lower cabling
Y (mm)
Drilling depth
Drilling depth
The Blum distance bumper creates and maintains the required trigger path of 2 mm FA Front overlay FH Front height
Alternative drilling pattern for MINIPRESS top and MINIPRESS BT Drilling depth
506
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Runner systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM 〉 Applications
Two drawers with a continuous front Planning Space requirement and safety distance – power supply unit housing
Attention Maintain a 30 mm safety distance from the bottom edge (base fixing) and/or front edge (panel fixing) and side edges of the power supply unit housing to the neighbouring elements Air must be able to circulate, otherwise the SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit could overheat
Panel fixing
Runner systems
Base fixing
Reference pages Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM Overview – MOVENTO Overview – TANDEM Accessories Overview – assembly devices Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
493 417 447 524 591
Machine directive More technical details
701 Assembly, removal and adjustment 698 Short URL www.blum.com/a450 507
Runner systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM 〉 Applications
Cabinet with different drawer depths | inner drawer ▬ Electrical opening support system in conjunction with BLUMOTION – for soft and effortless closing action ▬ With attachment bracket and horizontal bracket profile ▬ No fixed connection to the drive system ▬ Pull-outs can be used unchanged ▬ Quick assembly of pre-mounted parts
Runner systems
Order information 1a Blum distance bumper Diameter (mm) 5 8
Up to front height FH 300 mm use 2 pcs. Front height FH 300 mm and higher use 4 pcs.
1b
Blum distance bumper – inner drawer Runner systems Diameter (mm) TANDEM 10
Part no. 993.0530 993.0830.01
Adjustable Blum distance bumper for inner drawers and inset fronts with TANDEM
1b
Part no. 993.2000
1b
Depth adjustment – inner drawer Runner systems Colour MOVENTO R7037
Part no. 298.7600
5
Attachment bracket 1 tier Colour Material R7037 Nylon
Part no. Z10D0311
6
Bracket profile horizontal Length (mm) Material 1143 Aluminium
Part no. Z10T1143B
Only for inset applications Integrated Blum distance bumper Suitable for T51.7601 locking device
For cabinet width KB 275–1200 mm Cutting Internal cabinet width LW – 19 mm
7
Horizontal bracket profile attachment Colour Material R7037 Nylon
Composed of: 7a 1 x Bracket profile attachment left/right 7b 1 x Bracket profile adapter for drive unit Chipboard screws and system screws can be used
9
Drive unit Colour R7037
Includes pre-assembled lever extension
11
Material Nylon
Part no. Z10A3000.03
SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable and cable end protector Colour Length (m) Part no. S 8 Z10K800AE
Connecting node and cable end protector Colour Material S Nylon
Composed of: 12a 1 x Connecting node 11b 2 x Cable end protector
508
13
Part no. Z10D5210
Composed of: 11a 1 x SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable 11b 5 x Cable end protector For cutting to size Can be used as a distribution, bracket profile and communications cable
12
Cabling
Part no. Z10V100E.01
24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit Language package Part no. Language package A Z10NE030A F B Z10NE030B G C Z10NE030C H D Z10NE030D J E Z10NE030E
Part no. Z10NE030F Z10NE030G Z10NE030H Z10NE030J
Incl. operating and installation instructions Without flex Language package – operating and installation instructions A DE | EN | FR | IT | NL F BG | ET | LT | LV | RO | RU B DA | EN | FI | NO | SV G EN | ES | FR C EL | EN | HR | SL | SR | TR H EN | ZH D EN | ES | FR | IT | PT J JA E CS | HU | PL | SK Language descriptions as per ISO-639
14
Flex Market AR UK CH DK Europe Europe IN IL
Length 2 m, incl. plug ¹ Without plug
¹
Part no. Market Z10M200A JP Z10M200B AU Z10M200C CL Z10M200D CN Z10M200E BR Z10M200E.OS TW Z10M200H US | CA Z10M200I ZA
Part no. Z10M200J Z10M200K Z10M200L Z10M200N Z10M200S.01 Z10M200T Z10M200U Z10M200Z
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Runner systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM 〉 Applications
Cabinet with different drawer depths | inner drawer Order information 15a Power supply unit housing Base fixing Colour Material R7037 Nylon
Part no. Z10NG000
Incl. cover For 24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit
Accessories – Cable holder Colour W
Part no. Z10K0009
E.g. for fixing the SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable Colour R7037 S W
Alternative to 15a 15b Power supply unit housing Panel fixing Colour Material WGR Nylon
Material Nylon
RAL 7037 dust grey Black White
Colour WGR ZN
White grey Zinc plated
Part no. Z10NG120
Runner systems
For 24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit
Reference pages Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM Overview – MOVENTO Overview – TANDEM Planning Accessories Overview – assembly devices Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
493 417 447 510 524 591
Machine directive More technical details
701 Assembly, removal and adjustment 698 Short URL www.blum.com/a450
509
Runner systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM 〉 Applications
Cabinet with different drawer depths | inner drawer Planning Bracket profile horizontal Cabinet
Position – drive unit
Runner systems
Z
Position – drive unit Runner systems
Drawer height SKH (mm)
≥ 79 MOVENTO ≥ 79 TANDEM LW Internal cabinet width Z Dimension of engagement
224–234 Z (mm) Lever extension 167 – 167 –
Dimension of engagement
Internal cabinet width LW (mm) 235–388 389–428 Z (mm) Lever extenZ (mm) Lever extension sion 167 ● 167 ● 167 ● LW / 2 ● ● Required – Not possible
≥ 429 Lever extension LW / 2 ● LW / 2 ●
Z (mm)
Lever extension
Front assembly – position of Blum distance bumper
510
TANDEM Inner drawer The Blum distance bumper creates and maintains the required trigger path of 2 mm Runners Pull-out type B (mm) C (mm) 56XH | 56XF Full extension 16.5 ±1 12.0 ±1 55XH | 55XF Single extension 18.5 ±0.5 13.5 ±0.5 Front thickness Drilling depth BT Adjustment area FD (mm) (mm) (mm) 13.0 10.0 +1.75 / –0.25 Starting at 14.5 11.5 ±1.75
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Runner systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM 〉 Applications
Cabinet with different drawer depths | inner drawer Planning Bracket profile horizontal Drilling distances
D
64
FD
X Y MOVENTO
Drawer height SKH (mm) X (mm) ≥ 79 NL + FD + 26 FD Front thickness NL Nominal length X Drilling position Y Min. space requirement Runner systems Drawer height SKH (mm)
X (mm) NL + FD + 36
Internal cabinet width LW (mm) 224–428 ≥ 429 D (mm) D (mm) MOVENTO ≥ 79 –5 19 TANDEM ≥ 79 –5 19 D Distance from cabinet profile fixing position to bracket profile attachment fixing position
D
64
FD
Runner systems
X Y TANDEM
Reference pages Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM Overview – MOVENTO Overview – TANDEM Accessories Overview – assembly devices Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
493 417 447 524 591
Machine directive More technical details
701 Assembly, removal and adjustment 698 Short URL www.blum.com/a450 511
Runner systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM 〉 Applications
Cabinet with different drawer depths | inner drawer Planning Attachment bracket 1 tier Cabinet
Cabinet bottom – attachment bracket 1 tier
A X *
Distance between the bottom edge of the attachment bracket and the bottom edge of the drive unit Drilling position Measured from cabinet front edge
Drawer height SKH (mm)
Internal cabinet width LW (mm) ≥ 429 A (mm) MOVENTO ≥ 79 35 TANDEM ≥ 79 35 Distance between the bottom edge of the attachment bracket and the bottom edge of the drive unit A Runner systems
Runner systems
Cabinet bottom – attachment bracket 1 tier
Drawer height SKH X (mm) (mm) ≥ 79 NL + 16 LW Internal cabinet width NL Nominal length X Drilling position Y Min. space requirement Z Dimension of engagement
Cabinet bottom – drilling pattern Lower cabling
Back cabling
BT
BT
Drilling depth
Y (mm)
Z (mm)
NL + 30
LW / 2
Drilling depth
Alternative drilling pattern for MINIPRESS top and MINIPRESS BT Drilling depth
512
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Runner systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM 〉 Applications
Cabinet with different drawer depths | inner drawer Planning Space requirement and safety distance – power supply unit housing
Attention Maintain a 30 mm safety distance from the bottom edge (base fixing) and/or front edge (panel fixing) and side edges of the power supply unit housing to the neighbouring elements Air must be able to circulate, otherwise the SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit could overheat
Panel fixing
Runner systems
Base fixing
Reference pages Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM Overview – MOVENTO Overview – TANDEM Accessories Overview – assembly devices Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
493 417 447 524 591
Machine directive More technical details
701 Assembly, removal and adjustment 698 Short URL www.blum.com/a450 513
Runner systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM 〉 Applications
Cabinet with individual drawer ▬ Electrical opening support system in conjunction with BLUMOTION – for soft and effortless closing action ▬ With upper attachment bracket ▬ No fixed connection to the drive system ▬ Pull-outs can be used unchanged ▬ Quick assembly of pre-mounted parts
Runner systems
Order information 1a Blum distance bumper Diameter (mm) 5 8
Up to front height FH 300 mm use 2 pcs. Front height FH 300 mm and higher use 4 pcs.
8
Upper attachment bracket Colour Material R7037 Steel
Incl. pre-mounted adapter for the drive unit
9
Drive unit Colour R7037
Includes pre-assembled lever extension
11
Material Nylon
Cabling
Part no. 993.0530 993.0830.01
Part no. Z10D6252
Part no. Z10A3000.03
SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable and cable end protector Colour Length (m) Part no. S 8 Z10K800AE
Composed of: 11a 1 x SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable 11b 5 x Cable end protector For cutting to size Can be used as a distribution, bracket profile and communications cable
12
Connecting node and cable end protector Colour Material S Nylon
Composed of: 12a 1 x Connecting node 11b 2 x Cable end protector
13
24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit Language package Part no. Language package A Z10NE030A F B Z10NE030B G C Z10NE030C H D Z10NE030D J E Z10NE030E
Incl. operating and installation instructions Without flex Language package – operating and installation instructions A DE | EN | FR | IT | NL F BG | ET | LT | LV | RO | RU B DA | EN | FI | NO | SV G EN | ES | FR C EL | EN | HR | SL | SR | TR H EN | ZH D EN | ES | FR | IT | PT J JA E CS | HU | PL | SK Language descriptions as per ISO-639
Part no. Z10V100E.01
Part no. Z10NE030F Z10NE030G Z10NE030H Z10NE030J
14
Flex Market AR UK CH DK Europe Europe IN IL
Length 2 m, incl. plug ¹ Without plug
¹
Part no. Market Z10M200A JP Z10M200B AU Z10M200C CL Z10M200D CN Z10M200E BR Z10M200E.OS TW Z10M200H US | CA Z10M200I ZA
15a Power supply unit housing Base fixing Colour Material R7037 Nylon
Part no. Z10NG000
Alternative to 15a 15b Power supply unit housing Panel fixing Colour Material WGR Nylon
Part no. Z10NG120
Incl. cover For 24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit
For 24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit
514
Part no. Z10M200J Z10M200K Z10M200L Z10M200N Z10M200S.01 Z10M200T Z10M200U Z10M200Z
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Runner systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM 〉 Applications
Cabinet with individual drawer Order information Accessories – Cable holder Colour W
Material Nylon
Part no. Z10K0009
E.g. for fixing the SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable RAL 7037 dust grey Black White
Colour WGR ZN
White grey Zinc plated
Runner systems
Colour R7037 S W
Reference pages Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM Overview – MOVENTO Overview – TANDEM Planning Accessories Overview – assembly devices Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
493 417 447 516 524 591
Machine directive More technical details
701 Assembly, removal and adjustment 698 Short URL www.blum.com/a450
515
Runner systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM 〉 Applications
Cabinet with individual drawer Planning Cabinet
Runner systems
Position – drive unit
A Distance between the bottom edge of the cabinet profile and the bottom edge of the drive unit E Distance between the bottom edge of the cabinet top panel and the fixing position of the runner X Drilling position The cross bar must be connected to the work plate to make it secure
Position – drive unit Runner systems
Drawer height SKH (mm)
Internal cabinet width LW (mm) 224–234 235–428 A (mm) E min. (mm) E max. (mm) A (mm) E min. (mm) E max. (mm) ≥ 79 – – – 60 100 190 MOVENTO TANDEM ≥ 79 55 96 187 55 96 187 Distance between the bottom edge of the cabinet profile and the bottom edge of the drive unit – Not possible A Distance between the bottom edge of the cabinet top panel and the fixing position of the runner E
A (mm) 35 35
≥ 429 E min. (mm) E max. (mm) 75 165 75 167
1/2
1/2
Front assembly – position of Blum distance bumper
The Blum distance bumper creates and maintains the required trigger path of 2 mm FA Front overlay FH Front height
516
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Runner systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM 〉 Applications
Cabinet with individual drawer
Runner systems
Drawer height SKH (mm) X (mm) ≥ 79 NL – 5 NL Nominal length X Drilling position Y Min. space requirement
Drawer height SKH (mm)
≥ 79 MOVENTO ≥ 79 TANDEM LW Internal cabinet width Z Dimension of engagement
224–234 Z (mm) Lever extension – – 164 –
Internal cabinet width LW (mm) 235–388 389–428 Z (mm) Lever extenZ (mm) Lever extension sion 164 ● 164 ● 164 ● LW / 2 ● ● Required – Not possible
Y (mm) NL + 30
≥ 429 Lever extension LW / 2 ● LW / 2 ●
Z (mm)
Runner systems
Planning Drilling distances
Lever extension
Space requirement and safety distance – power supply unit housing
Attention Maintain a 30 mm safety distance from the bottom edge (base fixing) and/or front edge (panel fixing) and side edges of the power supply unit housing to the neighbouring elements Air must be able to circulate, otherwise the SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit could overheat
Base fixing
Panel fixing
Reference pages Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM Overview – MOVENTO Overview – TANDEM Accessories Overview – assembly devices Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
493 417 447 524 591
Machine directive More technical details
701 Assembly, removal and adjustment 698 Short URL www.blum.com/a450 517
Runner systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM 〉 Applications
Cabinet with inset fronts ▬ Electrical opening support system in conjunction with BLUMOTION – for soft and effortless closing action ▬ With vertical bracket profile ▬ No fixed connection to the drive system ▬ Pull-outs can be used unchanged ▬ Tool-free assembly ▬ Simple cabling
Order information 1b Blum distance bumper – inner drawer Runner systems Diameter (mm) TANDEM 10 Runner systems
Adjustable Blum distance bumper for inner drawers and inset fronts with TANDEM
1b
Depth adjustment – inner drawer Runner systems Colour MOVENTO R7037
Bracket profile Length (mm) 650 700 710 750 800 1170
For cutting to size ● With cable – Without cable Cutting
Material Aluminium Aluminium Aluminium Aluminium Aluminium Aluminium
Part no. 993.2000
Part no. 298.7600
Only for inset applications Integrated Blum distance bumper Suitable for T51.7601 locking device
2
Cable ● ● ● ● ● –
Part no. Z10T650AA Z10T700AA Z10T710AA Z10T750AA Z10T800AA Z10T1170A
Internal cabinet height LH – 10 mm
3a Bracket profile attachment top/bottom Cross bar construction horizontal Colour Material R7037 Nylon
Part no. Z10D01E0.01
Alternative to 3a 3b Bracket profile attachment lower/back Cross bar construction vertical Colour Material R7037 Nylon
Part no. Z10D01EA.01
Incl. bracket profile cover cap
9
Drive unit Colour R7037
Includes pre-assembled lever extension
11
Material Nylon
13
Part no. Z10A3000.03
SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable and cable end protector Colour Length (m) Part no. S 8 Z10K800AE
Composed of: 11a 1 x SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable 11b 5 x Cable end protector For cutting to size Can be used as a distribution, bracket profile and communications cable
12
Connecting node and cable end protector Colour Material S Nylon
Composed of: 12a 1 x Connecting node 11b 2 x Cable end protector
518
Cabling
Part no. Z10V100E.01
24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit Language package Part no. Language package A Z10NE030A F B Z10NE030B G C Z10NE030C H D Z10NE030D J E Z10NE030E
Part no. Z10NE030F Z10NE030G Z10NE030H Z10NE030J
Incl. operating and installation instructions Without flex Language package – operating and installation instructions A DE | EN | FR | IT | NL F BG | ET | LT | LV | RO | RU B DA | EN | FI | NO | SV G EN | ES | FR C EL | EN | HR | SL | SR | TR H EN | ZH D EN | ES | FR | IT | PT J JA E CS | HU | PL | SK Language descriptions as per ISO-639
14
Flex Market AR UK CH DK Europe Europe IN IL
Length 2 m, incl. plug ¹ Without plug
¹
Part no. Market Z10M200A JP Z10M200B AU Z10M200C CL Z10M200D CN Z10M200E BR Z10M200E.OS TW Z10M200H US | CA Z10M200I ZA
Part no. Z10M200J Z10M200K Z10M200L Z10M200N Z10M200S.01 Z10M200T Z10M200U Z10M200Z
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Runner systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM 〉 Applications
Cabinet with inset fronts Order information 15a Power supply unit housing Base fixing Colour Material R7037 Nylon
Part no. Z10NG000
Incl. cover For 24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit
Accessories – Cable holder Colour W
Part no. Z10K0009
E.g. for fixing the SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable Colour R7037 S
Alternative to 15a 15b Power supply unit housing Panel fixing Colour Material WGR Nylon
Material Nylon
RAL 7037 dust grey Black
Colour W WGR
White White grey
Part no. Z10NG120
Runner systems
For 24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit
Reference pages Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM Overview – MOVENTO Overview – TANDEM Planning Accessories Overview – assembly devices Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
493 417 447 520 524 591
Machine directive More technical details
701 Assembly, removal and adjustment 698 Short URL www.blum.com/a450
519
Runner systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM 〉 Applications
Cabinet with inset fronts
Runner systems
Planning Cabinet
Position – drive unit
PL = LH – 10 mm Round down to the nearest tenth LH Internal cabinet height PL Bracket profile length
Position – drive unit Runner systems
Drawer height SKH (mm)
Internal cabinet width LW (mm) 224–234 235–428 A (mm) E min. (mm) A (mm) E min. (mm) ≥ 79 – – 60 74 MOVENTO TANDEM ≥ 79 55 71 55 71 Distance between the bottom edge of the cabinet profile and the bottom edge of the drive unit – Not possible A Distance between the bottom edge of the cabinet top panel and the fixing position of the runner E
Cabinet bottom – drilling pattern Lower cabling
Back cabling
BT
BT
Drilling depth
Alternative drilling pattern for MINIPRESS top and MINIPRESS BT Drilling depth
520
Drilling depth
A (mm) 35 35
≥ 429
E min. (mm) 49 51
Front assembly – position of Blum distance bumper
TANDEM Inner drawer The Blum distance bumper creates and maintains the required trigger path of 2 mm Runners Pull-out type B (mm) C (mm) 56XH | 56XF Full extension 16.5 ±1 12.0 ±1 55XH | 55XF Single extension 18.5 ±0.5 13.5 ±0.5 Front thickness Drilling depth BT Adjustment area FD (mm) (mm) (mm) 13.0 10.0 +1.75 / –0.25 Starting at 14.5 11.5 ±1.75
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Runner systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM 〉 Applications
Cabinet with inset fronts
Runner systems
Drawer height SKH (mm) X (mm) ≥ 79 NL + FD + 18 FD Front thickness NL Nominal length X Drilling position Y Min. space requirement
Drawer height SKH (mm)
≥ 79 MOVENTO ≥ 79 TANDEM LW Internal cabinet width Z Dimension of engagement
224–234 Z (mm) Lever extension – – 164 –
Internal cabinet width LW (mm) 235–388 389–428 Z (mm) Lever extenZ (mm) Lever extension sion 164 ● 164 ● 164 ● LW / 2 ● ● Required – Not possible
Y (mm) NL + FD + 34
≥ 429 Lever extension LW / 2 ● LW / 2 ●
Z (mm)
Runner systems
Planning Drilling distances – base | cross bar
Lever extension
Space requirement and safety distance – power supply unit housing
Attention Maintain a 30 mm safety distance from the bottom edge (base fixing) and/or front edge (panel fixing) and side edges of the power supply unit housing to the neighbouring elements Air must be able to circulate, otherwise the SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit could overheat
Base fixing
Panel fixing
Reference pages Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM Overview – MOVENTO Overview – TANDEM Accessories Overview – assembly devices Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
493 417 447 524 591
Machine directive More technical details
701 Assembly, removal and adjustment 698 Short URL www.blum.com/a450 521
Runner systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM 〉 Applications
SERVO-DRIVE uno for bottom mount waste bin solutions ▬ Electrical opening support system in conjunction with BLUMOTION – for soft and effortless closing action ▬ Suitable for individual applications ▬ For bottom mount waste bin solutions ▬ Also ideal for retrofitting ▬ No fixed connection to the drive system ▬ Pull-outs can be used unchanged ▬ Simple and quick assembly of pre-mounted parts
Order information 18 SERVO-DRIVE uno set LanNetwork guage adapter package
Runner systems
E E E E E E
Network adapter E
B
A B C D E F
K
Network
Lan-
Part no. adapter guage Z10NA30EA B Z10NA30EB K Z10NA30EC U Z10NA30ED U Z10NA30EE H Z10NA30EF U
package
A D G J D
SERVO-DRIVE uno set
Web code DQE7FY
Part no. Z10NA30BA Z10NA30KD Z10NA30UG Z10NA30UJ Z10NA30HD ¹
H
Language package – operating and installation instructions A DE | EN | FR | IT | NL E CS | HU | PL | SK B DA | EN | FI | NO | SV F BG | ET | LT | LV | RO | RU C EL | EN | HR | SL | SR | TR G EN | ES | FR D EN | ES | FR | IT | PT J JA Other combinations available upon request Set pre-mounted ¹ See the Information chapter for a detailed market list Composed of: 1 2 x Blum distance bumper 4 1 x Attachment bracket 1 tier 9 1 x Drive unit 18a 1 x Transport protection 18b 1 x Drip protection feature 18c 1 x 12 W SERVO-DRIVE plug-in power supply unit 18d 1 x Assembly – 7 x Screws for Blum distance bumper and attachment bracket – 1 x Installation instructions – 1 x Operating instructions
522
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Runner systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM 〉 Applications
Planning Cabinet
Position – drive unit
Drilling distances – base
Runner systems
Runner systems
Internal cabinet width LW (mm) ≥ 429 A (mm) MOVENTO 35 TANDEM 35 A Distance between the bottom edge of the attachment bracket and the bottom edge of the drive unit
Internal cabinet width LW (mm) ≥ 429 X (mm) Y (mm) Z (mm) NL + 16 NL + 30 LW / 2 NL + 16 NL + 30 LW / 2
MOVENTO TANDEM NL Nominal length X Drilling position Y Min. space requirement Z Dimension of engagement
Position – Blum distance bumper
The Blum distance bumper creates and maintains the required trigger path of 2 mm
Reference pages Overview – SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM Overview – MOVENTO Overview – TANDEM SERVO-DRIVE uno – market list Overview – assembly devices Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
493 417 447 718 591
Machine directive More technical details
701 Assembly, removal and adjustment 698 Short URL www.blum.com/a450 523
Runner systems
Web code DQE7FY
SERVO-DRIVE uno for bottom mount waste bin solutions
Runner systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM 〉 Accessories
Cable holder ▬ Colour: white ▬ Material: nylon
Order information Description Cable holder
Part no. Z10K0009
▬ Connects two drive units that need to activate simultaneously
Order information Length (mm) 80 500 1200 1600
Part no. Z10K008S Z10K050S Z10K120S Z10K160S
▬ COMBOX set ▬ For preventing front collisions when using SERVO-DRIVE in corner situations ▬ Includes all assembly and cabling components
Order information Description COMBOX set
Part no. Z10ZC00A
Runner systems
Synchronisation cable
COMBOX set
524
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Runner systems
Runner systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
525
Inner dividing systems
5
Blum‘s practical inner dividing systems organise every drawer and pull-out.
AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX
Pots and pans, toiletries and bathroom accessories, everything is where it should be, clear visibility and everything within easy reach.
AMBIA-LINE kitchen accessories
The practical accessories combine The elegant frames have various uses and bring perfect organisation beautiful design with practical function into any living area
526
Storage space can be put to optimal use and interiors tailored to individual needs.
ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX
ORGA-LINE kitchen accessories
ORGA-LINE creates impressive order in any drawer or high-fronted pull-out
With spice holders, foil | film dispensers and much more, you have everything that you need close at hand. The tools can be quickly cleared away after cooking
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Inner dividing systems 〉 Overview
AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX Overview
528 529
Symbolic image
AMBIA-LINE kitchen accessories AMBIA-LINE kitchen accessories Order information
538 539
Symbolic image
ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX Overview
540 541
Symbolic image
ORGA-LINE kitchen accessories ORGA-LINE kitchen accessories Order information
554 555
Inner dividing systems
Symbolic image
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
527
Inner dividing systems 〉 AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX
Organisation at its best The elegant inner dividing system carries the minimalist design through to interiors and beautifully organises furniture throughout the home. The frames can easily be positioned wherever required and are available in high-quality materials such as coated steel and selected wood décors. Well-thought-out kitchen accessories such as the spice and plate holder round off this compact range.
Inner dividing systems
Drawer
Steel design
Wood design
AMBIA-LINE drawer frames can be enhanced by using foil | film dispensers and a knife holder
Wood design
The Blum plate holder and spice holder fit perfectly with AMBIA-LINE in steel and wood
High fronted pull-out
Steel design
528
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Inner dividing systems 〉 AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX 〉 Overview
Drawer
Steel design – frame Wood design – frame Recommendation for drawer | inner drawer
530 531 532
Symbolic image
High fronted pull-out Steel design – frame Steel design – bottles Steel design – cross gallery Wood design – frame Recommendation for high fronted pull-out | inner pull-out Symbolic image
533 534 535 536 537
Assembly, removal and adjustment Assembly, removal and adjustment
Inner dividing systems
Symbolic image
Short URL www.blum.com/a510
Pictograph Item available on request
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
529
Inner dividing systems 〉 AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX 〉 Drawer
Steel design – frame ▬ Practical for kitchen applications and in other areas of the home ▬ Elegant, slim design ▬ Suitable for LEGRABOX drawers and inner pull-out, height M and K ▬ Suitable for MERIVOBOX drawers and inner pullout, height M and K ▬ Can be put in any position and offers secure location ▬ Cutlery insert with soft touch surface ▬ Film | foil dispenser and knife holder can be used as an option ▬ Frame height 50 mm ▬ Material: steel, powder-coated
Inner dividing systems
Order information A Cutlery insert Nominal length Width (mm) NL (mm)
B1
450
300
500
300
550
300
600
300
650
300
Drawer frame – 242 mm Nominal length Width (mm) NL (mm) 270–400
242
D Colour
Part no.
SW-M/OG-M | IG-M | OG-M | CS-M SW-M/OG-M | IG-M | OG-M | CS-M SW-M/OG-M | IG-M | OG-M | CS-M SW-M/OG-M | IG-M | OG-M | CS-M SW-M/OG-M | OG-M | CS-M
Colour
ZC7S450BS3
450
200
ZC7S500BS3
500
200
ZC7S550BS3
550
200
ZC7S600BS3
600
200
ZC7S650BS3
650
200
Part no.
SW-M | IG-M | OG-M | CS-M
Accessories Z1 Cross divider Width (mm)
ZC7S300RSU
100
Incl. magnetic panel for connection to the drawer side or steel back
B2
Adapter profile – connection to chipboard back Height Width (mm) Colour SW-M | IG-M | M 242 OG-M | CS-M SW-M | IG-M | K 242 OG-M | CS-M
200 Part no. ZC7A0U0M ZC7A0U0K
Recommendation From nominal length NL 350 mm
C
Drawer frame – 100 mm Nominal length Width (mm) NL (mm) 450
100
500
100
550
100
600
100
650
100
Reference pages Overview – AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX Wood design – frame Recommendation for drawer | inner drawer
530
Colour
Part no.
SW-M | IG-M | OG-M | CS-M SW-M | IG-M | OG-M | CS-M SW-M | IG-M | OG-M | CS-M SW-M | IG-M | OG-M | CS-M SW-M | OG-M | CS-M
529 531 532
Drawer frame – 200 mm Nominal length Width (mm) NL (mm)
ZC7S450RS1 ZC7S500RS1 ZC7S550RS1 ZC7S600RS1 ZC7S650RS1
242
Colour
Part no.
SW-M | IG-M | OG-M | CS-M SW-M | IG-M | OG-M | CS-M SW-M | IG-M | OG-M | CS-M SW-M | IG-M | OG-M | CS-M SW-M | OG-M | CS-M
Height (mm) Colour SW-M | IG-M | 50 OG-M | CS-M SW-M | IG-M | 50 OG-M | CS-M SW-M | IG-M | 50 OG-M | CS-M
ZC7S450RS2 ZC7S500RS2 ZC7S550RS2 ZC7S600RS2 ZC7S650RS2
Part no. ZC7Q010SS ZC7Q020SS ZC7Q0U0SS
Recommendation – colour combination of the components Colour No. Description SW-M IG-M OG-M CS-M INGL SW-M/ IG-M OG-M CS-M CS-M A Cutlery insert OG-M B1
Drawer frame – 242 mm
SW-M
IG-M
OG-M CS-M
CS-M
B2
Adapter profile – connection to chipboard back
SW-M
IG-M
OG-M CS-M
CS-M
C
Drawer frame – 100 mm
SW-M
IG-M
OG-M CS-M
CS-M
D
Drawer frame – 200 mm
SW-M
IG-M
OG-M CS-M
CS-M
Z1
Cross divider
SW-M
IG-M
OG-M CS-M
CS-M
Colour CS-M INGL
Carbon black matt Stainless steel Anti-fingerprint
Colour SW-M IG-M OG-M
AMBIA-LINE kitchen accessories More technical details
Silk white matt Indium grey matt Orion grey matt
538 Assembly, removal and adjustment 698 Short URL www.blum.com/a510 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Inner dividing systems 〉 AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX 〉 Drawer
Wood design – frame ▬ Practical for kitchen applications and in other areas of the home ▬ Elegant, slim design ▬ Suitable for LEGRABOX drawers and inner pull-out, height M and K ▬ Suitable for MERIVOBOX drawers and inner pullout, height M and K ▬ Can be put in any position and offers secure location ▬ Film | foil dispenser and knife holder can be used as an option ▬ Frame height 50 mm ▬ Material: wood décor/steel
B
450
300
500
300
550
300
600
300
650
300
Drawer frame – 242 mm Nominal length Width (mm) NL (mm) 270–400
C
242
Drawer frame – 100 mm Nominal length Width (mm) NL (mm) 450
100
500
100
550
100
600
100
650
100
D Colour
Part no.
E01S | E02G | N01C E01S | E02G | N01C E01S | E02G | N01C E01S | E02G | N01C E01S | E02G | N01C
Colour
ZC7S450BH3
450
200
ZC7S500BH3
500
200
ZC7S550BH3
550
200
ZC7S600BH3
600
200
ZC7S650BH3
650
200
Part no.
E01S | E02G | N01C
Colour
ZC7S300RHU
Part no.
E01S | E02G | N01C E01S | E02G | N01C E01S | E02G | N01C E01S | E02G | N01C E01S | E02G | N01C
ZC7S450RH1 ZC7S500RH1 ZC7S550RH1 ZC7S600RH1 ZC7S650RH1
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
529 530 532
Colour
Part no.
E01S | E02G | N01C E01S | E02G | N01C E01S | E02G | N01C E01S | E02G | N01C E01S | E02G | N01C
ZC7S450RH2 ZC7S500RH2 ZC7S550RH2 ZC7S600RH2 ZC7S650RH2
Accessories Z1 Cross divider with spring clamp Width (mm) Height (mm) Colour EC01 | EC02 | 100 50 NU01 EC01 | EC02 | 200 50 NU01 EC01 | EC02 | 242 50 NU01
Part no. ZC7Q010SH ZC7Q020SH ZC7Q0U0SH
Recommendation – colour combination of the components Colour No. Description SW-M OG-M CS-M INGL A Cutlery insert E01S E02G N01C N01C B
Drawer frame – 242 mm
E01S
E02G
N01C
N01C
C
Drawer frame – 100 mm
E01S
E02G
N01C
N01C
D
Drawer frame – 200 mm
E01S
E02G
N01C
N01C
Z1
Cross divider
EC01
EC02
NU01
NU01
Colour E02G EC02 N01C NU01
Nebraska oak/OG-M Nebraska oak Tennessee walnut/CS-M Tennessee walnut
Colour SW-M OG-M CS-M INGL E01S EC01
Reference pages Overview – AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX Steel design – frame Recommendation for drawer | inner drawer
Drawer frame – 200 mm Nominal length Width (mm) NL (mm)
AMBIA-LINE kitchen accessories More technical details
Silk white matt Orion grey matt Carbon black matt Stainless steel Anti-fingerprint Bardolino oak/SW-M Bardolino oak
538 Assembly, removal and adjustment 698 Short URL www.blum.com/a510 531
Inner dividing systems
Order information A Cutlery insert Nominal length Width (mm) NL (mm)
Inner dividing systems 〉 AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX 〉 Drawer
Recommendation for drawer | inner drawer
Cutlery insert and drawer frame Cabinet width Nominal length NL (mm) KB (mm) 450 500 550 600 400 1 x Cutlery insert 450 500 550 1 x Cutlery insert 1 x Drawer frame – 100 mm 600 800 900 1000 1100
2 x Cutlery insert 2 x Cutlery insert 1 x Drawer frame – 100 mm 2 x Cutlery insert 2 x Drawer frame – 100 mm 2 x Cutlery insert 1 x Drawer frame – 100 mm 1 x Drawer frame – 200 mm
Drawer frame – nominal length NL 450–650 mm
Cabinet width Nominal length NL (mm) KB (mm) 270 300 350 400 275 – 300 – 350 400 Drawer frame – 450 1x Drawer frame – 242 mm 500 1x 242 mm 550 600 Drawer frame – Drawer frame – 2x 800 2x 242 mm 242 mm 900 3 x Drawer frame – 242 mm 1000
Cabinet width Nominal length NL (mm) KB (mm) 450 500 550
1200
4 x Drawer frame – 242 mm
275 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 800 900 1000 1100 1200
600
650
1 x Drawer frame – 100 mm 1 x Drawer frame – 200 mm 1 x Drawer frame – 100 mm 1 x Drawer frame – 200 mm 2 x Drawer frame – 100 mm 1 x Drawer frame – 200 mm 2 x Drawer frame – 100 mm 2 x Drawer frame – 200 mm 2 x Drawer frame – 100 mm 3 x Drawer frame – 200 mm
Inner dividing systems
1200
650
Drawer frame – nominal length NL 270–400 mm
Reference pages Overview – AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX Steel design – frame Wood design – frame AMBIA-LINE kitchen accessories More technical details
532
529
Assembly, removal and adjustment
530 531 Short URL 538 www.blum.com/a510 698
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Inner dividing systems 〉 AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX 〉 High fronted pull-out
Steel design – frame ▬ Practical for kitchen applications and in other areas of the home ▬ Elegant, slim design ▬ Suitable for LEGRABOX high fronted pull-out and inner pull-out, height C and F ▬ Suitable for MERIVOBOX high fronted pull-out and inner pull-out, height E ▬ Can be put in any position and offers secure location ▬ Plate holder and spice holder can be used as an option ▬ Frame height 110 mm ▬ Material: steel, powder-coated
Part no. ZC7F300RSU ZC7F400RSP
Incl. magnetic panel for connection to the drawer side or steel back
B2
Adapter profile – connection to chipboard back Height Width (mm) Colour SW-M | IG-M | C|E 242 OG-M | CS-M SW-M | OG-M | F 242 CS-M SW-M | IG-M | C|E 218 OG-M | CS-M SW-M | OG-M | F 218 CS-M
Part no. ZC7A0U0C
Recommendation – colour combination of the components Colour No. Description SW-M IG-M OG-M CS-M INGL B1 Frame for high fronted pull-outs SW-M IG-M OG-M CS-M CS-M Adapter profile – connection SW-M IG-M OG-M CS-M CS-M B2 to chipboard back Z1 Cross divider SW-M IG-M OG-M CS-M CS-M Colour SW-M IG-M OG-M
Silk white matt Indium grey matt Orion grey matt
Colour CS-M INGL
Carbon black matt Stainless steel Anti-fingerprint
Inner dividing systems
Order information B1 Frame for high fronted pull-outs Nominal length Width (mm) Colour NL (mm) SW-M | IG-M | 270–650 242 OG-M | CS-M SW-M | IG-M | 400–650 218 OG-M | CS-M
ZC7A0U0F ZC7A0P0C ZC7A0P0F
Only available in height F for LEGRABOX Recommendation From nominal length NL 350 mm
Accessories Z1 Cross divider Width (mm) 242 218
Height (mm) Colour SW-M | IG-M | 110 OG-M | CS-M SW-M | IG-M | 110 OG-M | CS-M
Reference pages Overview – AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX Steel design – bottles Steel design – cross gallery Wood design – frame Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Part no. ZC7Q0U0FS ZC7Q0P0FS
Recommendation for high fronted pull-out | inner pull-out AMBIA-LINE kitchen accessories 534 More technical details 535 536 529
537 Assembly, removal and adjustment 538 698 Short URL www.blum.com/a510 533
Inner dividing systems 〉 AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX 〉 High fronted pull-out
Steel design – bottles ▬ Practical for kitchen applications ▬ Elegant, slim design ▬ Suitable for LEGRABOX high fronted pull-out, heights C and F ▬ Suitable for MERIVOBOX high fronted pull-out, heights E ▬ Can be put in any position and offers secure location ▬ Installation height 140 mm (drawer frame with bottle set) ▬ Material: steel, powder-coated
Inner dividing systems
Order information C Drawer frame – 100 mm Nominal length Width (mm) NL (mm)
D
450
100
500
100
550
100
600
100
650
100
Drawer frame – 200 mm Nominal length Width (mm) NL (mm) 450
200
500
200
550
200
600
200
650
200
Reference pages Overview – AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX Steel design – frame Steel design – cross gallery Wood design – frame 534
E Colour SW-M | IG-M | OG-M | CS-M SW-M | IG-M | OG-M | CS-M SW-M | IG-M | OG-M | CS-M SW-M | IG-M | OG-M | CS-M SW-M | OG-M | CS-M
Colour SW-M | IG-M | OG-M | CS-M SW-M | IG-M | OG-M | CS-M SW-M | IG-M | OG-M | CS-M SW-M | IG-M | OG-M | CS-M SW-M | OG-M | CS-M
Part no.
Bottle set Nominal length Width (mm) NL (mm)
ZC7S450RS1
450–650
100
ZC7S500RS1
450–650
200
ZC7S550RS1 ZC7S600RS1 ZC7S650RS1
Part no. ZC7S450RS2 ZC7S500RS2 ZC7S550RS2 ZC7S600RS2
Part no.
SW-M | IG-M | OG-M | CS-M SW-M | IG-M | OG-M | CS-M
¹
ZC7B0100S
¹
ZC7B0200S
Composed of: – 2 x Adapter – 3 x Cross divider Not suitable for inner pull-out! Order drawer frame separately ¹ Nominal length NL 650 mm not available in IG-M
Recommendation – colour combination of the components Colour No. Description SW-M IG-M OG-M CS-M INGL C
Drawer frame – 100 mm
SW-M
IG-M
OG-M CS-M
CS-M
D
Drawer frame – 200 mm
SW-M
IG-M
OG-M CS-M
CS-M
E
Bottle set
SW-M
IG-M
OG-M CS-M
CS-M
Colour CS-M INGL
Carbon black matt Stainless steel Anti-fingerprint
Colour SW-M IG-M OG-M
Silk white matt Indium grey matt Orion grey matt
ZC7S650RS2
Recommendation for high fronted pull-out | inner pull-out AMBIA-LINE kitchen accessories 533 More technical details 535 536 529
Colour
537 Assembly, removal and adjustment 538 698 Short URL www.blum.com/a510 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Inner dividing systems 〉 AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX 〉 High fronted pull-out
Steel design – cross gallery ▬ Practical for kitchen applications ▬ With cross gallery for cutting to size ▬ Suitable for LEGRABOX high fronted pull-out and inner pull-out, height C and F ▬ Suitable for MERIVOBOX high fronted pull-out and inner pull-out, height E ▬ Can be put in any position and offers secure location
Cutting
A3
Material
Part no.
Aluminium
ZR7.1080U
B
Cutting
Internal cabinet width LW – 90 mm
Cross gallery connector Drawer side Colour LEGRABOX pure SW-M | OG-M | CS-M LEGRABOX free SW-M | OG-M | CS-M
Part no. ZC7U10E0 ZC7U11E0
Lateral divider Length (mm) 84
Part no. ZC7U10F0
Order 2 x for each cross gallery
Colour SW-M | OG-M | CS-M
MERIVOBOX A1 Cross gallery for cutting to size Length (mm) Colour SW-M | IG-M | 1059 OG-M A3
Material
Part no.
Aluminium
ZR4.1059U
Internal cabinet width LW – 111 mm
Cross gallery connector Side panel Colour Gallery | BOXCAP SW-M | IG-M | OG-M BOXCOVER SW-M | IG-M | OG-M
Part no. ZC4U10E0 ZC4U11E0
Lateral divider Length (mm) 84
Part no. ZC4U10F0
Order 2 x for each cross gallery
B
Colour SW-M | IG-M | OG-M
Recommendation – colour combination of the components Colour No. Description SW-M IG-M OG-M CS-M INGL A1 Cross gallery for cutting to size SW-M IG-M OG-M CS-M CS-M A3 B
Colour SW-M IG-M OG-M
Reference pages Overview – AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX AMBIA-LINE kitchen accessories Recommendation for high fronted pull-out | inner pull-out Steel design – frame Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Steel design – bottles Wood design – frame 538 More technical details 537 533 529
Cross gallery connector
Lateral divider
Silk white matt Indium grey matt Orion grey matt
SW-M
IG-M
OG-M CS-M
OG-M CS-M
CS-M
SW-M
IG-M
CS-M
Colour CS-M INGL
Carbon black matt Stainless steel Anti-fingerprint
534 Assembly, removal and adjustment 536 698 Short URL www.blum.com/a510 535
Inner dividing systems
Order information LEGRABOX A1 Cross gallery for cutting to size Length (mm) Colour SW-M | OG-M | 1080 CS-M
Inner dividing systems 〉 AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX 〉 High fronted pull-out
Wood design – frame ▬ Practical for kitchen applications and in other areas of the home ▬ Elegant, slim design ▬ Suitable for LEGRABOX high fronted pull-out and inner pull-out, height C and F ▬ Suitable for MERIVOBOX high fronted pull-out and inner pull-out, height E ▬ Can be put in any position and offers secure location ▬ Plate holder and spice holder can be used as an option ▬ Frame height 110 mm ▬ Material: wood décor/steel
Inner dividing systems
Order information B Frame for high fronted pull-outs Nominal length Width (mm) Colour NL (mm) E01S | E02G | 270–650 242 N01C E01S | E02G | 400–650 218 N01C
Part no. ZC7F300RHU ZC7F400RHP
Accessories Z1 Cross divider with spring clamp Width (mm) Height (mm) Colour EC01 | EC02 | 242 100 NU01 EC01 | EC02 | 218 100 NU01
Part no. ZC7Q0U0FH ZC7Q0P0FH
Recommendation – colour combination of the components Colour No. Description SW-M OG-M CS-M INGL B Frame for high fronted pull-outs E01S E02G N01C N01C Z1
Colour SW-M OG-M CS-M INGL E01S EC01
Cross divider
Silk white matt Orion grey matt Carbon black matt Stainless steel Anti-fingerprint Bardolino oak/SW-M Bardolino oak
EC01
EC02
Colour E02G EC02 N01C NU01
Nebraska oak/OG-M Nebraska oak Tennessee walnut/CS-M Tennessee walnut
Reference pages Overview – AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX Steel design – frame Steel design – bottles Steel design – cross gallery 536
NU01
NU01
Recommendation for high fronted pull-out | inner pull-out AMBIA-LINE kitchen accessories 533 More technical details 534 535 529
537 Assembly, removal and adjustment 538 698 Short URL www.blum.com/a510 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Inner dividing systems 〉 AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX 〉 High fronted pull-out
Recommendation for high fronted pull-out | inner pull-out
Frame for high fronted pull-outs – nominal length NL 270–400 mm
Cabinet width Nominal length NL (mm) KB (mm) 270 300 350 275 – 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 800 900 1000
Cabinet width Nominal length NL (mm) KB (mm) 450 500 550 275
300 350 400 Frame for high fronted pull-outs – 1x 450 242 mm 500 550 600 2 x Frame for high fronted pull-outs – 242 mm 800 900 1000 3 x Frame for high fronted pull-outs – 242 mm 1200
600
650
–
1x
Frame for high fronted pull-outs – 218 mm
2x
Frame for high fronted pull-outs – 218 mm
3x
Frame for high fronted pull-outs – 218 mm
Inner dividing systems
1200
400
Frame for high fronted pull-outs – nominal length NL 450–650 mm
Reference pages Overview – AMBIA-LINE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX Steel design – frame Steel design – bottles Steel design – cross gallery Wood design – frame AMBIA-LINE kitchen accessories Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
529 533 534 535 536 538
More technical details
698 Assembly, removal and adjustment Short URL www.blum.com/a510
537
Inner dividing systems 〉 AMBIA-LINE kitchen accessories
Small accessories, big impact
Inner dividing systems
The attractive AMBIA-LINE kitchen accessories combine a high-quality design with well-conceived functionality. Holders for knives, plates and spices and dispensers for cling film or foil help to keep the kitchen tidy. Everything is perfectly in place – your kitchen utensils are tidily stored in the pull-out and easy to access.
Foil/film dispenser By using the foil dispenser, cling film and aluminium foil can be pulled out without creases and cleanly cut
Knife holder Up to nine knives can be stored safely and tidily in the knife holder to ensure easy access
Spice holder Blum plate holder The infinitely adjustable Blum plate holder can safely accommodate up to Spice containers of various sizes can be tidily stored in the spice holder without risk of tipping over 12 plates in the pull-out and can also be easily transported
538
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Inner dividing systems 〉 AMBIA-LINE kitchen accessories 〉 Order information
Foil/film dispenser ▬ Film | foil dispenser for cling film and aluminium foil ▬ Dispenser rod for crease-free removal of cling film ▬ Antislipping device through flexible base fixing bracket ▬ Removable ▬ Suitable for LEGRABOX drawers and inner pull-out, height M and K ▬ Suitable for MERIVOBOX drawers and inner pullout, height M and K ▬ In combination with AMBIA-LINE drawer frame with a width of 200 mm ▬ Colour: orion grey matt ▬ Material: nylon/stainless steel
Order information Version With film | foil Without film | foil
▬ Safe accommodation of four large and five small knives ▬ Incl. handle support for long knives ▬ Antislipping device through base fixing bracket ▬ Suitable for LEGRABOX drawers and inner pull-out, height M and K ▬ Suitable for MERIVOBOX drawers and inner pullout, height M and K ▬ In combination with AMBIA-LINE drawer frame with a width of 200 mm ▬ Colour: orion grey matt ▬ Material: nylon/stainless steel
Order information Description Knife holder
▬ Safe accommodation of up to 12 plates ▬ Can be infinitely adjusted to suit plate size ▬ Removable ▬ Suitable for LEGRABOX high fronted pull-out and inner pull-out, height C and F ▬ Suitable for MERIVOBOX high fronted pull-out and inner pull-out, height E ▬ Colour: orion grey matt ▬ Material: nylon/stainless steel
Order information Description Blum plate holder
Dimensions Length (mm) Width (mm)
Part no. ZC7C0000 ZC7C0001 409 187
Reference pages Assembly, removal and adjustment Short URL www.blum.com/a520
Knife holder
Dimensions Length (mm) Width (mm)
Part no. ZC7M0200 409 187
Reference pages Assembly, removal and adjustment
Inner dividing systems
Short URL www.blum.com/a520
Blum plate holder
Dimensions Diameter of plates (mm) Stacking height of plates (mm) Overall height (mm)
Part no. ZC7T0350 186–322 146 170
Reference pages Assembly, removal and adjustment Short URL www.blum.com/a520
Spice holder ▬ Organised storage of spice packets of various sizes ▬ Suitable for LEGRABOX high fronted pull-out and inner pull-out, height C and F ▬ Suitable for MERIVOBOX high fronted pull-out and inner pull-out, height E ▬ In combination with AMBIA-LINE frame for high fronted pull-outs with a width of 218 mm ▬ Colour: orion grey matt ▬ Material: nylon/stainless steel
Order information Description Spice holder Dimensions Length (mm) Width (mm)
Part no. ZC7G0P0I 356 205
Reference pages Assembly, removal and adjustment Short URL www.blum.com/a520
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
539
Inner dividing systems 〉 ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX
Everything you need at a glance ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX is a high-quality inner dividing system with a customised design for drawers and pull-outs. Be it cutlery, bottles or pots – all your items can be stored in a way that is both practical and convenient. All the dividers can be adjusted to accommodate the storage items. ORGA-LINE therefore provides easy access and organisation in drawers and pull-outs. The practical ORGA-LINE kitchen accessories also make many kitchen tasks easier and organise interiors.
Inner dividing systems
Drawer
Container sets
Utensil divider sets
Combo sets
TANDEMBOX plus
The ORGA-LINE sets for high fronted pull-outs can be supplemented with a spice holder and/or a plate-holder
The ORGA-LINE sets for drawers can be supplemented with a foil/film dispenser and a knife holder
High fronted pull-out
TANDEMBOX antaro
540
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Inner dividing systems 〉 ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX 〉 Overview
Drawer
Container sets Utensil divider sets Combo sets Individual sets
542 544 546 548
Symbolic image
High fronted pull-out ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX antaro – cross divider ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX antaro – cross gallery ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX plus – cross divider ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX plus – cross gallery Recommendation for high fronted pull-out | inner pull-out
550 551 ☎ ☎ 552
Assembly, removal and adjustment Assembly, removal and adjustment
Inner dividing systems
Symbolic image
Short URL www.blum.com/a530
Pictograph Item available on request Dishwasher-proof up to 65°C
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
541
Inner dividing systems 〉 ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX 〉 Drawer
Container sets ▬ Practical for kitchen applications ▬ Well-suited for cutlery ▬ Suitable for TANDEMBOX antaro drawers and inner pull-out, height M and K ▬ Removable containers (dishwasher-proof) ▬ Film | foil dispenser and knife holder can be used as an option ▬ Nominal length NL 450–550 mm ▬ Recommendation: cabinet width KB 275–1200 mm
Space requirement
NL KB LW
Order information KB (mm)
275–299
Symbol image, NL 500 mm
NL (mm) 450 500 550
Part no. ZSI.450BI1N ZSI.500BI1N ZSI.550BI1N
Inner dividing systems
KB (mm)
600
Symbol image, NL 500 mm
NL (mm) 450 500 550 ¹
Set fully fills drawer
¹ ¹ ¹
KB (mm)
900
Symbol image, NL 500 mm
NL (mm) 450 500 550 ¹
Set fully fills drawer
¹ ¹ ¹
KB (mm)
¹
542
Set fully fills drawer
Part no. ZSI.90VEI4 ZSI.90VEI6 ZSI.90VEI7 1200
Symbol image, NL 500 mm
NL (mm) 450 500 550
Part no. ZSI.60VEI4 ZSI.60VEI6 ZSI.60VEI7
¹ ¹ ¹
KB (mm)
300–399
Symbol image, NL 500 mm
NL (mm) 450 500 550
KB (mm)
601–699
Symbol image, NL 500 mm
NL (mm) 450 500 550
Part no. ZSI.450BI1N + ZSI.500BI1N + ZSI.550BI1N +
KB (mm)
Part no. ZSI.450BI3N ZSI.500BI3 ZSI.550BI3 901–999
Symbol image, NL 500 mm
NL (mm) 450 500 550
Part no. ZSI.450BI2N ZSI.500BI2N ZSI.550BI2N
Part no. ZSI.450BI3N + ZSI.500BI3 + ZSI.550BI3 +
SPACE CORNER
Part no. ZSI.12VEI4 ZSI.12VEI6 Symbol image, NL 650 mm ZSI.12VEI7 NL (mm) 600 650
Part no. ZSI.450KI4N ZSI.500KI4 ZSI.550KI4
KB (mm)
400–549
Symbol image, NL 500 mm
NL (mm) 450 500 550
KB (mm)
Part no. ZSI.450BI2N + ZSI.500BI2N + ZSI.550BI2N +
KB (mm)
Part no. ZSI.450BI3N ZSI.500BI3 ZSI.550BI3 1000–1099
Symbol image, NL 500 mm
NL (mm) 450 500 550
Part no. ZSI.450BI3N ZSI.500BI3 ZSI.550BI3 700–799
Symbol image, NL 500 mm
NL (mm) 450 500 550
Nominal length Cabinet width Internal cabinet width
2x 2x 2x
Part no. ZSI.450KI4N ZSI.500KI4 ZSI.550KI4
KB (mm)
550–599
Symbol image, NL 500 mm
NL (mm) 450 500 550
Part no. ZSI.450BI1N + ZSI.500BI1N + ZSI.550BI1N +
KB (mm)
800–899
Symbol image, NL 500 mm
NL (mm) 450 500 550
2x 2x 2x
KB (mm)
Part no. ZSI.450BI3N ZSI.500BI3 ZSI.550BI3 1100–1199
Symbol image, NL 500 mm
NL (mm) 450 2 x 500 2 x 550 2 x
Part no. ZSI.450BI3N ZSI.500BI3 ZSI.550BI3
Part no. ZSI.450BI3N + ZSI.500BI3 + ZSI.550BI3 +
Part no. ZSI.450FI2N ZSI.500FI2N ZSI.550FI2N
ORGA-LINE kitchen accessories Placement in the sets 1 1 x ZSZ.01Fx 1 1 x ZSZ.02Fx 2 1 x ZSZ.01Fx + 1 x ZSZ.02Fx 2 1 x ZSZ.02M0
Part no. ZSI.450BI3E ZSZ.01Fx ZSZ.02Fx 0 = with film | foil ZSI.500BI3E x x
ZSZ.02M0
1 = without film | foil
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Inner dividing systems 〉 ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX 〉 Drawer
Inner dividing systems
Container sets
Reference pages Overview – ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX Utensil divider sets Combo sets Individual sets ORGA-LINE kitchen accessories Accessories Planning Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
541 More technical details 544 546 548 554 549 549
698 Assembly, removal and adjustment Short URL www.blum.com/a530
543
Inner dividing systems 〉 ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX 〉 Drawer
Utensil divider sets ▬ Practical for kitchen applications and in other areas of the home ▬ Suitable for TANDEMBOX antaro drawers and inner pull-out, height M and K ▬ Removable containers (dishwasher-proof) ▬ Film | foil dispenser and knife holder can be used as an option ▬ Nominal length NL 450–550 mm ▬ Recommendation: cabinet width KB 275–1200 mm
Space requirement
NL KB LW
Order information KB (mm)
275–349
Symbol image, NL 500 mm
Inner dividing systems
NL (mm) 450 500 550
KB (mm)
601–699
Symbol image, NL 500 mm
NL (mm) 450 500 550
Part no. ZSI.450BI1N + ZSI.500BI1N + ZSI.550BI1N +
KB (mm)
NL (mm) 450 500 550
2x 2x 2x
SPACE CORNER
Symbol image, NL 650 mm
544
Part no. ZSI.450KI3N ZSI.500KI3N ZSI.550KI3N 901–999
Symbol image, NL 500 mm
NL (mm) 600 650
Part no. ZSI.450BI1N ZSI.500BI1N ZSI.550BI1N
Part no. ZSI.450KI3N ZSI.500KI3N ZSI.550KI3N
KB (mm)
350–449
Symbol image, NL 500 mm
NL (mm) 450 500 550
KB (mm)
700–799
Symbol image, NL 500 mm
NL (mm) 450 500 550
Part no. ZSI.450KI2N + ZSI.500KI2N + ZSI.550KI2N +
KB (mm)
Part no. ZSI.450KI3N ZSI.500KI3N ZSI.550KI3N 1000–1099
Symbol image, NL 500 mm
NL (mm) 450 2 x 500 2 x 550 2 x
Part no. ZSI.450KI2N ZSI.500KI2N ZSI.550KI2N
Part no. ZSI.450KI2N + ZSI.500KI2N + ZSI.550KI2N +
Part no. ZSI.450FI3 ZSI.500FI3 ZSI.550FI3
KB (mm)
450–599
Symbol image, NL 500 mm
NL (mm) 450 500 550
KB (mm)
2x 2x 2x
KB (mm)
Part no. ZSI.450KI3N ZSI.500KI3N ZSI.550KI3N 1100–1199
Symbol image, NL 500 mm
NL (mm) 450 2 x 500 2 x 550 2 x
Part no. ZSI.450FI2N ZSI.500FI2N ZSI.550FI2N 800–899
Symbol image, NL 500 mm
NL (mm) 450 500 550
Nominal length Cabinet width Internal cabinet width
Part no. ZSI.450KI3N + ZSI.500KI3N + ZSI.550KI3N +
Part no. ZSI.450FI2N ZSI.500FI2N ZSI.550FI2N
KB (mm)
600
Symbol image, NL 500 mm
NL (mm) 450 500 550 ¹
Set fully fills drawer
¹ ¹ ¹
KB (mm)
900
Symbol image, NL 500 mm
NL (mm) 450 500 550 ¹
Set fully fills drawer
¹ ¹ ¹
KB (mm)
¹
Part no. ZSI.90VUI4 ZSI.90VUI6 ZSI.90VUI7 1200
Symbol image, NL 500 mm
NL (mm) 450 500 550
Part no. ZSI.60VUI4 ZSI.60VUI6 ZSI.60VUI7
Set fully fills drawer
¹ ¹ ¹
Part no. ZSI.12VUI4 ZSI.12VUI6 ZSI.12VUI7
ORGA-LINE kitchen accessories Placement in the sets 1 1 x ZSZ.01Fx 1 1 x ZSZ.02Fx 2 1 x ZSZ.01Fx + 1 x ZSZ.02Fx 2 1 x ZSZ.02M0
Part no. ZSI.450FI3 ZSZ.01Fx ZSZ.02Fx 0 = with film | foil ZSI.500FI3 x x
ZSZ.02M0
1 = without film | foil
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Inner dividing systems 〉 ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX 〉 Drawer
Inner dividing systems
Utensil divider sets
Reference pages Overview – ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX Container sets Combo sets Individual sets ORGA-LINE kitchen accessories Accessories Planning Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
541 More technical details 542 546 548 554 549 549
698 Assembly, removal and adjustment Short URL www.blum.com/a530
545
Inner dividing systems 〉 ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX 〉 Drawer
Combo sets ▬ Practical for kitchen applications and in other areas of the home ▬ Suitable for TANDEMBOX antaro drawers and inner pull-out, height M and K ▬ Removable containers (dishwasher-proof) ▬ Film | foil dispenser and knife holder can be used as an option ▬ Nominal length NL 450–550 mm ▬ Recommendation: cabinet width KB 275–1200 mm
Space requirement
NL KB LW
Order information KB (mm)
Symbol image, NL 500 mm
NL (mm) 450 500 550
Inner dividing systems
KB (mm)
Part no. ZSI.450KI2N + ZSI.500KI2N + ZSI.550KI2N +
SPACE CORNER
Symbol image, NL 650 mm
NL (mm) 600 650
546
Part no. ZSI.450BI1N ZSI.500BI1N ZSI.550BI1N 650–750
Symbol image, NL 500 mm
NL (mm) 450 500 550
275–349
Part no. ZSI.450MI3 ZSI.500MI3 ZSI.550MI3
KB (mm)
350–449
Symbol image, NL 500 mm
NL (mm) 450 500 550
KB (mm)
751–899
Symbol image, NL 500 mm
NL (mm) 450 500 550
Part no. ZSI.450KI2N ZSI.500KI2N ZSI.550KI2N
Part no. ZSI.450KI3N + ZSI.500KI3N + ZSI.550KI3N +
Part no. ZSI.450BI3N ZSI.500BI3 ZSI.550BI3
KB (mm)
450–600
Symbol image, NL 500 mm
NL (mm) 450 500 550
KB (mm)
Part no. ZSI.450MI3 ZSI.500MI3 ZSI.550MI3
KB (mm)
601–649
Symbol image, NL 500 mm
NL (mm) 450 500 550
Part no. ZSI.450BI1N + ZSI.500BI1N + ZSI.550BI1N +
Part no. ZSI.450MI3 ZSI.500MI3 ZSI.550MI3
900–1200
Symbol image, NL 500 mm
NL (mm) 450 500 550
Nominal length Cabinet width Internal cabinet width
Part no. ZSI.450KI3N + ZSI.500KI3N + ZSI.550KI3N +
Part no. ZSI.450KI4N ZSI.500KI4 ZSI.550KI4
ORGA-LINE kitchen accessories Placement in the sets 1 1 x ZSZ.01Fx 1 1 x ZSZ.02Fx 2 1 x ZSZ.01Fx + 1 x ZSZ.02Fx 2 1 x ZSZ.02M0
Part no. ZSI.450FI3 ZSZ.01Fx ZSZ.02Fx 0 = with film | foil ZSI.500FI3 x x
ZSZ.02M0
1 = without film | foil
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Inner dividing systems 〉 ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX 〉 Drawer
Inner dividing systems
Combo sets
Reference pages Overview – ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX Container sets Utensil divider sets Individual sets ORGA-LINE kitchen accessories Accessories Planning Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
541 More technical details 542 544 548 554 549 549
698 Assembly, removal and adjustment Short URL www.blum.com/a530
547
Inner dividing systems 〉 ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX 〉 Drawer
Individual sets ▬ Flexible, partially filled drawer sets ▬ Practical for kitchen applications and in other areas of the home ▬ Suitable for TANDEMBOX antaro drawers and inner pull-out, height M and K ▬ Removable containers (dishwasher-proof) ▬ Film | foil dispenser and knife holder can be used as an option ▬ Nominal length NL 450–550 mm ▬ Recommendation: cabinet width KB 275–1200 mm
Space requirement
NL KB LW
Order information BI1 set
Symbol image, NL 500 mm
NL (mm) 450 500 550
BI2 set
Part no. ZSI.450BI1N ZSI.500BI1N ZSI.550BI1N
BI3 set
Symbol image, NL 500 mm
NL (mm) 450 500 550
Part no. ZSI.450BI2N ZSI.500BI2N ZSI.550BI2N
KI4 set
Symbol image, NL 500 mm
NL (mm) 450 500 550
KI2 set
Part no. ZSI.450BI3N ZSI.500BI3 ZSI.550BI3
MI3 set
Symbol image, NL 500 mm
NL (mm) 450 500 550
Part no. ZSI.450KI2N ZSI.500KI2N ZSI.550KI2N
FI1 set
Inner dividing systems
KI3 set
Nominal length Cabinet width Internal cabinet width
NL
6
-2
Symbol image, NL 500 mm
NL (mm) 450 500 550
Part no. ZSI.450KI3N ZSI.500KI3N ZSI.550KI3N
FI2 set
Symbol image, NL 500 mm
NL (mm) 450 500 550 FI3 set
6
2 L-
Symbol image, NL 500 mm
548
Part no. ZSI.450FI2N ZSI.500FI2N ZSI.550FI2N
NL (mm) 450 500 550
Part no. ZSI.450MI3 ZSI.500MI3 ZSI.550MI3
Symbol image, NL 500 mm
NL (mm) 450 500 550
Part no. ZSI.450FI1 ZSI.500FI1 ZSI.550FI1
6
-2
Symbol image, NL 500 mm
NL (mm) 450 500 550
Symbol image, NL 500 mm
BI3E set SPACE CORNER NL
N
NL (mm) 450 500 550
Part no. ZSI.450KI4N ZSI.500KI4 ZSI.550KI4
Part no. ZSI.450FI3 ZSI.500FI3 ZSI.550FI3
Symbol image, NL 650 mm
NL (mm) 600 650
Part no. ZSI.450BI3E ZSI.500BI3E
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Inner dividing systems 〉 ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX 〉 Drawer
Individual sets Order information Accessories Containers
Width x length (mm) 88 x 88 88 x 176 88 x 264 88 x 352
Adjustable cross dividers
Part no. Width (mm) ZSI.010SI 88 ZSI.020SI 176 ZSI.030SI ZSI.040SI
Part no. ZSI.010Q ZSI.020Q
ORGA-LINE kitchen accessories Film dispenser
Foil dispenser
Knife holder
Description Part no. ZSZ.01F0 With film | foil Without film | foil ZSZ.01F1 Placement in the sets 1 1 x ZSZ.01Fx 2 1 x ZSZ.01Fx + 1 x ZSZ.02Fx
Description Part no. ZSZ.02F0 With film | foil Without film | foil ZSZ.02F1 Placement in the sets 1 1 x ZSZ.02Fx 2 1 x ZSZ.01Fx + 1 x ZSZ.02Fx
Description Knife holder
Incl. handle support
Part no. ZSZ.02M0
Placement in the sets 2 1 x ZSZ.02M0
Planning
For additional inserts: E.g. wooden knife holder
Inner dividing systems
Example: Cabinet width KB 600 mm Cutlery & utensil combination ZSI.500KI4 X = internal cabinet width LW – 400 mm – 42 mm
Reference pages Overview – ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX Container sets Utensil divider sets Combo sets ORGA-LINE kitchen accessories More technical details
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
541 Assembly, removal and adjustment 542 544 546 Short URL 554 www.blum.com/a530 698
549
Inner dividing systems 〉 ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX 〉 High fronted pull-out
ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX antaro – cross divider ▬ ORGA-LINE flexible dividing system ▬ With cross divider to be cut to size ▬ Suitable for TANDEMBOX antaro high fronted pullout, heights C and D ▬ Nominal length NL 270–650 mm ▬ Recommendation: cabinet width KB 275–1200 mm
Space requirement
NL KB LW
Inner dividing systems
Order information A1 Cross divider for cutting to size Cabinet width KB (mm) Colour 275 SW | R9006 300 SW | R9006 550 SW | R9006 600 SW | R9006 900 SW | R9006 1200 SW | R9006
¹ ¹ ¹ ¹ ¹ ¹
¹ Aluminium Cutting X Internal cabinet width LW – 91 mm Y Internal cabinet width LW – 295 mm (KB 275 mm) Y Internal cabinet width LW – 320 mm (KB 300 mm) Z 152 mm (KB 275 mm) Z 177 mm (KB 300 mm)
A2
Cross divider connector – dividing wall Colour Material SW | WGR Nylon
Order 1 x for each cross divider; Y | Z
A3
Cross divider connector – gallery Height Colour C SW | WGR D SW | WGR
B
Lateral divider Colour SW | R9006
Material Steel
D
Bottle rack
Nominal length NL (mm) 450 500 550 600 650
Cabinet width KB (mm) 275 300
Part no. Z40L152A Z40L177A Z40L427A Z40L477A Z40L777A Z40L1077A
Part no. Z40L0002
Part no. Z40C0002Z Z40D0002Z
Order 2 x for each cross divider; X Order 1 x for each cross divider; Y | Z
Nominal length Cabinet width Internal cabinet width
Part no. Z43L100S
E
Dividing wall
Nominal length Colour NL (mm) SW | R9006 450 Z46L420S 500 Z46L470S 550 Z46L520S 600 Z46L570S 650 Z46L620S Not suitable for inner pull-out!
☎ ☎
Z48.27B0I6 Z48.27B0I7
☎ ☎
Z48.30B0I4 Z48.30B0I6 Z48.30B0I7 Z48.30B0I8 Z48.30B0I9
Recommendation – colour combination of the components Colour No. Description SW R9006 A1 Cross divider for cutting to size SW R9006 Cross divider connector – SW WGR A2 dividing wall A3 Cross divider connector – gallery SW WGR B
Lateral divider
E
Dividing wall
D
Bottle rack
Colour SW R9006
Reference pages Overview – ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX Recommendation for high fronted pull-out | inner pull-out Recommendation – colour combination of the components ORGA-LINE kitchen accessories
550
Silk white RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium)
SW
R9006
SW
R9006
Colour WGR
White grey
INGL
INGL
541 Assembly, removal and adjustment 552 551
Short URL 554 www.blum.com/a530
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Inner dividing systems 〉 ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX 〉 High fronted pull-out
ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX antaro – cross gallery ▬ ORGA-LINE flexible dividing system ▬ With cross gallery for cutting to size ▬ Suitable for TANDEMBOX antaro high fronted pullout, heights C and D ▬ Nominal length NL 270–650 mm ▬ Recommendation: cabinet width KB 275–1200 mm
Space requirement
NL KB LW
¹ ¹ ¹ ¹ ¹ ¹
¹ Aluminium Cutting Internal cabinet width LW – 63 mm
A3
Cross gallery connector Colour Material SW | WGR Nylon
Part no. ZRU.01E0
Lateral divider Colour SW | WGR
Part no. ZRU.11F0
Order 2 x for each cross gallery
B
Part no. ZRG.179Q ZRG.204Q ZRG.454Q ZRG.504Q ZRG.804Q ZRG.1104Q
Material Nylon
Inner dividing systems
Order information A1 Cross gallery for cutting to size Cabinet width KB (mm) Colour 275 SW | R9006 300 SW | R9006 550 SW | R9006 600 SW | R9006 900 SW | R9006 1200 SW | R9006
Nominal length Cabinet width Internal cabinet width
Recommendation – colour combination of the components Colour No. Description SW R9006 A1 Cross gallery for cutting to size SW R9006 A3 B
Colour SW R9006
Cross gallery connector Lateral divider
Silk white RAL 9006 grey (white aluminium)
SW
WGR
Colour WGR
White grey
SW
Reference pages Overview – ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX Recommendation for high fronted pull-out | inner pull-out ORGA-LINE kitchen accessories
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
WGR
541 Assembly, removal and adjustment 552 554 Short URL www.blum.com/a530
551
Inner dividing systems 〉 ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX 〉 High fronted pull-out
Recommendation for high fronted pull-out | inner pull-out
Application – provisions Application – open provisions
Application – crockery
Cabinet width Nominal length NL (mm) KB (mm) 450 500 550 –
–
275 300
1 x cross divider
2 x cross divider
400 450 500 550
1 x cross divider, 2 x lateral dividers
2 x cross divider, 3 x lateral dividers
600 800 900 1000
1 x cross divider, 3 x lateral dividers
Application – plastic containers
Cabinet width Nominal length NL (mm) KB (mm) 450 500 550
–
Starting at 400
2 x Blum plate holders
Starting at 800
4 x Blum plate holders
Starting at 1000
6 x Blum plate holders
Up to 1050
2 x Blum plate holders
Starting at 1050
3 x Blum plate holders
–
Cabinet width Nominal length NL (mm) KB (mm) 450 500 550 275 300
–
1 x cross divider
400 450 500 550 600 800 900 1000 1200
SPACE CORNER Installation dimen- Nominal length NL (mm) sion PM (mm) 600 650
–
1 x cross divider, 2 x lateral dividers 1 x cross divider, 3 x lateral dividers
Application
Nominal length NL (mm) 600 650 1 x cross divider, SPACE CORNER 2 x lateral dividers
2 x cross divider, 6 x lateral dividers
Inner dividing systems
1200 Application
Nominal length NL (mm) 600 650 1 x cross divider, SPACE CORNER 2 x lateral dividers
Application – waste bin pull-out | cleaning agents Cabinet width Nominal length NL (mm) KB (mm) 450 500 550
900–1200
–
–
1 x bottle rack, 1 x bottle rack, 1 x bottle rack, 2 x dividing 2 x dividing 2 x dividing wall, wall, wall, 3 x cross 4 x cross 5 x cross divider divider divider
Application – spices
Cabinet width Nominal length NL (mm) KB (mm) 450 500 550 – 300 400
450
552
Application – bottles –
2 x spice holders, 1 x cross divider
2 x spice holders, 2 x cross divider
2 x spice holders, 1 x cross divider, 2 x lateral dividers
2 x spice holders, 2 x cross divider, 3 x lateral dividers
Cabinet width Nominal length NL (mm) KB (mm) 450 500 550 275
300
–
–
–
1 x bottle rack, 1 x bottle rack, 4 x cross 5 x cross divider divider 1 x bottle rack, 3 x cross divider
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Inner dividing systems 〉 ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX 〉 High fronted pull-out
Recommendation for high fronted pull-out | inner pull-out
Application – bottles | cutting boards Cabinet width Nominal length NL (mm) KB (mm) 450 500 550 400 450 500
Application – pots | lids | pans | cooking utensils –
Cabinet width Nominal length NL (mm) KB (mm) 450 500 550 –
–
1 x bottle rack, 1 x bottle rack, 1 x bottle rack, 1 x dividing 1 x dividing 1 x dividing wall, wall, wall, 3 x cross 4 x cross 5 x cross divider divider divider
800
1000
900 1000
1 x bottle rack, 1 x bottle rack, 1 x bottle rack, 2 x dividing 2 x dividing 2 x dividing wall, wall, wall, 3 x cross 4 x cross 5 x cross divider divider divider
1 x cross divider, 2 x lateral dividers
2 x cross divider, 3 x lateral dividers
Cabinet width Nominal length NL (mm) KB (mm) 450 500 550
–
300
1 x dividing wall
400 450
2 x dividing wall
Starting at 500
3 x dividing wall
–
Not suitable for inner pull-out!
800 900
550 600
600
–
Application – baking trays | tins
1 x cross divider, 3 x lateral dividers
2 x cross divider, 6 x lateral dividers
1200
1200
Inner dividing systems
Not suitable for inner pull-out!
Reference pages Overview – ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX antaro – cross divider ORGA-LINE for TANDEMBOX antaro – cross gallery ORGA-LINE kitchen accessories
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
541 Assembly, removal and adjustment 550 551 554
Short URL www.blum.com/a530
553
Inner dividing systems 〉 ORGA-LINE kitchen accessories
Small accessories, big impact
Inner dividing systems
The practical ORGA-LINE kitchen accessories also make many kitchen tasks easier and organise interiors. With the spice holder, foil dispenser and much more, you have everything that you need close at hand. And when cooking is done, they can be quickly stored away. For ORGA-LINE organisation that also looks beautiful.
Foil/film dispenser Plastic film without any creases – child’s play with our dispenser. The secret: The Blum dispenser rod
Knife holder Whether large or small – the knife holder can safely hold up to 9 knives
Blum plate holder Spice holder The infinitely adjustable Blum plate holder can safely accommodate up to The ORGA-LINE spice holder provides safe and well-organised storage 12 plates in the pull-out and can also be easily transported for your spices
554
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Inner dividing systems 〉 ORGA-LINE kitchen accessories 〉 Order information
Film dispenser ▬ Film dispenser ▬ Dispenser rod for crease-free removal ▬ Plastic film neatly stored ▬ Antislipping device through flexible base fixing bracket ▬ Removable ▬ Suitable for TANDEMBOX antaro drawers and inner pull-out, height M and K ▬ Colour: RAL 7037 dust grey ▬ Material: nylon/steel/aluminium
Order information Version With film | foil Without film | foil Dimensions Length (mm) Width (mm)
Part no. ZSZ.01F0 ZSZ.01F1 411 88.5
Reference pages Assembly, removal and adjustment Short URL www.blum.com/a540
Foil dispenser ▬ Foil dispenser ▬ Aluminium foil neatly stored ▬ Antislipping device through flexible base fixing bracket ▬ Removable ▬ Suitable for TANDEMBOX antaro drawers and inner pull-out, height M and K ▬ Colour: RAL 7037 dust grey ▬ Material: nylon/steel
Order information Version With film | foil Without film | foil Dimensions Length (mm) Width (mm)
Part no. ZSZ.02F0 ZSZ.02F1 411 88.5
Reference pages Assembly, removal and adjustment Inner dividing systems
Short URL www.blum.com/a540
Knife holder ▬ Safe accommodation of four large and five small knives ▬ Incl. handle support for long knives ▬ Antislipping device through base fixing bracket ▬ Dishwasher-proof up to +65°C ▬ Suitable for TANDEMBOX antaro drawers and inner pull-out, height M and K ▬ Colour: RAL 7037 dust grey ▬ Material: nylon/stainless steel
Order information Description Knife holder Dimensions Length (mm) Width (mm)
Part no. ZSZ.02M0 260 177.5
Reference pages Assembly, removal and adjustment Short URL www.blum.com/a540
Blum plate holder ▬ Safe accommodation of up to 12 plates ▬ Can be infinitely adjusted to suit plate size ▬ Removable ▬ Suitable for TANDEMBOX antaro high fronted pullout and inner pull-out, height C and D ▬ Colour: orion grey matt ▬ Material: nylon/stainless steel
Order information Description Blum plate holder
Dimensions Diameter of plates (mm) Stacking height of plates (mm) Overall height (mm)
Part no. ZC7T0350 186–322 146 170
Reference pages Assembly, removal and adjustment Short URL www.blum.com/a540
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
555
Inner dividing systems 〉 ORGA-LINE kitchen accessories 〉 Order information
Spice holder ▬ Antislipping device through flexible base fixing bracket ▬ Removable ▬ For a variety of spice container sizes ▬ Suitable for TANDEMBOX antaro high fronted pullout and inner pull-out, height C and D ▬ Colour: RAL 7037 dust grey ▬ Material: nylon/stainless steel
Order information KB (mm) Width (mm) 300 212 400 312 450 362 KB
Cabinet width
Part no. ZFZ.30G0I ZFZ.40G0I ZFZ.45G0I
Reference pages Assembly, removal and adjustment Short URL www.blum.com/a540
Kitchen accessory set Order information Description Kitchen accessory set Incl. plastic film Incl. aluminium foil
Part no. ZOU.30U1I
Inner dividing systems
Kitchen accessory set, consisting of: ▬ 1 x film dispenser ▬ 1 x foil dispenser ▬ 1 x knife holder ▬ 2 x Blum plate holders ▬ 2 x spice holders for cabinet width KB 300 mm
556
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Inner dividing systems
Inner dividing systems 〉 ORGA-LINE kitchen accessories
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
557
Motion technologies
Fronts close softly and effortlessly and open easily with a light touch – at the same time, you also have greater freedom in selecting a sophisticated design: the motion technology from Blum makes this possible.
Four technologies give you almost countless possibilities for beautiful and practical furniture in kitchens and in many other living areas. This always ensures customised furniture – with or without handles.
Easy opening and silent closing ensure a fascinating quality of motion for Blum products. The innovative motion technologies from Blum support users in all living areas by providing high quality of motion – for the lifetime of the furniture.
6 BLUMOTION
SERVO-DRIVE
TIP-ON BLUMOTION
TIP-ON
Mechanical – soft close Thanks to BLUMOTION, furniture closes silently and effortlessly no matter how hard you close lift systems, doors or pull-outs or how heavy they are
Electrical – opening and soft close Supports opening after the front is touched. This subsequently activates the automatic motion. BLUMOTION provides soft and effortless closing action
Mechanical – opening and soft close When pressed on the front, pullouts open just far enough so that they can then be fully opened. They close softly and effortlessly with a light push thanks to integrated BLUMOTION
Mechanical – opening Handle-less furniture can be opened with a light touch thanks to TIP-ON. Lift systems, doors or pullouts are closed again by pressing
558
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Motion technologies 〉 Overview
Overview – applications Overview – applications
560
Symbolic image
SERVO-DRIVE single applications SERVO-DRIVE single applications Overview
562 563
Motion technologies
Symbolic image
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
559
Motion technologies 〉 Overview – applications
Motion technologies
BLUMOTION
SERVO-DRIVE
TIP-ON BLUMOTION
TIP-ON
Lift systems 〉 AVENTOS HF – bi-fold lift system
●
19
○
19
–
–
〉 AVENTOS HS – up and over lift system
●
31
○
31
–
–
〉 AVENTOS HL – lift up
●
37
○
37
–
–
〉 AVENTOS HK top – stay lift
●
43
○
43
–
○
43
〉 AVENTOS HK-S – stay lift
●
53
–
–
○
53
〉 AVENTOS HK-XS – stay lift
●
59
–
–
○
59
CLIP top BLUMOTION
●
71
–
–
–
CLIP top
○
157
–
–
○
MODUL BLUMOTION
●
175
–
–
–
MODUL
–
–
–
–
Hinge systems 〉 CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges
171
〉 MODUL – hinges
Motion technologies
Box systems 〉 LEGRABOX
●
191
○
359
○
245
–
〉 MERIVOBOX
●
257
○
359
○
297
–
〉 TANDEMBOX antaro
●
303
○
359
○
351
–
〉 TANDEMBOX plus
●
349
○
359
○
351
–
〉 METABOX
○
391
–
●
417
○
493
○
TANDEM full extension BLUMOTION
●
447
○
493
–
–
TANDEM full extension
–
–
○
TANDEM single extension BLUMOTION
●
–
–
TANDEM single extension TIP-ON
–
–
●
–
–
Runner systems 〉 MOVENTO
435
●
441
〉 TANDEM
●
560
Integrated
– 447
○
493
– ○
Possible
–
447
447
Not possible
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Motion technologies
Motion technologies
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
561
Motion technologies 〉 SERVO-DRIVE single applications
SERVO-DRIVE ease of use can also be implemented on an individual basis
Motion technologies
For refrigerators, waste bin pull-outs or individual lift systems in wall cabinets, the SERVO-DRIVE electric motion support system guarantees that opening is fascinatingly simple.
SERVO-DRIVE flex for refrigerators, freezers and dishwashers
SERVO-DRIVE uno for waste bin pull-outs
562
SERVO-DRIVE uno for the waste bin pull-out can easily be retrofitted and installed in just a few simple steps
The SERVO-DRIVE flex drive unit is suitable for different device versions
SERVO-DRIVE uno for AVENTOS
If just one lift system is to be fitted with an electrical system, SERVO-DRIVE uno for AVENTOS is the ideal motion support system
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Motion technologies 〉 SERVO-DRIVE single applications 〉 Overview
SERVO-DRIVE flex
SERVO-DRIVE flex for refrigerators and freezers – recess height NH < 1700 mm SERVO-DRIVE flex for refrigerators and freezers – recess height NH ≥ 1700 mm SERVO-DRIVE flex for fridge/freezer combination – recess height NH ≥ 1700 mm Symbolic image SERVO-DRIVE uno SERVO-DRIVE for LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX SERVO-DRIVE uno for bottom mount waste bin solutions SERVO-DRIVE uno for top mount waste bin solutions – TANDEMBOX
564
SERVO-DRIVE flex for dishwashers
570
566 568 SERVO-DRIVE for MOVENTO | TANDEM 384 SERVO-DRIVE uno for bottom mount waste bin solutions
522
386
Symbolic image
SERVO-DRIVE uno for AVENTOS Lift systems AVENTOS HF AVENTOS HS AVENTOS HL AVENTOS HK top Symbolic image
Assembly, removal and adjustment Assembly, removal and adjustment
Machine directive Detailed information on the Machine Directive
701
Short URL www.blum.com/sd/guideline
Motion technologies
Symbolic image
Short URL www.blum.com/a610
20 32 38 44
Pictograph Item available on request
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
563
Motion technologies 〉 SERVO-DRIVE single applications 〉 SERVO-DRIVE flex
Web code DQBPDC
SERVO-DRIVE flex for refrigerators and freezers – recess height NH < 1700 mm
Order information 17 SERVO-DRIVE flex set Colour R7035
17d
Motion technologies
E E E E E
Network adapter E
B
A B C D E
Network
☎ Z10NA30EAF E ☎ Z10NA30EBF B ☎ Z10NA30ECF K ☎ Z10NA30EDF U ☎ Z10NA30EEF
Lan-
K
F A D G
Y
9
12a
16
17c
24
Part no. adapter guage
package
Y > 200 mm
17b
16 12 W SERVO-DRIVE plug-in power supply unit Only suitable for one drive unit LanNetwork guage adapter package
Y ≤ 200 mm
17a
Part no. Z10C500A
Composed of: 9 1 x Drive unit 17a 2 x Mounting plate 17b 2 x Front fixing 17c 1 x Front cover 17d 1 x Catch plate 1 2 x Blum distance bumper 12a 1 x Connecting node 11b 2 x Cable end protector – 11 x Chipboard screws – 1 x Assembly jig
SERVO-DRIVE switch
Y
▬ Can be used for all standard built-in refrigerators and freezers ▬ Recess height NH < 1700 mm ▬ Low recess height NH for drive unit of min. 60 mm ▬ Adaptive system ▬ Automatic self-closing system for unintentional opening ▬ Lean protection feature ▬ Trigger safety ▬ Easy assembly and installation ▬ Not suitable for: refrigerators and freezers without own cabinet; freezers with base unit (recess height NH ≥ 1700 mm); refrigerated pull-outs
Part no. ☎ Z10NA30EFF ☎ Z10NA30BAF ☎ Z10NA30KDF ☎ Z10NA30UGF
1
¹
U
Language package – operating and installation instructions A DE | EN | FR | IT | NL F BG | ET | LT | LV | RO | RU B DA | EN | FI | NO | SV G EN | ES | FR C EL | EN | HR | SL | SR | TR H EN | ZH D EN | ES | FR | IT | PT J JA E CS | HU | PL | SK Language descriptions as per ISO-639 Composed of: 16 1 x 12 W SERVO-DRIVE plug-in power supply unit Incl. cable, 1120 mm (non-extendible) Other combinations available upon request ¹ See the Information chapter for a detailed market list
Y ≤ 200 mm 24 SERVO-DRIVE switch Colour SW | HGR | TGR 25
Colour HGR R7035
564
Part no. 23P5020
Wireless receiver Colour R7035 Light grey RAL 7035 light grey
Part no. Z10C5007 Colour SW TGR
Silk white Dark grey
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Motion technologies 〉 SERVO-DRIVE single applications 〉 SERVO-DRIVE flex
Web code DQBPDC
SERVO-DRIVE flex for refrigerators and freezers – recess height NH < 1700 mm Planning Mounting plate
32 +1
.5
Ø2
30
37
Blum distance bumper
min 60
Front – drive unit
Blum distance bumper is required for the refrigerator and freezer door The Blum distance bumper creates and maintains the required trigger path of 2 mm
SERVO-DRIVE switch
Motion technologies
Access gap
Position in the worktop area
Space requirement and safety distance – power supply unit housing
Attention Maintain a 30 mm safety distance from the bottom edge (base fixing) and/or front edge (panel fixing) and side edges of the power supply unit housing to the neighbouring elements Air must be able to circulate, otherwise the SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit could overheat
Base fixing
Reference pages Overview – SERVO-DRIVE single applications SERVO-DRIVE uno – market list Overview – assembly devices Machine directive More technical details Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Panel fixing
563
Assembly, removal and adjustment
718 591 Short URL 701 www.blum.com/a610 698 565
Motion technologies 〉 SERVO-DRIVE single applications 〉 SERVO-DRIVE flex
Web code DQBQ2P
SERVO-DRIVE flex for refrigerators and freezers – recess height NH ≥ 1700 mm ▬ Can be used for all standard built-in refrigerators and freezers ▬ Recess height NH ≥ 1700 mm ▬ Low recess height NH for drive unit of min. 60 mm ▬ Adaptive system ▬ Automatic self-closing system for unintentional opening ▬ Lean protection feature ▬ Trigger safety ▬ Easy assembly and installation ▬ Not suitable for: refrigerators and freezers without own cabinet; freezers with base unit (recess height NH ≥ 1700 mm); refrigerated pull-outs
Order information 17 SERVO-DRIVE flex set Colour R7035
Composed of: 9 1 x Drive unit 17a 2 x Mounting plate 17b 2 x Front fixing 17c 1 x Front cover 17d 1 x Catch plate 1 2 x Blum distance bumper 12a 1 x Connecting node 11b 2 x Cable end protector – 11 x Chipboard screws – 1 x Assembly jig
11
2x
SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable Colour Length (mm) S 3000
Motion technologies
Connecting node and cable end protector Colour Material S Nylon
3x
24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit Language package Part no. Language package A Z10NE030A F B Z10NE030B G C Z10NE030C H D Z10NE030D J E Z10NE030E
Flex Market AR UK CH DK Europe Europe IN IL
Length 2 m, incl. plug ¹ Without plug
566
9
12a
17c
Part no. Z10K300A
11
¹
Part no. Market Z10M200A JP Z10M200B AU Z10M200C CL Z10M200D CN Z10M200E BR Z10M200E.OS TW Z10M200H US | CA Z10M200I ZA
12a
15a 13 14
Part no. Z10V100E.01
1 Part no. Z10NE030F Z10NE030G Z10NE030H Z10NE030J
Required for two or more drive units Incl. operating and installation instructions Without flex Language package – operating and installation instructions A DE | EN | FR | IT | NL F BG | ET | LT | LV | RO | RU B DA | EN | FI | NO | SV G EN | ES | FR C EL | EN | HR | SL | SR | TR H EN | ZH D EN | ES | FR | IT | PT J JA E CS | HU | PL | SK Language descriptions as per ISO-639
14
17a
21
Composed of: 12a 1 x Connecting node 11b 2 x Cable end protector
13
17b
17d
For cutting to size
12
Part no. Z10C500A
11b
15a Power supply unit housing Base fixing Colour Material R7037 Nylon
Part no. Z10NG000
Alternative to 15a 15b Power supply unit housing Panel fixing Colour Material WGR Nylon
Part no. Z10NG120
Incl. cover For 24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit
For 24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit
21 Part no. Z10M200J Z10M200K Z10M200L Z10M200N Z10M200S.01 Z10M200T Z10M200U Z10M200Z
Synchronisation cable Colour Length (mm) R7035 3000
For cutting to size Connects two drive units that need to activate simultaneously
Accessories – Cable holder Colour W
Material Nylon
Part no. Z10K0009
E.g. for fixing the SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable Colour R7035 R7037 S
RAL 7035 light grey RAL 7037 dust grey Black
Colour W WGR
Part no. Z10K300A
White White grey
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Motion technologies 〉 SERVO-DRIVE single applications 〉 SERVO-DRIVE flex
Web code DQBQ2P
SERVO-DRIVE flex for refrigerators and freezers – recess height NH ≥ 1700 mm Planning Mounting plate
32 +1
.5
Ø2
30
37
Blum distance bumper
min 60
Front – drive unit
Blum distance bumper is required for the refrigerator and freezer door The Blum distance bumper creates and maintains the required trigger path of 2 mm
SERVO-DRIVE switch
Motion technologies
Access gap
Position in the worktop area
Space requirement and safety distance – power supply unit housing
Attention Maintain a 30 mm safety distance from the bottom edge (base fixing) and/or front edge (panel fixing) and side edges of the power supply unit housing to the neighbouring elements Air must be able to circulate, otherwise the SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit could overheat
Base fixing
Reference pages Overview – SERVO-DRIVE single applications SERVO-DRIVE uno – market list Overview – assembly devices Machine directive More technical details Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Panel fixing
563
Assembly, removal and adjustment
718 591 Short URL 701 www.blum.com/a610 698 567
Motion technologies 〉 SERVO-DRIVE single applications 〉 SERVO-DRIVE flex
Web code DQBNYP
SERVO-DRIVE flex for fridge/freezer combination – recess height NH ≥ 1700 mm ▬ Can be used for all standard built-in fridge/freezer combinations ▬ Recess height NH ≥ 1700 mm ▬ Low recess height NH for drive unit of min. 60 mm ▬ Adaptive system ▬ Automatic self-closing system for unintentional opening ▬ Lean protection feature ▬ Trigger safety ▬ Easy assembly and installation ▬ Not suitable for: refrigerators and freezers without own cabinet; freezers with base unit (recess height NH ≥ 1700 mm); refrigerated pull-outs
Order information 17 SERVO-DRIVE flex set Colour R7035
Composed of: 9 1 x Drive unit 17a 2 x Mounting plate 17b 2 x Front fixing 17c 1 x Front cover 17d 1 x Catch plate 1 2 x Blum distance bumper 12a 1 x Connecting node 11b 2 x Cable end protector – 11 x Chipboard screws – 1 x Assembly jig
11
2x
SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable Colour Length (mm) S 3000
Motion technologies
Connecting node and cable end protector Colour Material S Nylon
24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit Language package Part no. Language package A Z10NE030A F B Z10NE030B G C Z10NE030C H D Z10NE030D J E Z10NE030E
Flex Market AR UK CH DK Europe Europe IN IL
Length 2 m, incl. plug ¹ Without plug
568
9
12a
17c
Part no. Z10K300A
¹
Part no. Market Z10M200A JP Z10M200B AU Z10M200C CL Z10M200D CN Z10M200E BR Z10M200E.OS TW Z10M200H US | CA Z10M200I ZA
12a
11
15a 13 14
Part no. Z10V100E.01
1 Part no. Z10NE030F Z10NE030G Z10NE030H Z10NE030J
Required for two or more drive units Incl. operating and installation instructions Without flex Language package – operating and installation instructions A DE | EN | FR | IT | NL F BG | ET | LT | LV | RO | RU B DA | EN | FI | NO | SV G EN | ES | FR C EL | EN | HR | SL | SR | TR H EN | ZH D EN | ES | FR | IT | PT J JA E CS | HU | PL | SK Language descriptions as per ISO-639
14
17a
24
Composed of: 12a 1 x Connecting node 11b 2 x Cable end protector
13
17b
17d
For cutting to size
12
Part no. Z10C500A
11b
15a Power supply unit housing Base fixing Colour Material R7037 Nylon
Part no. Z10NG000
Alternative to 15a 15b Power supply unit housing Panel fixing Colour Material WGR Nylon
Part no. Z10NG120
Incl. cover For 24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit
For 24 W SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit
Part no. Z10M200J Z10M200K Z10M200L Z10M200N Z10M200S.01 Z10M200T Z10M200U Z10M200Z
24
SERVO-DRIVE switch Colour SW | HGR | TGR
Part no. 23P5020
25
Wireless receiver Colour R7035
Part no. Z10C5007
Accessories – Cable holder Colour W
Material Nylon
Part no. Z10K0009
E.g. for fixing the SERVO-DRIVE distribution cable Colour HGR R7035 R7037 S
Light grey RAL 7035 light grey RAL 7037 dust grey Black
Colour SW TGR W WGR
Silk white Dark grey White White grey
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Motion technologies 〉 SERVO-DRIVE single applications 〉 SERVO-DRIVE flex
Web code DQBNYP
SERVO-DRIVE flex for fridge/freezer combination – recess height NH ≥ 1700 mm Planning Mounting plate
32 +1
.5
Ø2
30
37
Blum distance bumper
min 60
Front – drive unit
Blum distance bumper is required for the refrigerator and freezer door The Blum distance bumper creates and maintains the required trigger path of 2 mm
SERVO-DRIVE switch
Motion technologies
Access gap
Position in the worktop area
Space requirement and safety distance – power supply unit housing
Attention Maintain a 30 mm safety distance from the bottom edge (base fixing) and/or front edge (panel fixing) and side edges of the power supply unit housing to the neighbouring elements Air must be able to circulate, otherwise the SERVO-DRIVE power supply unit could overheat
Base fixing
Reference pages Overview – SERVO-DRIVE single applications SERVO-DRIVE uno – market list Overview – assembly devices Machine directive More technical details Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Panel fixing
563
Assembly, removal and adjustment
718 591 Short URL 701 www.blum.com/a610 698 569
Motion technologies 〉 SERVO-DRIVE single applications 〉 SERVO-DRIVE flex
SERVO-DRIVE flex for dishwashers ▬ For all standard built-in dishwashers ▬ Low recess height NH for drive unit of min. 60 mm ▬ Adaptive system ▬ Lean protection feature ▬ Trigger safety ▬ Easy assembly and installation ▬ Application option dependent on device type and worktop and plinth height; see Planning
Order information 17 SERVO-DRIVE flex set Colour R7035
Part no. Z10C500A
Composed of: 9 1 x Drive unit 17a 2 x Mounting plate 17b 2 x Front fixing 17c 1 x Front cover 17d 1 x Catch plate 1 2 x Blum distance bumper 12a 1 x Connecting node 11b 2 x Cable end protector – 11 x Chipboard screws – 1 x Assembly jig
17a
Also requires
Web code DQE8UM
Mounting plate Colour R7035
Part no. Z10C5005
16 12 W SERVO-DRIVE plug-in power supply unit Only suitable for one drive unit
Motion technologies
LanNetwork guage adapter package
E E E E E
Network adapter E
B
A B C D E
K
Network
Lan-
Part no. adapter guage ☎ Z10NA30EAF E ☎ Z10NA30EBF B ☎ Z10NA30ECF K ☎ Z10NA30EDF U ☎ Z10NA30EEF
package
F A D G
Part no. ☎ Z10NA30EFF ☎ Z10NA30BAF ☎ Z10NA30KDF ☎ Z10NA30UGF ¹
U
Language package – operating and installation instructions A DE | EN | FR | IT | NL F BG | ET | LT | LV | RO | RU B DA | EN | FI | NO | SV G EN | ES | FR C EL | EN | HR | SL | SR | TR H EN | ZH D EN | ES | FR | IT | PT J JA E CS | HU | PL | SK Language descriptions as per ISO-639 Composed of: 16 1 x 12 W SERVO-DRIVE plug-in power supply unit Incl. cable, 1120 mm (non-extendible) Other combinations available upon request ¹ See the Information chapter for a detailed market list Colour R7035
570
RAL 7035 light grey
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Motion technologies 〉 SERVO-DRIVE single applications 〉 SERVO-DRIVE flex
Web code DQE8UM
SERVO-DRIVE flex for dishwashers Planning Mounting plate
Front – drive unit
Drive unit
SWD Cabinet side panel thickness
SWD Cabinet side panel thickness
20
n3
mi
BD
Front thickness Max. 19 mm
Motion technologies
Access gap
APÜ (mm) ZS (mm) 0 30 20 10 30 0 APÜ Worktop protrusion ZS Access gap * The access gap ZS decreases with thicker fronts
Reference pages Overview – SERVO-DRIVE single applications SERVO-DRIVE uno – market list Overview – assembly devices Machine directive More technical details Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
563
Assembly, removal and adjustment
718 591 Short URL 701 www.blum.com/a610 698 571
Further products
Cabinet applications
Locking systems
Fixing systems
Wall hanging bracket | cabinet connectors
7
SPACE STEP provides additional CABLOXX adds an extra layer of storage space in the plinth area and security to premium furniture, whilst enables you to reach the highest offering plenty of design freedom storage space level in the wall or tall cabinet
572
The EXPANDO T fixing system is ideal when using thin fronts made from a range of materials with lift systems, doors and pull-outs
Blum hanging brackets withstand high loads and are exceptionally safe. This kind of reliability is very important for heavily loaded furniture. The Blum programme contains cabinet connectors that can be used in numerous furniture applications
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Further products 〉 Overview
Cabinet applications SPACE STEP
574
Symbolic image
Locking systems
CABLOXX
582
Fixing system for thin fronts – EXPANDO T
584
Symbolic image
Fixing systems
Symbolic image
Wall hanging bracket Screw-on wall hanging bracket Knock-in wall hanging bracket
586 586
Symbolic image
Cabinet connectors Screw-on cabinet connector Knock-in cabinet connector Connector screw cabinet connector Cabinet connector with dowel and expansion pin Cabinet connector with connecting piece system 32
Further products
Symbolic image
587 587 588 589 589
Pictograph Item available on request
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
573
Further products 〉 Cabinet applications
Web code DQHKHA
SPACE STEP ▬ Enables access to the next storage level up in wall cabinets ▬ Creates additional storage space in the pull-out underneath the SPACE STEP ▬ Can be combined with all Blum box and runner systems ▬ Can be combined with all Blum motion technologies ▬ High flexibility: SPACE STEP can be used in all living spaces
Order information 1 SPACE STEP set Nominal length NL (mm) Colour 410 Orion grey matt 460 Orion grey matt
Composed of: 1a 1 x TANDEM 561Hxxx1B95 left/right 1b 2 x Vertical support 1c 2 x Corner connector 1d 2 x Support feet 1e 2 x Rear panel bracket 1f 1 x Front connector (magnet and catch plate) 1g 4 x Blum distance bumper Cabinet width KB > 900 mm, use 4 Blum distance bumpers 1h 2 x Sticker (safety information and manufacturer information sticker) – 14 x Flat headed screws Ø 4 x 15 mm – 1 x Installation instructions
2
Horizontal profile Material Aluminium
Length (mm) 1040
Colour Orion grey matt
Further products
1g
1c
2 1b 1d
2x
For mounting the pull-out runners, suitable for all Blum box and runner systems
Planning Note
1e
1h 1f Part no. Z95Q1040A
For cutting to size Recommendation Cabinet width KB 1200 mm, use 2 pcs. to prevent excessive bending Cutting Internal cabinet width LW – 130 mm
Accessories 3 Blum spacer strip Material Nylon
Part no. Z95.4100 Z95.4600
1a
3
1h 14 x
Part no. Z95D4100
Max. load bearing capacity 150 kg As the manufacturer, you are responsible for determining the actual load bearing capacity of the furniture manufactured by you that uses the SPACE STEP as per EN-14183, this value must also be stated on the manufacturer information sticker Recommended material A 3-ply panel (3S) at least 21 mm thick is recommended for the plinth step Recommended step surface The step surface must be anti-slip This can take the form of an anti-slip mat directly affixed to the step surface or by using anti-slip panel material In order to ensure that the SPACE STEP is held in position as securely as possible, the subsurface and the step surface must be clean and dry Cabinet width KB > 900 mm, use 4 Blum distance bumpers Attaching the labels EN-14183 requires both of the labels enclosed to be clearly displayed Pull-out underneath SPACE STEP Only 30 or 40 kg runners may be used The dynamic carrying capacity for the pull-out underneath the SPACE STEP is 20 kg Cabinet above SPACE STEP If storage items are kept on the cabinet base above, we recommend protecting the base against sagging This measure will prevent the SPACE STEP from rubbing on the cabinet base
574
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Further products 〉 Cabinet applications
Web code DQHKHA
SPACE STEP Planning LEGRABOX Height N Space requirement in cabinet
Installation dimensions – front – screw-on
Drilling distances – front – EXPANDO front +0.2
min 50.5 16
5
min 53
45.5
16
KH Cabinet height Min. cabinet width KB 400 mm * When using the Blum spacer strip, min. cabinet height KH 148 mm Installation dimensions for min. pull-out shelf base thickness 21 mm – without anti-slip mat
Height M Space requirement in cabinet
FA Front overlay Installation dimensions for min. pull-out shelf base thickness 21 mm – without anti-slip mat
min 113
Drilling distances – front – EXPANDO front
+0.2
min 56
32
32 51 5
min 53
KH 166
FA
Ø 10 –0.1
14
10
KH Cabinet height Installation dimensions for min. pull-out shelf base thickness 21 mm – without anti-slip mat Min. cabinet width KB 400 mm
Height K Space requirement in cabinet
50
12
FA
FA Front overlay Installation dimensions for min. pull-out shelf base thickness 21 mm – without anti-slip mat
Drilling distances – front – EXPANDO front
+0.2
min 56 32
Ø 10 –0.1
5
min 53
51
32
KH 204
min 151
Installation dimensions – front – screw-on
10
50 KH Cabinet height Installation dimensions for min. pull-out shelf base thickness 21 mm – without anti-slip mat Min. cabinet width KB 400 mm
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
50
Installation dimensions – front – screw-on
50
Reference pages Overview – further products Overview – LEGRABOX Overview – assembly devices
14
10
50
12
14
50
Further products
KH 142*
min 89
Ø 10 –0.1
12
FA
FA Front overlay Installation dimensions for min. pull-out shelf base thickness 21 mm – without anti-slip mat
573 SPACE STEP 191 591 Short URL www.blum.com/i009
Assembly, removal and adjustment Short URL www.blum.com/a730
575
Further products 〉 Cabinet applications
Web code DQHKHA
SPACE STEP Planning MERIVOBOX Height N Space requirement in cabinet
Cabinet height When using the Blum spacer strip, min. cabinet height KH 146 mm Installation dimensions for min. pull-out shelf base thickness 21 mm – without anti-slip mat Min. cabinet width KB 400 mm
Height M Space requirement in cabinet
32 min 38.5
20
50
12
FA
FA Front overlay Installation dimensions for min. pull-out shelf base thickness 21 mm – without anti-slip mat
Drilling distances – front – EXPANDO front
20.5
10
KH Cabinet height Installation dimensions for min. pull-out shelf base thickness 21 mm – without anti-slip mat Min. cabinet width KB 400 mm
Height K Space requirement in cabinet
min 32 38.5
20
5
33.5 32
Ø 10 +0.2 –0.1
min 69
KH 167
min 98
Installation dimensions – front – screw-on
50
50
FA
12
FA Front overlay Installation dimensions for min. pull-out shelf base thickness 21 mm – without anti-slip mat
Drilling distances – front – EXPANDO front
min 136
Installation dimensions – front – screw-on
10
50 KH Cabinet height Installation dimensions for min. pull-out shelf base thickness 21 mm – without anti-slip mat Min. cabinet width KB 400 mm
min 32 38.5
20
5
33.5 32
Ø 10 +0.2 –0.1
min 69
KH 205 Further products
20.5
10
KH *
576
5
33.5
min 69
32
KH 145*
+0.2
Ø 10 –0.1
50
Reference pages Overview – further products Overview – MERIVOBOX Overview – assembly devices
Drilling distances – front – EXPANDO front
min 76
Installation dimensions – front – screw-on
20.5
50
12
FA
FA Front overlay Installation dimensions for min. pull-out shelf base thickness 21 mm – without anti-slip mat
573 SPACE STEP 257 591 Short URL www.blum.com/i009
Assembly, removal and adjustment Short URL www.blum.com/a730
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Further products 〉 Cabinet applications
Web code DQHKHA
SPACE STEP Planning TANDEMBOX Height N Space requirement in cabinet
Drilling distances – front – EXPANDO front
+0.2
Ø 10 –0.1
KH Cabinet height Installation dimensions for min. pull-out shelf base thickness 21 mm – without anti-slip mat Min. cabinet width KB 400 mm
Height M Space requirement in cabinet
min 110
32
FA Front overlay Installation dimensions for min. pull-out shelf base thickness 21 mm – without anti-slip mat
5 10
15.5
50
12
FA
FA Front overlay Installation dimensions for min. pull-out shelf base thickness 21 mm – without anti-slip mat
Installation dimensions – front – screw-on
Drilling distances – front – EXPANDO front +0.2
KH Cabinet height Installation dimensions for min. pull-out shelf base thickness 21 mm – without anti-slip mat Min. cabinet width KB 400 mm
15.5
50
FA
Further products
5
10
50
min 55.5 32 32
50.5 32 32
min 142
Ø 10 –0.1
min 51
KH 193
Drilling distances – front – EXPANDO front
min 55.5 32
32 50.5
min 51 50
Reference pages Overview – further products Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro Overview – TANDEMBOX plus Overview – assembly devices
12
FA
+0.2
Height K Space requirement in cabinet
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
50
Ø 10 –0.1
KH Cabinet height Installation dimensions for min. pull-out shelf base thickness 21 mm – without anti-slip mat Min. cabinet width KB 400 mm
37.5
15.5
Installation dimensions – front – screw-on
KH 161
37.5
min 40.5
50
10
37.5
35.5 5
min 51
32
KH 146
min 95
Installation dimensions – front – screw-on
12
FA Front overlay Installation dimensions for min. pull-out shelf base thickness 21 mm – without anti-slip mat
573 SPACE STEP 303 349 591 Short URL www.blum.com/i009
Assembly, removal and adjustment Short URL www.blum.com/a730
577
Further products 〉 Cabinet applications
Web code DQHKHA
SPACE STEP Planning MOVENTO Space requirement in cabinet
min 84 min 52
KH 136*
min 53
KH 136*
min 83
TANDEM Space requirement in cabinet
50
10
10
50
KH *
Cabinet height When using the Blum spacer strip, min. cabinet height KH 148 mm Installation dimensions for min. pull-out shelf base thickness 21 mm – without anti-slip mat Min. cabinet width KB 400 mm Min. cabinet width KB 450 mm with SERVO-DRIVE
KH *
Cabinet height When using the Blum spacer strip, min. cabinet height KH 148 mm Installation dimensions for min. pull-out shelf base thickness 21 mm – without anti-slip mat Min. cabinet width KB 400 mm Min. cabinet width KB 450 mm with SERVO-DRIVE
Space requirement – Recess | Flush plinth front
KH
LW KB
KB KH KT LW
KT
Cabinet width Cabinet height Including cabinet foot Cabinet depth Internal cabinet width
KB LW NL TD TL
> KB 900 40
30
1
LW
17
TD = min 21
KH max 250
36
Ø 35
-1
0
TL
L =N
5
+1
Cabinet width Internal cabinet width Nominal length Pull-out shelf base thickness Shelf length
Space requirement – Recess – Low plinth recess
KB KH KT LW SR
Cabinet width Cabinet height Including cabinet foot Cabinet depth Internal cabinet width Plinth recess Max. 100 mm
Reference pages Overview – further products Overview – MOVENTO Overview – TANDEM Overview – assembly devices
578
KT
KB LW NL SR TD TL
573 SPACE STEP 417 447 591 Short URL www.blum.com/i009
0 13
> KB 900
R +S
LW
40
17
KH max 250
SR
KH
LW
TD = min 21
Further products
KB
36
-1
0
Ø 35
TL
L
=N
R +S
5
+1
Cabinet width Internal cabinet width Nominal length Plinth recess Pull-out shelf base thickness Shelf length
Assembly, removal and adjustment Short URL www.blum.com/a730
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Further products 〉 Cabinet applications
Web code DQHKHA
SPACE STEP Planning Example – cross member for plinth cabinet
Dimension – side panel left/right
R
-S
60
16
-1 TL
16 In-house production
SR Plinth recess TL Shelf length In-house production
Cutting – horizontal profile
Cutting – vertical support
LW
LW
KH
-1
30
Internal cabinet width
KH TD
Installation dimensions – wood spacer strip
-T
D-
46
Cabinet height Pull-out shelf base thickness
Dimension – Blum spacer strip
Ø
5
6
25
40
69
50
37 Pull-out systems LEGRABOX MERIVOBOX TANDEMBOX MOVENTO | TANDEM In-house production
X (mm) 50 65 50 50
X
X
X
41
12
Pull-out systems X (mm) LEGRABOX 53 MERIVOBOX 51 TANDEMBOX 51 MOVENTO | TANDEM 53 Chipboard screws Ø 3.5 x 60 mm or Ø 4 x 60 mm
Further products
Note
Nominal length NL (mm) Pull-out systems ≤ 450 > 450
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
SPACE STEP 410 460
579
Further products 〉 Cabinet applications 〉 Cabinet profile fixing positions | runners
32
75
18 A B
64
96
32
96
32
96
75
18 A B
SR
18
96
32
96
Nominal length NL (mm) Pull-out systems SPACE STEP > 450 460 TD Pull-out shelf base thickness SR Plinth recess A Chipboard screws Ø 4 x 15 mm B System screws Ø 6 x 14.5 mm, part no. 661.1450.HG
Cabinet profile 750 – 40 kg | 450 – 40 kg | 578 – 30 kg
Runner 760H – 40 kg | 560H – 30 kg
A B
C D
A B
C D
Further products
*
224 256
A B
NL A B C D B|D
580
Nominal length Chipboard screws Ø 4 x 15 mm System screws Ø 6 x 14.5 mm, part no. 661.1450.HG Chipboard screws Ø 4 x 12 mm System screws Ø 6 x 11.5 mm, part no. 661.1150.HG Fixing of the Blum spacer strip is only possible with system screws
75
SR
18
Nominal length NL (mm) Pull-out systems SPACE STEP ≤ 450 410 TD Pull-out shelf base thickness SR Plinth recess A Chipboard screws Ø 4 x 15 mm B System screws Ø 6 x 14.5 mm, part no. 661.1450.HG
32
75
TD + 3
96
TD + 3
64
A B TD + 3
A B
Runner – SPACE STEP – 561H4601B95
TD + 3
Runner – SPACE STEP – 561H4101B95
A B
C D
A B
C D
18 37 C D
NL A B C D B|D
Nominal length Chipboard screws Ø 4 x 15 mm System screws Ø 6 x 14.5 mm, part no. 661.1450.HG Chipboard screws Ø 4 x 12 mm System screws Ø 6 x 11.5 mm, part no. 661.1150.HG Fixing of the Blum spacer strip is only possible with system screws
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Further products
Further products 〉 Cabinet applications
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
581
Further products 〉 Locking systems
CABLOXX ▬ CABLOXX is a compact package that provides an extra layer of security, whilst offering plenty of design freedom ▬ System-independent solution – can be combined with various box and runner systems ▬ High flexibility – can be used for various cabinet dimensions ▬ Up to five pull-outs can be used per locking bar ▬ Can be combined with all motion technologies ▬ Unrestricted adjustment
Order information Locking bar set, can be flexibly cut to size 1 Locking bar set Cabinet height KH (mm) Material Up to 600 Steel Up to 800 Steel Up to 1300 Steel
Composed of: 1a 1 x Locking bar 1b 1 x Spacer for cutting to size 1c 1 x End cap 1d 1 x Attachment for lock – 1 x Drilling template for end cap – 1 x Installation instructions Can be combined with all Blum box and runner systems Cutting for 1a Internal cabinet height LH – 2 mm
2
Locking units Version Right Left
Part no. Z80S0560 Z80S0760 Z80S1260
Part no. Z80S0542CA
Composed of: 1a 1 x Locking bar 1b 3 x Spacer, pre-assembled 1d 1 x Pre-assembled attachment for lock 2 3 x Pre-assembled locking unit, right Suitable for three drawers – M For use with LEGRABOX and TANDEMBOX in tier system 32, internal cabinet height LH of 544 mm
Further products
Part no. Z80S0542BA
Composed of: 1a 1 x Locking bar 1b 2 x Spacer, pre-assembled 1d 1 x Pre-assembled attachment for lock 2 2 x Pre-assembled locking unit, right Suitable for one drawer – M and one high fronted pull-out – C For use with LEGRABOX and TANDEMBOX in tier system 32, internal cabinet height LH of 544 mm
Front locking bracket set Colour Material SW-M | WGR | OG-M | Nylon/zinc TS-M
4
2
3a
1b
1c
Locking bar set right – Ready-made – Locking bar set right – M | M | M Length (mm) Material 542 Steel
3
1d
3c
3b
1b
Part no. Z80.000V Z80.000V
Locking bar set right – C | M Length (mm) Material 542 Steel
Short URL www.blum.com/configurator
2
Material Nylon Nylon
–
1b
Spacer planning and calculation
2
1a
4
Cylinder not part of the scope of delivery
Accessories – Synchronisation set Colour S
Material Nylon
Part no. Z80V000A
Composed of: – 2 x Attachment for synchronisation – 2 x Lever for synchronisation Recommended for cabinet widths of KB > 600 mm in combination with closing function When a synchronisation is used, two locking bar sets are necessary
–
Synchronisation linkage Length (mm) Material 1163 Aluminium
For cutting to size When a synchronisation is used, two locking bar sets are necessary Cutting Internal cabinet width LW – 7 mm Colour SW-M WGR OG-M
Silk white matt White grey Orion grey matt
Colour TS-M S
Part no. Z80V1163W
Terra black matt Black
Part no. Z80.000S
Composed of: 3a 1 x Front locking bracket 3b 1 x Front piece for front locking bracket 3c 1 x Cover cap for front locking bracket
582
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Further products 〉 Locking systems
CABLOXX Planning Space requirement – locking bar and synchronisation
105
Groove dimension – locking bar
76 53
Drilling distances – locking bar
32
45
37
.5
min 37
Specifications – cylinder
16
32
min 71 min 46 39
+0
4 –0
Ø2.5
Drilling distances – cylinder
Drilling distances – attachment for synchronisation
max 15
32 19 Upper front overlay Front overlay of the side panel
14
Ø2.5
min 7
Box systems
X (mm) X = SKH + 10 mm Drawer High fronted pull-out SKH Drawer height N M K B C D E F LEGRABOX 40 59 97 – 148¹ – – 212¹ MERIVOBOX 57 80 116 – – – 181 – TANDEMBOX antaro 57 57 87 114 146 178 – – Front piece for front locking bracket to be pre-drilled Ø 2.5 mm ¹ +4 mm with LEGRABOX with AMBIA-LINE cross gallery
Reference pages Overview – further products Overview – LEGRABOX Overview – MERIVOBOX Overview – TANDEMBOX antaro Overview – MOVENTO Overview – TANDEM Overview – assembly devices More technical details Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Box systems
Minimum front height FH Drawer High fronted pull-out N M K B C D E F LEGRABOX 107 132 170 – 221 – – 285 MERIVOBOX 113 136 173 – – – 236 – TANDEMBOX antaro 111 126 156 183 215 247 – – Valid for BLUMOTION runners F Gap 2 mm
573 Assembly, removal and adjustment 191 257 303 Short URL 417 www.blum.com/a710 447 591 698 583
Further products
X
15.5
SKH
X
20.5
min FH
14 Ø2.5
Minimum front height FH
9
9 X
9 X
14 Ø2.5
10
Drilling distances – front piece for front locking bracket LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX MOVENTO | TANDEM
14 Ø2.5
Ø2.5
F
FAo SFA
SFA
9
Cylinder not part of the scope of delivery
81
19
Ø16.5-22
28-48
11-13
Ø4-6
FAo
20
Further products 〉 Fixing systems
Fixing system for thin fronts – EXPANDO T ▬ Three different applications – lift systems | hinge systems | box systems ▬ Thin fronts measuring 8 mm and higher ▬ EXPANDO T – pre-assembled fixing system ▬ Different front materials ▬ Use the online Product Configurator – which calculates all dimensions for your planning in the drawings
Order information Lift systems AVENTOS HS | HL | HK top – Front fixing bracket Version Symmetrical
Material Steel
Fixing positions as per the instructions in the section on lift systems
Hinge systems CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – Hinge for thin doors Hinge Spring CLIP top ● BLUMOTION CLIP top ● CLIP top ○
Part no. 20S42T1
Part no.
NI | ONS
71B453T
NI NI
71T453T 70T453T.TL
Part no. ZF7N70T2 ZF7M70T2 ZF7K70T2 ZF7C70T2
Part no. ZF4.10T2
Front fixing bracket, top Fixing method EXPANDO T
Part no. ZF4.50T2
LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX – Front/base stabiliser for thin fronts Colour Material R7037 Nylon
Part no. Z96.00T1
Further products – EXPANDO T – single Colour TGR
Part no. 70T4532T
Fixing positions as per the instructions in the section on box systems – MERIVOBOX
Colour
With spring Unsprung
Box systems LEGRABOX – Front fixing bracket Height N M K C
Fixing positions as per the instructions in the section on box systems – MERIVOBOX
–
The different overlay applications can be achieved with the appropriate fixing positions ● ○
MERIVOBOX – Front fixing bracket Fixing method EXPANDO T
Fixing positions as per the instructions in the section on box systems – LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX Recommendation: Cabinet width KB > 600 mm: 1 item Cabinet width KB > 900 mm: 2 items Front height FH > 380 mm: 1 item
Colour NI ONS
Nickel plated Onyx black
Material Nylon/steel Colour TGR R7037
Dark grey RAL 7037 dust grey
Further products
Height F and the fixing positions as per the instructions in the section on box systems – LEGRABOX
584
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Further products 〉 Fixing systems
Fixing system for thin fronts – EXPANDO T Planning Area of application – EXPANDO T
EXPANDO T is suitable for fixing Blum fittings to thin front materials in furniture manufacturing With sufficient stability and strength, front materials of 8 mm thickness and above may be used
Drilling depth | screw selection – EXPANDO T
Area of application and assembly recommendation Materials tested by Blum
Transverse tensile strength (N/mm²) Chipboard > 0.40 MDF > 0.60 HDF HPL Mineral composites Nero Assoluto natural granite stone Quartz composite artificial stone Ceramic plates
Min. tightening torque (Nm) 1.5 1.5 2 2 2 3 3 3
Assembly – EXPANDO T
1
2
Ø 10 +̶ 0.1* 0.1 3
Screws with M4 thread have to be used for EXPANDO T single The lowest possible drilling depth should be selected for the single dowel, depending on the screw length BT Drilling depth ES Screw penetration depth ES min. = 4 mm ES max. = BT – 0.5 mm * Stone and ceramic +0.2/–0.1 mm
Limitation of liability
Blum accepts no liability for the use of EXPANDO T in combination with materials not listed or fittings from other manufacturers
Further products
It is recommended that the assembly be carried out by an experienced furniture manufacturer
Reference pages Overview – AVENTOS HS Overview – AVENTOS HL Overview – AVENTOS HK top Overview – CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top – hinges Overview – LEGRABOX Overview – MERIVOBOX Front/base stabiliser for thin fronts Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
31 More on our new EXPANDO T 37 fixing system 43 Short URL 71 www.blum.com/EXPANDO_T_3 191 257 239
Assembly, removal and adjustment Short URL www.blum.com/a720
585
Further products 〉 Wall hanging bracket
Screw-on wall hanging bracket ▬ Nylon housing with steel arm zinc plated ▬ 3-dimensional adjustment ▬ Load bearing 130 kg per pair in accordance with DIN EN 15939 (test frame A) ▬ Colour: white | brown | RAL 9001 cream
Planning Space requirement
Order information Version Right Left
Part no. 48N0510.02 48N0510.03
Reference pages Testing standards
702
Order information Version Right Left
Part no. 48N0610.02 48N0610.03
Fixing position
On cabinet side and dimensions of back cut-out
Knock-in wall hanging bracket ▬ Nylon housing with steel arm zinc plated ▬ 3-dimensional adjustment ▬ Load bearing 130 kg per pair in accordance with DIN EN 15939 (test frame A) ▬ Colour: white | brown | RAL 9001 cream
Accessories Insertion ram Assembly Wall hanging bracket ¹
MINIPRESS
Further products
Reference pages Testing standards
Planning Space requirement
¹
Part no. MZM.0078
702
Fixing position
On cabinet side and dimensions of back cut-out
586
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Further products 〉 Cabinet connectors
Screw-on cabinet connector ▬ Nylon housing with integral die-cast cam ▬ Nylon connector piece
Planning Base
Order information Colour White | brown
Part no. 40.2000
Cabinet side
47
32
19.5 13
Knock-in cabinet connector
Planning Cabinet assembly
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Order information Connector housing Colour White | brown Base connector Colour Natural
Part no. 40.2110 Part no. 40.2120.02
Further products
▬ Nylon housing with integral die-cast cam ▬ Nylon connector piece
Cabinet side
587
Further products 〉 Cabinet connectors
Connector screw cabinet connector ▬ Nylon housing with integral die-cast cam ▬ Zinc die-cast connector screw
Order information Colour White | brown
Part no. 42.0700.01
Accessories Insertion ram Assembly Connector housing ¹
Planning Base
¹
MINIPRESS
Part no. MZM.0077
Cabinet side
E = W – X + 8 mm X max. = 9.5 mm
Connector screw cabinet connector ▬ Nylon housing with integral die-cast cam ▬ Zinc die-cast connector screw
Order information Connector housing Colour White | brown Connector screw Material Zinc
Part no. 40.0110N Part no. 40.0720
Further products
Accessories Insertion ram Assembly Connector housing ¹
Planning Cabinet assembly
MINIPRESS
¹
Part no. MZM.0070
Cabinet side
E = W – X + 5.8 mm X max. = 8 mm
588
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Further products 〉 Cabinet connectors
Cabinet connector with dowel and expansion pin ▬ Nylon housing with integral die-cast cam ▬ Nylon connector with steel expansion pin
Order information Colour White | brown Accessories Insertion ram Assembly Connector housing ¹
Planning Base
Part no. 40.0200N
¹
MINIPRESS
Part no. MZM.0070
Cabinet side
E = W – X + 7.4 mm X max. = 9 mm
Cabinet connector with connecting piece system 32 Order information Connector housing Colour White | brown Base connector Colour White | brown Accessories Insertion ram Assembly Connector housing Base connector ¹
Planning Cabinet assembly
MINIPRESS
Part no. 40.0110N Part no. 40.0620
¹
Part no. MZM.0070 MZM.0071
Cabinet side
E = W + 1.5 mm
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
589
Further products
▬ Nylon housing with integral die-cast cam ▬ Nylon connector piece
E-SERVICES and assembly devices
At Blum, we want to make the assembly of our products as easy and efficient as possible because perfect motion requires precise assembly.
8
Our E-SERVICES and assembly devices provide you with optimal support in the planning and assembly of our products: due to their ease of use, high user-friendliness and high durability. In addition, our E-SERVICES are available to you at all times and free of charge.
We place great value on safety – our assembly devices are tested and thus correspond to the highest safety requirements.
E-SERVICES
Drilling and insertion machines
With the E-SERVICES from Blum we can support you online, at any time and anywhere. Our services are geared directly towards your day-to-day work. But every service helps you to achieve the desired results more quickly and efficiently
Our wide range of drilling and inser- Our assembly devices help to ention machines are well equipped to sure the precise assembly of Blum box systems deal with any assembly situation
590
Assembly devices
Templates
Use our templates to ensure accurate assembly of our products
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Overview
E-SERVICES
E-SERVICES Overview
592 593
Drilling and insertion machines Drilling and insertion machines Overview Overview – assembly possibilities
604 605 606
Symbolic image
Symbolic image
Assembly devices
Assembly devices Overview
644 645
Templates Overview Overview – templates Overview – assembly possibilities
650 651 652 654
Symbolic image
Templates
E-SERVICES and assembly devices
Symbolic image
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
591
E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 E-SERVICES
E-SERVICES – efficient support, every step of the way
E-SERVICES and assembly devices
Blum‘s E-SERVICES are digital services for our customers and partners. They are available online anytime, anywhere. Good services are there when you need them. That is why our services are geared to your everyday operations. Some make individual tasks easier, others support you throughout several steps in the process chain. Every E-SERVICE will help you achieve the best possible result more quickly and easily.
Marketing Media Library
Product Database
Product Configurator
As varied as your marketing needs
Technical information on Blum products
Configure, order fittings and produce applications
Cabinet Configurator
CAD/CAM data service
EASY ASSEMBLY app
Total support from planning to manufacturing
The direct route to current data
The digital tool for your assembly
592
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 E-SERVICES 〉 Overview
Manufacturing
Product Database
595
●
●
Product Configurator
596
●
●
●
●
Cabinet Configurator
598
●
●
●
●
CAD/CAM data service
EA
EASY ASSEMBLY app
600 602 603
●
●
●
●
●
E-SERVICES and assembly devices
After sales service
594
After sales service
Ordering
Applications Marketing Media Library
Delivery | Assembly
Design
Work steps
Concept | Planning | Quotation
Page
Marketing
Description
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
593
E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 E-SERVICES 〉 Applications
Marketing Media Library As varied as your marketing needs Our Marketing Media Library gives you free access to professional content around the clock – so there’s nothing stopping you from creating your own marketing documentation. Download high-resolution images, videos or brochures and promote your products with attractive marketing materials. ▬ Enjoy direct access to more than 17000 Blum marketing files in more than 40 languages ▬ Download brochures, flyers, photos, logos, videos, installation instructions, presentations, technical data sheets and certificates free of charge ▬ Market Blum products and furniture equipped with Blum fittings even more efficiently in your web shop, showroom or in sales conversations
Work steps What support do you receive for which work steps? Concept | Planning | Quotation
Marketing
Marketing
Design
Ordering
Manufacturing
Delivery | Assembly
After sales service
We support you in the marketing of your products with Blum fittings, by providing you with all marketing materials free of charge and in more than 40 languages. This saves you time and money for the creation of your own documents.
Practical functions
E-SERVICES and assembly devices
Media collection Using our media collection, you can mark various documents for later use and even set them up in a customised folder structure. In this way, you can easily organise your documents to meet your needs. You can share this folder or even individual files with your team via a link and download them in various formats.
Reference pages Overview – E-SERVICES
593 Marketing Media Library Short URL www.blum.com/s017
594
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 E-SERVICES 〉 Applications
Product Database Technical information on Blum products You will find all you need to know about individual Blum products in the Product Database. Download product descriptions, technical details, product drawings, CAD data and much more detailed information and edit them yourself. ▬ Overview of all the Blum items available in your market ▬ Detailed descriptions of individual products including technical features ▬ Correct data directly from the fittings manufacturer at your disposal ▬ Various product data can be directly downloaded: Images, graphics, drawings and 3D CAD data for the planning and design of Blum fittings solutions
Work steps What support do you receive for which work steps? Concept | Planning | Quotation
Marketing
Design
Ordering
Manufacturing
Delivery | Assembly
After sales service
Concept | Planning | Quotation
The product database gives you an overview of which articles are available in your market. The technical properties of each article are clearly laid out. This helps you when designing or planning your furniture.
Design
The product database also provides planning graphics and 3D CAD data for each individual article along with the technical characteristics.
Features
Product information Easy product search via product categories or via a free text search. In this way, you quickly receive basic information on every item. Information provided includes article numbers and identcodes, weight EAN codes and details regarding packaging and article material.
E-SERVICES and assembly devices
Product features in detail All technical product features for each article are available for download as various images, graphics, drawings and 3D CAD data.
Reference pages Overview – E-SERVICES
593 Product Database Short URL www.blum.com/s001
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
595
E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 E-SERVICES 〉 Applications
Product Configurator Selecting fittings – Simple. Fast. Precise. The Product Configurator quickly and easily provides you with the right fittings solutions for your furniture projects. Transfer the complete parts list for all your projects directly to the web shop of selected distributors. The comprehensive planning results provide production drawings that can be printed out as well as CAD data for further processing in your design software. BXF¹ and CAM data² are ready for transfer to EASYSTICK and CNC machines. ▬ Complete parts lists for error-free ordering ▬ Comprehensive planning results with information about design, assembly and adjustment and manufacturing ▬ All functions are also available for tablets and smartphones ▬ Intuitive, guided product selection complete with error-free parts lists with useful information about new products
Work steps What support do you receive for which work steps?
Marketing
Concept | Planning | Quotation
Design
Ordering
Manufacturing
Delivery | Assembly
After sales service
Concept | Planning | Quotation
Determine the right fittings for your furniture projects: the fast and simple creation of complete and manufacturer-checked parts lists makes design planning and the organization of quotes significantly easier.
Design
Provides exact dimensions for Blum product solutions with all relevant measurements. The download provides CAD data in 2D and 3D as compiled geometries – perfectly matched to your furniture products (dimensions, weight calculation, material type, load, etc.). Various export options for further data processing using your design software. Parts lists can be easily stored and organised by customer projects in “My projects”. You can transmit complete, checked parts lists quickly and easily directly to selected distributors.
Ordering
Manufacturing
The comprehensive planning results with cutting lists, manufacturing drawings and CAD/CAM data² support you in furniture application manufacturing. Regardless of whether you make it by hand or use a machine.
Application My library
You can save repeat configurations as a template with your customised standard settings.
My projects | My order lists
Distributor interface
Save configurations and organise them into projects – that way you can always access your planning results at a later date.
Easy transmission of complete, collision-checked parts lists to selected distributors.
The BXF file (Blum eXchange-Format) not only contains information about the fitting, but also manufacturing information for wooden parts, such as cutting dimensions and drilling positions.
²
The CAM data available for selection is based on the respective individual products. Therefore, please make the correct positioning on the wooden parts manually.
E-SERVICES and assembly devices
¹
596
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 E-SERVICES 〉 Applications
Product Configurator Features
Product selection – the right fittings in just a few clicks Guided product selection ensures you get the right fittings for your furniture project. The useful calculator supports you in calculating the correct front weights for lift systems and doors or the optimal TIP-ON BLUMOTION unit even for complex furniture situations. You can quickly and easily create complete parts lists for product applications such as SPACE STEP or CABLOXX.
Diverse planning results – for any working method The diverse planning results leave nothing to be desired – from manufacturer-checked parts lists, exact and error-free 2D/3D CAD data for further processing in design software, manufacturing drawings for manual manufacturing, planning and assembly information, wood cutting lists and a 3D view for a quick visual check. You get all of this after each individual configuration or collated for complete projects.
Transfer parts lists to selected distributors You can manage our checked parts lists in projects | Jobs and transfer this directly to the web shop of selected distributors in just a few clicks. Organise your projects in the “My projects” application and use “My order lists” for collective orders including for several projects.
E-SERVICES and assembly devices
Libraries – helpful templates for your workshop standards Use “My library” to save frequently used configurations as a template. Templates in the library can be set with your standard values and saved for the next configuration. The next time you access them they will then already be filled out with your personal standard values. You simply have to enter a few values. This saves you time – you can generate a checked order list in just a few clicks.
Reference pages Overview – E-SERVICES
593 Product Configurator Short URL www.blum.com/s002
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
597
E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 E-SERVICES 〉 Applications
Cabinet Configurator Total support from planning to manufacturing Configure cabinets with Blum fittings in just a few clicks. An integrated collision check allows you to carry out precise and error-free planning. The comprehensive planning results provide optimal process support: during planning, designing, ordering and manufacturing. ▬ Comprehensive online application with an easy-to-understand user interface – no manual updates ▬ Design cabinets including collision-checked fittings and save valuable time
Work steps What support do you receive for which work steps?
Marketing
Concept | Planning | Quotation
Design
Ordering
Manufacturing
Delivery | Assembly
After sales service
Concept | Planning | Quotation
Configure and save your projects effortlessly online. You obtain checked and complete parts lists for your customer quotes.
Design
Our cabinet configurators provide you with support when designing cabinets and selecting the right fittings. They contain CAD data in the most common formats, which you can upload and use in your own design software. Does your software have a BXF interface¹? Then use our BXF files¹ with additional manufacturing information. You can transmit your complete parts lists directly to the web shop or the customer service centre of selected distributors. You can manage your projects and order lists with ease under “My projects” and “My order lists”.
Ordering
Manufacturing
The BXF file (Blum eXchange-Format) not only contains information about the fitting, but also manufacturing information for wooden parts, such as cutting dimensions and drilling positions.
E-SERVICES and assembly devices
¹
You can use our cutting lists, assembly overview or manufacturing drawings – digitally or you can print them out. Using a BXF file¹, you can transfer planning results to MINIPRESS with EASYSTICK.
598
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 E-SERVICES 〉 Applications
Cabinet Configurator Features
Cabinet design You can define the height, width, depth, as well as the cabinet top panel, cabinet base and back for your cabinet in the cabinet design. Speed up your planning by saving frequently used cabinet dimensions as standard values. Changes to the cabinet design can now also be made after fittings planning.
Fittings selection Drag and drop the fittings available in your country to your cabinet. Save valuable time for fittings planning by duplicating fittings at the click of a mouse or creating your own custom fittings templates.
Planning results Comprehensive planning results make the process quick and simple. ▬ Concept, planning, quotation: Use checked and complete parts lists for your customer quotes ▬ Design: continue to use the CAD and BXF data¹ in your CAD software ▬ Ordering: You can transmit your parts lists directly to the web shop or the customer service centre of selected distributors ▬ Manufacturing: print out the required manufacturing information or transmit the BXF data¹ to MINIPRESS using EASYSTICK
My projects | My order lists Under “My projects” you can save and organise your own configurations. The planning results are retained indefinitely for your furniture projects. “My order lists” makes order processing easy, as you can send checked parts lists directly to the web shop or customer service of selected distributors.
The BXF file (Blum eXchange-Format) not only contains information about the fitting, but also manufacturing information for wooden parts, such as cutting dimensions and drilling positions.
E-SERVICES and assembly devices
¹
Reference pages Overview – E-SERVICES
593 Cabinet Configurator Short URL www.blum.com/s003
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
599
E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 E-SERVICES 〉 Applications
CAD/CAM data service Your path to current CAD/CAM data We offer you a wide range of various CAD/CAM formats to provide you with the best possible support for planning and manufacturing. With the CAD/CAM Data Service, you have access to useful data – fast and 24/7. ▬ Central access to up-to-date CAD/CAM data² checked by the manufacturer ▬ Go straight to our configurators and get manufacturing drawings, BXF data¹, installation situations – dimensionally accurate and collision checked ▬ Can’t find the data you need? Then simply ask us for drawings of special applications via a customer request
Work steps What support do you receive for which work steps? Concept | Planning | Quotation
Marketing
Design
Ordering
Manufacturing
Delivery | Assembly
After sales service
Design
You will receive CAD data in 2D and 3D in commercial formats as well as our BXF file¹. Both can then be used by you in your design software with a BXF interface¹. CAD data are available to you as individual geometries, a combination or a package.
Manufacturing
Download manufacturing data, e.g. manufacturing drawings or use our CAM data² in commercial formats for your CAM software. Our BXF data¹ also contain relevant manufacturing information for your wooden parts.
Content for download from the CAD/CAM Data Service CAD/CAM² packages
Individual product (3D)
Combination (3D)
Installation situation (2D)
Production drawings (2D)
CAM² data for further processing on the CNC machine
E-SERVICES and assembly devices
BXF¹ data
Individual customer query for special situations or unresolved issues
¹
The BXF file (Blum eXchange-Format) not only contains information about the fitting, but also manufacturing information for wooden parts, such as cutting dimensions and drilling positions.
²
The CAM data available for selection is based on the respective individual products. Therefore, please make the correct positioning on the wooden parts manually.
600
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 E-SERVICES 〉 Applications
CAD/CAM data service Interface to CAD/CAM software
Product selection – the right fittings in just a few clicks We work closely with CAD/CAM software manufacturers to make it easier to plan and design furniture using Blum products. Our software partners have integrated Blum fittings data into their software, making it very easy to plan Blum fittings. Other partners offer an easy interface to our configurators.
Blum fittings data – integrated in your CAD/CAM software You can integrate or import Blum fittings data in various forms into/to your CAD/CAM software. ▬ BXF interface¹ for importing and further editing the planning results from the Product and Cabinet Configurator in your software ▬ Integrated Blum fittings library, including CAD data for the individual products and the applications as a whole ▬ Import option for parts lists as CSV or XLS data ▬ Use our free CAD/CAM Data Service for your software without integrated data from Blum
Software partners For more information about our current software partners, please see our website www.blum.com/interfaces.
IBS CAD Solutions
The BXF file (Blum eXchange-Format) not only contains information about the fitting, but also manufacturing information for wooden parts, such as cutting dimensions and drilling positions.
E-SERVICES and assembly devices
¹
Reference pages Overview – E-SERVICES
593 CAD/CAM data service Short URL www.blum.com/s004
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Software partners Short URL www.blum.com/interfaces 601
E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 E-SERVICES 〉 Applications
EASY ASSEMBLY app The digital tool for your assembly You want to assemble and adjust Blum hinges, lift systems, pull-outs and other fittings systems properly? The EASY ASSEMBLY app for smartphones and tablets answers any questions you may have about the assembly and adjustment of Blum fittings. The app includes installation instructions and assembly videos for all Blum products.
EA Work steps What support do you receive for which work steps? Concept | Planning | Quotation
Marketing
Delivery | Assembly
Design
Ordering
Manufacturing
Delivery | Assembly
After sales service
The EASY ASSEMBLY app supports you with information and instructions regarding the assembly and adjustment of Blum products.
Features
Overview of all installation instructions EASY ASSEMBLY includes an overview of all installation instructions, arranged by product group. The assembly app has been designed to be intuitive, so it is easy to use.
E-SERVICES and assembly devices
Interactive applications Interactive applications clearly indicate the right drilling positions and show you how to adjust Blum fittings.
Reference pages Overview – E-SERVICES
593 EASY ASSEMBLY app Short URL www.blum.com/s015
602
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 E-SERVICES 〉 Applications
After sales service Personal support Do you have any questions or challenges you need to resolve? We also provide personal after-sales support – we are there at your side whenever you need us. Our support team speaks many languages and is available worldwide. We will answer your inquiries – personally by phone, email or chat. Do not hesitate to contact us – let’s take on the challenge together.
Work steps What support do you receive for which work steps?
Marketing
Concept | Planning | Quotation
Design
Ordering
Features
Manufacturing
Delivery | Assembly
After sales service
Directly available to answer all questions Our experts would be happy to answer any questions that you might have – from technical details to the planning and assembly of Blum fittings. Get comprehensive advice about our products and services.
E-SERVICES and assembly devices
Comprehensive care and personal advice Our employees will support you with the assembly and adjustment of Blum fittings, including when you are on site with your customers, as well as help you with the selection of assembly devices and E-SERVICES that best meet your needs. Our field sales team would be happy to provide you with a personal presentation of the latest Blum products – including product samples – as well as advise you on realising your customised furniture ideas.
Reference pages Overview – E-SERVICES
593 Technical consultation Short URL www.blum.com/s020
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
603
E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Drilling and insertion machines
Efficient assembly of the highest quality The drilling and insertion machines from Blum are not just for the assembly of Blum products; they are also designed for other common cabinet drillings. They enable precision drilling and insertion of fittings. The wide range of drilling and insertion machines provides the right solution for any application. Quick setup and easy operation ensure efficient assembly of all Blum fittings.
E-SERVICES and assembly devices
MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK MINIPRESS top ▬ Vertical and optional horizontal ▬ Vertical and optional horizontal drilling drilling ▬ Tool-free drilling head change ▬ Tool-free drilling head and ruler ▬ Automatically adjustable X-/Y-axis change ▬ Conventional ruler system
EASYSTICK – automatically movable ruler (X axis)
604
MINIPRESS P ▬ Vertical drilling and insertion of Blum fittings ▬ Additional drilling heads can be changed tool-free
Tool-free assembly of drilling heads Insertion of Blum fittings (optional)
MINIPRESS M ▬ Can be used at construction sites (mobile) ▬ Vertical drilling and insertion of Blum fittings
Horizontal drilling (only possible with MINIPRESS top)
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Drilling and insertion machines 〉 Overview
Overview – assembly possibilities Overview – assembly possibilities
606
Symbolic image
Basic machine
MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK MINIPRESS top MINIPRESS P MINIPRESS M
610 614 626 630
Assembly possibilities MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK | MINIPRESS top A1 MINIPRESS P | MINIPRESS M
618 634
Symbolic image
Symbolic image
Accessories
EASYSTICK Insertion rams Drill
640 642 642
E-SERVICES and assembly devices
Symbolic image
Pictograph Item available on request Drilling and insertion machines – horizontal drillings Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Drilling and insertion machines – vertical drillings Drilling and insertion machines – inserting fittings 605
E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Drilling and insertion machines 〉 Overview – assembly possibilities
Assembly possibilities
Assembly – lift systems (AVENTOS HF | HK-XS) Front assembly A1 Hinge A2 Horizontal mounting plate A3 Horizontal mounting plate | telescopic arm | front fixing bracket A4 Blum distance bumper Cabinet assembly A5 Cruciform mounting plate A6 Horizontal mounting plate A7 Lift mechanism – cabinet fixing bracket A8 SERVO-DRIVE switch Assembly – lift systems (AVENTOS HS | HL | HK top | HK-S) Front assembly B1 Front fixing bracket B2 Blum distance bumper Cabinet assembly B3 Lift mechanism B4 SERVO-DRIVE switch B5 TIP-ON – cruciform adapter plate B6 TIP-ON – straight adapter plate B7 TIP-ON – for drilling
Assembly – hinge systems Front assembly C1 Hinge Cabinet assembly C2 Cruciform mounting plate C3 Horizontal mounting plate C4 BLUMOTION | TIP-ON – cruciform adapter plate C5 BLUMOTION | TIP-ON – horizontal adapter plate C6 BLUMOTION | TIP-ON – for drilling
D4
Assembly – pull-out system Front assembly D1 LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX | METABOX front fixing D2 MOVENTO | TANDEM front adjuster D3 Blum distance bumper Drawer assembly D4 Base | back Cabinet assembly D5 Cabinet profiles D6 BLUMOTION for METABOX D7 SERVO-DRIVE bracket profile attachment
E-SERVICES and assembly devices
Assembly – further products Cabinet assembly E1 Cabinet connector with connecting piece system 32 E2 Connector screw cabinet connector E3 Knock-in cabinet connector E4 Wall hanging bracket E5 Horizontal wooden dowel drilling E6 Line drilling
606
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Drilling and insertion machines 〉 Overview – assembly possibilities
MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK MINIPRESS top Vertical | horizontal Vertical
Basic machine Accessories Assembly – lift systems (AVENTOS HF | HK-XS) Front assembly A1 Hinge
610 611
●
AVENTOS HF | HK-XS Horizontal mounting plate
●
AVENTOS HF | HK-XS Horizontal mounting plate | telescopic arm | front fixing bracket AVENTOS HF | HK-XS Blum distance bumper
●
AVENTOS HF Cabinet assembly Cruciform mounting plate
●
AVENTOS HF | HK-XS Horizontal mounting plate
●
AVENTOS HF | HK-XS Lift mechanism – cabinet fixing bracket
●
AVENTOS HF | HK-XS SERVO-DRIVE switch
●
AVENTOS HF Assembly – lift systems (AVENTOS HS | HL | HK top | HK-S) Front assembly Front fixing bracket AVENTOS HS | HL | HK top Front fixing bracket
●
AVENTOS HS | HL | HK top Cabinet assembly Lift mechanism
●
AVENTOS HS | HL | HK top | HK-S SERVO-DRIVE switch
●
AVENTOS HS | HL | HK top TIP-ON – cruciform adapter plate
●
AVENTOS HK top | HK-S TIP-ON – straight adapter plate
●
AVENTOS HK top | HK-S TIP-ON – for drilling
●
Recommended
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
●
●
AVENTOS HK-S Blum distance bumper
AVENTOS HK top | HK-S
●
● ○
Possible
618
618
618
618
618
618
619
619
619
619
619
619
619
620
620
620
MINIPRESS P
614 615
●
618
●
618
●
618
●
618
●
618
●
618
●
619
●
619
●
619
●
619
●
619
●
619
●
619
●
620
●
620
–
626 627
●
●
○
●
●
●
○
●
○
○
●
○
●
●
●
– –
MINIPRESS M
634
634
634
634
634
634
634
635
635
635
635
635
635
635
635
630 631
●
●
○
●
●
●
○
●
○
○
●
○
●
●
●
634
634
634
634
634
634
634
635
635
635
635
635
635
635
635
–
Not possible
607
E-SERVICES and assembly devices
Assembly type
E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Drilling and insertion machines 〉 Overview – assembly possibilities
Assembly type
MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK MINIPRESS top Vertical | horizontal Vertical
Basic machine Accessories Assembly – hinge systems Front assembly C1 Hinge
610 611
●
Cabinet assembly Cruciform mounting plate
●
Horizontal mounting plate
●
BLUMOTION | TIP-ON
●
Cruciform adapter plate BLUMOTION | TIP-ON
●
Straight adapter plate BLUMOTION | TIP-ON
●
For drilling Assembly – pull-out system Front assembly LEGRABOX front fixing
●
MERIVOBOX front fixing
●
TANDEMBOX antaro | TANDEMBOX plus front fixing
METABOX front fixing
●
MOVENTO | TANDEM front adjuster
●
295.1000 Blum distance bumper
●
E-SERVICES and assembly devices
Drawer assembly Base | back
●
Cabinet assembly Cabinet profiles
●
BLUMOTION for METABOX
●
SERVO-DRIVE bracket profile attachment
●
608
Recommended
●
○
● Possible
620
620
620
621
621
621
621
621
621
621
622
622
622
622
622
622
MINIPRESS P
614 615
●
620
●
620
●
620
●
621
●
621
–
MINIPRESS M
626 627
●
●
●
●
●
636
636
636
636
636
–
●
621
●
621
●
621
●
621
●
622
●
622
●
622
●
622
●
622
● –
622
○
○
○
○
●
●
○
○
○
○
Not possible
630 631
●
●
●
●
●
636
636
636
636
636
–
636
637
637
637
637
637
637
638
638
638
○
○
○
○
●
●
○
○
○
○
636
637
637
637
637
637
637
638
638
638
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Drilling and insertion machines 〉 Overview – assembly possibilities
Assembly type
MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK MINIPRESS top Vertical | horizontal Vertical
Basic machine Accessories Assembly – further products Cabinet assembly E1 Cabinet connector with connecting piece system 32 40.0110N | 40.0620 Connector screw cabinet connector
●
40.2110 | 40.2120.02 Wall hanging bracket
●
48N0610.02 | 48N0610.03 Cabinet assembly Wooden dowel drilling
●
Line drilling
● ○
Possible
623
623
623
623
623
624
614 615
●
623
–
MINIPRESS M
626 627
●
638
–
●
623
●
623
–
●
●
–
624
○
Not possible
●
638
–
638
638
–
●
630 631
●
●
638
638
–
638
○
638
E-SERVICES and assembly devices
Recommended
●
●
40.0200N | 42.0700.01 Knock-in cabinet connector
●
610 611
MINIPRESS P
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
609
E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Drilling and insertion machines 〉 Basic machine
MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK vertical | horizontal and vertical The EASYSTICK ruler system transforms the MINIPRESS top into an all-rounder for cabinet and front assembly. The EASYSTICK computer enables you to enter settings directly on the MINIPRESS top. EASYSTICK calculates the precise drilling positions automatically. The ruler | the drilling unit moves automatically to the right position. Position the part, drill, done. ▬ Vertical drilling and optional insertion of Blum fittings ▬ Optional horizontal drilling ▬ Quick change of drilling heads already equipped with drill bits ▬ Automatic movement of the drilling unit (Y axis) up to 350 mm ▬ Automatically movable ruler (X axis) for workpiece dimensions up to 2681 mm ▬ Simple adjustment of dimensions with easily accessible operating elements and precision display
Symbolic image
E-SERVICES and assembly devices
Case studies
Drilling head clamping The drilling head (colour-coded) fitted with drill bits and insertion rams (optional) can be fixed quickly and tool-free using a clamping lever
Digitised work process: planning directly on the machine EASYSTICK digitises planning and assembly. You can either plan directly on the machine or copy your data from the Cabinet Configurator
Easy processing of your work assignments You can call up your work assignments with the barcode scanner and continue working with them
Efficient and versatile use Fitted with EASYSTICK, the drilling unit (Y axis) moves automatically up to 350 mm. This increases the range of assembly options and permits the positioning of centred line drilling for deep cabinets
610
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Drilling and insertion machines 〉 Basic machine
MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK vertical | horizontal and vertical ▬ With work table and tool set ▬ Incl. automatically movable drilling unit (Y-axis) ▬ EASYSTICK computer, EASYSTICK ruler, drilling heads and other accessories are not included as part of the basic machine scope of delivery ▬ Optional with horizontal drilling head (3-spindle)
Note Machines can be assembled with the Product Configurator Short URL www.blum.com/configurator
Symbolic image
Order information F1 MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK – vertical | horizontal Voltage (V) Frequency (Hz) Part no. 3 x 400 50 | 60 M75E2000
Composed of: F1 1 x MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK – vertical | horizontal – 1 x Tool set – 1 x Work table – 1 x Hold down clamp (pneumatic) left/right – 1 x Horizontal drilling head, 3 spindles EASYSTICK computer and EASYSTICK ruler are not included in the scope of delivery
H1
G3
G4
G6
G7
G8
● ■ ¹ ²
Part no. Application MZD.5700
EASYSTICK computer Description
Length (mm)
Calibration (mm)
EASYSTICK ruler
1700
6–953
2
Spindle distance Quick connect (mm) chuck
¹
9.5 | 45
□
I23
32
■
I23
Part no. Application MZD.2700
²
Swing arm
MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK
MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK
Part no. Application Hinge
✖
Horizontal mounting plate Front fixing
✖ ✖ ✖ ✖ ✖
MZK.210S Cabinet connectors
32
■
I23
8
32
■
–
MZK.220S.01 Lift mechanism
3
32
□
–
MZK.2400.01
9
32
□
–
MZK.2810.03
11
32
■
–
MZK.224S.01 Lift mechanism
Reference pages Overview – drilling and insertion machines overview Overview – assembly possibilities Assembly possibilities Accessories – EASYSTICK
605 606 618 640
Accessories – insertion rams Accessories – drill bit
Insertion (optional) ✖
✖ ✖ ✖ ✖ ✖
MZK.211S
2
Left ● With quick connect chuck □ Without quick connect chuck For drilling heads with quick connect chucks, drill bits larger than Ø 10 mm must not be used Order swing arm for inserting fittings separately
Drilling
MZK.2000.01
Wall hanging bracket Cruciform mounting plate
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Part no. M70E2000
Composed of: F2 1 x MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK – vertical – 1 x Tool set – 1 x Work table – 1 x Hold down clamp (pneumatic) left/right EASYSTICK computer and EASYSTICK ruler are not included in the scope of delivery
Description
Accessories Drilling heads without swing arm Number of spindles (pcs) G1 3 G2
MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK – vertical Voltage (V) Frequency (Hz) 3 x 400 50 | 60
Right
✖
Front fixing bracket Cabinet profile
✖ ✖ ✖
Wooden dowel Cabinet connectors
✖ ✖
Line drilling
✖
Front fixing bracket Cabinet profile
✖ ✖ ✖
E-SERVICES and assembly devices
I1
F2
Possible
642 MINIPRESS top 642 Short URL www.blum.com/i012 611
E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Drilling and insertion machines 〉 Basic machine
MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK Order information Accessories Rulers Description H3 EASYSTICK extension ruler left/right H22 General I4 I5 I6 I7 I10 I11 I20 I23 I24
Calibration (mm)
1700
953–2681
Description
Part no. Application
MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK | MINIPRESS P |
MZD.2V00 MINIPRESS PRO Part no. Application
Can be used with the MINIPRESS top extension ruler and
MZV.3700 with the EASYSTICK extension ruler
Support for extension ruler Description
Part no. Application
Quick connect chuck and sleeve, left hand
MZK.2023
Quick connect chuck and sleeve, right hand
MZK.2024
Quick connect chuck and sleeve, left hand
MZF.2000
Quick connect chuck and sleeve, right hand
MZF.2000
Quick connect sleeve
MZF.1030
Quick connect chuck cover
MZF.1050
MINIPRESS top drilling head and ruler storage rack
MZA.2600 MZK.2008.02
Swing arm small Extraction system – hose and funnel
M75.2910
Extraction system – hose and funnel
M75.2920
For drilling diameters up to 10 mm For drilling diameters up to 10 mm For drilling diameters larger than 10 mm For drilling diameters larger than 10 mm For quick connect chuck and sleeve MZF.2000 For quick connect chuck and sleeve MZF.2000
For drilling heads MZK.2000.01 | MZK.210S | MZK.211S Extraction system for MINIPRESS top – Ø 125 mm Extraction system for MINIPRESS top – Ø 160 mm
E-SERVICES and assembly devices
I25
Length (mm)
Reference pages Overview – drilling and insertion machines overview Overview – assembly possibilities Assembly possibilities Accessories – EASYSTICK 612
605 606 618 640
Accessories – insertion rams Accessories – drill bit
642 642
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Drilling and insertion machines 〉 Basic machine
MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK Assembly possibilities
Assembly – lift systems (AVENTOS HF | HK-XS) v|h v Front assembly A1 Hinge ● ● A2 Horizontal mounting plate ● ● A3 Horizontal mounting plate | telescopic arm | front fixing bracket ● ● A4 Blum distance bumper ● ● Cabinet assembly A5 Cruciform mounting plate ● ● A6 Horizontal mounting plate ● ● A7 Lift mechanism – cabinet fixing bracket ● ● A8 SERVO-DRIVE switch ● ● Assembly – lift systems (AVENTOS HS | HL | HK top | HK-S) Front assembly B1 Front fixing bracket B2 Blum distance bumper Cabinet assembly B3 Lift mechanism B4 SERVO-DRIVE switch B5 TIP-ON – cruciform adapter plate B6 TIP-ON – straight adapter plate B7 TIP-ON – for drilling
Assembly – hinge systems Front assembly C1 Hinge Cabinet assembly C2 Cruciform mounting plate C3 Horizontal mounting plate C4 BLUMOTION | TIP-ON – cruciform adapter plate C5 BLUMOTION | TIP-ON – horizontal adapter plate C6 BLUMOTION | TIP-ON – for drilling
● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● –
Assembly – pull-out system Cabinet assembly D1 LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX | METABOX front fixing ● ● D2 MOVENTO | TANDEM front adjuster ● ● D3 Blum distance bumper ● ● Drawer assembly D4 Base | back ● ● Cabinet assembly D5 Cabinet profiles ● ● D6 BLUMOTION for METABOX ● ● D7 SERVO-DRIVE bracket profile attachment ● ● Assembly – further products Cabinet assembly E1 Cabinet connector with connecting piece system 32 E2 Connector screw cabinet connector E3 Knock-in cabinet connector E4 Wall hanging bracket Cabinet assembly E5 Horizontal wooden dowel drilling E6 Line drilling ● ○ –
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● –
Recommended Possible Not possible
v|h v
Vertical | horizontal Vertical
● ● ● – ● ● ● ● ● – ● ●
613
E-SERVICES and assembly devices
D4
● ● ● ●
E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Drilling and insertion machines 〉 Basic machine
MINIPRESS top MINIPRESS top vertical | horizontal and vertical MINIPRESS top makes operation and adjustments on the machine even easier and more precise. With the MINIPRESS top, all vertical and, as an option, horizontal drilling can be performed with ease. You also have the option of using Blum fittings vertically. An extensive modular system (setup plans | drilling heads | rulers) ensures that the MINIPRESS top will suit individual assembly needs. ▬ Vertical drilling and optional insertion of Blum fittings ▬ Optional horizontal drilling ▬ Quick change of drilling heads already equipped with drill bits ▬ Easy to use positioning system through fast tool-free changeover of pre-set rulers ▬ Manual adjustment of the drilling unit (Y axis) up to 350 mm ▬ Simple adjustment of dimensions with easily accessible operating elements and precision display
Symbolic image
E-SERVICES and assembly devices
Case studies
Drilling head clamping The drilling head (colour-coded) fitted with drill bits and insertion rams (optional) can be fixed quickly and tool-free using a clamping lever
Precision work guaranteed: measurements display on the machine The operating elements have a precision display and are easily accessible, adjusting all dimensions and enhancing precision is made easy. Making your work processes quicker and error-free
Precise stops: adjustment of the Y axis on the drilling unit Convenient adjustment of the drilling unit (Y axis) enables precise adjustment of all stop positions using the hand wheel. Work table and ruler remain in the same position. Easy and precise operation
Ruler change The ruler with pre-set colour-coded stops can be fitted in a matter of seconds with no need for tools
614
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Drilling and insertion machines 〉 Basic machine
MINIPRESS top Note Machines can be assembled with the Product Configurator
MINIPRESS top vertical | horizontal and vertical ▬ Supplied with ruler system, work table and toolkit ▬ Rulers, drilling heads and other accessories are not included as part of the basic machine ▬ Optional with horizontal drilling head (3-spindle)
Short URL www.blum.com/configurator
Symbolic image
Order information F1 MINIPRESS top – vertical | horizontal Voltage (V) Frequency (Hz) 3 x 400 50 | 60
Part no. M75.2000
Composed of: F1 1 x MINIPRESS top – vertical | horizontal – 1 x Tool set – 1 x Work table – 1 x Hold down clamp (pneumatic) left/right – 1 x Horizontal drilling head, 3 spindles – 1 x Set-up plan rack
Accessories Drilling heads without swing arm Number of spindles (pcs) G1 3 G2
G3
G4
G6
G7
G8
¹
MINIPRESS top – vertical Voltage (V) Frequency (Hz) 3 x 400 50 | 60
Composed of: F2 1 x MINIPRESS top – vertical – 1 x Tool set – 1 x Work table – 1 x Hold down clamp (pneumatic) left/right – 1 x Set-up plan rack
²
Swing arm
9.5 | 45
□
I23
32
■
I23
Part no. M70.2000
Part no. Application Hinge
✖
Horizontal mounting plate Front fixing
✖ ✖ ✖ ✖ ✖
Insertion (optional) ✖
MZK.2000.01
MZK.210S Cabinet connectors
Wall hanging bracket Cruciform mounting plate
✖ ✖ ✖ ✖ ✖
MZK.211S
2
32
■
I23
8
32
■
–
MZK.220S.01 Lift mechanism
3
32
□
–
MZK.2400.01
9
32
□
–
MZK.2810.03
11
32
■
–
MZK.224S.01 Lift mechanism
Left ● With quick connect chuck □ Without quick connect chuck For drilling heads with quick connect chucks, drill bits larger than Ø 10 mm must not be used Order swing arm for inserting fittings separately
Drilling
Right
✖
Front fixing bracket Cabinet profile
✖ ✖ ✖
Wooden dowel Cabinet connectors
✖ ✖
Line drilling
✖
Front fixing bracket Cabinet profile
✖ ✖ ✖
Possible
E-SERVICES and assembly devices
● ■ ¹ ²
2
Spindle distance Quick connect (mm) chuck
F2
Reference pages Overview – drilling and insertion machines overview Overview – assembly possibilities Assembly possibilities Accessories – insertion rams Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
605 606 618 642
Accessories – drill bit
642 MINIPRESS top Short URL www.blum.com/i012 615
E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Drilling and insertion machines 〉 Basic machine
MINIPRESS top Order information Accessories Rulers Description H5 Standard ruler H6 H7 H8 H9 H10 H22 H14 H15 H16 H17 General I4 I5 I6 I7 I10 I11 I20 I23 I24
Calibration (mm)
1700
850–0–850
MZL.2000
Horizontal ruler
1700
850–0–850
MZL.2060
Line drilling ruler left/right
953
0–832
MZL.2080
Base ruler
1250
0–850
MZL.2010
Extension ruler left/right
1700
850–2550
MZL.2090
Extension ruler left
1700
850–2550
MZL.2090.03
Description
Part no. Application
For all vertical assembly options For all horizontal assembly options For more straightforward line drilling For more precise drilling on cover Extension for standard or horizontal ruler Extension for standard or horizontal ruler
Part no. Application
Can be used with the MINIPRESS top extension ruler and
Support for extension ruler
MZV.3700 with the EASYSTICK extension ruler
Swivel stop
MZS.1000
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left hand
MZS.2000
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right
MZS.2000
Centre marking stop
MZR.1200
Description
Symmetrical
Part no. Application
Quick connect chuck and sleeve, left hand
MZK.2023
Quick connect chuck and sleeve, right hand
MZK.2024
Quick connect chuck and sleeve, left hand
MZF.2000
Quick connect chuck and sleeve, right hand
MZF.2000
Quick connect sleeve
MZF.1030
Quick connect chuck cover
MZF.1050
MINIPRESS top drilling head and ruler storage rack
MZA.2600 MZK.2008.02
Swing arm small Extraction system – hose and funnel
M75.2910
Extraction system – hose and funnel
M75.2920
For drilling diameters up to 10 mm For drilling diameters up to 10 mm For drilling diameters larger than 10 mm For drilling diameters larger than 10 mm For quick connect chuck and sleeve MZF.2000 For quick connect chuck and sleeve MZF.2000
For drilling heads MZK.2000.01 | MZK.210S | MZK.211S Extraction system for MINIPRESS top – Ø 125 mm Extraction system for MINIPRESS top – Ø 160 mm
E-SERVICES and assembly devices
I25
Length (mm)
Reference pages Overview – drilling and insertion machines overview Overview – assembly possibilities Assembly possibilities Accessories – insertion rams 616
605
Accessories – drill bit
642
606 618 642 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Drilling and insertion machines 〉 Basic machine
MINIPRESS top Assembly possibilities
Assembly – lift systems (AVENTOS HF | HK-XS) v|h v Front assembly A1 Hinge ● ● A2 Horizontal mounting plate ● ● A3 Horizontal mounting plate | telescopic arm | front fixing bracket ● ● A4 Blum distance bumper ● ● Cabinet assembly A5 Cruciform mounting plate ● ● A6 Horizontal mounting plate ● ● A7 Lift mechanism – cabinet fixing bracket ● ● A8 SERVO-DRIVE switch ● ● Assembly – lift systems (AVENTOS HS | HL | HK top | HK-S) Front assembly B1 Front fixing bracket B2 Blum distance bumper Cabinet assembly B3 Lift mechanism B4 SERVO-DRIVE switch B5 TIP-ON – cruciform adapter plate B6 TIP-ON – straight adapter plate B7 TIP-ON – for drilling
Assembly – hinge systems Front assembly C1 Hinge Cabinet assembly C2 Cruciform mounting plate C3 Horizontal mounting plate C4 BLUMOTION | TIP-ON – cruciform adapter plate C5 BLUMOTION | TIP-ON – horizontal adapter plate C6 BLUMOTION | TIP-ON – for drilling
● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● –
Assembly – pull-out system Cabinet assembly D1 LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX | METABOX front fixing ● ● D2 MOVENTO | TANDEM front adjuster ● ● D3 Blum distance bumper ● ● Drawer assembly D4 Base | back ● ● Cabinet assembly D5 Cabinet profiles ● ● D6 BLUMOTION for METABOX ● ● D7 SERVO-DRIVE bracket profile attachment ● ● Assembly – further products Cabinet assembly E1 Cabinet connector with connecting piece system 32 E2 Connector screw cabinet connector E3 Knock-in cabinet connector E4 Wall hanging bracket Cabinet assembly E5 Horizontal wooden dowel drilling E6 Line drilling ● ○ –
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● –
Recommended Possible Not possible
v|h v
Vertical | horizontal Vertical
● ● ● – ● ● ● ● ● – ● ●
617
E-SERVICES and assembly devices
D4
● ● ● ●
E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Drilling and insertion machines 〉 Assembly possibilities
MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK | MINIPRESS top Assembly – lift systems (AVENTOS HF | HK-XS) Front assembly Hinge A1 AVENTOS HF | HK-XS Drilling head, number of spindles 3, drilling and optional insertion of fittings (order swing arm) Fittings drill bit, 35 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit, 8 x 57 mm, left hand Vertical | horizontal Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand Reversible ruler, 1250 mm (1 piece, calibration from 0–850 mm) Vertical Standard ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850–0–850 mm) Swivel stop
Quantity required 1x 1x 2x 2x 1x 1x 4x
Horizontal mounting plate AVENTOS HF Drilling head, number of spindles 2, drilling and optional insertion of fittings (order swing arm) Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand Reversible ruler, 1250 mm (1 piece, calibration from 0–850 mm) Standard ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850–0–850 mm) Swivel stop Swing arm for inserting mounting plates Insertion ram, horizontal zinc mounting plates 177H51x0 Insertion ram, horizontal steel mounting plates 177H31x0
Quantity required 1x 1x 1x 1x 1x 1x 1x 1x 1x 4x 1x 1x 1x
Horizontal mounting plate | telescopic arm | front fixing bracket AVENTOS HF | HK-XS Drilling head, number of spindles 2, drilling Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand Standard ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850–0–850 mm) Swivel stop
Quantity required 1x 2x 2x 1x 2x
Blum distance bumper AVENTOS HF Drilling head, number of spindles 2, drilling Drill bit, 8 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand Standard ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850–0–850 mm) Swivel stop
Quantity required 1x 1x 1x 1x 2x
Cruciform mounting plate AVENTOS HF | HK-XS Drilling head, number of spindles 2, drilling and optional insertion of fittings (order swing arm) Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, left hand Reversible ruler, 1250 mm (1 piece, calibration from 0–850 mm) Standard ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850–0–850 mm) Swivel stop Swing arm for inserting mounting plates Insertion ram, mounting plates 174H71xx
Quantity required 1x 2x 2x 2x 1x 1x 4x 1x 1x
Horizontal mounting plate AVENTOS HF | HK-XS Drilling head, number of spindles 2, drilling and optional insertion of fittings (order swing arm) Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand Reversible ruler, 1250 mm (1 piece, calibration from 0–850 mm) Standard ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850–0–850 mm) Swivel stop Swing arm for inserting mounting plates Insertion ram, horizontal zinc mounting plates 177H51x0 Insertion ram, horizontal steel mounting plates 177H31x0
Quantity required 1x 1x 1x 1x 1x 1x 1x 1x 1x 4x 1x 1x 1x
Vertical | horizontal Vertical
Vertical | horizontal Vertical
Vertical | horizontal Vertical
Cabinet assembly
Vertical | horizontal
E-SERVICES and assembly devices
Vertical
Vertical | horizontal Vertical
¹
618
MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK requires no rulers or swivel stops
¹ ¹ ¹
¹ ¹ ¹
Part no. MZK.2000.01 M01.ZB35.02 M01.ZB08.03 M01.ZB02.D3 MZL.2010 MZL.2000 MZS.1000 Part no. MZK.210S M01.ZB10.02 M01.ZB10.03 M01.ZB05.02 M01.ZB05.03 M01.ZB02.D2 M01.ZB02.D3 MZL.2010 MZL.2000 MZS.1000 MZK.2008.02 MZM.0050 MZM.0053
¹ ¹
Part no. MZK.211S M01.ZB05.03 M01.ZB02.D3 MZL.2000 MZS.1000
¹ ¹
Part no. MZK.210S M01.ZB08.02 M01.ZB05.02 MZL.2000 MZS.1000
¹ ¹ ¹
¹ ¹ ¹
Part no. MZK.211S M01.ZB05.03 M01.ZB02.D3 M01.ZB10.03 MZL.2010 MZL.2000 MZS.1000 MZK.2008.02 MZM.0061.01 Part no. MZK.210S M01.ZB10.02 M01.ZB10.03 M01.ZB05.02 M01.ZB05.03 M01.ZB02.D3 M01.ZB02.D2 MZL.2010 MZL.2000 MZS.1000 MZK.2008.02 MZM.0050 MZM.0053
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Drilling and insertion machines 〉 Assembly possibilities
MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK | MINIPRESS top
Vertical
Vertical | horizontal Vertical
Vertical | horizontal Vertical
Quantity required 1x 2x 1x 2x
Cabinet fixing AVENTOS HK-XS Drilling head, number of spindles 2, drilling Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, left hand Standard ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850–0–850 mm) Swivel stop
Quantity required 1x 2x 2x 1x 2x
SERVO-DRIVE switch AVENTOS HF Drilling head, number of spindles 2, drilling Fittings drill bit, 35 x 57 mm, right hand Fittings drill bit without tip, 35 x 57 mm, right hand Chuck for drilling diameter larger than 10 mm, right Standard ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850–0–850 mm) Swivel stop
Quantity required 1x 1x 1x 1x 1x 2x
Assembly – lift systems (AVENTOS HS | HL | HK top | HK-S) Front assembly Front fixing bracket AVENTOS HS | HL | HK top Drilling head, number of spindles 9, drilling Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand Vertical | horizontal Standard ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850–0–850 mm) Swivel stop Vertical
Vertical | horizontal Vertical
Vertical | horizontal Vertical
Cabinet assembly
Vertical | horizontal Vertical
Vertical | horizontal Vertical ¹
Quantity required 1x 2x 2x 1x 2x
Front fixing bracket AVENTOS HK-S Drilling head, number of spindles 2, drilling Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand Standard ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850–0–850 mm) Swivel stop Swing arm for inserting mounting plates Insertion ram, horizontal steel mounting plates 177H31x0
Quantity required 1x 2x 1x 2x 1x 1x
Blum distance bumper AVENTOS HS | HL | HK top Drilling head, number of spindles 2, drilling Drill bit, 8 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand Standard ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850–0–850 mm) Swivel stop
Quantity required 1x 1x 1x 1x 2x
Lift mechanism AVENTOS HS | HL | HK top | HK-S Drilling head, number of spindles 8, drilling Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand Standard ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850–0–850 mm) Swivel stop
Quantity required 1x 2x 1x 2x
SERVO-DRIVE switch AVENTOS HS | HL | HK top Drilling head, number of spindles 2, drilling Fittings drill bit, 35 x 57 mm, right hand Fittings drill bit without tip, 35 x 57 mm, right hand Chuck for drilling diameter larger than 10 mm, right Standard ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850–0–850 mm) Swivel stop
Quantity required 1x 1x 1x 1x 1x 2x
MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK requires no rulers or swivel stops
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
¹ ¹
Part no. MZK.220S.01 M01.ZB05.02 MZL.2000 MZS.1000
¹ ¹
Part no. MZK.211S M01.ZB02.D3 M01.ZB05.03 MZL.2000 MZS.1000
¹ ¹
Part no. MZK.210S M01.ZB35.02 M01.ZB35.OS MZK.2124 MZL.2000 MZS.1000
¹ ¹
Part no. MZK.2810.03 M01.ZB02.D2 M01.ZB02.D3 MZL.2000 MZS.1000
¹ ¹
Part no. MZK.211S M01.ZB02.D3 MZL.2000 MZS.1000 MZK.2008.02 MZM.0053
¹ ¹
Part no. MZK.210S M01.ZB08.02 M01.ZB05.02 MZL.2000 MZS.1000
¹ ¹
Part no. MZK.220S M01.ZB05.02 MZL.2000 MZS.1000
¹ ¹
Part no. MZK.210S M01.ZB35.02 M01.ZB35.OS MZK.2124 MZL.2000 MZS.1000
619
E-SERVICES and assembly devices
Vertical | horizontal
Lift mechanism AVENTOS HF Drilling head, number of spindles 8, drilling Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand Standard ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850–0–850 mm) Swivel stop
E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Drilling and insertion machines 〉 Assembly possibilities
MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK | MINIPRESS top
Vertical | horizontal Vertical
Vertical | horizontal Vertical
Vertical | horizontal
TIP-ON – cruciform adapter plate AVENTOS HK top | HK-S Drilling head, number of spindles 2, drilling Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, left hand Standard ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850–0–850 mm) Swivel stop
Quantity required 1x 2x 2x 1x 2x
TIP-ON – straight adapter plate AVENTOS HK top | HK-S Drilling head, number of spindles 2, drilling Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand Standard ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850–0–850 mm) Swivel stop
Quantity required 1x 1x 1x 1x 2x
TIP-ON – for drilling AVENTOS HK top | HK-S Drill bit, 10 x 114.5 mm, right hand Horizontal ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850–0–850 mm) Swivel stop
Quantity required 1x 1x 2x
Assembly – hinge systems Front assembly Hinge
C1
Vertical | horizontal Vertical
Cabinet assembly
Vertical | horizontal Vertical
Drilling head, number of spindles 3, drilling and optional insertion of fittings (order swing arm) Fittings drill bit, 35 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit, 8 x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand Fittings drill bit, 26 x 57 mm, right hand Reversible ruler, 1250 mm (1 piece, calibration from 0–850 mm) Standard ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850–0–850 mm) Swivel stop Swing arm for inserting hinges Insertion ram, furniture hinges, all opening angles – except mini-hinge Cruciform mounting plate Drilling head, number of spindles 2, drilling and optional insertion of fittings (order swing arm) Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, left hand Reversible ruler, 1250 mm (1 piece, calibration from 0–850 mm) Standard ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850–0–850 mm) Swivel stop Swing arm for inserting mounting plates Insertion ram, mounting plates 174H71xx
E-SERVICES and assembly devices
Horizontal mounting plate
Vertical | horizontal Vertical
¹
620
Drilling head, number of spindles 2, drilling and optional insertion of fittings (order swing arm) Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand Reversible ruler, 1250 mm (1 piece, calibration from 0–850 mm) Standard ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850–0–850 mm) Swivel stop Swing arm for inserting mounting plates Insertion ram, horizontal zinc mounting plates 177H51x0 Insertion ram, horizontal steel mounting plates 177H31x0
MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK requires no rulers or swivel stops
Quantity required 1x 1x 2x 2x 1x 1x 1x 4x 1x 1x Quantity required 1x 2x 2x 2x 1x 1x 4x 1x 1x Quantity required 1x 1x 1x 1x 1x 1x 1x 1x 1x 4x 1x 1x 1x
¹ ¹
Part no. MZK.211S M01.ZB02.D3 M01.ZB05.03 MZL.2000 MZS.1000
¹ ¹
Part no. MZK.210S M01.ZB02.D2 M01.ZB02.D3 MZL.2000 MZS.1000
¹ ¹
Part no. M75.ZB10.L2 MZL.2060 MZS.1000
¹ ¹ ¹
¹ ¹ ¹
¹ ¹ ¹
Part no. MZK.2000.01 M01.ZB35.02 M01.ZB08.03 M01.ZB02.D3 M01.ZB26.02 MZL.2010 MZL.2000 MZS.1000 MZK.2008.02 MZM.0040
Part no. MZK.211S M01.ZB05.03 M01.ZB02.D3 M01.ZB10.03 MZL.2010 MZL.2000 MZS.1000 MZK.2008.02 MZM.0061.01 Part no. MZK.210S M01.ZB10.02 M01.ZB10.03 M01.ZB05.02 M01.ZB05.03 M01.ZB02.D2 M01.ZB02.D3 MZL.2010 MZL.2000 MZS.1000 MZK.2008.02 MZM.0050 MZM.0053
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Drilling and insertion machines 〉 Assembly possibilities
Vertical | horizontal Vertical
Vertical | horizontal Vertical
Vertical | horizontal
Cruciform adapter plate BLUMOTION | TIP-ON Drilling head, number of spindles 2, drilling Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand Standard ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850–0–850 mm) Swivel stop
Quantity required 1x 2x 2x 1x 2x
Straight adapter plate BLUMOTION | TIP-ON Drilling head, number of spindles 2, drilling Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand Standard ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850–0–850 mm) Swivel stop
Quantity required 1x 1x 1x 1x 2x
For drilling BLUMOTION | TIP-ON Drill bit, 10 x 114.5 mm, right hand Horizontal ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850–0–850 mm) Swivel stop
Quantity required 1x 1x 2x
Assembly – pull-out system Front assembly LEGRABOX front fixing D1
Vertical | horizontal Vertical
Drilling head, number of spindles 8, drilling Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand Standard ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850–0–850 mm) Swivel stop
D1
MERIVOBOX front fixing
Vertical | horizontal
Drilling head, number of spindles 8, drilling Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand Standard ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850–0–850 mm) Swivel stop
Vertical
TANDEMBOX antaro | TANDEMBOX plus front fixing
Vertical | horizontal Vertical
Drilling head, number of spindles 8, drilling Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand Standard ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850–0–850 mm) Swivel stop METABOX front fixing
Vertical | horizontal Vertical ¹
Drilling head, number of spindles 8, drilling Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand Standard ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850–0–850 mm) Swivel stop
MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK requires no rulers or swivel stops
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Quantity required 1x 3x 3x 3x 3x 1x 2x Quantity required 1x 3x 3x 3x 3x 1x 2x Quantity required 1x 1x 3x 1x 1x 1x 2x Quantity required 1x 4x 1x 2x 1x 1x 2x
¹ ¹
Part no. MZK.211S M01.ZB05.03 M01.ZB02.D3 MZL.2000 MZS.1000
¹ ¹
Part no. MZK.210S M01.ZB02.D2 M01.ZB02.D3 MZL.2000 MZS.1000
¹ ¹
Part no. M75.ZB10.L2 MZL.2060 MZS.1000
¹ ¹
Part no. MZK.220S.01 M01.ZB10.02 M01.ZB10.03 M01.ZB02.D2 M01.ZB02.D3 MZL.2000 MZS.1000
¹ ¹
Part no. MZK.220S.01 M01.ZB10.02 M01.ZB10.03 M01.ZB02.D2 M01.ZB02.D3 MZL.2000 MZS.1000
¹ ¹
Part no. MZK.220S.01 M01.ZB10.02 M01.ZB10.03 M01.ZB02.D2 M01.ZB02.D3 MZL.2000 MZS.1000
¹ ¹
Part no. MZK.220S.01 M01.ZB10.02 M01.ZB10.03 M01.ZB02.D2 M01.ZB02.D3 MZL.2000 MZS.1000
621
E-SERVICES and assembly devices
MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK | MINIPRESS top
E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Drilling and insertion machines 〉 Assembly possibilities
MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK | MINIPRESS top
Vertical | horizontal Vertical
Vertical | horizontal Vertical
Drawer assembly
Vertical | horizontal Vertical Cabinet assembly
Vertical | horizontal Vertical
Vertical | horizontal Vertical
E-SERVICES and assembly devices
Vertical | horizontal Vertical
MOVENTO | TANDEM front adjuster 295.1000 Drilling head, number of spindles 2, drilling and optional insertion of fittings (order swing arm) Fittings drill bit, 20 x 57 mm, right hand Chuck for drilling diameter larger than 10 mm, right Standard ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850–0–850 mm) Swivel stop Swing arm for inserting front adjustment bracket Insertion ram, front adjuster 295.1000
Quantity required 1x 1x 1x 1x 2x 1x 1x
Blum distance bumper
Quantity required 1x 1x 1x 1x 2x
Drilling head, number of spindles 2, drilling Drill bit, 8 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand Standard ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850–0–850 mm) Swivel stop
Base | back Drilling head, number of spindles 8, drilling Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand Standard ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850–0–850 mm) Swivel stop
Quantity required 1x 2x 2x 2x 2x 1x 2x
Cabinet profiles 11 spindle drilling head Drilling head, number of spindles 11, drilling Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand Standard ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850–0–850 mm) Reversible ruler, 1250 mm (1 piece, calibration from 0–850 mm) Swivel stop
Quantity required 1x 2x 2x 2x 2x 1x 1x 10 x
Cabinet profiles 8-spindle drilling head Drilling head, number of spindles 8, drilling Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand Standard ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850–0–850 mm) Reversible ruler, 1250 mm (1 piece, calibration from 0–850 mm) Swivel stop
Quantity required 1x 2x 2x 2x 2x 1x 1x 10 x
BLUMOTION for METABOX
Quantity required 1x 1x 1x 1x 1x 1x 2x
Drilling head, number of spindles 8, drilling Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand Standard ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850–0–850 mm) Swivel stop SERVO-DRIVE bracket profile attachment
Vertical | horizontal Vertical ¹
622
Drilling head, number of spindles 9, drilling Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, left hand Fittings drill bit, 25 x 57 mm, right hand Chuck for drilling diameter larger than 10 mm, right Standard ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850–0–850 mm) Swivel stop
MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK requires no rulers or swivel stops
Quantity required 1x 1x 1x 1x 1x 1x 2x
¹ ¹
Part no. MZK.210S M01.ZB20.02 MZK.2124 MZL.2000 MZS.1000 MZK.2008.02 MZM.0095
¹ ¹
Part no. MZK.210S M01.ZB08.02 M01.ZB05.02 MZL.2000 MZS.1000
¹ ¹
Part no. MZK.220S.01 M01.ZB05.02 M01.ZB05.03 M01.ZB02.D2 M01.ZB02.D3 MZL.2000 MZS.1000
¹ ¹ ¹
Part no. MZK.224S.01 M01.ZB05.02 M01.ZB05.03 M01.ZB02.D2 M01.ZB02.D3 MZL.2000 MZL.2010 MZS.1000
¹ ¹ ¹
Part no. MZK.220S.01 M01.ZB05.02 M01.ZB05.03 M01.ZB02.D2 M01.ZB02.D3 MZL.2000 MZL.2010 MZS.1000
¹ ¹
Part no. MZK.220S.01 M01.ZB05.02 M01.ZB05.03 M01.ZB02.D2 M01.ZB02.D3 MZL.2000 MZS.1000
¹ ¹
Part no. MZK.2810.03 M01.ZB10.02 M01.ZB10.03 M01.ZB25.02 MZK.2124 MZL.2000 MZS.1000
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Drilling and insertion machines 〉 Assembly possibilities
MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK | MINIPRESS top Quantity required 1x 1x 1x 1x 1x 1x 2x 2x 1x 1x 1x
Connector screw cabinet connector 40.0200N | 42.0700.01 Drilling head, number of spindles 2, drilling and optional insertion of fittings (order swing arm) Chuck for drilling diameter larger than 10 mm, right Fittings drill bit, 25 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit, 5 x 114.5 mm, right hand Horizontal ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850–0–850 mm) Swivel stop Swing arm small Insertion ram, connector housing 40.0110N | 40.0200N Insertion ram, connector 42.0700.01
Quantity required 1x 1x 1x 1x 1x 4x 1x 1x 1x
Knock-in cabinet connector 40.2110 | 40.2120.02 Drilling head, number of spindles 2, drilling Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, left hand Standard ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850–0–850 mm) Swivel stop
Quantity required 1x 2x 1x 4x
Wall hanging bracket 48N0610.02 | 48N0610.03 Drilling head, number of spindles 2, drilling and optional insertion of fittings (order swing arm) Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, left hand Standard ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850–0–850 mm) Swivel stop Swing arm small Insertion ram, wall hanging bracket 48N0610.02 | 48N0610.03
Quantity required 1x 1x 1x 1x 2x 1x 1x
Wooden dowel drilling 9-spindle drilling head Drilling head, number of spindles 9, drilling Drill bit, 8 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit, 8 x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit, 8 x 114.5 mm, right hand Drill bit, 8 x 114.5 mm, left hand Drill bit, 10 x 114.5 mm, right hand Drill bit, 10 x 114.5 mm, left hand Horizontal ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850–0–850 mm) Swivel stop
Quantity required 1x 5x 4x 5x 4x 1x 2x 1x 2x 1x 8x
Wooden dowel drilling 3 spindle drilling head Drilling head, number of spindles 3, drilling Drill bit, 8 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit, 8 x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit, 8 x 114.5 mm, right hand Drill bit, 8 x 114.5 mm, left hand Drill bit, 10 x 114.5 mm, right hand Drill bit, 10 x 114.5 mm, left hand Horizontal ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850–0–850 mm) Swivel stop
Quantity required 1x 1x 2x 1x 2x 1x 2x 1x 2x 1x 6x
Vertical | horizontal
Vertical | horizontal Vertical
Vertical | horizontal Vertical Cabinet assembly
Vertical | horizontal
Vertical | horizontal
¹
MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK requires no rulers or swivel stops
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
¹ ¹
¹ ¹
¹ ¹
¹ ¹
Part no. MZK.210S M01.ZB28.02 M01.ZB25.02 MZK.2124 M01.ZB10.03 M01.ZB05.02 MZS.2000 MZS.2000 MZK.2008.02 MZM.0070 MZM.0071 Part no. MZK.210S MZK.2124 M01.ZB25.02 M75.ZB05.02 MZL.2060 MZS.1000 MZK.2008.02 MZM.0070 MZM.0077 Part no. MZK.211S M01.ZB10.03 MZL.2000 MZS.1000
Part no. MZK.210S M01.ZB10.02 M01.ZB10.03 MZL.2000 MZS.1000 MZK.2008.02 MZM.0078
¹ ¹
Part no. MZK.2810.03 M01.ZB08.02 M01.ZB08.03 M01.ZB10.02 M01.ZB10.03 M75.ZB08.02 M75.ZB08.03 M75.ZB10.02 M75.ZB10.03 MZL.2060 MZS.1000
¹ ¹
Part no. MZK.2400.01 M01.ZB08.02 M01.ZB08.03 M01.ZB10.02 M01.ZB10.03 M75.ZB08.02 M75.ZB08.03 M75.ZB10.02 M75.ZB10.03 MZL.2060 MZS.1000 623
E-SERVICES and assembly devices
Assembly – further products Cabinet connector with connecting piece system 32 E1 40.0110N | 40.0620 Drilling head, number of spindles 2, drilling and optional insertion of fittings (order swing arm) Fittings drill bit, 28 x 57 mm, right hand Fittings drill bit, 25 x 57 mm, right hand Vertical | horizontal Chuck for drilling diameter larger than 10 mm, right Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, left hand Vertical Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left hand Swing arm small Insertion ram, connector housing 40.0110N | 40.0200N Insertion ram, connector 40.0620
E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Drilling and insertion machines 〉 Assembly possibilities
MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK | MINIPRESS top
Vertical | horizontal Vertical
MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK requires no rulers or swivel stops
Quantity required 1x 5x 4x 5x 4x 1x 1x 14 x
¹ ¹ ¹
Part no. MZK.2810.03 M01.ZB05.02 M01.ZB05.03 M01.ZB03.02 M01.ZB03.03 MZL.2080 MZL.2000 MZS.1000
E-SERVICES and assembly devices
¹
Line drilling 9-spindle drilling head Drilling head, number of spindles 9, drilling Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit, 3 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit, 3 x 57 mm, left hand Line drilling ruler, 953 mm (right and left hand, calibration 0–832 mm) Standard ruler, 1700 mm (1 piece, calibration from 850–0–850 mm) Swivel stop
624
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Drilling and insertion machines 〉 Assembly possibilities
E-SERVICES and assembly devices
MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK | MINIPRESS top
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
625
E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Drilling and insertion machines 〉 Basic machine
MINIPRESS P Specialised MINIPRESS P is the specialist for front assemblies. Group drillings and cabinet profile drillings can also be performed just as efficiently. Once it’s set, it carries out routine work with precision and efficiency. A pneumatic feed for vertical drilling and insertion of Blum fittings as well as a spindle for setting the drilling distance setting makes working with MINIPRESS P safe and precise. ▬ Vertical drilling and insertion of Blum fittings ▬ Drilling distance settings using spindle ▬ Pneumatic feed ▬ Can be retrofitted with EASYSTICK as an option ▬ Optional automatically movable stops in the X axis with EASYSTICK
Symbolic image
E-SERVICES and assembly devices
Case studies
Drilling of various patterns With the multi-swivel gearbox, various drilling patterns for furniture fittings can be set quickly, tool-free and precisely
Practical and precise ruler system Insertion of Blum components MINIPRESS P is equally efficient when it comes The drilling distance is set easily from the front using a calibrated spindle to inserting Blum fittings, the operation is both simple and precise
Quick connect chuck For quick and comfortable drill bit changeovers. The quick connect chucks can be retrofitted individually
9-spindle drilling head For efficient line drilling within the 32 mm tier system. Drilling head is fitted with quick connect chucks as standard
626
8-spindle drilling head For the assembly of AVENTOS lift mechanisms, box front fixings and cabinet profiles. Drilling head is fitted with quick connect chucks as standard
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Drilling and insertion machines 〉 Basic machine
MINIPRESS P Reference pages Application video
▬ Including multi-swivel gearbox (5-spindle) ▬ Supplied with stop system, incl. standard ruler (600 mm) and toolkit ▬ Different voltage can be supplied upon request ▬ Rulers, drilling heads and other accessories are not included as part of the basic machine ▬ Can be retrofitted with EASYSTICK as an option
Short URL www.blum.com/gmSum
Symbolic image
Frequency (Hz) 50 50 | 60
☎
Composed of: F 1 x MINIPRESS P I14 1 x Drilling depth stop for MINIPRESS P | M 2010 and later – 1 x Distance template – 4 x Chuck cover – 1 x Replacement coupling – 1 x Tool set – 1 x Standard ruler
Accessories Drilling heads without swing arm Number of spindles (pcs) G9 9 G10
● ■ ¹ ²
8
I2 Rulers
H3 H13
Spindle distance Quick connect (mm) chuck
¹
F2
MINIPRESS P Voltage (V) 1 x 230 3 x 400
Frequency (Hz) 50 50 | 60
Composed of: F 1 x MINIPRESS P – 1 x Distance template – 4 x Chuck cover – 1 x Replacement coupling – 1 x Tool set – 1 x Standard ruler H11 1 x Extension ruler symmetrical H13 1 x Support for extension ruler H18 1 x Centre marking stop laser I14 1 x Drilling depth stop for MINIPRESS P | M 2010 and later I16 1 x Position indicator for MINIPRESS P I17 1 x Hold down clamp (pneumatic) left/right I18 1 x Work table for MINIPRESS P K9 2 x Drill bit, 8 x 57 mm, left hand K20 1 x Fittings drill bit, 35 x 57 mm, right hand ¹ H18 is not part of standard components
²
Swing arm
Drilling
Line drilling
✖
Cabinet profile Front fixing bracket
✖ ✖ ✖
■
–
MZK.190S
32
■
–
MZK.880S Lift mechanism Right
Description
✖
Insertion (optional)
Possible
MZD.5000
MINIPRESS P | MINIPRESS PRO
Description
Length (mm)
Calibration (mm)
EASYSTICK ruler
1700
6–953
MZD.2000
EASYSTICK extension ruler left/right
1700
953–2681
MZD.2V00 MINIPRESS PRO
Description
Part no. Application
MINIPRESS P | MINIPRESS PRO MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK | MINIPRESS P |
Part no. Application
MINIPRESS P | MINIPRESS M can be used with convention-
MZV.2E00 al and with EASYSTICK extension rulers
Support for extension ruler
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Part no. M53.1050.01 M53.1000.01
Part no. Application
EASYSTICK computer
Reference pages Overview – drilling and insertion machines overview Overview – assembly possibilities Assembly possibilities Accessories – EASYSTICK
¹
Part no. Application
32
Left ● With quick connect chuck □ Without quick connect chuck For drilling heads with quick connect chucks, drill bits larger than Ø 10 mm must not be used Order swing arm for inserting fittings separately
General
H2
Part no. M53.1050* M53.1000*
605 606 634 640
Accessories – insertion rams Accessories – drill bit
642 642
627
E-SERVICES and assembly devices
Order information F1 MINIPRESS P Voltage (V) 1 x 230 3 x 400
E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Drilling and insertion machines 〉 Basic machine
MINIPRESS P Order information Accessories Rulers Description H11 Extension ruler symmetrical H12
H16 H17
H19 H20
I10 I11 I12 I13 I14 I15 I16 I17 I18 I21
¹
MZL.1250
1250
1550–2800
¹
MZL.2500
Swivel stop
¹
MZS.1000
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left hand
¹
MZS.2000
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right
¹
MZS.2000
Part no.
Extension for standard ruler Extension for extension ruler
Symmetrical
MZR.1000
Centre marking stop laser
MZR.5300.02
MINIPRESS dual application
MZR.2000
Locking device (16 mm ruler adjustment)
MZE.1300
Description
Part no.
Quick connect chuck set (5 pcs. chuck, sleeve, cover), right and left
MZF.1000.01
Quick connect chuck and sleeve, left hand
MZF.1010
Quick connect chuck and sleeve, right hand
MZF.1020
Quick connect sleeve
MZF.1030
Quick connect chuck cover
MZF.1050
Locking device for MZK.1900 | MZK.8800 | MZK.190S | MZK.880S
MZK.1120
Drilling head connector for quick connect chuck MZK.1900 | MZK.8800 | MZK.190S | MZK.880S
MZK.1130
Drilling depth stop for MINIPRESS P | M 2010 and later
M30.1304.02
Retro fit kit for drilling head MINIPRESS P | M earlier than 2010
M30.1313.UM
Position indicator for MINIPRESS P (digital drilling offset stop)
MZE.2110
Hold down clamp (pneumatic) left/right
M53.0720
Work table for MINIPRESS P
MZA.5300
Tool holder
M51.0802
Set-up plan rack
M54.2117
E-SERVICES and assembly devices
I22
300–1550
MINIPRESS P with EASYSTICK requires no rulers or swivel stops
General
I9
1250
Centre marking stop
H18
I8
Part no. Application
Description
H15
I3
Calibration (mm)
Extension ruler symmetrical
H14
¹
Length (mm)
Reference pages Overview – drilling and insertion machines overview Overview – assembly possibilities Assembly possibilities Accessories – EASYSTICK 628
605 606 634 640
Accessories – insertion rams Accessories – drill bit
642 642
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Drilling and insertion machines 〉 Basic machine
MINIPRESS P Assembly – lift systems (AVENTOS HF | HK-XS) Front assembly A1 Hinge A2 Horizontal mounting plate A3 Horizontal mounting plate | telescopic arm | front fixing bracket A4 Blum distance bumper Cabinet assembly A5 Cruciform mounting plate A6 Horizontal mounting plate A7 Lift mechanism – cabinet fixing bracket A8 SERVO-DRIVE switch Assembly – lift systems (AVENTOS HS | HL | HK top | HK-S) Front assembly B1 Front fixing bracket B2 Blum distance bumper Cabinet assembly B3 Lift mechanism B4 SERVO-DRIVE switch B5 TIP-ON – cruciform adapter plate B6 TIP-ON – straight adapter plate B7 TIP-ON – for drilling
Assembly – hinge systems Front assembly C1 Hinge Cabinet assembly C2 Cruciform mounting plate C3 Horizontal mounting plate C4 BLUMOTION | TIP-ON – cruciform adapter plate C5 BLUMOTION | TIP-ON – horizontal adapter plate C6 BLUMOTION | TIP-ON – for drilling
D4
● ● ○ ●
○ ● ○ ● ● ● –
● ● ● ● ● –
Assembly – pull-out system Front assembly D1 LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX | METABOX front fixing ○ D2 MOVENTO | TANDEM front adjuster ● D3 Blum distance bumper ● Drawer assembly D4 Base | back ○ Cabinet assembly D5 Cabinet profiles ○ D6 BLUMOTION for METABOX ○ D7 SERVO-DRIVE bracket profile attachment ○ Assembly – further products Cabinet assembly E1 Cabinet connector with connecting piece system 32 E2 Connector screw cabinet connector E3 Knock-in cabinet connector E4 Wall hanging bracket Cabinet assembly E5 Horizontal wooden dowel drilling E6 Line drilling ● ○ –
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
● ● ○ ●
Recommended Possible Not possible
● – ● ● – ○
629
E-SERVICES and assembly devices
Assembly possibilities
E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Drilling and insertion machines 〉 Basic machine
MINIPRESS M Mobile The MINIPRESS M from Blum is a compact tool that is flexible enough to be used on-site or in the workshop. MINIPRESS M does not require pressurised air or a strong power supply and instead can be operated using lighting current. ▬ Vertical drilling and insertion of Blum fittings ▬ Manual feed by activating the lever
Symbolic image
E-SERVICES and assembly devices
Case studies
Drilling of various patterns With the multi-swivel gearbox, various drilling patterns for furniture fittings can be set quickly, tool-free and precisely
Drilling and insertion Insertion of Blum components MINIPRESS M is equally efficient when it comes The lever is pulled down manually for drilling or insertion of fittings to inserting Blum fittings, the operation is both simple and precise
Quick connect chuck For quick and comfortable drill bit changeovers. The quick connect chucks can be retrofitted individually
9-spindle drilling head For efficient line drilling within the 32 mm tier system. Drilling head is fitted with quick connect chucks as standard
630
8-spindle drilling head For the assembly of AVENTOS lift mechanisms, box front fixings and cabinet profiles. Drilling head is fitted with quick connect chucks as standard
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Drilling and insertion machines 〉 Basic machine
MINIPRESS M Reference pages Application video
▬ Including multi-swivel gearbox (5-spindle) ▬ Supplied with stop system, incl. standard ruler (600 mm) and toolkit ▬ Different voltage can be supplied upon request ▬ Rulers, drilling heads and other accessories are not included as part of the basic machine
Short URL www.blum.com/1nenDA
Symbolic image
Order information F1 MINIPRESS M Voltage (V) 1 x 230
Frequency (Hz) 50
Part no. M52.1050*
Composed of: F 1 x MINIPRESS M I14 1 x Drilling depth stop for MINIPRESS P | M 2010 and later – 1 x Distance template – 4 x Chuck cover – 1 x Replacement coupling – 1 x Tool set – 1 x Standard ruler
Accessories Drilling heads without swing arm Number of spindles (pcs) G9 9 G10
¹
MINIPRESS M Voltage (V) 1 x 230
Frequency (Hz) 50
☎
Composed of: F 1 x MINIPRESS M I14 1 x Drilling depth stop for MINIPRESS P | M 2010 and later I19 1 x Work table for MINIPRESS M – 1 x Distance template – 4 x Chuck cover – 1 x Replacement coupling – 1 x Tool set – 1 x Standard ruler
²
Swing arm
Part no. Application
Drilling
Line drilling
✖
Cabinet profile Front fixing bracket
✖ ✖ ✖
32
■
–
MZK.190S
32
■
–
MZK.880S Lift mechanism
Left ● With quick connect chuck □ Without quick connect chuck For drilling heads with quick connect chucks, drill bits larger than Ø 10 mm must not be used Order swing arm for inserting fittings separately
Right
✖
Part no. M52.1050*
Insertion (optional)
Possible
E-SERVICES and assembly devices
● ■ ¹ ²
8
Spindle distance Quick connect (mm) chuck
F2
Reference pages Overview – drilling and insertion machines overview Overview – assembly possibilities Assembly possibilities Accessories – insertion rams Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
605
Accessories – drill bit
642
606 634 642 631
E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Drilling and insertion machines 〉 Basic machine
MINIPRESS M Order information Accessories Rulers Description H11 Extension ruler symmetrical H12 H13 H14 H15 H16 H17 H19 H21 General I3 I8 I9 I10 I11 I12 I13 I14 I15
Calibration (mm)
1250
300–1550
¹
MZL.1250
1250
1550–2800
¹
MZL.2500
Description
Part no. Application
Extension for standard ruler Extension for extension ruler
Part no. Application
MINIPRESS P | MINIPRESS M can be used with convention-
Support for extension ruler
MZV.2E00 al and with EASYSTICK extension rulers
Swivel stop
MZS.1000
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left hand
MZS.2000
Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right
MZS.2000
Centre marking stop
MZR.1000
MINIPRESS dual application
MZR.2000
Stop (drilling offset stop)
MZS.1020
Description
Symmetrical
Part no.
Quick connect chuck set (5 pcs. chuck, sleeve, cover), right and left
MZF.1000.01
Quick connect chuck and sleeve, left hand
MZF.1010
Quick connect chuck and sleeve, right hand
MZF.1020
Quick connect sleeve
MZF.1030
Quick connect chuck cover
MZF.1050
Locking device for MZK.1900 | MZK.8800 | MZK.190S | MZK.880S
MZK.1120
Drilling head connector for quick connect chuck MZK.1900 | MZK.8800 | MZK.190S | MZK.880S
MZK.1130
Drilling depth stop for MINIPRESS P | M 2010 and later
M30.1304.02
Retro fit kit for drilling head MINIPRESS P | M earlier than 2010
M30.1313.UM MZA.5200
Work table for MINIPRESS M
E-SERVICES and assembly devices
I19
Extension ruler symmetrical
Length (mm)
Reference pages Overview – drilling and insertion machines overview Overview – assembly possibilities Assembly possibilities Accessories – insertion rams 632
605
Accessories – drill bit
642
606 634 642 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Drilling and insertion machines 〉 Basic machine
MINIPRESS M Assembly – lift systems (AVENTOS HF | HK-XS) Front assembly A1 Hinge A2 Horizontal mounting plate A3 Horizontal mounting plate | telescopic arm | front fixing bracket A4 Blum distance bumper Cabinet assembly A5 Cruciform mounting plate A6 Horizontal mounting plate A7 Lift mechanism – cabinet fixing bracket A8 SERVO-DRIVE switch Assembly – lift systems (AVENTOS HS | HL | HK top | HK-S) Front assembly B1 Front fixing bracket B2 Blum distance bumper Cabinet assembly B3 Lift mechanism B4 SERVO-DRIVE switch B5 TIP-ON – cruciform adapter plate B6 TIP-ON – straight adapter plate B7 TIP-ON – for drilling
Assembly – hinge systems Front assembly C1 Hinge Cabinet assembly C2 Cruciform mounting plate C3 Horizontal mounting plate C4 BLUMOTION | TIP-ON – cruciform adapter plate C5 BLUMOTION | TIP-ON – horizontal adapter plate C6 BLUMOTION | TIP-ON – for drilling
D4
● ● ○ ●
○ ● ○ ● ● ● –
● ● ● ● ● –
Assembly – pull-out system Front assembly D1 LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX | METABOX front fixing ○ D2 MOVENTO | TANDEM front adjuster ● D3 Blum distance bumper ● Drawer assembly D4 Base | back ○ Cabinet assembly D5 Cabinet profiles ○ D6 BLUMOTION for METABOX ○ D7 SERVO-DRIVE bracket profile attachment ○ Assembly – further products Cabinet assembly E1 Cabinet connector with connecting piece system 32 E2 Connector screw cabinet connector E3 Knock-in cabinet connector E4 Wall hanging bracket Cabinet assembly E5 Horizontal wooden dowel drilling E6 Line drilling ● ○ –
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
● ● ○ ●
Recommended Possible Not possible
● – ● ● – ○
633
E-SERVICES and assembly devices
Assembly possibilities
E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Drilling and insertion machines 〉 Assembly possibilities
MINIPRESS P | MINIPRESS M Assembly – lift systems (AVENTOS HF | HK-XS) Front assembly Hinge A1 AVENTOS HF | HK-XS Fittings drill bit, 35 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit, 8 x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand MINIPRESS P Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right MINIPRESS M Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left hand
MINIPRESS P MINIPRESS M
MINIPRESS P MINIPRESS M
MINIPRESS P MINIPRESS M
Cabinet assembly
E-SERVICES and assembly devices
MINIPRESS P MINIPRESS M
MINIPRESS P MINIPRESS M
MINIPRESS P MINIPRESS M ¹
634
Quantity required 1x 2x 2x 2x 2x
Horizontal mounting plate AVENTOS HF Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left hand Insertion ram, horizontal zinc mounting plates 177H51x0 Insertion ram, horizontal steel mounting plates 177H31x0
Quantity required 1x 1x 1x 1x 1x 1x 2x 2x 1x 1x
Horizontal mounting plate | telescopic arm | front fixing bracket AVENTOS HF | HK-XS Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left hand
Quantity required 1x 1x 1x 1x 1x 1x
Blum distance bumper AVENTOS HF Drill bit, 8 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left hand
Quantity required 1x 1x 1x 1x
Cruciform mounting plate AVENTOS HF | HK-XS Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, left hand Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left hand Insertion ram, mounting plates 174H71xx
Quantity required 1x 1x 1x 1x 1x 1x 2x 2x 1x
Horizontal mounting plate AVENTOS HF | HK-XS Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left hand Insertion ram, horizontal zinc mounting plates 177H51x0 Insertion ram, horizontal steel mounting plates 177H31x0
Quantity required 1x 1x 1x 1x 1x 1x 2x 2x 1x 1x
Lift mechanism AVENTOS HF Drilling head, number of spindles 8, drilling Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left hand
Quantity required 1x 2x 1x 1x
¹ ¹
¹ ¹
Part no. M01.ZB35.02 M01.ZB08.03 M01.ZB02.D3 MZS.2000 MZS.2000 Part no. M01.ZB10.02 M01.ZB10.03 M01.ZB05.02 M01.ZB05.03 M01.ZB02.D2 M01.ZB02.D3 MZS.2000 MZS.2000 MZM.0050 MZM.0053
¹ ¹
Part no. M01.ZB05.02 M01.ZB05.03 M01.ZB02.D2 M01.ZB02.D3 MZS.2000 MZS.2000
¹
Part no. M01.ZB08.02 M01.ZB05.02 MZS.2000 MZS.2000
¹ ¹
¹ ¹
¹ ¹
Part no. M01.ZB05.02 M01.ZB05.03 M01.ZB02.D2 M01.ZB02.D3 M01.ZB10.02 M01.ZB10.03 MZS.2000 MZS.2000 MZM.0061.01 Part no. M01.ZB10.02 M01.ZB10.03 M01.ZB05.02 M01.ZB05.03 M01.ZB02.D2 M01.ZB02.D3 MZS.2000 MZS.2000 MZM.0050 MZM.0053 Part no. MZK.880S M01.ZB05.02 MZS.2000 MZS.2000
MINIPRESS P with EASYSTICK requires no rulers or swivel stops
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Drilling and insertion machines 〉 Assembly possibilities
Cabinet fixing AVENTOS HK-XS Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left hand
Quantity required 1x 1x 1x 1x 1x 1x
SERVO-DRIVE switch AVENTOS HF Fittings drill bit, 35 x 57 mm, right hand Fittings drill bit without tip, 35 x 57 mm, right hand Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left hand
Quantity required 1x 1x 1x 1x
Assembly – lift systems (AVENTOS HS | HL | HK top | HK-S) Front assembly Front fixing bracket AVENTOS HS | HL | HK top Drilling head, number of spindles 9, drilling Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand MINIPRESS P Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right MINIPRESS M Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left hand
Quantity required 1x 2x 2x 2x 2x
MINIPRESS P MINIPRESS M
MINIPRESS P MINIPRESS M
MINIPRESS P MINIPRESS M
MINIPRESS P MINIPRESS M
Cabinet assembly
MINIPRESS P MINIPRESS M
MINIPRESS P MINIPRESS M
MINIPRESS P MINIPRESS M
MINIPRESS P MINIPRESS M ¹
Front fixing bracket AVENTOS HK-S Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left hand
Quantity required 1x 1x 1x 1x
Blum distance bumper AVENTOS HS | HL | HK top Drill bit, 8 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left hand
Quantity required 1x 1x 1x 1x
Lift mechanism AVENTOS HS | HL | HK top | HK-S Drilling head, number of spindles 8, drilling Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left hand
Quantity required 1x 2x 1x 1x
SERVO-DRIVE switch AVENTOS HS | HL | HK top Fittings drill bit, 35 x 57 mm, right hand Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left hand
Quantity required 1x 1x 1x
TIP-ON – cruciform adapter plate AVENTOS HK top | HK-S Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left hand
Quantity required 1x 1x 1x 1x 1x 1x
TIP-ON – straight adapter plate AVENTOS HK top | HK-S Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left hand
Quantity required 1x 1x 1x 1x
¹ ¹
Part no. M01.ZB05.02 M01.ZB05.03 M01.ZB02.D2 M01.ZB02.D3 MZS.2000 MZS.2000
¹ ¹
Part no. M01.ZB35.02 M01.ZB35.OS MZS.2000 MZS.2000
¹ ¹
Part no. MZK.190S M01.ZB02.D2 M01.ZB02.D3 MZS.2000 MZS.2000
¹ ¹
Part no. M01.ZB02.D2 M01.ZB02.D3 MZS.2000 MZS.2000
¹ ¹
Part no. M01.ZB08.02 M01.ZB05.02 MZS.2000 MZS.2000
¹ ¹
Part no. MZK.880S M01.ZB05.02 MZS.2000 MZS.2000
¹ ¹
Part no. M01.ZB35.02 MZS.2000 MZS.2000
¹ ¹
Part no. M01.ZB05.02 M01.ZB05.03 M01.ZB02.D2 M01.ZB02.D3 MZS.2000 MZS.2000
¹ ¹
Part no. M01.ZB02.D2 M01.ZB02.D3 MZS.2000 MZS.2000
MINIPRESS P with EASYSTICK requires no rulers or swivel stops
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
635
E-SERVICES and assembly devices
MINIPRESS P | MINIPRESS M
E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Drilling and insertion machines 〉 Assembly possibilities
MINIPRESS P | MINIPRESS M Assembly – hinge systems Front assembly Hinge
C1
MINIPRESS P MINIPRESS M
Cabinet assembly
MINIPRESS P MINIPRESS M
Fittings drill bit, 35 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit, 8 x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand Fittings drill bit, 26 x 57 mm, right hand Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left hand Insertion ram, furniture hinges, all opening angles – except mini-hinge Cruciform mounting plate Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, left hand Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left hand Insertion ram, mounting plates 174H71xx Horizontal mounting plate
Quantity required 1x 1x 1x 1x 1x 1x 4x 4x 1x
Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left hand Insertion ram, horizontal zinc mounting plates 177H51x0 Insertion ram, horizontal steel mounting plates 177H31x0
Quantity required 1x 1x 1x 1x 1x 1x 4x 4x 1x 1x
BLUMOTION | TIP-ON Cruciform adapter plate Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left hand
Quantity required 1x 1x 1x 1x 1x 1x
BLUMOTION | TIP-ON Straight adapter plate Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left hand
Quantity required 1x 1x 1x 1x
Assembly – pull-out system Front assembly LEGRABOX front fixing D1 8-spindle drilling head Drilling head, number of spindles 8, drilling Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, left hand MINIPRESS P Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand MINIPRESS M Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left hand
Quantity required 1x 3x 3x 3x 3x 1x 1x
MINIPRESS P MINIPRESS M
MINIPRESS P MINIPRESS M
MINIPRESS P MINIPRESS M
E-SERVICES and assembly devices
Quantity required 1x 2x 2x 1x 4x 4x 1x
¹
636
MINIPRESS P with EASYSTICK requires no rulers or swivel stops
¹ ¹
¹ ¹
¹ ¹
Part no. M01.ZB35.02 M01.ZB08.03 M01.ZB02.D3 M01.ZB26.02 MZS.2000 MZS.2000 MZM.0040
Part no. M01.ZB05.02 M01.ZB05.03 M01.ZB02.D2 M01.ZB02.D3 M01.ZB10.02 M01.ZB10.03 MZS.2000 MZS.2000 MZM.0061.01 Part no. M01.ZB10.02 M01.ZB10.03 M01.ZB05.02 M01.ZB05.03 M01.ZB02.D2 M01.ZB02.D3 MZS.2000 MZS.2000 MZM.0050 MZM.0053
¹ ¹
Part no. M01.ZB05.02 M01.ZB05.03 M01.ZB02.D2 M01.ZB02.D3 MZS.2000 MZS.2000
¹ ¹
Part no. M01.ZB02.D2 M01.ZB02.D3 MZS.2000 MZS.2000
¹ ¹
Part no. MZK.880S M01.ZB10.02 M01.ZB10.03 M01.ZB02.D2 M01.ZB02.D3 MZS.2000 MZS.2000
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Drilling and insertion machines 〉 Assembly possibilities
MINIPRESS P | MINIPRESS M
MINIPRESS P MINIPRESS M
MINIPRESS P MINIPRESS M
MINIPRESS P MINIPRESS M
MINIPRESS P MINIPRESS M
MINIPRESS P MINIPRESS M
MINIPRESS P MINIPRESS M
MINIPRESS P MINIPRESS M
Drawer assembly
MINIPRESS P MINIPRESS M ¹
MERIVOBOX front fixing 8-spindle drilling head Drilling head, number of spindles 8, drilling Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left hand
Quantity required 1x 3x 3x 3x 3x 1x 1x
LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX front fixing Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left hand
Quantity required 1x 1x 1x 1x 1x 1x
TANDEMBOX antaro | TANDEMBOX plus front fixing with gallery 8-spindle drilling head Drilling head, number of spindles 8, drilling Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left hand
Quantity required 1x 1x 3x 1x 1x 1x 1x
METABOX front fixing Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left hand Insertion ram, front fixing bracket ZSF.1300 | 1800 Insertion ram, front fixing bracket ZSF.1610
Quantity required 1x 2x 1x 2x 1x 1x 1x 1x
METABOX front fixing with gallery 8-spindle drilling head Drilling head, number of spindles 8, drilling Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left hand
Quantity required 1x 4x 1x 2x 1x 1x 1x
MOVENTO | TANDEM front adjuster 295.1000 Fittings drill bit, 20 x 57 mm, right hand Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left hand Insertion ram, front adjuster 295.1000
Quantity required 1x 1x 1x 1x
Blum distance bumper
Quantity required 1x 1x 1x 1x
Drill bit, 8 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left hand
Base | back Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left hand
MINIPRESS P with EASYSTICK requires no rulers or swivel stops
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Quantity required 1x 2x 1x 2x 2x 2x
¹ ¹
Part no. MZK.880S M01.ZB10.02 M01.ZB10.03 M01.ZB02.D2 M01.ZB02.D3 MZS.2000 MZS.2000
¹ ¹
Part no. M01.ZB10.02 M01.ZB10.03 M01.ZB02.D2 M01.ZB02.D3 MZS.2000 MZS.2000
¹ ¹
Part no. MZK.880S M01.ZB10.02 M01.ZB10.03 M01.ZB02.D2 M01.ZB02.D3 MZS.2000 MZS.2000
¹ ¹
Part no. M01.ZB10.02 M01.ZB10.03 M01.ZB02.D2 M01.ZB02.D3 MZS.2000 MZS.2000 MZM.0092.01 MZM.0093.02
¹ ¹
Part no. MZK.880S M01.ZB10.02 M01.ZB10.03 M01.ZB02.D2 M01.ZB02.D3 MZS.2000 MZS.2000
¹ ¹
Part no. M01.ZB20.02 MZS.2000 MZS.2000 MZM.0095
¹ ¹
Part no. M01.ZB08.02 M01.ZB05.02 MZS.2000 MZS.2000
¹ ¹
Part no. M01.ZB05.02 M01.ZB05.03 M01.ZB02.D2 M01.ZB02.D3 MZS.2000 MZS.2000
637
E-SERVICES and assembly devices
D1
E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Drilling and insertion machines 〉 Assembly possibilities
MINIPRESS P | MINIPRESS M Cabinet assembly
MINIPRESS P MINIPRESS M
MINIPRESS P MINIPRESS M
Cabinet profiles 8-spindle drilling head Drilling head, number of spindles 8, drilling Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left hand
Quantity required 1x 2x 2x 2x 2x 5x 5x
BLUMOTION for METABOX
Quantity required 1x 1x 1x 1x 1x 1x 1x
Drilling head, number of spindles 8, drilling Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right SERVO-DRIVE bracket profile attachment Drilling head, number of spindles 9, drilling Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, left hand Fittings drill bit, 25 x 57 mm, right hand Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left hand
Quantity required 1x 1x 1x 1x 1x 1x
Assembly – further products Cabinet connector with connecting piece system 32 E1 40.0110N | 40.0200N | 40.0620 | 42.0700.01 Fittings drill bit, 28 x 57 mm, right hand Fittings drill bit, 25 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, left hand MINIPRESS P Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand MINIPRESS M Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left hand Insertion ram, connector housing 40.0110N | 40.0200N Insertion ram, connector 40.0620 Insertion ram, connector 42.0700.01
Quantity required 1x 1x 1x 1x 2x 2x 1x 1x 1x
Knock-in cabinet connector 40.2110 | 40.2120.02 Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, left hand Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left hand
Quantity required 1x 1x 2x 2x
Wall hanging bracket 48N0610.02 | 48N0610.03 Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, left hand Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left hand Insertion ram, wall hanging bracket 48N0610.02 | 48N0610.03
Quantity required 1x 1x 1x 1x 1x
Line drilling 9-spindle drilling head Drilling head, number of spindles 9, drilling Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit, 3 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit, 3 x 57 mm, left hand Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left hand
Quantity required 1x 4x 5x 4x 5x 11 x 11 x
MINIPRESS P MINIPRESS M
MINIPRESS P MINIPRESS M
MINIPRESS P MINIPRESS M E-SERVICES and assembly devices
Cabinet assembly
MINIPRESS P MINIPRESS M ¹
638
MINIPRESS P with EASYSTICK requires no rulers or swivel stops
¹ ¹
Part no. MZK.880S M01.ZB05.02 M01.ZB05.03 M01.ZB02.D2 M01.ZB02.D3 MZS.2000 MZS.2000
¹ ¹
Part no. MZK.880S M01.ZB05.02 M01.ZB05.03 M01.ZB02.D2 M01.ZB02.D3 MZS.2000 MZS.2000
¹ ¹
Part no. MZK.190S M01.ZB10.02 M01.ZB10.03 M01.ZB25.02 MZS.2000 MZS.2000
¹ ¹
¹ ¹
¹ ¹
¹ ¹
Part no. M01.ZB28.02 M01.ZB25.02 M01.ZB10.03 M01.ZB05.02 MZS.2000 MZS.2000 MZM.0070 MZM.0071 MZM.0077 Part no. M01.ZB10.02 M01.ZB10.03 MZS.2000 MZS.2000
Part no. M01.ZB10.02 M01.ZB10.03 MZS.2000 MZS.2000 MZM.0078
Part no. MZK.190S M01.ZB05.02 M01.ZB05.03 M01.ZB03.02 M01.ZB03.03 MZS.2000 MZS.2000
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Drilling and insertion machines 〉 Assembly possibilities
MINIPRESS P | MINIPRESS M
MINIPRESS P MINIPRESS M
MINIPRESS P with EASYSTICK requires no rulers or swivel stops
Quantity required 1x 2x 1x 2x 10 x 10 x
¹ ¹
Part no. M01.ZB05.02 M01.ZB05.03 M01.ZB03.02 M01.ZB03.03 MZS.2000 MZS.2000
E-SERVICES and assembly devices
¹
Line drilling 3 spindle drilling head Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, left hand Drill bit, 3 x 57 mm, right hand Drill bit, 3 x 57 mm, left hand Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, right Narrow swivel stop for positioning between others, left hand
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
639
E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Drilling and insertion machines 〉 Accessories
EASYSTICK Your perfect support Blum drilling and insertion machines with EASYSTICK make light work of precision front and cabinet drilling – regardless of whether you are working with MINIPRESS top | MINIPRESS PRO | MINIPRESS P – retrofitted or fitted with EASYSTICK, your MINIPRESS becomes your perfect assistant. The EASYSTICK computer calculates the drilling positions for the fittings once you have entered the workpiece dimensions. The ruler (X axis) then moves automatically and shows the right drilling position step-by-step. ▬ Precise assembly results with automatically movable ruler (X axis) ▬ Planning results can be copied easily from the Cabinet Configurator ▬ Updates make it easy to keep your EASYSTICK software (functions and new products) equipped to perform to the optimum ▬ Can be retrofitted to existing machines (MINIPRESS PRO | MINIPRESS P)
E-SERVICES and assembly devices
Case studies
Ready, steady, drill EASYSTICK incorporates a computer so for the first time you will be able to plan cabinets directly on the machine. After entering the cabinet dimensions, all drilling positions are determined automatically
Integrated working Planning results are copied from the Cabinet Configurator via a USB stick. You can call up your work assignments with the barcode scanner and continue working with them
Keep up to date Updates are available for download and can be applied via a USB stick. So you can rest assured that EASYSTICK will always be current in terms of features and products
Position EASYSTICK ruler EASYSTICK replaces the conventional ruler and revolutionises front and cabinet assembly – it can even be retrofitted on your existing MINIPRESS PRO | MINIPRESS P dependant on age
Install control unit A special bracket is used to mount the computer directly on the machine, so it’s simply a case of ready, steady, drill
Easy stops EASYSTICK’s illuminated markers indicate drilling positions. The ruler moves automatically. With EASYSTICK, you can move with precision, without any readjustment necessary
640
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Drilling and insertion machines 〉 Accessories
EASYSTICK ▬ EASYSTICK computer (incl. bracket) for automatic calculation of fixing positions – must be ordered separately ▬ Automatically movable EASYSTICK ruler with stop pins and illuminated markings (length 1700 mm, stop positions from 6–953 mm) – must be ordered separately ▬ EASYSTICK extension ruler for stop positions from 953–2681 mm – must be ordered separately
Reference pages Application video Short URL www.blum.com/a860
Symbolic image
Order information Description I2 EASYSTICK computer H2 Accessories H3 H23
Description
Length (mm)
Calibration (mm)
EASYSTICK ruler
1700
6–953
Description
Length (mm)
Calibration (mm)
EASYSTICK extension ruler left/right
1700
953–2681
Description
MINIPRESS P | MINIPRESS PRO
Part no. Application MZD.2000
MINIPRESS P | MINIPRESS PRO
Part no. Application
MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK | MINIPRESS P |
MZD.2V00 MINIPRESS PRO Part no. Application
Can also be used with MINIPRESS P and MINIPRESS PRO
MZV.2E00 extension rulers
Support for extension ruler Flex Market AR AU DK TW IL
Part no. Market Z10M200A JP Z10M200K CH Z10M200D CN Z10M200T IN Z10M200I ZA
Part no. Market Z10M200J UK Z10M200C CL Z10M200N Europe Z10M200H US | CA Z10M200Z
Part no. Z10M200B Z10M200L Z10M200E Z10M200U
E-SERVICES and assembly devices
–
Part no. Application MZD.5000
Reference pages Overview – drilling and insertion machines overview Overview – assembly possibilities MINIPRESS top MINIPRESS P Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
605
EASYSTICK
606 614 Short URL 626 www.blum.com/i013 641
E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Drilling and insertion machines 〉 Accessories
Insertion rams Description
J1 J2 J3 J4 J5 J6 J7 J8 J9 J10 J11 J12
Part no. MINIPRESS top for
EASYSTICK MINIPRESS top Vertical | Vertical horizontal
MINIPRESS P MINIPRESS M
Insertion ram, furniture hinges, all opening angles – except mini-hinge
MZM.0040
●
●
●
●
Insertion ram, horizontal zinc mounting plates 177H51x0
MZM.0050
●
●
●
●
Insertion ram, horizontal steel mounting plates 177H31x0
MZM.0053
●
●
●
●
Insertion ram, mounting plates 174H71xx
MZM.0061.01
●
●
●
●
Insertion ram, front fixing bracket ZSF.1300 | 1800
MZM.0292.01
●
●
Insertion ram, front fixing bracket ZSF.1300 | 1800
MZM.0092.01
●
●
Insertion ram, front fixing bracket ZSF.1610
MZM.0093.02
●
●
Insertion ram, front adjuster 295.1000
MZM.0095
●
●
●
●
Insertion ram, wall hanging bracket 48N0610.02 | 48N0610.03
MZM.0078
●
●
●
●
Insertion ram, connector housing 40.0110N | 40.0200N
MZM.0070
●
●
●
●
Insertion ram, connector 40.0620
MZM.0071
●
●
●
●
Insertion ram, connector 42.0700.01
MZM.0077
●
●
●
●
Drill Description
K1 K2 K3 K4 K5 K6 K7 K8 K9 K10
E-SERVICES and assembly devices
K11 K12 K13
642
Part no. MINIPRESS top for
EASYSTICK MINIPRESS top Vertical | Vertical horizontal
MINIPRESS P MINIPRESS M
Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, left hand
M01.ZB02.D3
●
●
●
●
Drill bit with roof tip, 2.5 x 57 mm, right hand
M01.ZB02.D2
●
●
●
●
Drill bit, 3 x 57 mm, left hand
M01.ZB03.03
●
●
●
●
Drill bit, 3 x 57 mm, right hand
M01.ZB03.02
●
●
●
●
Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, left hand
M01.ZB05.03
●
●
●
●
Drill bit, 5 x 57 mm, right hand
M01.ZB05.02
●
●
●
●
Drill bit with roof tip, 5 x 57 mm, left hand
M01.ZB05.D3
●
●
●
●
Drill bit with roof tip, 5 x 57 mm, right hand
M01.ZB05.D2
●
●
●
●
Drill bit, 8 x 57 mm, left hand
M01.ZB08.03
●
●
●
●
Drill bit, 8 x 57 mm, right hand
M01.ZB08.02
●
●
●
●
Drill bit without tip, 8 x 57 mm, left hand
M01.ZB08.OS
●
●
●
●
Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, left hand
M01.ZB10.03
●
●
●
●
Drill bit, 10 x 57 mm, right hand
M01.ZB10.02
●
●
●
●
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Drilling and insertion machines 〉 Accessories
Drill Part no. MINIPRESS top for
Description
K14 K15 K16 K18 K19 K20 K21 K22 K23
EASYSTICK MINIPRESS top Vertical | Vertical horizontal
MINIPRESS P MINIPRESS M
Fittings drill bit, 20 x 57 mm, left hand
M01.ZB20.03
●
●
●
●
Fittings drill bit, 20 x 57 mm, right hand
M01.ZB20.02
●
●
●
●
Fittings drill bit, 25 x 57 mm, right hand
M01.ZB25.02
●
●
●
●
Fittings drill bit, 26 x 57 mm, right hand
M01.ZB26.02
●
●
●
●
Fittings drill bit, 28 x 57 mm, right hand
M01.ZB28.02
●
●
●
●
Fittings drill bit, 35 x 57 mm, right hand
M01.ZB35.02
●
●
●
●
Fittings drill bit without tip, 35 x 57 mm, right hand
M01.ZB35.OS
●
●
●
●
M01.ZB10.T3
●
●
●
●
M01.ZB10.T2
●
●
●
●
Special drill without a centring tip for mineral composites | HPL boards (thin fronts), 10 x 57 mm, left Special drill without a centring tip for mineral composites | HPL boards (thin fronts), 10 x 57 mm, right
Drill bit – horizontal drilling machine Part no. MINIPRESS top for
Description
L1 L2 L3 L4 L5
Drill bit, 5 x 114.5 mm, left hand
M75.ZB05.L3
●
Drill bit, 5 x 114.5 mm, right hand
M75.ZB05.L2
●
Drill bit, 8 x 114.5 mm, left hand
M75.ZB08.L3
●
Drill bit, 8 x 114.5 mm, right hand
M75.ZB08.L2
●
Drill bit, 10 x 114.5 mm, left hand
M75.ZB10.L3
●
Drill bit, 10 x 114.5 mm, right hand
M75.ZB10.L2
●
MINIPRESS P MINIPRESS M
E-SERVICES and assembly devices
L6
EASYSTICK MINIPRESS top Vertical | Vertical horizontal
Reference pages Overview – drilling and insertion machines overview Overview – assembly possibilities Assembly possibilities MINIPRESS top for EASYSTICK Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
MINIPRESS top MINIPRESS P 606 MINIPRESS M 618 610 605
614 626 630
643
E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Assembly devices
Proven technology for increased assembly ease Our practical assembly devices tailored to your needs enable optimal assembly of Blum box systems even in smaller production runs. Our assembly devices are designed to provide you with optimal assembly support; they are easy to operate, durable and user-friendly.
E-SERVICES and assembly devices
As an alternative to the screw connection type for BOXFIX plus, the drawers can now also be fixed with nails. This enables the containers to be mounted much more quickly and gap-free.
BOXFIX plus Easy handling and effective set-up for LEGRABOX, MERIVOBOX and TANDEMBOX
BOXFIX E-L The straightforward assembly for LEGRABOX
BOXFIX E-M The straightforward assembly for MERIVOBOX
BOXFIX E-T The straightforward assembly for TANDEMBOX
644
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Assembly devices 〉 Overview
Drawer Assembly BOXFIX plus
BOXFIX E-L
BOXFIX E-M
646
● ● ● ● ●
ZMM.0700.01
647
● ●
ZMM.0400
648
ZMM.0350
649
Further products
TANDEM
MOVENTO
METABOX
TANDEMBOX plus
TANDEMBOX antaro
MERIVOBOX
LEGRABOX free
LEGRABOX pure
MODUL
CLIP top
CLIP top BLUMOTION
ZMM.2500
●
● ●
E-SERVICES and assembly devices
BOXFIX E-T
AVENTOS HK-XS
Assembly possibilities AVENTOS HK top
Page
AVENTOS HF
Part no.
AVENTOS
Description
Pictograph Item available on request
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
645
E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Assembly devices 〉 Drawer Assembly
BOXFIX plus ▬ Pneumatic device for assembling drawers and high fronted pull-outs ▬ Assembly type: screws or nails ▬ Nominal length NL 270–650 mm ▬ Cabinet width KB 250–1200 mm ▬ Back heights up to 250 mm (wood and steel) ▬ Material: aluminium/steel
Assembly possibilities LEGRABOX pure LEGRABOX free MERIVOBOX TANDEMBOX antaro TANDEMBOX plus
Reference pages Overview – assembly devices
Order information Description BOXFIX plus Composed of: – 1 x BOXFIX plus – 1 x Centre bit – 1 x Tool set
Part no. ZMM.2500
645
Accessories Centre bit
M01.ZZ03.01
Pneumatic nail gun with accessories
ZMZ.20S1
Nails with accessories
ZMZ.20S2
Nails retrofit set for BOXFIX plus
ZMZ.20S6
Assembly possibilities LEGRABOX pure | LEGRABOX free | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX antaro | TANDEMBOX plus Drawer assembly screws ▬ Set nominal length NL and pull-out width ▬ Use screws to attach the drawer back (wooden) to chipboard back fixings ▬ Insert drawer base, sides and back into BOXFIX and fit together pneumatically ▬ Screw on drawer base to drawer sides
E-SERVICES and assembly devices
LEGRABOX pure | LEGRABOX free | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX antaro | TANDEMBOX plus Drawer assembly nails (optional) ▬ Set nominal length NL and pull-out width ▬ Use nails to attach the drawer back (wooden) to chipboard back fixings ▬ Insert drawer base, sides and back into BOXFIX and fit together pneumatically ▬ Use nails to attach the drawer base to drawer sides
646
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Assembly devices 〉 Drawer Assembly
BOXFIX E-L ▬ Assembly device for drawers and high fronted pullouts ▬ Assembly type: screw-on ▬ Nominal length NL 270–650 mm ▬ Cabinet width KB 250–1200 mm ▬ Back heights up to 250 mm ▬ Material: nylon/steel ▬ BOXFIX for drawer base thicknesses of 18 mm on request
Order information Description BOXFIX E-L
Part no. ZMM.0700.01
Composed of: – 1 x BOXFIX E-L – 1 x Centre bit – 1 x Shim kit for BOXFIX E-L
Reference pages Overview – assembly devices Application video
645
Accessories Centre bit Shim kit for BOXFIX E-L | E-M | E-T
Composed of: – 1 x BOXFIX E-L – 1 x Centre bit – 1 x Drilling template for LEGRABOX base | back – 1 x Drilling depth spacer Ø 2.5 mm – 1 x TORX screwdriver – 1 x Shim kit for BOXFIX E-L
M01.ZZ03.01 ZMM.075N
Part no. ZMM.0700.20
Drawer Assembly ▬ Adjust pull-out width using drawer back ▬ Use screws to attach the drawer back (wooden) to chipboard back fixings ▬ Insert and secure drawer back, base and sides in BOXFIX ▬ Screw on drawer base to drawer sides
E-SERVICES and assembly devices
Assembly possibilities LEGRABOX pure | LEGRABOX free
LEGRABOX pure LEGRABOX free
Short URL www.blum.com/26qCmt
Symbolic image
Description Starter kit
Assembly possibilities
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
647
E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Assembly devices 〉 Drawer Assembly
BOXFIX E-M ▬ Assembly device for drawers and high fronted pullouts ▬ Assembly type: screw-on ▬ Nominal length NL 270–600 mm ▬ Cabinet width KB 250–1200 mm ▬ Back heights up to 250 mm ▬ Material: nylon/steel ▬ BOXFIX for drawer base thicknesses of 18 mm on request
Assembly possibilities MERIVOBOX
Reference pages Overview – assembly devices
645
Symbolic image
Order information Description BOXFIX E-M
Composed of: – 1 x BOXFIX E-M – 1 x Centre bit – 1 x Shim kit for BOXFIX E-M
Accessories Centre bit Shim kit for BOXFIX E-L | E-M | E-T
M01.ZZ03.01 ZMM.075N
Drawer Assembly ▬ Adjust pull-out width using drawer back ▬ Use screws to attach the drawer back (wooden) to chipboard back fixings ▬ Insert and secure drawer back, base and sides in BOXFIX ▬ Screw on drawer base to drawer sides
E-SERVICES and assembly devices
Assembly possibilities MERIVOBOX
Part no. ZMM.0400
648
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Assembly devices 〉 Drawer Assembly
BOXFIX E-T ▬ Assembly device for drawers and high fronted pullouts ▬ Assembly type: screw-on ▬ Nominal length NL 270–650 mm ▬ Cabinet width KB 250–1200 mm ▬ Back heights up to 250 mm ▬ Material: nylon/steel ▬ BOXFIX for drawer base thicknesses of 18 mm on request
Composed of: – 1 x BOXFIX E-T – 1 x Centre bit – 1 x Shim kit for BOXFIX E-T
Reference pages Overview – assembly devices Application video
645
Part no. ZMM.0350
Accessories Centre bit Shim kit for BOXFIX E-L | E-M | E-T
M01.ZZ03.01 ZMM.075N
Drawer Assembly ▬ Adjust pull-out width using drawer back ▬ Use screws to attach the drawer back (wooden) to chipboard back fixings ▬ Insert and secure drawer back, base and sides in BOXFIX ▬ Screw on drawer base to drawer sides
E-SERVICES and assembly devices
Assembly possibilities TANDEMBOX antaro | TANDEMBOX plus
TANDEMBOX antaro TANDEMBOX plus
Short URL www.blum.com/ZLrYk
Symbolic image
Order information Description BOXFIX E-T
Assembly possibilities
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
649
E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Templates
Perfect motion requires precise assembly Blum templates and jigs support the assembly of all Blum products. They have proven to be the very best aids when it comes to day-to-day assembly. Their combination of high precision and practical benefits is valued both in workshops and directly on-site with the customer.
Templates and jigs
Fixing positions, for example, can be safely and precisely punched and pre-drilled with the universal drilling template
Drilling for Blum hinge drilling patterns can, for example, be efficiently executed using the drilling template for hinges
Fixing positions for cabinet profiles, for example, can be precisely transferred using the universal rod template
E-SERVICES and assembly devices
Optimal assembly devices for all of our products
Lift systems
650
Hinge systems
Box and runner systems
Further products
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Templates 〉 Overview
Overview
Overview – templates Overview – assembly possibilities
652 654
E-SERVICES and assembly devices
Symbolic image
Pictograph Item available on request
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
651
E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Templates 〉 Overview – templates
Drilling templates Universal individual template
Universal drilling template
Drilling template for Blum distance bumper
ECODRILL
Drilling template for the SERVO-DRIVE switch
Drilling template for hinges
65.1051.02 ZML.0040.02
Drilling template for mounting plates
Drilling template for BLUMOTION | TIP-ON
Drilling template for BLUMOTION
Base router
Drilling template for LEGRABOX base | back
Drilling template for SPACE CORNER with SYNCROMOTION
Drilling template for SERVO-DRIVE bracket profile attachment MINIFIX
Drilling template for MOVENTO | TANDEM
E-SERVICES and assembly devices
Drilling template for TANDEM hook and peg variant
Drilling template for TANDEM front fixing
Drilling template for connectors
Gauge sets
Universal drilling template
Drilling template for hinge systems
652
Further products
TANDEM
MOVENTO
METABOX
TANDEMBOX plus
TANDEMBOX antaro
MERIVOBOX
LEGRABOX free
LEGRABOX pure
MODUL
CLIP top
CLIP top BLUMOTION
659 ●
● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
660 ● ●
M31.1000
661
M31.2000
662 ● ● ●
● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
●
● ●
● ● ● ●
663
●
● ● ● ●
65.5300*
664
●
● ● ● ●
65.5070
665
●
● ● ● ●
65.5010
666 ●
65.5000
667
M35.7200.01
668
● ●
ZML.7000
669
● ●
ZML.0330
670
● ● ●
ZML.1150.02
671
● ● ● ● ●
65.3300
672
T65.1000.02
673
● ●
T65.1100
674
●
ZML.0050
675
●
65.5040
676
65.055A Template
658 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
ZML.1090
65.059A
AVENTOS HK-XS
Assembly possibilities AVENTOS HK top
Page
AVENTOS HF
Part no.
AVENTOS
Description
●
●
● ● ●
● ●
●
●
65.1000.01
677 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
65.7500.03
678
●
● ● ● ●
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Templates 〉 Overview – templates
Adhesion template for CRISTALLO glass door hinges
Insertion tool
Insertion tool for hinges
Insertion tool for mounting plates
Marking templates Marking template for AVENTOS HK top front fixing bracket
Marking template for LEGRABOX
Marking template for MERIVOBOX
Marking template for TANDEMBOX | METABOX
Positioning template for catch plate
Marking template
Marking templates Universal marking template
Cabinet angle template 61
60
25
24
54 45
53
10
9
8 43
+40°
+50° 5° 44 +4
26
0° -4 5° -4 0° -5
27
28
29
--
0°
-5°
+5°
-3
5°
°
+10°
0
-1 0° -1 5°
-2
36
35
34
-2
33
56 19 49 4 39 +20° 55
--
32
1
-3 5° 0 °
31
23 42 +35° 52 7 59 22 6 41 +30° 58 21 51 57 20 50 2 40 +25°
--
46
30
18 48 3 38 +15° 17 47 2 37 16
--
15
14 13
12
11
Marking template for CABLOXX front locking bracket
Positioning templates Front gap template for LEGRABOX | MOVENTO
Front gap template for MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX
Special templates Cutting-to-size template for CABLOXX
Glass cutting set
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
ZME.0710
680
● ● ●
681
● ● ●
65.6100
ZME.5320
682
ZML.2200
683 ●
ZML.3710
684
ZML.4010
685
●
ZML.3510
686
● ● ● ●
65.5210.01
687 ●
65.2950
● ● ● ●
●
● ●
●
688
● ●
65.5340.01
689 ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
65.5810.03
690
65.0807 ZML.8030 ZML.805S
691
● ●
● ● ● ●
692
65.5631
693
65.5627
694
65.0801
695
65.8000
696
Further products
TANDEM
MOVENTO
METABOX
TANDEMBOX plus
TANDEMBOX antaro
MERIVOBOX
LEGRABOX free
LEGRABOX pure
MODUL
● ●
65.0803 Marking template
CLIP top
679
ZME.0730 Insertion tool for pull-out systems
CLIP top BLUMOTION
65.4500.01
● ● ●
● ●
● ● ●
●
● ● ●
653
E-SERVICES and assembly devices
Gauge sets
AVENTOS HK-XS
Assembly possibilities AVENTOS HK top
Page
AVENTOS HF
Part no.
AVENTOS
Description
E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Templates 〉 Overview – assembly possibilities
Overview – assembly possibilities Assembly – AVENTOS Assembly – CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top Assembly – MODUL Assembly – METABOX
654 654 655 656
Assembly – AVENTOS Front assembly Universal drilling template
Cabinet assembly Universal individual template
Assembly – hinge systems Template
ECODRILL
Assembly – MERIVOBOX Assembly – TANDEMBOX antaro Assembly – TANDEMBOX plus Assembly – further products
659
664
E-SERVICES and assembly devices
661
658
689
654
657
LEGRABOX pure | LEGRABOX free
Marking template for AVENTOS HK top front fixing bracket 683 Universal marking template
689
Drilling template for mounting plates
Drilling template for hinges
665 Drilling template for hinge systems
Insertion tool for hinges
Universal marking template
655
657
678
663
680
689 Drilling template for the SERVO-DRIVE switch 662 Drilling template for BLUMOTION | TIP-ON 666
Drilling template for mounting plates
664
657
Assembly – TANDEM
677
687 Assembly – CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top Assembly – hinge systems Template
Assembly – MOVENTO
664
658
660 Assembly – TIP-ON Positioning template for catch plate
Universal marking template
656
Universal drilling template
681 Assembly – SERVO-DRIVE Drilling template for Blum distance bumper
Universal individual template
656
Template
661 Insertion tool for mounting plates
ECODRILL
656
Cabinet angle template
Universal drilling template
Insertion tool for hinges
Drilling template for hinges
665
663 Adhesion template for CRISTALLO glass door hinges
688
679 Drilling template for hinge systems
677
678 Insertion tool for mounting plates
680
681
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Templates 〉 Overview – assembly possibilities
Assembly – CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top Assembly – BLUMOTION Template
Assembly – TIP-ON Template
Drilling template for BLUMOTION | TIP-ON 664
666 Positioning template for catch plate
664 Assembly – MODUL Assembly – hinge systems Template
Drilling template for hinges
Universal drilling template
Universal marking template
667 Drilling template for BLUMOTION | TIP-ON
687
Drilling template for mounting plates
664
Drilling template for BLUMOTION
ECODRILL
665
663
661 Drilling template for hinge systems
677
678
666
Drilling template for BLUMOTION
Universal individual template
Insertion tool for hinges
667
658
680
689 Assembly – LEGRABOX pure | LEGRABOX free Front assembly Universal drilling template
Insertion tool for pull-out systems
659 Front gap template for LEGRABOX
Drawer assembly
682
693 Universal drilling template
658 Universal drilling template
Universal marking template
677 Base router
668
696 Assembly – SERVO-DRIVE Drilling template for Blum distance bumper
Drilling template for SERVO-DRIVE bracket profile attachment
660
671
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
689 Drilling template for LEGRABOX base | back
659
Glass cutting set
684
669
E-SERVICES and assembly devices
Cabinet assembly Universal individual template
Marking template for LEGRABOX
655
E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Templates 〉 Overview – assembly possibilities
Assembly – MERIVOBOX Front assembly Universal drilling template
Cabinet assembly Universal individual template
Front gap template for MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX 659
Marking template for MERIVOBOX
694 Universal drilling template
658 Assembly – SERVO-DRIVE Drilling template for SERVO-DRIVE bracket profile attachment
685 Universal marking template
677
689
671 Assembly – TANDEMBOX antaro | TANDEMBOX plus Front assembly Marking template
692 Insertion tool for pull-out systems
Cabinet assembly Universal individual template
Drawer assembly
Marking template for TANDEMBOX | METABOX
Front gap template for MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX
682
Universal marking template
677 Drilling template for SPACE CORNER with SYNCROMOTION
Drilling template for SERVO-DRIVE bracket profile attachment
660
671
670
Marking template for TANDEMBOX | METABOX
692 Insertion tool for pull-out systems
Drawer assembly
689 Glass cutting set
659 Assembly – SERVO-DRIVE Drilling template for Blum distance bumper
Cabinet assembly MINIFIX
659
694
658
Assembly – METABOX Front assembly Marking template
E-SERVICES and assembly devices
686
Universal drilling template
Universal drilling template
Universal drilling template
696
Universal drilling template
686
659
682 Universal individual template
672
Universal drilling template
658
677
Universal drilling template
659
656
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Templates 〉 Overview – assembly possibilities
Assembly – MOVENTO | TANDEM Front assembly Universal drilling template
Cabinet assembly Universal individual template
Front gap template for MOVENTO
659
693 Universal drilling template
677
689
Drilling template for TANDEM hook and peg variant
Drilling template for TANDEM front fixing
673
674
675
688 Assembly – SERVO-DRIVE Drilling template for Blum distance bumper
Drilling template for SERVO-DRIVE bracket profile attachment
660
671
Drawer assembly
658
Universal marking template
Drilling template for MOVENTO | TANDEM
Marking template
Assembly – further products Front assembly Marking template for CABLOXX front locking bracket
Cabinet assembly Drilling template for connectors
Marking template for CABLOXX front locking bracket 691
691 Cutting-to-size template for CABLOXX 695
E-SERVICES and assembly devices
676
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
657
E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Templates 〉 Drilling templates
Universal individual template ▬ Template for pre-drilling the fixing positions for cabinet profiles, lift mechanisms, mounting and adapter plates ▬ The template can be used with assembled and unassembled cabinets ▬ Depth position setting using calibration ▬ Suitable for overlay and inset applications ▬ For system and chipboard screws ▬ Assembly on a marking line ▬ Material: nylon/steel/aluminium
Composed of: – 1 x Universal individual template – 1 x Drilling depth spacer Ø 5 mm – 1 x Reducing bush Ø 5 to Ø 2.5 mm – 1 x Allen key
Assembly possibilities AVENTOS
AVENTOS CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top MODUL LEGRABOX MERIVOBOX TANDEMBOX antaro TANDEMBOX plus METABOX
MOVENTO TANDEM
Reference pages Overview – templates Overview – assembly possibilities Application video
652 654
Short URL www.blum.com/FtGEO
Symbolic image
Order information Description Universal individual template
Assembly possibilities
Part no. 65.1051.02
Accessories Description
Part no. Add-on for SPACE CORNER
65.1107
Cabinet assembly ▬ Set template depth position using the calibration ▬ Position template in cabinet on marking line ▬ Pre-drill fixing positions for lift mechanism pegs
E-SERVICES and assembly devices
CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top | MODUL Hinge system assembly ▬ Set template depth position using the calibration ▬ Position template on marking line ▬ Pre-drill fixing positions for mounting and adapter plates (BLUMOTION | TIP-ON for doors)
LEGRABOX pure | LEGRABOX free | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX antaro | TANDEMBOX plus | METABOX | MOVENTO | TANDEM Cabinet assembly ▬ Set template depth position using the calibration ▬ Position template on marking line ▬ Pre-drill fixing positions for cabinet profiles ▬ Pre-drill fixing positions for BLUMOTION for METABOX ▬ The additional part (65.1107) enables SPACE CORNER assembly
658
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Templates 〉 Drilling templates
Universal drilling template ▬ For marking or pre-drilling the fixing positions of front fixings including gallery, drawer back and base as well as for AVENTOS front fixings ▬ Stop setting via the calibration ▬ Material: nylon/steel
Assembly possibilities AVENTOS LEGRABOX pure LEGRABOX free MERIVOBOX TANDEMBOX antaro TANDEMBOX plus METABOX MOVENTO TANDEM
Reference pages Overview – templates Overview – assembly possibilities Application video
652 654
Short URL www.blum.com/cSAMF Order information Description Universal drilling template Composed of: – 1 x Universal drilling template – 1 x Drilling depth spacer Ø 10 mm – 1 x Marking template Ø 10 mm – 1 x Reducing bush Ø 10 to Ø 5 mm – 1 x Reducing bush Ø 10 to Ø 2.5 mm
Assembly possibilities AVENTOS
Part no. ZML.0040.02
Front assembly ▬ Set stops using the calibration ▬ Pre-drill or mark fixing positions for inline or cruciform mounting plates for AVENTOS HF as well as front fixings for AVENTOS HS | HL | HK top | HK-S | HK-XS
METABOX
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
E-SERVICES and assembly devices
LEGRABOX pure | LEGRABOX free | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX antaro | TANDEMBOX plus | METABOX | MOVENTO | TANDEM Front assembly ▬ Set stops using the calibration ▬ Drill or mark fixing positions for front fixings including gallery
Drawer assembly – back ▬ Set stops using the calibration ▬ Mark fixing positions
659
E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Templates 〉 Drilling templates
Drilling template for Blum distance bumper ▬ Bumper drilling template for use on an unattached or attached front and/or cabinet ▬ Assembly on a marking line and stop (fixed dimension 20) possible ▬ Material: nylon/steel
Assembly possibilities AVENTOS CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top MODUL LEGRABOX pure LEGRABOX free MERIVOBOX TANDEMBOX antaro TANDEMBOX plus
MOVENTO TANDEM
Reference pages Overview – templates Overview – assembly possibilities Application video Short URL www.blum.com/1ZtTC6
Symbolic image
Order information Description Drilling template for Blum distance bumper Composed of: – 1 x Drilling template for Blum distance bumper – 1 x Drilling depth spacer Ø 8 mm – 1 x Reducing bush Ø 8 to Ø 5 mm
652 654
Part no. ZML.1090
E-SERVICES and assembly devices
Assembly possibilities AVENTOS | LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX antaro | TANDEMBOX plus | MOVENTO | TANDEM SERVO-DRIVE assembly ▬ Position template ▬ Perform drilling for distance bumper (Ø 8 or Ø 5 mm)
660
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Templates 〉 Drilling templates
ECODRILL ▬ Simple hand held tool to drill accurate hole patterns for Blum hinges ▬ Driven by hand drill ▬ Variable drilling distance (2–8 mm) ▬ Assembly on a marking line ▬ Material: aluminium die casting
Assembly possibilities AVENTOS HF AVENTOS HK-XS CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top MODUL
Reference pages Overview – templates Overview – assembly possibilities Application video Short URL www.blum.com/1SeQww
Symbolic image
Order information Description ECODRILL
Composed of: – 1 x Drilling template – 2 x Drill bit Ø 8 mm – 1 x Fittings drill bit Ø 35 mm – 2 x TORX bit – 2 x Adjustable clamps
652 654
Part no. M31.1000
Accessories Description
Part no. Drill bit Ø 8 mm
M31.ZB08.02
Fittings drill bit Ø 35 mm
M31.ZB35.02
Tool set
MZW.1300
Clip-on part for bi-fold hinge
M31.1900
E-SERVICES and assembly devices
Assembly possibilities AVENTOS HF | AVENTOS HK-XS | CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top | MODUL Hinge system assembly ▬ Adjust drilling distance setting ▬ Mark desired hinge position ▬ Position ECODRILL on marking line and fix with clamping lever ▬ Drill hinge drilling pattern using hand drill
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
661
E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Templates 〉 Drilling templates
Drilling template for the SERVO-DRIVE switch ▬ Simple hand-held tool for drilling accurate holes for the SERVO-DRIVE switch attachment ▬ Driven by hand drill ▬ Drilling template can be used with assembled and unassembled cabinets ▬ Assembly on a marking line ▬ Material: aluminium die casting
Assembly possibilities AVENTOS HF AVENTOS HS AVENTOS HL AVENTOS HK top
Reference pages Overview – templates Overview – assembly possibilities Application video Short URL www.blum.com/29CZin
Symbolic image
Order information Description Drilling template for the SERVO-DRIVE switch Composed of: – 1 x Drilling template for the SERVO-DRIVE switch – 1 x Fittings drill bit Ø 35 mm – 2 x TORX bit
652 654
Part no. M31.2000
Accessories Description
Part no. Fittings drill bit Ø 35 mm
M31.ZB35.02
E-SERVICES and assembly devices
Assembly possibilities AVENTOS HF | AVENTOS HS | AVENTOS HL | AVENTOS HK top SERVO-DRIVE assembly ▬ Mark desired SERVO-DRIVE switch position ▬ Position template on marking line and fix with clamping screw ▬ Perform attachment drillings for the SERVO-DRIVE switch with the hand drill
662
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Templates 〉 Drilling templates
Drilling template for hinges ▬ Template for drilling the side fixing positions for hinges (Ø 8 and/or Ø 2.5 mm) ▬ Template for pre-drilling the fixing positions for the horizontal and cruciform mounting plates ▬ Template for pre-drilling the fixing positions for adapter plates (BLUMOTION | TIP-ON for doors) ▬ Assembly on a marking line ▬ Material: nylon/steel
Order information Description Drilling template for hinges (Ø 8 mm | Ø 2.5 mm)
Part no. 65.059A
Description Drilling template for hinges (Ø 2.5 mm)
Part no. 65.055A
Composed of: – 1 x Drilling template for hinges
AVENTOS HF AVENTOS HK-XS CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top MODUL
Reference pages Overview – templates Overview – assembly possibilities Application video
652 654
Short URL www.blum.com/1Be6q5
Symbolic image
Composed of: – 1 x Drilling template for hinges – 1 x Reducing bush Ø 8 to Ø 2.5 mm – 1 x Drilling depth stop Ø 8 mm
Assembly possibilities
Assembly possibilities AVENTOS HF | AVENTOS HK-XS | CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top | MODUL Hinge system assembly – Door ▬ Perform boss drilling (Ø 35 mm) e.g. using a pillar drill ▬ Position template and fix with a spacer ▬ Drill side holes for hinges
E-SERVICES and assembly devices
AVENTOS HF | AVENTOS HK-XS | CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top | MODUL Hinge system assembly – Cabinet ▬ Mark hinge arm centre ▬ Attach template and pre-drill fixing positions for horizontal (20 mm) or cruciform mounting plates (37 mm)
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
663
E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Templates 〉 Drilling templates
Template ▬ Template for drilling the fixing positions for mounting plates (Ø 2.5 mm) ▬ Template for pre-drilling the fixing positions for adapter plates (BLUMOTION | TIP-ON for doors) ▬ If mounting plate fixing positions are standard throughout, then it is possible to fix several templates to a wooden strip ▬ Assembly on a marking line ▬ Material: steel
Composed of: – 1 x Template
Assembly possibilities AVENTOS HF | AVENTOS HK-XS
AVENTOS HF AVENTOS HK top AVENTOS HK-S AVENTOS HK-XS CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top MODUL
Reference pages Overview – templates Overview – assembly possibilities Application video
652 654
Short URL www.blum.com/1ImlaP
Symbolic image
Order information Description Template
Assembly possibilities
Part no. 65.5300*
Hinge system assembly ▬ Mark hinge arm centre or hinge arm outside edges in the cabinet or on the front (AVENTOS HF) ▬ Attach template and pre-drill fixing positions for horizontal (20 mm) or cruciform mounting plates (37 mm)
E-SERVICES and assembly devices
CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top | MODUL Hinge system assembly ▬ Mark hinge arm centre or hinge arm outside edges in the cabinet or on the front (AVENTOS HF) ▬ Attach template and pre-drill fixing positions for horizontal (20 mm) or cruciform mounting plates (37 mm)
AVENTOS HK top | AVENTOS HK-S | AVENTOS HK-XS | CLIP top BLUMOTION | TIP-ON assembly ▬ Position template on marking line ▬ Drill holes for BLUMOTION | TIP-ON adapter plate (20 | 37 mm)
664
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Templates 〉 Drilling templates
Drilling template for mounting plates ▬ Template for drilling the fixing positions for cruciform mounting plates (Ø 5 mm) ▬ Template for drilling the fixing positions for cruciform mounting plates (BLUMOTION | TIP-ON for doors) ▬ The aligning function allows you to drill the 32 mm dimension exactly ▬ Assembly on a marking line ▬ Material: nylon/steel
Composed of: – 1 x Drilling template for mounting plates – 1 x Drilling depth spacer Ø 5 mm
AVENTOS HF AVENTOS HK-XS CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top MODUL
Reference pages Overview – templates Overview – assembly possibilities Application video
652 654
Short URL www.blum.com/uiJko
Symbolic image
Order information Description Drilling template for mounting plates
Assembly possibilities
Part no. 65.5070
E-SERVICES and assembly devices
Assembly possibilities AVENTOS HF | AVENTOS HK-XS | CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top | MODUL Hinge system assembly ▬ Mark hinge arm centre or hinge arm outside edges in the cabinet or on the front (AVENTOS HF) ▬ Position template on marking line and drill first hole (Ø 5 mm) ▬ Turn template around, insert positioning pin into drilling hole and drill second hole (Ø 5 mm)
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
665
E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Templates 〉 Drilling templates
Drilling template for BLUMOTION | TIP-ON ▬ Template for drilling the side fixing positions for BLUMOTION for doors handle side (970.1002) and hinge side (970A1002) as well as for TIP-ON (956x1004) ▬ Assembly on a marking line ▬ Material: nylon/steel
Assembly possibilities AVENTOS HK top AVENTOS HK-S AVENTOS HK-XS CLIP top
Reference pages Overview – templates Overview – assembly possibilities Application video
652 654
Short URL www.blum.com/1ZmwA8
Symbolic image
Order information Description Drilling template for BLUMOTION | TIP-ON Composed of: – 1 x Drilling template for BLUMOTION | TIP-ON – 1 x Drilling depth spacer Ø 10 mm
Part no. 65.5010
Assembly possibilities AVENTOS HK top | AVENTOS HK-S | AVENTOS HK-XS | CLIP top TIP-ON assembly ▬ Position template on marking line ▬ Distance from cabinet inner side to centre drilling 7.5 mm ▬ Perform drilling for TIP-ON (Ø 10 mm)
BLUMOTION assembly ▬ Position template on marking line ▬ Distance from cabinet inner side to centre drilling 7.5 mm ▬ Perform drilling for BLUMOTION (Ø 10 mm)
E-SERVICES and assembly devices
CLIP top
666
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Templates 〉 Drilling templates
Drilling template for BLUMOTION ▬ Template for drilling the side fixing positions for BLUMOTION for doors handle side (970.1002) as well as for TIP-ON for doors (956x1004) ▬ Template for pre-drilling the fixing positions for adapter plates (BLUMOTION | TIP-ON for doors) ▬ Template for drilling mounting plates ▬ You can pre-set repeating drilling positions using the stop rod ▬ Assembly on a marking line ▬ Material: nylon/steel
Order information Description Drilling template for BLUMOTION
Assembly possibilities CLIP top
CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top MODUL
Reference pages Overview – templates Overview – assembly possibilities Application video
652 654
Short URL www.blum.com/cKQqy
Symbolic image
Composed of: – 1 x Drilling template for BLUMOTION – 1 x Drilling depth spacer Ø 10 mm – 1 x Drilling depth spacer Ø 5 mm – 1 x Drilling depth spacer Ø 2.5 mm
Assembly possibilities
Part no. 65.5000
BLUMOTION | TIP-ON assembly ▬ Position template on marking line ▬ You can pre-set repeating drilling positions using the stop rod ▬ Drillings for the BLUMOTION | TIP-ON adapter plate (Ø 2.5 and/or Ø 5 mm) ▬ Drill holes horizontally for BLUMOTION | TIP-ON
E-SERVICES and assembly devices
CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top | MODUL Hinge system assembly ▬ Position template on marking line ▬ Drill holes for horizontal or cruciform mounting plate
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
667
E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Templates 〉 Drilling templates
Base router ▬ LEGRABOX base assembly ▬ Precise manufacturing of the LEGRABOX base routing ▬ Straightforward clamping of base for convenient working ▬ No set-up required ▬ Drawer bottom 18–19 mm possible on request ▬ TANDEMBOX drawer bottom 18–19 mm possible on request
Composed of: – 1 x Base router – 1 x Milling cutter Ø 60 mm – 2 x Wood stop – 1 x Tool set
Reference pages Overview – templates Overview – assembly possibilities Application video
652 654
Part no. M35.7200.01
Accessories Description
Part no. Cutting insert set
M35.ZW40
Wood stop (10 pcs)
M35.ZT01
Carbon brushes for base router
M35.ZM01
Drawer assembly – base ▬ Clamp the drawer base ▬ Mill using inching mode and remove drawer base ▬ Bring carriage to starting position
E-SERVICES and assembly devices
Assembly possibilities LEGRABOX pure | LEGRABOX free
LEGRABOX pure LEGRABOX free
Short URL www.blum.com/UWdi4
Symbolic image
Order information Description Base router
Assembly possibilities
668
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Templates 〉 Drilling templates
Drilling template for LEGRABOX base | back ▬ Template for pre-drilling of fixing positions on drawer base (connection of drawer side | base and back | base) ▬ Template for pre-drilling of fixing positions on chipboard back (connection of chipboard back | chipboard back fixing) ▬ Material: nylon/steel
Assembly possibilities LEGRABOX pure LEGRABOX free
Reference pages Overview – templates Overview – assembly possibilities Application video Short URL www.blum.com/1sK9KN
Symbolic image
Order information Description Drilling template for LEGRABOX base | back Composed of: – 1 x Drilling template for LEGRABOX base | back – 1 x Drilling depth spacer Ø 2.5 mm
LEGRABOX pure | LEGRABOX free
LEGRABOX pure | LEGRABOX free
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Part no. ZML.7000
Drawer assembly – connection of drawer side | base ▬ Position template on front edge of drawer base ▬ Pre-drill fixing positions for drawer side (Ø 2.5 mm)
Drawer assembly – connection of chipboard back | chipboard back fixing ▬ Position template on back ▬ Pre-drill fixing positions for chipboard back fixing (Ø 2.5 mm)
E-SERVICES and assembly devices
Assembly possibilities LEGRABOX pure | LEGRABOX free
652 654
Drawer assembly – connection of back | base ▬ Position template on back of base on marking line ▬ Pre-drill fixing positions for connection of back | base (Ø 2.5 mm)
669
E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Templates 〉 Drilling templates
Drilling template for SPACE CORNER with SYNCROMOTION ▬ Template for drilling the fixing positions for the SPACE CORNER SYNCROMOTION fitting ▬ Material: nylon/steel
Assembly possibilities TANDEMBOX antaro TANDEMBOX plus
Reference pages Overview – templates Overview – assembly possibilities Application video
652 654
Short URL www.blum.com/2IW3fO
Symbolic image
Order information Description Drilling template for SPACE CORNER with SYNCROMOTION
Part no. ZML.0330
Composed of: – 1 x Drilling template for SPACE CORNER with SYNCROMOTION
Assembly possibilities TANDEMBOX antaro | TANDEMBOX plus
Drawer assembly ▬ Position template on the side ▬ Drill fixing position for the corner front piece
E-SERVICES and assembly devices
TANDEMBOX antaro | TANDEMBOX plus
Drawer assembly ▬ Position template in the corner ▬ Drill fixing positions for the SYNCROMOTION fitting
670
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Templates 〉 Drilling templates
Drilling template for SERVO-DRIVE bracket profile attachment ▬ Template for marking or pre-drilling the fixing positions for the SERVO-DRIVE bracket profile adapter ▬ The drilling template can be attached to an assembled and unassembled cabinet as well as to individual components (bottom panel | top panel | cross bar) ▬ Assembly on a marking line ▬ Material: nylon/steel/aluminium
LEGRABOX pure LEGRABOX free MERIVOBOX TANDEMBOX antaro TANDEMBOX plus MOVENTO TANDEM
Reference pages Overview – templates Overview – assembly possibilities Application video
652 654
Short URL www.blum.com/C5aJ9
Symbolic image
Order information Description Drilling template for SERVO-DRIVE bracket profile attachment
Assembly possibilities
Part no. ZML.1150.02
Composed of: – 1 x Drilling template for SERVO-DRIVE bracket profile attachment – 1 x Drilling depth spacer Ø 10 mm – 1 x Marking template Ø 10 mm
E-SERVICES and assembly devices
Assembly possibilities LEGRABOX pure | LEGRABOX free | TANDEMBOX antaro | TANDEMBOX plus | MOVENTO | TANDEM Cabinet assembly ▬ Mark cabinet profile height position ▬ Set depth adjustment using the calibration ▬ Position template on marking line ▬ Drill or mark drillings for bracket profile adapter
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
671
E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Templates 〉 Drilling templates
MINIFIX ▬ Template for precise positioning of cabinet profile fixing screws ▬ Assembly on a marking line ▬ Material: nylon
Assembly possibilities METABOX
Reference pages Overview – templates Overview – assembly possibilities Application video Short URL www.blum.com/1wLT0f
Symbolic image
Order information Description MINIFIX Composed of: – 1 x MINIFIX
Part no. 65.3300
Accessories Description
Part no. Centre bit
M01.ZZ03.01
Cabinet assembly ▬ Mark cabinet profile height position ▬ Clip cabinet profile on to MINIFIX ▬ Position MINIFIX on marking line ▬ Screw on cabinet profile (pre-drilling with centre bit M01.ZZ03.01 recommended)
E-SERVICES and assembly devices
Assembly possibilities METABOX
652 654
672
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Templates 〉 Drilling templates
Drilling template for MOVENTO | TANDEM ▬ Template for drilling the runner hook positions ▬ Pre-drilling the MOVENTO | TANDEM locking device fixing positions ▬ Material: nylon/steel
Assembly possibilities MOVENTO TANDEM
Reference pages Overview – templates Overview – assembly possibilities Application video Short URL www.blum.com/25lXQy
Symbolic image
Order information Description Drilling template for MOVENTO | TANDEM Composed of: – 1 x Drilling template for MOVENTO | TANDEM – 1 x Drilling depth spacer Ø 6 mm
Assembly possibilities MOVENTO | TANDEM
Part no. T65.1000.02
Accessories Description
Part no. Tool set
T65.9000
Drawer assembly – hook drilling ▬ Position template on assembled wooden drawer ▬ Drill hook position
Drawer assembly – MOVENTO | TANDEM locking device ▬ Position template on assembled wooden drawer ▬ Pre-drill the fixing positions for the locking device
E-SERVICES and assembly devices
MOVENTO | TANDEM
652 654
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
673
E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Templates 〉 Drilling templates
Drilling template for TANDEM hook and peg variant ▬ Template for drilling the fixing positions for the pegs and lift-off stop ▬ Template for drilling the runner hook positions ▬ Material: nylon/steel
Assembly possibilities TANDEM – 561H | 551H
Reference pages Overview – templates Overview – assembly possibilities Application video Short URL www.blum.com/6PBYi
Symbolic image
Order information Description Drilling template for TANDEM – 561H | 551H hook and peg variant
Composed of: – 1 x Drilling template for TANDEM – 561H | 551H hook and peg variant – 1 x Drilling depth spacer Ø 6 mm – 1 x Drilling depth spacer Ø 8 mm
Assembly possibilities TANDEM
E-SERVICES and assembly devices
TANDEM
TANDEM
674
652 654
Part no. T65.1100
Accessories Description
Part no. Tool set
T65.9000
Drawer assembly – hook drilling ▬ Position template on assembled wooden drawer ▬ Drill hook position
Drawer assembly – peg hole ▬ Position template on the assembled wooden drawer on the marking line ▬ Drill fixing positions for peg position
Drawer assembly – drilling for lift-off stop ▬ Position template on assembled wooden drawer ▬ Insert the positioning pin into the pre-drilled peg hole ▬ Drill fixing position for the lift-off stop
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Templates 〉 Drilling templates
Drilling template for TANDEM front fixing ▬ Template for drilling the fixing positions for the front adjustment bracket (295.1000) on the 4-sided wooden drawer ▬ Application in conjunction with front adjustment bracket (295.1000) and Cabinet Configurator ▬ Material: steel
Assembly possibilities TANDEM
Reference pages Overview – templates Overview – assembly possibilities
652 654
Symbolic image
Order information Description Drilling template for TANDEM front fixing Composed of: – 1 x Drilling template for TANDEM front fixing
Drawer assembly ▬ Useful application only in combination with TANDEM, Cabinet Configurator and front adjustment bracket (295.1000) ▬ The fixing position of the front adjustment bracket must be taken from the Cabinet Configurator planning result ▬ Position template on to wooden drawer and drill
E-SERVICES and assembly devices
Assembly possibilities TANDEM
Part no. ZML.0050
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
675
E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Templates 〉 Drilling templates
Drilling template for connectors ▬ Template for drilling the side fixing positions for connectors (42.0700.01) ▬ Distance from bottom edge to centre drilling 9.5 mm ▬ Assembly on a marking line ▬ Material: nylon/steel
Assembly possibilities Further products
Reference pages Overview – templates Overview – assembly possibilities Application video Short URL www.blum.com/2XGqs
Symbolic image
Order information Description Drilling template for connectors Composed of: – 1 x Drilling template for connectors – 1 x Drilling depth spacer Ø 5 mm
Part no. 65.5040
Further products assembly ▬ Place the template flush on the cabinet bottom or top panel ▬ Secure template and drill (Ø 5 mm)
E-SERVICES and assembly devices
Assembly possibilities Further products
652 654
676
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Templates 〉 Gauge sets
Universal drilling template ▬ Template for pre-drilling the fixing positions for cabinet profiles, lift mechanisms, mounting and adapter plates ▬ The template can be used with assembled and unassembled cabinets ▬ Setting the height and depth position using the calibration ▬ Suitable for overlay and inset applications ▬ For system and chipboard screws ▬ Assembly on marking line possible ▬ Material: nylon/steel/aluminium/zinc
Composed of: – 1 x Extension rail 1000 mm – 4 x Universal drilling template – 1 x Drilling depth spacer Ø 5 mm – 1 x Reducing bush Ø 5 to Ø 2.5 mm – 1 x Allen key
Assembly possibilities AVENTOS
AVENTOS CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top MODUL LEGRABOX MERIVOBOX TANDEMBOX antaro TANDEMBOX plus METABOX
MOVENTO TANDEM
Reference pages Overview – templates Overview – assembly possibilities Application video
652 654
Short URL www.blum.com/2EbFR6
Symbolic image
Order information Description Universal drilling template
Assembly possibilities
Part no. 65.1000.01
Accessories Description
Part no. Extension rail 2200 mm with calibration
T65.5090
Universal drilling template
65.1001.01
Add-on for SPACE CORNER
65.1106
Cabinet assembly ▬ Set template height and depth position using the calibration ▬ Position template on cabinet ▬ Pre-drill fixing positions for lift mechanism pegs
E-SERVICES and assembly devices
CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top | MODUL Hinge system assembly ▬ Set template height and depth position using the calibration ▬ Position template on cabinet ▬ Pre-drill fixing positions for mounting and adapter plates (BLUMOTION | TIP-ON for doors)
LEGRABOX pure | LEGRABOX free | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX antaro | TANDEMBOX plus | METABOX | MOVENTO | TANDEM Cabinet assembly ▬ Set template height and depth position using the calibration ▬ Position template on cabinet ▬ Pre-drill fixing positions for cabinet profiles ▬ Pre-drill fixing positions for BLUMOTION for METABOX ▬ The additional part (65.1106) enables SPACE CORNER assembly
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
677
E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Templates 〉 Gauge sets
Drilling template for hinge systems ▬ Template for the transfer of measurements for hinge and mounting plate fixing positions ▬ Template for the transfer of measurements from door to cabinet and from cabinet to door ▬ Drilling template can be used with assembled or unassembled cabinets ▬ Adjustable stop for various front overlays, the calibration makes it easy to set the template ▬ Material: nylon/steel/aluminium
Composed of: – 1 x Extension rail 1000 mm – 2 x Templates with a marking template – 2 x Marking template Ø 5 mm
AVENTOS HF AVENTOS HK-XS CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top MODUL
Reference pages Overview – templates Overview – assembly possibilities Application video
652 654
Short URL www.blum.com/10TSjY
Symbolic image
Order information Description Drilling template for hinge systems
Assembly possibilities
Part no. 65.7500.03
Accessories Description
Part no. 65.7590
Extension rail 2200 mm
65.7510.03
Template
Assembly possibilities AVENTOS HF | AVENTOS HK-XS | CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top | MODUL Hinge system assembly – door undrilled ▬ Position drilling template onto cabinet ▬ Transfer desired position of attached mounting plate and/or system drilling to drilling template ▬ Set desired door overlay using the calibration ▬ Position drilling template on to door and mark hinge drilling pattern using marking template
E-SERVICES and assembly devices
AVENTOS HF | AVENTOS HK-XS | CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top | MODUL Hinge system assembly – cabinet undrilled ▬ Set desired front overlay using the calibration ▬ Transfer desired position of hinge drilling and/or attached hinge to drilling template ▬ Position drilling template onto cabinet and mark or pre-drill fixing positions for mounting plates
678
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Templates 〉 Gauge sets
Adhesion template for CRISTALLO glass door hinges ▬ For easy determination of the position of the CRISTALLO adhesion plate and the CRISTALLO mounting plate ▬ For fixing the CRISTALLO adhesion plate and the CRISTALLO mounting plate in the correct position ▬ Setting template using integrated calibration ▬ Material: nylon/steel/aluminium/zinc
Assembly possibilities CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top
Reference pages Overview – templates Overview – assembly possibilities
652 654
Symbolic image
Order information Description Adhesion template for CRISTALLO glass door hinges Composed of: – 1 x Extension rail 1000 mm – 2 x Template with vacuum clamp
Accessories Description
Part no. Template
65.4510
Hinge system assembly ▬ Set adhesion position using the calibration ▬ Fix template with vacuum clamp ▬ Insert CRISTALLO adhesion plate | mounting plate and glue
E-SERVICES and assembly devices
Assembly possibilities CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top
Part no. 65.4500.01
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
679
E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Templates 〉 Insertion tool
Insertion tool for hinges ▬ Enables you to knock in all CLIP top BLUMOTION, CLIP top, CLIP and MODUL hinge with knock-in boss ▬ Material: nylon
Assembly possibilities CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top MODUL
Reference pages Overview – templates Overview – assembly possibilities Application video Short URL www.blum.com/1gZon1
Symbolic image
Order information Description Insertion tool for hinges Composed of: – 1 x Insertion tool for hinges
652 654
Part no. ZME.0710
E-SERVICES and assembly devices
Assembly possibilities CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top | MODUL Hinge system assembly ▬ Drill hinge drilling pattern ▬ Clip hinge into knock-in tool and knock in
680
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Templates 〉 Insertion tool
Insertion tool for mounting plates ▬ Enables you to knock-in mounting plates ▬ Material: nylon/steel
Assembly possibilities CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top
Reference pages Overview – templates Overview – assembly possibilities Application video Short URL www.blum.com/VXeEb
Symbolic image
Order information Insertion tool Mounting plate Steel horizontal mounting plate Composed of: – 1 x Insertion tool for mounting plates
Part no. 65.6100 ZME.0730
Cabinet assembly ▬ Drill fixing positions for mounting plates ▬ Clip mounting plate into knock-in tool and knock in
E-SERVICES and assembly devices
Assembly possibilities CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top
652 654
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
681
E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Templates 〉 Insertion tool
Insertion tool for pull-out systems ▬ Enables you to knock-in front fixings with dowels ▬ Material: nylon/steel
Assembly possibilities TANDEMBOX antaro TANDEMBOX plus METABOX
Reference pages Overview – templates Overview – assembly possibilities
652 654
Symbolic image
Order information Insertion tool TANDEMBOX (ZSF.5320) TANDEMBOX (ZSF.3602.02) METABOX (ZSF.1300 | ZSF.1600 |ZSF.1800) METABOX (ZSF.1610) Composed of: – 1 x Insertion tool
Assembly possibilities TANDEMBOX antaro | TANDEMBOX plus
Front assembly ▬ Drill fixing positions for the front fixing ▬ Clip on front fixing (ZSF.5320 | ZSF.3602) to the knock-in tool and knock in
Front assembly ▬ Drill fixing positions for the METABOX front fixing ▬ Clip on front fixing (ZSF.1xx0) to the knock-in tool and knock in
E-SERVICES and assembly devices
METABOX
Part no. ZME.5320 ZME.2700 ZME.1600.01 ZME.1610
682
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Templates 〉 Marking templates
Marking template for AVENTOS HK top front fixing bracket ▬ Template for marking the fixing positions of front fixings ▬ Material: nylon/steel
Assembly possibilities AVENTOS HK top
Reference pages Overview – templates Overview – assembly possibilities
Order information Description Marking template for AVENTOS HK top front fixing bracket
Part no. ZML.2200
Front assembly ▬ Clip marking template on the installed AVENTOS HK top lift mechanism ▬ Set stop to desired front overlay ▬ Position front and mark front fixing positions with a light tap
E-SERVICES and assembly devices
Assembly possibilities AVENTOS HK top
652 654
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
683
E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Templates 〉 Marking templates
Marking template for LEGRABOX ▬ Template for marking the fixing positions of front fixings ▬ Material: nylon/steel
Assembly possibilities LEGRABOX pure LEGRABOX free
Reference pages Overview – templates Overview – assembly possibilities Application video Short URL www.blum.com/Oy7Tx
Symbolic image
Order information Description Marking template for LEGRABOX
Part no. ZML.3710
Front assembly – drawer ▬ Position marking template on to an assembled drawer that has already been inserted into the cabinet ▬ Set stop to desired front overlay ▬ Position front and mark front fixing positions with a light tap
E-SERVICES and assembly devices
Assembly possibilities LEGRABOX pure | LEGRABOX free
652 654
684
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Templates 〉 Marking templates
Marking template for MERIVOBOX ▬ Template for marking the fixing positions of front fixings ▬ Material: nylon/steel
Assembly possibilities MERIVOBOX
Reference pages Overview – templates Overview – assembly possibilities Application video
652 654
Short URL www.blum.com/Oy7Tx Order information Description Marking template for MERIVOBOX
Front assembly – drawer ▬ Position marking template on to an assembled drawer that has already been inserted into the cabinet ▬ Set stop to desired front overlay ▬ Position front and mark front fixing positions with a light tap
E-SERVICES and assembly devices
Assembly possibilities MERIVOBOX
Part no. ZML.4010
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
685
E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Templates 〉 Marking templates
Marking template for TANDEMBOX | METABOX ▬ Template for marking the fixing positions of front fixings ▬ Template for marking the drilling position for the gallery front fixing using an attached gallery marking template ▬ Material: nylon/steel
Assembly possibilities TANDEMBOX antaro TANDEMBOX plus METABOX
Reference pages Overview – templates Overview – assembly possibilities Application video
652 654
Short URL www.blum.com/1n8j8B
Symbolic image
Order information Marking template TANDEMBOX – 378N TANDEMBOX – 378M | 378K METABOX – 3x0N METABOX – 3x0M | 3x0K | 3x0H
Composed of: – 2 x Template – 4 x Flag¹ ¹ Only for TANDEMBOX K drawer side (positioning dowel)
Part no. ZML.3510 ZML.3580.01 ZML.1510 ZML.1500
Accessories Description
Gallery marking template TANDEMBOX 378M | 378K Gallery marking template METABOX 3x0M | 3x0K | 3x0H
Part no. ZML.3600 ZML.8000.02
Assembly possibilities TANDEMBOX antaro | TANDEMBOX plus | METABOX Front assembly – drawer ▬ Position marking template on to an assembled drawer that has already been inserted into the cabinet ▬ Set stop to desired front overlay ▬ Position front and mark front fixing positions with a light tap
E-SERVICES and assembly devices
TANDEMBOX antaro | TANDEMBOX plus | METABOX Front assembly – box sytem with gallery ▬ Position marking template on to an assembled high fronted pull-out that has already been inserted into the cabinet ▬ Set stop to desired front overlay ▬ Use gallery marking templates for a high fronted pull-out with a gallery ▬ Position front and mark front fixing positions with a light tap
TANDEMBOX antaro | TANDEMBOX plus
686
Front assembly – K drawer side ▬ Position marking template on to an assembled drawer that has already been inserted into the cabinet ▬ Set stop to desired front overlay ▬ For TANDEMBOX antaro | TANDEMBOX plus use K drawer side flags ▬ Position front and mark front fixing positions with a light tap
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Templates 〉 Marking templates
Positioning template for catch plate ▬ Template for determining the position of the TIP-ON screw-on catch plate ▬ Suitable for overlay and inset applications ▬ Transfer of measurements by marking the position ▬ Material: nylon/steel
Assembly possibilities AVENTOS HK top AVENTOS HK-S AVENTOS HK-XS CLIP top
Reference pages Overview – templates Overview – assembly possibilities Application video Short URL www.blum.com/1dIH7q
Symbolic image
Order information Description Positioning template for catch plate Composed of: – 1 x Template for screw-on catch plates
652 654
Part no. 65.5210.01
E-SERVICES and assembly devices
Assembly possibilities AVENTOS HK top | AVENTOS HK-S | AVENTOS HK-XS | CLIP top TIP-ON assembly – screw-on catch plate ▬ Clip template on to the TIP-ON fitting ▬ Gently close door ▬ Attach catch plate at marked location
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
687
E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Templates 〉 Marking templates
Marking template ▬ Assembly device for marking the fixing positions for the front adjustment bracket (295.1000) ▬ Material: steel
Assembly possibilities MOVENTO TANDEM
Reference pages Overview – templates Overview – assembly possibilities
652 654
Symbolic image
Order information Description Marking template
Composed of: – 1 x Marking template Ø 20 mm
Drawer assembly ▬ Insert marking template into the front adjustment bracket (295.1000) holes ▬ Attach to front, place on drawer already inserted into cabinet and mark the fixing positions using a light tap on the drawer ▬ Perform drillings
E-SERVICES and assembly devices
Assembly possibilities MOVENTO | TANDEM
Part no. 65.2950
688
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Templates 〉 Marking templates
Universal marking template ▬ Template for marking the fixing positions for cabinet profiles, lift mechanisms, mounting and adapter plates ▬ The template can be used with assembled and unassembled cabinets ▬ Assembly on a marking line ▬ Material: nylon
Assembly possibilities AVENTOS CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top MODUL LEGRABOX MERIVOBOX TANDEMBOX antaro TANDEMBOX plus METABOX
MOVENTO TANDEM
Reference pages Overview – templates Overview – assembly possibilities
652 654
Symbolic image
Order information Description Universal marking template Composed of: – 1 x Universal marking template
Part no. 65.5340.01
E-SERVICES and assembly devices
Assembly possibilities AVENTOS | CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top | MODUL | LEGRABOX | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX | METABOX | MOVENTO | TANDEM Assembly ▬ Position template on marking line ▬ Mark fixing positions ▬ Drill holes using a drilling machine
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
689
E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Templates 〉 Marking templates
Cabinet angle template Assembly possibilities CLIP top BLUMOTION CLIP top
61
60
25
24
54 45
53
10
9
8 43
+40°
° +50 45° 44 +
26
1 36
--
35
2 37
--
34
33
32
+5°
+10°
0° -5°
-1 0° -1 5
-2 ° 0 °
-2
29
28
0° -4 5° -4 0° -5
27
-3
5°
-3 5° 0
1
23 42 +35° 52 7 59 22 6 41 +30° 58 21 51 57 20 50 2 40 +25°
--
46
3
56 19 49 4 39 +20° 55 18 48 3 38 +15° 17 47
--
16
15
14 13
12
11
3 0
°
Reference pages Overview – templates Overview – assembly possibilities
652 654
Symbolic image
61
Order information Description Cabinet angle template 25
60
54
24
45
53
10
9
44
+40°
° +50 ° +45
8 43
26
27
28
29
--
--
0°
+5°
+10°
-5° -10 °
+15°
-1 5°
-2 0°
36
35
34
-2
33
32
1
56 19 49 4 39 +20° 55 18 48 3 38
-3 5° 0°
2 37
31
23 42 +35° 52 7 59 22 6 41 +30° 58 21 51 57 20 50 2 40 +25°
30
--
46
17 47
--
15
16
14 13
12
11
-45 ° -50
° -35 ° -40 °
Composed of: – 1 x Cabinet angle template
Hinge system assembly ▬ Position template on angled cabinet ▬ Note cabinet angle and angled application ▬ A suitable hinge solution depends on the cabinet angle or angled application
E-SERVICES and assembly devices
Assembly possibilities CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top
Part no. 65.5810.03
690
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Templates 〉 Marking templates
Marking template for CABLOXX front locking bracket ▬ Template for marking the height position for the CABLOXX front locking bracket ▬ Material: nylon
Assembly possibilities LEGRABOX pure LEGRABOX free TANDEMBOX antaro
Reference pages Overview – templates Overview – assembly possibilities
652 654
Symbolic image
Order information Marking template for CABLOXX front locking bracket LEGRABOX
Part no. 65.0807
Marking template for CABLOXX front locking bracket TANDEMBOX
Part no. 65.0803
Composed of: – 1 x Marking template
Composed of: – 1 x Marking template
Assembly possibilities LEGRABOX
Front assembly ▬ Clip template on to the attached front fixing ▬ Mark fixing position for front locking bracket ▬ Drill holes using a drilling machine
E-SERVICES and assembly devices
TANDEMBOX
Front assembly ▬ Adjust drawer side height ▬ Clip template on to the attached front fixing ▬ Mark fixing position for front locking bracket ▬ Drill holes using a drilling machine
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
691
E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Templates 〉 Marking templates
Marking template ▬ Template for determining the fixing positions for the INSERTA gallery (back height B | C) ▬ Material: nylon
Assembly possibilities TANDEMBOX antaro TANDEMBOX plus METABOX
Reference pages Overview – templates Overview – assembly possibilities
652 654
Symbolic image
Order information Marking template TANDEMBOX METABOX Composed of: – 1 x Marking template
Part no. ZML.8030 ZML.805S
E-SERVICES and assembly devices
Assembly possibilities TANDEMBOX antaro | TANDEMBOX plus | METABOX Front assembly ▬ Clip template on to the attached front fixing ▬ Mark fixing positions for the INSERTA gallery ▬ Drill holes using a drilling machine
692
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Templates 〉 Positioning templates
Front gap template for LEGRABOX | MOVENTO ▬ Templates for precise and convenient adjustment of front gap of 2.5 mm for LEGRABOX and MOVENTO ▬ Material: nylon
Assembly possibilities LEGRABOX pure LEGRABOX free MOVENTO
Reference pages Overview – templates Overview – assembly possibilities Application video Short URL www.blum.com/eNY0MYTy
Symbolic image
Order information Description Front gap template for LEGRABOX | MOVENTO Composed of: – 1 x Front gap template for LEGRABOX | MOVENTO
Assembly possibilities LEGRABOX
Part no. 65.5631
Adjustment – front gap ▬ Position template on cabinet side ▬ Adjust cabinet profile via depth adjustment flush to the template
Adjustment – front gap ▬ Position template on cabinet side ▬ Adjust cabinet profile via depth adjustment flush to the template
E-SERVICES and assembly devices
MOVENTO
652 654
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
693
E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Templates 〉 Positioning templates
Front gap template for MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX ▬ Templates for precise and convenient adjustment of front gap of 2.5 mm for TIP-ON BLUMOTION for MERIVOBOX and TANDEMBOX ▬ Material: nylon
Assembly possibilities MERIVOBOX TANDEMBOX antaro TANDEMBOX plus
Reference pages Overview – templates Overview – assembly possibilities Application video
652 654
Short URL www.blum.com/2OZ7GMtd Order information Description Front gap template for MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX Composed of: – 1 x Front gap template for MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX
Part no. 65.5627
Assembly possibilities MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX antaro | TANDEMBOX plus Adjustment – front gap without front ▬ Position template on cabinet side ▬ Adjust cabinet profile via depth adjustment until the drawer side is flush to the template
E-SERVICES and assembly devices
MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX antaro | TANDEMBOX plus Adjustment – front gap with front ▬ Position template between front and cabinet ▬ Adjust cabinet profile via depth adjustment until the front is on the template
694
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Templates 〉 Special templates
Cutting-to-size template for CABLOXX ▬ Template for cutting the locking bar, spacers and synchronisation linkage to size ▬ Template for pre-drilling or drilling the end cap and attachment for synchronisation ▬ Template for cutting the synchronisation linkages (TIP-ON BLUMOTION and side stabiliser) to size
Assembly possibilities Further products
Reference pages Overview – templates Overview – assembly possibilities
652 654
Symbolic image
Order information Description Cutting-to-size template for CABLOXX
Assembly possibilities Further products
Further products
Further products
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Cutting locking bar and synchronisation linkage to size ▬ Cut locking bar and synchronisation linkage to the desired size using saw Cutting the synchronisation linkages (TIP-ON BLUMOTION and side stabiliser) to size ▬ Cut synchronisation linkage (TIP-ON BLUMOTION and side stabiliser) to the desired size using saw
Cut spacer to size ▬ Cut spacer to desired size using supplied flat chisel and hammer
E-SERVICES and assembly devices
Composed of: – 1 x Cutting-to-size template for CABLOXX
Part no. 65.0801
Drilling end cap, synchronisation section ▬ Place locking bar in template and drill Ø 5 mm hole for attaching the end cap in the locking bar ▬ Position template in cabinet and pre-drill Ø 2.5 mm hole for synchronisation section
695
E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Templates 〉 Special templates
Glass cutting set ▬ Cutting tool for cutting glass design elements to the desired size
Assembly possibilities LEGRABOX free MERIVOBOX TANDEMBOX antaro
Reference pages Overview – templates Overview – assembly possibilities
652 654
Symbolic image
Order information Description Glass cutting set Composed of: – 1 x Oil glass cutter – 1 x Cutting liquid – 1 x Diamond file
Part no. 65.8000
E-SERVICES and assembly devices
Assembly possibilities LEGRABOX free | MERIVOBOX | TANDEMBOX antaro Drawer assembly ▬ Mark section of the design element to be cut to size ▬ Position bracket on marking line ▬ Score the glass design element using the glass cutter ▬ Break glass and smooth edges
696
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
E-SERVICES and assembly devices
E-SERVICES and assembly devices 〉 Templates
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
697
Information
Our goal is to ensure that furniture buyers can enjoy the convenience and perfect function of our fittings for the lifetime of their furniture.
General Information
To reach our objective we are monitoring our products in real working environments as well as in testing labs. Test results are incorporated into the manufacture and development of our products.
Lift systems
Hinge systems
Thus, over the course of time, we can satisfy your customer’s needs and offer a range of new products.
Box and runner systems
9 698
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Information 〉 Overview
General Information Information Safety information Testing standards at Blum Blum’s subsidiaries, representatives and contacts Part No. Index
700 701 702 720 728
Information about lift systems Reference values for front weight FG (kg)
704
Symbolic image
Symbolic image
Information about hinge systems Planning Angled hinges Dimensions Front overlay Motion processes and closing action
706 707 708 709 710
Information about box and runner systems Overview Dimensions Tolerance compensation Planning Inner dimensions for cutlery inserts SERVO-DRIVE uno – market list Symbolic image
712 713 714 715 716 718
Symbolic image
Pictograph Overlay application Dual application Inset application Angled application inset Angled application half overlay Angled application overlay
Angled application mitred
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
699
Information
Angled application max. overlay
Information 〉 General Information 〉 Information
General assembly, application and user instructions The manufacturer must decide on the screws or fixOur products are subject to strict quality control proceing methods to suit the material being used (i.e. wood, dures through all stages of production. Blum furniture chipboard, etc.). The fixing recommendations refer to fittings are designed for furniture and internal furniture the screwing in of fittings to epoxy coated chipboard parts made from wood, chipboard or MDF. When according to chipboard standard EN 312, requireassembling the fittings, attention must be paid to the ments according to classification type P2, with a gross technical data, instructions and limitations detailed in density of 650 kg/m³ according to EN 323. the Blum sales documentation (catalogues, operating Test requirements refer to the fixing recommendations instructions etc.). according to catalogue information. The fittings must not be exposed to acidic or corrosive materials (i.e. some household cleaning solutions). To ensure that Blum products function correctly, they must be kept clean and undamaged.
Reference pages Area of application – EXPANDO T
Information
General conditions of sale and delivery All deliveries and services are based on the “general conditions of sale” which are available upon request.
700
Our load limits relate to standard applications in kitchen construction. When used for special applications, e.g. with very heavy or high fronts, very short nominal lengths, very wide elements or very long nominal lengths, it is necessary to reduce the total carrying capacity accordingly. Anyone selling Blum fittings must ensure that their customer is aware of any relevant information given in this catalogue. The Blum sales team will be happy to provide further information or instructions if required.
102
The technical presentations and dimensions in illustrations and drawings are non-binding. We reserve the right to make changes to specifications at any time.
We do not accept any responsibility for any errors which may occur in the production of this catalogue.
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Information 〉 General Information 〉 Safety information
Machine Safety Blum assembly devices and machines are designed, constructed and tested according to the latest international safety standards. Extra attention is also paid to operator safety in this regard. A comprehensive operations manual is supplied with each device and incorporates extensive instructions on installation and use. It is absolutely necessary that all operators read and adhere to the instructions therein. Under no circumstances should changes be made to any safety feature.
Wide angle hinges – safety information If standard wide angle hinges are used in furniture that can be accessed or reached by small children, then it should be noted that it is possible for small fingers to get in-between the working mechanism of the hinge. In these cases all relevant doors should be fitted with child safety latches. Alternatively, manufacturers should use our specially-designed 155° wide angle safety hinge 7xx7xx0.
Machine directive SERVO-DRIVE drives for supporting the opening/closing of doors, wall cabinets and pull-outs are subject to the provisions of the European Machinery Directive 2006/42/EC. With reference to §64, fourth indent, second point of the Guide to application of the Machinery Directive 2006/42/EC (Edition 2.2 of October 2019) and the interpretation of EFIC (European Furniture Industries Confederation), Blum SERVO-DRIVE drives are complete machines if they are used according to Blum specifications. All the requirements of the machinery directive are therefore met by the Blum declaration of conformity. Additional labelling of the furniture is not required. If furniture deviates from Blum specifications, conformity must be confirmed by the distributor of the furniture and a new type plate for the furniture must be attached. Note: The EFIC position paper regarding the machinery directive can be viewed at www.efic.eu.
Reference pages 155° hinge
Reference pages Detailed information on the Machine Directive Short URL www.blum.com/sd/guideline
82
Manufacturers must ensure that the end user is aware of this.
Pull-outs with dangerous contents Blum drawer systems are designed for domestic and contract use. If the drawer or pull-out is used to carry potentially dangerous items (e.g. sharp knives, domestic electrical appliances with sharp edges), then it is recommended that they are fitted with pull-out stops or pull-out locks and child safety latches. This is especially important when contents may pose a risk of injury (e.g. electrical appliances such as bread slicing machines, knives or other items with sharp edges).
We provide the relevant safety accessories for the following products LEGRABOX – 750 | 753 Integrated pull-out stop MERIVOBOX 450 | 453 Integrated pull-out stop TANDEMBOX – 578 | 576 Integrated pull-out stop METABOX – 320 Separate lock-out stop, part no. 320M0009.01 Additional tilt device for central locking MOVENTO – 760H | 766H Lock-out stop integrated into locking device TANDEM – 560H | 550H Lock-out stop integrated into locking device TANDEM – 560F | 550F Lock-out stop integrated into locking device TANDEM – 561H | 551H Integrated pull-out stop TANDEM – 561F | 551F Integrated pull-out stop All systems Child safety latch, part no. 295.5501 + 320M0009.01
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
701
Information
All other running systems do not come with safety accessories and are, therefore, unsuitable for use with potentially dangerous items
Information 〉 General Information 〉 Testing standards at Blum
Lift systems
/ Durability 80.000 opening and closing movements
Static load test For simulating unintended overload when using fronts with handles
Lift systems
Hinge systems
Corrosion test Based on DIN EN ISO 9227 and DIN EN ISO 6270-2 for simulating corrosion influences
Durability 200.000 opening and closing movements
Lateral load test For ascertaining effect of side load
Slam open/slam shut test For simulating overload when opening and closing and for preventing the fronts from coming off
Durability with 5 kg additional load Static load test For determining limit values for the fitting 45°opening angle to simulate a load on the front in the lower base cabinet
Hinge systems
Information
Dynamic load test With an additional vertical load of 20 kg for simulating an unintended load
702
Abuse test Horizontal load test for securing unintended overload
Corrosion test Based on DIN EN ISO 9227 and DIN EN ISO 6270-2 for simulating corrosion influences
Test front Weight of front approx. 6.5 kg
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Information 〉 General Information 〉 Testing standards at Blum
Box and runner systems
Durability 100.000 opening and closing cycles, of which 30.000 cycles fully opened to the pull-out stop
Static load test Completely open with additional load to simulate a load on the front
Lateral load test For ascertaining effect of side load
Slam open/slam shut test For simulating overload when opening and closing and for preventing the fronts from coming off
Static load test Completely open with additional load to simulate a load on the front
Lateral load test For ascertaining effect of side load
Slam open/slam shut test For simulating overload when opening and closing and for preventing the fronts from coming off
Durability 100.000 opening and closing cycles, of which 30.000 cycles fully opened to the pull-out stop
Box and runner systems
Wall hanging bracket
Corrosion test Based on DIN EN ISO 9227 and DIN EN ISO 6270-2 for simulating corrosion influences
Detailed testing standards and limiting Load test according to values are defined in our internal DIN ISO EN 15939 (test frame A) ▬ 260 kg per pair of wall hanging brackets guidelines ▬ Duration of test: 8 days ▬ Catalogue specification: permissible total load 130 kg
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
703
Information
Box and runner systems
Information 〉 Information about lift systems 〉 Reference values for door weights
Wooden fronts
FH FB FD FG
Calculating the front weight FG FG (kg) = FH (m) x FB (m) x FD (m) x density (kg/m³)
Front height Front width Front thickness Front weight
Note The handle weight must be taken into account for lift mechanism selection
References values for chipboard Front thickness FD (mm) 19 Density (kg/m³) 680 Reference values for front weight FG (kg) without handle Front height FH (mm) 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 850 900 950 1000 1040
Front width FB (mm) 400 450 500 1.6 1.7 1.8 2.0 2.1 2.3 2.3 2.6 2.6 2.9 2.8 3.2 3.1 3.5 3.4 3.8 3.6 4.1 3.9 4.4 4.1 4.7 4.4 4.9 4.7 5.2 4.9 5.5 5.2 5.8 5.4 6.0
1.9 2.3 2.6 2.9 3.2 3.6 3.9 4.2 4.5 4.8 5.2 5.5 5.8 6.1 6.5 6.7
AVENTOS HF | HS | HL + handle weight AVENTOS HK top | HK-S | HK-XS + double handle weight 550
2.1 2.5 2.8 3.2 3.6 3.9 4.3 4.6 5.0 5.3 5.7 6.0 6.4 6.8 7.1 7.4
600
2.3 2.7 3.1 3.5 3.9 4.3 4.7 5.0 5.4 5.8 6.2 6.6 7.0 7.4 7.8 8.1
700
2.7 3.2 3.6 4.1 4.5 5.0 5.4 5.9 6.3 6.8 7.2 7.7 8.1 8.6 9.0 9.4
Reference values for MDF Front thickness FD (mm) 19 Density (kg/m³) 760 Reference values for front weight FG (kg) without handle
Information
Front height FH (mm) 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 850 900 950 1000 1040
704
Front width FB (mm) 400 450 500 1.7 1.9 2.0 2.3 2.3 2.6 2.6 2.9 2.9 3.2 3.2 3.6 3.5 3.9 3.8 4.2 4.0 4.5 4.3 4.9 4.6 5.2 4.9 5.5 5.2 5.8 5.5 6.2 5.8 6.5 6.0 6.8
2.2 2.5 2.9 3.2 3.6 4.0 4.3 4.7 5.1 5.4 5.8 6.1 6.5 6.9 7.2 7.5
800
3.1 3.6 4.1 4.7 5.2 5.7 6.2 6.7 7.2 7.8 8.3 8.8 9.3 9.8 10.3 10.7
900
3.5 4.1 4.7 5.2 5.8 6.4 7.0 7.6 8.1 8.7 9.3 9.9 10.5 11.0 11.6 12.1
1000
3.9 4.5 5.2 5.8 6.5 7.1 7.8 8.4 9.0 9.7 10.3 11.0 11.6 12.3 12.9 13.4
1200
4.7 5.4 6.2 7.0 7.8 8.5 9.3 10.1 10.9 11.6 12.4 13.2 14.0 14.7 15.5 16.1
1500
5.8 6.8 7.8 8.7 9.7 10.7 11.6 12.6 13.6 14.5 15.5 16.5 17.4 18.4 19.4 20.2
1800
7.0 8.1 9.3 10.5 11.6 12.8 14.0 15.1 16.3 17.4 18.6 19.8 20.9 22.1 23.3 24.2
AVENTOS HF | HS | HL + handle weight AVENTOS HK top | HK-S | HK-XS + double handle weight 550
2.4 2.8 3.2 3.6 4.0 4.4 4.8 5.2 5.6 6.0 6.4 6.8 7.1 7.5 7.9 8.3
600
2.6 3.0 3.5 3.9 4.3 4.8 5.2 5.6 6.1 6.5 6.9 7.4 7.8 8.2 8.7 9.0
700
3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.1 5.6 6.1 6.6 7.1 7.6 8.1 8.6 9.1 9.6 10.1 10.5
800
3.5 4.0 4.6 5.2 5.8 6.4 6.9 7.5 8.1 8.7 9.2 9.8 10.4 11.0 11.6 12.0
900
3.9 4.5 5.2 5.8 6.5 7.1 7.8 8.4 9.1 9.7 10.4 11.0 11.7 12.3 13.0 13.5
1000
4.3 5.1 5.8 6.5 7.2 7.9 8.7 9.4 10.1 10.8 11.6 12.3 13.0 13.7 14.4 15.0
1200
5.2 6.1 6.9 7.8 8.7 9.5 10.4 11.3 12.1 13.0 13.9 14.7 15.6 16.5 17.3 18.0
1500
6.5 7.6 8.7 9.7 10.8 11.9 13.0 14.1 15.2 16.2 17.3 18.4 19.5 20.6 21.7 22.5
1800
7.8 9.1 10.4 11.7 13.0 14.3 15.6 16.9 18.2 19.5 20.8 22.1 23.4 24.7 26.0 27.0
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Information 〉 Information about lift systems 〉 Reference values for door weights
Width and narrow alu frames
FH FB FD FG
Calculating the front weight FG FG (kg) = FH (m) x FB (m) x FD (m) x density (kg/m³)
Front height Front width Front thickness Front weight
Note The handle weight must be taken into account for lift mechanism selection
Reference values for alu frames | glass Front thickness FD (mm) Alu frames 19 mm | glass 4 mm Density (kg/m³) 2500 Reference values for front weight FG (kg) without handle Front width FB (mm) 400 450 500 1.6 1.8 1.9 2.1 2.1 2.3 2.3 2.6 2.6 2.8 2.8 3.1 3.0 3.4 3.3 3.6 3.5 3.9 3.7 4.1 4.0 4.4 4.2 4.7 4.4 4.9 4.7 5.2 4.9 5.5 5.1 5.7
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
2.0 2.3 2.6 2.8 3.1 3.4 3.7 4.0 4.3 4.6 4.8 5.1 5.4 5.7 6.0 6.2
550
2.2 2.5 2.8 3.1 3.4 3.7 4.0 4.3 4.7 5.0 5.3 5.6 5.9 6.2 6.5 6.8
600
2.4 2.7 3.0 3.4 3.7 4.0 4.4 4.7 5.0 5.4 5.7 6.1 6.4 6.7 7.1 7.3
700
2.7 3.1 3.5 3.9 4.3 4.7 5.0 5.4 5.8 6.2 6.6 7.0 7.4 7.7 8.1 8.4
800
3.1 3.5 4.0 4.4 4.8 5.3 5.7 6.2 6.6 7.0 7.5 7.9 8.3 8.8 9.2 9.5
900
3.5 4.0 4.4 4.9 5.4 5.9 6.4 6.9 7.4 7.8 8.3 8.8 9.3 9.8 10.3 10.7
1000
3.8 4.4 4.9 5.5 6.0 6.5 7.1 7.6 8.1 8.7 9.2 9.7 10.3 10.8 11.3 11.8
1200
4.6 5.2 5.9 6.5 7.1 7.8 8.4 9.0 9.7 10.3 10.9 11.6 12.2 12.8 13.5 14.0
1500
5.7 6.5 7.3 8.1 8.8 9.6 10.4 11.2 12.0 12.8 13.6 14.3 15.1 15.9 16.7 17.3
1800
6.8 7.7 8.7 9.6 10.6 11.5 12.4 13.4 14.3 15.2 16.2 17.1 18.0 19.0 19.9 20.7
705
Information
Front height FH (mm) 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 850 900 950 1000 1040
AVENTOS HF | HS | HL + handle weight AVENTOS HK top | HK-S | HK-XS + double handle weight
Information 〉 Information about hinge systems 〉 Planning
Number of hinges
Number of hinges
The number of hinges depends on the front weight FG and front height FH To achieve good stability, distances between hinges should be as large as possible
Front height FH (mm)
Load and height data relates to front widths FB of 600 mm
*
Door weight FG (kg)
Parts and technology
Composed of: 1 Mounting plate 2 Hinge arm 3 Hinge boss 4 Three location pins 5 Safety locking pin 6 CLIP mechanism 7 Spiral screw (depth adjustment) 8 Cam height adjustment (on mounting plate) 9 Side adjustment screw 10 Plate holder 11 Closing mechanism 12 Outer link 13 Inner link 14 Fixing screw 15 BLUMOTION – deactivation 16 BLUMOTION
CLIP top | CLIP: space requirement for assembly | removal
Front thickness FD max. (mm) Opening angle OW Mounting plate spacing MD (mm) 0 3 Cabinet side panel thickness SWD (mm) 16 19 16 19 100° 21 24 24 27 107° 20 23 23 26 110° 20 23 23 26 110° special hinge 18 21 21 24 120° 20 23 23 26 120° special hinge 18 21 21 24 155° 8 11 11 14 125° 8 11 11 14 170° 19 22 22 25 95° 26 29 29 32 110° hinge for thin doors 11 14 14 17 94° 17 20 20 23
Information
SWD Cabinet side panel thickness FD Front thickness
706
Consider space requirements for removal! Hinge X min. (mm) 79B99x0 86 79B95x0 70 78T9550.TL 70 99B9550 28
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Information 〉 Information about hinge systems 〉 Angled hinges
Angle definitions
The given opening angle can be decreased slightly through: ▬ Small front gap ▬ Thick fronts ▬ Large boss drilling distance ▬ Side adjustment towards the smaller front overlay
Applications from –50° to +50° are feasible
KS
OW KS OW
Cabinet angle = overlay application E.g. 45° Opening angle E.g. 95°
E.g. 20° hinge K Angled spacer +5° / –5°
Applications Inset application
Half overlay application
Overlay application
Maximum overlay application
Mitred application
Outer edge of door and inner edge of cabinet are flush
Inner edge of door and inner edge of cabinet are flush
Outer edge of door and outer edge of cabinet are in a line
Dependent on hinge design
Inner and outer edges of door and cabinet are flush
Angle and cranking marked on angled hinge
How to achieve the relevant application: ▬ Angled hinges ▬ Mounting plate fixing ▬ Angled spacers ▬ Hinge adjustment ▬ Mounting plate height
E.g. 30° II 30° Cabinet angle II Cranking overlay application
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
707
Information
Cranking I Half overlay application II Overlay application III Maximum overlay application
Information 〉 Information about hinge systems 〉 Dimensions
Dual application Cranked hinge arm – 9.5 mm
SH
Information
SH
SL
SL
SH
FE
FE SH SL FE
Inset application Double cranked arm – 18 mm
SL
Hinge dimensions Overlay application Straight hinge arm – 0 mm
Hinge arm height Hinge arm length Front protrusion
SH SL FE
Hinge arm height Hinge arm length Front protrusion
FE SH SL FE
Hinge arm height Hinge arm length Front protrusion
Installation dimensions Overlay application Straight hinge arm – 0 mm
Dual application Cranked hinge arm – 9.5 mm
Inset application Double cranked arm – 18 mm
FS TB TO FA F
FS TB TO FA F
TB TO F
Front gap Drilling distance Boss overlay (fixed dimension) Front overlay Gap
Front gap Drilling distance Boss overlay (fixed dimension) Front overlay Gap
Drilling distance Boss overlay (fixed dimension) Gap
Hinge boss dimensions and drilling patterns Screw-on
INSERTA | knock-in
Hinge boss dimensions
BT TB DT
BT TB DT
FLB FLH PB
708
Drilling depth Drilling distance Diameter of hinge boss drilling
Drilling depth Drilling distance Diameter of hinge boss drilling
Flange width Flange height Space requirement
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Information 〉 Information about hinge systems 〉 Front overlay
How to alter the front overlay
Hinge cranking
Use spaced mounting plate
Alter drilling distance
Factory setting | zero position for overlay application | adjustment area Boss overlay TO (mm) Fixed dimension Adjustment area (mm) Page Front gap FS (mm) Adjustment area (mm) Depth
FS TO
Side adjustment
CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top | CLIP
MODUL
100°–170° 110° | 120° special Profile/thick door Mini | glass door 100°–170° Profile/thick door CRISTALLO | thin doors Mini | glass door CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top CLIP CLIP top BLUMOTION | CLIP top CLIP Mini | glass door
100° – – Refrigerator door 100° – – Refrigerator door – – 100° Refrigerator door –
11.0 13.0 11.0 10.0 ±2.0 ±2.0 ±2.0 +0.5 / –3.5 1.5 1.2 –2 / +3 –1 / +3 ±2.0
Tolerance 11.0 – – 11.0 ±2.0 – – ±2.0 – – ±2.0 ±2.0 –
±0.5
– ±0.4 ±0.5
Front gap Boss overlay (fixed dimension)
Minimum gap
MF
Minimum gap Required to open door
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
The minimum gap is based on doors with 1 mm radiused edges With more pronounced radii the gaps can be reduced
709
Information
MF
Information 〉 Information about hinge systems 〉 Motion processes and closing action
110° hinge
107° hinge
100° hinge
155° hinge
170° hinge
Profile/thick door hinge
125° hinge
Hinge for thin doors
CRISTALLO hinge
Glass door hinge
Mini-hinge
Corner cabinet bi-fold hinge
20°
Information
Note
The maximum opening angle can be limited by the cabinet depending on the front shape, front thickness FD and hinge setting
710
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
711
Information
Information 〉 Information about hinge systems
Information 〉 Information about box and runner systems 〉 Overview
Metal drawer side drawer
Wooden drawer
Concealed Full extension LEGRABOX – 750 | 753
MOVENTO – 760H | 766H
MERIVOBOX – 450 | 453
TANDEM – 560H | 561H | 560F | 561F
TANDEMBOX – 578 | 576
Single extension
TANDEM – 550H | 551H | 550F | 551F
Information
Visible Single extension METABOX – 320
712
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Information 〉 Information about box and runner systems 〉 Dimensions
Space requirement in cabinet
H MAo MAu
Drawer side height Min. distance top Min. distance bottom
Cabinet dimensions
Internal cabinet width Internal cabinet depth
Front overlay | min. gap
Drilling pattern – front fixing bracket
MF FA
BT BO
Minimum gap Front overlay
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Drilling depth Drilling distance
713
Information
LW LT
Information 〉 Information about box and runner systems 〉 Tolerance compensation
LEGRABOX
Built-in tolerance compensation ±1.5 mm
MERIVOBOX
Built-in tolerance compensation ±1.5 mm
TANDEMBOX
Built-in tolerance compensation ±1.5 mm
METABOX
Left tolerance compensation +1.5 / –1 mm
Right guided
MOVENTO | TANDEM
Information
Left tolerance compensation +1.5 / –0 mm¹ ¹ MOVENTO Limited side adjustment for a drawer side panel thickness of 16 mm, but with full tolerance utilisation of the internal width of the drawer SKW
714
Right guided
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Information 〉 Information about box and runner systems 〉 Planning
Stop design and screw head protection for roller runners
Standard pull-out stop at first indentation
Loss of extension Full extension
Lock open position (e.g. for cleaning of drawer), roller locates between 1st and 2nd indentation
Spacing beads prevent rollers from fouling protruding screw heads
Single extension
AF TA
Loss of extension of runner system Actual loss of extension
Over extension
Over extension of runner system Actual over extension
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
715
Information
UF TU
Information 〉 Information about box and runner systems 〉 Inner dimensions for cutlery inserts
TANDEMBOX
A
BH
BB
42
LW
The curved design of drawer sides of TANDEMBOX must be taken into account when calculating the cutlery insert width. The cutlery insert width required is dependent upon the cutlery insert height. Cutting dimensions for cutlery insert Height BH as desired Length = nominal length NL of drawer side – 26 mm Width BB = internal cabinet width LW – 2 x A Example – drawer side height M Cutlery insert height BH = 40 mm Internal cabinet width LW = 330 mm Cutlery insert width BB = 330 – 2 x 26 = 278 mm
Information
Height of drawer side N
716
Height of drawer side M
Height of drawer side K
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Information 〉 Information about box and runner systems 〉 Inner dimensions for cutlery inserts
METABOX
Cutlery inserts need to be cut out on both sides to make room for the protruding front fixings.
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
717
Information
Cutting dimensions for cutlery insert Height BH as desired Chipboard back: Length = nominal length NL of drawer side – 2 mm – chipboard back thickness Steel back: Length = nominal length NL of drawer side – 16 mm Width BB = internal cabinet width LW – 31 mm For cut-out dimensions, see drawing opposite
Information 〉 Information about box and runner systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE uno – market list
SERVO-DRIVE set – network adapter (x) E Market
¹
Afghanistan Croatia Hungary Monaco Seychelles Albania Czech Republic Iceland Mongolia Slovakia Algeria Democratic Republic of the Congo India Morocco Slovenia Angola Denmark Indonesia Mozambique South Africa Armenia Ecuador¹ Iraq¹ Namibia Spain Austria Egypt¹ Israel Netherlands Sudan¹ Azerbaijan Estonia Italy New Caledonia Sweden Bangladesh¹ Faroe Islands Jordan¹ North Korea Switzerland Barbados¹ Finland Kazakhstan Norway Syria Belarus France Kuwait¹ Pakistan Tadzhikistan Belgium French polynesia (Tahiti)¹ Kyrgyzstan Paraguay Tunisia Benin Gabon Latvia Peru¹ Turkey Bolivia¹ Gambia Lebanon¹ Poland Turkmenistan Bosnia and Herzegovina Georgia Liberia¹ Portugal U.A.E.¹ Part no. Brazil Germany Libya¹ Qatar¹ Ukraine Bulgaria Ghana¹ Liechtenstein Reunion Uruguay Z10NA30xy ² Burundi Gibraltar¹ Lithuania Romania Uzbekistan Cameroon Greece Luxembourg Russia Yemen¹ Z10T__3Wxy1 ³ Canary Islands Greenland Macedonia Rwanda Zambia¹ Central African Republic Guadeloupe Mauritius¹ San Marino Zimbabwe¹ Z10NA30xyF ⁴ Chile Guyana¹ Moldova Serbia More than one input adapter can be used (depending on the house wiring) ² SERVO-DRIVE uno for bottom mount waste bin solutions
³ x __
SERVO-DRIVE uno for top mount waste bin solutions Network adapter Cabinet width KB
B
Market
¹
Egypt Nigeria Bahrain Oman¹ Bangladesh¹ Qatar¹ Belize¹ Saudi Arabia¹ Botswana Seychelles¹ Cyprus Singapore Ghana¹ Sri Lanka¹ Gibraltar¹ Sudan¹ Guyana¹ U.A.E.¹ Honduras Uganda Hong Kong United Kingdom Iraq¹ Vietnam¹ Ireland Yemen¹ Jordan¹ Zambia¹ Part no. Kenya Zimbabwe¹ Kuwait¹ Z10NA30xy ² Lebanon¹ Libya¹ Z10T__3Wxy1 ³ Malaysia Malta Z10NA30xyF ⁴ Mauritius¹ More than one input adapter can be used (depending on the house wiring)
² ³ ⁴ x y __
SERVO-DRIVE uno for bottom mount waste bin solutions SERVO-DRIVE uno for top mount waste bin solutions 12 W SERVO-DRIVE plug-in power supply unit Network adapter Language package Cabinet width KB
R
Market
Brazil South Korea Thailand
⁴ y
K
Part no.
Z10T__3Wxy1 ³ Z10NA30xyF ⁴ ² ³ ⁴ x y __
Information
SERVO-DRIVE uno for bottom mount waste bin solutions SERVO-DRIVE uno for top mount waste bin solutions 12 W SERVO-DRIVE plug-in power supply unit Network adapter Language package Cabinet width KB
N
Market
China
Part no.
Z10NA30xy ²
Z10NA30xy ²
Z10T__3Wxy1 ³
Z10T__3Wxy1 ³
Z10NA30xyF ⁴
718
Market
Australia Fiji New Zealand Papua New Guinea
Z10NA30xy ²
Part no.
² ³ ⁴ x y __
12 W SERVO-DRIVE plug-in power supply unit Language package
SERVO-DRIVE uno for bottom mount waste bin solutions SERVO-DRIVE uno for top mount waste bin solutions 12 W SERVO-DRIVE plug-in power supply unit Network adapter Language package Cabinet width KB
Z10NA30xyF ⁴ ² ³ ⁴ x y __
SERVO-DRIVE uno for bottom mount waste bin solutions SERVO-DRIVE uno for top mount waste bin solutions 12 W SERVO-DRIVE plug-in power supply unit Network adapter Language package Cabinet width KB
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Information 〉 Information about box and runner systems 〉 SERVO-DRIVE uno – market list
¹
Bahamas Libya¹ Barbados¹ Mexico Belize¹ Nicaragua Bermuda Oman¹ Bolivia¹ Panama Caiman Islands Peru¹ Cambodia Philippines Canada Puerto Rico Columbia Saudi Arabia¹ Costa Rica Sri Lanka¹ Cuba Taiwan Dominican Republic Trinidad and Tobago Ecuador¹ USA El Salvador Venezuela Part no. French polynesia (Tahiti)¹ Vietnam¹ Guatemala Z10NA30xy ² Guyana¹ Haiti Z10T__3Wxy1 ³ Jamaica Japan Z10NA30xyF ⁴ Liberia¹ More than one input adapter can be used (depending on the house wiring)
² ³ ⁴ x y __
SERVO-DRIVE uno for bottom mount waste bin solutions SERVO-DRIVE uno for top mount waste bin solutions 12 W SERVO-DRIVE plug-in power supply unit Network adapter Language package Cabinet width KB
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
H
Market
India
Part no.
Z10NA30xy ² Z10T__3Wxy1 ³ Z10NA30xyF ⁴ ² ³ ⁴ x y __
SERVO-DRIVE uno for bottom mount waste bin solutions SERVO-DRIVE uno for top mount waste bin solutions 12 W SERVO-DRIVE plug-in power supply unit Network adapter Language package Cabinet width KB
719
Information
SERVO-DRIVE set – network adapter (x) U Market
Information 〉 General Information 〉 Blum’s subsidiaries, representatives and contacts
Market Algeria
Algeria
Argentina
Australia
Austria
Azerbaijan
Bahrain
Belarus
Belgium | Luxembourg
Bolivia
Brazil
Brunei
Bulgaria
Canada
Chile
China Shanghai
Information
China Beijing
720
Address MAM Eurl 13, route de meftah Z.I. oued smar 16270 ALGER ALGERIA Saberwood AV ALI KHOUDJA N09, LOC17 137 16000 Algier Algeria Bisagra OH S.A. Gral. Paunero 1789 Sarandí, Buenos Aires Argentina Blum Australia Pty. Ltd. P.O. Box 1615 Green Valley, NSW 2168 Australia Julius Blum GmbH, Beschlägefabrik Industriestraße 1 6973 Höchst Austria Julius Blum GmbH Azərbaycan Nümayəndəliyi Ə. Qayıbov küç., 10 Q 1029 BAKI, AZƏRBAYCAN EMINENCE HARDWARE TRADING CO. W.L.L. Building No. 1481, Block No. 606 Road No. 10, Sitra Highway Al Kharijiyah, Bahrain, P.O.BOX: 70320 OOO “Antarion Group” Novodvorskij s-s, 40-8a, r-n d. Bolszoe stiklevo Minsk 223060, Minskaja oblast Belarus Van Hoecke nv Europark-Noord 9 9100 Sint-Niklaas Belgium MAXCAB S.R.L Calle 21 de Calacoto no. 8555 La Paz Bolivia Blum do Brasil, Ind. e Com. de Ferragens Ltda. Av. João Paulo I, 2052, Jardim Santa Bárbara CEP 06817-000 Embu das Artes - SP Brasil Blum South East Asia Pte Ltd 150 Ubi Avenue 4 #02-01 Ubi Biz-Hub Singapore 408825 Interior-I Sofia ul. Todorini Kukli 1A BULGARIA Blum Canada Ltd. 6775 Maritz Drive Mississauga, ON, L5W 0H5 Canada Comercial Habitat Ltda. Las Hualtatas 8412 Vitacura, Santiago Chile Blum Furniture Hardware (Shanghai) Co., Ltd. No. 399 Beiying Road Qingpu Industrial Park, 201700 Shanghai CHINA Blum Furniture Hardware (Shanghai) Co., Ltd., Beijing Branch Rm. 102-103, B1 Floor, Building 9, Pomegranate Center No. 88, Liuxiang Road Fengtai District, 100079 Beijing, CHINA
Telephone Fax Mobil E-mail Telephone Mobil E-mail Internet Telephone E-mail Internet
00 213 23 93 00 51 00 213 23 93 00 52 00 213 550 60 60 52 /53 /56 /57 mam-business@hotmail.fr +213 023 34 00 87 +213 023 05 83 25 contact@jana-trading.com www.jana-trading.com (+54 11) 4204 3414 info@bisagraoh.com.ar www.bisagraoh.com.ar
Telephone E-mail Internet
+61 2 9612-5400 info.au@blum.com www.blum.com.au
Telephone E-mail Internet
+43/5578/705-0 info@blum.com www.blum.com
Telephone E-mail
+994 50 235 11 84 info.az@blum.com
Telephone Fax E-mail Internet Telephone Telephone E-mail Internet Telephone Fax E-mail Internet Telephone Telephone E-mail Internet Telephone E-mail Internet
+973 17009786 +973 17009785 blum@eminencehardware.com www.eminencehardware.com +375 17 3 200 100 +375 29 3 940 100 blum@antarion.by www.antarion.by +32 3 760 19 00 +32 3 760 19 19 info@vanhoecke.be www.vanhoecke.be +591 2 2794143 +591 77600656 info@maxcab.com.bo www.maxcab.com.bo +55/11/4785-3400 info.br@blum.com www.blum.com.br
Telephone Fax E-mail Internet Telephone Mobil E-mail Internet Telephone Toll-free (Can. only) E-mail
+65 6547 1760 +65 6547 1761 info.sg@blum.com www.blum.com +359/28437881 +359/878619035 intralim@techno-link.com www.interior-i.bg +1/905/670-7920 1/800/670-9254 info.ca@blum.com
Telephone Fax E-mail Internet Telephone Fax E-mail Internet Telephone Fax E-mail Internet
+56 2 22017650 +56 2 22017652 info@hbt.cl www.hbt.cl +86-21-3920 3355 +86-21-3920 2223 info.cn@blum.com www.blum.com +86-10-5676 2178 +86-10-5676 2179 info.cn@blum.com www.blum.com
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Market China Guangzhou
China Nanjing
China Chengdu
China Ningbo
China Qingdao
Columbia
Costa Rica
Cyprus
Czech Republic
Denmark
Dominican Republic
Ecuador
Egypt
Egypt
Estonia
Finland
France
Address Blum Furniture Hardware (Shanghai) Co., Ltd., Guangzhou Branch Unit 601, 608-610, 6th Floor, Tower A, mPlaza Guangzhou No. 109 Pazhou Avenue Haizhu District, 510308 Guangzhou, Guangdong, CHINA Blum Furniture Hardware (Shanghai) Co., Ltd., Nanjing Branch Rm. 205-207, Block 3, E-PARK No. 109 Ruanjian Avenue Yuhuatai District, 210012 Nanjing, Jiangsu, CHINA Blum Furniture Hardware (Shanghai) Co., Ltd., Sichuan Branch Rm. E-209, Blue Ocean World No. 22 Zhenxing Road, Yingbin Avenue Jinniu District, 610036 Chengdu, Sichuan, CHINA Blum Furniture Hardware (Shanghai) Co., Ltd., Zhejiang Branch Rm. 1338-1341, Block 1, East China City Tower No. 323 Century Avenue (N) Yinzhou District, 315040 Ningbo, Zheijiang, CHINA Blum Furniture Hardware (Shanghai) Co,. Ltd., Qingdao Branch Rm. 512, Area C, Software Building No. 169 Songling Road Laoshan District, 266101 Qingdao, Shandong, CHINA Alsada SAS Calle 127 C Nº 45A - 56 Bogotá Colombia Eurocomponentes S.A. Pavas, de la Iglesia María Reina 125 Mts Sur, Bodegas More Park (Súper Salón), Sala # 29 San José, Costa Rica H.H. Furnishings Ltd. 42, Propyleon Street Strovolos Ind. Estate Nicosia 2033, Cyprus Blum, s.r.o.
OL Beslag A/S Bergsøesvej 2 DK-8600 Silkeborg Denmark AL Componentes S.R.L. Calle J, Nave 5D, Zona Industrial de Herrera Santo Domingo Oeste República Dominicana Dkocina Cía Ltda. Portugal 750 (E9-89) y Republica del Salvador Edificio Gabriela 2 - PB Quito, Pichincha, ECUADOR Elsallab Co. for Trading & Distribution 72 Makram Ebeid St. Nasr City, CAIRO 11765, Egypt Metal Technical Co. Showroom, 24 Gamet Eldewal Elarabia St. Mohandessen Giza GIZA 12311, Egypt Hahle Eesti OÜ Laki 11C 12915 Tallinn Estonia Hahle Oy Hyttimestarinkuja 3 02780 Espoo Finland Blum France SAS Z.A.E de Rumilly Sud 14 Avenue du Trélod 74150 Rumilly, France
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Telephone Fax E-mail Internet Telephone Fax E-mail Internet Telephone Fax E-mail Internet Telephone Fax E-mail Internet Telephone Fax E-mail Internet Telephone E-mail Internet
+86-20-3785 5208 +86-20-3785 5206 info.cn@blum.com www.blum.com +86-25-8444 2228 +86-25-8223 2223 info.cn@blum.com www.blum.com +86-28-8421 5550 +86-28-8421 5557 info.cn@blum.com www.blum.com +86-574-8812 0900 +86-574-8812 0920 info.cn@blum.com www.blum.com +86-532-8896 9528 +86-532-8896 9526 info.cn@blum.com www.blum.com +57-1-7449885 info@alsada.com.co www.alsada.com.co
Telephone Telephone E-mail Internet Telephone Fax E-mail Internet Telephone E-mail Internet
+506 229 12 56 4 +506 403 02 24 8 ventas.cr@eurocomponentes.net www.eurocomponentes.net +357-22-494450 +357-22-313774 info@hhfurnishing.com www.hhfurnishing.com +420/281090161 posta.cz@blum.com www.blum.com
Telephone Fax E-mail Internet Telephone Telephone E-mail Internet Telephone Fax E-mail Internet Telephone Fax E-mail
+45/86813111 +45/86813149 ol@ol-beslag.dk www.ol-beslag.dk +1 849 404 3292 +1 809 287 7796 info@alcomponentes.com alcomponentes.com +593 2 2444293 +593 2 2444342 dkocina@uio.satnet.net www.dkocina.com +20/2/22734113 +20/2/22734275 import@tarekelsallab.org
Telephone Fax E-mail
+20/2/33038501 +20/2/33470005 k.abdalla@mtcegypt.net
Telephone E-mail Internet
+372 6729030 hahle.eesti@hahle.com www.hahle.ee
Telephone Fax E-mail Internet Telephone E-mail Internet
+358/201/809300 +358/201/809302 hahle@hahle.com www.hahle.com +33 450 68 34 30 info.fr@blum.com www.blum.com
721
Information
Information 〉 General Information 〉 Blum’s subsidiaries, representatives and contacts
Information 〉 General Information 〉 Blum’s subsidiaries, representatives and contacts
Market Germany
Ghana
Greece
Guatemala
Hong Kong
Hungary
Iceland
India
India
Indonesia
Iraq
Ireland
Israel
Italy
Japan
Jordan
Information
Kazakhstan
722
Address Blum GmbH Lilienthalstraße 3 D-32052 Herford Germany DFWI Ghana Ltd. Plot 43A, Spintex Road, Accra – Ghana Postal Code: KA-DTD 5321 – Airport GHANA Blum Hellas S.A. 19th km Paianias – Markopoulou Av. Thesi Pousi – Chatzi Paiania Attikis, 19002, Greece Mueble Partes S.A. 12 avenida 19-20 zona 10 Ciudad Guatemala Guatemala Blum Furniture Hardware Hongkong Ltd. 21/F., 208 Johnston Road Hong Kong (SAR) China Blum Hungária Kft. 2600 Vác Gödöllői út 16/14 HUNGARY Innval ehf. Smidjuvegur 5 200 KOPAVOGUR ICELAND Blum India Pvt. Ltd. Times Square building, Ground & first floor Western Express Highway, Next to Natraj building Andheri East, Mumbai 400 069, Maharashtra, India Hafele India Pvt. Ltd. Office No. 3, Building “A”, BETA, I Think Techno Campus Off J.V.L.R, Opp Kanjurmarg Station Kanjurmarg (E), Mumbai 400 042, India PT. Blum Furniture Hardware Indonesia ICE Business Park BSD, Blok A No. 1 & 2 Jl. BSD Grand Boulevard Tangerang 15339, Indonesia Biwas for Supplying Cabinet Acc No. 640, Italian City 2 ERBIL IRAQ Flanagan Fittings Falcon House, Dublin Airport Logistics Park St. Margarets, Co. Dublin, K67 F303 Ireland Bluran Import & Distribution Ltd. 2nd Ha’Mada St., P.O.Box 5235 Rishon-Lezion 7515102 ISRAEL ELMI SRL Via delle Gerole 26 20867 Caponago MB Italy Denica Co., Ltd. 2-474-8 Katsushika-cho Funabashi 273-0032 Japan Amara Trading Center Al-Bayader, 66 Hussain Khawaja Street Po Box 140288 Amman 11814 Jordan Blum Central Asia Ltd. pr-t Sujunbaja, 211, ofis 11, Turksibskij rajon Almaty 050056, Almatinskaja oblast Kazakhstan
Telephone Fax E-mail Internet Telephone Mobil E-mail
+49/5221/17493-0 +49/5221/17493-50 info.de@blum.com www.blum.com +233 (0) 302 813 612 +233 (0) 244 888 000 pierre.maarawi@dfwighanaltd.com
Telephone Fax E-mail Internet Telephone Telephone E-mail Internet Telephone Fax E-mail Internet Telephone Fax E-mail Internet Telephone E-mail Internet
+30 210 27 51 131 +30 210 27 51 777 info.gr@blum.com www.blum.com +502 2363-0359 +502 5990-9471 info@mueblepartes.com www.mueblepartes.com +852 2572-2816 +852 2572-2817 info.hk@blum.com www.blum.com.hk +36/27/510 140 +36/27/510 141 info.hu@blum.com www.blum.com +354 557 2700 innval@innval.is www.innval.is
Telephone Fax E-mail Internet Telephone E-mail Internet
+91 22 4610 7000 +91 22 4610 7099 info.in@blum.com www.blum.com 022 6142 6142 info@hafeleindia.com www.hafeleindia.com
Telephone E-mail Internet
+62 21 3972 1050 info.id@blum.com www.blum.com
Telephone E-mail Internet
+964 7512347235 - 7 info@biwasco.com www.blum.com
Telephone Fax E-mail Internet Telephone Fax E-mail Internet Telephone Fax E-mail Internet Telephone Fax E-mail Internet Telephone Fax E-mail Internet Telephone Telephone E-mail Internet
+353-1-8448400 +353-1-8448409 sales@fff.ie www.fff.ie +972/732/310360 +972/732/310361 bluran@bluran.co.il www.bluran.co.il +39/02/95740443 +39/02/95740746 info@elmi.it www.elmi.it +81/47/437-0310 +81/47/437-2130 support@denica.co.jp www.denica.co.jp +962-6-5811896 +962-6-5827896 info@atc-jo.com www.atc-jo.com +7 727 390 86 25 +7 727 243 33 18 info.kz@blum.com www.blum.com
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Market Kenya
Kuwait
Latvia
Lebanon
Libya
Libya
Lithuania
Malaysia
Malta
Mauritius
Mexico
Mongolia
Morocco
Morocco
Namibia
Netherlands
New Zealand Auckland
Address PG BISON KENYA LTD Kampala Rd., Industrial Area 00100 NAIROBI KENYA Eminence Hardware co for carpentry building an smithy Materials, Khalifa Al Jassim Street Shop no. 13, Tara Center SHUWAIKH 70030, KUWAIT SIA AM Furnitūra Dārzciema iela 60F Rīga, LV-1073 Latvia Ets. Adib Ladki s.c.s. Ground Floor Hamawi Building Algiers Street – Zarif Area 1105-2050 Beirut, LEBANON Alhanaa Company Bldg N° 10.47.070, Jamaa Essagaa Beside Essaggaa Mosque TRIPOLI, LIBYA Azaria Limited Trading Co. P.O.BOX: 76076 Janzur second ring road TRIPOLI, LIBYA UAB Blulita Vilkpėdės g. 24, 03151 Vilnius Minijos g. 62, 91189 Klaipėda Lietuva Blum Malaysia A-2-3 & A-2-3A, Aurora Place Mall @ Bukit Jalil Jalan Persiaran Jalil 1, Bandar Bukit Jalil 57000 KUALA LUMPUR, MALAYSIA T&H Distributors Ltd. Triq In-Negozju Mriehel BKR 3000 MALTA C.K. Tang & Co. Ltd. 83, Royal Road TOMBEAU BAY MAURITIUS Blum México Herrajes Para Muebles Av. Industria Automotríz 10, Parque Industrial Doña Rosa 52000 Lerma Edo. de México Deutschewelle Moebel LLC Chingis Avenue, Misheel Mega Moll Building Khan-Uul District Ulaanbaatar Yves Rouger 20 Boulevard Ibn Tachfine B.P. 2158 20300 CASABLANCA, MOROCCO REVÉTOU 51, Rue attabari – Maarif 20100 CASABLANCA MOROCCO HÜSTER MACHINETOOL COMPANY (PTY) LTD. No. 6, Andimba Toivo Ya Toivo Street, Plenarg Building, Southern Industrial Area, P. O. Box 5029, Ausspannplatz Windhoek, NAMIBIA (AFRICA) Van Hoecke bv Schimminck 5 5301 KR Zaltbommel The Netherlands Blum New Zealand Ltd 621 Rosebank Road, Avondale Auckland 1026 New Zealand
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Telephone Fax E-mail Internet Telephone E-mail Internet
+254 20 808888 - 2 +254 20 808888 - 0 hmediratta@pgbison.co.ke www.pgbison.co.ke +965 99204054 +965 90996195 sales.kuwait@eminencehardware.com.
Telephone Fax E-mail Internet Telephone Fax E-mail Internet Telephone Fax E-mail
+371 67496001 +371 67496009 amfurnitura@amf.lv www.amf.lv +961-1-736740 +961-1-736844 ADLA1920@cyberia.net.lb www.adibladki.com +218 213600551 +218 21360 5378 nagi_ashour@yahoo.com
Telephone Fax E-mail
+218 21 4894 307 +218 21 4894 307 info@azaria.ly
Telephone E-mail Internet
+370 5 265 35 32 info@blulita.lt www.e.blulita.lt
E-mail Internet
info.my@blum.com www.blum.com
Telephone Mobil E-mail Internet Telephone Telephone Fax E-mail Telephone E-mail Internet
00356 21222471 00356 77222471 sales@toolsandhardware.eu www.toolsandhardware.eu +230 2474337 +230 2474757 +230 2475521 cktang@intnet.mu +52 728 102 1700 info.mx@blum.com www.blum.com.mx
Telephone E-mail
+976 8009 2626 blum@deutschewelle.mn
Telephone Fax E-mail
+212 522312506 +212 522312462 yvesrouger@yahoo.fr
Telephone Fax E-mail
+212 522943634 +212 522943615 contact@revetou.com
Telephone Fax E-mail Internet Telephone Fax E-mail Internet Telephone E-mail Internet
+264 61 237083 +264 61 227696 hmt.whk@huster.com.na www.huster.com.na +31 418 56 90 60 +31 418 56 90 69 info@vanhoecke.nl www.vanhoecke.nl +64 9 820 5051 info.nz@blum.com www.blum.com
723
Information
Information 〉 General Information 〉 Blum’s subsidiaries, representatives and contacts
Information 〉 General Information 〉 Blum’s subsidiaries, representatives and contacts
Market New Zealand Christchurch
Nigeria
Norway
Oman
Pakistan
Panama
Paraguay
Peru
Philippines
Poland
Portugal
Qatar
Romania
Russia
Saudi Arabia Central region Western region Saudi Arabia Eastern region
Information
Singapore
724
Address Blum New Zealand Ltd 16 Avenger Crescent, Wigram Christchurch 8042 New Zealand DOUAIHY For Wood International Ltd Plot 807. Idu, Industrial Area 115001 Abuja NIGERIA Julius Blum GmbH Norge Representasjonskontor Postboks 1110 3503 Hønefoss Norge ULTIMATE HARDWARE SOLUTIONS LLC Postal Code: 117, Al wadi, Al Kabir Ghala, Sultanate of Oman P.O. Box 826 ULTIMATE HARDWARE SOLUTIONS LLC / ECTRATECH TRADING LLC Offices Land Building, Block 1, Showroom 1 Al Karama, Dubai, United Arab Emirates P.O.Box : 48913 FD-Center S.A. Vía Transistmica a 300 mts de la estación del metro Pueblo Nuevo en Dirección a San Miguelito Ciudad de Panamá, Panamá ZT deco Av. Santísima Trinidad N° 366 c/Overava Asunción, Paraguay Mueblum Av. República de Panamá 6144 Miraflores, Lima Perú Deepe Marketing Corporation No. 13 Bonifacio Drive Pasong Tamo Quezon City, Philippines Blum Polska Sp. z o.o. ul. Poznańska 16 62-020 Jasin k/Swarzędza Polska Luso Blum, Ferragens para Móveis, Unipessoal Lda. Av. dos Mourões, nº 191 São Felix da Marinha 4410-500 Vila Nova de Gaia, Portugal ULTIMATE HARDWARE SOLUTIONS LLC Building No. 1, Shop no 28, 30 Barwa Village, Doha, Qatar P.O.Box : 80815 BLUM ROMÂNIA S.R.L. Str. Zborului Nr. 2B, judeţul Ilfov, RO-075100 Otopeni, România OOO “Blum” ul. Brestskaja, 32/3, str. 2, Domodedovo RF-142030 Jam, Moskovskaja oblast Russian Federation Eurotec Co. for trading. Office No16, 1st floor, building No 3538 Prince Sultan Bin Abdulaziz Street, Al Sulaymaniyah Riyadh Saudi-Arabia Eurotec Co. for trading. Office No 2, 1st floor Riviera 1 building Dammam Saudi-Arabia Blum South East Asia Pte Ltd 150 Ubi Avenue 4 #02-01 Ubi Biz-Hub Singapore 408825
Telephone E-mail Internet
+64 3 379 4984 info.nz@blum.com www.blum.com
Mobil E-mail
+234 909 426 1828 roland.tannoury@dfwi.co
Telephone E-mail Internet
+47/32/127020 lars.ringlund@blum.com www.blum.com
Telephone Fax E-mail Internet Telephone Fax E-mail Internet Telephone Fax E-mail Internet Telephone E-mail Internet
+968 24592888 +968 24502400 blum@uhsgulf.com www.uhsgulf.com +971 4 3090600 +971 4 3355696 blum@ectratech.com www.ectratech.com +507 260-5503 +507 260-1440 info@fdcenter.center www.fdcenter.center +595 21 604 852 ztdistribuciones@ztdistribuciones.com.py www.ztdistribuciones.com.py
Telephone E-mail Internet
+511 4445271 info@mueblum.com www.mueblum.com
Telephone Telephone Fax E-mail Telephone E-mail Internet
+632 8932 7651 +632 8932 5401 +632 8932 3445 marketing@deepecorp.com.ph +48 61 895 1900 info.pl@blum.com www.blum.com
Telephone Fax E-mail Internet Telephone Fax E-mail Internet Telephone Fax E-mail Internet Telephone E-mail Internet
+351/22/7334200 +351/22/7334199 info.pt@blum.com www.blum.com +974 44631742 +974 44631964 blum@ectratech.com www.uhsgulf.com +40/21/3512103 +40/21/3512102 info.ro@blum.com www.blum.ro +7 495 727-06-11 info.ru@blum.com www.blum.com
Telephone E-mail
+966 1 4600180 info@eurotec.sa.com
Telephone E-mail
+966 1 38023088 info@eurotec.sa.com
Telephone Fax E-mail Internet
+65 6547 1760 +65 6547 1761 info.sg@blum.com www.blum.com
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Market Slovakia
Slovenia
South Africa
South Korea
Spain
Suriname
Sweden
Switzerland
Syria
Taiwan
Thailand
Tunisia
Turkey
U.A.E.
Ukraine
United Kingdom
Uruguay
Address Julius Blum GmbH Zastúpenie pre Slovensko Tuhovská 29 831 06 Bratislava, Slovakia Starman d.o.o. Poslovna cona Zeje pri Komendi Pod Brezami 2 1218 KOMENDA, SLOVENIA Blum South Africa (PTY) Ltd. 212 Katherine Street, (16 Bowling Avenue) Kramerville, Sandton Wendywood/Johannesburg 2144, South Africa Woobo International Co., Ltd. 103 Tapsil-ro, Giheung-gu, Yongin-si, Gyeonggi-do 17084 REPUBLIC OF KOREA TECNOMAK ESPAÑA, S.A. Polígon Industrial La Marina C/de la Creativitat, 5 08850 Gavà (Barcelona), SPAIN Ni-Ke Meubel & Interieur accessories Granaatstr. 2, Kristalstraat, Maretraite Paramaribo Suriname Blum Svenska AB Box 186, Wadmans Linje 4 561 23 Huskvarna Sweden Julius Blum GmbH, Beschlägefabrik Industriestraße 1 6973 Höchst Austria Sarraj Brothers for Trading Building No.3854/9 Al-Souq Al-Tijari, Al-Mazra’a Damascus SYRIA Utekuo Co. Ltd. No. 60, Sec. 1, Ho-Ping West Road Taipei City 10078 Taiwan Blue International Co. Ltd. 8, 10, 12 Soi Ramkhamhaeng 26/1 Ramkhamhaeng Rd. Huamak - Bangkapi, Bangkok 10240, Thailand PROMODAR SARL. SIÈGE SOCIAL Route de Sousse Km 7 2033 Ben Arous Tunisie Blum TR Mobilya Aksesuarları San. ve Tic. Ltd. Şti Gebze Güzeller Org. San. Bölgesi İnönü Mah. Farabi Cad. No.3 41490 Gebze-Kocaeli, TURKEY ULTIMATE HARDWARE SOLUTIONS LLC / ECTRATECH TRADING LLC Offices Land Building, Block 1, Showroom 1 Al Karama, Dubai, United Arab Emirates P.O.Box : 48913 TOV “Blum Ukrajina” vul. Dorozhna, 50, Lvivskyj rajon 81137 Pasiky-Zubrycki, Lvivska oblast Ukraine Blum UK Mandeville Drive, Kingston, Milton Keynes Buckinghamshire MK10 0AW United Kingdom Montecuir Av 8 de Octubre 4599 Montevideo Uruguay
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Telephone E-mail Internet
+421 905 99 79 77 info.sk@blum.com www.blum.com
Telephone Fax E-mail Internet Telephone Fax E-mail Internet Telephone Fax E-mail Internet Telephone Fax E-mail Internet Telephone E-mail Internet
+386-1-7247-900 +386-1-7247-979 info@starman.si www.starman.si +27 11 444 8118 +27 11 4448117 enquiries.bza@blum.com www.blum.com +82 31 285 9491 +82 31 285 9419 woobointl@daum.net www.woobointl.com +34 934 491 497 +34 934 490 194 info@tecnomak.es www.tecnomak.es +597 452344 ni-ke@sr.net www.ni-ke.net
Telephone E-mail Internet
+46 36 387750 info.se@blum.com www.blum.se
Telephone Fax E-mail Internet Telephone E-mail
+43/5578/705-0 +43/5578/705-44 info@blum.com www.blum.com +963 114436086/3 tareq@sarrajco.net
Telephone Fax E-mail
+886/2/2368-9249 +886/2/2368-5089 utekuo@yahoo.com.tw
Telephone Fax E-mail Internet Telephone Fax E-mail
+66/2/3747755 +66/2/3749176 info@blue-inter.com www.blue-inter.com +216 31 397 900 +216 71 42 87 32 vente@promodar.com.tn
Telephone Fax E-mail Internet Telephone Fax E-mail Internet Telephone Fax E-mail Internet Telephone Fax E-mail Internet Telephone E-mail Internet
+ 90 262 7515025 +90 262 7515028 info.tr@blum.com www.blum.com.tr +971 4 3090600 +971 4 3355696 blum@ectratech.com www.ectratech.com +380 32 236 80 10 +380 32 236 80 11 info.ua@blum.com www.blum.ua +44/1908/285700 +44/1908/285701 info.uk@blum.com www.blum.com +598 2506 54 50 info@montecuir.com www.montecuir.com
725
Information
Information 〉 General Information 〉 Blum’s subsidiaries, representatives and contacts
Information 〉 General Information 〉 Blum’s subsidiaries, representatives and contacts
Market USA
Venezuela
Vietnam
Information
Vietnam
726
Address Blum Inc., Cabinet & Furniture Hardware Mfg. 7733 Old Plank Rd. Stanley, NC 28164 USA Importadora Eurocomponentes C.A. Ctra. Petare-St. Lucia, Local no. 1 Sector Piritu, Filas de Mariche Edo. Miranda, Caracas, Venezuela Blum Vietnam Co., Ltd Ground Floor, Saigon Mansion Building No. 3 Vo Van Tan Street, Vo Thi Sau Ward Dist. 3, HCM City, Vietnam 1st Floor, CT2 Building Trang An Complex, No.1 Phung Chi Kien Street Nghia Do Ward, Cau Giay District Hanoi, Vietnam
Telephone Toll-free (USA only) Fax E-mail Telephone Telephone E-mail Internet Telephone E-mail Internet
+1/704/8271345 1/800/4386788 +1/704/8270799 sales.us@blum.com +58 212 2454401 +58 424 1527126 info@eurocomponentes.net www.eurocomponentes.net (+84) 28 38 22 33 04 info.bvn@blum.com www.blum.com
Telephone E-mail Internet
(+84) 24 33 59 59 99 info.bvn@blum.com www.blum.com
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Information 〉 General Information 〉 Blum’s subsidiaries, representatives and contacts
Address
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
727
Information
Market
Information 〉 General Information 〉 Part No. Index
Part no. 171A5010 171A5040 171A5070 171A5500 173H7100
Information
173H7130 173L6100 173L6130 173L8100 173L8100.21 173L8130 173L8300 173L8330 174E6100.01 174E6130.01 174H7100E 174H7100I 174H710ZE 174H7130E 174H7130I 174H713ZE 174L6100.05 174L6130.05 175H3100 175H3130 175H4100 175H410Z 175H4130 175H5A00 175H5B00 175H7100 175H7130 175H7190 175H7190.22 175H9100 175H9130 175H9160 175H9190 175H9190.22 175L8100 175L8130 175L8190 175L8190.21 175M4C20N 177H3100 177H3100E 177H3100E10 177H3130 177H3130E 177H3130E10 193L6100 193L6130 193L8100 193L8100.21 194E6100.ED 194E6130.ED 194K6100E 195H7100 195H7130 195H7190 199.8130 209.093.7 20F2200.05 20F2500.05 20F2800.05 728
Page 119, 121, 123, 125, 129, 133, 135, 140, 141, 142, 143, 150 122, 125, 137, 138, 150 119, 123, 125, 126, 131, 133, 135, 136, 150 119, 122, 124, 126, 128, 130, 131, 133, 134, 136, 138, 140, 142, 150 119, 121, 122, 123, 124, 125, 126, 128, 129, 130, 131, 133, 134, 135, 136, 137, 138, 140, 141, 142, 143, 146 125, 128, 136, 138, 146 147 147 148 148 148 148 148 147 147 146 146 146 146 146 146 148 148 20, 21, 25, 54, 60, 144 144 145 145 145 25 24 147 147 92, 119, 122, 123, 124, 125, 128, 129, 131, 135, 136, 147 121, 125, 129, 130, 134, 147 147 147 85, 122, 123, 126, 129, 131, 134, 147 147 147 149 149 149 149 106, 108 20, 21, 25, 54, 145 20, 21, 25, 54, 60, 144 145 145 144 145 182 182 183 183 183 183 180, 184 182 182 182 178, 183 67, 241, 294 20, 24 20, 24 20, 24
Part no. 20F3200.01 20F3500.01 20F3800.01 20F3900.01 20F7011 20F7051 20F8020 20K1101 20K1101T 20K1301 20K1301T 20K1501 20K1501T 20K2B00.06 20K2B00T06 20K2C00.06 20K2C00T06 20K2E00.06 20K2E00T06 20K4101 20K4101A 20K41E1 20K4A00A02 20K5101 20K51E1 20K7A11 20K7A41 20L2100.05 20L2300.05 20L2500.05 20L2700.05 20L2900.05 20L3200.06 20L3500.06 20L3800.06 20L3900.06 20L8020 20Q1061UA 20Q1061UN 20Q153ZA 20Q153ZN 20S2A00.05 20S2B00.05 20S2C00.05 20S2D00.05 20S2E00.05 20S2F00.05 20S2G00.05 20S2H00.05 20S2I00.05 20S3500.06 20S4200 20S4200A 20S42T1 20S8020 21F8020 21FA000 21L3200.01 21L3500.01 21L3800.01 21L3900.01 21L8020 21S3500.01 21S8020 22K2300 22K2300T 22K2310 22K2310T 22K2500 22K2500T 22K2510
Page 20, 24 20, 24 20, 24 20, 24 21, 25 21, 25 20, 24 60 60 60 60 60 60 54 54 54 54 54 54 60 60 60 54 60 60 54 54 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 38 33 38 33 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 33, 38, 44, 48 33, 38, 44, 48 33, 38, 44, 48, 584 32 20, 24 20, 24, 33, 39 38 38 38 38 38 32 32 44 48 44 48 44 48 44
Part no. 22K2510T 22K2700 22K2700T 22K2710 22K2710T 22K2900 22K2900T 22K2910 22K2910T 22K8000 23K8000 23KA000 23P5020 295.1000 295.5300 295.5501 295.5600 295F5700 295H5700 298.3210.01 298.3230.01 298.5500 298.7600 303.756.1 314.928.1 320H3500C 320H3500C15 320H4000C 320H4000C15 320H4500C 320H4500C15 320H5000C 320H5000C15 320H5500C 320H5500C15 320K3500C 320K3500C15 320K4000C 320K4000C15 320K4500C 320K4500C15 320K5000C 320K5000C15 320K5500C 320K5500C15 320M0009.01 320M0048 320M0088 320M0188 320M2700C 320M2700C15 320M3500C 320M3500C15 320M4000C 320M4000C15 320M4500C 320M4500C15 320M5000C 320M5000C15 320M5500C 320M5500C15 320N2700C 320N2700C15 320N3500C 320N3500C15 320N4000C 320N4000C15 320N4500C
Page 48 44 48 44 48 44 48 44 48 44, 48 44 44 568 450, 452, 454, 456, 458, 460, 462, 464, 466, 468, 470, 472, 474, 476, 478, 480, 486 406 406 429 482 424, 482 407 407 450, 454, 466, 470, 487 418, 426, 508, 518 67, 155, 187, 241, 294, 345, 410, 431, 488 67, 155, 187, 241, 294, 345, 410, 431, 488 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 398 398 398 398 398 398 398 398 398 398 406, 407 407 407 407 396 396 396, 402, 404 396, 402, 404 396, 402, 404 396, 402, 404 396, 402, 404 396, 402, 404 396, 402, 404 396, 402, 404 396, 402, 404 396, 402, 404 394 394 394 394 394 394 394 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Part no. 320N4500C15 320N5000C 320N5000C15 320N5500C 320N5500C15 378K2702SA 378K3002SA 378K3502SA 378K4002SA 378K4502SA 378K5002SA 378K5502SA 378K6002SA 378K6502SA 378M2702SA 378M3002SA 378M3502SA 378M4002SA 378M4502SA 378M5002SA 378M5502SA 378M6002SA 378M6502SA 378N4002SA 378N4502SA 378N5002SA 378N5502SA 40.0110N 40.0200N 40.0620 40.0720 40.2000 40.2110 40.2120.02 42.0700.01 450.2701B 450.3001B 450.3501B 450.4001B 450.4501B 450.5001B 450.5501B 450.6001B 453.4501B 453.4501BZ 453.5001B 453.5001BZ 453.5501B 453.5501BZ 453.6001B 470K3002S
Page 394 394 394 394 394 312, 314, 324, 326 312, 314, 324, 326 312, 314, 324, 326 312, 314, 324, 326 312, 314, 324, 326 312, 314, 324, 326 312, 314, 324, 326 312, 314, 324, 326 312, 314, 324, 326 308, 310, 316, 318, 320, 322, 328, 330 308, 310, 316, 318, 320, 322, 328, 330, 332, 334 308, 310, 316, 318, 320, 322, 328, 330, 332, 334 308, 310, 316, 318, 320, 322, 328, 330, 332, 334 308, 310, 316, 318, 320, 322, 328, 330, 332, 334 308, 310, 316, 318, 320, 322, 328, 330, 332, 334 308, 310, 316, 318, 320, 322, 328, 330, 332, 334 308, 310, 316, 318, 320, 322, 328, 330, 332, 334 308, 310, 316, 318, 320, 322, 328, 330, 332, 334 306 306 306 306 588, 589 589 589 588 587 587 587 588 262, 264, 270, 272, 274, 276, 278, 298 262, 264, 266, 268, 270, 272, 274, 276, 278, 298 262, 264, 266, 268, 270, 272, 274, 276, 278, 298 260, 262, 264, 266, 268, 270, 272, 274, 276, 278, 298 260, 262, 264, 266, 268, 270, 272, 274, 276, 278, 282, 284, 298 260, 262, 264, 266, 268, 270, 272, 274, 276, 278, 282, 284, 298 260, 262, 264, 266, 268, 270, 272, 274, 276, 278, 282, 284, 298 262, 264, 266, 268, 270, 272, 274, 276, 278, 282, 284, 298 262, 264, 266, 268, 270, 272, 274, 276, 278, 282, 284, 298 280 262, 264, 266, 268, 270, 272, 274, 276, 278, 282, 284, 298 280 262, 264, 266, 268, 270, 272, 274, 276, 278, 282, 284, 298 280 262, 264, 266, 268, 270, 272, 274, 276, 278, 282, 284, 298 266, 268
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Part no. 470K3502S 470K4002S 470K4502S 470K5002S 470K5502S 470K6002S 470M2702S 470M3002S 470M3502S 470M4002S 470M4502S 470M5002S 470M5502S 470M6002S 470N4002S 470N4502S 470N5002S 470N5502S 48N0510.02 48N0510.03 48N0610.02 48N0610.03 550F2700B 550F2700T 550F3000B 550F3000T 550F3500B 550F3500T 550F4000B 550F4000T 550F4500B 550F4500T 550F5000B 550F5000T 550F5500B 550F5500T 550F6000B 550F6000T 550F6500B 550F6500T 550H2700B 550H2700T 550H3000B 550H3000T 550H3500B 550H3500T 550H4000B 550H4000T 550H4500B 550H4500T 550H5000B 550H5000T 550H5500B 550H5500T 550H6000B 550H6000T 550H6500B 550H6500T 551F2601B 551F2601T 551F3101B 551F3101T 551F3601B 551F3601T 551F4101B
Page 266, 268 266, 268 266, 268 266, 268 266, 268 266, 268 262, 264, 270, 272, 274, 276, 278 262, 264, 270, 272, 274, 276, 278, 282, 284 262, 264, 270, 272, 274, 276, 278, 282, 284 262, 264, 270, 272, 274, 276, 278, 280, 282, 284 262, 264, 270, 272, 274, 276, 278, 280, 282, 284 262, 264, 270, 272, 274, 276, 278, 280, 282, 284 262, 264, 270, 272, 274, 276, 278, 282, 284 262, 264, 270, 272, 274, 276, 278, 282, 284 260 260 260 260 586 586 586 586 470 472 470 472 470 472 470 472 470 472 470 472 470 472 470 472 470 472 454 456 454 456 454 456 454 456 454 456 454 456 454 456 454 456 454 456 478 480 478 480 478 480 478
Part no. 551F4101T 551F4601B 551F4601T 551F5101B 551F5101T 551F5601B 551F5601T 551H2601B 551H2601T 551H2851B 551H2851T 551H3101B 551H3101T 551H3351B 551H3351T 551H3601B 551H3601T 551H3851B 551H3851T 551H4101B 551H4101T 551H4351B 551H4351T 551H4601B 551H4601T 551H4851B 551H4851T 551H5101B 551H5101T 551H5351B 551H5351T 551H5601B 551H5601T 560F2500B 560F2500C 560F2700B 560F2700C 560F3000B 560F3000C 560F3500B 560F3500C 560F4000B 560F4000C 560F4500B 560F4500C 560F5000B 560F5000C 560F5500B 560F5500C 560F6000B 560F6000C 560H2500B 560H2500C 560H2700B 560H2700C 560H3000B 560H3000C 560H3200B 560H3200C 560H3500B 560H3500C 560H3800B 560H3800C 560H4000B 560H4000C 560H4200B 560H4200C 560H4500B 560H4500C 560H4800B 560H4800C
Page 480 478 480 478 480 478 480 462 464 462 464 462 464 462 464 462 464 462 464 462 464 462 464 462 464 462 464 462 464 462 464 462 464 466 468 466 468 466 468 466 468 466 468 466 468 466 468 466 468 466 468 450 452 450 452 450 452 450 452 450 452 450 452 450 452 450 452 450 452 450 452
729
Information
Information 〉 General Information 〉 Part No. Index
Information 〉 General Information 〉 Part No. Index
Part no. 560H5000B 560H5000C 560H5200B 560H5200C 560H5500B 560H5500C 560H6000B 560H6000C 561F2601B 561F2601C 561F3101B 561F3101C 561F3601B 561F3601C 561F4101B 561F4101C 561F4601B 561F4601C 561F5101B 561F5101C 561F5601B 561F5601C 561H2601B 561H2601C 561H2851B 561H2851C 561H3101B 561H3101C 561H3351B 561H3351C 561H3601B 561H3601C 561H3851B 561H3851C 561H4101B 561H4101C 561H4351B 561H4351C 561H4601B 561H4601C 561H4851B 561H4851C 561H5101B 561H5101C 561H5351B 561H5351C 561H5601B 561H5601C 576.4501M 576.5001M 576.5501M 576.6001M 576.6501M 578.2701M 578.3001M 578.3501M 578.4001M
Information
578.4501M
730
Page 450 452 450 452 450 452 450 452 474 476 474 476 474 476 474 476 474 476 474 476 474 476 458 460 458 460 458 460 458 460 458 460 458 460 458 460 458 460 458 460 458 460 458 460 458 460 458 460 308, 310, 312, 314, 316, 318, 320, 322, 324, 326, 328, 330, 352 308, 310, 312, 314, 316, 318, 320, 322, 324, 326, 328, 330, 352 308, 310, 312, 314, 316, 318, 320, 322, 324, 326, 328, 330, 352 308, 310, 312, 314, 316, 318, 320, 322, 324, 326, 328, 330, 332, 334, 352 308, 310, 312, 314, 316, 318, 320, 322, 324, 326, 328, 330, 332, 334, 352 308, 310, 312, 314, 316, 318, 320, 322, 324, 326, 328, 330, 352 308, 310, 312, 314, 316, 318, 320, 322, 324, 326, 328, 330, 352 308, 310, 312, 314, 316, 318, 320, 322, 324, 326, 328, 330, 352 306, 308, 310, 312, 314, 316, 318, 320, 322, 324, 326, 328, 330, 352 306, 308, 310, 312, 314, 316, 318, 320, 322, 324, 326, 328, 330, 332, 334, 352
Part no. 578.5001M 578.5501M 578.6001M 609.1500
609.1700
61D.1500 61R.1500 623.882.2 65.055A 65.059A 65.0801 65.0803 65.0807 65.1000.01 65.1001.01 65.1051.02 65.1106 65.1107 65.2950 65.3300 65.4500.01 65.4510 65.5000 65.5010 65.5040 65.5070 65.5210.01 65.5300* 65.5340.01 65.5627 65.5631 65.5810.03 65.6100 65.7500.03 65.7510.03 65.7590 65.8000 660.0950 661.1000.HG 661.1150.HG 661.1300.HG
Page 306, 308, 310, 312, 314, 316, 318, 320, 322, 324, 326, 328, 330, 332, 334, 352 306, 308, 310, 312, 314, 316, 318, 320, 322, 324, 326, 328, 330, 332, 334, 352 308, 310, 312, 314, 316, 318, 320, 322, 324, 326, 328, 330, 332, 334, 352 66, 74, 76, 78, 80, 82, 86, 88, 90, 94, 96, 108, 112, 114, 118, 120, 122, 124, 126, 128, 130, 132, 134, 136, 138, 154, 176, 178, 180, 186, 194, 196, 200, 204, 210, 212, 218, 220, 222, 240, 260, 262, 264, 266, 268, 270, 272, 274, 276, 278, 282, 284, 293, 344, 409, 424, 430, 482, 487 66, 74, 76, 78, 80, 82, 86, 88, 90, 94, 96, 108, 112, 114, 118, 120, 122, 124, 126, 128, 130, 132, 134, 136, 138, 154, 176, 178, 180, 186, 194, 196, 200, 204, 210, 212, 218, 220, 222, 240, 260, 262, 266, 270, 272, 274, 282, 284, 293, 344, 409, 430, 487 194, 196, 198, 200, 202, 204, 206, 208, 210, 212, 214, 216, 218, 220, 222, 240 260, 262, 264, 266, 268, 270, 272, 274, 276, 278, 282, 293 67, 241, 294 652, 663 652, 663 653, 695 653, 691 653, 691 652, 677 677 652, 658 677 658 653, 688 652, 672 653, 679 679 652, 667 652, 666 652, 676 652, 665 653, 687 652, 664 653, 689 298, 352, 653, 694 246, 436, 653, 693 653, 690 653, 681 652, 678 678 678 653, 696 66, 154 66, 154, 186, 240, 293, 344, 409, 430, 487 66, 154, 186, 240, 293, 344, 409, 430, 487 66, 154, 186, 240, 293, 344, 409, 430, 487
Part no. 661.1450.HG
661.2000.HG 662.1150.HG 662.1300.HG 662.1450.HG 664.3500 70.1503 70.1503.BP 70.1553 70.1553.BP 70.1663 70.1663.BP 70.4503 70.4503.BP 70.6103 70M2550.TL 70M2580.TL 70M2650.TL 70M2750.TL 70T1504 70T3504 70T3507.21 70T3550.TL 70T3553 70T3580.TL 70T3590.TL 70T3650.TL 70T3690.TL 70T3750.TL 70T3790.TL 70T4500CTL 70T4503 70T4503.09 70T4504 70T4532T 70T453T.TL 70T4568C 70T5550.TL 70T5590BTL 70T6540BTL 70T6550.TL 70T6650.TL 70T7504 70T7550.TL 70T7553 70T7553.09 70T7590.TL 70T7650.TL 70T7690.TL 70T950A.TL 70T9550.TL 70T9580.TL 70T9590BTL 70T9650.TL 70T9690BTL 70T9750.TL 70T9790BTL 71B3550
Page 66, 154, 186, 194, 196, 198, 200, 202, 204, 206, 208, 210, 212, 214, 216, 218, 220, 222, 240, 260, 262, 264, 266, 268, 270, 272, 274, 276, 278, 282, 284, 293, 344, 409, 424, 430, 482, 487 66, 154, 186, 240, 293, 344, 409, 430, 487 409 409 409 66 74, 76, 78, 94, 96, 114, 120, 151 74, 76, 78, 94, 96, 114, 120, 151 88, 98, 100, 110, 112, 118, 122, 124, 126, 128, 130, 132, 134, 136, 138, 151, 152 88, 98, 100, 110, 112, 118, 122, 124, 126, 128, 130, 132, 134, 136, 138, 151, 152 74, 78, 88, 98, 100, 108, 132, 151 74, 78, 88, 98, 100, 108, 132, 151 82, 90, 102, 104, 106, 140, 142, 151 82, 90, 102, 104, 106, 140, 142, 151 86 80 80 80 80 78, 88, 94, 108, 118, 120, 122, 124, 126, 128, 130, 132, 134, 136, 138, 153 74, 76, 78, 88, 94, 96, 108, 118, 120, 122, 124, 126, 128, 130, 132, 134, 136, 138, 153, 178, 180, 185 74, 76, 78, 82, 88, 90, 152 60, 74 61, 74, 76 74 60, 74 74 74 74 74 104, 106, 142 102, 104, 106 102, 104, 106 102, 140, 153 584 102, 140, 584 104, 106, 142 21 21 86 86 86 82, 90, 153 82 82, 85, 90, 93 82 82 82 82 100 88, 132 88 88, 132 88, 132 88, 132 88, 108, 132 88, 132 60, 74 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Part no. 71B3580 71B3590 71B3650 71B3680 71B3690 71B3750 71B3780 71B3790 71B4500C 71B453T 71B7550 71B7550D 71B7580 71B7580D 71B7590 71B7650 71B7690 71B950A 71B9550 71B9580 71B9590 71B960A 71B9650 71B9680 71B9690 71B970A 71B9750 71B9780 71B9790 71M2550 71M2580 71M2590B 71M2650 71M2680 71M2690B 71M2750 71M2780 71M2790B 71T0550 71T0650 71T0750 71T3550 71T3580 71T3590 71T3650 71T3680 71T3690 71T3750 71T3780 71T3790 71T4500C 71T453T 71T6540B 71T6550 71T6580 71T6640B 71T6650 71T6680 71T7550 71T7580 71T7590 71T7650 71T950A 71T950AB 71T9550 71T9580 71T9590B 71T960A 71T9650 71T9690B 71T970A
Page 74 60, 74 74 74 74 74 74 74 104, 106, 142 102, 140, 584 82 90 82 90 82 82 82 98 88, 132 88 88, 132 98 88, 132 88 88, 132 98 88, 108, 132 88 88, 108, 132 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 112 112 112 74 74 74 74 74 74 74 74 74 104, 106, 142 102, 140, 584 86 86 86 86 86 86 82 82 82 82 100 100 88, 132 88 88, 132 100 88, 132 88, 132 100
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Part no. 71T9750 71T9790B 72T3550.TL 72T3590.TL 72T550A.TL 72T5550.TL 72T5590BTL 73B3550 73B3580 73B3590 73T3550 73T3580 73T3590 740.749.1 74.1103 74T1550.TL 74T1590BTL 74T1650.TL 74T1750.TL 750.2701S 750.2701T 750.3001S 750.3001T 750.3501S 750.3501T 750.4001S 750.4001T 750.4501S 750.4501T 750.5001S 750.5001T 750.5501S 750.5501T 750.6001S 750.6001T 753.4501S 753.4501T 753.5001S 753.5001T 753.5501S 753.5501T 753.6001S 753.6001T 753.6501S 753.6501T 75B1550 75B1580 75B1650 75B1680 75B1750 75B1780 75T1550 75T1580 75T1590B 75T1650
Page 88, 132 88, 132 76 76 25 21 21 76 76 76 76 76 76 67 78 78 78 78 78 196, 198, 204, 206, 208, 246 252 196, 198, 200, 202, 204, 206, 208, 246 252 196, 198, 200, 202, 204, 206, 208, 212, 214, 216, 218, 220, 246 252 194, 196, 198, 200, 202, 204, 206, 208, 210, 212, 214, 216, 218, 220, 246 252 194, 196, 198, 200, 202, 204, 206, 208, 210, 212, 214, 216, 218, 220, 222, 246 252 194, 196, 198, 200, 202, 204, 206, 208, 210, 212, 214, 216, 218, 220, 222, 246 252 194, 196, 198, 200, 202, 204, 206, 208, 210, 212, 214, 216, 218, 220, 222, 246 252 196, 198, 200, 202, 204, 206, 208, 210, 212, 214, 216, 218, 220, 222, 246 252 196, 198, 200, 202, 204, 206, 208, 210, 212, 214, 216, 222, 246 252 196, 198, 200, 202, 204, 206, 208, 210, 212, 214, 216, 222, 246 252 196, 198, 200, 202, 204, 206, 208, 210, 212, 214, 216, 222, 246 252 196, 198, 200, 202, 204, 206, 208, 210, 212, 214, 216, 222, 246 252 196, 198, 204, 206, 208, 210, 212, 214, 216, 222, 246 252 78 78 78 78 78 78 78 78 78 78
Part no. 75T1680 75T1690B 75T1750 75T1780 75T1790B 75T4100 75T4200 75T4300 760H2500S 760H2500T 760H2700S 760H2700T 760H3000S 760H3000T 760H3200S 760H3200T 760H3500S 760H3500SU 760H3500T 760H3800S 760H3800T 760H4000S 760H4000SU 760H4000T 760H4200S 760H4200T 760H4500S 760H4500SU 760H4500T 760H4800S 760H4800T 760H5000S 760H5000SU 760H5000T 760H5200S 760H5200T 760H5500S 760H5500T 760H6000S 760H6000T 766H4500S 766H4500T 766H5000S 766H5000T 766H5200S 766H5200T 766H5500S 766H5500T 766H5800S 766H5800T 766H6000S 766H6000T 766H6500S 766H7000S 766H7000T 766H7500S 766H7500T 770.0008 770C0009 770C2701S 770C2702I 770C2702S 770C3001S 770C3002I 770C3002S 770C3501S 770C3502I 770C3502S 770C4001S 770C4002I 770C4002S
Page 78 78 78 78 78 110 110 110 418 442 418, 436 442 418, 436 442 418, 436 442 418, 436 420, 422 442 418, 436 442 418, 436 420, 422 442 418, 436 442 418, 436 420, 422 442 418, 436 442 418, 436 420, 422 442 418, 436 442 418, 436 442 418, 436 442 418, 436 442 418, 436 442 418, 436 442 418, 436 442 418, 436 442 418, 436 442 418, 436 418, 436 442 418, 436 442 236 233, 236 232 204, 206, 208 204, 206, 208 232 204, 206, 208 204, 206, 208 232 204, 206, 208, 220 204, 206, 208, 220 232 204, 206, 208, 220 204, 206, 208, 220
731
Information
Information 〉 General Information 〉 Part No. Index
Information
Information 〉 General Information 〉 Part No. Index
Part no. 770C4501S 770C4502I 770C4502S 770C5001S 770C5002I 770C5002S 770C5501S 770C5502I 770C5502S 770C6001S 770C6002I 770C6002S 770C6501S 770C6502I 770C6502S 770CxxxAI 770CxxxAS 770CxxxASGC 770F0009 770F4001S 770F4002I 770F4002S 770F4501S 770F4502I 770F4502S 770F5001S 770F5002I 770F5002S 770F5501S 770F5502I 770F5502S 770F6001S 770F6002I 770F6002S 770F6501S 770F6502I 770F6502S 770FxxxAI 770FxxxAS 770FxxxASGC 770K0009 770K3001S 770K3002S 770K3501S 770K3502I 770K3502S 770K4001S 770K4002I 770K4002S 770K4501S 770K4502I 770K4502S 770K5001S 770K5002I 770K5002S 770K5501S 770K5502I 770K5502S 770K6001S 770K6002S 770KxxxAI 770KxxxAS 770KxxxASGC 770M0009 770M2701S 770M2702I 770M2702S 770M3001S 770M3002I 770M3002S 770M3501S 732
Page 232 204, 206, 208, 220, 222 204, 206, 208, 220, 222 232 204, 206, 208, 220, 222 204, 206, 208, 220, 222 232 204, 206, 208, 220, 222 204, 206, 208, 220, 222 232 204, 206, 208, 220, 222 204, 206, 208, 220, 222 232 204, 206, 208, 222 204, 206, 208, 222 233 233 233 233, 236 232 210 210 232 210 210 232 210 210 232 210 210 232 210 210 232 210 210 233 233 233 233, 236 232 200, 202 232 200, 202 200, 202 232 200, 202 200, 202 232 200, 202 200, 202 232 200, 202 200, 202 232 200, 202 200, 202 232 200, 202 233 233 233 233, 236 232 196, 198 196, 198 232 196, 198, 222 196, 198, 222 232
Part no. Page 770M3502I 196, 198, 218, 222 770M3502S 196, 198, 218, 222 770M4001S 232 770M4002I 196, 198, 218, 222 770M4002S 196, 198, 218, 222 770M4501S 232 770M4502I 196, 198, 218, 222 770M4502S 196, 198, 218, 222 770M5001S 232 770M5002I 196, 198, 218, 222 770M5002S 196, 198, 218, 222 770M5501S 232 770M5502I 196, 198, 218 770M5502S 196, 198, 218 770M6001S 232 770M6002I 196, 198, 218 770M6002S 196, 198, 218 770M6501S 232 770M6502I 196, 198 770M6502S 196, 198 770MxxxAI 233 770MxxxAS 233 770MxxxASGC 233 770N4002S 194 770N4502I 194 770N4502S 194 770N5002I 194 770N5002S 194 770N5502S 194 770Xxxx1I 235 770Xxxx1S 234, 235, 236 770XxxxAI 234 770XxxxAIL 235 770XxxxAIR 234, 235 770XxxxAS 234 770XxxxASR 234, 235, 236 780C0009 212, 214, 216, 228 780C3502I 212, 214, 216 780C3502S 212, 214, 216 780C4002I 212, 214, 216 780C4002S 212, 214, 216 780C4502I 212, 214, 216 780C4502S 212, 214, 216 780C5002I 212, 214, 216 780C5002S 212, 214, 216 780C5502I 212, 214, 216 780C5502S 212, 214, 216 780C6002I 212, 214, 216 780C6002S 212, 214, 216 780C6502I 212, 214, 216 780C6502S 212, 214, 216 78A5450.T 138 78A5451.T 136 78A5453.T 134 78A9454.T 130 78A9456.T 126 78A9458.T 122 78A9555.T 128 78A9556.T 124 78A9658.T 118 78T5550 120 78T9550.83 94 78T9550.TL 94 78Z5500T 21 78Z5500T12 28 78Z550AT 25 78Z550AT11 28 78Z5530T11 28 78Z553ET 21 79B3450 138 79B3451 136
Part no. 79B3453 79B3490 79B3491 79B3493 79B3558 79B3598 79B9454 79B9456 79B9458 79B9494 79B9496 79B9498 79B9550 79B9550.83 79B9555 79B9556 79B9580 79B9590 79B9595 79B9596 79B9658 79B9698 79B9950 79B9980 79B9990 79T8500 79T8530 80.6507 80.6507.BP 84.4120 84.4140 90M2503 90M2503.BP 90M2603 91K9550 91K9580 91M2550 91M2580 91M2650 91M2750 94M3603 94M3603.BP 956.1004
956.1201 956A1004
956A1006
956A1201 956A1501 970.1002 970.1201 970.1501 970.15E1 970.1701 970.2501 970.5201 970.5501 970.55E1 970.5701 970.6701 970A1002 971A0500 971A05E0
Page 134 138 136 134 120 120 130 126 122 130 126 122 94 94 128 124 94 94 128 124 118 118 96 96 96 114 114 86, 151 86, 151 110 110 80, 151, 176, 178, 185 80, 151, 176, 178, 185 176, 185 180 180 176 176 176 176 80, 151 80, 151 48, 50, 54, 56, 60, 64, 74, 76, 78, 80, 82, 86, 88, 94, 100, 102, 104, 108, 118, 120, 122, 124, 126, 128, 130, 132, 134, 136, 138, 140, 142, 172 48, 51, 54, 57, 61, 65, 173 74, 76, 78, 80, 82, 86, 88, 94, 100, 102, 104, 108, 118, 120, 122, 124, 126, 128, 130, 132, 134, 136, 138, 140, 142, 172 74, 76, 78, 80, 82, 86, 88, 94, 100, 102, 104, 108, 110, 112, 118, 120, 122, 124, 126, 128, 130, 132, 134, 136, 138, 140, 142, 172 173 48, 51, 54, 57, 61, 65, 173 114, 158, 166 168 168 168 168 169 168 168 168 168 169 110, 112, 158, 164 162 162 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Part no. 971A0700 971A2500 971Axxxx 973A0500.01 973A0600 973A0700 973A6000 993.0530 993.0830.01 993.2000 993.706 993.710 99B9550 M01.ZB02.D2 M01.ZB02.D3 M01.ZB03.02 M01.ZB03.03 M01.ZB05.02 M01.ZB05.03 M01.ZB05.D2 M01.ZB05.D3 M01.ZB08.02 M01.ZB08.03 M01.ZB08.OS M01.ZB10.02 M01.ZB10.03 M01.ZB10.T2 M01.ZB10.T3 M01.ZB20.02 M01.ZB20.03 M01.ZB25.02 M01.ZB26.02 M01.ZB28.02 M01.ZB35.02 M01.ZB35.OS M01.ZZ03.01 M01.ZZB3 M30.1304.02 M30.1313.UM M31.1000 M31.1900 M31.2000 M31.ZB08.02 M31.ZB35.02 M35.7200.01 M35.ZM01 M35.ZT01 M35.ZW40 M51.0802 M52.1050* M53.0720 M53.1000* M53.1000.01 M53.1050* M53.1050.01 M54.2117 M70.2000 M70E2000 M75.2000
Page 162 162 110, 112, 158 80, 100, 158, 160 80, 158, 160 80, 158, 160 86, 158, 160 67, 360, 372, 376, 380, 494, 500, 504, 508, 514 67, 360, 372, 376, 380, 494, 500, 504, 508, 514 508, 518 67, 154, 186, 241, 293, 344, 410, 430, 487 66, 154, 186, 240, 293, 344, 409, 430, 487 178 618, 619, 620, 621, 622, 634, 635, 636, 637, 638, 642 618, 619, 620, 621, 622, 634, 635, 636, 637, 638, 642 624, 638, 639, 642 624, 638, 639, 642 618, 619, 620, 622, 623, 624, 634, 635, 636, 637, 638, 639, 642 618, 619, 620, 621, 622, 624, 634, 635, 636, 637, 638, 639, 642 642 642 618, 619, 622, 623, 634, 635, 637, 642 618, 620, 623, 634, 636, 642 642 618, 620, 621, 622, 623, 634, 636, 637, 638, 642 618, 620, 621, 622, 623, 634, 636, 637, 638, 642 643 643 622, 637, 643 643 622, 623, 638, 643 620, 636, 643 623, 638, 643 618, 619, 620, 634, 635, 636, 643 619, 635, 643 66, 154, 186, 240, 293, 344, 409, 430, 487, 646, 647, 648, 649, 672 66, 154, 186, 240, 293, 344, 409, 430, 487 628, 632 628, 632 652, 661 661 652, 662 661 661, 662 652, 668 668 668 668 628 631 628 627 627 627 627 628 615 611 615
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Part no. M75.2910 M75.2920 M75.ZB05.02 M75.ZB05.L2 M75.ZB05.L3 M75.ZB08.02 M75.ZB08.03 M75.ZB08.L2 M75.ZB08.L3 M75.ZB10.02 M75.ZB10.03 M75.ZB10.L2 M75.ZB10.L3 M75E2000 MZA.2600 MZA.5200 MZA.5300 MZD.2000 MZD.2700 MZD.2V00 MZD.5000 MZD.5700 MZE.1300 MZE.2110 MZF.1000.01 MZF.1010 MZF.1020 MZF.1030 MZF.1050 MZF.2000 MZK.1120 MZK.1130 MZK.190S MZK.2000.01 MZK.2008.02 MZK.2023 MZK.2024 MZK.210S MZK.211S MZK.2124 MZK.220S MZK.220S.01 MZK.224S.01 MZK.2400.01 MZK.2810.03 MZK.880S MZL.1250 MZL.2000 MZL.2010 MZL.2060 MZL.2080 MZL.2090 MZL.2090.03 MZL.2500 MZM.0040 MZM.0050 MZM.0053 MZM.0061.01 MZM.0070 MZM.0071 MZM.0077 MZM.0078 MZM.0092.01 MZM.0093.02 MZM.0095 MZM.0292.01 MZR.1000 MZR.1200 MZR.2000
Page 612, 616 612, 616 623 643 643 623 623 643 643 623 623 620, 621, 643 643 611 612, 616 632 628 627, 641 611 612, 627, 641 627, 641 611 628 628 628, 632 628, 632 628, 632 612, 616, 628, 632 612, 616, 628, 632 612, 616 628, 632 628, 632 627, 631, 635, 638 611, 615, 618, 620 612, 616, 618, 619, 620, 622, 623 612, 616 612, 616 611, 615, 618, 619, 620, 621, 622, 623 611, 615, 618, 619, 620, 621, 623 619, 622, 623 619 611, 615, 619, 621, 622 611, 615, 622 611, 615, 623 611, 615, 619, 622, 623, 624 627, 631, 634, 635, 636, 637, 638 628, 632 616, 618, 619, 620, 621, 622, 623, 624 616, 618, 620, 622 616, 620, 621, 623 616, 624 616 616 628, 632 74, 76, 78, 80, 82, 86, 88, 90, 94, 96, 114, 176, 180, 620, 636, 642 618, 620, 634, 636, 642 145, 618, 619, 620, 634, 636, 642 148, 618, 620, 634, 636, 642 588, 589, 623, 638, 642 589, 623, 638, 642 588, 623, 638, 642 586, 623, 638, 642 637, 642 637, 642 622, 637, 642 642 628, 632 616 628, 632
Part no. MZR.5300.02 MZS.1000 MZS.1020 MZS.2000 MZV.2E00 MZV.3700 MZW.1300 T51.1700.04 T51.7000.01 T51.7601 T55.000R T55.1089ZR T55.7150S T55.882W T55.889W T57.1140S T57.7400.01 T60.000D T60.1125W T60.300D T60B000H T60B3030 T60B3130 T60B3330 T60B3530 T60B3560 T60H4040 T60H4140 T60H4340 T60H4540 T60H4570 T60L7040 T60L7140 T60L7340 T60L7540 T60L7570 T60L9340 T60L9540 T65.1000.02 T65.1100 T65.5090 T65.9000 Z10A3000.03 Z10A3006 Z10A3H00 Z10C5005 Z10C5007 Z10C500A Z10D01E0.01 Z10D01EA.01 Z10D0311 Z10D0316 Z10D5210 Z10D6252 Z10K0009 Z10K008S Z10K050S Z10K120S Z10K160S Z10K300A Z10K800AE Z10M200A
Page 628 616, 618, 619, 620, 621, 622, 623, 624, 628, 632 632 616, 623, 628, 632, 634, 635, 636, 637, 638, 639 627, 632, 641 612, 616 661 450, 452, 454, 456, 466, 468, 470, 472 422, 427 418, 420, 422, 436, 442 452, 460, 468, 476 452, 460, 468, 476 452, 460, 468, 476 468, 476 452, 460 456, 464, 472, 480 252, 442 246, 298, 352, 436 246, 298, 352, 436 246, 298, 352, 436 352, 354 352 352 352 352 352 298 298 298 298 298 246, 436 246, 436 246, 436 246, 436 246, 436 246 246 652, 673 652, 674 677 673, 674 360, 366, 372, 376, 380, 494, 500, 504, 508, 514, 518 360, 366, 376, 380 360, 366, 376, 380 570 568 564, 566, 568, 570 360, 366, 494, 518 360, 366, 494, 518 372, 500, 504, 508 372, 500 376, 508 380, 514 21, 25, 33, 39, 45, 361, 367, 373, 377, 381, 388, 495, 501, 505, 509, 515, 519, 524, 566, 568 361, 388, 495, 504, 524 361, 388, 495, 504, 524 361, 388, 495, 504, 524 361, 388, 495, 504, 524 566, 568 21, 25, 33, 39, 45, 360, 366, 372, 376, 380, 494, 500, 504, 508, 514, 518 20, 24, 33, 39, 45, 361, 367, 372, 376, 380, 494, 500, 504, 508, 514, 518, 566, 568, 641 733
Information
Information 〉 General Information 〉 Part No. Index
Information 〉 General Information 〉 Part No. Index
Part no. Z10M200B Z10M200C Z10M200D Z10M200E Z10M200E.OS Z10M200H Z10M200I Z10M200J Z10M200K Z10M200L Z10M200N Z10M200S.01 Z10M200T Z10M200U Z10M200Z
Information
Z10NA30BA Z10NA30BAF Z10NA30EA Z10NA30EAF Z10NA30EB Z10NA30EBF Z10NA30EC Z10NA30ECF Z10NA30ED Z10NA30EDF Z10NA30EE Z10NA30EEF Z10NA30EF Z10NA30EFF Z10NA30HD Z10NA30KD Z10NA30KDF Z10NA30UG Z10NA30UGF Z10NA30UJ Z10NA30xy Z10NA30xyF Z10NE030A
734
Page 20, 24, 33, 39, 45, 361, 367, 372, 376, 380, 494, 500, 504, 508, 514, 518, 566, 568, 641 20, 24, 33, 39, 45, 361, 367, 372, 376, 380, 494, 500, 504, 508, 514, 518, 566, 568, 641 20, 24, 33, 39, 45, 361, 367, 372, 376, 380, 494, 500, 504, 508, 514, 518, 566, 568, 641 20, 24, 33, 39, 45, 361, 367, 372, 376, 380, 494, 500, 504, 508, 514, 518, 566, 568, 641 20, 24, 33, 39, 45, 361, 367, 372, 376, 380, 494, 500, 504, 508, 514, 518, 566, 568 20, 24, 33, 39, 45, 361, 367, 372, 376, 380, 494, 500, 504, 508, 514, 518, 566, 568, 641 20, 24, 33, 39, 45, 361, 367, 372, 376, 380, 494, 500, 504, 508, 514, 518, 566, 568, 641 20, 24, 33, 39, 45, 361, 367, 372, 376, 380, 494, 500, 504, 508, 514, 518, 566, 568, 641 20, 24, 33, 39, 45, 361, 367, 372, 376, 380, 494, 500, 504, 508, 514, 518, 566, 568, 641 20, 24, 33, 39, 45, 361, 367, 372, 376, 380, 494, 500, 504, 508, 514, 518, 566, 568, 641 20, 24, 33, 39, 45, 361, 367, 372, 376, 380, 494, 500, 504, 508, 514, 518, 566, 568, 641 20, 24, 33, 39, 45, 361, 367, 372, 376, 380, 494, 500, 504, 508, 514, 518, 566, 568 20, 24, 33, 39, 45, 361, 367, 372, 376, 380, 494, 500, 504, 508, 514, 518, 566, 568, 641 20, 24, 33, 39, 45, 361, 367, 372, 376, 380, 494, 500, 504, 508, 514, 518, 566, 568, 641 20, 24, 33, 39, 45, 361, 367, 372, 376, 380, 494, 500, 504, 508, 514, 518, 566, 568, 641 384, 522 21, 25, 33, 39, 45, 564, 570 384, 522 21, 25, 33, 39, 45, 564, 570 384, 522 21, 25, 33, 39, 45, 564, 570 384, 522 21, 25, 33, 39, 45, 564, 570 384, 522 21, 25, 33, 39, 45, 564, 570 384, 522 21, 25, 33, 39, 45, 564, 570 384, 522 21, 25, 33, 39, 45, 564, 570 384, 522 384, 522 21, 25, 33, 39, 45, 564, 570 384, 522 21, 25, 33, 39, 45, 564, 570 384, 522 718, 719 718, 719 20, 24, 33, 39, 44, 360, 367, 372, 376, 380, 494, 500, 504, 508, 514, 518, 566, 568
Part no. Z10NE030B Z10NE030C Z10NE030D Z10NE030E Z10NE030F Z10NE030G Z10NE030H Z10NE030J Z10NG000 Z10NG120 Z10T1143B Z10T1170A Z10T393Wxy1 Z10T443Wxy1 Z10T493Wxy1 Z10T543Wxy1 Z10T650AA Z10T700AA Z10T710AA Z10T743Wxy1 Z10T750AA Z10T800AA Z10T843Wxy1 Z10T__3Wxy1 Z10V100E.01 Z10ZC00A Z30B000S.04 Z30C000S Z30C000S.22 Z30CxxxS.6 Z30D000S.22 Z30D000SL Z30DxxxS.6 Z30K000S Z30KxxxS.6 Z30M000S.04 Z30M383S0W Z30M389S0W Z30M433S0W Z30M439S0W Z30M483S0W Z30M489S0W Z30M533S0W Z30M539S0W Z30M733S0W Z30M833S0W Z30M839S0W Z30MxxxS.6 Z30N000S.04 Z30NxxxS.6 Z31L1036A
Page 20, 24, 33, 39, 44, 360, 367, 372, 376, 380, 494, 500, 504, 508, 514, 518, 566, 568 20, 24, 33, 39, 44, 360, 367, 372, 376, 380, 494, 500, 504, 508, 514, 518, 566, 568 20, 24, 33, 39, 44, 360, 367, 372, 376, 380, 494, 500, 504, 508, 514, 518, 566, 568 20, 24, 33, 39, 44, 360, 367, 372, 376, 380, 494, 500, 504, 508, 514, 518, 566, 568 20, 24, 33, 39, 44, 360, 367, 372, 376, 380, 494, 500, 504, 508, 514, 518, 566, 568 20, 24, 33, 39, 44, 360, 367, 372, 376, 380, 494, 500, 504, 508, 514, 518, 566, 568 20, 24, 33, 39, 44, 360, 367, 372, 376, 380, 494, 500, 504, 508, 514, 518, 566, 568 20, 24, 33, 39, 44, 360, 367, 372, 376, 380, 494, 500, 504, 508, 514, 518, 566, 568 361, 367, 372, 377, 380, 495, 500, 504, 509, 514, 519, 566, 568 20, 24, 33, 39, 44, 361, 367, 372, 377, 380, 495, 500, 504, 509, 514, 519, 566, 568 376, 508 360, 366, 494, 518 386 386 386 386 360, 366, 494, 518 360, 366, 494, 518 360, 366, 494, 518 386 360, 366, 494, 518 360, 366, 494, 518 386 718, 719 21, 25, 33, 39, 45, 360, 366, 372, 376, 380, 494, 500, 504, 508, 514, 518, 566, 568 361, 377, 381, 388, 495, 524 343 316, 318, 328 332 340 334 320, 322, 324, 326, 330 340 312, 314 340 308, 310, 332, 334 386 386 386 386 386 386 386 386 386 386 386 340 306 340 310, 314, 318, 322, 326
Part no. Z36H367SE01 Z36H417SE01 Z36H467SE01 Z36H517SE01 Z40C0002Z Z40D0002Z Z40L0002 Z40L1077A Z40L152A Z40L177A Z40L427A Z40L477A Z40L777A Z43L100S Z46L420S Z46L470S Z46L520S Z46L570S Z46L620S Z48.27B0I6 Z48.27B0I7 Z48.30B0I4 Z48.30B0I6 Z48.30B0I7 Z48.30B0I8 Z48.30B0I9 Z70.0320 Z80.000S Z80.000V Z80S0542BA Z80S0542CA Z80S0560 Z80S0760 Z80S1260 Z80V000A Z80V1163W Z95.4100 Z95.4600 Z95D4100 Z95Q1040A Z96.00T1 Z96.10E1 Z96.2011 ZA7.0700xxxABD ZA7.0709xxxAB ZA7.5700.BT ZA7.5709.BT ZAA.3500 ZAA.3700 ZB4E000S ZB4E00AK ZB4ExxxS.6 ZB4K000S ZB4KxxxS.6 ZB4M000S ZB4M00AK ZB4MxxxS.6 ZB4N000S ZB4NxxxS.6 ZB7A0008 ZB7C000S ZB7C129S.6S ZB7CxxxS.6 ZB7F000S ZB7FxxxS.6 ZB7K000S ZB7KxxxS.6 ZB7M000S ZB7MxxxS.6
Page 404 404 404 404 550 550 550 550 550 550 550 550 550 550 550 550 550 550 550 550 550 550 550 550 550 550 394, 396, 398, 400, 402, 404, 409 582 582 582 582 582 582 582 582 582 574 574 574 574 239, 292, 584 238, 291, 340, 352, 355, 361, 373, 377, 381, 389 352, 354 233, 237 233, 237 236 236 396, 398, 400, 402, 404 396, 398, 400, 402, 404 270, 272, 274, 276, 278, 284 270 291 266, 268 291 262, 264, 282, 284 284 291 260 291 240 204, 206, 208, 212, 214, 216, 220 222 238 210 238 200, 202 238 196, 198, 218 238 Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Part no. ZB7N000S ZB7NxxxS.6 ZC4U10E0 ZC4U10F0 ZC4U11E0 ZC7A0P0C ZC7A0P0F ZC7A0U0C ZC7A0U0F ZC7A0U0K ZC7A0U0M ZC7B0100S ZC7B0200S ZC7C0000 ZC7C0001 ZC7F300RHU ZC7F300RSU ZC7F400RHP ZC7F400RSP ZC7G0P0I ZC7M0200 ZC7Q010SH ZC7Q010SS ZC7Q020SH ZC7Q020SS ZC7Q0P0FH ZC7Q0P0FS ZC7Q0U0FH ZC7Q0U0FS ZC7Q0U0SH ZC7Q0U0SS ZC7S300RHU ZC7S300RSU ZC7S450BH3 ZC7S450BS3 ZC7S450RH1 ZC7S450RH2 ZC7S450RS1 ZC7S450RS2 ZC7S500BH3 ZC7S500BS3 ZC7S500RH1 ZC7S500RH2 ZC7S500RS1 ZC7S500RS2 ZC7S550BH3 ZC7S550BS3 ZC7S550RH1 ZC7S550RH2 ZC7S550RS1 ZC7S550RS2 ZC7S600BH3 ZC7S600BS3 ZC7S600RH1 ZC7S600RH2 ZC7S600RS1 ZC7S600RS2 ZC7S650BH3 ZC7S650BS3 ZC7S650RH1 ZC7S650RH2 ZC7S650RS1 ZC7S650RS2 ZC7T0350 ZC7U10E0 ZC7U10F0 ZC7U11E0 ZE4H1058G ZE4H1064G ZE4H458G ZE4H464G
Page 194 238 535 535 535 533 533 533 533 530 530 534 534 539 539 536 533 536 533 539 539 531 530 531 530 536 533 536 533 531 530 531 530 531 530 531 531 530, 534 530, 534 531 530 531 531 530, 534 530, 534 531 530 531 531 530, 534 530, 534 531 530 531 531 530, 534 530, 534 531 530 531 531 530, 534 530, 534 539, 555 535 535 535 290 290 290 290
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Part no. ZE4HxxxxG ZE4L1058G ZE4L1064G ZE4L458G ZE4L464G ZE4LxxxxG ZE4M360G ZE4M410G ZE4M460G ZE4M510G ZE4Mxx0G ZE7S338G ZE7S388G ZE7S438G ZE7S488G ZE7S538G ZE7Sxx8G ZE7V1082G ZE7V1088G ZE7V482G ZE7V488G ZE7VxxxxG ZE7W1082G ZE7W1088G ZE7W482G ZE7W488G ZE7WxxxxG ZF4.1002 ZF4.10I2 ZF4.10T2 ZF4.5002 ZF4.5012 ZF4.50I2 ZF4.50T2 ZF7C7002 ZF7C70E2 ZF7C70T2 ZF7K7002 ZF7K70E2 ZF7K70T2 ZF7M7002 ZF7M70E2 ZF7M70T2 ZF7N7002 ZF7N70E2 ZF7N70T2 ZFZ.30G0I ZFZ.40G0I ZFZ.45G0I ZI4.0MS1 ZI4.1KS1 ZI4.2ES1 ZI4.4ES1 ZI7.0KI0 ZI7.0KS0 ZI7.0M07 ZI7.0MI0 ZI7.0MS0 ZI7.2CI0 ZI7.2CS0 ZI7.3CI0 ZI7.3CS0 ZIF.3000 ZIF.3010 ZIF.3030 ZIF.3050 ZIF.71K0 ZIF.71M0 ZIF.74C0
Page 278 290 290 290 290 278 290 290 290 290 272 228 228 228 228 228 212, 214, 216 228 228 228 228 206, 214 228 228 228 228 206, 214 260, 262, 266, 270, 272, 274, 282, 284 260, 262, 266, 270, 272, 274 260, 262, 266, 270, 272, 274, 282, 284, 584 270, 272, 274, 284 270, 272, 274, 284 270, 272, 274, 284 270, 272, 274, 284, 584 204, 210, 212, 220, 222 204, 210, 212, 220, 222 204, 210, 212, 220, 222, 584 200 200 200, 584 196, 204, 210, 212, 218, 220, 222 196, 204, 210, 212, 218, 220, 222 196, 204, 210, 212, 218, 220, 222, 584 194 194 194, 584 556 556 556 264 268 276 278 202 202 198, 202, 264, 268 198 198 206, 214 206, 214 208, 216 208, 216 396 394 398 400 314 310 318
Part no. ZIF.74D0 ZIF.80M5 ZIF.80M7 ZL4.270S.E ZL4.300S.E ZL4.350S.E ZL4.400S.E ZL4.450S.E ZL4.500S.E ZL4.550S.E ZL4.600S.E ZL4M00808 ZME.0710 ZME.0730 ZME.1600.01 ZME.1610 ZME.2700 ZME.5320 ZML.0040.02 ZML.0050 ZML.0330 ZML.1090 ZML.1150.02 ZML.1500 ZML.1510 ZML.2200 ZML.3510 ZML.3580.01 ZML.3600 ZML.3710 ZML.4010 ZML.7000 ZML.8000.02 ZML.8030 ZML.805S ZMM.0350 ZMM.0400 ZMM.0700*20 ZMM.0700.01 ZMM.075N ZMM.2500 ZMZ.20S1 ZMZ.20S2 ZMZ.20S6 ZOU.30U1I ZR4.1059U ZR4.270RS.E ZR4.300RS.E ZR4.350RS.E ZR4.400RS.E ZR4.450RS.E ZR4.500RS.E ZR4.550RS.E ZR4.600RS.E ZR7.1080U ZRE.321S.ID ZRE.363A.ID ZRE.371S.ID ZRE.413A.ID ZRE.421S.ID ZRE.443A.ID ZRE.463A.ID ZRE.471S.ID ZRE.483A.ID ZRE.513A.ID ZRE.521S.ID ZRE.543A.ID ZRE.563A.ID ZRE.613A.ID ZRF.2200.01 ZRG.000R5F
Page 322, 326 310, 314 310, 314 274, 276, 278, 284 274, 276, 278, 284 274, 276, 278, 284 274, 276, 278, 284 274, 276, 278, 284 274, 276, 278, 284 274, 276, 278, 284 274, 276, 278, 284 272 653, 680 653, 681 682 682 682 653, 682 652, 659 652, 675 652, 670 652, 660 652, 671 686 686 653, 683 653, 686 686 686 653, 684 653, 685 652, 669 686 653, 692 653, 692 645, 649 645, 648 647 645, 647 647, 648, 649 645, 646 646 646 646 556 276, 535 270 270 270 270 270 270 270 270 208, 216, 535 402, 404 427, 486 402, 404 427, 486 402, 404 427, 486 427, 486 402, 404 427, 486 427, 486 402, 404 427, 486 427, 486 427, 486 328, 330 328, 330
735
Information
Information 〉 General Information 〉 Part No. Index
Information 〉 General Information 〉 Part No. Index
Part no. ZRG.1046Z ZRG.1094U ZRG.1104Q ZRG.1104U ZRG.179Q ZRG.204Q ZRG.207RSIC ZRG.237RSIC ZRG.287RSIC ZRG.337RSIC ZRG.387RSIC ZRG.437RSIC ZRG.454Q ZRG.487RSIC ZRG.504Q ZRG.537RSIC ZRG.587RSIC ZRG.804Q ZRM.5500 ZRR.5200 ZRU.00F0 ZRU.00Z0 ZRU.01E0 ZRU.10B1E ZRU.11F0 ZS4.400MU ZS4.650MU ZS7M400LU ZS7M400MU ZS7M600MU ZS7M650LU ZS7M750MU ZSD.1200S ZSF.1200 ZSF.1300 ZSF.130E ZSF.1510 ZSF.1610 ZSF.1700 ZSF.1800 ZSF.35A2 ZSF.36A2
Information
ZSF.39A2 ZSI.010Q ZSI.010SI ZSI.020Q ZSI.020SI ZSI.030SI ZSI.040SI ZSI.12VEI4 ZSI.12VEI6 ZSI.12VEI7 ZSI.12VUI4 ZSI.12VUI6 ZSI.12VUI7 ZSI.450BI1N ZSI.450BI2N ZSI.450BI3E ZSI.450BI3N ZSI.450FI1 736
Page 318, 322, 326 428 551 411, 412 551 551 316, 318, 320, 322, 324, 326, 328, 330 316, 318, 320, 322, 324, 326, 328, 330 316, 318, 320, 322, 324, 326, 328, 330 316, 318, 320, 322, 324, 326, 328, 330 316, 318, 320, 322, 324, 326, 328, 330, 332, 334 316, 318, 320, 322, 324, 326, 328, 330, 332, 334 551 316, 318, 320, 322, 324, 326, 328, 330, 332, 334 551 316, 318, 320, 322, 324, 326, 328, 330, 332, 334 316, 318, 320, 322, 324, 326, 328, 330, 332, 334 551 408 342 411, 412 411 551 412 551 292 292 239 418, 420, 422, 426, 442 418, 420, 422, 426, 442 239 418, 420, 422, 426, 442 407 396, 398, 400, 402, 404 396, 398, 400, 402, 404 396, 398, 400, 402, 404 394 394 396, 398, 400, 402, 404 396, 398, 400, 402, 404 306, 308, 312, 316, 320, 324, 328, 330, 332, 334 306, 308, 312, 316, 320, 324, 332, 334 306, 308, 312, 316, 320, 324, 332, 334 549 549 549 549 549 549 542 542 542 544 544 544 542, 544, 546, 548 542, 548 542, 548 542, 546, 548 548
Part no. ZSI.450FI2N ZSI.450FI3 ZSI.450KI2N ZSI.450KI3N ZSI.450KI4N ZSI.450MI3 ZSI.500BI1N ZSI.500BI2N ZSI.500BI3 ZSI.500BI3E ZSI.500FI1 ZSI.500FI2N ZSI.500FI3 ZSI.500KI2N ZSI.500KI3N ZSI.500KI4 ZSI.500MI3 ZSI.550BI1N ZSI.550BI2N ZSI.550BI3 ZSI.550FI1 ZSI.550FI2N ZSI.550FI3 ZSI.550KI2N ZSI.550KI3N ZSI.550KI4 ZSI.550MI3 ZSI.60VEI4 ZSI.60VEI6 ZSI.60VEI7 ZSI.60VUI4 ZSI.60VUI6 ZSI.60VUI7 ZSI.90VEI4 ZSI.90VEI6 ZSI.90VEI7 ZSI.90VUI4 ZSI.90VUI6 ZSI.90VUI7 ZST.1089W ZST.1160W ZST.410TT ZST.410TV ZST.450BA ZST.500BA ZST.550BA ZST.600BA ZST.600TV ZST.650BA ZST.650TT ZST.750TV ZSZ.01F0 ZSZ.01F1 ZSZ.02F0 ZSZ.02F1 ZSZ.02M0 ZTU.00D0 ZTU.00Z0 ZV4.1042M ZV4.1042NN ZV7.1043C01 ZV7.1043MN1
Page 542, 544, 548 544, 546, 548 544, 546, 548 544, 546, 548 542, 546, 548 546, 548 542, 544, 546, 548 542, 548 542, 546, 548 542, 548 548 542, 544, 548 544, 546, 548 544, 546, 548 544, 546, 548 542, 546, 548 546, 548 542, 544, 546, 548 542, 548 542, 546, 548 548 542, 544, 548 544, 548 544, 546, 548 544, 546, 548 542, 546, 548 546, 548 542 542 542 544 544 544 542 542 542 544 544 544 424, 482 252, 424, 442, 482 454, 462, 485 450, 458, 485 341 341 341 341 450, 458, 485 341 454, 462, 485 450, 485 549, 555 549, 555 549, 555 549, 555 549, 555 428 428 264, 268, 276 278 198, 202, 208, 216 206, 214
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
737
Information
Information 〉 General Information 〉 Part No. Index
Information
Information
738
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
739
Information
Information
Information
Information
740
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
741
Information
Information
Information
Information
742
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
743
Information
Information
Information
Information
744
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
745
Information
Information
Information
Information
746
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
747
Information
Information
Information
Information
748
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
749
Information
Information
Information
Information
750
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
751
Information
Information
Information
Information
752
Catalogue 2022/2023 • KA-150
Subject to technical modifications and changes to the range without notice. All content is copyrighted by Blum. KA-150/4EN-AT/02.23 IDNR 000.000.0
Julius Blum GmbH
Furniture Fittings Mfg. 6973 Höchst, Austria Tel.: +43/5578/705-0
Fax: +43/5578/705-44
E-mail: info@blum.com www.blum.com
Our sites in Austria, Poland and China are certified to the international standards mentioned below. Our site in the USA is certified to ISO 9001. Our site in Brazil is certified to ISO 9001, ISO 14001 and ISO 45001.